Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2009
Registration No. 333-                     
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC. AND
NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK 401(K) PLAN
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
         
Maryland   6712   Being Applied For
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
100 Liberty Street
Warren, Pennsylvania 16365
(814) 726-2140

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
William J. Wagner
President and Chief Executive Officer
301 Second Avenue
Warren, Pennsylvania 16365
(814) 726-2140

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Agent for Service)
Copies to:
Eric Luse, Esq.
Marc P. Levy, Esq.
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
(202) 274-2000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: þ
If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer þ   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o
        (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                             
 
              Proposed maximum     Proposed maximum        
  Title of each class of     Amount to be     offering price     aggregate     Amount of  
  securities to be registered     registered     per share     offering price     registration fee  
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
    135,006,564 shares     $10.00     $1,350,065,640 (1)     $75,334  
 
Participation Interests
    5,569,111 interests                 (2)  
 
(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
 
(2)   The securities of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to be purchased by the Northwest Savings Bank 401(k) Plan are included in the amount shown for common stock. However, pursuant to Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, no separate fee is required for the participation interests. Pursuant to such rule, the amount being registered has been calculated on the basis of the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased with the current assets of such plan.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 

 


Table of Contents

      PROSPECTUS
NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
(Proposed Holding Company for Northwest Savings Bank)
Up to 73,025,000 Shares of Common Stock
(Subject to Increase to up to 83,978,750 Shares)
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc., a Maryland corporation, is offering shares of common stock for sale at $10.00 per share in connection with the conversion of Northwest Bancorp, MHC from the mutual to the stock form of organization. The shares of common stock we are offering represent the ownership interest in Northwest Bancorp, Inc. currently owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC. In addition, at the conclusion of the offering, existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock currently held by the public will be exchanged for shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “NWSB.” We expect that Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “NWBI” following the completion of this stock offering.
     We are offering the shares of common stock in a “subscription offering.” Depositors of Northwest Savings Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on June 30, 2008 will have first priority rights to buy our shares of common stock. Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering,” with a preference given to our local community and the stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering through a “syndicated community offering” managed by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.
     We are offering up to 73,025,000 shares of common stock for sale on a best efforts basis. We may sell up to 83,978,750 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares of common stock, as a result of regulatory considerations or changes in the market for financial institutions stock, without resoliciting purchasers. In addition to the shares we are selling in the offering, we also will simultaneously issue up to 42,998,469 shares of common stock to existing public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. in exchange for their existing shares. The number of shares to be issued in the exchange may be increased to up to 49,448,239 shares of common stock, if we sell 83,978,750 shares of common stock in the offering. In addition, we intend to establish a charitable foundation in connection with the conversion and contribute to it $1.0 million in cash and a number of shares of common stock with an aggregate value equal to 2% of the shares sold. The aggregate value of the contribution of cash and shares of common stock will be $16.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We must sell a minimum of 53,975,000 shares in the offering and issue 31,781,477 shares in the exchange in order to complete the offering and the exchange of existing shares of common stock.
     The minimum order is 25 shares. The offering is expected to expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [extension date], unless the Office of Thrift Supervision approves a later date, which may not be beyond [final expiration date]. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 83,978,750 shares or decreased to less than 53,975,000 shares. If the subscription and community offerings are terminated, purchasers will have their funds returned promptly, with interest. If the offering is extended beyond [extension date] or there is a change in the offering range, we will resolicit purchasers, and you will have the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel your order. If you do not provide us with a written indication of your intent, your order will be canceled and your funds will be returned to you, with interest. Funds received prior to the completion of the offering will be held in a segregated account at Northwest Savings Bank or, at our discretion, at another federally insured depository institution, and will earn interest at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate, which is currently ___%. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will assist us in selling our shares of common stock on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings. We may also offer shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated offering through a syndicate of selected dealers with Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated serving as sole book running manager. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated is not required to purchase any shares of common stock that are being offered for sale.
OFFERING SUMMARY
Price: $10.00 per share
                                 
    Minimum     Midpoint     Maximum     Adjusted Maximum  
Number of shares
    53,975,000       63,500,000       73,025,000       83,978,750  
Gross offering proceeds
  $ 539,750,000     $ 635,000,000     $ 730,250,000     $ 839,787,500  
Estimated offering expenses excluding selling agent commissions and expenses
  $ 4,423,500     $ 4,423,500     $ 4,423,500     $ 4,423,500  
Estimated selling agent commissions and expenses (1)
  $ 19,790,515     $ 23,244,153     $ 26,697,791     $ 30,669,475  
Net proceeds
  $ 515,535,985     $ 607,332,347     $ 699,128,709     $ 804,694,525  
Net proceeds per share
  $ 9.55     $ 9.56     $ 9.57     $ 9.58  
 
(1)   Includes: (i) selling commissions payable by us to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated in connection with the subscription and community offerings equal to 1.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock in the subscription and community offerings (net of insider purchases, shares purchased by our ESOP and shares issued to the charitable foundation), or $1.85 million, at the midpoint of the offering range, assuming that one-third of the offering is sold in the subscription and community offerings and the remaining two-thirds of the offering will be sold in a syndicated community offering; (ii) fees and selling commissions payable by us to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and any other syndicate members participating in the syndicated offering equal to 5% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering; and (iii) other expenses estimated to be $225,000. For information regarding compensation to be received by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and the other syndicate members that may participate in the syndicated community offering, including the assumptions regarding the number of shares that may be sold in the subscription offering and the syndicated community offering to determine the estimated offering expenses, see “Pro Forma Data” on page 50 and “The Conversion and Offering-Marketing Arrangements” on page 166.
This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal.

 


Table of Contents

Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 27.
      These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
STIFEL NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center at (877)                      .
The date of this prospectus is [Prospectus date].

 


Table of Contents

[MAP SHOWING NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK’S MARKET AREA APPEARS ON INSIDE
FRONT COVER]

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
    1  
    27  
    37  
    40  
    42  
    44  
    45  
    47  
    48  
    50  
    58  
    59  
    104  
    104  
    114  
    121  
    122  
    149  
    150  
    175  
    179  
    186  
    192  
    193  
    193  
    194  
    194  
    195  
NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  F-1 and G-1
  EX-1.1 ENGAGEMENT LETTER
  EX-3.1 ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
  EX-3.2 BYLAWS
  EX-4 FORM OF COMMON STOCK CERTIFICATE
  EX-5 FORM OF OPINION OF LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK
  EX-8 FORM OF FEDERAL TAX OPINION
  EX-10.4 EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
  EX-23.2 CONSENT OF KPMG LLP
  EX-23.3 CONSENT OF RP FINANCIAL, L.C.
  EX-99.1 APPRAISAL AGREEMENT
  EX-99.2 BUSINESS PLAN AGREEMENT
  EX-99.3 APPRAISAL REPORT OF RP FINANCIAL, LC.
  EX-99.4 LETTER OF RP FINANCIAL, L.C. WITH RESPECT TO SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

i


Table of Contents

SUMMARY
     The following summary explains the material aspects of the conversion, the offering and the exchange of existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock for new shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For additional information before making an investment decision, you should read this prospectus carefully, including the consolidated financial statements, the notes to the consolidated financial statements, and the section entitled “Risk Factors.”
The Companies
      Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is a newly-formed Maryland corporation that was incorporated in September 2009 to be the successor corporation to Northwest Bancorp, Inc. upon completion of the conversion. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Savings Bank upon completion of the conversion.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s executive offices are located at 100 Liberty Street, Warren, Pennsylvania 16365. Our telephone number at this address is (814) 726-2140.
      Northwest Bancorp, MHC
     Northwest Bancorp, MHC is the federally chartered mutual holding company of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s principal business activity is the ownership of 30,536,457 shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., or 63.0% of the issued and outstanding shares as of June 30, 2009. The remaining 17,980,430 shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2009 were held by the public. After the completion of the conversion, Northwest Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist.
      Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc. is a federally chartered stock holding company that owns all of the outstanding common stock of Northwest Savings Bank. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. succeeded to the operations of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, in 2001. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. had consolidated assets of $7.1 billion, deposits of $5.3 billion and stockholders’ equity of $632.5 million. After the completion of the conversion, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will cease to exist, and will be succeeded by Northwest Bancshares, Inc., a new Maryland corporation. As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. had 48,516,887 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, of which 30,536,457 shares were owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC.
      Northwest Savings Bank
     Northwest Savings Bank is a Pennsylvania chartered savings bank headquartered in Warren, Pennsylvania. It was originally founded in 1896 and reorganized from the mutual (meaning no stockholders) structure into the mutual holding company structure in 1994, thereby becoming partially stockholder-owned. Northwest Savings Bank became the wholly owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, in 1998, and the wholly-owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, in 2001.

1


Table of Contents

Our Business
     We are a full service retail banking institution. Our primary business lines involve gathering funds from deposits or borrowings and investing these funds in loans and investment securities. We currently operate 167 retail banking locations and 267 automated teller machines in Pennsylvania, northeastern Ohio, western New York, northern Maryland and southern Florida.
     Our primary lines of business are:
    Retail Lending. The Retail Lending Division is responsible for originating residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, and consumer loans primarily through our community banking office network. We also offer our customers the choice of obtaining loans through our telephone banking center or online.
 
    Commercial Lending. The Commercial Lending Division is focused on developing long-term relationships with our business customers. We offer a comprehensive array of financial services and loan products for businesses. We provide exceptional service with local decision-making and personal attention. We have been diversifying our commercial loan exposure by state, with 64% of our commercial loans in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, 19% in New York, 12% in Maryland, 4% in Ohio and 1% in Florida.
 
    Deposit Products and Services. We offer a full range of traditional deposit products such as checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, retirement accounts, and certificates of deposit. These products can have additional features such as direct deposit, ATM and check card services, overdraft protection, telephone banking, internet banking and mobile banking, thereby providing our customers multiple channels to access their accounts.
 
    Business Services. The Business Services Division is a team of experienced bankers who are focused on building stronger, more enduring commercial deposit relationships by delivering a full array of cash management services.
 
    Investment, Employee Benefits and Trust Services. We offer an expanded range of products and services that encompass full-service and discount brokerage, estate planning services, pension and 401(k) services, and investment management and trust services.
 
    Consumer Finance. We operate a consumer finance company, Northwest Consumer Discount Company, with offices in 49 locations in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania. NCDC specializes in assisting individuals with their consumer credit needs. As of June 30, 2009, NCDC had loans outstanding of $132.0 million.

2


Table of Contents

Market Area and Our Customer Base
     We are headquartered in Warren, Pennsylvania, which is located in northwestern Pennsylvania, and have our highest concentration of deposits and loans in this area. As of June 30, 2009, we operate 141 community banking offices and 49 consumer finance offices located in Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania is a stable banking market with a total population of approximately 12.6 million and total households of approximately 4.9 million. The median household income in Pennsylvania was stable at $53,225 as of June 30, 2009, compared to the nationwide median income level of $54,719 according to estimates from SNL Securities. While our primary market area is in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, we operate 14 community banking offices located in New York, five community banking offices in Maryland, three community banking offices in Broward County, Florida and five community banking offices in Ohio. We operate in market areas that have fairly stable and diverse economies. While the western New York market exhibits similar demographic trends to our Pennsylvania market, our Florida, Maryland and Ohio markets are generally estimated to exhibit population and household income growth levels above state and national averages. We compete for deposits, loans and other services with commercial banks, brokerage houses, other savings banks and credit unions in our market areas.
Our Competitive Strengths
     Since our initial public offering in 1994 we have grown from a savings bank operating primarily in Northwestern Pennsylvania to a regional community banking organization with branch offices in Ohio, New York, Maryland, Florida and throughout Pennsylvania. We believe that our growth and success have largely been due to the following strengths that have given us a competitive advantage in our markets:
    Maintaining a strong and experienced management team, and attracting and retaining dedicated and qualified personnel to support the growth of our franchise . Achieving our strategic objectives requires an experienced and dedicated management team, which we have developed and maintained over the years. Our management team has been an integral part of the continued growth and success of Northwest Savings Bank, including its transition to being a fully public company.
 
    Being recognized as an employer of choice in all of our markets by providing employees with exceptional opportunities for advancement and growth in an attractive business environment . A strong management team requires the support of dedicated and experienced employees. Our commitment to our employees, as well as the career opportunities offered by our sustained growth, has made Northwest Savings Bank a preferred employer in the markets we serve.
 
    Maintaining our ability and our reputation as an experienced and successful acquirer. Since 1994, we have completed 25 acquisition transactions. During this period, our total banking offices have increased from 41 to 167, and our assets have increased from $1.4 billion to $7.1 billion at June 30, 2009.
 
    Track record of creating value for our stockholders. As a publicly traded mutual holding company, we have strived to create value for our stockholders while meeting the needs of our banking customers. Common stock purchased in our initial offering in 1994

3


Table of Contents

      has appreciated 310% in value as of August 31, 2009. We will continue to focus on enhancing shareholder value as we transition to a fully converted stock holding company.
Our Business Strategy
     Our strategy is to focus on those banking activities and services that have proven to be successful and that have generated favorable returns for our stockholders. We believe that this focus will enable us to continue to grow our franchise, while maintaining our commitment to customer service, high asset quality, and sustained net earnings. The following are the key elements of our business strategy:
      Expand Our Geographic Reach
    Complementary acquisitions. We believe that acquisition opportunities exist both within and beyond our current market area. We will consider pursuing acquisition opportunities on a selective basis in contiguous or near contiguous market areas that will afford us the opportunity to add complementary products to our existing business or expand our franchise geographically.
 
    De novo branching. We have opened de novo branches to provide better service for our customers and to add to or fill in gaps in our geographic footprint. For example, we plan to open four new branches in Rochester, New York during the fourth quarter of 2009.
      Continue to Improve Our Earnings
    Asset mix diversification. Historically, we have emphasized the origination of single family residential mortgage loans, and we will continue to emphasize these loans in the future. However, loan diversification improves our net interest margin because consumer loans and commercial business loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates than residential mortgage loans.
 
    Managing interest rate risk. Diversifying our asset mix not only improves our margin but also reduces the exposure of our net interest income and earnings to interest rate risk. We will continue to manage our interest rate risk by diversifying the type and maturity of assets in our loan and investment portfolios.
 
    Fee income. We have been focusing on increasing our fee income by offering new products and services. For example, we offer business deposits which are a source of low-cost funds and fee income as well as investment management, brokerage and trust services with almost $1.0 billion of managed assets.
 
    Investment in our infrastructure. Over the past five years, we have significantly upgraded our technology capabilities by offering internet and mobile banking, an expanded ATM network, debit cards, surcharge-free ATM capabilities and electronic check clearing. We intend to capitalize on our technology capabilities to improve operating efficiencies and enhance customer service.

4


Table of Contents

      Continue to Improve Our Funding Mix
    Reducing our cost of funds and our exposure to interest rate risk by offering and attracting more checking accounts, transaction accounts and other low cost deposits . Transaction accounts generally are our least costly source of funds and, therefore, improve our interest rate spread and the interest rate risk associated with deposits repricing more quickly than loans and investments in a rising interest rate environment.
      Increase Lending While Maintaining Asset Quality
    Maintaining a quality loan portfolio while exercising prudent loan underwriting and administration standards . While the delinquencies in our loan portfolio have increased during the current economic recession, we intend to maintain conservative loan underwriting and administration standards in the future.
      Increase our Capital to Support Our Future Growth
    Using the capital raised in the stock offering to take advantage of strategic growth and acquisition opportunities. Management believes that the current economic recession will increase the rate of consolidation in the banking industry. After raising additional capital from the conversion and stock offering, we will be better positioned to take advantage of growth and acquisition opportunities that arise.
 
    Using the capital raised in the stock offering to increase our capital levels that may be required by the federal banking regulators in the current economic environment . The current severe economic recession has underscored the importance of capital strength. It is expected that existing minimum regulatory capital ratios will be increased by the bank regulatory agencies in response to market conditions and the recession.
      Continue Our Community-Oriented Focus
    Operating as a regional community banking organization offering a broad range of financial products and services. As a community bank, we are uniquely positioned to understand the financial needs of our local customers. Our Community Banking Division has implemented a new sales process that emphasizes the building and fostering of customer relationships. Our new fully-integrated service and sales system will improve customer service and our operating performance.
 
    Our newly established charitable foundation will strengthen our commitment to the communities we serve. The charitable foundation will be funded with $9.8 million to $15.8 million of stock and $1.0 million in cash to benefit the communities we serve.

5


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
OF
NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
     The summary financial information presented below is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on pages F-1 and G-1. The information at December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. that appear in this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2005 and at June 30, 2005 and 2004 and for the years then ended is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus. We changed our fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31, effective December 31, 2005. The operating data for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 and the financial condition data at June 30, 2009 were not audited. However, in the opinion of management of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the unaudited periods have been made. No adjustments were made other than normal recurring entries. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the entire year.
                                                         
    At        
    June 30,   At December 31,   At June 30,
    2009   2008   2007   2006   2005   2005   2004
    (In Thousands)
Selected Consolidated Financial Data:
                                                       
Total assets
  $ 7,092,291     $ 6,930,241     $ 6,663,516     $ 6,527,815     $ 6,447,307     $ 6,330,482     $ 6,343,248  
Investment securities held-to-maturity (1)
                      465,312       444,407       467,303       209,241  
Investment securities available-for-sale
    334,293       393,531       601,620       388,546       289,871       290,702       444,676  
Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity (1)
                      251,655       189,851       235,676       392,301  
Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
    675,089       745,639       531,747       378,968       323,965       384,481       411,003  
Loans receivable net:
                                                       
Real estate (2)
    4,460,338       4,508,393       4,172,850       3,926,859       4,100,754       3,888,287       3,583,302  
Consumer
    250,544       261,398       261,598       253,490       366,488       348,672       324,897  
Commercial
    380,636       372,101       361,174       232,092       155,027       139,925       145,742  
Total loans receivable, net
    5,091,518       5,141,892       4,795,622       4,412,441       4,622,269       4,376,884       4,053,941  
Deposits
    5,345,739       5,038,211       5,542,334       5,366,750       5,228,479       5,187,946       5,191,621  
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowed funds
    897,063       1,067,945       339,115       392,814       417,356       410,344       449,147  
Shareholders’ equity
    632,535       613,784       612,878       604,561       585,658       582,190       550,472  
 
     
(1)   In 2007 we divested investment securities that we deemed to have a deteriorating risk profile, including several classified as held-to-maturity, which required us to reclassify all investment securities as available-for-sale.
   
(2)   Includes one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and commercial real estate loans.

6


Table of Contents

                                                                 
                                            For the Six        
                                            Months        
                                            Ended        
    For the Six Months Ended                             December     For the Year Ended  
    June 30,     For the Year Ended December 31,     31,     June 30,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006     2005     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
Selected Consolidated Operating Data:
                                                               
Total interest income
  $ 183,759     $ 193,686     $ 388,659     $ 396,031     $ 368,573     $ 170,449     $ 321,824     $ 300,230  
Total interest expense
    69,387       91,810       169,293       211,015       191,109       79,414       138,047       134,466  
 
                                               
Net interest income
    114,372       101,876       219,366       185,016       177,464       91,035       183,777       165,764  
Provision for loan losses
    17,517       5,689       22,851       8,743       8,480       4,722       9,566       6,860  
 
                                               
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    96,855       96,187       196,515       176,273       168,984       86,313       174,211       158,904  
Noninterest income
    21,456       24,822       38,752       43,022       46,026       19,851       32,004       31,862  
Noninterest expense
    91,270       83,915       170,128       152,742       143,682       66,317       128,659       128,805  
 
                                               
Income before income tax expense
    27,041       37,094       65,139       66,553       71,328       39,847       77,556       61,961  
Income tax expense
    7,448       10,030       16,698       17,456       19,792       10,998       22,741       19,829  
 
                                               
Net income
  $ 19,593     $ 27,064     $ 48,171     $ 49,097     $ 51,536     $ 28,849     $ 54,815     $ 42,132  
 
                                               
Earnings per share:
                                                               
Basic
  $ 0.40     $ 0.56     $ 1.00     $ 1.00     $ 1.03     $ 0.57     $ 1.10     $ 0.88  
 
                                               
Diluted
  $ 0.40     $ 0.56     $ 0.99     $ 0.99     $ 1.03     $ 0.56     $ 1.09     $ 0.87  
 
                                               
                                                                 
                                            At or for    
                                            the Six    
                                            Months    
    At or For the Six                           Ended    
    Months Ended   At or For the Year Ended   December   At or for the Year
    June 30, (1)   December 31,   31,   Ended June 30,
    2009   2008   2008   2007   2006   2005 (1)   2005   2004
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
                                                               
Return on average assets (2)
    0.56 %     0.79 %     0.70 %     0.73 %     0.79 %     0.91 %     0.86 %     0.68 %
Return on average equity (3)
    6.26 %     8.72 %     7.75 %     8.18 %     8.60 %     9.81 %     9.74 %     8.17 %
Average capital to average assets
    8.93 %     9.10 %     9.04 %     8.96 %     9.19 %     9.23 %     8.87 %     8.27 %
Capital to total assets
    8.92 %     9.00 %     8.86 %     9.20 %     9.26 %     9.04 %     9.20 %     8.68 %
Tangible equity to tangible assets
    6.48 %     6.44 %     6.36 %     6.50 %     6.79 %     6.66 %     6.93 %     6.34 %
Net interest rate spread (4)
    3.36 %     3.02 %     3.25 %     2.74 %     2.77 %     2.99 %     3.07 %     2.83 %
Net interest margin (5)
    3.63 %     3.36 %     3.57 %     3.10 %     3.06 %     3.21 %     3.24 %     2.98 %
Noninterest expense to average assets
    2.60 %     2.46 %     2.48 %     2.28 %     2.20 %     2.08 %     2.03 %     2.06 %
Efficiency ratio
    67.20 %     66.23 %     65.91 %     66.98 %     64.29 %     59.81 %     59.62 %     65.18 %
Noninterest income to average assets
    0.61 %     0.73 %     0.56 %     0.64 %     0.71 %     0.63 %     0.50 %     0.51 %
Net interest income to noninterest expense
    1.25 x     1.21 x     1.29 x     1.21 x     1.24 x     1.37 x     1.43 x     1.29 x
Dividend payout ratio (6)
    110.00 %     78.57 %     88.89 %     84.85 %     67.96 %     53.57 %     44.04 %     45.98 %
Nonperforming loans to net loans receivable
    2.41 %     1.38 %     1.93 %     1.03 %     0.92 %     0.93 %     0.77 %     0.80 %
Nonperforming assets to total assets
    1.95 %     1.12 %     1.67 %     0.87 %     0.72 %     0.74 %     0.64 %     0.57 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
    54.49 %     62.72 %     55.37 %     84.22 %     92.92 %     77.67 %     93.91 %     94.35 %
Allowance for loan losses to net loans receivable
    1.31 %     0.87 %     1.07 %     0.87 %     0.85 %     0.72 %     0.72 %     0.76 %
Average interest-bearing assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    1.11 x     1.10 x     1.10 x     1.10 x     1.09 x     1.09 x     1.08 x     1.06 x
Number of full-service offices
    168       166       167       166       160       153       153       152  
Number of consumer finance offices
    49       51       51       51       51       50       49       49  
 
(1)   Ratios are annualized where appropriate.
 
(2)   Represents net income divided by average total assets.
 
(3)   Represents net income divided by average equity.
 
(4)   Represents average yield on interest-earning assets less average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(5)   Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(footnotes continued on following page)

7


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)
 
(6)   The dividend payout ratio represents dividends declared per share divided by net income per share. The following table sets forth aggregate cash dividends paid per period, which is calculated by multiplying the dividend declared per share by the number of shares outstanding as of the applicable record date:
                                                                 
                                            For the Six        
                                            Months        
    For the Six Months Ended                             Ended     For the Year Ended  
    June 30,     For the Year Ended December 31,     December     June 30,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006     31, 2005     2005     2004  
    (In Thousands)  
Dividends paid to public stockholders
  $ 7,903     $ 7,880     $ 15,771     $ 15,696     $ 13,727     $ 6,119     $ 9,600     $ 7,151  
Dividends paid to Northwest Bancorp, MHC
                                        10,571       2,812  
 
                                               
Total dividends paid
    7,903       7,880       15,771       15,696       13,727       6,119       20,171       9,963  
 
                                               
Our Current Organizational Structure
     In 1994 Northwest Savings Bank, a Pennsylvania savings bank, conducted an initial public offering by selling a minority of its common stock to the public. The remaining majority of its shares were retained by Northwest Bancorp, MHC. In February 1998, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, became the mid-tier stock holding company of Northwest Savings Bank and all shares of Northwest Savings Bank were exchanged for the same number of shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. In 2001, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, succeeded to the operations of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., the Pennsylvania corporation, and owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Savings Bank. The majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. are owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC, which is a mutual holding company with no stockholders.
     Pursuant to the terms of Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s plan of conversion and reorganization, Northwest Bancorp, MHC will convert from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company corporate structure. As part of the conversion, we are offering for sale in a subscription offering, and possibly in a community and/or a syndicated community offering, the majority ownership interest of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. that is currently owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC. In addition, we intend to contribute cash and shares of common stock to a charitable foundation we will establish in connection with the conversion. Upon the completion of the offering, Northwest Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist, and we will complete the transition from partial to full public stock ownership. Upon completion of the conversion, existing public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will receive shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in exchange for their shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock in order to maintain the public stockholders’ existing percentage ownership in our organization (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering, their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares and the effect of shares issued to the charitable foundation).

8


Table of Contents

     The following diagram shows our current organizational structure:
(FLOW CHART)
Our Organizational Structure Following the Conversion
     After the conversion and offering are completed, we will be organized as a fully public holding company, as follows:
(FLOW CHART)
Reasons for the Conversion and the Offering
     Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are:
    to finance the acquisition of financial institutions or other financial service companies primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction (except as described below);
 
    to improve our capital position during a period of significant economic uncertainty, especially for the financial services industry (although, as of June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and is not

9


Table of Contents

subject to any directive or recommendation from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Pennsylvania Department of Banking to raise capital);
    to support internal growth through lending in the communities we serve;
 
    to finance the acquisition of branches from other financial institutions or build or lease new branch facilities primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction;
 
    to enhance existing products and services, and support the development of new products and services by investing, for example, in technology to support growth and enhanced customer service;
 
    to improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock and stockholder returns through higher earnings and more flexible capital management strategies;
 
    to form a charitable foundation to benefit the communities we serve; and
 
    to use the additional capital for other general corporate purposes.
     As of June 30, 2009, we had entered into a merger agreement to purchase Keystone State Savings Bank, a Pennsylvania mutual savings bank located in Sharpsburg, Pennsylvania, and we had executed a letter of intent with respect to the acquisition of an insurance agency with annual revenue of approximately $2.0 million. At June 30, 2009, Keystone State Savings Bank had one branch and approximately $25.0 million in assets and approximately $3.2 million of retained earnings. On August 31, 2009, the FDIC approved the merger of Keystone State Savings Bank into Northwest Savings Bank, and the merger is expected to be completed in October 2009.
Terms of the Offering
     Pursuant to Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s plan of conversion and reorganization, our organization will convert from the partially public mutual holding company form to the fully public stock holding company structure. In connection with the conversion, we are selling shares of common stock that represent the ownership interest in Northwest Bancorp, Inc. currently held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC.
     We are offering between 53,975,000 and 73,025,000 shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Northwest Savings Bank, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan and, to the extent shares remain available, to natural persons residing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, and Howard as well as Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake, Geauga and Ashtabula, to our existing public stockholders and to the general public. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 83,978,750 as a result of regulatory considerations, demand for our shares, or changes in the market for financial institution stocks. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 83,978,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 53,975,000 shares, or the offering is extended beyond [extension date], purchasers will not have the opportunity to modify or cancel their stock orders once submitted. If the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 83,978,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 53,975,000 shares, or if the offering is extended beyond [extension date], purchasers will have the opportunity to maintain,

10


Table of Contents

cancel or change their orders for shares of common stock during a designated resolicitation period or have their funds returned promptly with interest. If you do not provide us with written indication of your intent, your stock order will be canceled, your funds will be returned to you with interest calculated at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate and any deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.
     The purchase price of each share of common stock to be offered for sale in the offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, our conversion advisor and marketing agent in the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering.
How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price
     The offering range and exchange ratio are based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., assuming the conversion, the exchange and the offering are completed and the charitable foundation is funded with a grant of cash and stock. RP Financial, LC., an appraisal firm experienced in appraisals of financial institutions, has estimated that, as of August 28, 2009, this estimated pro forma market value ranged from $867.4 million to $1,173.8 million, with a midpoint of $1,020.6 million. Based on this valuation, the 63% ownership interest of Northwest Bancorp, MHC being sold in the offering and the $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will range from 53,975,000 shares to 73,025,000 shares. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The exchange ratio will range from 1.7676 shares at the minimum of the offering range to 2.3914 shares at the maximum of the offering range in order to approximately preserve the existing percentage ownership of public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering, their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares and the effect of shares issued to the charitable foundation). If market conditions warrant, the appraisal can be increased by 15%. At this adjusted maximum of the offering range, the pro forma market value is $1,350.1 million, the number of shares of common stock offered for sale will be 83,978,750 and the exchange ratio will be 2.7501 shares.
     The independent appraisal is based in part on Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of 10 publicly traded savings bank and thrift holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to Northwest Bancorp, Inc.

11


Table of Contents

     The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies. Total assets are as of June 30, 2009.
                 
Company Name and Ticker Symbol   Exchange   Headquarters   Total Assets
            (in thousands)
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. (BRKL)
  NASDAQ   Brookline, MA   $ 2,641,113  
ESB Financial Corp (ESBF)
  NASDAQ   Ellwood City, PA   $ 1,963,389  
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. (ESSA)
  NASDAQ   Stroudsburg, PA   $ 1,052,942  
First Defiance Financial Corp. (FDEF)
  NASDAQ   Defiance, OH   $ 2,023,563  
First Niagara Financial Group (FNFG)
  NASDAQ   Lockport, NY   $ 11,577,171  
Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. (HCBK)
  NASDAQ   Paramus, NJ   $ 57,406,339  
New York Community Bancorp (NYB)
  NYSE   Westbury, NY   $ 32,860,123  
NewAlliance Bancshares (NAL)
  NYSE   New Haven, CT   $ 8,581,440  
Peoples United Financial (PBCT)
  NASDAQ   Bridgeport, CT   $ 20,811,500  
Provident Financial Serv. Inc. (PFS)
  NYSE   Jersey City, NJ   $ 6,668,844  
      The independent appraisal does not indicate actual market value. Do not assume or expect that the estimated valuation as indicated above means that, after the offering, the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 purchase price.
     The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (on a pro forma basis) and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (on a historical basis). The pricing ratios are based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 and stock price information as of August 28, 2009, as reflected in RP Financial, LC.’s appraisal report, dated August 28, 2009. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 9.4% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 27.5% on a price-to-tangible book value basis, and a discount of 18.8% on a price-to-core earnings basis.
     Our board of directors, in reviewing and approving the independent appraisal, considered the range of price-to-core earnings multiples, the range of price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different ranges of shares of common stock to be sold in the offering, and did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the other. Instead, in approving the independent appraisal, the board of directors concluded that these ranges represented the appropriate balance of the three approaches to establishing our estimated valuation range, and the number of shares of common stock to be sold, in comparison to the peer group institutions. Specifically, in approving the independent appraisal, the board of directors believed that we would not be able to sell our shares at a price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value that was in line with the peer group without unreasonably exceeding the peer group on a price-to-core earnings basis. The estimated appraised value and the resulting discounts took into consideration the potential financial impact of the offering as well as the trading price of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, which decreased from $20.74 per share on August 26, 2009, the closing price on the last trading day immediately preceding the announcement of the conversion, to $20.70 per share, the closing price on August 28, 2009, the effective date of the independent appraisal.

12


Table of Contents

                         
    Price-to-core earnings   Price-to-book   Price-to-tangible
    multiple (1)   value ratio   book value ratio
Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)
                       
Minimum
    15.21 x     78.19 %     93.02 %
Midpoint
    17.61 x     85.47 %     100.40 %
Maximum
    19.93 x     91.74 %     106.50 %
Maximum, as adjusted
    22.51 x     98.04 %     112.49 %
 
                       
Valuation of peer group companies, as of
                       
August 28, 2009
                       
Averages
    24.53 x     101.26 %     146.94 %
Medians
    28.48 x     105.21 %     146.11 %
 
(1)   Information derived from the RP Financial appraisal report and are based upon estimated core earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009. These ratios are different than the “Pro Forma Data.”
     The independent appraisal also reflects the contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation we are organizing in connection with the conversion. The contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation will reduce our estimated pro forma market value. See “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.”
     RP Financial, LC. will update the independent appraisal prior to the completion of the conversion. If the estimated appraised value, including offering shares, exchange shares and shares contributed to the charitable foundation, changes to either below $867.4 million or above $1,350.1 million, we will resolicit persons who submitted stock orders. See “The Conversion and Offering—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”
The Exchange of Existing Shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock
     At the conclusion of the conversion, shares held by existing stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will be canceled and exchanged for shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The number of shares of common stock received will be based on an exchange ratio determined as of the conclusion of the conversion and offering, which will depend upon our final appraised value. The number of shares received will not be based on the market price of our currently outstanding shares. Instead, the exchange ratio will ensure that existing public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will retain the same approximate percentage ownership of our organization after the offering, exclusive of their purchase of any additional shares of common stock in the offering, their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares and the effect of shares issued to the charitable foundation. In addition, if options to purchase shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock are exercised before consummation of the conversion, there will be an increase in the percentage of shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. held by public stockholders, an increase in the number of shares of common stock issued to public stockholders in the share exchange and a decrease in the exchange ratio and the offering range.
     The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the valuation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering. The table also shows the number of whole shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock a hypothetical owner of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock would receive in exchange for 100 shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering.

13


Table of Contents

                                                                                 
                                                                            New Shares
                    New Shares to be                   Total Shares of           Equivalent   That Would
                    Exchanged for                   Common Stock to           Per Share   be Received
                    Existing Shares of                   be Outstanding           Current   for 100
    New Shares to be Sold   Northwest Bancorp,   Shares to be issued   After the   Exchange   Market   Existing
    in This Offering   Inc.   to the Foundation   Offering   Ratio   Price (1)   Shares
    Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent                
Minimum
    53,975,000       62.23 %     31,781,477       36.64 %     979,500       1.13 %     86,735,977       1.7676     $ 17.68       176  
Midpoint
    63,500,000       62.21 %     37,389,973       36.64 %     1,170,000       1.15 %     102,059,973       2.0795       20.80       208  
Maximum
    73,025,000       62.21 %     42,998,469       36.63 %     1,360,500       1.16 %     117,383,969       2.3914       23.91       239  
15% above Adjusted Maximum
    83,978,750       62.20 %     49,448,239       36.63 %     1,579,575       1.17 %     135,006,564       2.7501       27.50       275  
 
(1)   Represents the value of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the exchange ratio, assuming the market price of $10.00 per share.
     No fractional shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will pay in cash an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $10.00 per share purchase price of the common stock in the offering.
     Outstanding options to purchase shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock also will convert into and become options to purchase new shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock. The number of shares of common stock to be received upon exercise of these options will be determined pursuant to the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, duration and vesting schedule of these options will not be affected by the conversion. At June 30, 2009, there were 1,802,052 outstanding options to purchase shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, 986,002 of which have vested. Such options will be converted into options to purchase 3,185,307 shares of common stock at the minimum of the offering range and 4,309,427 shares of common stock at the maximum of the offering range. Because Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit us from repurchasing our common stock during the first year following the conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, we may use authorized but unissued shares to fund option exercises that occur during the first year following the conversion. If all existing options were exercised for authorized, but unissued shares of common stock following the conversion, stockholders would experience dilution of approximately 3.59% at the minimum of the offering range and 3.59% at the maximum of the offering range.
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering
     Assuming we sell 63,500,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering, and we have net proceeds of $607.3 million, we intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:
    $303.6 million (50.0% of the net proceeds) will be invested in Northwest Savings Bank;
 
    $25.9 million (4.3% of the net proceeds) will be loaned to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of our shares of common stock;
 
    $1.0 million (0.2% of the net proceeds) will be contributed to the Northwest Charitable Foundation; and
 
    $276.8 million (45.6% of the net proceeds) will be retained by us.

14


Table of Contents

     We may use the remaining funds we receive for investments, to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock and for other general corporate purposes. Northwest Savings Bank may use the proceeds it receives to support increased lending and other products and services. The net proceeds retained also may be used for future business expansion through acquisitions of banks, thrifts and other financial services companies, and opening or acquiring branch offices. We have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such acquisitions, except as previously described. Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments and mortgage-backed securities consistent with our investment policy.
     Please see “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering.
Our Dividend Policy
     As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.22 per share, which equals $0.88 per share on an annualized basis. After the conversion, we intend to continue to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. expects the annual dividends to equal $0.50, $0.42, $0.37 and $0.32 per share at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, which represents an annual dividend yield of 5.0%, 4.2%, 3.7% and 3.2%, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, based upon a price of $10.00 per share. The amount of dividends that we intend to pay after the conversion will preserve the dividend amount that Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders currently receive, as adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio. However, the dividend rate and the continued payment of dividends will depend on a number of factors, including our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. No assurance can be given that we will continue to pay dividends or that they will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.
     See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries” and “Market for the Common Stock” for information regarding our historical dividend payments.
Purchases and Ownership by our Officers and Directors
     We expect our directors, executive officers and their associates, to purchase 55,000 shares of common stock in the offering. The purchase price paid by them will be the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Following the conversion, our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to own 1,686,570 shares of common stock, or 1.65% of our total outstanding shares of common stock at the midpoint of the offering range, including shares they receive in exchange for shares they currently own in Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion
      Employee Stock Ownership Plan . Our tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan expects to purchase up to 4% of the shares of common stock we sell in the offering and issue to the charitable foundation, or 3,422,333 shares of common stock, assuming we sell the maximum as adjusted number of the shares proposed to be sold which, when combined with the existing employee stock ownership plan, will be less than 8% of the shares outstanding following the conversion. If we receive orders for more shares of common stock than the maximum of the offering range, the employee stock ownership plan will have first priority to purchase shares over this maximum, up to a total of 4% of the shares of common

15


Table of Contents

stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. We reserve the right to purchase shares of common stock in the open market following the offering in order to fund all or a portion of the employee stock ownership plan. Assuming the employee stock ownership plan purchases 2,586,800 shares in the offering, the midpoint of the offering range, we will recognize additional compensation expense of approximately $1.3 million annually (or approximately $0.8 million after tax) over a 20 - year period, assuming the loan to the employee stock ownership plan has a 20-year term and the shares of common stock have a fair market value of $10.00 per share for the full 20 - year period. If, in the future, the shares of common stock have a fair market value greater or less than $10.00, the compensation expense will increase or decrease accordingly.
      Stock-Based Incentive Plan . We also intend to implement a new stock-based incentive plan no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion. Stockholder approval of this plan will be required. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based incentive plan will reserve a number of shares up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, or up to 3,422,333 shares of common stock at the maximum as adjusted of the offering range, for awards of restricted stock to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, in order to ensure that the aggregate number of restricted shares of common stock subject to the new stock-based incentive plan and our existing recognition and retention plan does not exceed 4% of the shares outstanding (including shares issued in exchange for existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and issued to the charitable foundation) following completion of the conversion as required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations. If the shares of common stock awarded under the stock-based incentive plan come from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience dilution of up to approximately 2.47% in their ownership interest in Northwest Bancshares, Inc. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based incentive plan will also reserve a number of shares up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, or up to 8,555,833 shares of common stock at the maximum as adjusted of the offering range, for issuance pursuant to grants of stock options to key employees and directors in order to ensure that the aggregate number of shares reserved under the new stock-based incentive plan and our existing stock option plans does not exceed 10% of the shares outstanding (including shares issued in exchange for existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and issued to the charitable foundation) following completion of the conversion as required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations. If the shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options come from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience dilution of up to 5.96% in their ownership interest in Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Restricted stock awards and stock option grants made under this plan would be subject to vesting over a period of not less than five years. If the stock-based incentive plan is adopted more than one year after the completion of the conversion, awards of restricted stock or grants of stock options under the plan may exceed the percentages set forth above of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation and have a shorter vesting period. For a description of our current stock benefit plans, see “Management—Executive Compensation—Long-Term Stock-Based Compensation.”
     The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and the aggregate dollar value of grants that are expected under the new stock-based incentive plan as a result of the conversion. The table also shows the dilution to stockholders if all such shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. A portion of the stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees.

16


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Number of Shares to be Granted or Purchased (1)              
                    As a              
                    Percentage              
                    of Common     Dilution        
                    Stock to be     Resulting     Value of Grants (2)  
            At     Sold in the     From             At  
    At     Maximum     Offering and     Issuance of     At     Maximum  
    Minimum of     as adjusted     Issued to the     Shares for     Minimum     as adjusted  
    Offering     of Offering     Charitable     Stock Benefit     of Offering     of Offering  
    Range     Range     Foundation     Plans (3)     Range     Range  
Employee stock ownership plan
    2,198,180       3,422,333       4.0 %     0.00 %   $ 21,982     $ 34,223  
Restricted stock awards
    2,198,180       3,422,333       4.0       2.47 %     21,982       34,223  
Stock options
    5,495,450       8,555,833       10.0       5.96 %     11,156       17,368  
 
                                     
Total
    9,891,810       15,400,499       18.0 %     8.15 %%   $ 55,120     $ 85,814  
 
                                     
 
(1)   The stock-based incentive plan may award a number of options and restricted stock equal to 10% and 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the foundation, respectively, if the plan is adopted within one year after the completion of the conversion. For purposes of this table, we have assumed that the stock-based incentive plan is adopted more than one year following the completion of the conversion and that grants made under such plan are in excess of the regulatory restrictions on the size of such plan that apply if the stock-based incentive plan is adopted within one year following the conversion. However, the stock-based incentive plan may remain subject to supervisory restrictions.
 
(2)   The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value for stock awards is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $2.03 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; an expected option life of eight years; a dividend yield of 4.56%; an interest rate of 2.16%; and a volatility rate of 20.37% based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.
 
(3)   Represents the dilution of stock ownership interest. No dilution is reflected to the employee ownership because such shares are assumed to be purchased in the offering.
     We may fund our plans through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuances of common stock; however, if any options previously granted under our existing stock option plans are exercised during the first year following completion of the offering, they will be funded with newly-issued shares as Office of Thrift Supervision regulations do not permit us to repurchase our shares during the first year following the completion of this offering except to fund the grants of restricted stock under the stock-based incentive plan or under extraordinary circumstances. We have been advised by the staff of the Office of Thrift Supervision that the exercise of outstanding options and cancellation of treasury shares in the conversion will not constitute an extraordinary circumstance or a compelling business purpose for satisfying this test.
     The following table presents information as of June 30, 2009 regarding our existing employee stock ownership plan, our existing stock option plans, our existing recognition and retention plan, our proposed employee stock ownership plan purchases and our proposed stock-based incentive plan. The table below assumes that 117,383,969 shares are outstanding after the offering, which includes the sale of 73,025,000 shares in the offering at the maximum of the offering range, the issuance of 1,579,600 shares of common stock to the charitable foundation and the issuance of 42,998,469 shares in exchange for shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. using an exchange ratio of 2.3914. It also assumes that the value of the stock is $10.00 per share.

17


Table of Contents

                             
                        Percentage of  
                        Shares  
                        Outstanding  
                Estimated Value of     After the  
Existing and New Stock Benefit Plans   Participants   Shares     Shares     Conversion  
Existing employee stock ownership plan
  Employees     2,724,721 (1)   $ 27,247,205       2.32 %
New employee stock ownership plan
  Employees     2,975,420       29,754,200       2.53  
 
                     
Total employee stock ownership plan
  Employees     5,700,141       57,001,405       4.85  
 
                     
 
                           
Existing shares of restricted stock
  Directors, Officers and Employees     39,747 (2)     397,470 (3)     0.04  
New shares of restricted stock
  Directors, Officers and Employees     2,975,420       29,754,200       2.53  
 
                     
Total shares of restricted stock
  Directors, Officers and Employees     3,015,167       30,151,670       2.57  
Existing stock options
  Directors, Officers and Employees     4,309,427 (4)     8,748,137       3.67  
New stock options
  Directors, Officers and Employees     7,438,550       15,100,257 (5)     6.34  
 
                     
Total stock options
  Directors, Officers and Employees     11,747,977       23,848,394       10.01  
 
                     
Total of stock benefit plans
        20,463,285     $ 111,001,469       17.43 %
 
                     
 
(1)   As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s existing employee stock ownership plan held 1,139,383 shares, all of which have been allocated. These shares will be exchanged for 2,724,721 shares using the exchange ratio at the maximum of the offering range.
 
(2)   As of June 30, 2009, represents 16,621 shares of restricted stock authorized for grant under our existing recognition and retention plan, which will be exchanged for 39,747 shares using the exchange ratio at the maximum of the offering range.
 
(3)   The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share.
 
(4)   As of June 30, 2009, represents 1,304,173 shares that may be issued under our existing stock option plans, which will be exchanged for 3,118,799 shares using the exchange ratio at the maximum of the offering range. As of June 30, 2009, options to purchase a total of 1,802,052 shares have been granted and are outstanding under the existing stock option plans, which will be exchanged for options to purchase a total of 4,309,427 shares using the exchange ratio at the maximum of the offering range. A total of 54.7% of the outstanding awards or 986,002 options have vested at June 30, 2009, which will be exchanged for 2,357,925 shares using the exchange ratio at the maximum of the offering range.
 
(5)   The fair value of stock options to be granted under the new stock-based incentive plan has been estimated based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions at $2.03 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions; exercise price, $10.00; trading price on date of grant, $10.00; dividend yield, 4.56%; expected life, eight years; expected volatility, 20.37%; and rate, 2.16%.
     The value of the restricted shares awarded under the stock-based incentive plan will be based on the market value of our common stock at the time the shares are awarded. The stock-based incentive plan is subject to stockholder approval, and cannot be implemented until at least six months after completion of the offering. The following table presents the total value of all shares that would be available for award and issuance under the new stock-based incentive plan, assuming the shares are awarded when the market price of our common stock ranges from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.
                                         
        2,198,180 Shares   2,586,800 Shares   2,975,420 Shares   3,422,330 Shares
        Awarded at Minimum of   Awarded at Midpoint of   Awarded at Maximum of   Awarded at Maximum of
Share Price   Range   Range   Range   Range, As Adjusted
$ 8.00     $ 17,585,440     $ 20,694,400     $ 23,803,360     $ 27,378,640    
 
  10.00       21,981,800       25,868,000       29,754,200       34,223,300    
 
  12.00       26,378,160       31,041,600       35,705,040       41,067,960    
 
  14.00       30,774,520       36,215,200       41,655,880       47,912,620    
 
     The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the new stock-based incentive plan will be based in part on the price of shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. at the time the options are granted. The value will also depend on the various assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based incentive plan, assuming the market price and exercise price for

18


Table of Contents

the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.
                                                 
                5,495,450 Options   6,467,000 Options   7,438,550 Options   8,555,833 Options
        Grant-Date Fair   at Minimum of   at Midpoint of   at Maximum of   at Maximum of
Exercise Price   Value Per Option   Range   Range   Range   Range, As Adjusted
$ 8.00     $ 1.62     $ 8,902,629     $ 10,476,540     $ 12,050,451     $ 13,860,449    
 
  10.00       2.03       11,155,764       13,128,010       15,100,257       17,368,341    
 
  12.00       2.44       13,408,898       15,779,480       18,150,062       20,876,233    
 
  14.00       2.84       15,607,078       18,366,280       21,125,482       24,298,566    
 
      The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. Our shares of common stock may trade below $10 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to read this entire prospectus carefully, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 27.
Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase
     The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering is 25.
      If you are not currently a Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholder —
     No person may purchase more than $1.5 million (150,000 shares) of common stock. If any of the following persons purchases shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering combined, when aggregated with your purchases, cannot exceed $6.0 million (600,000 shares) of common stock:
    your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;
 
    companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a controlling beneficial interest or hold a senior position; or
 
    other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.
     Unless we determine otherwise, persons and persons exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying deposit account held jointly will be subject to the overall purchase limitation of $6.0 million (600,000 shares) in all categories of the offering combined.
     See the detailed description of purchase limitations and definitions of “acting in concert” and “associate” in “The Conversion and Offering—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”
      If you are currently a Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholder —
     In addition to the above purchase limitations, there is an ownership limitation for stockholders other than our employee stock ownership plan. Shares of common stock that you purchase in the offering individually and together with persons described above, plus any shares you and they receive in exchange for existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, may not exceed 5% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion and offering.
     Subject to Office of Thrift Supervision approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase and ownership limitations at any time.

19


Table of Contents

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares
     If we do not receive orders for at least 53,975,000 shares of common stock in the subscription, community and/or syndicated community offering, we may take several steps in order to issue the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may:
    increase the purchase and ownership limitations; and/or
 
    seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond the [extension date] expiration date, provided that any such extension will require us to resolicit subscriptions received in the offering.
Alternatively, we may terminate the offering, return funds with interest and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.
Conditions to Completion of the Conversion
     The Office of Thrift Supervision has conditionally approved the plan of conversion and reorganization; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by that agency.
     We cannot complete the conversion unless:
    The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC as of [voting record date] (comprised of depositors of Northwest Savings Bank as of [voting record date]);
 
    The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. as of [voting record date], including shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC (Because Northwest Bancorp, MHC owns 63.0% of the outstanding shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, we expect that Northwest Bancorp, MHC and our directors and executive officers will control the outcome of this vote.);
 
    The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by a vote of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. as of [voting record date], excluding those shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC;
 
    We sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered;
 
    We receive the final approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision to complete the conversion; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by that agency; and
 
    We receive any required final regulatory approvals or non-objection from the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to complete the conversion; however, such approval or non-objection does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by those agencies.

20


Table of Contents

     Subject to member, stockholder and regulatory approvals, we intend to establish and fund the charitable foundation in connection with the conversion. However, member and stockholder approval of the charitable foundation is not a condition to the completion of the conversion and offering.
     Northwest Bancorp, MHC intends to vote its ownership interest in favor of the plan of conversion and reorganization and in favor of the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. At [stockholder record date], Northwest Bancorp, MHC owned 63.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. The directors and executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and their affiliates owned 784,600 shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., or 1.62% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of [stockholder record date]. They have indicated their intention to vote those shares in favor of the plan of conversion and reorganization and in favor of the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.
Market for Common Stock
     Publicly held shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock currently trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NWSB.” Upon completion of the conversion, the shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will replace Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s existing shares. We expect that Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “NWBI” after the completion of the offering. In order to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. currently has 20 registered market makers. Persons purchasing shares of common stock in the offering may not be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 price per share.
Our Issuance of Shares of Common Stock and Cash to the Charitable Foundation
     To further our commitment to the communities we serve and may serve in the future, we intend, subject to our members’ and stockholders’ approval, to establish and fund a new charitable foundation as part of the conversion. We intend to contribute to the charitable foundation $1.0 million in cash and shares of common stock with an aggregate value of cash and stock equal to 2% of the shares sold in the stock offering. These shares and cash will have a value of $10.8 million at the minimum of the valuation range and $14.6 million at the maximum of the valuation range, subject to adjustment to $16.8 million. As a result of the issuance of shares to the charitable foundation and the cash contribution, we expect to record an after-tax expense of approximately $6.6 million at the minimum of the valuation range and approximately $10.2 million at the adjusted maximum of the valuation range, during the quarter in which the conversion is completed.
     Under the Internal Revenue Code, a corporate entity is generally permitted to deduct up to 10% of its taxable income (taxable income before the charitable contributions deduction) in any one year for charitable contributions. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may generally be deducted for federal income tax purposes over the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution was made. Accordingly, a charitable contribution by a corporate entity to a charitable foundation could, if necessary, be deducted for federal income tax purposes over a six-year period. Our overall charitable contribution deduction could be limited if our future taxable income is insufficient to allow for the full deduction within the 10% of taxable income limitation, which would result in an increase to income tax expense.
     The new charitable foundation will be governed by a board of directors, initially consisting of William J. Wagner, Philip M. Tredway and Richard E. McDowell and one individual who is not affiliated with us. None of these individuals will receive compensation for their service as a director of the

21


Table of Contents

charitable foundation. In addition, some of our employees will serve as executive officers of the charitable foundation. None of these individuals will receive compensation for their service as an executive officer of the charitable foundation.
     The new charitable foundation will be dedicated to supporting charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which we operate or may operate. In addition to traditional community contributions and community reinvestment initiatives, the charitable foundation is expected to emphasize grants or donations to support housing assistance, local education and other types of organizations or civic-minded projects. During the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, our existing charitable foundation made charitable contributions of $84,000, $88,000 and $76,000, respectively. It is possible that the new foundation and our existing foundation will merge at some point in the future but no decision on this matter has been made as of this time.
     Issuing shares of common stock to the charitable foundation will:
    dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the stock offering; and
 
    result in an expense, and a reduction in our earnings during the quarter in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit equal to 39% of such contribution.
     The establishment and funding of the charitable foundation has been approved by the board of trustees of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, and must be approved by the members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC and the stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at their special meetings being held to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion. If members or stockholders do not approve the establishment and funding of the foundation, we will proceed with the conversion and offering without the foundation and subscribers for common stock will not be resolicited (unless required by the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Pennsylvania Department of Banking). Without the foundation, RP Financial, LC. estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the offering.
     RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal of our estimated pro forma market value at the conclusion of the offering. The pro forma market value reflected in that updated appraisal will be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions, as well as whether the charitable foundation is formed and funded with shares of our common stock.
     See “Risk Factors—The contribution of shares to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interests and adversely affect net income,” “Risk Factors—Our contribution to the charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits,” “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation” and “Northwest Charitable Foundation.”
Tax Consequences
     As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank, Northwest

22


Table of Contents

Bancshares, Inc., persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering, or existing stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Existing stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. who receive cash in lieu of fractional share interests in shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the tax basis of the fractional share.
Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering
     Subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” have been granted in the following descending order of priority:
  (i)   First, to depositors with accounts at Northwest Savings Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on June 30, 2008.
 
  (ii)   Second, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, which will receive nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation.
 
  (iii)   Third, to depositors with accounts at Northwest Savings Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on [supplemental date].
 
  (iv)   Fourth, to depositors of Northwest Savings Bank at the close of business on [voting record date].
     Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering,” with a preference given first to natural persons residing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, and Howard as well as Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake, Geauga and Ashtabula, and then to Northwest Bancorp, Inc. public stockholders as of [stockholder record date]. The community offering, if held, may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering, as we may determine at any time. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering through a “syndicated community offering,” with Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated as sole book running manager. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering. Any determination to accept or reject purchase orders in the community offering and the syndicated community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.
     If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering in accordance with Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s plan of conversion and reorganization. A detailed description of share allocation procedures can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Offering.”
How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock
     In the subscription offering and community offerings, you may pay for your shares only by:
  (i)   personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.; or

23


Table of Contents

  (ii)   authorizing us to withdraw funds from the types of Northwest Savings Bank deposit accounts designated on the stock order form.
     Northwest Savings Bank is not permitted to lend funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use a Northwest Savings Bank line of credit check or any type of third party check or wire transfer to pay for shares of common stock. Please do not submit cash.
     You may purchase shares of common stock in the offering by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment payable to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your Northwest Savings Bank deposit accounts, provided that we receive the stock order form before 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], which is the end of the offering period. Checks and money orders will be immediately deposited in a segregated account with Northwest Savings Bank or another insured depository institution upon receipt. We will pay interest calculated at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate from the date funds are processed until completion or termination of the conversion. On your stock order form, you may not authorize direct withdrawal from a Northwest Savings Bank individual retirement account. If you wish to use funds in an individual retirement account to purchase shares of our common stock, please see “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares” below. You may not designate a withdrawal from Northwest Savings Bank accounts with check-writing privileges. Please provide a check instead.
     Withdrawals from certificates of deposit to purchase shares of common stock in the offering may be made without incurring an early withdrawal penalty. If a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook savings rate subsequent to the withdrawal. All funds authorized for withdrawal from deposit accounts at Northwest Savings Bank must be available in the accounts at the time the stock order is received. A hold will be placed on those funds when your stock order is received, making the designated funds unavailable to you during the offering period. Funds will not be withdrawn from an account until the completion of the offering and will earn interest at the applicable deposit account rate until that time.
     We are not required to accept copies or facsimiles of stock order forms. By signing the stock order form, you are acknowledging both receipt of this prospectus and that the shares of common stock are not deposits or savings accounts that are federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Northwest Savings Bank, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or the federal or state governments.
Submitting Your Order in the Subscription and Community Offerings
     You may submit your stock order form by mail using the order reply envelope provided, by overnight courier to the indicated address on the stock order form, or by delivery to our Stock Information Center, which is located at [stock information center address]. Stock order forms may not be delivered to other Northwest Savings Bank offices. Once submitted, your order is irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 83,978,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 53,975,000 shares.
Deadline for Orders of Common Stock in the Subscription or Community Offerings
     If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment for the shares of common stock, must be received (not

24


Table of Contents

postmarked) by the Stock Information Center located at [stock information center address] no later than 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date].
     Once submitted, your order is irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or extended or the number of shares to be issued increases to more than 83,978,750 shares or decreases to less than 53,975,000 shares. We may extend the [expiration date] expiration date, without notice to you, until [extension date]. If the offering is extended beyond [extension date] or if the offering range is increased or decreased, we will be required to resolicit purchasers before proceeding with the offering. In either of these cases, purchasers will have the right to maintain, change or cancel their orders. If we do not receive a written response from a purchaser regarding any resolicitation, the purchaser’s order will be canceled and all funds received will be returned promptly with interest, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. No extension may last longer than 90 days. All extensions, in the aggregate, may not last beyond [final expiration date].
     Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.
      TO ENSURE THAT EACH PERSON RECEIVES A PROSPECTUS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THE OFFERING IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW, NO PROSPECTUS WILL BE MAILED ANY LATER THAN FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO THE OFFERING EXPIRATION DATE OR HAND-DELIVERED ANY LATER THAN TWO DAYS PRIOR TO THE OFFERING EXPIRATION DATE.
Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares
     You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account. However, shares of common stock must be held in a self-directed retirement account, such as those offered by a brokerage firm. By regulation, Northwest Savings Bank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our common stock. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your Northwest Savings Bank individual retirement account, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee or custodian, such as another bank or a brokerage firm. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian. Because individual circumstances differ and processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using your individual retirement account or other retirement account that you may have at Northwest Savings Bank or elsewhere. Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

25


Table of Contents

Delivery of Stock Certificates
     Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by regular mail to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted on the stock order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals. It is possible that, until certificates for the common stock are delivered, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.
     If you are currently a stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., see “The Conversion and Offering—Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates.”
You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. On the stock order form, you may not add the names of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. You may add only those who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation, in the event of an oversubscription .
How You Can Obtain Additional Information — Stock Information Center
     Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call or visit our Stock Information Center, located at [stock information center address]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed weekends and bank holidays. Other Northwest Savings Bank offices will not have offering materials and will not accept stock order forms or proxy cards. The Stock Information Center’s toll-free telephone number is (877)                      .

26


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
     You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of common stock.
Risks Related to Our Business
Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
     Our results of operations and financial condition are significantly affected by changes in interest rates. Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits, borrowings and trust preferred securities. Because our interest-bearing liabilities generally reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, an increase in interest rates generally would tend to result in a decrease in net interest income.
     Changes in interest rates may also affect the average life of loans and mortgage-related securities. Decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce their borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that we are unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates on existing loans and securities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans. Also, increases in interest rates may extend the life of fixed rate assets, whereby we would not have the opportunity to reinvest in higher yielding alternatives, and may result in customers withdrawing certificates of deposit so long as the early withdrawal penalty is less than the interest they could receive as a result of the higher interest rates.
     Changes in interest rates also affect the current fair value of our interest-earning securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with changes in interest rates. At June 30, 2009, the fair value of our investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolio totaled $1.009 billion. Net unrealized losses on these securities totaled $6.4 million at June 30, 2009.
     At June 30, 2009, our interest rate risk analysis indicated that the market value of our equity would decrease by 10.2% if there was an instantaneous parallel 200 basis point increase in market interest rates. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management of Market Risk.”
If the allowance for credit losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.
     Our customers may not repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral, if any, securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance. We may experience significant loan losses, which may have a material adverse effect on operating results. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. If the assumptions prove to be incorrect, the allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. Material additions to the allowance would materially decrease net income.

27


Table of Contents

     Our emphasis on the origination of commercial real estate and commercial loans is one of the more significant factors in evaluating the allowance for loan losses. As we continue to increase the amount of such loans, additional or increased provisions for loan losses may be necessary and would decrease earnings.
     Bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase to the provision for loan losses or further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
We could record future losses on our securities portfolio.
     During the six months ended June 30, 2009, we recognized $8.7 million of impairment losses on securities, of which $4.4 million was recognized as other comprehensive loss, in the equity section of our balance sheet and $4.3 million was recognized as noninterest expense in our income statement. At June 30, 2009, we held corporate debt securities, non-government agency collateralized mortgage obligations and municipal securities with unrealized holding losses of $13.4 million, $6.0 million and $6.0 million, respectively.
     A number of factors or combinations of factors could require us to conclude in one or more future reporting periods that an unrealized loss that exists with respect to these securities constitutes an impairment that is other than temporary, which could result in material losses to us. These factors include, but are not limited to, continued failure by the issuer to make scheduled interest payments, an increase in the severity of the unrealized loss on a particular security, an increase in the continuous duration of the unrealized loss without an improvement in value or changes in market conditions and/or industry or issuer specific factors that would render us unable to forecast a full recovery in value. In addition, the fair values of securities could decline if the overall economy and the financial condition of some of the issuers continue to deteriorate and there remains limited liquidity for these securities.
     See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Balance Sheet Analysis—Securities” for a discussion of our securities portfolio and the unrealized losses related to the portfolio.
Our contribution to the charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits.
     The Internal Revenue Service may not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution. The total value of the contribution would be $16.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, which would result in after-tax expense of approximately $10.2 million. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service does not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation or the contribution to the charitable foundation is otherwise not tax deductible, we would recognize after-tax expense up to the value of the entire contribution, or $16.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.
     In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient taxable income to be able to use the deduction fully. Under the Internal Revenue Code, a corporate entity is generally permitted to deduct charitable contributions in an amount of up to 10% of its taxable income (taxable income before the charitable contributions deduction) in any one year for charitable contributions. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may be deducted for federal income tax purposes over the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution was made. Accordingly, a charitable contribution by a corporate entity to a charitable foundation could, if necessary, be deducted for federal income tax

28


Table of Contents

purposes over a six-year period. Our taxable income over this period may not be sufficient to fully use this deduction.
Any future Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums or special assessments will adversely impact our earnings.
     On May 22, 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation adopted a final rule levying a five basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. The special assessment is payable on September 30, 2009. We recorded an expense of $3.3 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2009, to reflect the special assessment. The final rule permits the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to levy up to two additional special assessments of up to five basis points each during 2009 if the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation estimates that the Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio will fall to a level that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation believes would adversely affect public confidence or to a level that will be close to or below zero. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has announced that it is likely to levy an additional special assessment of up to five basis points later in 2009, the amount and timing of which are currently uncertain. Any further special assessments that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation levies will be recorded as an expense during the appropriate period. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation increased the general assessment rate and, therefore, our Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation general insurance premium expense will increase compared to prior periods.
We hold certain intangible assets that could be classified as impaired in the future. If these assets are considered to be either partially or fully impaired in the future, our earnings and the book values of these assets would decrease.
     Pursuant to SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , we are required to test our goodwill and core deposit intangible assets for impairment on a periodic basis. The impairment testing process considers a variety of factors, including the current market price of our common shares, the estimated net present value of our assets and liabilities and information concerning the terminal valuation of similarly situated insured depository institutions. Future impairment testing may result in a partial or full impairment of the value of our goodwill or core deposit intangible assets, or both. If an impairment determination is made in a future reporting period, our earnings and the book value of these intangible assets will be reduced by the amount of the impairment. If an impairment loss is recorded, it will have little or no impact on the tangible book value of our shares of common stock or our regulatory capital levels.
Strong competition may limit growth and profitability.
     Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. We compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors (whether regional or national institutions) have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and may offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. Our profitability depends upon our ability to successfully compete in our market areas.
We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.
     We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Office of Thrift Supervision. Laws and regulations govern the activities in which we may engage, primarily for the protection of depositors. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory

29


Table of Contents

and enforcement activities, including the ability to impose restrictions on a bank’s operations, reclassify assets, determine the adequacy of a bank’s allowance for loan losses and determine the level of deposit insurance premiums assessed. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, new regulations or legislation or additional deposit premiums could have a material impact on our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws and applicable regulations are subject to frequent change. Any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or prospects.
      The United States economy is in a deep recession. A prolonged economic downturn, especially one affecting our geographic market area, will adversely affect our business and financial results.
     Negative developments in the global credit and securitization markets have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets since the latter half of 2007, and it is expected that the general economic downturn will continue through the remainder of 2009 and into 2010. Loan portfolio quality has deteriorated at many institutions, reflecting in part, the deteriorating U.S. economy and rising unemployment. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined and may continue to decline. The continuing real estate downturn also has resulted in reduced demand for the construction of new housing and increased delinquencies in construction, residential and commercial mortgage loans. Bank and bank holding company stock prices have declined substantially, and it is significantly more difficult for banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets.
     The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Quarterly Banking Profile has reported that noncurrent assets plus other real estate owned as a percentage of assets for FDIC insured financial institutions rose to 2.77% as of June 30, 2009, compared to 0.95% as of December 31, 2007. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Quarterly Banking Profile has reported that annualized return on average assets was 0.04% for FDIC insured financial institutions compared to 0.81% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The NASDAQ Bank Index declined 41.97% between December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2009. At June 30, 2009, our noncurrent assets plus other real estate owned as a percentage of assets was 1.95%, and our annualized return on average assets was 0.56% for the six months ended June 30, 2009.
     Continued negative developments in the financial services industry and the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the market for and value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Moreover, continued declines in the stock market in general, or stock values of financial institutions and their holding companies, could adversely affect our stock performance.
Continued government action in response to the economic downturn may negatively affect our operations.
     In response to the developments described above, Congress adopted the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, under which the U.S. Department of the Treasury has the authority to expend up to $700 billion to assist in stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial system. Although it was originally contemplated that these funds would be used primarily to purchase troubled assets under the Troubled Asset Relief Program, in October 2008 the U.S. Department of the Treasury announced the Capital Purchase Program, pursuant to which it intends to purchase up to $250 billion of non-voting senior preferred shares of qualifying financial institutions to encourage financial institutions to build capital to increase the flow of financing to businesses and consumers and to support the economy. In addition, Congress temporarily increased Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2013. The Federal Deposit Insurance

30


Table of Contents

Corporation also announced the creation of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program which is intended to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in financial institutions by temporarily guaranteeing newly issued senior unsecured debt of participating organizations and providing full insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction deposit accounts (such as business checking accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts paying 50 basis points or less and lawyers’ trust accounts), regardless of dollar amount until December 31, 2009. The increased insurance coverage may not be extended beyond 2009, which could negatively affect consumer confidence in financial institutions.
     The potential exists for additional federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to be active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the expected issuance of many formal enforcement orders. Actions taken to date, as well as potential actions, may not have the beneficial effects that are intended. In addition, new laws, regulations, and other regulatory changes may increase our Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums and may also increase our costs of regulatory compliance and of doing business, and otherwise adversely affect our operations. New laws, regulations, and other regulatory changes may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the markets for and value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability.
Future legislative or regulatory actions responding to perceived financial and market problems could impair our ability to foreclose on collateral.
     There have been proposals made by members of Congress and others that would reduce the amount distressed borrowers are otherwise contractually obligated to pay under their mortgage loans and limit an institution’s ability to foreclose on mortgage collateral. Were proposals such as these, or other proposals limiting our rights as a creditor, to be implemented, we could experience increased credit losses or increased expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor. In addition, there have been legislative proposals to create a federal consumer protection agency that may, among other powers, have the ability to affect our rights as a creditor.
If our investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh becomes impaired, our earnings and stockholders’ equity could decrease.
     We are required to own common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank System and to be eligible to borrow funds under the Federal Home Loan Bank’s advance program. The aggregate cost of our Federal Home Loan Bank common stock as of June 30, 2009 was $63.1 million. Federal Home Loan Bank common stock is not a marketable security and can only be redeemed by the Federal Home Loan Bank.
     Federal Home Loan Banks may be subject to accounting rules and asset quality risks that could materially lower their regulatory capital. In an extreme situation, it is possible that the capitalization of a Federal Home Loan Bank, including the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, could be substantially diminished or reduced to zero. Consequently, we believe that there is a risk that our investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh common stock could be deemed impaired at some time in the future, and if this occurs, it would cause our earnings and stockholders’ equity to decrease by the amount of the impairment charge.

31


Table of Contents

The Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh stopped paying dividends during the fourth quarter of 2008. This will negatively affect our earnings.
     The Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh stopped paying dividends during the fourth quarter of 2008, and would be prohibited from paying dividends in the future so long as it fails to meet any of its regulatory capital requirements. As a result of its expected risk-based capital deficiency as of December 31, 2008, we may not receive dividends from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh in the near future. We received $1.1 million in total dividends from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh during the three quarters ended September 30, 2008, and the failure of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh to pay dividends for any quarter will reduce our earnings during that quarter. In addition, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh is an important source of liquidity for us, and any restrictions on their operations may hinder our ability to use them as a liquidity source.
Risks Related to the Offering
The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the $10.00 purchase price per share in the offering.
     If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $10.00 purchase price in the offering. In several cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions or mutual holding companies have traded below the initial offering price. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time. After our shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, investor perceptions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and the outlook for the financial services industry in general. Price fluctuations may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.
We have broad discretion to deploy our net proceeds and our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse impact on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. intends to contribute between $257.8 million and $349.6 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $402.3 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) to Northwest Savings Bank. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments, repurchase shares of common stock, pay dividends or for other general corporate purposes. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. also expects to use a portion of the net proceeds it retains to fund a loan for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering by the employee stock ownership plan. Northwest Savings Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, purchase investment securities, acquire financial institutions or financial services companies, build new branches or acquire branches, or for other general corporate purposes. With the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and some of our branching initiatives, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. We have not established a timetable for reinvesting of the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to reinvest the net proceeds.

32


Table of Contents

Our failure to effectively reinvest the net proceeds of the offering could reduce our return on stockholders’ equity and our return on assets and negatively impact the value of our common stock.
     Net income divided by average stockholders’ equity, known as “return on average equity” and net income divided by average total assets, known as “return on average assets,” are ratios many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. Our return on average equity ratio for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the year ended December 31, 2008 was 6.26% and 7.75%, respectively, compared to an average of negative 1.23% based on trailing twelve month earnings for all publicly traded fully converted savings institutions as of August 28, 2009. Our return on average assets ratio for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the year ended December 31, 2008 was 0.56% and 0.70%, respectively, compared to an average of negative 0.37% based on trailing twelve month earnings for all publicly traded fully converted savings institutions as of August 28, 2009. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income and effectively reinvest the additional capital raised in the offering, our return on average equity and our return on average assets may be below the industry average, which may negatively affect the value of our common stock.
The ownership interest of management and employees could enable insiders to prevent a merger that may provide stockholders a premium for their shares.
     The shares of common stock that our directors and officers intend to purchase in the offering, when combined with the shares that they will receive in the exchange for their existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock are expected to result in management and the board controlling approximately 5.0% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the midpoint of the offering range. In addition, our employee stock ownership plan is expected to purchase 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation, and additional stock options and shares of common stock would be granted to our directors and employees if a stock-based incentive plan is adopted in the future. This would result in management and employees controlling a significant percentage of our shares of common stock. If these individuals were to act together, they could have significant influence over the outcome of any stockholder vote. This voting power may discourage a potential sale of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. that our stockholders may desire.
The implementation of the stock-based incentive plan may dilute your ownership interest.
     We intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan following the offering, subject to receipt of stockholder approval. This stock-based incentive plan may be funded either through open market purchases or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. While our intention is to fund this plan through open market purchases, stockholders would experience an 8.15% reduction in ownership interest at the adjusted maximum of the offering range in the event newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options or shares of restricted common stock under the plan in an amount equal to up to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. In the event we adopt the plan within one year following the conversion, shares of restricted stock to be issued and options to be granted under the stock-based incentive plan will be limited in order to ensure that the aggregate number of shares of restricted common stock and option awards subject to the new stock-based incentive plan, our existing recognition and retention plan and our existing stock option plans do not exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares outstanding (including shares issued by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in exchange for existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and shares issued to the charitable foundation) following completion of the conversion and the offering. Historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders. In the event we adopt the plan more than one year following the conversion, our stock-based incentive plan will not be subject to these limitations.

33


Table of Contents

     Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.
Additional expenses following the conversion from the compensation and benefit expenses associated with the implementation of the new stock-based incentive benefit plan will adversely affect our profitability.
     We intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan after the offering under which plan participants would be awarded restricted shares of our common stock (at no cost to them) and options to purchase shares of our common stock. If the stock-based incentive plan is implemented and approved by stockholders within one year of the completion of the offering, the number of restricted shares of common stock or options granted under any initial stock-based incentive plan may not exceed 4.0% and 10.0%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. If we award restricted shares of common stock or grant options in excess of these amounts under a stock-based incentive plan adopted more than one year after the completion of the offering, our costs would increase further.
     Following the offering, our non-interest expenses are likely to increase as we will recognize additional annual employee compensation and benefit expenses related to the shares granted to employees and executives under our stock-based incentive plan. We cannot predict the actual amount of these new stock-related compensation and benefit expenses because applicable accounting practices require that expenses be based on the fair market value of the shares of common stock at specific points in the future; however, we expect them to be material. In addition, we would recognize expense for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants’ accounts (i.e., as the loan used to acquire these shares is repaid), and we would recognize expense for restricted stock awards and stock options over the vesting period of awards made to recipients. The expense in the first year following the offering has been estimated to be approximately $7.4 million ($4.5 million after tax) at the adjusted maximum of the offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “Pro Forma Data,” assuming the $10.00 per share purchase price as fair market value. Actual expenses, however, may be higher or lower, depending on the price of our common stock. For further discussion of our proposed stock-based plans, see “Management—Executive Compensation—Long-Term Stock-Based Compensation.”
We have not determined whether we will adopt stock-based benefit plans more than one year following the stock offering. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than one year following the stock offering may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within one year, which would increase our costs.
     If we adopt stock-based benefit plans within one year following the completion of the stock offering, then we may grant shares of common stock or stock options under our stock-based benefit plans for up to 4.0% and 10.0%, respectively, of the shares of stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation. The amount of stock awards and stock options available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans may exceed these amounts, provided the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, the determination as to the timing of the implementation of such a plan will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “—Additional expenses following the conversion from the compensation and benefit expenses associated with the implementation of the new stock-based incentive benefit plan will adversely affect our profitability.”

34


Table of Contents

Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in “—The implementation of the stock-based incentive plan may dilute your ownership interest.”
The contribution of shares to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interests and adversely affect net income.
     Subject to member and stockholder approval, we intend to establish a charitable foundation in connection with the conversion. We will make a contribution to the charitable foundation in the form of shares of common stock and $1.0 million in cash. The contribution of cash and shares of common stock will total $10.8 million at the minimum of the offering range, and up to $16.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. The aggregate contribution will have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter and year in which we make the contribution to the charitable foundation. The after-tax expense of the contribution will reduce net income by approximately $10.2 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We had net income of $19.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and $48.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively. Persons purchasing shares in the stock offering will have their ownership and voting interests diluted by up to 1.16% due to the issuance of shares of common stock to the charitable foundation.
Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.
     Our board of directors has no current intention to sell control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, federal regulations, Maryland law and various other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. without the consent of our board of directors. You may want a takeover attempt to succeed because, for example, a potential acquiror could offer a premium over the then prevailing price of our common stock. The factors that may discourage takeover attempts or make them more difficult include:
    Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations . Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit, for three years following the completion of a conversion, the direct or indirect acquisition of more than 10% of any class of equity security of a converted savings institution or its holding company without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
 
    Articles of incorporation and statutory provisions. Provisions of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and Maryland law may make it more difficult and expensive to pursue a takeover attempt that management opposes, even if the takeover is favored by a majority of our stockholders. These provisions also would make it more difficult to remove our current board of directors or management, or to elect new directors. Specifically, our articles of incorporation provide that certain mergers or acquisitions must be approved by stockholders owning at least 80% of our shares of common stock, unless the transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested directors or certain fair price and procedure requirements have been satisfied. Additional provisions include limitations on voting rights of beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common stock, the election of directors to staggered terms of three years and not permitting cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws also contain provisions regarding the timing and content of stockholder proposals and nominations and qualification for service on the board of directors.

35


Table of Contents

    Issuance of stock options and restricted stock . We also intend to issue stock options and shares of restricted stock to key employees and directors that will require payments to these persons in the event of a change in control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. These payments may have the effect of increasing the costs of acquiring Northwest Bancshares, Inc., thereby discouraging future takeover attempts.
 
    Employment and change in control agreements . Northwest Bancorp, Inc. has employment agreements with each of its executive officers which will remain in effect following the stock offering. In addition, Northwest Bancshares, Inc intends to enter into change in control agreements with each of its corporate senior vice presidents (of which there are currently 11 such corporate senior vice presidents). These agreements may have the effect of increasing the costs of acquiring Northwest Bancshares, Inc., thereby discouraging future takeover attempts.
There May Be a Decrease in Stockholders’ Rights for Existing Stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will become stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Some rights of stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Northwest Bancorp, Inc. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Maryland charters and bylaws, and from distinctions between federal and Maryland law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders. The articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. include the following provisions: (i) approval by at least 80% of outstanding shares required to remove a director for cause; (ii) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for new business or to nominate directors; and (iii) approval by at least 80% of outstanding shares required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.” for a discussion of these differences.
You May Not Revoke Your Decision to Purchase Northwest Bancshares Common Stock in the Subscription Offering After You Send Us Your Subscription.
     Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in the connection with a purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription offering will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering, including any extension of the expiration date. Because completion of the conversion and offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, among other factors, there may be one or more delays in the completion of the conversion and offering. Orders submitted in the subscription offering are irrevocable, and subscribers will have no access to subscription funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond ___, or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 83,978,750 shares or decreased to less than 53,975,000 shares.

36


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
OF
NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
     The summary financial information presented below is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on pages F-1 and G-1. The information at December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. that appear in this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2005 and at June 30, 2005 and 2004 and for the years then ended is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus. We changed our fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31, effective December 31, 2005. The operating data for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 and the financial condition data at June 30, 2009 were not audited. However, in the opinion of management of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the unaudited periods have been made. No adjustments were made other than normal recurring entries. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the entire year.
                                                         
    At        
    June 30,   At December 31,   At June 30,
    2009   2008   2007   2006   2005   2005   2004
    (In Thousands)
Selected Consolidated Financial Data:
                                                       
Total assets
  $ 7,092,291     $ 6,930,241     $ 6,663,516     $ 6,527,815     $ 6,447,307     $ 6,330,482     $ 6,343,248  
Investment securities held-to-maturity (1)
                      465,312       444,407       467,303       209,241  
Investment securities available-for-sale
    334,293       393,531       601,620       388,546       289,871       290,702       444,676  
Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity (1)
                      251,655       189,851       235,676       392,301  
Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
    675,089       745,639       531,747       378,968       323,965       384,481       411,003  
Loans receivable net:
                                                       
Real estate (2)
    4,460,338       4,508,393       4,172,850       3,926,859       4,100,754       3,888,287       3,583,302  
Consumer
    250,544       261,398       261,598       253,490       366,488       348,672       324,897  
Commercial
    380,636       372,101       361,174       232,092       155,027       139,925       145,742  
Total loans receivable, net
    5,091,518       5,141,892       4,795,622       4,412,441       4,622,269       4,376,884       4,053,941  
Deposits
    5,345,739       5,038,211       5,542,334       5,366,750       5,228,479       5,187,946       5,191,621  
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowed funds
    897,063       1,067,945       339,115       392,814       417,356       410,344       449,147  
Shareholders’ equity
    632,535       613,784       612,878       604,561       585,658       582,190       550,472  
 
     
(1)   In 2007 we divested investment securities that we deemed to have a deteriorating risk profile, including several classified as held-to-maturity, which required us to reclassify all investment securities as available-for-sale.
   
(2)   Includes one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and commercial real estate loans.

37


Table of Contents

                                                                 
                                            For the Six        
                                            Months        
                                            Ended        
    For the Six Months Ended                             December     For the Year Ended  
    June 30,     For the Year Ended December 31,     31,     June 30,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006     2005     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
Selected Consolidated Operating Data:
                                                               
Total interest income
  $ 183,759     $ 193,686     $ 388,659     $ 396,031     $ 368,573     $ 170,449     $ 321,824     $ 300,230  
Total interest expense
    69,387       91,810       169,293       211,015       191,109       79,414       138,047       134,466  
 
                                               
Net interest income
    114,372       101,876       219,366       185,016       177,464       91,035       183,777       165,764  
Provision for loan losses
    17,517       5,689       22,851       8,743       8,480       4,722       9,566       6,860  
 
                                               
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    96,855       96,187       196,515       176,273       168,984       86,313       174,211       158,904  
Noninterest income
    21,456       24,822       38,752       43,022       46,026       19,851       32,004       31,862  
Noninterest expense
    91,270       83,915       170,128       152,742       143,682       66,317       128,659       128,805  
 
                                               
Income before income tax expense
    27,041       37,094       65,139       66,553       71,328       39,847       77,556       61,961  
Income tax expense
    7,448       10,030       16,968       17,456       19,792       10,998       22,741       19,829  
 
                                               
Net income
  $ 19,593     $ 27,064     $ 48,171     $ 49,097     $ 51,536     $ 28,849     $ 54,815     $ 42,132  
 
                                               
Earnings per share:
                                                               
Basic
  $ 0.40     $ 0.56     $ 1.00     $ 1.00     $ 1.03     $ 0.57     $ 1.10     $ 0.88  
 
                                               
Diluted
  $ 0.40     $ 0.56     $ 0.99     $ 0.99     $ 1.03     $ 0.56     $ 1.09     $ 0.87  
 
                                               
                                                                 
                                            At or for    
                                            the Six    
                                Months    
    At or For the Six       Ended    
    Months Ended   At or For the Year Ended   December   At or for the Year
    June 30, (1)   December 31,   31,   Ended June 30,
    2009   2008   2008   2007   2006   2005 (1)   2005   2004
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
                                                               
Return on average assets (2)
    0.56 %     0.79 %     0.70 %     0.73 %     0.79 %     0.91 %     0.86 %     0.68 %
Return on average equity (3)
    6.26 %     8.72 %     7.75 %     8.18 %     8.60 %     9.81 %     9.74 %     8.17 %
Average capital to average assets
    8.93 %     9.10 %     9.04 %     8.96 %     9.19 %     9.23 %     8.87 %     8.27 %
Capital to total assets
    8.92 %     9.00 %     8.86 %     9.20 %     9.26 %     9.04 %     9.20 %     8.68 %
Tangible equity to tangible assets
    6.48 %     6.44 %     6.36 %     6.50 %     6.79 %     6.66 %     6.93 %     6.34 %
Net interest rate spread (4)
    3.36 %     3.02 %     3.25 %     2.74 %     2.77 %     2.99 %     3.07 %     2.83 %
Net interest margin (5)
    3.63 %     3.36 %     3.57 %     3.10 %     3.06 %     3.21 %     3.24 %     2.98 %
Noninterest expense to average assets
    2.60 %     2.46 %     2.48 %     2.28 %     2.20 %     2.08 %     2.03 %     2.06 %
Efficiency ratio
    67.20 %     66.23 %     65.91 %     66.98 %     64.29 %     59.81 %     59.62 %     65.18 %
Noninterest income to average assets
    0.61 %     0.73 %     0.56 %     0.64 %     0.71 %     0.63 %     0.50 %     0.51 %
Net interest income to noninterest expense
    1.25 x     1.21 x     1.29 x     1.21 x     1.24 x     1.37 x     1.43 x     1.29 x
Dividend payout ratio (6)
    110.00 %     78.57 %     88.89 %     84.85 %     67.96 %     53.57 %     44.04 %     45.98 %
Nonperforming loans to net loans receivable
    2.41 %     1.38 %     1.93 %     1.03 %     0.92 %     0.93 %     0.77 %     0.80 %
Nonperforming assets to total assets
    1.95 %     1.12 %     1.67 %     0.87 %     0.72 %     0.74 %     0.64 %     0.57 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
    54.49 %     62.72 %     55.37 %     84.22 %     92.92 %     77.67 %     93.91 %     94.35 %
Allowance for loan losses to net loans receivable
    1.31 %     0.87 %     1.07 %     0.87 %     0.85 %     0.72 %     0.72 %     0.76 %
Average interest-bearing assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    1.11 x     1.10 x     1.10 x     1.10 x     1.09 x     1.09 x     1.08 x     1.06 x
Number of full-service offices
    168       166       167       166       160       153       153       152  
Number of consumer finance offices
    49       51       51       51       51       50       49       49  
 
(1)   Ratios are annualized where appropriate.
 
(2)   Represents net income divided by average total assets.
 
(3)   Represents net income divided by average equity.
 
(4)   Represents average yield on interest-earning assets less average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(5)   Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(footnotes continued on following page)

38


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)
 
(6)   The dividend payout ratio represents dividends declared per share divided by net income per share. The following table sets forth aggregate cash dividends paid per period, which is calculated by multiplying the dividend declared per share by the number of shares outstanding as of the applicable record date:
                                                                 
                                            For the Six        
                                            Months        
    For the Six Months Ended                             Ended     For the Year Ended  
    June 30,     For the Year Ended December 31,     December     June 30,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006     31, 2005     2005     2004  
    (In Thousands)  
Dividends paid to public stockholders
  $ 7,903     $ 7,880     $ 15,771     $ 15,696     $ 13,727     $ 6,119     $ 9,600     $ 7,151  
Dividends paid to Northwest Bancorp, MHC
                                        10,571       2,812  
 
                                               
Total dividends paid
    7,903       7,880       15,771       15,696       13,727       6,119       20,171       9,963  
 
                                               

39


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
    statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;
 
    statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;
 
    statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and
 
    estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.
     These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.
     The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:
    changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;
 
    general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;
 
    competition among depository and other financial institutions;
 
    inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;
 
    adverse changes in the securities markets;
 
    our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;
 
    our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities, if any;
 
    changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;
 
    changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans;
 
    our ability to continue to increase and manage our commercial and residential real estate, multi-family, and commercial and industrial loans;
 
    possible impairments of securities held by us, including those issued by government entities and government sponsored enterprises;

40


Table of Contents

    the level of future deposit premium assessments;
 
    the impact of the current recession on our loan portfolio (including cash flow and collateral values), investment portfolio, customers and capital market activities;
 
    the impact of the current governmental effort to restructure the U.S. financial and regulatory system;
 
    changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers; and
 
    the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters.
     Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 27.

41


Table of Contents

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING
     Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the aggregate net proceeds will be between $515.5 million and $699.1 million, or $804.7 million if the offering range is increased by 15%.
     We intend to distribute the net proceeds from the stock offering as follows:
                                                                 
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    53,975,000 Shares     63,500,000 Shares     73,025,000 Shares     83,978,750 Shares (1)  
            Percent             Percent             Percent             Percent of  
            of Net             of Net             of Net             Net  
    Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Offering proceeds
  $ 539,750             $ 635,000             $ 730,250             $ 839,788          
Less offering expenses
    24,214               27,668               31,121               35,093          
 
                                                       
Net offering proceeds
  $ 515,536       100.0 %   $ 607,332       100.0 %   $ 699,129       100.0 %   $ 804,695       100.0 %
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Distribution of net proceeds:
                                                               
To Northwest Savings Bank
  $ 257,768       50.0 %   $ 303,666       50.0 %   $ 349,564       50.0 %   $ 402,347       50.0 %
To fund the loan to employee stock ownership plan
  $ 21,982       4.3 %   $ 25,868       4.3 %   $ 29,754       4.3 %   $ 34,223       4.3 %
Proceeds contributed to foundation
  $ 1,000       0.2 %   $ 1,000       0.2 %   $ 1,000       0.1 %   $ 1,000       0.1 %
Retained by Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
  $ 234,786       45.5 %   $ 276,798       45.5 %   $ 318,811       45.6 %   $ 367,125       45.6 %
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market or general financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
     Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Northwest Savings Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings.
Northwest Bancshares, Inc. May Use the Proceeds it Retains From the Offering:
    to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the offering;
 
    to finance the acquisition of financial institutions or other financial service companies as opportunities arise, particularly in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although, except as set forth below, we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction and it is impossible to determine when, if ever, such opportunities may arise;
 
    to pay cash dividends to stockholders;
 
    to repurchase shares of our common stock for, among other things, the funding of our stock-based incentive plan;
 
    to invest in securities; and

42


Table of Contents

    for other general corporate purposes.
     On January 21, 2009, we had entered into a merger agreement to purchase Keystone State Savings Bank, a mutual savings bank located in Sharpsburg, Pennsylvania, and we had executed a letter of intent with respect to the acquisition of an insurance agency with annual revenues of approximately $2.0 million. At June 30, 2009, Keystone State Savings Bank had one branch and approximately $25.0 million in assets. On August 31, 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approved the merger of Keystone State Savings Bank into Northwest Savings Bank.
     Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities.
     Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval and for the funding of certain stock-based plans.
Northwest Savings Bank May Use the Net Proceeds it Receives From the Offering:
    to fund new loans, including commercial real estate, commercial and residential construction loans, commercial business loans, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and consumer loans;
 
    to finance the acquisition of financial institutions or other financial service companies primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although, except as previously described, we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction;
 
    to acquire branches from other financial institutions or build or lease new branch facilities primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction;
 
    to enhance existing products and services and to support the development of new products and services by investing, for example, in technology to support growth and enhanced customer service;
 
    to invest in securities; and
 
    for other general corporate purposes.
     We also intend to make a $1.0 million cash contribution to fund the Northwest Charitable Foundation.
     Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities. The use of proceeds may change based on changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, our relative position in the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions, and overall market conditions. Our business strategy for the deployment of the net proceeds

43


Table of Contents

raised in the offering is discussed in more detail in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Strategy.”
     Our return on equity may be relatively low until we are able to effectively reinvest the additional capital raised in the offering. Until we can increase our non-interest income, our return on equity may be below the industry average, which may negatively affect the value of our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Our failure to effectively reinvest the net proceeds of the offering could reduce our return on stockholders’ equity and our return on assets and negatively impact the value of our common stock.”
OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS
     As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.22 per share, which equals $0.88 per share on an annualized basis. After the conversion, we intend to continue to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis. After adjustment for the exchange ratio, we expect the annual dividends to equal $0.50, $0.42, $0.37 and $0.32 per share at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, which represents an annual dividend yield of 5.0%, 4.2%, 3.7% and 3.2% at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, based upon a stock price of $10.00 per share. The amount of dividends that we intend to pay to our stockholders following the conversion is intended to preserve the per share dividend amount, adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio, that our stockholders currently receive on their shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock. However, the dividend rate and the continued payment of dividends will depend on a number of factors including our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. We cannot assure you that we will not reduce or eliminate dividends in the future.
     Under the rules of the Office of Thrift Supervision, Northwest Savings Bank will not be permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock to Northwest Bancshares, Inc., its sole stockholder, if Northwest Savings Bank’s stockholder’s equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established in connection with the conversion. In addition, Northwest Savings Bank will not be permitted to make a capital distribution if, after making such distribution, it would be undercapitalized. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights.”
     Unlike Northwest Savings Bank, we are not restricted by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations on the payment of dividends to our stockholders, although the source of dividends will depend on the net proceeds retained by us and earnings and dividends from Northwest Savings Bank. However, we will be subject to state law limitations on the payment of dividends. Maryland law generally limits dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent.
     Finally, pursuant to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, during the three-year period following the conversion, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.
     See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries” and “Market for the Common Stock” for information regarding our historical dividend payments.

44


Table of Contents

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock currently trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NWSB.” Upon completion of the offering, the shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will replace Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s shares of common stock. We expect that Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “NWBI” after the completion of the offering. In order to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. currently has 20 registered market makers.
     The development of a public market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which our common stock can be sold. You may not be able to sell your shares at or above the $10.00 price per share in the offering. Purchasers of our common stock should have a long-term investment intent and should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in our common stock.
     The following table sets forth the high and low trading prices for shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock and cash dividends paid per share for the periods indicated. As of June 30, 2009, there were 17,980,430 shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock issued and outstanding (excluding shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC). In connection with the conversion and offering, each existing publicly held share of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will be converted into a right to receive a number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock, based upon the exchange ratio that is described in other sections of this prospectus. See “The Conversion and Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.”
                         
Year Ending December 31, 2009   High   Low   Dividend Paid Per Share
Fourth quarter (through                      __, 2009)
  $       $       $    
Third quarter
                    0.22  
Second quarter
    20.59       16.02       0.22  
First quarter
    21.59       13.07       0.22  
                         
Year Ended December 31, 2008   High   Low   Dividend Paid Per Share
Fourth quarter
  $ 29.86     $ 18.80     $ 0.22  
Third quarter
    34.34       20.05       0.22  
Second quarter
    28.10       21.78       0.22  
First quarter
    30.16       23.50       0.22  
                         
Year Ended December 31, 2007   High   Low   Dividend Paid Per Share
Fourth quarter
  $ 30.03     $ 25.76     $ 0.22  
Third quarter
    29.75       25.51       0.22  
Second quarter
    28.99       26.08       0.20  
First quarter
    28.31       25.26       0.20  
     On August 26, 2009, the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the conversion, and on August 28, 2009, the closing prices of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market were $20.74 per share and $20.70 per share, respectively. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. had approximately 6,818 stockholders of record. On the effective date of the conversion, all publicly held shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, including shares of common stock held by our officers and directors, will be converted automatically into and become the right to receive a number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock

45


Table of Contents

determined pursuant to the exchange ratio. See “The Conversion Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Options to purchase shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock will be converted into options to purchase a number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, for the same aggregate exercise price. See “Management.”

46


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE
     At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements. The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Northwest Savings Bank at June 30, 2009, and the pro forma regulatory capital of Northwest Savings Bank, after giving effect to the sale of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s shares of common stock at a $10.00 per share purchase price. Accordingly, the table assumes the receipt by Northwest Savings Bank of at least 50% of the net proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”
                                                                                 
    Northwest Savings        
    Bank Historical at        
    June 30, 2009     Pro Forma at June 30, 2009 Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share  
                    53,975,000 Shares     63,500,000 Shares     73,025,000 Shares     83,978,750 Shares(1)  
            Percent of             Percent of             Percent of             Percent of             Percent of  
    Amount     Assets (2)     Amount     Assets (2)     Amount     Assets (2)     Amount     Assets (2)     Amount     Assets (2)  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Equity capital
  $ 717,129       10.03 %   $ 932,996       12.59 %   $ 971,121       13.03 %   $ 1,009,247       13.45 %   $ 1,053,092       13.94 %
 
                                                                               
Core (leverage) capital
  $ 562,620       8.15 %   $ 778,487       10.87 %   $ 816,612       11.33 %   $ 854,738       11.78 %   $ 898,583       12.29 %
Core (leverage) requirement (3)
    276,172       4.00 %   $ 286,565       4.00 %   $ 288,401       4.00 %   $ 290,237       4.00 %   $ 292,348       4.00 %
 
                                                           
Excess
  $ 286,448       4.15 %   $ 491,922       6.87 %   $ 528,212       7.33 %   $ 564,501       7.78 %   $ 606,235       8.29 %
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Tier 1 risk-based capital (4)
  $ 562,620       12.43 %   $ 778,487       17.01 %   $ 816,612       17.81 %   $ 854,738       18.60 %   $ 898,583       19.51 %
Tier 1 requirement (3)
    180,996       4.00 %   $ 183,075       4.00 %   $ 183,442       4.00 %   $ 183,809       4.00 %   $ 184,231       4.00 %
 
                                                           
Excess
  $ 381,624       8.43 %   $ 595,412       13.01 %   $ 633,170       13.81 %   $ 670,929       14.60 %   $ 714,352       15.51 %
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Total risk-based capital (4)
  $ 619,369       13.69 %   $ 835,236       18.25 %   $ 873,361       19.04 %   $ 911,487       19.84 %   $ 955,332       20.74 %
Risk-based requirement
    361,992       10.00 %   $ 457,687       10.00 %   $ 458,605       10.00 %   $ 459,523       10.00 %   $ 460,579       10.00 %
 
                                                           
Excess
  $ 257,377       3.69 %   $ 377,549       8.25 %   $ 414,756       9.04 %   $ 451,964       9.84 %   $ 494,753       10.74 %
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Reconciliation of capital infused into Northwest Savings Bank:
                                                                               
Net proceeds
                  $ 257,768             $ 303,666             $ 349,564             $ 402,347          
Add: Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
                    2,062               2,062               2,062               2,062          
Less:
                                                                               
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan
                    (21,982 )             (25,868 )             (29,754 )             (34,223 )        
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan
                    (21.982 )             (25,868 )             (29,754 )             (34,223 )        
 
                                                                       
Pro forma increase in GAAP and regulatory capital (5)
                  $ 215,867             $ 253,992             $ 292,118             $ 335,963          
 
                                                                       
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares, or changes in market or general financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
 
(2)   Tangible and core capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
 
(3)   Although not adopted in regulation form, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking utilizes capital standards of 6% leverage capital and 10% risk-based capital. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation requires a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater.
 
(4)   Pro forma capital levels assume that we fund the stock-based benefit plans with purchases in the open market equal to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation at a price equal to the price for which the shares of common stock are sold in the stock offering, and that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation with funds we lend. Pro forma GAAP and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund both of these plans. See “Management” for a discussion of the stock-based benefit plan and employee stock ownership plan. We may award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of this amount if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. Accordingly, we may increase the awards beyond current regulatory restrictions and beyond the amounts reflected in this table.
 
(5)   Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

47


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
     The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at June 30, 2009 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. after giving effect to the offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.
                                         
    Northwest        
    Bancorp, Inc.     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. $10.00 Per Share Pro Forma  
    Historical at     53,975,000     63,500,000     73,025,000     83,978,750  
    June 30, 2009     Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Deposits (2)
  $ 5,345,739     $ 5,345,739     $ 5,345,739     $ 5,345,739     $ 5,345,739  
Borrowed funds
    897,063       897,063       897,063       897,063       897,063  
Trust preferred securities
    108,249       108,249       108,249       108,249       108,249  
 
                             
Total deposits and borrowed funds
  $ 6,351,051     $ 6,351,051     $ 6,351,051     $ 6,351,051     $ 6,351,051  
 
                             
Stockholders’ equity:
                                       
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion) (3)
                                       
Common stock $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion); shares to be issued as reflected (3) (4)
    5,126       867       1,021       1,174       1,350  
Paid-in capital (3)
    219,335       748,925       842,473       936,021       1,043,601  
Retained earnings (5)
    503,692       503,692       503,692       503,692       503,692  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (26,195 )     (26,195 )     (26,195 )     (26,195 )     (26,195 )
Plus:
                                       
Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
          2,062       2,062       2,062       2,062  
Less:
                                       
Treasury stock
    (69,423 )     (69,423 )     (69,423 )     (69,423 )     (69,423 )
After-tax expense of contribution to charitable foundation (6)
          (6,585 )     (7,747 )     (8,909 )     (10,246 )
Common stock to be acquired by the ESOP (7)
          (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Common stock to be acquired by the stock-based incentive plan (8)
          (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
 
                             
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 632,535     $ 1,109,380     $ 1,194,147     $ 1,278,914     $ 1,376,396  
 
                             
 
                                       
Pro Forma Shares Outstanding
                                       
Total shares outstanding
    48,516,887       86,735,977       102,059,973       117,383,969       135,006,564  
Exchange shares issued
          31,781,477       37,389,973       42,998,469       49,448,239  
Shares offered for sale
          53,975,000       63,500,000       73,025,000       83,978,750  
Shares issued to charitable foundation
          979,500       1,170,000       1,360,500       1,579,575  
 
                                       
Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets
    8.92 %     14.66 %     15.60 %     16.53 %     17.56 %
Tangible equity ratio
    6.59 %     12.61 %     13.60 %     14.57 %     15.66 %
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares, or changes in market or general financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
 
(2)   Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering other than a deposit of $2.1 million of Northwest Bancorp, MHC held at Northwest Savings Bank. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits by the amount of the withdrawals. On a pro forma basis, it also reflects a transfer to equity of $2.1 million in Northwest Bancorp, MHC deposits held at Northwest Savings Bank.
 
(3)   Northwest Bancorp, Inc. currently has 50,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock and 500,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.10 per share. On a pro forma basis, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock to be outstanding, which is 86,735,977 shares, 102,059,973 shares, 117,383,969 shares and 135,006,564 shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively.
(Footnotes continued on next page)

48


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)
 
(4)   No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock pursuant to stock options to be granted under a stock-based incentive plan. If this plan is implemented within one year of the completion of the offering, an amount up to 10% of the shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options. We may exceed this limit if the plan is implemented more than one year following the completion of the offering. No effect has been given to the exercise of options currently outstanding. See “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”
 
(5)   The retained earnings of Northwest Savings Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.”
 
(6)   Represents the expense of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on a 39% tax rate. The realization of the deferred tax benefit is limited annually to a maximum deduction for charitable foundations equal to 10% of our annual taxable income, subject to our ability to carry forward for federal or state purposes any unused portion of the deduction for the years following the year in which the contribution is made.
 
(7)   Assumes that 4% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The loan will be repaid principally from Northwest Savings Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
 
(8)   Assumes at the minimum, midpoint, the maximum and the maximum as adjusted, of the offering range that a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation will be purchased by the stock-based incentive plan in open market purchases. The stock-based incentive plan will be submitted to a vote of stockholders following the completion of the offering. The funds to be used by the stock-based incentive plan to purchase the shares will be provided by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share offering price and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As Northwest Bancshares, Inc. accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the stock-based incentive plan, the credit to capital will be offset by a charge to operations. Implementation of the stock-based incentive plan will require stockholder approval. If the shares to fund the plan (restricted stock awards and stock options) are assumed to come from authorized but unissued shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., the number of outstanding shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and the maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range would be 94,429,607, 111,113,773, 127,797,939 and 146,984,730, respectively, total stockholders’ equity would be $1.131 million, $1.220 million, $1.309 million and $1.411 million, respectively, and total stockholders’ ownership in Northwest Bancshares, Inc. would be diluted by approximately 8.15% at the maximum of the offering range.

49


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA
     The following tables summarize historical data of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and pro forma data at and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and at and for the year ended December 31, 2008. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the tables, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the offering. Moreover, pro forma stockholders’ equity per share does not give effect to the liquidation account to be established in the conversion or, in the unlikely event of a liquidation of Northwest Savings Bank, to the recoverability of intangible assets or the tax effect of the recapture of the bad debt reserve. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights.”
     The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:
  (i)   one-third of all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings, including shares purchased by insiders, with the remaining shares to be sold in the syndicated community offering;
 
  (ii)   55,000 shares of common stock will be purchased by our executive officers and directors, and their associates;
 
  (iii)   our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, and contributed to the charitable foundation with a loan from Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest over a period of 20 years;
 
  (iv)   Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a fee equal to 1% of all shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings and a fee equal to 5% of all shares sold in the syndicated community offering. No fee will be paid with respect to shares of common stock purchased by our qualified and non-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or stock purchased by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families; and
 
  (v)   total expenses of the offering, including the marketing fees to be paid to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, will be between $24.2 million at the minimum of the offering range and $35.1 million at the maximum of the offering range, as adjusted.
     We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of each period at an assumed interest rate of 3.25% (1.98% on an after-tax basis), which represented a blended average made of one- to four-family loans and the one-year U.S. Treasury Bill rate as of June 30, 2009 (which we consider to reflect more accurately the pro forma reinvestment rate than an arithmetic average method in light of current market interest rates). The effect of withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock has not been reflected. Historical and pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the indicated number of shares of common stock. No effect has been given in the pro forma stockholders’ equity calculations for the assumed earnings on the net proceeds.
     The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation at the same price for

50


Table of Contents

which they were sold in the stock offering. We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans in awards that vest over a seven-year period.
     We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation. In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over seven years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $2.03 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 20.37% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 4.56%, an expected option life of eight years and a risk-free interest rate of 2.16%.
     We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.
     As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering,” we intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Northwest Savings Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering. We will use a portion of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.
     The pro forma table does not give effect to:
    withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering;
 
    our results of operations after the stock offering; or
 
    changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.
     The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock offering actually occurs and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with GAAP. We did not increase or decrease stockholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Pro forma stockholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of intangible assets, the liquidation account we will establish in the conversion or tax bad debt reserves in the unlikely event we are liquidated.

51


Table of Contents

                                 
    At or for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009  
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    53,975,000     63,500,000     73,025,000     83,978,750  
    Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
Gross proceeds of stock offering
  $ 539,750     $ 635,000     $ 730,250     $ 839,788  
Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation
    9,795       11,700       13,605       15,796  
Market value of shares issued in the exchange
    317,815       373,900       429,985       494,482  
 
                       
Pro forma market capitalization
  $ 867,360     $ 1,020,600     $ 1,173,840     $ 1,350,066  
 
                       
 
                               
Gross proceeds of offering
  $ 539,750     $ 635,000     $ 730,250     $ 839,788  
Less: Expenses
    24,214       27,668       31,121       35,093  
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds
  $ 515,536     $ 607,332     $ 699,129     $ 804,695  
 
                       
Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Less: Cash contribution to charitable foundation
    (1,000 )     (1,000 )     (1,000 )     (1,000 )
Less: Common stock purchased by the stock-based incentive plan
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Plus: Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
    2,058       2,058       2,058       2,058  
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted
  $ 472,630     $ 556,654     $ 640,679     $ 737,307  
 
                       
 
                               
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009
                               
Consolidated net income:
                               
Historical
  $ 19,593     $ 19,593     $ 19,593     $ 19,593  
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    4,685       5,518       6,351       7,309  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (335 )     (395 )     (454 )     (522 )
Shares granted under the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (958 )     (1,127 )     (1,296 )     (1,491 )
Options granted under the stock-based incentive plan (4)
    (766 )     (901 )     (1,037 )     (1,192 )
 
                       
Pro forma net income
  $ 22,219     $ 22,688     $ 23,157     $ 23,697  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income per share (5):
                               
Historical
  $ 0.22     $ 0.19     $ 0.16     $ 0.14  
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    0.06       0.06       0.06       0.06  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)
                       
Shares granted under the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Options granted under the stock-based incentive plan (4)
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
 
                       
Pro forma net income per share (5) (6)
  $ 0.26     $ 0.23     $ 0.20     $ 0.18  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price to pro forma net income per share
    19.23 x     21.74 x     25.00 x     27.78 x
Number of shares used in net income per share calculations (5)
    84,592,752       99,537,843       114,482,935       131,669,790  
 
                               
At June 30, 2009
                               
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Historical
  $ 632,535     $ 632,535     $ 632,535     $ 632,535  
Estimated net proceeds
    515,536       607,332       699,129       804,695  
Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
    2,062       2,062       2,062       2,062  
Stock contribution to charitable foundation
    9,795       11,700       13,604       15,795  
Tax benefit of contribution of charitable foundation
    4,210       4,953       5,696       6,550  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Less: Common stock acquired by the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Less: After-tax effect of contribution to charitable foundation
    (10,795 )     (12,700 )     (14,605 )     (16,796 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,109,380     $ 1,194,147     $ 1,278,914     $ 1,376,396  
Less: Intangible assets
  $ (177,088 )   $ (177,088 )   $ (177,088 )   $ (177,088 )
 
                       
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 932,292     $ 1,017,059     $ 1,101,826     $ 1,199,308  
 
                       
 
                               
Stockholders’ equity per share (7):
                               
Historical
  $ 7.28     $ 6.19     $ 5.37     $ 4.67  
Estimated net proceeds
    5.94       5.95       5.96       5.96  
Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
    0.02       0.02       0.02       0.02  
Stock contribution to charitable foundation
    0.11       0.11       0.12       0.12  
Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation
    0.05       0.05       0.05       0.05  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )

52


Table of Contents

                                 
    At or for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009  
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    53,975,000     63,500,000     73,025,000     83,978,750  
    Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
Less: Common stock acquired by the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )
Less: After-tax effect of contribution to charitable foundation
    (0.12 )     (0.12 )     (0.12 )     (0.12 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)
  $ 12.79     $ 11.70     $ 10.90     $ 10.20  
Intangible assets
    (2.04 )     (1.74 )     (1.51 )     (1.31 )
 
                       
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (7)
  $ 10.75     $ 9.96     $ 9.39     $ 8.89  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    78.19 %     85.47 %     91.74 %     98.04 %
 
                       
Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
    93.02 %     100.40 %     106.50 %     112.49 %
 
                       
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations (8)
    86,735,977       102,059,973       117,383,969       135,006,564  
 
                       
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares, or changes in market and financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
 
(2)   Assumes that 4% of shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Northwest Savings Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Northwest Savings Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Statement of Position 93-6, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“SOP 93-6”), requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that: (i) the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Northwest Savings Bank, (ii) the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the $10.00 subscription price and (iii) the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 39%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 54,955, 64,670, 74,386 and 85,558 shares were committed to be released during the period at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with SOP 93-6, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.
 
(3)   Gives effect to the grant of stock awards pursuant to the stock-based incentive plan expected to be adopted by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. following the offering and presented to stockholders for approval not earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. We have assumed that at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum as adjusted, of the offering range this plan acquires a number of shares of restricted common stock equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, either through open market purchases, from authorized but unissued shares of common stock or treasury stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Funds used by the stock-based incentive plan to purchase the shares of common stock will be contributed by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based incentive plan, it is assumed that the shares of common stock were acquired by the plan in open market purchases at the beginning of the period presented for a purchase price equal to the price for which the shares are sold in the offering, and that 7.2% of the amount contributed was an amortized expense (14.3% annually based upon a seven-year vesting period) during the six months ended June 30, 2009. There can be no assurance that the actual purchase price of the shares of common stock granted under the stock-based incentive plan will be equal to the $10.00 subscription price. If shares are acquired from authorized but unissued shares of common stock or from treasury shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share will decrease. This will also have a dilutive effect of approximately 2.47% (at the maximum of the offering range) on the ownership interest of stockholders. The impact on pro forma net income per share and pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is not material. The following table shows pro forma net income per share and pro forma stockholders’ equity per share, assuming all the shares of common stock to fund the stock awards are obtained from authorized but unissued shares.
                                 
At or For the Six Months Ended                           Maximum, as
Ended June 30, 2009   Minimum   Midpoint   Maximum   Adjusted
Pro forma net income per share
  $ 0.26     $ 0.23     $ 0.20     $ 0.18  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 12.72     $ 11.66     $ 10.87     $ 10.19  
 
(4)   Gives effect to the granting of options pursuant to the stock-based incentive plan, which is expected to be adopted by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. following the offering and presented to stockholders for approval not earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. We have assumed that options will be granted to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, and the estimated grant-date fair value pursuant to the application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $2.03 for each option. The pro forma net income assumes that the options granted under the stock-based incentive plan have a value of $2.03 per option, which was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula using the following assumptions: (i) the trading price on date of grant was $10.00 per share; (ii) exercise price is equal to the trading price on the date of grant; (iii) dividend yield of 4.56%; (iv) expected life of eight years; (v) expected volatility of 20.37%; and (vi) risk-free interest rate of 2.16%. If the fair market value per share on the date of grant is different than $10.00, or if the assumptions

53


Table of Contents

    used in the option pricing formula are different from those used in preparing this pro forma data, the value of options and the related expense recognized will be different. The aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a seven-year vesting period of the options. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based incentive plan is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, our net income and stockholders’ equity per share will decrease. This also will have a dilutive effect of up to 5.96% on the ownership interest of persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering.
 
(5)   The number of shares used to calculate pro forma net income per share is equal to the estimated weighted average shares outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2009 multiplied by the exchange ratio at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, plus the shares contributed to the charitable foundation, and subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the respective periods in accordance with SOP 93-6. See footnote 2, above.
 
(6)   The retained earnings of Northwest Savings Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.”
 
(7)   Per share figures include publicly held shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock that will be exchanged for shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock in the conversion. Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of subscription shares assumed to be sold in the offering; (ii) shares issued to the charitable foundation and (iii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares.
 
(8)   The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.

54


Table of Contents

                                 
    At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2008  
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    53,975,000     63,500,000     73,025,000     83,978,750  
    Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
Gross proceeds of stock offering
  $ 539,750     $ 635,000     $ 730,250     $ 839,788  
Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation
    9,795       11,700       13,605       15,796  
Market value of shares issued in the exchange
    317,815       373,900       429,985       494,482  
 
                       
Pro forma market capitalization
  $ 867,360     $ 1,020,600     $ 1,173,840     $ 1,350,066  
 
                       
 
                               
Gross proceeds of offering
  $ 539,750     $ 635,000     $ 730,250     $ 839,788  
Less: Expenses
    24,214       27,668       31,121       35,093  
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds
  $ 515,536     $ 607,332     $ 699,129     $ 804,695  
 
                       
Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Less: Cash contribution to charitable foundation
    (1,000 )     (1,000 )     (1,000 )     (1,000 )
Less: Common stock purchased by the stock-based incentive plan
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Plus: Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
    2,223       2,223       2,223       2,223  
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted
  $ 472,795     $ 556,819     $ 640,844     $ 737,472  
 
                       
 
                               
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2008
                               
Consolidated net income:
                               
Historical
  $ 48,171     $ 48,171     $ 48,171     $ 48,171  
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    9,373       11,039       12,705       14,620  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (670 )     (789 )     (908 )     (1,044 )
Shares granted under the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (1,916 )     (2,254 )     (2,593 )     (2,982 )
Options granted under the stock-based incentive plan (4)
    (1,532 )     (1,802 )     (2,073 )     (2,384 )
 
                       
Pro forma net income
  $ 53,426     $ 54,365     $ 55,302     $ 56,381  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income per share (5):
                               
Historical
  $ 0.57     $ 0.49     $ 0.42     $ 0.37  
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    0.11       0.11       0.11       0.11  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Shares granted under the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
Options granted under the stock-based incentive plan (4)
    (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
 
                       
Pro forma net income per share (5) (6)
  $ 0.63     $ 0.55     $ 0.48     $ 0.43  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price to pro forma net income per share
    15.87 x     18.18 x     20.83 x     23.26 x
Number of shares used in net income per share calculations (5)
    84,647,706       99,602,513       114,557,320       131,755,348  
 
                               
At December 31, 2008
                               
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Historical
  $ 613,784     $ 613,784     $ 613,784     $ 613,784  
Estimated net proceeds
    515,536       607,332       699,129       804,695  
Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
    2,217       2,217       2,217       2,217  
Stock contribution to charitable foundation
    9,795       11,700       13,604       15,795  
Tax benefit of contribution of charitable foundation
    4,210       4,953       5,696       6,550  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Less: Common stock acquired by the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Less: After-tax effect of contribution to charitable foundation
    (10,795 )     (12,700 )     (14,605 )     (16,796 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,090,784     $ 1,175,551     $ 1,260,318     $ 1,357,800  
 
                       
 
                               
Less: Intangible assets
  $ (178,758 )   $ (178,758 )   $ (178,758 )   $ (178,758 )
 
                       
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 912,026     $ 996,793     $ 1,081,560     $ 1,179,042  
 
                       
 
                               
Stockholders’ equity per share (7):
                               
Historical
  $ 7.07     $ 6.01     $ 5.21     $ 4.53  
Estimated net proceeds
    5.95       5.95       5.96       5.96  
Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
    0.03       0.02       0.02       0.02  
Stock contribution to charitable foundation
    0.11       0.11       0.12       0.12  
Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation
    0.05       0.05       0.05       0.05  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )

55


Table of Contents

                                 
    At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2008  
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    53,975,000     63,500,000     73,025,000     83,978,750  
    Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
Less: Common stock acquired by the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )
 
                       
Less: After-tax effect of contribution to charitable foundation
    (0.12 )     (0.12 )     (0.12 )     (0.12 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)
  $ 12.58     $ 11.52     $ 10.74     $ 10.06  
Intangible assets
    (2.06 )     (1.75 )     (1.52 )     (1.32 )
 
                       
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (7)
  $ 10.52     $ 9.77     $ 9.22     $ 8.74  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    79.49 %     86.81 %     93.11 %     99.40 %
 
                       
Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
    95.06 %     102.35 %     108.46 %     114.42 %
 
                       
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations (8)
    86,735,977       102,059,973       117,383,969       135,006,564  
 
                       
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares, or changes in market and financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
 
(2)   Assumes that 4% of shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Northwest Savings Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Northwest Savings Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. SOP 93-6 requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that: (i) the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Northwest Savings Bank, (ii) the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the $10.00 subscription price and (iii) the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 39%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 109,909, 129,340, 148,771 and 171,117 shares were committed to be released during the year at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with SOP 93-6, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the year were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.
 
(3)   Gives effect to the grant of stock awards pursuant to the stock-based incentive plan expected to be adopted by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. following the offering and presented to stockholders for approval not earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. We have assumed that at the midpoint, maximum and maximum as adjusted, of the offering range this plan acquires a number of shares of restricted common stock equal to 4% of the shares sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation, either through open market purchases, from authorized but unissued shares of common stock or treasury stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Funds used by the stock-based incentive plan to purchase the shares of common stock will be contributed by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based incentive plan, it is assumed that the shares of common stock were acquired by the plan in open market purchases at the beginning of the period presented for a purchase price equal to the price for which the shares are sold in the offering, and that 14.3% of the amount contributed was an amortized expense (based upon a seven-year vesting period) during the year ended December 31, 2008. There can be no assurance that the actual purchase price of the shares of common stock granted under the stock-based incentive plan will be equal to the $10.00 subscription price. If shares are acquired from authorized but unissued shares of common stock or from treasury shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share will decrease. This will also have a dilutive effect of approximately 2.47% (at the maximum of the offering range) on the ownership interest of stockholders. The impact on pro forma net income per share and pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is not material. The following table shows pro forma net income per share and pro forma stockholders’ equity per share, assuming all the shares of common stock to fund the stock awards are obtained from authorized but unissued shares.
                                 
At or For the Year                           Maximum, as
Ended December 31, 2008   Minimum   Midpoint   Maximum   Adjusted
Pro forma net income per share
  $ 0.62     $ 0.54     $ 0.48     $ 0.42  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 12.51     $ 11.48     $ 10.72     $ 10.06  
 
(4)   Gives effect to the granting of options pursuant to the stock-based incentive plan, which is expected to be adopted by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. following the offering and presented to stockholders for approval not earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. We have assumed that options will be granted to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares sold in the offering. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, and the estimated grant date fair value pursuant to the application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $2.03 for each option. The pro forma net income assumes that the options granted under the stock-based incentive plan have a value of $2.03 per option, which was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula using the following assumptions: (i) the trading price on date of grant was $10.00 per share; (ii) exercise price is equal to the trading price on the date of grant; (iii) dividend yield of 4.56% ; (iv) expected life of eight years; (v) expected volatility of 20.73%; and (vi) risk-free interest rate of 2.16%. If the fair market value per share on the date of grant is different than $10.00, or if the assumptions used in the option pricing formula are

56


Table of Contents

    different from those used in preparing this pro forma data, the value of options and the related expense recognized will be different. The aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a seven-year vesting period of the options. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based incentive plan is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, our net income and stockholders’ equity per share will decrease. This also will have a dilutive effect of up to 5.96% on the ownership interest of persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering.
 
(5)   The number of shares used to calculate pro forma net income per share is equal to the estimated weighted average shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2008 multiplied by the exchange ratio at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, plus the shares contributed to the charitable foundation, and subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the respective periods in accordance with SOP 93-6. See footnote 2, above.
 
(6)   The retained earnings of Northwest Savings Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.”
 
(7)   Per share figures include publicly held shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock that will be exchanged for shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock in the conversion. Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of subscription shares assumed to be sold in the offering; (ii) shares issued to the charitable foundation and (iii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares. The number of subscription shares actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.
 
(8)   The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.

57


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION
WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION
     As reflected in the table below, if the charitable foundation is not established and funded as part of the stock offering, RP Financial, LC. estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the stock offering. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $867.4 million, $1,020.6 million, $1,173.8 million and $1,350.1 million with the charitable foundation, as compared to $871.1 million, $1,024.8 million, $1,178.5 million and $1,355.3 million, respectively, without the charitable foundation. There is no assurance that in the event the charitable foundation were not formed, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below. Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.
     For comparative purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios and financial data and ratios at and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the stock offering was completed at the beginning of the six-month period, with and without the charitable foundation.
                                                                 
                                                    Adjusted Maximum of  
    Minimum of Offering Range     Midpoint of Offering Range     Maximum of Offering Range     Offering Range  
    With     Without     With     Without     With     Without     With     Without  
    Foundation     Foundation     Foundation     Foundation     Foundation     Foundation     Foundation     Foundation  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Estimated stock offering amount
  $ 539,750     $ 548,250     $ 635,000     $ 645,000     $ 730,250     $ 741,750     $ 839,788     $ 853,013  
Estimated full value
    867,360       871,070       1,020,600       1,024,788       1,173,840       1,178,506       1,350,066       1,355,282  
Total assets
    7,569,136       7,573,217       7,653,903       7,658,718       7,738,670       7,744,220       7,836,152       7,842,546  
Total liabilities
    6,459,756       6,459,756       6,459,756       6,459,756       6,459,756       6,459,756       6,459,756       6,459,756  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
    1,109,380       1,113,461       1,194,147       1,198,962       1,278,914       1,284,464       1,376,396       1,382,790  
Pro forma net income
    22,219       22,306       22,688       22,791       23,157       23,276       23,696       23,834  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    12.79       12.78       11.70       11.70       10.90       10.90       10.20       10.20  
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
    10.75       10.75       9.96       9.97       9.39       9.40       8.89       8.89  
Pro forma net income per share
    0.26       0.26       0.23       0.23       0.20       0.20       0.18       0.18  
Pro forma pricing ratios:
                                               
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    78.19 %     78.25 %     85.47 %     85.47 %     91.74 %     91.74 %     98.04 %     98.04 %
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
    93.02       93.02       100.40       100.30       106.50       106.38       112.49       112.49  
Offering price to pro forma net income per share
    19.23 x     19.23 x     21.74 x     21.74 x     25.00 x     25.00 x     27.78 x     27.78 x
Pro forma financial ratios:
                                                               
Return on assets (annualized)
    0.59 %     0.59 %     0.59 %     0.59 %     0.60 %     0.60 %     0.60 %     0.61 %
Return on equity (annualized)
    4.01       4.01       3.80       3.80       3.62       3.62       3.44       3.45  
Equity to assets
    14.66       14.70       15.60       15.65       16.53       16.59       17.56       17.63  
Tangible equity ratio
    12.61       12.66       13.60       13.66       14.57       14.63       15.66       15.73  

58


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
     This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data. The information in this section has been derived from the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements, which appear beginning on pages F-1 and G-1 of this prospectus. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Northwest Bancorp, Inc. provided in this prospectus.
Overview
     Historically, our principal business has consisted of attracting deposits from the general public and the business community and making loans secured by various types of collateral, including real estate and other consumer assets. We are significantly affected by prevailing economic conditions, particularly interest rates, as well as government policies concerning among other things, monetary and fiscal affairs, housing and financial institutions and regulations regarding lending and other operations, privacy and consumer disclosure. Attracting and maintaining deposits is influenced by a number of factors, including interest rates paid on competing investments offered by other financial and non-financial institutions, account maturities, fee structures, and levels of personal income and savings. Lending activities are affected by the demand for funds and thus are influenced by interest rates, the number and quality of lenders and regional economic conditions. Sources of funds for lending activities include deposits, borrowings, repayments on loans, cash flows from maturities of investment securities and income provided from operations.
     Our earnings depend primarily on our level of net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on our interest-earning assets, consisting primarily of loans, mortgage-backed securities and other investment securities, and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits, borrowed funds, and trust-preferred securities. Net interest income is a function of our interest rate spread, which is the difference between the average yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on our interest-bearing liabilities, as well as a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets compared to interest-bearing liabilities. Also contributing to our earnings is noninterest income, which consists primarily of service charges and fees on loan and deposit products and services, fees related to insurance and investment management and trust services, and net gains and losses on sale of assets. Interest income and noninterest income are offset by provisions for loan losses, general administrative and other expenses, including employee compensation and benefits and occupancy and equipment costs, as well as by state and federal income tax expense.
     Our net income has decreased over the past few years, totaling $48.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $49.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $51.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Our net income was $19.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 compared to $27.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. Much of the reduction in our net income has resulted from increased loan loss reserves and impairment charges on securities caused by deteriorating asset quality, which has affected much of the financial institutions industry in recent years. Our provision for loan losses was $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Our provision for loan losses was $17.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 compared to $5.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. In addition, we experienced other-than-temporary impairment charges for securities, which were reflected as a reduction of noninterest income, of $4.3 million and $16.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

59


Table of Contents

     Other than our loans for the construction of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, we do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential properties (where the borrower pays interest for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan). We also do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on their loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We do not directly offer “subprime loans” (loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios) or Alt-A loans (traditionally defined as loans having less than full documentation). However, our subsidiary, Northwest Consumer Discount Company, originates such loans which totaled $115.4 million as of June 30, 2009.
     As of June 30, 2009, we held $183,000 of preferred stock issued by Freddie Mac, and $28.2 million of private label collateralized mortgage obligations, some of which are collateralized by ALT-A mortgage loans. As of June 30, 2009, our available credit lines and other sources of liquidity had not been reduced compared to levels from December 31, 2008 or 2007.
Our Competitive Strengths
     Since our initial public offering in 1994 we have grown from a savings bank operating primarily in Northwestern Pennsylvania to a regional community banking organization with branch offices in Ohio, New York, Maryland, Florida and throughout Pennsylvania. We believe that our growth and success have largely been due to the following strengths that have given us a competitive advantage in our markets:
    Maintaining a strong and experienced management team, and attracting and retaining dedicated and qualified personnel to support the growth of our franchise . Achieving our strategic objectives requires an experienced and dedicated management team, which we have developed and maintained over the years. Our management team has been an integral part of the continued growth and success of Northwest Savings Bank, including its transition to being a fully public company.
 
    Being recognized as an employer of choice in all of our markets by providing employees with exceptional opportunities for advancement and growth in an attractive business environment . A strong management team requires the support of dedicated and experienced employees. Our commitment to our employees, as well as the career opportunities offered by our sustained growth, has made Northwest Savings Bank a preferred employer in the markets we serve.
 
    Maintaining our ability and our reputation as an experienced and successful acquirer. Since 1994, we have completed 25 acquisition transactions. During this period, our total banking offices have increased from 41 to 167, and our assets have increased from $1.4 billion to $7.1 billion at June 30, 2009.
 
    Track record of creating value for our stockholders. As a publicly traded mutual holding company, we have strived to create value for our stockholders while meeting the needs of our banking customers. Common stock purchased in our initial offering in 1994 has appreciated 310.0% in value as of August 31, 2009. We will continue to focus on creating shareholder value as we transition to a fully converted stock holding company.

60


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy
     Our strategy is to focus on those banking activities and services that have proven to be successful and that have generated favorable returns for our stockholders. We believe that this focus will enable us to continue to grow our franchise, while maintaining our commitment to customer service, high asset quality, and sustained net earnings. The following are the key elements of our business strategy:
      Expand Our Geographic Reach
    Complementary acquisitions. We believe that acquisition opportunities exist both within and beyond our current market area. We will consider pursuing acquisition opportunities on a selective basis in contiguous or near contiguous market areas that will afford us the opportunity to add complementary products to our existing business or expand our franchise geographically.
 
    De novo branching. We have opened de novo branches to provide better service for our customers and to add to or fill in gaps in our geographic footprint. For example, we plan to open four new branches in Rochester, New York during the fourth quarter of 2009.
      Continue to Improve Our Earnings
    Asset mix diversification. Historically, we have emphasized the origination of single family residential mortgage loans and we will continue to emphasize these loans in the future. However, loan diversification improves our net interest margin because consumer loans and commercial business loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates than residential mortgage loans.
 
    Managing interest rate risk. Diversifying our asset mix not only improves our margin but also reduces the exposure of our net interest income and earnings to interest rate risk. We will continue to manage our interest rate risk by diversifying the type and maturity of assets in our loan and investment portfolios.
 
    Fee income. We have been focusing on increasing our fee income by offering new products and services. For example, we offer business deposits which are a source of low-cost funds and fee income as well as an investment management, brokerage and trust services with almost $1.0 billion of managed assets.
 
    Investment in our infrastructure. Over the past five years, we have significantly upgraded our technology capabilities by offering internet and mobile banking, an expanded ATM network, debit cards, surcharge-free ATM capabilities and electronic check clearing. We intend to capitalize on our technology capabilities to improve operating efficiencies and enhance customer service.
 
  Continue to Improve Our Funding Mix
 
    Reducing our cost of funds and our exposure to interest rate risk by offering and attracting more checking accounts, transaction accounts and other low cost deposits . Transaction accounts generally are our least costly source of funds, and therefore improve our interest rate spread and the interest rate risk associated with deposits repricing more quickly than loans and investments in a rising interest rate environment.

61


Table of Contents

      Increase Lending While Maintaining Asset Quality
    Maintaining a quality loan portfolio while exercising prudent loan underwriting and administration standards . While the delinquencies in our loan portfolio have increased during the current economic recession, we intend to maintain conservative loan underwriting and administration standards in the future.
      Increase our Capital to Support Our Future Growth
    Using the capital raised in the stock offering to take advantage of strategic growth and acquisition opportunities. Management believes that the current economic recession will increase the rate of consolidation in the banking industry. After raising additional capital from the conversion and stock offering, we will be better positioned to take advantage of growth and acquisition opportunities that arise.
 
    Using the capital raised in the stock offering to increase our capital levels that may be required by the federal banking regulators in the current economic environment . The current severe economic recession has underscored the importance of capital strength. It is expected that existing minimum regulatory capital ratios will be increased by the bank regulatory agencies in response to market conditions and the recession.
      Continue Our Community-Oriented Focus
    Operating as a regional community banking organization offering a broad range of financial products and services. As a community bank, we are uniquely positioned to understand the financial needs of our local customers. Our Community Banking Division has implemented a new sales process that emphasizes the building and fostering of customer relationships. Our new fully-integrated service and sales system will improve customer service and our operating performance.
 
    Our newly established charitable foundation will strengthen our commitment to the communities we serve. The charitable foundation will be initially funded with $9.8 million to $15.8 million of stock and $1.0 million in cash to benefit the communities we serve.
     Our results of operations may be significantly affected by our ability to effectively implement our business strategy including our plans for expansion through strategic acquisitions. If we are unable to effectively integrate and manage acquired or merged businesses or attract significant new business through our branching efforts, our financial performance may be negatively affected.
Expected Increase in Non-Interest Expense Following the Offering
     Following the completion of the conversion and offering, our non-interest expense can be expected to increase because of the increased compensation expenses associated with the purchase of shares of common stock by our employee stock ownership plan, the adoption of a new stock-based incentive plan, if approved by our stockholders, and implementation of our business plan, which includes the continued growth of our branch franchise.

62


Table of Contents

     Assuming that 73,025,000 shares are sold in the offering (the maximum of the offering range):
  (i)   the employee stock ownership plan will acquire 2,975,420 shares of common stock with a $29.8 million loan from Northwest Bancshares, Inc. that is expected to be repaid over 20 years, resulting in an annual expense (pre-tax) of approximately $1.5 million (assuming that the shares of common stock maintain a value of $10.00 per share);
 
  (ii)   if adopted more than one year following the offering, the new stock-based incentive plan may award a number of shares of restricted stock equal to or in excess of 4% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, or 2,975,420 shares, to eligible participants, and such awards will be expensed as the awards vest. Assuming all shares are awarded under the stock-based incentive plan at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a minimum of seven years, the corresponding annual expense (pre-tax) associated with shares awarded under the stock-based incentive plan will be approximately $4.3 million; and
 
  (iii)   if adopted more than one year following the offering, the new stock-based incentive plan may award options to purchase a number of shares equal to or in excess of 10% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, or 7,438,550 shares, to eligible participants, and such options will be expensed as the options vest. Assuming all options are awarded under the stock-based incentive plan at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the options vest over a minimum of seven years and using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: an exercise price and trading price on the date of grant of $10.00 and a fair value of $2.03 per option based upon a dividend yield of 4.56%, expected life of eight years, expected volatility of 20.37% and risk-free interest rate of 2.16%. The corresponding annual expense (pre-tax) associated with options awarded under the stock-based incentive plan will be approximately $2.2 million.
     The actual expense that will be recorded for the employee stock ownership plan will be determined by the market value of the shares of common stock as they are released to employees over the term of the loan, and whether the loan is repaid faster than its contractual term. Accordingly, increases in the stock price above $10.00 per share will increase the total employee stock ownership plan expense, and accelerated repayment of the loan will increase the employee stock ownership plan expense for those periods in which accelerated or larger loan repayments are made. Further, the actual expense of the stock-based incentive plan related to restricted stock will be determined by the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date, which may be less than or greater than $10.00 per share.
Critical Accounting Policies
     Certain accounting policies are important to the understanding of our financial condition, since they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Estimates associated with these policies are susceptible to material changes as a result of changes in facts and circumstances, including, but without limitation, changes in interest rates, performance of the economy, financial condition of borrowers and laws and regulations. The following are the accounting policies we believe are critical.
      Allowance for Loan Losses. We recognize that losses will be experienced on loans and that the risk of loss will vary with, among other things, the type of loan, the creditworthiness of the borrower, general economic conditions and the quality of the collateral for the loan. We maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses represents

63


Table of Contents

management’s estimate of probable losses based on all available information. The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of the collectibility of the loan portfolio, including past loan loss experience, known and inherent losses, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, and current economic conditions. The loan portfolio and other credit exposures are regularly reviewed by management in its determination of the allowance for loan losses. The methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance includes a review of historical losses, peer group comparisons, industry data and economic conditions. As an integral part of their examination process, regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to make additional provisions for estimated losses based upon judgments different from those of management. In establishing the allowance for loan losses, loss factors are applied to various pools of outstanding loans. Loss factors are derived using our historical loss experience and may be adjusted for factors that affect the collectibility of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. Commercial loans that are criticized are evaluated individually to determine the required allowance for loan losses and to evaluate the potential impairment of such loans under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” (“SFAS 114”). Although management believes that it uses the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that increases will not be necessary should the quality of loans deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed previously. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. The allowance is based on information known at the time of the review. Changes in factors underlying the assessment could have a material impact on the amount of the allowance that is necessary and the amount of provision to be charged against earnings. Such changes could impact future results. Management believes, to the best of their knowledge, that all known losses as of the balance sheet date have been recorded.
      Valuation of Investment Securities. All of our investment securities are classified as available for sale and recorded at current fair value. Unrealized gains or losses, net of deferred taxes, are reported in other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices of identical assets, when available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon valuation models that use cash flow, security structure and other observable information. Where sufficient data is not available to produce a fair valuation, fair value is based on broker quotes for similar assets. Broker quotes may be adjusted to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. Adjustments may include unobservable parameters, among other things. No adjustments were made to any broker quotes received by us.
     We conduct a quarterly review and evaluation of our investment securities to determine if any declines in fair value are other than temporary. In making this determination, we consider the period of time the securities were in a loss position, the percentage decline in comparison to the securities’ amortized cost, the financial condition of the issuer, if applicable, and the delinquency or default rates of underlying collateral. We consider our intent to sell the investment securities evaluated and the likelihood that we will not have to sell the investment securities before recovery of their cost basis. If impairment exists, credit related impairment losses are recorded in earnings while noncredit related impairment losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.
      Goodwill . Goodwill is not subject to amortization but must be tested for impairment at least annually, and possibly more frequently if certain events or changes in circumstances arise. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each reporting unit be compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. Reporting units are identified based upon analyzing each of our individual operating segments. A reporting unit is defined as any distinct, separately identifiable component of an operating segment for

64


Table of Contents

which complete, discrete financial information is available that management regularly reviews. Goodwill is allocated to the carrying value of each reporting unit based on its relative fair value at the time it is acquired. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires a high degree of subjective management judgment. We, through the use of an independent third party, evaluate goodwill for possible impairment using four valuation methodologies including a public market peers approach, a comparable transactions approach, a control premium approach and a discounted cash flow approach. Future changes in the economic environment or the operations of the reporting units could cause changes to these variables, which could give rise to declines in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. Declines in fair value could result in impairment being identified. We have established June 30 of each year as the date for conducting our annual goodwill impairment assessment. The variables are selected as of that date and the valuation model is run to determine the fair value of each reporting unit. At June 30, 2009, we did not identify any individual reporting unit where the fair value was less than the carrying value.
      Deferred Income Taxes . We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes as prescribed in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”). Using this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. If current available information raises doubt as to the realization of the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets. These judgments require us to make projections of future taxable income. The judgments and estimates we make in determining our deferred tax assets, which are inherently subjective, are reviewed on an ongoing basis as regulatory and business factors change. A reduction in estimated future taxable income could require us to record a valuation allowance. Changes in levels of valuation allowances could result in increased income tax expense, and could negatively affect earnings.
      Other Intangible Assets . Using the purchase method of accounting for acquisitions, we are required to record the assets acquired, including identified intangible assets, and liabilities assumed at their fair values. These fair values often involve estimates based on third-party valuations, including appraisals, or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses or other valuation techniques, which are inherently subjective. Core deposit and other intangible assets are recorded in purchase accounting when a premium is paid to acquire other entities or deposits. Other intangible assets, which are determined to have finite lives, are amortized based on the period of estimated economic benefits received, primarily on an accelerated basis.
      Pension Benefits . Pension expense and obligations are dependent on assumptions used in calculating such amounts. These assumptions include discount rates, anticipated salary increases, interest costs, expected return on plan assets, mortality rates, and other factors. In accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, actual results that differ from the assumptions are amortized over average future service and, therefore, generally affect recognized expense. While management believes that the assumptions used are appropriate, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions may affect our pension obligations and future expense.
     In determining the projected benefit obligations for pension benefits at December 31, 2008, we used a discount rate of 6.00%, which is 0.50% lower than the discount rate used at December 31, 2007 of 6.50%. We use the Citigroup Pension Liability Index rates matching the duration of our benefit payments as of the measurement date to determine the discount rate. Effective January 1, 2008, we changed the measurement date from October 31 to December 31 concurrent with our adoption of the measurement provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for

65


Table of Contents

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.” Our pre-tax pension expense is forecasted to increase from approximately $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to approximately $7.9 million for the year ending December 31, 2009.
Balance Sheet Analysis
      Assets. Our total assets at June 30, 2009 were $7.092 billion, an increase of $162.1 million, or 2.3%, from $6.930 billion at December 31, 2008. This increase in assets was primarily attributed to an increase in cash and cash equivalents of $335.1 million, which was partially offset by a decrease in investments of $130.0 million, a decrease in loans of $38.5 million and an increase in the allowance for loan losses of $11.8 million. The net increase in total assets was funded by an increase in deposits of $307.5 million, partially offset by a decrease in borrowed funds of $170.9 million.
      Cash and equivalents . Total cash and investments increased by $205.4 million, or 16.8%, to $1.424 billion at June 30, 2009, from $1.219 billion at December 31, 2008. This increase was a result of deposit growth while we evaluated investment alternatives and maintained liquidity to repay $37.0 million of long-term borrowings due before the end of the year.
     Cash and equivalents decreased by $150.7 million, or 65.3%, to $79.9 million at December 31, 2008 from $230.6 million at December 31, 2007. This decrease was attributable to our using cash to fund loan growth and purchase investment securities.
      Loans receivable . Loans receivable decreased by $38.5 million, or 0.8%, to $5.158 billion at June 30, 2009, from $5.197 billion at December 31, 2008. Loan demand remained strong, with originations of $1.116 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. However, we sold $388.8 million of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans originated during the same period to assist with maintaining an acceptable liquidity position and lessen interest-rate risk. During the six months ended June 30, 2009 commercial loans increased by $82.8 million, or 5.8%, mortgage loans decreased by $112.9 million, or 4.6%, and consumer and home equity loans decreased by $8.4 million, or 0.6%.
     Net loans receivable increased $346.3 million, or 7.2%, to $5.142 billion at December 31, 2008 from $4.796 billion at December 31, 2007. This increase in loans was primarily attributable to growth in our consumer and commercial loan portfolios. Consumer home equity loans increased $43.6 million, or 4.4%, commercial real estate loans increased $193.6 million, or 21.4%, and commercial business loans increased $19.7 million, or 5.4%.
     Total loans 30 days or more past due decreased by $7.9 million, or 4.1%, to $184.9 million at June 30, 2009 from $192.8 million at December 31, 2008. The June 30, 2009 amount of $184.9 million consisted of 2,815 loans, while the $192.8 million of total delinquency at December 31, 2008 consisted of 3,492 loans. Delinquencies on one- to four-family mortgage and consumer loans decreased by $26.3 million, or 31.0%, and commercial real estate and commercial business loans increased $18.4 million, or 17.1%. Like most financial institutions, we experienced an increase in the amount of delinquencies during the past 18 months due to deteriorating economic conditions. The decrease in mortgage and consumer delinquency is due to comparing a 30 day month to a 31 day month. The largest increases in commercial loan delinquencies have occurred in Florida and Maryland, where economic activity has declined the most.

66


Table of Contents

     Set forth below are selected data relating to the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates included.
                                                                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Real estate:
                                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 2,396,623       45.4 %   $ 2,492,940       47.2 %   $ 2,430,117       48.9 %   $ 2,411,024       53.5 %
Home equity
    1,038,323       19.7       1,035,954       19.6       992,335       20.0       887,352       19.7  
Multi-family and commercial
    1,191,107       22.5       1,100,218       20.8       906,594       18.3       701,951       15.6  
 
                                               
Total real estate loans
    4,626,053       87.6       4,629,112       87.6       4,329,046       87.2       4,000,327       88.8  
Consumer:
                                                               
Automobile
    102,519       1.9       102,267       2.0       125,298       2.5       138,401       3.1  
Education loans
    25,807       0.5       38,152       0.7       14,551       0.3       11,973       0.3  
Loans on savings accounts
    11,576       0.2       11,191       0.2       10,563       0.2       10,313       0.2  
Other (1)
    116,852       2.2       115,913       2.2       117,831       2.4       109,303       2.4  
 
                                               
Total consumer loans
    256,754       4.8       267,523       5.1       268,243       5.4       269,990       6.0  
 
                                               
Commercial business
    400,926       7.6       387,145       7.3       367,459       7.4       235,311       5.2  
 
                                               
Total loans receivable, gross
    5,283,733       100.0 %     5,283,780       100.0 %     4,964,748       100.0 %     4,505,628       100.0 %
 
                                                       
 
                                                               
Deferred loan fees
    (5,978 )             (5,041 )             (4,179 )             (3,027 )        
Undisbursed loan proceeds
    (119,460 )             (81,918 )             (123,163 )             (52,505 )        
Allowance for loan losses (real estate loans)
    (40,277 )             (33,760 )             (28,854 )             (17,936 )        
Allowance for loan losses (other loans)
    (26,500 )             (21,169 )             (12,930 )             (19,719 )        
 
                                                       
Total loans receivable net
  $ 5,091,518             $ 5,141,892             $ 4,795,622             $ 4,412,441          
 
                                                       
                                                 
                    At June 30  
    At December 31, 2005     2005     2004  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Real estate:
                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 2,805,900       59.5 %   $ 2,693,174       60.3 %   $ 2,615,328       63.1 %
Home equity
    780,451       16.5       737,619       16.5       588,192       14.2  
Multi-family and commercial
    594,503       12.6       534,224       11.9       454,606       11.0  
 
                                   
Total real estate loans
    4,180,854       88.6       3,965,017       88.7       3,658,126       88.3  
Consumer:
                                               
Automobile
    144,519       3.1       138,102       3.1       120,887       2.9  
Education loans
    120,504       2.5       112,462       2.5       95,599       2.3  
Loans on savings accounts
    9,066       0.2       8,500       0.2       8,038       0.2  
Other(1)
    106,390       2.3       102,787       2.3       112,163       2.7  
 
                                   
Total consumer loans
    380,479       8.1       361,851       8.1       336,687       8.1  
Commercial business
    157,572       3.3       142,391       3.2       149,509       3.6  
 
                                   
Total loans receivable, gross
    4,718,905       100.0 %     4,469,259       100.0 %     4,144,322       100.0 %
 
                                         
 
                                               
Deferred loan fees
    (3,877 )             (4,257 )             (6,630 )        
Undisbursed loan proceeds
    (59,348 )             (56,555 )             (53,081 )        
Allowance for loan losses (real estate loans)
    (16,875 )             (15,918 )             (15,113 )        
Allowance for loan losses (other loans)
    (16,536 )             (15,645 )             (15,557 )        
 
                                         
Total loans receivable net
  $ 4,622,269             $ 4,376,884             $ 4,053,941          
 
                                         
 
(1)   Consists primarily of secured and unsecured personal loans.

67


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth loans by state (based on borrowers’ residence) at June 30, 2009.
Loans outstanding:
                                                                 
                                    Commercial                    
                                    business and                    
    One- to four-family             Consumer and             commercial                    
    mortgage (1)     Percentage     home equity (2)     Percentage     real estate (3)     Percentage     Total (4)     Percentage  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Pennsylvania
  $ 2,013,821       85.6 %     1,168,682       90.3 %     989,493       65.6 %     4,171,996       80.8 %
New York
    132,988       5.6       71,854       5.5       279,683       18.5       484,525       9.4  
Ohio
    15,670       0.7       13,065       1.0       7,406       0.5       36,141       0.7  
Maryland
    156,027       6.6       29,712       2.3       174,056       11.5       359,795       7.0  
Florida
    34,827       1.5       11,765       0.9       59,246       3.9       105,838       2.1  
 
                                               
Total
  $ 2,353,333       100.0 %     1,295,078       100.0 %     1,509,884       100.0 %     5,158,295       100.0 %
 
                                               
 
(1)   Percentage of total mortgage loans.
 
(2)   Percentage of total consumer loans.
 
(3)   Percentage of total commercial loans.
 
(4)   Percentage of total loans.
     The following table sets forth the maturity or period of repricing of our loan portfolio at June 30, 2009. Demand loans and loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity are reported as due in one year or less. Adjustable and floating-rate loans are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust rather than in which they contractually mature, and fixed-rate loans are included in the period in which the final contractual repayment is due.
                                                 
            Due after     Due after     Due after              
    Due in one     one year     two years     three years              
    year or     through     through     through     Due after        
    less     two years     three years     five years     five years     Total  
                    (In Thousands)                  
Real estate loans:
                                               
One-to four-family residential
  $ 190,901     $ 126,516     $ 115,058     $ 229,379     $ 1,734,769     $ 2,396,623  
Multifamily and commercial
    420,091       123,190       131,849       415,076       100,901       1,191,107  
Consumer loans
    381,021       123,946       113,954       203,888       472,268       1,295,077  
Commercial business loans
    141,403       41,466       44,380       139,714       33,963       400,926  
 
                                   
Total loans
  $ 1,133,416     $ 415,118     $ 405,241     $ 988,057     $ 2,341,901     $ 5,283,733  
 
                                   
     The following table sets forth at June 30, 2009, the dollar amount of all fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans due after June 30, 2010. Adjustable- and floating-rate loans are included in the table based on the contractual due date of the loan.
                         
    Fixed     Adjustable     Total  
    (In Thousands)  
Real estate loans:
                       
One-to four-family residential
  $ 2,204,859     $ 57,446     $ 2,262,305  
Multifamily and commercial
    386,471       646,214       1,032,685  
Consumer loans
    882,884       159,802       1,042,686  
Commercial business loans
    135,366       212,235       347,601  
 
                 
Total loans
  $ 3,609,580     $ 1,075,697     $ 4,685,277  
 
                 
      Securities . Securities decreased by $129.8 million, or 11.4%, to $1.009 billion at June 30, 2009 from $1.139 billion at December 31, 2008. This decrease was the result of normal amortization on mortgage-backed securities. These proceeds have been accumulated in interest-earning deposits while we continue to evaluate investment alternatives. During the six months ended June 30, 2009, we recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges of $4.3 million on three private label collateralized mortgage

68


Table of Contents

obligations due to a deterioration in credit of the underlying collateral. These collateralized mortgage obligations were purchased in 2005.
     Securities increased by $5.8 million, or 0.5%, to $1.139 billion at December 31, 2008 from $1.133 billion at December 31, 2007. This increase was the result of our investing excess cash in marketable securities in order to earn a higher yield. During 2008 we recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges of $16.0 million. The other-than-temporary impairment charges were $5.5 million for preferred stock of Freddie Mac, $600,000 for a single issuer trust preferred security with a remaining amortized cost of $1.4 million at December 31, 2008 and $9.9 million for multiple pooled-trust preferred securities with remaining amortized cost of $13.7 million as of December 31, 2008.
     The following tables set forth certain information regarding the amortized cost and fair values of our investment securities portfolio and mortgage-backed securities portfolio at the dates indicated.
                                                                 
                    At December 31,  
    At June 30, 2009     2008     2007     2006  
    Amortized             Amortized             Amortized             Amortized        
    Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
    (In Thousands)  
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale:
                                                               
Fixed-rate pass through certificates
  $ 160,821     $ 166,268     $ 186,659     $ 193,099     $ 73,284     $ 73,992     $ 68,720     $ 67,430  
Variable-rate pass through certificates
    250,939       257,451       276,121       277,183       306,886       309,054       199,442       198,365  
Fixed-rate CMOs
    48,165       45,375       60,119       57,480       73,514       71,793       87,946       85,402  
Variable-rate CMOs
    208,772       205,995       228,917       217,877       76,886       76,908       27,613       27,771  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Total mortgage-backed securities available for sale
  $ 668,697     $ 675,089     $ 751,816     $ 745,639     $ 530,569     $ 531,747     $ 383,721     $ 378,968  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Investment securities available for sale:
                                                               
U.S. Government, agency and GSEs
  $ 77,651     $ 81,322     $ 97,884     $ 108,908     $ 286,359     $ 292,546     $ 214,031     $ 212,525  
Municipal securities
    240,258       236,983       268,616       267,548       262,895       267,120       14,553       14,604  
Corporate debt issues
    28,173       14,904       25,165       15,961       37,225       35,075       63,114       60,577  
Equity securities and mutual funds
    954       1,084       954       1,114       6,478       6,879       95,548       100,840  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Total investment securities available for sale
  $ 347,036     $ 334,293     $ 392,619     $ 393,531     $ 592,957     $ 601,620     $ 387,246     $ 388,546  
 
                                               
                                                                 
                    At December 31,  
    At June 30, 2009     2008     2007     2006  
    Amortized             Amortized             Amortized             Amortized        
    Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
                            (In Thousands)                          
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity:
                                                               
Fixed-rate pass through certificates
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $ 9,097     $ 8,965  
Variable-rate pass through certificates
                                          188,700       188,382  
Fixed-rate CMOs
                                        4,484       4,249  
Variable-rate CMOs
                                        49,374       49,335  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Total mortgage-backed securities held to maturity
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $ 251,655     $ 250,931  
 
                                               

69


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth information regarding the issuers and the carrying value of our mortgage-backed securities.
                                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006  
    (In Thousands)  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Fannie Mae
  $ 256,344     $ 288,082     $ 165,391     $ 205,127  
Ginnie Mae
    87,622       99,354       88,428       120,799  
Freddie Mac
    302,176       320,297       229,960       249,685  
Other (non-agency)
    28,947       37,906       47,968       55,012  
 
                       
Total mortgage-backed securities
  $ 675,089     $ 745,639     $ 531,747       630,623  
 
                       

70


Table of Contents

      Investment Portfolio Maturities and Yields . The following table sets forth the scheduled maturities, carrying values, amortized cost, market values and weighted average yields for our investment securities and mortgage-backed securities portfolios at June 30, 2009. Adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust.
                                                                                         
    At June 30, 2009  
    One Year or Less     One Year to Five Years     Five to Ten Years     More than Ten Years     Total  
            Annualized             Annualized             Annualized             Annualized                     Annualized  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted                     Weighted  
    Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized             Average  
    Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Fair Value     Yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Investment securities available for sale Government sponsored entities
  $ 995       5.34 %   $ 1,972       5.37 %   $ 22,613       5.39 %   $ 51,991       5.26 %   $ 77,571     $ 81,245       5.30 %
U.S. Government and agency obligations
    80       1.20 %                                         80       77       1.20 %
Municipal securities
                913       4.03 %     39,929       4.18 %     199,416       4.50 %     240,258       236,983       4.44 %
Corporate debt issues
                500       2.91 %                 27,673       4.33 %     28,173       14,904       4.30 %
Equity securities and mutual funds
                                        954       5.09 %     954       1,084       5.09 %
 
                                                                           
Total investment securities available for sale
    1,075       5.03 %     3,385       4.64 %     62,542       4.62 %     280,034       4.62 %     347,036       334,293       4.62 %
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale:
                                                                                       
Pass through certificates
    251,059       4.69 %     11,925       4.57 %     8,536       4.89 %     140,240       5.43 %     411,760       423,719       4.94 %
CMOs
    208,772       1.70 %                 18,936       4.81 %     29,229       4.34 %     256,937       251,370       2.23 %
 
                                                                           
Total mortgage-backed securities available for sale
  $ 459,831       3.33 %     11,925       4.57 %     27,472       4.84 %     169,469       5.24 %     668,697       675,089       3.90 %
 
                                                                           
Total investment securities and mortgage-backed securities
  $ 460,906       3.34 %   $ 15,310       4.59 %   $ 90,014       4.69 %   $ 449,503       4.85 %   $ 1,015,733     $ 1,009,382       4.15 %
 
                                                                           

71


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth information with respect to gross unrealized holding gains and losses on our portfolio of investment securities as of June 30, 2009.
                                 
            Gross Unrealized     Gross Unrealized        
    Amortized Cost     Holding Gains     Holding Losses     Fair Value  
            (In thousands)          
Debt issued by the U.S. Government and agencies:
                               
Due in one year or less
  $ 80     $     $ (3 )   $ 77  
 
                               
Debt issued by government-sponsored enterprises:
                               
Due in one year or less
    995       13             1,008  
Due in greater than one year to five years
    1,972       172             2,144  
Due in greater than five years to ten years
    22,613       1,553             24,166  
Due after ten years
    51,991       2,043       (107 )     53,927  
 
Equity securities
    954       211       (81 )     1,084  
 
                               
Municipal securities:
                               
Due in greater than one year to five years
    913       18             931  
Due in greater than five years to ten years
    39,929       739       (1 )     40,667  
Due after ten years
    199,416       1,930       (5,961 )     195,385  
 
                               
Corporate debt issues:
                               
Due in greater than one year to five years
    500                   500  
Due after ten years
    27,673       117       (13,386 )     14,404  
 
                               
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Fixed-rate pass-through
    160,821       5,458       (11 )     166,268  
Variable-rate pass-through
    250,939       6,651       (139 )     257,451  
Fixed-rate non-agency CMO
    22,329             (3,035 )     19,294  
Fixed-rate agency CMO
    25,836       639       (394 )     26,081  
Variable-rate non-agency CMO
    11,833             (2,964 )     8,869  
Variable-rate agency CMO
    196,939       985       (798 )     197,126  
 
                       
 
                               
Total residential mortgage-backed securities
    668,697       13,733       (7,341 )     675,089  
 
                       
 
                               
Total marketable securities available for sale
  $ 1,015,733     $ 20,529     $ (26,880 )   $ 1,009,382  
 
                       

72


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth information with respect to gross unrealized holding gains and losses on our portfolio of investment securities as of December 31, 2008.
                                 
            Gross Unrealized     Gross Unrealized        
    Amortized Cost     Holding Gains     Holding Losses     Fair Value  
            (In thousands)          
Debt issued by the U.S. Government and agencies:
                               
Due in one year or less
  $ 91     $     $ (3 )   $ 88  
 
                               
Debt issued by government-sponsored enterprises:
                               
Due in one year or less
    2,985       50             3,035  
Due in greater than one year to five years
    2,962       208             3,170  
Due in greater than five years to ten years
    30,352       2,066             32,418  
Due after ten years
    61,494       8,712       (9 )     70,197  
 
Equity securities
    954       160             1,114  
 
                               
Municipal securities:
                               
Due in greater than one year to five years
    460       1             461  
Due in greater than five years to ten years
    43,160       822       (86 )     43,896  
Due after ten years
    224,996       2,707       (4,512 )     223,191  
 
                               
Corporate debt issues:
                               
Due after ten years
    25,165       214       (9,418 )     15,961  
 
                               
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Fixed-rate pass-through
    186,659       6,447       (7 )     193,099  
Variable-rate pass-through
    276,121       3,136       (2,074 )     277,183  
Fixed-rate non-agency CMO
    25,683             (2,938 )     22,745  
Fixed-rate agency CMO
    34,436       445       (146 )     34,735  
Variable-rate non-agency CMO
    17,069             (2,710 )     14,359  
Variable-rate agency CMO
    211,848       48       (8,378 )     203,518  
 
                       
 
                               
Total residential mortgage-backed securities
    751,816       10,076       (16,253 )     745,639  
 
                       
 
                               
Total marketable securities available for sale
  $ 1,144,435     $ 25,016     $ (30,281 )   $ 1,139,170  
 
                       
     We review our investment portfolio on a quarterly basis for indications of impairment. This review includes analyzing the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been lower than the cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, including any specific events which may influence the operations of the issuer and management asserts that it does not have the intent to sell the security and that it is more likely than not we will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. Other investments are evaluated using our best estimate of future cash flows. If our estimate of cash flow determines that it is expected an adverse change has occurred, other-than-temporary impairment would be recognized for the credit loss.

73


Table of Contents

     The following table shows the fair value and gross unrealized losses on our investment securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss position at June 30, 2009.
                                                 
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Greater     Total  
            Unrealized             Unrealized             Unrealized  
    Fair Value     Loss     Fair Value     Loss     Fair Value     Loss  
                    (In thousands)                  
U.S. Government and agencies
  $ 7,967     $ (97 )   $ 188     $ (10 )   $ 8,155     $ (107 )
Municipal securities
    64,183       (2,339 )     52,613       (3,623 )     116,796       (5,962 )
Corporate issuer
    8,073       (7,545 )     1,964       (5,841 )     10,037       (13,386 )
Equity securities
    298       (81 )                 298       (81 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities – non-agency
                28,163       (5,999 )     28,163       (5,999 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities – agency
    42,718       (296 )     73,271       (1,049 )     115,989       (1,345 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 123,239     $ (10,358 )   $ 156,199     $ (16,522 )   $ 279,438     $ (26,880 )
 
                                   
     The following table shows the fair value and gross unrealized losses on our investment securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2008.
                                                 
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Greater     Total  
            Unrealized             Unrealized             Unrealized  
    Fair Value     Loss     Fair Value     Loss     Fair Value     Loss  
                    (In thousands)                  
U.S. Government and agencies
  $     $     $ 1,094     $ (12 )   $ 1,094     $ (12 )
Municipal securities
    109,255       (4,598 )                 109,255       (4,598 )
Corporate issuer
    8,618       (7,055 )     2,573       (2,363 )     11,191       (9,418 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities – non-agency
    15,256       (2,550 )     21,848       (3,098 )     37,104       (5,648 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities – agency
    269,831       (9,075 )     58,256       (1,530 )     328,087       (10,605 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 402,960     $ (23,278 )   $ 83,771     $ (7,003 )   $ 486,731     $ (30,281 )
 
                                   
     As of June 30, 2009, we had seven investments in corporate issues with a total book value of $7.8 million and total fair value of $2.0 million, where the book value exceeded the carrying value for more than 12 months. These investments were three single issuer trust preferred investments and four pooled trust preferred securities. The single issuer trust preferred securities were evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment by determining the strength of the underlying issuer. In each case, the underlying issuer was “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes and was a participant in the U.S. government’s TARP program. None of the issuers have deferred interest payments or announced the intention to defer interest payments, while three have been downgraded. We believe the decline in fair value is related to the spread over three-month LIBOR, on which the quarterly interest payments are based, as the spread over LIBOR is significantly lower than current market spreads. We concluded the impairment of these investments was considered temporary. In making that determination, we also considered the duration and the severity of the losses. The pooled trust preferred securities were evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment considering duration and severity of the losses, actual cash flows, projected cash flows, performing collateral, the class of securities we owned and the amount of additional defaults the structure could withstand prior to the security experiencing a disruption in cash flows. None of these securities are projecting a cash flow disruption, nor have any of the securities experienced a cash flow disruption. Two pooled trust preferred securities have been downgraded.

74


Table of Contents

       As of June 30, 2009, we had investments in corporate issuers with a total book value of $15.6 million and total fair value of $8.1 million, where the book value exceeded the carrying value for less than 12 months. One investment, a single issuer trust preferred investment, was evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment by determining the strength of the underlying issuer. The underlying issuer was “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes and was a participant in the government’s TARP program. The issuer has not deferred interest payments or announced the intention to defer interest payments. We concluded that the decline in fair value was related to the spread over three month LIBOR, on which the quarterly interest payments are based. The spread over LIBOR is significantly lower than current market spreads. Two other investments were pooled trust preferred investments. These securities were evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment considering duration and severity of the losses, actual cash flows, projected cash flows, performing collateral, the class of securities we owned and the amount of additional defaults the structure could withstand prior to the security experiencing a disruption in cash flows. Neither of these securities project cash flow disruption, nor have they experienced a cash flow disruption. None of the investments were downgraded during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009.
     We concluded, based on all facts evaluated, the impairment of these investments was considered temporary and management asserts that we do not have the intent to sell these securities and that it is more likely than not we will not have to sell the securities before recovery of their cost basis.
     The following table provides class, book value, fair value and ratings information for our portfolio of corporate securities that had an unrealized loss as of June 30, 2009.
                                 
        Total      
                        Unrealized     Moody’s/Fitch
Description   Class   Book Value     Fair Value     Losses     Ratings
                (In thousands)              
North Fork Capital (1)
  N/A   $ 1,009     $ 416     $ (503 )   Baa1/BBB+
Bank Boston Capital Trust (2)
  N/A     988       484       (504 )   A2/BB
Reliance Capital Trust
  N/A     1,000       835       (165 )   Not rated
Huntington Capital Trust
  N/A     1,419       597       (822 )   Baa3/BBB
MM Community Funding I
  Mezzanine     1,000       74       (926 )   Caa2/CCC
MM Community Funding II
  Mezzanine     389       42       (347 )   Baa2/BBB
I-PreTSL I
  Mezzanine     1,500       168       (1,332 )   Not rated/A-
I-PreTSL II
  Mezzanine     1,500       183       (1,317 )   Not rated/A-
PreTSL XIX
  Senior A-1     8,954       4,323       (4,631 )   A3/AAA
PreTSL XX
  Senior A-1     5,664       2,915       (2,749 )   Baa1/AAA
 
                         
 
      $ 23,423     $ 10,037     $ (13,386 )    
 
                         
 
(1)   North Fork Bank was acquired by Capital One Financial Corporation
 
(2)   Bank Boston was acquired by Bank of America
     The following table provides collateral information on pooled trust preferred securities included in the previous table as of June 30, 2009.
                                 
                            Additional
                            Immediate
                            Defaults Before
            Current           Causing an
            Deferrals and   Performing   Interest
Description   Total collateral   Defaults   Collateral   Shortfall
    (In thousands)        
I-PreTSL I
  $ 211,000     $ 35,000     $ 176,000     $ 50,500  
I-PreTSL II
    378,000             378,000       137,500  
PreTSL XIX
    700,535       96,000       604,535       259,500  
PreTSL XX
    604,154       83,000       521,154       243,500  

75


Table of Contents

     Mortgage-backed securities include agency (Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae) mortgage-backed securities and non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations. We review our portfolio of agency backed mortgage-backed securities quarterly for impairment. As of June 30, 2009, we believe that the small amount of impairment within our portfolio of agency mortgage-backed securities is temporary. As of June 30, 2009, we had 12 non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations with a total book value of $34.2 million and a total fair value of $28.2  million. During the six months ended June 30, 2009, we recognized other-than-temporary impairment of $4.3 million related to three of these investments. After recognizing the other-than-temporary impairment, our book value on these investments was $12.6 million, with a fair value of $8.2 million. We determined how much of the impairment was credit related and noncredit related by analyzing cash flow estimates, estimated prepayment speeds, loss severity and conditional default rates. We consider the discounted cash flow analysis to be our primary evidence when determining whether credit related other-than-temporary impairment exists. The impairment on the other nine collateralized mortgage obligations, with book value of $21.6 million and fair value of $20.0 million, were also reviewed considering the severity and length of impairment. After this review, we determined that the impairment on these securities was temporary.
     The following table shows issuer specific information, book value, fair value, unrealized losses and other-than-temporary impairment recorded in earnings for our portfolio of non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations as of June 30, 2009.
                                 
           
    Total     Impairment  
                    Unrealized     Recorded in  
Description   Book Value     Fair Value     Losses     Earnings  
            (In thousands)                  
AMAC 2003-6 2A2
  $ 1,194     $ 1,180     $ (14 )   $  
AMAC 2003-6 2A8
    2,471       2,449       (22 )      
AMAC 2003-7 A3
    1,415       1,385       (30 )      
BOAMS 2005-11 1A8
    6,497       5,690       (807 )      
CWALT 2005-J14 A3
    7,147       5,038       (2,109 )     (59 )
CFSB 2003-17 2A2
    2,008       1,965       (43 )      
WAMU 2003-S2 A4
    1,596       1,586       (10 )      
CMLTI 2005-10 1A5B
    2,659       1,233       (1,426 )     (2,007 )
CSFB 2003-21 1A13
    250       238       (12 )      
FHASI 2003-8 1A24
    4,401       4,022       (379 )      
SARM 2005-21 4A2
    2,767       1,901       (866 )     (2,224 )
WFMBS 2003-B A2
    1,757       1,476       (281 )      
 
                       
 
  $ 34,162     $ 28,163     $ (5,999 )   $ (4,290 )
 
                       
      Deposits . Deposit balances increased across all of our products and all of our regions as consumer spending continued to decrease and the rate of consumer savings generally increased on a national basis. In addition, we have continued our focus on generating lower cost business deposits. Deposits increased by $307.5 million, or 6.1%, to $5.346 billion at June 30, 2009 from $5.038 billion at December 31, 2008. The largest increases were in savings deposits, which increased by $105.4 million, or 7.1%, to $1.586 billion at June 30, 2009 from $1.481 billion at December 31, 2008 and time deposits, which increased by $123.7 million, or 5.0%, to $2.581 billion at June 30, 2009 from $2.457 billion at December 31, 2008.
     Deposits decreased $504.1 million, or 9.1%, to $5.038 billion at December 31, 2008 from $5.542 billion at December 31, 2007. This designed decrease in deposits was attributable to our using Federal Home Loan Bank advances as a less expensive long-term funding alternative, while allowing rate-sensitive certificates of deposit to mature and be invested elsewhere. We allowed $579.2 million of certificate of deposit funds to run off, reducing the related cost of certificates of deposit from 4.58% as of

76


Table of Contents

December 31, 2007, to 3.93% as of December 31, 2008. This provided a reduction in certificate of deposit interest expense of $34.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.
     The following table sets forth the dollar amount of deposits in the various types of accounts we offered at the dates indicated.
                                                 
    At June 30, 2009     At December 31, 2008  
    Balance     Percent (1)     Rate (2)     Balance     Percent (1)     Rate (2)  
                    (Dollars in thousands)                  
Savings accounts
  $ 841,868       15.7 %     0.76 %   $ 760,245       15.1 %     1.14 %
Checking accounts
    1,178,616       22.1       0.23       1,100,131       21.8       0.37 %
Money market accounts
    744,132       13.9       1.25       720,375       14.3       1.58 %
Certificates of deposit:
                                               
Maturing within 1 year
    1,555,170       29.1       2.71       1,285,695       25.5       2.88 %
Maturing 1 to 3 years
    784,113       14.7       3.52       829,776       16.5       3.74 %
Maturing more than 3 years
    241,840       4.5       4.13       341,989       6.8       4.11 %
 
                                       
Total certificates
    2,581,123       48.3       3.09       2,457,460       48.8       3.34 %
 
                                       
Total deposits
  $ 5,345,739       100.0 %     1.81 %   $ 5,038,211       100.0 %     2.08 %
 
                                       
                                                 
    At   December 31  
    2007     2006  
    Balance     Percent (1)     Rate (2)     Balance     Percent (1)     Rate (2)  
                    (Dollars in thousands)                  
Savings accounts
  $ 745,430       13.4 %     1.20 %   $ 807,873       15.1 %     1.44 %
Checking accounts
    1,079,093       19.5       0.85 %     994,783       18.5       1.05 %
Money market accounts
    681,115       12.3       3.63 %     594,472       11.1       3.62 %
Certificates of deposit:
                                               
Maturing within 1 year
    2,541,053       45.9       4.70 %     2,024,850       37.7       4.47 %
Maturing 1 to 3 years
    379,183       6.8       4.31 %     801,156       14.9       4.50 %
Maturing more than 3 years
    116,460       2.1       4.62 %     143,616       2.7       4.56 %
 
                                       
Total certificates
    3,036,696       54.8       4.65 %     2,969,622       55.3       4.48 %
 
                                       
Total deposits
  $ 5,542,334       100.0 %     3.29 %   $ 5,366,750       100.0 %     3.26 %
 
                                       
 
(1)   Represents percentage of total deposits.
 
(2)   Represents weighted average nominal rate at fiscal year end.
     The following table sets forth the dollar amount of deposits in each state indicated as of June 30, 2009.
                 
Deposits by state   Balance     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)          
Pennsylvania
  $ 4,485,447       83.9 %
New York
    448,739       8.3  
Ohio
    55,571       1.0  
Maryland
    307,942       5.8  
Florida
    48,040       0.9  
 
           
Total
  $ 5,345,739       100.0 %
 
           

77


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.
                                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006  
            (In thousands)          
Interest Rate:
                               
Less than 2.00%
  $ 468,550     $ 149,140     $ 9,607     $ 13,891  
2.00% to 2.99%
    686,448       855,120       26,063       100,667  
3.00% to 3.99%
    848,466       771,932       517,064       791,206  
4.00% to 4.99%
    544,794       640,500       1,362,512       1,191,995  
5.00% or higher
    32,865       40,768       1,121,450       871,863  
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 2,581,123     $ 2,457,460     $ 3,036,696     $ 2,969,622  
 
                       
     The following table sets forth, by interest rate ranges, information concerning our certificates of deposit.
                                                 
    At June 30, 2009  
    Period to Maturity  
    Less Than or     More Than     More Than                      
    Equal to     One to     Two to     More Than             Percent of  
    One Year     Two Years     Three Years     Three Years     Total     Total  
                    (Dollars in thousands)                  
Interest Rate Range:
                                               
Less than 2.00%
  $ 410,999     $ 52,643     $ 3,997     $ 11     $ 467,650       18.1 %
2.00% to 2.99%
    550,571       86,119       36,341       14,317       687,348       26.6  
3.00% to 3.99%
    475,853       32,745       289,920       49,948       848,466       32.9  
4.00% to 4.99%
    106,370       93,630       171,128       173,666       544,794       21.1  
5.00% or higher
    11,377       7,820       9,770       3,898       32,865       1.3  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total
  $ 1,555,170     $ 272,957     $ 511,156     $ 241,840     $ 2,581,123       100.0 %
 
                                   
     The following table indicates the amount of our certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity at June 30, 2009.
         
Maturity Period   Certificates of Deposit  
    (In thousands)  
Three months or less
  $ 78,178  
Over three months through six months
    45,323  
Over six months through twelve months
    217,076  
Over twelve months
    246,791  
 
     
Total
  $ 587,368  
 
     
      Borrowings. Borrowings decreased by $170.9 million, or 16.0%, to $897.1 million at June 30, 2009 from $1.068 billion at December 31, 2008. This decrease resulted from our using deposit growth to repay short-term borrowings. During the third and fourth quarters of 2009, we are scheduled to repay an additional $37.0 million of long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances.
     Borrowings increased $728.8 million, or 214.9%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2008 from $339.1 million at December 31, 2007. The increase resulted from an increase in Federal Home Loan Bank advances of $715.0 million, or 278.2%, to $972.0 million at December 31, 2008 from $257.0 million at December 31, 2007.

78


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth information concerning our borrowings at the dates and for the periods indicated.
                                         
    During the Six Months Ended    
    June 30,   During the Years Ended December 31,
    2009   2008   2008   2007   2006
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh borrowings:
                                       
Average balance outstanding
  $ 893,033     $ 414,834     $ 625,707     $ 305,597     $ 352,596  
Maximum outstanding at end of any month during period
  $ 954,439     $ 632,758     $ 972,018     $ 332,160     $ 377,592  
Balance outstanding at end of period
  $ 817,332     $ 632,758     $ 972,018     $ 257,025     $ 332,196  
Weighted average interest rate during period
    3.76 %     4.15 %     3.89 %     4.59 %     4.62 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
    4.04 %     3.99 %     3.49 %     4.64 %     4.58 %
 
                                       
Reverse repurchase agreements:
                                       
Average balance outstanding
  $ 82,257     $ 83,715     $ 88,349     $ 70,875     $ 44,860  
Maximum outstanding at end of any month during period
  $ 87,615     $ 87,447     $ 98,108     $ 83,432     $ 55,705  
Balance outstanding at end of period
  $ 79,731     $ 86,928     $ 91,436     $ 77,452     $ 55,705  
Weighted average interest rate during period
    1.23 %     2.05 %     1.75 %     4.01 %     4.03 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
    1.38 %     1.50 %     1.02 %     3.25 %     4.25 %
 
                                       
Other borrowings:
                                       
Average balance outstanding
  $ 2,566     $ 4,630     $ 4,602     $ 4,790     $ 5,333  
Maximum outstanding at end of any month during period
  $ 4,496     $ 4,652     $ 4,652     $ 4,923     $ 5,660  
Balance outstanding at end of period
  $     $ 4,619     $ 4,491     $ 4,638     $ 4,913  
Weighted average interest rate during period
    4.99 %     4.99 %     4.99 %     4.99 %     4.99 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
          4.99 %     4.99 %     4.99 %     4.99 %
 
                                       
Total borrowings:
                                       
Average balance outstanding
  $ 977,856     $ 503,179     $ 718,657     $ 381,262     $ 402,789  
Maximum outstanding at end of any month during period
  $ 1,009,586     $ 724,305     $ 1,067,945     $ 408,596     $ 424,766  
Balance outstanding at end of period
  $ 897,063     $ 724,305     $ 1,067,945     $ 339,115     $ 392,814  
Weighted average interest rate during period
    3.57 %     3.89 %     3.74 %     4.52 %     4.59 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
    3.81 %     3.70 %     3.29 %     4.33 %     4.54 %
      Shareholders’ equity . Total shareholders’ equity at June 30, 2009 was $632.5 million, or $13.05 per share, an increase of $18.7 million, or 3.1%, from $613.8 million, or $12.65 per share, at December 31, 2008. This increase was primarily attributable to net income of $19.6 million and $6.1 million of accumulated other comprehensive income primarily due to the change in fair value of interest rate swaps for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, which was partially offset by cash dividends of $7.9 million.
     Shareholders’ equity increased by $906,000, or less than 1.0%, to $613.8 million at December 31, 2008 from $612.9 million at December 31, 2007. This increase in shareholders’ equity was primarily attributable to net income of $48.2 million, which was offset by other comprehensive loss of $30.6 million, the payment of dividends of $15.8 million and stock repurchases of $3.3 million.

79


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheets
     The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information at and for the periods indicated. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.
                                                         
            For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
    At June 30,     2009     2008  
    2009     Average             Average     Average             Average  
    Average     Outstanding             Yield/ Cost     Outstanding             Yield/ Cost  
    Yield/Cost     Balance     Interest     (12)     Balance     Interest     (12)  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                                       
Loans receivable (includes FTE adjustments of $834 and $783, respectively)
    6.28 %   $ 5,194,221     $ 161,597       6.21 %   $ 4,907,866     $ 162,478       6.58 %
Mortgage-backed securities
    3.92 %     711,842       14,278       4.01 %     688,911       16,684       4.84 %
Investment securities (includes FTE adjustments of $3,047 and $3,241, respectively)
    6.21 %     370,922       11,603       6.26 %     502,370       15,611       6.21 %
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
          63,143                   39,174       717       3.66 %
Interest-earning deposits
    0.25 %     175,431       162       0.18 %     185,255       2,506       2.68 %
 
                                               
Total interest-earning assets (includes FTE adjustments of $3,881 and $4,204, respectively)
    5.64 %     6,515,559       187,640       5.75 %     6,323,576       197,996       6.23 %
 
                                                   
Non-interest-earning assets
            496,152                       497,741                  
 
                                                   
Total assets
          $ 7,011,711                     $ 6,821,317                  
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                       
Savings deposits
    0.76 %   $ 812,396       3,058       0.76 %   $ 767,551       4,529       1.19 %
NOW accounts
    0.23 %     727,614       1,547       0.43 %     737,138       3,714       1.01 %
Money market accounts
    1.24 %     717,288       4,795       1.35 %     721,558       8,628       2.40 %
Certificate accounts
    3.09 %     2,504,253       39,683       3.20 %     2,913,135       62,410       4.31 %
Borrowed funds
    3.81 %     977,856       17,355       3.57 %     503,179       9,740       3.89 %
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
    5.49 %     108,249       2,949       5.42 %     108,303       2,789       5.09 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    2.16 %     5,847,656       69,387       2.39 %     5,750,864       91,810       3.21 %
 
                                                   
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
            538,188                       449,991                  
 
                                                   
Total liabilities
            6,385,844                       6,200,855                  
Shareholders’ equity
            625,867                       620,462                  
 
                                                   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
          $ 7,011,711                     $ 6,821,317                  
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Net interest income
                  $ 118,253                     $ 106,186          
 
                                                   
Net interest rate spread (10)
                            3.36 %                     3.02 %
 
                                                   
Net earning assets (6)
          $ 667,903                     $ 572,712                  
 
                                                   
Net interest margin (11)
                            3.63 %                     3.36 %
 
                                                   
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
            1.11 x                     1.10 x                
 
                                                   
(Footnotes follow on next page)

80


Table of Contents

                                                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    Average             Average     Average             Average     Average                
    Outstanding             Yield/ Cost     Outstanding             Yield/ Cost     Outstanding             Average  
    Balance     Interest     (13)     Balance     Interest     (13)     Balance     Interest     Yield/ Cost  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans receivable (includes FTE adjustments of $1,559, $1,751 and $1,721, respectively) (1)(2)(3)
  $ 5,016,694     $ 328,687       6.50 %   $ 4,660,693     $ 317,321       6.78 %   $ 4,395,274       288,037       6.59 %
Mortgage-backed securities (5)
    732,281       34,694       4.74 %     584,053       29,385       5.03 %     660,986       31,523       4.77 %
Investment securities (includes FTE adjustments of $6,597, $6,798 and $6,992, respectively) (4)(5)(6)
    478,933       29,250       6.11 %     820,337       47,990       5.85 %     861,411       49,450       5.74 %
Federal Home Loan Bank stock (7)
    48,167       1,428       2.96 %     33,348       2,017       6.05 %     34,292       1,692       4.93 %
Interest-earning deposits
    104,895       2,756       2.59 %     150,665       7,867       5.15 %     133,218       6,584       4.87 %
 
                                                           
Total interest-earning assets (includes FTE adjustments of $8,156, $8,549 and $8,713, respectively)
    6,380,970       396,815       6.18 %     6,249,096       404,580       6.45 %     6,085,181       377,286       6.20 %
Non-interest-earning assets (8)
    488,579                       453,922                       437,607                  
 
                                                                 
Total assets
  $ 6,869,549                     $ 6,703,018                     $ 6,522,788                  
 
                                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Savings deposits
  $ 778,341       9,159       1.18 %   $ 793,172       10,909       1.38 %   $ 882,974       12,619       1.43 %
NOW accounts
    732,097       6,434       0.88 %     698,585       11,038       1.58 %     663,046       9,396       1.42 %
Money market accounts
    720,713       14,726       2.04 %     637,983       23,551       3.69 %     574,820       19,446       3.38 %
Certificate accounts
    2,716,815       106,742       3.93 %     3,076,693       141,042       4.58 %     2,850,548       115,524       4.05 %
Borrowed funds (9)
    718,657       26,893       3.74 %     381,262       17,225       4.52 %     402,789       18,508       4.59 %
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
    108,287       5,339       4.86 %     105,850       7,250       6.76 %     203,413       15,616       7.57 %
 
                                                           
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    5,774,910       169,293       2.93 %     5,693,545       211,015       3.71 %     5,577,590       191,109       3.43 %
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
    473,410                       409,096                       346,016                  
 
                                                                 
Total liabilities
    6,248,320                       6,102,641                       5,923,606                  
Shareholders’ equity
    621,229                       600,377                       599,182                  
 
                                                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 6,869,549                     $ 6,703,018                     $ 6,522,788                  
 
                                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 227,522                     $ 193,565                     $ 186,177          
 
                                                                 
Net interest rate spread (10)
                    3.25 %                     2.74 %                     2.77 %
 
                                                                 
Net interest earning assets
                          $ 555,551                     $ 507,591                  
 
                                                                   
Net interest margin (11)
  $ 606,060               3.57 %                     3.10 %                     3.06 %
 
                                                               
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    1.10 x                     1.10 x                     1.09 x                
 
                                                                 
 
(1)   Average gross loans receivable includes loans held as available-for-sale and loans placed on nonaccrual status.
 
(2)   Interest income includes accretion/amortization of deferred loan fees/expenses, which were not material.
 
(3)   Interest income on tax-free loans is presented on a taxable equivalent basis including adjustments of $1,559, $1,751 and $1,721, respectively.
 
(4)   Interest income on tax-free investment securities is presented on a taxable equivalent basis including adjustments of $6,597, $6,798 and $6,992, respectively.
 
(5)   Average balances do not include the effect of unrealized gains or losses on securities held as available-for-sale.
 
(6)   Average balances include Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac stock.

81


Table of Contents

(7)   During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh suspended dividends until further notice.
 
(8)   Average balances include the effect of unrealized gains or losses on securities held as available-for-sale.
 
(9)   Average balances include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings.
 
(10)   Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(11)   Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
 
(12)   Annualized. Shown on a fully tax-equivalent basis (“FTE”). The FTE basis adjusts for the tax benefit of income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments using the federal statutory rate of 35% for each period presented. The Company believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and provides relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts. GAAP basis yields were: Loans – 6.18% and 6.55%; respectively, Investment securities – 4.61% and 4.92%; respectively, interest-earning assets – 5.63% and 6.10%; respectively, GAAP basis net interest rate spreads were 3.24% and 2.89%, respectively and GAAP basis net interest margins were 3.51% and 3.23%, respectively.
 
(13)   Shown on a FTE basis. GAAP basis yields were: Loans – 6.47%, 6.75% and 6.55%, respectively, Investment securities – 4.73%, 5.02% and 4.93%, respectively, interest-earning assets – 6.05%, 6.32% and 6.06%, respectively, GAAP basis net interest rate spreads were 3.12%, 2.61% and 2.63%, respectively, and GAAP basis net interest margins were 3.44%, 2.97% and 2.92%, respectively.

82


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis
     The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the six months ended June 30, 2009 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2008, for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to 2006. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to: (1) changes in volume multiplied by the old rate; (2) changes in rate, which are changes in rate multiplied by the old volume; and (3) changes not solely attributable to rate or volume, which have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.
                                                                         
    Six Months Ended June 30,     Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2009 vs. 2008     2008 vs. 2007     2007 vs. 2006  
    Increase (Decrease)     Total     Increase (Decrease)     Total     Increase (Decrease) Due     Total  
    Due to     Increase     Due to     Increase     to     Increase  
    Rate     Volume     (Decrease)     Rate     Volume     (Decrease)     Rate     Volume     (Decrease)  
    (In Thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans receivable
  $ (10,302 )   $ 9,421     $ (881 )   $ (12,864 )   $ 24,230     $ 11,366     $ 10,072     $ 19,212     $ 29,284  
Mortgage-backed securities
    (2,961 )     555       (2,406 )     (2,149 )     7,458       5,309       1,733       (3,871 )     (2,138 )
Investment securities
    104       (4,112 )     (4,008 )     2,110       (20,850 )     (18,740 )     943       (2,403 )     (1,460 )
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    (717 )           (717 )     (1,485 )     896       (589 )     382       (57 )     325  
Interest-earning deposits
    (2,266 )     (78 )     (2,344 )     (3,314 )     (1,797 )     (5,111 )     396       887       1,283  
 
                                                     
Total interest-earning assets
    (16,142 )     5,786       (10,356 )     (17,702 )     9,937       (7,765 )     13,526       13,768       27,294  
 
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Savings accounts
    (1,735 )     264       (1,471 )     (1,560 )     (190 )     (1,750 )     (451 )     (1,259 )     (1,710 )
Interest-bearing demand accounts
    (2,128 )     (39 )     (2,167 )     (5,134 )     530       (4,604 )     1,109       533       1,642  
Money market demand accounts
    (3,782 )     (51 )     (3,833 )     (11,879 )     3,054       (8,825 )     1,870       2,235       4,105  
Certificate accounts
    (15,033 )     (7,694 )     (22,727 )     (18,981 )     (15,319 )     (34,300 )     15,752       9,766       25,518  
Borrowed funds
    (1,568 )     9,183       7,615       (5,575 )     15,243       9,668       (302 )     (981 )     (1,283 )
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
    176       (16 )     160       (2,078 )     167       (1,911 )     (1,280 )     (7,086 )     (8,366 )
 
                                                     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    (24,070 )     1,647       (22,423 )     (45,207 )     3,485       (41,722 )     16,698       3,208       19,906  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Net change in net interest income
  $ 7,928     $ 4,139     $ 12,067     $ 27,505     $ 6,452     $ 33,957     $ (3,172 )   $ 10,560     $ 7,388  
 
                                                     

83


Table of Contents

Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009 and 2008
      General. Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2009 was $19.6 million, or $0.40 per diluted share, a decrease of $7.5 million, or 27.6%, from $27.1 million, or $0.56 per diluted share, for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The decrease in net income resulted primarily from an increase in the provision for loan losses of $11.8 million, an increase in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums of $5.2 million, a write-down of a real estate owned property located in Florida of $3.9 million, an increase in investment impairment of $2.8 million, an increase in compensation and employee benefits of $1.7 million and an increase in processing expenses of $1.3 million. These items were partially offset by an increase in net interest income of $12.5 million, an increase in mortgage banking income of $3.1 million, a recovery of previously written down servicing assets of $1.3 million, a decrease in amortization of intangible assets of $916,000 and a decrease in loss on early extinguishment of debt of $705,000. A discussion of each significant change follows.
     Annualized, net income for the six months ended June 30, 2009 represented a 6.26% and 0.56% return on average equity and return on average assets, respectively, compared to 8.72% and 0.79% for the six months ended June 30, 2008.
      Interest income . Total interest income decreased by $9.9 million, or 5.1%, to $183.8 million due to a decrease in the average yield earned on interest earning assets, which was partially offset by an increase in the average balance of interest earning assets. The average yield on interest earning assets decreased to 5.63% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 6.10% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The average yield on all categories of interest earning assets decreased from the previous period. Average interest earning assets increased by $192.0 million, or 3.0%, to $6.516 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $6.324 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
     Interest income on loans decreased by $646,000, or 0.4%, to $160.8 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, from $161.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The average yield on loans receivable decreased to 6.18% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 6.55% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The decrease in average yield was primarily attributable to our variable rate loans adjusting downward as the prime interest rate and short-term market interest rates decreased as well as the origination of new loans in a generally lower interest rate environment. This decrease in average yield was partially offset by an increase in the average balance of loans receivable. Average loans receivable increased by $286.4 million, or 5.8%, to $5.194 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $4.908 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This increase was primarily attributable to continued strong loan demand throughout our market areas. We originated $1.116 billion of loans for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 compared to $991.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
     Interest income on mortgage-backed securities decreased by $2.4 million, or 14.4%, to $14.3 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $16.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in the average yield earned, which decreased to 4.01% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 4.84% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This decrease in yield was partially offset by an increase in the average balance, which increased by $22.9 million, or 3.3%, to $711.8 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $688.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
     Interest income on investment securities decreased by $4.5 million, or 34.6%, to $8.6 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $13.1 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This decrease was due to a decrease in the average balance, which decreased by $131.5 million, or

84


Table of Contents

26.2%, to $370.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $502.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008 and a decrease in the average yield, which decreased to 4.61% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 4.92% for the six month period ended June 30, 2008.
     During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh suspended the dividends paid on member-owned stock. This suspension was due to concern over the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh’s capital position as a result of possible impairment of certain non-agency mortgage-backed securities. As a result, dividends on Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh stock decreased to zero for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $717,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
     Interest income on interest-earning deposits decreased by $2.3 million, or 93.5%, to $162,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $2.5 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The average balance decreased by $9.9 million, or 5.3%, to $175.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $185.3 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The average yield decreased to 0.18% from 2.68% as a result of decreases in the overnight federal funds rate.
      Interest expense . Interest expense decreased by $22.4 million, or 24.5%, to $69.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $91.8 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This decrease in interest expense was due to a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 2.39% from 3.21%, which was partially offset by an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $96.8 million, or 1.7%, to $5.848 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $5.751 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The decrease in the cost of funds resulted primarily from a decrease in the level of market interest rates which enabled us to reduce the rate of interest paid on all deposit products. We believe the increase in liabilities resulted from an increase in deposits as the national savings rate increased in response to deteriorating economic conditions and a general loss of wealth due to weaknesses in the financial markets.
      Net interest income. Net interest income increased by $12.5 million, or 12.3%, to $114.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $101.9 million for the six-month period month ended June 30, 2008. This increase in net interest income was attributable to the factors discussed above. Our net interest rate spread increased to 3.24% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 2.89% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, and our net interest margin increased to 3.51% for the six-months ended June 30, 2009 from 3.23% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
      Provision for loan losses. The provision for loan losses increased by $11.8 million, or 207.9%, to $17.5 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $5.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This increase was primarily a result of increasing the reserve percentages used to calculate the provision for losses due to deteriorating economic factors and the specific reserves on seven loans to different borrowers along with an increase in troubled loans. Increasing the reserve percentages resulted in an increase in the provision for loan losses of $5.2 million. The increases were made based on historical loss history, delinquency trends and geographical loan stratification. A specific reserve was increased by $764,000, resulting in reserves of $951,000, or 50% of the outstanding loan balance, for a loan secured by a strip mall in the state of Indiana. A specific reserve was increased by $855,000, resulting in reserves of $1.8 million, or 53.3% of the outstanding loan balance, for a loan secured by a housing development in Delaware. A specific reserve of $574,000 was established for a property taken into REO located in northern Virginia. Specific reserves of $696,000 were established for two real estate properties located in northern Florida. In addition, specific reserves of $1.8 million were added to

85


Table of Contents

existing reserves on a $2.7 million loan to a transportation/automobile sales company, resulting in specific reserves for this loan of $2.4 million.
     Loans with payments 90 days or more delinquent have increased to $122.6 million at June 30, 2009 from $69.0 million at June 30, 2008. In determining the amount of the current period provision, we considered the deteriorating economic conditions in our markets, including increases in unemployment and bankruptcy filings, and declines in real estate values. Net loan charge-offs increased by $1.5 million, or 35.6%, to $5.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $4.2 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. Annualized net charge-offs to average loans increased to 22 basis points for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 17 basis points for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. Management analyzes the allowance for loan losses as described in the section entitled “Allowance for Loan Losses.” The provision that was recorded is sufficient, in management’s judgment, to bring this reserve to a level that reflects the losses inherent in our loan portfolio relative to the types of loans in our portfolio, economic conditions and historical loss experience. Management believes, to the best of their knowledge, that all known losses as of the balance sheet dates have been recorded.
      Noninterest income. Noninterest income decreased by $3.3 million, or 13.6%, to $21.5 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $24.8 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. Net impairment losses increased by $2.8 million, or 191.4%, to $4.3 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $1.5 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008; net gain on sale of investment securities decreased by $691,000, or 71.2%, to $280,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $971,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008; trust and other financial services income decreased by $678,000, or 19.2%, to $2.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $3.5 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008; write-downs on real estate owned increased by $3.5 million, to $3.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $341,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008; and other operating income decreased by $448,000, or 20.9%, to $1.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $2.1 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. Partially offsetting these decreases, mortgage banking income increased by $3.1 million, or 455.0%, to $3.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $671,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008 and the non-cash fair value of servicing assets increased by $1.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009.
      Noninterest expense. Noninterest expense increased by $7.4 million, or 8.8%, to $91.3 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $83.9 million for the same period in the prior year. The largest increases were in compensation and employee benefits, processing expenses, marketing and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums, while amortization of intangibles and loss on early extinguishment of debt decreased. Compensation and employee benefits increased by $1.7 million, or 3.8%, to $46.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $45.0 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This increase is primarily a result of increased pension expense. Processing expenses increased by $1.3 million, or 15.1%, to $10.3 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $8.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This increase is primarily a result of our continued implementation of new technology, including the deployment of a new customer service platform. Marketing expense increased by $535,000, or 22.2%, to $2.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $2.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This increase is a result of publicizing our recognition as one of Forbes.com’s 100 Most Trustworthy Companies in an effort to strengthen our brand, build confidence and increase market share. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums increased by $5.3 million, or 283.3%, to $7.1 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $1.8 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This increase is a result of our offsetting 2008 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums with credits accumulated in previous years and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s

86


Table of Contents

special assessment levied on all banks as of June 30, 2009. Our Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation special assessment was $3.3 million.
      Income taxes. The provision for income taxes for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 decreased by $2.6 million, or 25.7%, compared to the same period last year. This decrease in income tax is primarily a result of a decrease in income before income taxes of $10.1 million, or 27.1%. Our effective tax rate for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 was 27.5% compared to 27.0% experienced in the same period last year.
Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
      General. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $48.2 million, or $0.99 per diluted share, a decrease of $926,000, or 1.9%, from $49.1 million, or $0.99 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in net income resulted primarily from an increase in the provision for loan losses of $14.1 million, an increase in noninterest expense of $17.4 million and a decrease of $4.3 million in noninterest income. These items were partially offset by an increase in net interest income of $34.3 million. A discussion of each significant change follows.
     Net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 represents a 7.75% and 0.70% return on average equity and return on average assets, respectively, compared to 8.18% and 0.73% for the year ended December 31, 2007.
      Interest income . Interest income decreased by $7.3 million, or 1.9%, to $388.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $396.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in interest income was due to a decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets, which was partially offset by an increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets. The average rate earned on interest-earnings assets decreased by 27 basis points, to 6.18% for the year ended December 31, 2008 from 6.45% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The average balance of interest-earning assets increased by $131.9 million, or 2.1%, to $6.381 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $6.249 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007. An explanation of the growth in interest-earnings assets is discussed in each category below.
     Interest income on loans receivable increased by $11.5 million, or 3.7%, to $327.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $315.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was attributable to an increase in the average balance of loans receivable, which was partially offset by a decrease in the average yield on loans receivable. Average loans receivable increased by $356.0 million, or 7.6%, to $5.017 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $4.661 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was attributable both to our efforts in attracting and maintaining quality consumer and commercial loan relationships as well as continued strong loan demand throughout our market area. During the year we increased commercial loan balances by $213.3 million, or 16.7%, and consumer home equity loans by $43.6 million, or 4.4%. The average yield on loans receivable decreased by 28 basis points, to 6.50% for the year ended December 31, 2008, from 6.78% for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease is primarily due to our variable rate loans repricing in a generally lower interest rate environment.
     Interest income on mortgage-backed securities increased $5.3 million, or 18.1%, to $34.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $29.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was attributable to an increase in the average balance of mortgage-backed securities, which was partially offset by a decrease in the mortgage-backed securities average yield. The average mortgage-backed securities balance increased by $148.2 million, or 25.4%, to $732.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $584.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in the

87


Table of Contents

average balance was primarily the result of our investing cash flows during the first six months of the year from calls and maturities in the investment portfolio into mortgage-backed securities, many of which were variable rate, in anticipation of interest rates moving higher. The average yield on mortgage-backed securities decreased by 29 basis points, to 4.74% for the year ended December 31, 2008, from 5.03% for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease in yield is primarily the result of the generally low interest rate environment throughout 2008.
     Interest income on investment securities decreased by $18.5 million, or 45.0%, to $22.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $41.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease was attributable to a decrease in the average balance of investment securities, which was partially offset by an increase in the yield on investment securities. The average investment securities balance decreased by $341.4 million, or 41.6%, to $478.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $820.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease was primarily from the November 2007 sale of $120.0 million of investment securities as well as the ongoing sale of zero coupon treasury strips throughout 2008. The average yield increased by 26 basis points, to 6.11% for the year ended December 31, 2008, from 5.85% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in the average yield is primarily due the 6.75% taxable equivalent yield on municipal securities comprising a larger percentage of the investment securities portfolio.
      Interest expense . Interest expense decreased by $41.7 million, or 19.8%, to $169.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $211.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease was attributed to a decrease in the interest rate paid on all funding sources, which was partially offset by an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The average rate paid on all deposit accounts decreased during the year ending December 31, 2008 with savings accounts decreasing from 1.38% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 1.18% for the year ended December 31, 2008; interest-bearing demand deposits decreasing from 1.58% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 0.88% for the year ended December 31, 2008; money market demand accounts decreasing from 3.69% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 2.04% for the year ended December 31, 2008 and certificate accounts decreasing from 4.58% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 3.93% for the year ended December 31, 2008. In addition to the decrease in the rates paid on deposit accounts there was an overall decrease in the average balance of deposit accounts, which decreased by $258.5 million, or 5.0%, to $4.948 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $5.206 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007. The strategic reduction of certificate accounts was offset by an increase in the average balance of borrowed funds, which increased by $337.4 million, or 88.5%, to $718.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $381.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The average rate paid on borrowed funds also decreased 78 basis points to 3.74% for the year ended December 31, 2008, from 4.52% for the year ended December 31, 2007. Throughout the year, we utilized alternative funding sources, including borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, to extend the maturities of our interest-bearing liabilities while continuing our efforts to control our cost of funds.
      Net interest income . Net interest income increased $34.4 million, or 18.6%, on a taxable equivalent basis, to $219.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $185.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was a result of the factors previously discussed, primarily due to the cost of funds decreasing more than the asset yield, contributing to a 47 basis point increase in net interest margin to 3.57% for the year ended December 31, 2008 from 3.10% for the year ended December 31, 2007.
      Provision for loan losses . Management analyzes the allowance for loan losses as described in the section “Allowance for Loan Losses.” The provision for loan losses increased $14.2 million, or 161.4%, to $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we made specific provisions for two large

88


Table of Contents

commercial loans located in the Florida region and one large commercial loan located in the Maryland region as well as increasing our provision to reflect deteriorating general economic factors. To the best of management’s knowledge, all known losses as of December 31, 2008 have been recorded.
      Noninterest income . Noninterest income decreased by $4.2 million, or 9.9%, to $38.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease in noninterest income was primarily due to an increase in the noncash other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, which increased by $7.6 million, or 90.3%, to $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and a noncash impairment of mortgage servicing assets of $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to a recovery of previous noncash impairment of mortgage servicing assets of $65,000 in the year ended December 31, 2007. In addition, insurance commission income decreased $329,000, or 12.2%, and mortgage banking income decreased $913,000, or 57.9%. Partially offsetting the decreases were increases in service charges and fees, which increased by $4.7 million, or 16.9%, to $32.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007; increases in trust and other financial services income of $495,000, or 8.0%; income from bank owned life insurance of $337,000, or 7.6%; and other operating income of $1.3 million, or 42.0%.
      Noninterest expense . Noninterest expense increased by $17.4 million, or 11.4%, to $170.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $152.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation and employee benefits of $6.9 million, an increase in processing expenses of $3.6 million, an increase in advertising of $1.8 million, an increase in federal deposit insurance premiums of $3.2 million, an increase in the penalty for early repayment of debt of $705,000 and an increase in other expenses of $467,000. The increases in operating expenses were a result of our continued upgrading of personnel and systems to build customer loyalty and improve our loan mix.
      Income taxes . Income tax expense decreased $488,000, or 2.8%, to $17.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease is due to a decrease in income before income taxes of $1.4 million and a decrease in the effective tax rate from 26.2% to 26.0%. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to higher percentage of earnings on tax-free assets during the current year.
Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
      General. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $49.1 million, or $0.99 per diluted share, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 4.7%, from $51.5 million, or $1.03 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease in net income resulted primarily from an increase in noninterest expense of $9.1 million and a decrease of $3.0 million in noninterest income. These items were partially offset by an increase in net interest income of $7.6 million. A discussion of each significant change follows.
     Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 represents an 8.18% and 0.73% return on average equity and return on average assets, respectively, compared to 8.60% and 0.79% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
      Interest income . Interest income increased $27.4 million, or 7.4%, to $396.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $368.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in interest income was due to both an increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets and an increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets. The average balance of interest-earning assets increased $163.9 million, or 2.7%, to $6.249 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $6.085

89


Table of Contents

billion for the year ended December 31, 2006. The average rate earned on interest-earnings assets increased by 25 basis points, to 6.45% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 6.20% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The growth in average interest-earning assets was primarily attributable to the acquisition of CSB Bank and the increase in average rate was primarily attributable to the continued change in mix of our loan portfolio, with an emphasis on increasing the percentage of consumer and commercial loans while decreasing the percentage of one- to four-family mortgage loans.
     Interest income on loans receivable increased $29.3 million, or 10.2%, to $315.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $286.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was attributable to increases in both the average balance of loans receivable and the average yield on those loans. Average loans receivable increased $265.4 million, or 6.0%, to $4.661 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $4.395 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was attributable both to our efforts in attracting and maintaining quality consumer and commercial loan relationships as well as the acquisition of CSB Bank. During the year ended December 31, 2007 we increased commercial loan balances by $336.8 million, or 35.9%, and consumer home equity loans by $105.0 million, or 11.8%. The average yield on loans receivable increased 19 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 6.78% from 6.59% for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to the significant growth in consumer and commercial loans which generally carry higher rates of interest than residential mortgage loans.
     Interest income on mortgage-backed securities decreased $2.1 million, or 6.8%, to $29.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $31.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in the average balance of $76.9 million, or 11.6%, to $584.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $661.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was attributable to our effort to use cash flows from these securities to fund loan growth. The decrease in average balance was partially offset by an increase in the average yield of 26 basis points to 5.03% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 4.77% for the year ended December 31, 2006 as the yield on floating rate bonds increased over the 18-month period from June 30, 2005 through December 31, 2007 with the general movement of short-term interest rates.
     Interest income on investment securities decreased $1.3 million, or 3.0%, to $41.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $42.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in the average balance of $41.1 million, or 4.8%, to $820.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $861.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was attributable to our effort to use cash flows from these securities to fund loan growth. The decrease in average balance was partially offset by an increase in the average yield of 11 basis points to 5.85% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 5.74% for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase in average yield was primarily attributable to our purchasing securities during the year yielding higher interest rates than those in the existing investment portfolio.
      Interest expense . Interest expense increased $19.9 million, or 10.4%, to $211.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $191.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was attributed to increases in both the average balance and the average rate paid on deposits. The average balance increased $235.0 million, or 4.7%, to $5.206 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $4.971 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to the acquisition of CSB Bank, which contributed approximately $82.9 million to the average balance of deposits. The average rate paid on deposits increased 42 basis points to 3.58% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 3.16% for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase in the average rate was due to both a general increase in average short-term rates during the year and the change in mix of deposits with an increase in higher cost certificates of deposit and a decrease in low-cost passbook and statement savings accounts. Partially offsetting the increase in the cost of deposits was a decrease in interest expense on

90


Table of Contents

trust preferred debentures of $8.4 million, as we redeemed approximately $99.0 million of trust preferred securities in December 2006.
      Net interest income . Net interest income increased $7.5 million, or 4.3%, to $185.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $177.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was a result of the factors previously discussed, primarily due to a larger increase in interest earning assets than in interest bearing liabilities contributing to a four basis point increase in net interest margin to 3.10% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 3.06% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
      Provision for loan losses . Management analyzes the allowance for loan losses as described in the section “Allowance for Loan Losses.” The provision recorded adjusts this allowance to a level that reflects the loss inherent in our loan portfolio as of the reporting date. The provision for loan losses increased $263,000, or 3.1%, to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. To the best of management’s knowledge, all known losses as of December 31, 2007 were recorded as of December 31, 2007.
      Noninterest income . Noninterest income decreased $3.0 million, or 6.5%, to $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease in noninterest income was primarily due to the loss on sale of investment securities in the amount of $1.6 million and a noncash other-than-temporary impairment of Freddie Mac preferred stock of $1.9 million. The decrease was also impacted by a $4.1 million gain on the sale of education loans in the previous year. The negative effect of the prior year gain on sale of education loans and the current year losses on securities were partially offset by increases in service charges and fees of $3.3 million; trust and other financial services income of $902,000; insurance commission income of $155,000 and mortgage banking income of $1.2 million.
      Noninterest expense . Noninterest expense increased $9.0 million, or 6.3%, to $152.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $143.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation and employee benefits of $5.6 million, an increase in processing expenses of $3.0 million, an increase in premises and occupancy costs of $1.0 million, an increase in marketing of $924,000 and an increase in amortization of intangible assets of $623,000, all of which are partially offset by a decrease in the loss on early extinguishment of debt of $3.1 million. These increases in operating expenses were a result of our continued expansion of our existing retail office network, both de novo and through the CSB acquisition, as well as the addition of commercial lending and investment management and trust personnel.
      Income taxes. Income tax expense decreased $2.3 million, or 11.8%, to $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was due to a decrease in income before income taxes of $4.8 million and a decrease in the effective tax rate from 27.7% to 26.2%. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to lower state incomes taxes and a higher percentage of earnings on tax free assets during the year.
Asset Quality
     We actively manage asset quality through our underwriting practices and collection procedures. Our underwriting practices tend to focus on optimizing the return of a greater risk classification while collection operatives focus on minimizing losses in the event an account becomes delinquent.
      Collection procedures . Our collection procedures generally provide that when a loan is five days past due, a computer-generated late notice is sent to the borrower requesting payment. If delinquency

91


Table of Contents

continues, at 15 days a delinquent notice, plus a notice of a late charge, is sent and personal contact efforts are attempted, either in person or by telephone, to strengthen the collection process and obtain reasons for the delinquency. Also, plans to arrange a repayment plan are made. Personal contact efforts are continued throughout the collection process, as necessary. Generally, if a loan becomes 60 days past due, a collection letter is sent and the loan becomes subject to possible legal action if suitable arrangements to repay have not been made. In addition, the borrower is given information, which provides access to consumer counseling services, to the extent required by regulations of the Department of Housing and Urban Development. When a loan continues in a delinquent status for 90 days or more, and a repayment schedule has not been made or kept by the borrower, we may send to the borrower a notice of intent to foreclose, giving 30 days to cure the delinquency. If not cured, foreclosure proceedings are initiated.
      Nonperforming assets . Loans are reviewed on a regular basis and are placed on a nonaccrual status when, in the opinion of management, the collection of additional principal and/or interest is doubtful. Loans are automatically placed on nonaccrual status when either principal or interest is 90 days or more past due. Interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on a nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income.
     Real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until such time as it is sold. When real estate is acquired through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, it is recorded at the lower of the related loan balance or its fair value as determined by an appraisal, less estimated costs of disposal. If the value of the property is less than the loan, less any related specific loan loss reserve allocations, the difference is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Any subsequent write-down of real estate owned or loss at the time of disposition is charged against earnings.

92


Table of Contents

      Loans Past Due and Nonperforming Assets . The following table sets forth information regarding our loans 30 days or more past due, nonaccrual loans 90 days or more past due, and real estate acquired or deemed acquired by foreclosure at the dates indicated. When a loan is delinquent 90 days or more, we fully reserve all accrued interest thereon and cease to accrue interest thereafter. For all the dates indicated, we did not have any material restructured loans within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 15, “Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings.” A large number of one- to four-family residential real estate loans are due on the first day of the month. Effective December 31, 2005, we changed our fiscal year-end from June 30 (a 30-day month) to December 31 (a 31-day month) causing the loans that are 30 to 59 days delinquent to increase dramatically compared to prior fiscal year ends because of the additional day.
                                                                 
                    At December 31     At June 30,  
    At June 30, 2009     2008     2007     2006     2005     2005     2004  
    Number     Balance                                        
                            (Dollars in thousands)                          
Loans past due 30 days to 59 days:
                                                               
One- to four-family residential loans
    71     $ 3,206     $ 32,988     $ 27,270     $ 24,078     $ 26,290     $ 3,941     $ 5,765  
Multifamily and commercial real estate loans
    99       19,977       18,901       11,331       7,975       4,924       5,198       2,201  
Consumer loans
    822       7,987       11,295       10,550       9,096       12,053       5,611       4,877  
Commercial business loans
    48       3,847       7,770       9,947       4,325       2,450       1,000       782  
 
                                               
Total loans past due 30 days to 59 days
    1,040       35,017       70,884       59,098       45,474       45,717       15,750       13,625  
 
                                                               
Loans past due 60 days to 89 days:
                                                               
One- to four-family residential loans
    78       6,307       7,599       6,077       5,970       9,156       4,687       4,925  
Multifamily and commercial real estate loans
    54       9,152       8,432       4,984       3,846       3,399       8,156       1,023  
Consumer loans
    311       2,858       2,836       2,676       2,833       3,773       3,134       2,032  
Commercial business loans
    40       8,995       3,801       2,550       501       263       279       309  
 
                                               
Total loans past due 60 days to 89 days
    483       27,312       22,668       16,287       13,150       16,591       16,256       8,289  
 
                                                               
Loans past due 90 days or more: (1)
                                                               
One- to four-family residential loans
    263       27,670       20,435       12,542       10,334       12,179       11,507       11,322  
Multifamily and commercial real estate loans
    198       52,601       43,828       24,323       18,982       21,013       15,610       13,823  
Consumer loans
    692       10,569       9,756       7,582       4,578       8,322       5,514       4,536  
Commercial business loans
    139       31,717       25,184       5,163       6,631       1,502       979       2,824  
 
                                               
Total loans past due 90 days or more
    1,292       122,557       99,203       49,610       40,525       43,016       33,610       32,505  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Total loans 30 days or more past due
    2,815     $ 184,886     $ 192,755     $ 124,995     $ 99,149     $ 105,324     $ 65,616     $ 54,419  
 
                                               
Total real estate owned
    125     $ 15,890     $ 16,844     $ 8,667     $ 6,653     $ 4,872     $ 6,685     $ 3,951  
Total loans 90 days or more past due and real estate owned
    1,417     $ 138,447     $ 116,047     $ 58,277     $ 47,178       47,888     $ 40,295       36,456  
Total loans 90 days or more past due to net loans receivable
            2.41 %     1.93 %     1.03 %     0.92 %     0.93 %     0.77 %     0.80 %
Total loans 90 days or more past due and real estate owned to total assets
            1.95 %     1.67 %     0.87 %     0.72 %     0.74 %     0.64 %     0.57 %
 
(1)   We classify as nonperforming all loans 90 days or more delinquent.

93


Table of Contents

     During the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, gross interest income of approximately $3.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, would have been recorded on loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis if the loans had been current during the periods. No interest income on nonaccrual loans was included in income during either period.
     The following table sets forth loans by state (based on borrowers’ residence ) at June 30, 2009.
Loans 90 or more days past due:
                                                                 
                                    Commercial                    
                                    business                    
                                    and                    
    One- to four-             Consumer             commercial                    
    family             and home             real estate                    
    mortgage (1)     Percentage     equity (2)     Percentage     (3)     Percentage     Total (4)     Percentage  
                            (Dollars in thousands)                          
Pennsylvania
  $ 19,863       1.0 %     8,128       0.7 %     54,775       5.5 %     82,766       2.0 %
New York
    102       0.1       412       0.6 %     1,230       0.4       1,744       0.4  
Ohio
    108       0.7       72       0.6 %     180       2.4       360       1.0  
Maryland
    595       0.4       555       1.9 %     9,389       5.4       10,539       2.9  
Florida
    7,003       20.1       1,401       11.9 %     18,744       31.6       27,148       25.7  
 
                                               
Total
  $ 27,671       1.2 %     10,568       0.8 %     84,318       5.6 %     122,557       2.4 %
 
                                               
 
(1)   Percentage of mortgage loans in specified geographic area.
 
(2)   Percentage of consumer loans in specified geographic area.
 
(3)   Percentage of commercial loans in specified geographic area.
 
(4)   Percentage of total loans in specified geographic area.
      Classification of Assets . Our policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans considered to be of lesser quality as “substandard,” “doubtful,” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the savings institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” so that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets that do not expose the savings institution to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but which possess some weaknesses, are required to be designated “special mention.” At June 30, 2009, we had 259 loans, with an aggregate principal balance of $53.8 million, designated as special mention.
     We regularly review our asset portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. Our largest classified assets generally are also our largest nonperforming assets.
     The following table sets forth the aggregate amount of our classified assets at the dates indicated.
                         
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
            (In Thousands)          
Substandard assets
  $ 176,963     $ 155,245     $ 85,526  
Doubtful assets
    4,248       3,596       4,374  
Loss assets
    62       64       388  
 
                 
Total classified assets
  $ 181,273     $ 158,905     $ 90,288  
 
                 

94


Table of Contents

      Allowance for Loan Losses . Our board of directors has adopted an Allowance for Loan Losses Policy designed to provide management with a systematic methodology for determining and documenting the allowance for loan losses each reporting period. This methodology was developed to provide a consistent process and review procedure to ensure that the allowance for loan losses is in conformity with GAAP, our policies and procedures and other supervisory and regulatory guidelines.
     On an ongoing basis, the Credit Review department, as well as loan officers, branch managers and department heads, review and monitor the loan portfolio for problem loans. This portfolio monitoring includes a review of the monthly delinquency reports as well as historical comparisons and trend analysis. On an on-going basis the loan officer along with the Credit Review department grades or classifies problem loans or potential problem loans based upon their knowledge of the lending relationship and other information previously accumulated. Loans that have been classified as substandard or doubtful are reviewed by the Risk Management department for possible impairment under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” (“SFAS 114”). A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement including both contractual principal and interest payments. Our loan grading system for problem loans is described above in “—Classification of Assets.”
     If an individual loan is deemed to be impaired, we determine the proper measurement of impairment for each loan based on one of three methods as prescribed by SFAS No. 114: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price; or (3) the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measure of the impaired loan is more or less than the recorded investment in the loan, we adjust the specific allowance associated with that individual loan accordingly.
     If a substandard or doubtful loan is not considered to be individually impaired, it is grouped with other loans that possess common characteristics for impairment evaluation and analysis under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” This segmentation is accomplished by grouping loans of similar product types, risk characteristics and industry concentration into homogeneous pools. Each pool is then analyzed based on the historical delinquency, charge-off and recovery trends over the past three years which are then extended to include the loss realization period during which the event of default occurs, additional consideration is also given to the current economic, political, regulatory and interest rate environment. This adjusted historical net charge-off amount as a percentage of loans outstanding for each group is used to estimate the measure of impairment.
     The individual impairment measures along with the estimated losses for each homogeneous pool are consolidated into one summary document. This summary schedule along with the supporting documentation used to establish this schedule is prepared monthly and presented to the Credit Committee on a quarterly basis. The Credit Committee is comprised of members of Senior Management from our various departments, including mortgage, consumer and commercial lending, appraising, administration and finance as well as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The Credit Committee reviews the processes and documentation presented, reviews the concentration of credit by industry and customer, discusses lending products, activity, competition and collateral values, as well as economic conditions in general and in each of our market areas. Based on this review and discussion, the appropriate allowance for loan losses is estimated and any adjustments necessary to reconcile the actual allowance for loan losses with this estimate are determined. In addition, the Credit Committee considers whether any changes to the methodology are needed. The Credit Committee also compares our delinquency trends, nonperforming asset amounts and allowance for loan loss levels to its peer group and to state and national

95


Table of Contents

statistics. A similar review is also performed by the Risk Management Committee of the board of directors.
     In addition to the reviews by the Credit Committee and the Risk Management Committee, regulators from either the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or Pennsylvania State Department of Banking perform an extensive review on an annual basis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and its conformity with regulatory guidelines and pronouncements. The internal audit department also performs a regular review of the detailed supporting schedules for accuracy and reports their findings to the Audit Committee of the board of directors. Any recommendations or enhancements from these independent parties are considered by management and the Credit Committee and implemented accordingly.
     Management acknowledges that this is a dynamic process and consists of factors, many of which are external and beyond management’s control, that can change. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based upon estimates using all the information previously discussed as well as current and known circumstances and events. There is no assurance that actual portfolio losses will not be substantially different than those that were estimated. Management believes that all known losses as of June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 have been recorded.
      Management utilizes a consistent methodology each period when analyzing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and the related provision for loan losses. As part of the analysis, management considered the deteriorating economic data in our markets such as the continued increases in unemployment and bankruptcies as well as the declines in real estate collateral values. In addition, management considered the negative trend in asset quality, loan charge-offs and the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans. As a result, Northwest Bancorp increased the allowance for loan losses during the period by $11.9 million, or 21.6%, to $66.8 million, or 1.29% of total loans, at June 30, 2009 from $54.9 million, or 1.06% of total loans, at December 31, 2008. The increase in the allowance for loan losses and the related provision for loan losses is partially attributed to the deterioration of a loan to a moving and storage company/ new car dealer in our Pennsylvania market requiring an additional reserve of $1.8 million, deterioration of a loan secured by a strip mall in the state of Indiana requiring a reserve of $1.0 million, additional deterioration of loans secured by real estate located in Florida requiring additional reserves of $700,000 and deterioration in loans secured by real estate in Maryland requiring reserves of $1.4 million. In addition, management considered how the continued increase in nonperforming loans and historical charge-offs have influenced the amount of allowance for loan losses. Nonperforming loans of $122.6 million, or 2.38% of total loans, at June 30, 2009 increased by $23.4 million, or 23.6%, from $99.2 million, or 1.91% of total loans, at December 31, 2008 and increased $53.6 million, or 77.7%, from $69.0 million, or 1.37% of total loans, at June 30, 2008. As a percentage of average loans, annualized net charge-offs remained 0.19% for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2008 and increased to 0.22% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 0.17% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.

96


Table of Contents

      Analysis of the Allowance For Loan Losses . The following table sets forth the analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated. Ratios for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 and December 31, 2005 have been annualized.
                                                                 
                                            Six Months        
                                            Ended        
    Six Months Ended June 30,     Years Ended December 31,     December 31,     Years Ended June 30,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006     2005     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
Net loans receivable
  $ 5,091,518     $ 4,997,910     $ 5,141,892     $ 4,795,622     $ 4,412,441     $ 4,622,269     $ 4,376,884     $ 4,053,941  
Average loans outstanding
  $ 5,194,221     $ 4,907,866     $ 5,016,694     $ 4,660,693     $ 4,395,274     $ 4,532,523     $ 4,234,241     $ 3,846,261  
 
                                                               
Allowance for loan losses Balance at beginning of period
  $ 54,929     $ 41,784     $ 41,784     $ 37,655     $ 33,411     $ 31,563     $ 30,670     $ 27,166  
Provision for loan losses
    17,517       5,689       22,851       8,743       8,480       4,722       9,566       6,860  
Charge offs:
                                                               
Real estate loans
    (2,407 )           (3,962 )     (2,042 )     (1,148 )     (282 )     (676 )     (176 )
Consumer loans
    (2,770 )     (4,996 )     (6,290 )     (5,175 )     (5,543 )     (3,314 )     (5,726 )     (5,113 )
Commercial loans
    (1,067 )           (1,358 )     (973 )     (926 )     (43 )     (3,071 )     (461 )
 
                                               
Total charge-offs
    (6,244 )     (4,996 )     (11,610 )     (8,190 )     (7,617 )     (3,639 )     (9,473 )     (5,750 )
Recoveries:
                                                               
Real estate loans
    22             140       250       123       4       1        
Consumer loans
    520       816       1,060       1,073       1,214       455       750       562  
Commercial loans
    33             704       134       62       51       49       502  
 
                                               
Total recoveries
    575       816       1,904       1,457       1,399       510       800       1,064  
Acquired through acquisitions
                      2,119       1,982       255             1,330  
 
                                               
Balance at end of period
  $ 66,777     $ 43,293     $ 54,929     $ 41,784     $ 37,655     $ 33,411     $ 31,563     $ 30,670  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of net loans receivable
    1.31 %     0.87 %     1.07 %     0.87 %     0.85 %     0.72 %     0.72 %     0.76 %
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding
    0.22 %     0.17 %     0.19 %     0.14 %     0.14 %     0.14 %     0.20 %     0.12 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans
    54.49 %     62.72 %     55.37 %     84.22 %     92.92 %     77.67 %     93.91 %     94.35 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans and real estate owned
    48.23 %     55.91 %     47.33 %     71.70 %     79.81 %     69.77 %     78.33 %     84.13 %

97


Table of Contents

      Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses . The following tables set forth the allocation of allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category. Effective January 1, 2008, we revised our methodology to calculating the allowance for loan losses. Prior to that date, we established the allowance for loan losses based on ranges applicable to various loan categories (as opposed to single amounts applicable to the loan categories), which resulted in our not having an unallocated component of the allowance prior to that date.
                                                                 
                    At December 31,  
    At June 30, 2009     2008     2007     2006  
            % of Total             % of Total             % of Total             % of Total  
    Amount     Loans (1)     Amount     Loans (1)     Amount     Loans (1)     Amount     Loans (1)  
                            (Dollars in Thousands)                          
Balance at end of period applicable to:
                                                               
Real estate loans
  $ 36,082       87.5 %   $ 29,115       87.6 %   $ 28,854       87.2 %   $ 17,936       88.8 %
Consumer loans
    6,210       4.9       6,125       5.1       6,645       5.4       16,500       6.0  
Commercial business loans
    20,290       7.6       15,044       7.3       6,285       7.4       3,219       5.2  
 
                                               
Total allocated allowance
    62,582               50,284               41,784               37,655          
Unallocated
    4,195             4,645                                
 
                                               
Total
  $ 66,777       100.0 %   $ 54,929       100.0 %   $ 41,784       100.0 %   $ 37,655       100.0 %
 
                                               
                                                 
    At December 31,     At June 30,  
    2005     2005     2004  
            % of Total             % of Total             % of Total  
    Amount     Loans (1)     Amount     Loans (1)     Amount     Loans (1)  
                    (Dollars in Thousands)                  
Balance at end of period applicable to:
                                               
Real estate loans
  $ 16,875       88.6 %   $ 15,918       88.7 %   $ 15,113       88.3 %
Consumer loans
    13,991       8.1       13,179       8.1       11,790       8.1 %
Commercial business loans
    2,545       3.3       2,466       3.2       3,767       3.6 %
 
                                   
Total allocated allowance
    33,411               31,563               30,670          
 
                                         
Unallocated
                                   
 
                                   
Total
  $ 33,411       100.0 %   $ 31,563       100.0 %   $ 30,670       100.0 %
 
                                   
 
(1)   Represents percentage of loans in each category to total loans.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
     Northwest Savings Bank is required to maintain a sufficient level of liquid assets, as determined by management and defined and reviewed for adequacy by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation during their regular examinations. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, however, does not prescribe by regulation a minimum amount or percentage of liquid assets. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation allows us to consider any marketable security, whose sale would not impair our capital adequacy, to be eligible for liquidity. Liquidity is quantified through the use of a standard liquidity ratio of liquid assets to borrowings plus deposits. Using this formula, Northwest Savings Bank’s liquidity ratio was 18.0% and 14.8% as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. We adjust our liquidity level in order to meet funding needs of deposit outflows, repayment of borrowings and loan commitments. We also adjust liquidity as appropriate to meet our asset and liability management objectives. As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had $1.9 billion of additional borrowing capacity available with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, including a $150.0 million overnight line of credit, as well as a $169.3 million borrowing capacity available with the Federal Reserve Bank and $75.0 million with a correspondent bank.
     In addition to deposits, our primary sources of funds are the amortization and repayment of loans and mortgage-backed securities, maturities of investment securities and other short-term investments, and

98


Table of Contents

earnings and funds provided from operations. While scheduled principal repayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities are a relatively predictable source of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rate levels, economic conditions, and competition. We manage the pricing of our deposits to maintain a desired deposit balance. In addition, we invest excess funds in short-term interest earning and other assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements. Short-term interest-earning deposits amounted to $371.2 million and $24.1 million at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. For additional information about our cash flows from operating, financing, and investing activities, see the Statements of Cash Flows included in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
     A portion of our liquidity consists of cash and cash equivalents, which are a product of its operating, investing, and financing activities. The primary sources of cash were net income, principal repayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, and increases in deposit accounts.
     Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. If we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, borrowing agreements exist with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, which provide an additional source of funds. At June 30, 2009 Northwest Savings Bank had advances of $817.3 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. We borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh to reduce interest rate risk and to provide liquidity when necessary.
     At June 30, 2009, our customers had $313.7 million of unused lines of credit available and $149.3 million in loan commitments. This amount does not include the unfunded portion of loans in process. Certificates of deposit scheduled to mature in less than one year at June 30, 2009, totaled $1.555 billion. Management believes that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with us.
     The major sources of our cash flows are in the areas of loans, marketable securities, deposits and borrowed funds.
     Deposits are our primary source of externally generated funds. The level of deposit inflows during any given period is heavily influenced by factors outside of management’s control, such as the general level of short-term and long-term market interest rates, as well as higher alternative yields that investors may obtain on competing investments such as money market mutual funds. Financial institutions, such as Northwest Savings Bank, are also subject to deposit outflows. Our net deposits increased/(decreased) by $307.5 million, $(504.1) million, $9.7 million and $54.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
     Similarly, the amount of principal repayments on loans and the amount of new loan originations is heavily influenced by the general level of market interest rates. Funds received from loan maturities and principal payments on loans for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $756.3 million, $1.284 billion, $1.235 billion and $1.118 billion, respectively. Loan originations for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $1.116 billion, $1.885 billion, $1.742 billion and $1.488 billion, respectively. We also sell a portion of the loans we originate, and the cash flows from such sales for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $388.8 million, $212.5 million, $250.3 million and $624.6 million, respectively.
     We experience significant cash flows from our portfolio of marketable securities as principal payments are received on mortgage-backed securities and as investment securities mature. Cash flow from the repayment of principal and the maturity of marketable securities for the six months ended June

99


Table of Contents

30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $154.0 million, $319.1 million, $333.8 million and $254.2 million, respectively.
     When necessary, we utilize borrowings as a source of liquidity and as a source of funds for long-term investment when market conditions permit. The net cash flow from the receipt and repayment of borrowings was a net increase/(decrease) of $(170.8 million), $729.2 million, $(65.8) million and $(23.7) million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
     Other activity with respect to cash flow was the payment of cash dividends on common stock in the amount of $7.9 million, $15.8 million, $15.7 million and $13.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Dividends waived by Northwest Bancorp, MHC during the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $13.4 million, $26.9 million, $25.7 million and $21.4 million, respectively. In September 2005, we initiated the first of three common stock repurchase plans. Since that time, we have used $69.4 million to repurchase a total of 2,742,800 shares of common stock at an average price of $25.31 per share.
     At June 30, 2009, stockholders’ equity totaled $632.5 million. During 2008 our board of directors declared regular quarterly dividends totaling $0.88 per share of common stock that were paid with the proceeds of maturities and payments of available-for-sale securities. Net of dividends waived by Northwest Bancorp, MHC in the amount of $26.9 million, our equity was reduced by $15.8 million in 2008 for dividends paid.
     Management monitors the capital levels of Northwest Savings Bank to provide for current and future business opportunities and to meet regulatory guidelines for “well capitalized” institutions. Northwest Savings Bank is required by the Pennsylvania State Department of Banking and the Office of Thrift Supervision to meet minimum capital adequacy requirements. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank exceeded all regulatory minimum capital requirements and is considered to be “well capitalized.” In addition, as of June 30, 2009, management was not aware of any recommendation by a regulatory authority that, if it were implemented, would have a material effect on liquidity, capital resources or operations. See “Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance” for information with respect to our regulatory capital position as of June 30, 2009.
Contractual Obligations
     We are obligated to make future payments according to various contracts. The following tables present the expected future payments of the contractual obligations aggregated by obligation type at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
                                         
    Payments Due  
            One year to     Three years to              
    Less than one     less than three     less than five     Five years or        
    year     years     years     greater     Total  
                    (In Thousands)                  
Contractual Obligations at June 30, 2009
                                       
Long-term debt (1)
  $ 116,316     $ 270,000     $ 285,095     $ 225,652     $ 897,063  
Junior subordinated debentures (2)
    5,155                       103,094       108,249  
Operating leases (3)
    4,120       6,626       4,459       9,939       25,144  
 
                             
Total
  $ 125,591     $ 276,626     $ 289,554     $ 338,685     $ 1,030,456  
 
                             
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 149,272     $     $     $     $ 149,272  
 
                             
 
(1)   See Note 11, Borrowed Funds, on page G-28 for additional information.
 
(2)   See Note 22, Junior Subordinated Debentures/Trust Preferred Securities, on page G-45 for additional information.
 
(3)   See Note 8, Premises and Equipment, on page G-25 for additional information.

100


Table of Contents

                                         
    Payments Due  
            One year to     Three years to              
    Less than one     less than three     less than five     Five years or        
    year     years     years     greater     Total  
                    (In Thousands)                  
Contractual Obligations at December 31, 2008
                                       
Long-term debt (1)
  $ 285,635     $ 196,532     $ 270,000     $ 315,778     $ 1,067,945  
Junior subordinated debentures (2)
                      108,254       108,254  
Operating leases (3)
    4,280       6,931       4,366       10,310       25,887  
 
                             
Total
  $ 289,915     $ 203,463     $ 274,366     $ 434,342     $ 1,202,086  
 
                             
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 116,330     $     $     $     $ 116,330  
 
                             
 
(1)   See Note 11, Borrowed Funds, on page F-26 for additional information.
 
(2)   See Note 22, Junior Subordinated Debentures/Trust Preferred Securities, on page F-49 for additional information.
 
(3)   See Note 8, Premises and Equipment, on page F-22 for additional information.
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
     The Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto, presented elsewhere herein, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time and due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services.
Market Risk Management
     The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest rate sensitive” and by monitoring an institution’s interest rate sensitivity “gap.” An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that same time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income while a positive gap would tend to positively affect net interest income. Similarly, during a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would tend to positively affect net interest income while a positive gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income.
     We have an Asset/Liability Committee, consisting of several members of management, which meets monthly to review market interest rates, economic conditions, the pricing of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and our balance sheet structure. On a quarterly basis, this committee also reviews our interest rate risk position and our cash flow projections.
     Our board of directors has a Risk Management Committee, which meets quarterly and reviews interest rate risks and trends, our interest sensitivity position, our liquidity position and the market risk inherent in our investment portfolio.

101


Table of Contents

     In an effort to assess market risk, we use a simulation model to determine the effect of immediate incremental increases and decreases in interest rates on net income and the market value of our equity. Certain assumptions are made regarding loan prepayments and decay rates of passbook and NOW accounts. Because it is difficult to accurately project the market reaction of depositors and borrowers, the effect of actual changes in interest on these assumptions may differ from simulated results. We have established the following guidelines for assessing interest rate risk:
      Net income simulation . Given a non-parallel shift of 200 basis points in interest rates (a basis point equals one hundreds of one percent), the estimated net income may not decrease by more than 20% within a one-year period.
      Market value of equity simulation . The market value of our equity is the present value of our assets and liabilities. Given a non-parallel shift of 200 basis points in interest rates, the market value of equity may not decrease by more than 35% of total shareholders’ equity.
     The following tables illustrate the simulated impact of a non-parallel 1% or 2% upward or 1% or 2% downward movement in interest rates on net income, return on average equity, earnings per share and market value of equity. These analyses were prepared assuming that interest-earning asset levels at June 30, 2009 remain constant. The impact of the rate movements was computed by simulating the effect of an immediate and sustained shift in interest rates over a twelve-month period from June 30, 2009 levels.
                                 
Non-Parallel Shift in Interest Rates
    Increase   Decrease
Shift in interest rates over the next 12 months
    1.0 %     2.0 %     1.0 %     2.0 %
Projected percentage increase/ (decrease) in net income
    14.9 %     19.8 %     0.9 %     (5.0 )%
Projected increase/ (decrease) in return on average equity
    1.0 %     1.4 %     0.1 %     (0.3 )%
Projected increase/ (decrease) in earnings per share
  $ 0.14     $ 0.18     $ 0.01     $ (0.05 )
Projected percentage increase/ (decrease) in market value of equity
    (2.9 )%     (8.0 )%     (4.5 )%     (11.4 )%
     The figures included in the tables above represent projections that were computed based upon certain assumptions including prepayment rates and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, we cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates. Actual results may differ significantly due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes and changes in market conditions.
     When assessing our interest rate sensitivity, analysis of historical trends indicates that loans will prepay at various speeds (or annual rates) depending on the variance between the weighted average portfolio rates and the current market rates. In preparing the tables above, it has been assumed market rates will remain constant at current levels and as a result, our loans will be affected as follows: (i) adjustable-rate mortgage loans will prepay at an annual rate of 5% to 10%; (ii) fixed-rate mortgage loans will prepay at an annual rate of 7% to 10%, depending on the type of loan; (iii) commercial loans will prepay at an annual rate of 8% to 12%; (iv) consumer loans held by Northwest Savings Bank will prepay at an annual rate of 20%; and (v) consumer loans held by Northwest Consumer Discount Company will prepay at an annual rate of 60% to 65%. In regards to our deposits, it has been assumed that (i) fixed maturity deposits will not be withdrawn prior to maturity; (ii) the significant majority of money market accounts will reprice immediately; (iii) savings accounts will gradually reprice over three years; and (iv) and checking accounts will reprice either when the rates on such accounts reprice as interest rate levels change, or when deposit holders withdraw funds from such accounts and select other types of deposit accounts, such as certificate accounts, which may have higher interest rates. For purposes of this analysis, management has estimated, based on historical trends, that $193.0 million of our checking accounts and

102


Table of Contents

$244.0 million of our savings accounts are interest sensitive and may reprice in one year or less, and that the remainder may reprice over longer time periods.
     The above assumptions used by management are annual percentages based on remaining balances and should not be regarded as indicative of the actual prepayments and withdrawals that we may experience. Moreover, certain shortcomings are inherent in the analysis presented by the foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of or lag behind changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as some adjustable-rate loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Moreover, in the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
     As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. In addition, we routinely enter into commitments to securitize and sell mortgage loans.

103


Table of Contents

BUSINESS OF NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is a Maryland corporation, organized in September 2009. Upon completion of the conversion, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will become the holding company of Northwest Savings Bank and will succeed to all of the business and operations of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and each of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist.
     Initially following the completion of the conversion, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will have no significant assets other than owning 100% of the outstanding common stock of Northwest Savings Bank, the net proceeds it retains from the offering, part of which will be used to make a loan to the Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, and its ownership of wholly owned statutory trust subsidiaries through which Northwest Bancorp, Inc. has issued trust preferred securities, and will have no significant liabilities. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.” Northwest Bancshares, Inc. intends to use the support staff and offices of Northwest Savings Bank and will pay Northwest Savings Bank for these services. If Northwest Bancshares, Inc. expands or changes its business in the future, it may hire its own employees.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.” In the future, we may pursue other business activities, including mergers and acquisitions, investment alternatives and diversification of operations. There are, however, no current understandings or agreements for these activities.
BUSINESS OF NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc. is a federal corporation that was formed in 2001 as the successor to a Pennsylvania corporation of the same name. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. became the stock holding company of Northwest Savings Bank in a reorganization transaction that was approved by Northwest Savings Bank’s stockholders in December 1997, and completed in February 1998. In the reorganization, each share of Northwest Savings Bank’s common stock was converted into and became a share of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., par value $0.10 per share, and Northwest Savings Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Northwest Bancorp, MHC, which owned a majority of Northwest Savings Bank’s outstanding shares of common stock immediately prior to completion of the reorganization, became the owner of the same percentage of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. immediately following the completion of the reorganization. In August 2003, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. completed an incremental stock offering whereby it canceled 7,255,520 shares common stock owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC and sold the same number of shares in a subscription offering. Northwest Bancorp, MHC owns approximately 63% of our outstanding shares. As of June 30, 2009, the primary activity of Northwest Bancorp, Inc was the ownership of all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Northwest Savings Bank. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. has also issued trust preferred securities through wholly owned statutory trust subsidiaries.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s principal executive office is located at 100 Liberty Street, Warren, Pennsylvania, and its telephone number at that address is (814) 726-2140.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s website ( www.northwestsavingsbank.com ) contains a direct link to its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including copies of annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these filings, if any. Copies may also be obtained, without charge, by written request to Shareholder Relations, P.O. Box 128, 100 Liberty Street, Warren, Pennsylvania 16365.

104


Table of Contents

Northwest Savings Bank
     Northwest Savings Bank is a Pennsylvania-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Warren, Pennsylvania, which is located in northwestern Pennsylvania. Northwest Savings Bank is a community-oriented financial institution offering traditional deposit and loan products, investment and trust services and through a wholly-owned subsidiary, Northwest Consumer Discount Company, it also offers consumer finance services. Northwest Savings Bank’s mutual savings bank predecessor was founded in 1896.
     As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank operated 168 community-banking offices throughout its market area in northwest, southwest and central Pennsylvania, western New York, eastern Ohio, Maryland and southeastern Florida. Northwest Savings Bank, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Northwest Consumer Discount Company, also operates 49 consumer finance offices throughout Pennsylvania. Through wholly-owned subsidiaries, Northwest Savings Bank also offers investment management and trust services. Historically, we have focused our lending activities primarily on the origination of loans secured by first mortgages on owner-occupied, one- to four-family residences. In an effort to reduce interest rate risk and improve profit margins, we have made a strategic decision to also focus our lending efforts on shorter term consumer and commercial loans, while continuing to offer one- to four-family residential mortgage loans to customers in our market area. With the change in lending emphasis, we regularly sell a portion of the one- to four-family residential mortgage loans that we originate.
     Our principal sources of funds are deposits, borrowed funds and the principal and interest payments on loans and marketable securities. Our principal source of income is interest received on loans and marketable securities. Our principal expenses are the interest paid on deposits and the cost of employee compensation and benefits.
     Northwest Savings Bank’s principal executive office is located at 100 Liberty Street, Warren, Pennsylvania, and its telephone number at that address is (814) 726-2140.
Market Area and Competition
     We are headquartered in Warren, Pennsylvania, which is located in northwestern Pennsylvania, and have our highest concentration of deposits and loans in this area. Since the early 1990s, we have expanded, primarily through acquisitions, into the southwestern and central regions of Pennsylvania, as well as western New York, eastern Ohio, Maryland and southeastern Florida. As of June 30, 2009, we operate 141 community banking offices and 49 consumer finance offices located in Pennsylvania, five community banking offices located in Ohio, 14 community banking offices located in New York, five community banking offices in Maryland and three community banking offices in Broward County, Florida. All of the aforementioned market areas have a large concentration of financial institutions. As a result, we encounter strong competition both in attracting deposits and in originating retail and commercial loans. Our most direct competition for deposits has come historically from commercial banks, brokerage houses, other savings banks and credit unions in our market areas. We expect continued competition from these financial institutions in the foreseeable future. With the continued acceptance of internet banking by our customers and consumers generally, competition for deposits has increased from institutions operating outside of our market area as well as from insurance companies.
      Pennsylvania and Western New York Market Area . Through our acquisitions and de novo branching strategy we have expanded our retail branch footprint throughout 30 counties in Pennsylvania and four counties in western New York. In addition, through our consumer finance offices we operate in

105


Table of Contents

11 additional counties in Pennsylvania. Our northwestern and southwestern Pennsylvania and western New York markets are fueled by a diverse economy driven by service businesses, technology companies and small manufacturing companies. Our southeastern market is primarily driven by service businesses and serves as a bedroom community to the cities of Baltimore, Maryland and Philadelphia. In view of the current economic downturn, our primary market area has remained a stable banking market. As of July 2009, the unemployment rates in Pennsylvania and New York were 8.5% and 8.6% compared to the national average of 9.7% according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
     In Pennsylvania, we ranked 6 th in terms of deposit market share and total assets for institutions headquartered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania is a stable banking market with a total population of approximately 12.6 million and total households of approximately 4.9 million. The Pennsylvania markets in which we operate our retail branch and consumer financial offices contains more than half of Pennsylvania’s population and a similar percentage of households. Our western New York market area has a total population of approximately 1.9 million and total households of approximately 748,000 according to SNL Securities. Since 2000, many of the counties served in the Pennsylvania and western New York market area have experienced population declines with population growth rates increasing mainly in the central and southeastern portion of Pennsylvania. However, median household income has increased in all of the counties in which we conduct business in Pennsylvania since 2000 and generally decreased in our western New York markets. The median household income in Pennsylvania was stable at $53,225 as of June 30, 2009, compared to the nationwide median income level of $54,719 according to estimates from SNL Securities. The household income growth rate in Pennsylvania and our western New York market area is expected to increase above the expected national and state average growth rates over the next five years by approximately 4% according to estimates for SNL Securities.
      Maryland, Ohio and Florida Market Areas . In addition to operating in Pennsylvania and western New York, we also operate five community banking offices Ashtabula, Lake and Geauga counties in Ohio, five community banking offices Baltimore, Howard and Anne Arundel counties in Maryland and three community banking offices in Broward county in Florida. Our Maryland regional economy consists of service business, government as well as heath care services while our Florida market is primarily driven by the real estate sector. The major employment sectors in our Ohio market are similar to our northwestern Pennsylvania market. With the exception of Ashtabula county in Ohio, these markets have an expanding population base as well as higher median household income levels relative to the state and national averages. As of June 30, 2009, the median household income levels in these markets ranged from $55,150 to $101,954 according to estimates provided by SNL Securities. Over the next five years, the household income levels in each of these markets are expected to increase above state and national household income averages.
Lending Activities
      General . Historically, our principal lending activity has been the origination, for retention in our loan portfolio, of fixed-rate and, to a lesser extent, adjustable-rate mortgage loans collateralized by one- to four-family residential real estate located in our market area. We also originate loans collateralized by multifamily residential and commercial real estate, commercial business loans and consumer loans. Generally, we focus our lending activities in the geographic areas where we maintain offices.
     In an effort to manage interest rate risk, we have sought to make our interest-earning assets more interest rate sensitive by originating adjustable-rate loans, such as adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans and home equity loans, and by originating short-term and medium-term fixed-rate consumer loans. In recent years we have emphasized the origination of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans, which generally have adjustable rates of interest and shorter maturities than one- to four-family residential real estate loans. We also purchase mortgage-backed securities and other types of

106


Table of Contents

investment securities that generally have short average lives and/or adjustable interest rates. Because we also originate a substantial amount of long-term fixed-rate mortgage loans collateralized by one- to four-family residential real estate, when possible, we originate and underwrite loans according to standards that allow us to sell them in the secondary mortgage market for purposes of managing interest-rate risk and liquidity. We currently sell in the secondary market a limited number of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities of more than 15 years, and generally retain all adjustable-rate mortgage loans and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities of 15 years or less. Although we are selling an increasing number of the mortgage loans that we originate, we continue to be a portfolio lender and at any one time we hold few loans identified as held-for-sale. We currently retain servicing on the mortgage loans we sell which generates monthly service fee income. We generally retain in our portfolio all consumer loans that we originate while we periodically sell participations in the multifamily residential, commercial real estate or commercial business loans that we originate in an effort to reduce the risk of certain individual credits and the risk associated with certain businesses or industries.
      One- to Four-Family Residential Mortgage Loans . We currently offer one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with terms typically ranging from 15 to 30 years, with either adjustable or fixed interest rates. Originations of fixed-rate mortgage loans versus adjustable-rate mortgage loans are monitored on an ongoing basis and affected significantly by such factors as the level of market interest rates, customer preference, our interest rate sensitivity position and loan products offered by our competitors. Therefore, even when management’s strategy is to increase the origination of adjustable-rate mortgage loans, market conditions may be such that there is greater demand for fixed-rate mortgage loans.
     Our fixed-rate loans, whenever possible, are originated and underwritten according to standards that permit sale into the secondary mortgage market. Whether we can or will sell fixed-rate loans into the secondary market, however, depends on a number of factors including the yield and the term of the loan, market conditions, and our current liquidity and interest rate sensitivity position. We historically have been primarily a portfolio lender, and at any one time we have held only a nominal amount of loans as held for sale. Our current strategy is to grow the consumer and commercial loan portfolios by more than we grow our portfolio of long-term fixed-rate residential mortgage loans. With this in mind, we generally retain in our portfolio fixed-rate loans with terms of 15 years or less, and sell a portion of fixed-rate loans (servicing retained) with terms of more than 15 years. Our one- to four-family residential real estate loans are amortized on a monthly basis with principal and interest due each month. These loans often remain outstanding for significantly shorter periods than their contractual terms because borrowers may refinance or prepay loans at their option, usually without a prepayment penalty.
     We currently offer adjustable-rate mortgage loans with initial interest rate adjustment periods of one, three and five years, based on changes in a designated market index. We determine whether a borrower qualifies for an adjustable-rate mortgage loan based on secondary market guidelines. One- to four-family adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans totaled $47.0 million, or 0.9% of our gross loan portfolio at June 30, 2009.
     Our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans customarily include due-on-sale clauses, which are provisions giving us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event, among other things, that the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the underlying real property serving as collateral for the loan. Due-on-sale clauses are an important means of adjusting the rates on our fixed-rate mortgage loan portfolio.
     Regulations limit the amount that a savings bank may lend relative to the appraised value of the real estate securing the loan, as determined by an appraisal at the time of loan origination. Appraisals are either performed by our in-house appraisal staff or by an appraiser who has been deemed qualified by our

107


Table of Contents

chief appraiser. Such regulations permit a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 95% for residential property and 80% for all other real estate loans. We generally limit the maximum loan-to-value ratio on both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans without private mortgage insurance to 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or the purchase price of the real estate that serves as collateral for the loan. We originate a limited amount of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%. For one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%, we generally require the borrower to obtain private mortgage insurance. We require fire and casualty insurance, as well as a title guaranty regarding good title, on all properties securing our real estate loans.
     Some financial institutions we have acquired have held loans that are serviced by others and are secured by one- to four-family residences. At June 30, 2009, our portfolio of one- to four-family loans serviced by others totaled $11.0 million. We currently have no formal plans to enter into new residential loan participations.
     Included in our $2.4 billion portfolio of one- to four-family residential real estate loans are construction loans of $10.7 million, or 0.4% of our total loan portfolio. We offer fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential construction loans primarily for the construction of owner-occupied one- to four-family residences in our market area to builders or to owners who have a contract for construction. Construction loans are generally structured to become permanent loans, and are originated with terms of up to 30 years with an allowance of up to one year for construction. Advances are made as construction is completed. In addition, we originate loans within our market area that are secured by individual unimproved or improved lots. Land loans for the construction of owner-occupied residential real estate properties are currently offered with fixed-rates for terms of up to 10 years. The maximum loan-to-value ratio for these loans is 80% of the as-completed appraised value, and the maximum loan-to-value ratio for our construction loans is 95% of the lower of cost or as-completed appraised value.
     Construction lending generally involves a greater degree of credit risk than permanent one- to four-family residential mortgage lending. The repayment of the construction loan is often dependent upon the successful completion of the construction project. Construction delays or the inability of the borrower to sell the property once construction is completed may impair the borrower’s ability to repay the loan.
      Multifamily Residential and Commercial Real Estate Loans . Our multifamily residential real estate loans are secured by multifamily residences, such as rental properties. Our commercial real estate loans are secured by nonresidential properties such as hotels, church property, manufacturing facilities and retail establishments. At June 30, 2009, a significant portion of our multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans were secured by properties located within our market area. Our largest multifamily residential real estate loan relationship at June 30, 2009 had a principal balance of $9.6 million, and was collateralized by multiple residential real estate rental properties. These loans were performing in accordance with their terms as of June 30, 2009. Our largest commercial real estate loan relationship at June 30, 2009, had a principal balance of $36.8 million and was collateralized by a medical and health related campus. These loans were performing in accordance with their terms as of June 30, 2009. Multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans are offered with both adjustable interest rates and fixed interest rates. The terms of each multifamily residential and commercial real estate loan are negotiated on a case-by-case basis. We generally originate multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value of the property collateralizing the loan.
     Loans secured by multifamily residential and commercial real estate generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and carry larger loan balances. This increased credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited

108


Table of Contents

number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multifamily residential and commercial real estate is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate property. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.
      Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit . Generally, our home equity loans and home equity lines of credit are secured by the borrower’s principal residence with a maximum loan-to-value ratio, including the principal balances of both the first and second mortgage loans, of 90% or less. Home equity loans are offered on a fixed rate basis with terms of up to 20 years. Home equity lines of credit are offered on an adjustable-rate basis with terms of up to 25 years. At June 30, 2009, the disbursed portion of home equity lines of credit totaled $162.2 million, or 3.1% of our total loans, with $197.1 million remaining undisbursed, and our home equity loans totaled $876.1 million, or 16.6% of our total loans. We generally underwrite home equity loans and lines of credit in a manner similar to our underwriting of one- to four-family residential real estate loans.
      Consumer Loans . The principal types of consumer loans we offer are automobile loans, sales finance loans, unsecured personal loans, credit card loans, and loans secured by deposit accounts. Consumer loans are typically offered with maturities of ten years or less.
     The underwriting standards we employ for consumer loans include a determination of the applicant’s credit history and an assessment of ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. The stability of the applicant’s monthly income may be determined by verification of gross monthly income from primary employment, and additionally from any verifiable secondary income. Creditworthiness of the applicant is of primary consideration; however, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral in relation to the proposed loan amount.
     Consumer loans entail greater credit risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as automobiles, mobile homes, boats, recreation vehicles, appliances and furniture. In such cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and the remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. In particular, amounts realizable on the sale of repossessed automobiles may be significantly reduced based upon the condition of the automobiles and the lack of demand for used automobiles.
      Commercial Business Loans . We offer commercial business loans to finance various activities in our market area, some of which are secured in part by additional real estate collateral. At June 30, 2009 the largest commercial business loan relationship had a principal balance of $11.2 million, and was secured by all fixed assets of a diagnostic imaging center.
     Commercial business loans are offered with both fixed and adjustable interest rates. Underwriting standards we employ for commercial business loans include a determination of the applicant’s ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan from normal cash flows generated by the applicant’s business. The financial strength of each applicant also is assessed through a review of financial statements provided by the applicant.
     Commercial business loans generally bear higher interest rates than residential loans, but they also may involve a higher risk of default since their repayment is generally dependent on the successful operation of the borrower’s business. We generally obtain personal guarantees from the borrower or a third party as a condition to originating commercial business loans.

109


Table of Contents

      Loan Originations, Solicitation, Processing and Commitments . Loan originations are derived from a number of sources such as real estate broker referrals, existing customers, borrowers, builders, attorneys and walk-in customers. Historically all of our loan originators were salaried employees, and we did not pay commissions in connection with loan originations. Beginning in 2007, we implemented a program whereby certain commercial lenders are paid commissions based on predetermined goals. Upon receiving a retail loan application, we obtain a credit report and employment verification to verify specific information relating to the applicant’s employment, income, and credit standing. In the case of a real estate loan, an in-house appraiser or an appraiser we approve appraises the real estate intended to secure the proposed loan. A loan processor in our loan department checks the loan documents file for accuracy and completeness, and verifies the information provided.
     For our retail loans, including residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, automobile loans, credit cards, education loans and other unsecured loans, we have implemented a credit approval process based on a laddered individual loan authority system. Local loan officers are granted various levels of authority based on their lending experience and expertise. These authority levels are reviewed by the Credit Committee on at least an annual basis.
     Our commercial loan policy assigns lending limits for commercial loans for our various commercial loan officers. These individual authorities are established by the Credit Committee. Regional loan committees may approve extensions of credit above those that may be authorized by individual officers, and the Senior Loan Committee may approve extensions of credit in excess of those that may be approved by regional loan committees. The Credit Committee meets quarterly to review the assigned lending limits and to monitor our lending policies, loan activity, economic conditions and concentrations of credit.
     The board of directors must approve all loans where the total debt relationship exceeds $7.5 million ($5.0 million for loans exceeding the maximum loan-to-value ratio or not meeting minimum debt service coverage), or as may be required by Regulation O. Loans exceeding the limits established for the Senior Loan Committee must be approved by the Executive Committee of the board of directors or by the entire board of directors. Our general policy is to make no loans either individually or in the aggregate to one entity in excess of $15.0 million. Exceptions to this policy are permitted with the prior approval from the board of directors. Fire and casualty insurance is required at the time the loan is made and throughout the term of the loan, and flood insurance as required by regulation. After the loan is approved, a loan commitment letter is promptly issued to the borrower. At June 30, 2009, we had commitments to originate $149.3 million of loans.
     If the loan is approved, the commitment letter specifies the terms and conditions of the proposed loan including the amount of the loan, interest rate, amortization term, a description of the required collateral and required insurance coverage. The borrower must provide proof of fire and casualty insurance on the property (and, as required, flood insurance) serving as collateral, which insurance must be maintained during the full term of the loan. Property searches are requested, as needed, on all loans secured by real property.
      Loan Origination Fees . In addition to interest earned on loans, we generally receive loan origination fees. To the extent that loans are originated or acquired for our portfolio, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 91, “Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases” (“SFAS 91”), requires that we defer loan origination fees and costs and amortize such amounts as an adjustment of yield over the life of the loan by use of the level yield method. Fees deferred under SFAS 91 are recognized into income immediately upon prepayment or the sale of the related loan. At June 30, 2009, we had $6.0 million of net deferred loan origination fees. Loan origination fees are volatile sources of income. Such fees vary

110


Table of Contents

with the volume and type of loans and commitments originated and purchased, principal repayments, and competitive conditions in the marketplace.
     We recognized fees of $4.9 million, $7.4 million, $9.3 million and $8.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
      Loans-to-One Borrower . Savings banks are subject to the same loans-to-one borrower limits as those applicable to national banks, which restrict loans to one borrower to an amount equal to 15% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus on an unsecured basis, and an additional amount equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral (generally, financial instruments and bullion, but not real estate). We have established our own internal limit of loans to one borrower of $15.0 million, which may be exceeded only with the approval of the board of directors. At June 30, 2009, the largest aggregate amount loaned to one borrower totaled $36.8 million and was secured by various commercial real estate properties. Our second largest lending relationship totaled $36.1 million and was secured by several hotels and retail stores. Our third largest lending relationship totaled $16.7 million and was secured by a hotel. Our fourth largest lending relationship totaled $13.8 million and was secured by a hotel and retail stores. Our fifth largest lending relationship totaled $13.5 million and was secured by a hotel. These loans were performing in accordance with their terms at June 30, 2009.
Investment Activities
     Our board of directors has primary responsibility for establishing and overseeing our investment policy. The board of directors has delegated authority to implement the investment policy to our Chief Financial Officer. The investment policy is reviewed at least annually by the Chief Financial Officer, and any changes to the policy are subject to approval by the full board of directors. The overall objectives of the Investment Policy are to maintain a portfolio of high quality and diversified investments to maximize interest income over the long term and to minimize risk, to provide collateral for borrowings, to provide additional earnings when loan production is low, and to reduce our tax liability. The policy dictates that investment decisions give consideration to the safety of principal, liquidity requirements and potential returns. Either our Chief Financial Officer executes our securities portfolio transactions or our Treasurer executes transactions as directed by the Chief Financial Officer. All purchase and sale transactions are reported to the board of directors on a monthly basis.
     Our current investment policy does not permit investment in stripped mortgage-backed securities, complex securities and derivatives as defined in federal banking regulations and other high-risk securities. As of June 30, 2009, we held no asset-backed securities other than mortgage-backed securities.
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, “Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” requires that, at the time of purchase, we designate a security as either held to maturity, available-for-sale, or trading, based upon our ability and intent. Securities available-for-sale and trading securities are reported at market value and securities held to maturity are reported at amortized cost. A periodic review and evaluation of the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios is conducted to determine if the fair value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. If impairment exists, credit related impairment losses are recorded in earnings while noncredit related impairment losses are recorded in accumulated comprehensive income. The fair values of our securities are based on published or securities dealers’ market values.
     We purchase mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae. Historically, we invested in mortgage-backed securities to achieve positive interest rate spreads with minimal administrative expense and to lower our credit risk as a result of the guarantees

111


Table of Contents

provided by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae. However, in September 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency placed Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae into conservatorship. The U.S. Treasury Department has established financing agreements to ensure that Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae meet their obligations to holders of mortgage-backed securities that they have issued or guaranteed. These actions have not affected the markets for mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae.
Sources of Funds
      General . Deposits are the major source of our funds for lending and other investment purposes. In addition to deposits, we derive funds from the amortization and prepayment of loans and mortgage-backed securities, the maturity of investment securities, operations and, if needed, borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. Scheduled loan principal repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are influenced significantly by general interest rates and market conditions. Borrowings may be used on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in the availability of funds from other sources or on a longer term basis for general business purposes.
      Deposits . Consumer and commercial deposits are generated principally from our market area by offering a broad selection of deposit instruments including checking accounts, savings accounts, money market deposit accounts, term certificate accounts and individual retirement accounts. While we accept deposits of $100,000 or more, we do not offer substantial premium rates for such deposits. We accept brokered deposits through the CDARS program, but generally do not solicit funds outside our market area. Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the period of time during which the funds must remain on deposit, and the interest rate, among other factors. We regularly execute changes in our deposit rates based upon cash flow requirements, general market interest rates, competition, and liquidity requirements.
Borrowings
     Deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities and general business purposes. We also rely upon borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh to supplement our supply of lendable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements. Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh typically are collateralized by our stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh and a portion of our real estate loans. In addition to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, we have borrowing facilities with the Federal Reserve Bank and a correspondent bank.
     The Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for Northwest Savings Bank and other member financial institutions. As a member, Northwest Savings Bank is required to own capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh and is authorized to apply for borrowings on the security of such stock and certain of its real estate loans, provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met. Borrowings are made pursuant to several different programs. Each credit program has its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of borrowings are based either on a fixed percentage of a member institution’s net worth or on the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh’s assessment of the institution’s creditworthiness. All of our Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh borrowings currently have fixed interest rates and original maturities of between one day and ten years.

112


Table of Contents

Subsidiary Activities
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s sole consolidated subsidiary is Northwest Savings Bank. Northwest Savings Bank has seven wholly owned subsidiaries – Northwest Settlement Agency, LLC, Great Northwest Corporation, Northwest Financial Services, Inc., Northwest Consumer Discount Company, Inc., Allegheny Services, Inc., Boetger and Associates, Inc., and Northwest Capital Group, Inc. For financial reporting purposes all of these companies are included in the consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     Northwest Settlement Agency, LLC provides title insurance to borrowers of Northwest Savings Bank and other lenders. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment in Northwest Settlement Agency, LLC of $1.3 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, Northwest Settlement Agency, LLC had net income of $302,000.
     Great Northwest’s sole activity is holding equity investments in government-assisted low-income housing projects in various locations in our market area. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment in Great Northwest of $6.1 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, Great Northwest had net income of $67,000 generated primarily from federal low-income housing tax credits.
     Northwest Financial Services’ principal activity is the operation of retail brokerage activities. It also owns the common stock of several financial institutions. In addition, Northwest Financial Services holds an equity investment in one government assisted low-income housing project. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment in Northwest Financial Services of $6.9 million, and for the six months ended June 30, 2009, Northwest Financial Services had a net loss of $78,000.
     Northwest Consumer Discount Company operates 49 consumer finance offices throughout Pennsylvania. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment in Northwest Consumer Discount Company of $28.2 million and the net income of Northwest Consumer Discount Company for the six months ended June 30, 2009 was $1.2 million. Consumer loans entail greater credit risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as automobiles, mobile homes, boats, and recreation vehicles. In such cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and the remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. In particular, amounts realizable on the sale of repossessed automobiles may be significantly reduced based upon the condition of the automobiles and the lack of demand for used automobiles.
     Allegheny Services, Inc. is a Delaware investment company that holds mortgage loans originated through our wholesale lending operation as well as municipal bonds. In addition, Allegheny Services, Inc. has loans to both Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Consumer Discount Company. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment in Allegheny Services, Inc. of $643.7 million, and for the six months ended June 30, 2009, Allegheny Services, Inc. had net income of $9.5 million.
     Boetger and Associates, Inc. is an actuarial and employee benefits consulting firm that specializes in the design, implementation and administration of qualified retirement plan programs. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment of $1.6 million in Boetger and Associates and for the six months ended June 30, 2009, Boetger and Associates had net income of $37,000.
     Northwest Capital Group’s principal activity is to own, operate and ultimately divest of properties that were acquired in foreclosure. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment of

113


Table of Contents

$695,000 in Northwest Capital Group and reported a net loss of $7,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2009.
     Federal regulations require insured institutions to provide 30 days advance notice to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation before establishing or acquiring a subsidiary or conducting a new activity in a subsidiary. The insured institution must also provide the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation such information as may be required by applicable regulations and must conduct the activity in accordance with the rules and orders of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. In addition to other enforcement and supervision powers, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may determine after notice and opportunity for a hearing that the continuation of a savings bank’s ownership of or relation to a subsidiary constitutes a serious risk to the safety, soundness or stability of the savings bank, or is inconsistent with the purposes of federal banking laws. Upon the making of such a determination, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may order the savings bank to divest the subsidiary or take other actions.
Personnel
     As of June 30, 2009, we had 1,697 full-time and 316 part-time employees (including employees of our wholly owned subsidiaries). None of our employees is represented by a collective bargaining group. We believe our working relationship with our employees to be good.
Legal Proceedings
     We and our subsidiaries are subject to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the resolution of these legal actions is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.
Properties
     As of June 30, 2009, we conducted our business through our main office located in Warren, Pennsylvania, 132 other full-service offices and eight free-standing drive-up locations throughout our market area in northwest, southwest and central Pennsylvania, 14 offices in western New York, five offices in eastern Ohio, five offices in Maryland and three offices in south Florida. Northwest Savings Bank and its wholly owned subsidiaries also operated 49 consumer finance offices located throughout Pennsylvania. At June 30, 2009, our premises and equipment had an aggregate net book value of approximately $119.9 million.
Expense Allocation
     Northwest Savings Bank has entered into an agreement with Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC and any successor (Northwest Bancshares, Inc.) to provide it with certain administrative support services for compensation not less than the fair market value of the services provided.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
     Northwest Savings Bank is a Pennsylvania-chartered savings bank whose deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Deposit Insurance Fund. Northwest Savings Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as its chartering agency, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance

114


Table of Contents

Corporation, as the insurer of its deposit accounts. Northwest Savings Bank must file reports with the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation concerning its activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions including, but not limited to, mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. Northwest Savings Bank is examined periodically by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to test Northwest Savings Bank’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision, as well as federal and state law, establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and with their examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.
     Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, could have a material adverse impact on Northwest Bancshares, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank and their respective operations.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc., as a savings and loan holding company following the conversion, will be required to file certain reports with, will be subject to examination by, and otherwise must comply with the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.
     Certain of the regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancshares, Inc. are described below. This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual statutes and regulations.
Pennsylvania Savings Bank Law
     The Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended (the “Banking Code”) contains detailed provisions governing the organization, location of offices, rights and responsibilities of directors, officers, employees, and depositors, as well as corporate powers, savings and investment operations and other aspects of Northwest Savings Bank and its affairs. The Banking Code delegates extensive rulemaking power and administrative discretion to the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania so that the supervision and regulation of state-chartered savings banks is flexible and readily responsive to changes in economic conditions and in savings and lending practices.
     One of the purposes of the Banking Code is to provide savings banks with the opportunity to be competitive with each other and with other financial institutions existing under other Pennsylvania laws as well as other state, federal and foreign laws. A Pennsylvania savings bank may locate or change the location of its principal place of business and establish an office anywhere in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, with the prior approval of the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
     The Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania generally examines each savings bank not less frequently than once every two years. Although the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania may accept the examinations and reports of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in lieu of the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania’s

115


Table of Contents

examination, the current practice is for the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to conduct individual examinations. The Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania may order any savings bank to discontinue any violation of law or unsafe or unsound business practice and may direct any trustee, officer, attorney, or employee of a savings bank engaged in an objectionable activity, after the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has ordered the activity to be terminated, to show cause at a hearing before the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania why such person should not be removed.
Insurance of Deposit Accounts
     Deposit accounts at Northwest Savings Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, generally up to a maximum of $100,000 per separately insured depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts. Northwest Savings Bank’s deposits, therefore, are subject to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance assessments. Effective October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) temporarily (until December 31, 2013) raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor.
     The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation imposes an assessment against all depository institutions for deposit insurance. This assessment is based on the risk category of the institution and, prior to 2009, ranged from five to 43 basis points of the institution’s deposits. On December 22, 2008, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation issued a final rule that raises the current deposit insurance assessment rates uniformly by seven basis points (to a range from 12 to 50 basis points) effective for the first quarter 2009. On February 27, 2009 the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation issued a final rule that will alter the way the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation calculate federal deposit insurance assessment rates beginning in the second quarter at 2009. Under the rule, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation first establishes an institution’s initial base assessment rate. This initial base assessment rate would range, depending on the risk category of the institution, from 12 to 45 basis points. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation then adjusts the initial base assessment (higher or lower) to obtain the total base assessment rate. The adjustment to the initial base assessment rate are based upon an institution’s levels of unsecured debt, secured liabilities, and brokered deposits. The total base assessment rate would range from seven to 77.5 basis points of the institution’s deposits.
     On May 22, 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation adopted a final rule levying a five basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. The special assessment is payable on September 30, 2009. We recorded an expense of $3.3 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2009, to reflect the special assessment. The final rule permits the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s board of directors to levy up to two additional special assessments of up to five basis points each during 2009 if the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation estimates that the Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio will fall to a level that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s board of directors believes would adversely affect public confidence or to a level that will be close to or below zero. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has publicly announced that it is probable that it will levy an additional special assessment of up to five basis points later in 2009, the amount and timing of which are currently uncertain. Any further special assessments that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation levies will be recorded as an expense during the

116


Table of Contents

appropriate period. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation materially increased the general assessment rate and, therefore, our Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation general insurance premium expense will increase substantially compared to prior periods.
     In addition to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation premiums, the Financing Corporation is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance cost and custodial fees on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation in the 1980s to recapitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the Financing Corporation are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2008, the annualized Financing Corporation assessment was equal to 1.14% for each $100 in domestic deposits maintained at an institution.
      Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. On October 14, 2008, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation announced a new program – the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. This program has two components. One guarantees newly issued senior unsecured debt of a participating organization, up to certain limits established for each institution, issued between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will pay the unpaid principal and interest on a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-guaranteed debt instrument upon the uncured failure of the participating entity to make a timely payment of principal or interest in accordance with the terms of the instrument. The guarantee will remain in effect until June 30, 2012. In return for the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s guarantee, participating institutions will pay the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation a fee based on the amount and maturity of the debt. Northwest Savings Bank has opted not to participate in this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.
     The other component of the program provides full federal deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, regardless of dollar amount, until December 31, 2009. An annualized 10 basis point assessment on balances in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts that exceed the existing deposit insurance limit of $250,000 will be assessed on a quarterly basis to insured depository institutions that have not opted out of this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Northwest Savings Bank has opted to participate in this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.
Capital Requirements
     Any savings institution that fails any of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation capital requirements is subject to possible enforcement actions by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Such actions could include a capital directive, a cease and desist order, civil money penalties, the establishment of restrictions on an institution’s operations, termination of federal deposit insurance, and the appointment of a conservator or receiver. Certain actions are required by law. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s capital regulation provides that such actions, through enforcement proceedings or otherwise, could require one or more of a variety of corrective actions.
     Northwest Savings Bank is also subject to more stringent capital guidelines of the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Although not adopted in regulation form, the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania utilizes capital standards of 6% leverage capital and 10% risk-based capital. The components of leverage and risk-based capital are substantially the same as those defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

117


Table of Contents

Prompt Corrective Action
     Under federal regulations, a bank shall be deemed to be (i) “well capitalized” if it has total risk-based capital of 10.0% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or more and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more and a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized”; (iii) “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances); (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. Federal regulations also specify circumstances under which a federal banking agency may reclassify a well capitalized institution as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized institution to comply with supervisory actions as if it were in the next lower category (except that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may not reclassify a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized). As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank was “well-capitalized” for this purpose. See “Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance.”
Loans-to-One Borrower Limitation
     Under federal regulations, with certain limited exceptions, a Pennsylvania chartered savings bank may lend to a single or related group of borrowers on an “unsecured” basis an amount equal to 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if such loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which is defined to include certain securities and bullion, but generally does not include real estate. Our internal policy, however, is to make no loans either individually or in the aggregate to one entity in excess of $15.0 million. However, in special circumstances this limit may be exceeded subject to the approval of the board of directors.
Activities and Investments of Insured State-Chartered Banks
     Federal law generally limits the activities and equity investments of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured, state-chartered banks to those that are permissible for national banks. Under regulations dealing with equity investments, an insured state bank generally may not, directly or indirectly, acquire or retain any equity investment of a type, or in an amount, that is not permissible for a national bank. An insured state bank is not prohibited from, among other things, (i) acquiring or retaining a majority interest in a subsidiary; (ii) investing as a limited partner in a partnership the sole purpose of which is direct or indirect investment in the acquisition, rehabilitation, or new construction of a qualified housing project, provided that such limited partnership investments may not exceed 2% of the bank’s total assets; (iii) acquiring up to 10% of the voting stock of a company that solely provides or reinsures directors’, trustees’, and officers’ liability insurance coverage or bankers’ blanket bond group insurance coverage for insured depository institutions; and (iv) acquiring or retaining the voting shares of a depository institution if certain requirements are met.
The USA PATRIOT Act
     The USA Patriot Act gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The USA Patriot Act also requires the federal banking agencies to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to combat money-laundering

118


Table of Contents

activities in determining whether to approve a merger or other acquisition application of a member institution. Accordingly, if we engage in a merger or other acquisition, our controls designed to combat money laundering would be considered as part of the application process. We have established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations.
Holding Company Regulation
      General . Federal law allows a state savings bank, such as Northwest Savings Bank, that qualifies as a “Qualified Thrift Lender,” as discussed below, to elect to be treated as a savings association for purposes of the savings and loan company provisions of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, as amended. Such election results in its holding company being regulated as a savings and loan holding company by the Office of Thrift Supervision rather than as a bank holding company by the Federal Reserve Board. In 2001, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC made such election by converting from a Pennsylvania corporation and a Pennsylvania mutual holding company to a Federal corporation and Federal mutual holding company, respectively. In connection with the conversion, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is making a similar election. Therefore, upon completion of the conversion, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, as amended. As such, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision and will be subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision will have enforcement authority over Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and any nonsavings institution subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Office of Thrift Supervision to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution.
      Permissible Activities. Under present law, the business activities of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be generally limited to those activities permissible for financial holding companies under Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or for multiple savings and loan holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, including underwriting equity securities and insurance as well as activities that are incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. A multiple savings and loan holding company is generally limited to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, and certain additional activities authorized by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations.
     Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, including Northwest Bancshares, Inc., directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a nonsubsidiary company engaged in activities that are not closely related to banking or financial in nature, or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Office of Thrift Supervision must consider the financial and managerial resources, future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.
     The Office of Thrift Supervision is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions:
  (i)   the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies; and

119


Table of Contents

  (ii)   the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisition.
     The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.
      Qualified Thrift Lender Test . To be regulated as a savings and loan holding company by the Office of Thrift Supervision (rather than as a bank holding company by the Federal Reserve Board), Northwest Savings Bank must qualify as a Qualified Thrift Lender. To qualify as a Qualified Thrift Lender, Northwest Savings Bank must be a “domestic building and loan association,” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, or comply with the Qualified Thrift Lender test. Under the Qualified Thrift Lender test, a savings institution is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less: (1) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (2) intangibles, including goodwill; and (3) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed and related securities) in at least nine months out of each 12-month period. As of June 30, 2009 Northwest Savings Bank met the Qualified Thrift Lender test.
Federal Securities Laws
     We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933 for the registration of the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the stock offering and in connection with the conversion. Upon completion of the stock offering, our common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock to be issued in the stock offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not our affiliates may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by our affiliates will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If we meet the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of ours that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of our outstanding shares, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, we may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the board of directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting.

120


Table of Contents

Regulatory Enforcement Authority
     Federal law provides federal banking regulators with substantial enforcement powers. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders, and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties, as defined. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities.
FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION
      Federal Taxation . For federal income tax purposes, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will file a consolidated federal income tax return with its wholly owned subsidiaries on a calendar year basis. The applicable federal income tax expense or benefit will be properly allocated to each subsidiary based upon taxable income or loss calculated on a separate company basis.
     We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS 109. The asset and liability method accounts for deferred income taxes by applying the enacted statutory rates in effect at the balance sheet date to differences between the book basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. The resulting deferred tax liabilities and assets are adjusted to reflect changes in tax laws.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc. is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the December 31, 2007 tax period. The statute of limitations is open for examinations by the Internal Revenue Service for the tax years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008.
      State Taxation . Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be subject to the Corporate Net Income Tax and the Capital Stock Tax of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Dividends received from Northwest Savings Bank qualify for a 100% dividends received deduction and are not subject to Corporate Net Income Tax. In addition, our investments in our subsidiaries will qualify as exempt intangible assets and greatly reduce the amount of Capital Stock Tax assessed.
     Northwest Savings Bank is subject to the Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania based on Northwest Savings Bank’s financial net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles with certain adjustments. The tax rate under the Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax is 11.5%. Interest on Pennsylvania and federal obligations is excluded from net income. An allocable portion of interest expense incurred to carry the obligations is disallowed as a deduction. Northwest Savings Bank is also subject to taxes in the other states in which it conducts business. These taxes are apportioned based upon the volume of business conducted in those states as a percentage of the whole. Because a majority of Northwest Savings Bank’s affairs are conducted in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, taxes paid to other states are not material.
     The subsidiaries of Northwest Savings Bank are subject to the Corporate Net Income Tax and the Capital Stock Tax of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and other applicable taxes in the states where they conduct business.
     As a Maryland business corporation, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be required to file annual returns with the State of Maryland.

121


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
     The board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will consist of nine individuals who currently serve as directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank. The board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal as possible, with approximately one-third of the directors elected each year. The directors will be elected by the stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. for three-year terms, and until their successors are elected and have qualified. The terms of the directors of each of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank are identical. The executive officers of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. are also executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. We expect that Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank will continue to have common directors until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.
     The following individuals will serve as the executive officers of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and hold the offices set forth below opposite their name.
     
Name   Positions Held
William J. Wagner
  President and Chief Executive Officer
William W. Harvey, Jr.
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Gregory C. LaRocca
  Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary
Steven G. Fisher
  Executive Vice President — Banking Services
     Executive officers of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. are elected annually and hold office until their respective successors have been elected or until death, resignation or removal by the board of directors.

122


Table of Contents

     The following table provides the positions, ages and terms of office as applicable to our directors and executive officers along with the beneficial ownership of our common stock held by our directors and executive officers, individually and as a group, as of                      , 2009.
                                             
                                Shares of Common    
            Positions Held in Northwest   Director   Current Term   Stock Beneficially   Percent
Name (1)   Age   Bancorp, Inc.   Since (2)   to Expire   Owned (3)   of Class
DIRECTORS
 
                                           
John M. Bauer
    67     Director     1999       2009       33,359 (5)      *  
Richard L. Carr
    67     Director     1982       2009       58,745 (4)      *  
Thomas K. Creal, III
    70     Director     1982       2011       9,605 (11)      *  
Robert G. Ferrier
    69     Director     1980       2010       32,946 (7)      *  
A. Paul King
    65     Director     2001       2011       36,235 (12)      *  
Joseph F. Long
    67     Director     2001       2010       49,831 (9)      *  
Richard E. McDowell
    65     Director     1972       2010       75,729 (8)      *  
Philip M. Tredway
    60     Director     2007       2009       2,557 (6)      *  
William J. Wagner
    55     Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer     1994       2011       231,035 (10)      *  
 
                                           
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS
 
                                           
Gregory C. LaRocca
    58     Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary     N/A       N/A       114,674 (13)      *  
William W. Harvey, Jr.
    42     Executive Vice President- Finance and Chief Financial Officer     N/A       N/A       51,834 (14)      *  
Steven G. Fisher
    52     Executive Vice President-Banking Services     N/A       N/A       88,050 (15)      *  
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (12 persons)
                                          %
 
                                           
 
*   Less than 1%.
 
(1)   The mailing address for each person listed is 100 Liberty Street, Warren, Pennsylvania 16365-2353.
 
(2)   Reflects initial appointment to the board of directors of Northwest Savings Bank for directors elected prior to 1998. Each director of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. is also a trustee of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, which owns the majority of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock.
 
(3)   In accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a person is deemed to be the beneficial owner for purposes of this table, of any shares of common stock if he has shared voting or investment power with respect to such security, or has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days from the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined. As used herein, “voting power” is the power to vote or direct the voting of shares and “investment power” is the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares, and includes all shares held directly as well as by spouses and minor children, in trust and other indirect ownership, over which shares the named individuals effectively exercise sole or shared voting or investment power.
 
(4)   Includes options to purchase 18,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(5)   Includes options to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(6)   Includes options to purchase 400 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(7)   Includes options to purchase 18,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(8)   Includes options to purchase 18,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(9)   Includes options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(10)   Includes options to purchase 60,600 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(11)   Includes options to purchase 8,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(12)   Includes options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(13)   Includes options to purchase 29,350 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(14)   Includes options to purchase 31,100 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.

123


Table of Contents

(15)   Includes options to purchase 25,050 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers.
     The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below. Unless otherwise indicated, directors and executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.
Directors
     The principal occupation during the past five years of each of our directors is set forth below. All directors have held their present positions for five years unless otherwise stated.
      William J. Wagner was named President and Chief Executive Officer of Northwest Savings Bank in August 1998, President and Chief Executive Officer of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. in June 2001 and Chairman of the Board of Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. in July 2003. Mr. Wagner was the Chief Financial Officer of Northwest Savings Bank since 1984 and was named Chief Operating Officer in 1996. Mr. Wagner was appointed Executive Vice President in 1992 and was elected to the board of directors in 1994. Mr. Wagner is a certified public accountant.
      John M. Bauer is co-founder and partner of Contact Technologies, Inc., an electrical component manufacturer in St. Marys, Pennsylvania, where he also served as President from 1989 through 2008. In 2008 he assumed the role of Co-Chairman of the company.
      Richard L. Carr served as Superintendent of the Titusville Area School District, Titusville, Pennsylvania from 1986 until his retirement in 1996. Mr. Carr was appointed Lead Director of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. in 2003.
      Thomas K . Creal, III is a self employed architectural consultant. He previously served as an architect in the architectural firm of Habiterra Architecture & Landscape Architecture, in Warren, Pennsylvania from 2003 until his retirement in December 2007, and was an owner/partner in the firm’s predecessor from 1970 to 2003.
      Robert G. Ferrier has been President of Ferrier’s True Value Hardware, Erie, Pennsylvania since 1957.
      A. Paul King has been President of Oral Surgery of Erie, Erie, Pennsylvania since 1999, and was Vice President from 1974 through 1999. Dr. King was previously a Director of The Heritage Trust Company, which was acquired by Northwest Savings Bank in 2000.
      Joseph F. Long has served as President of the Passavant Hospital Foundation in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania since January 2000. Mr. Long is a certified public accountant, and retired as a partner of KPMG LLP in January 2000. During Mr. Long’s 36 years at KPMG LLP he held positions including Regional Partner in charge of thrift practice for the third Federal Home Loan Bank District and partner in charge of financial service assurance based consulting services for KPMG LLP’s mid-Atlantic area. He was also a member of the KPMG LLP firm-wide Audit Committee.
      Richard E. McDowell is President Emeritus of the University of Pittsburgh at Bradford, Bradford, Pennsylvania. He served as President of the University from 1970 until August 2002.

124


Table of Contents

      Philip M. Tredway has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Erie Molded Plastics, Inc., Erie, Pennsylvania since 1982.
Executive Officers who are not Directors
     The principal occupation during the past five years of each of our executive officers, other than Mr. Wagner, is set forth below. All executive officers have held their present positions for five years unless otherwise stated.
      Gregory C. LaRocca was employed by Northwest Savings Bank beginning in 1992, and currently serves as Executive Vice President of the Investment and Trust Services Group and the Deposit Administration Department, and as Corporate Secretary for Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. He was previously Chief Executive Officer of American Federal Savings, which merged with Northwest Savings Bank in March 1992.
      William W. Harvey, Jr. has been employed by Northwest Savings Bank since 1996 and currently serves as Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer for Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Mr. Harvey is a certified public accountant.
      Steven G. Fisher has been employed by Northwest Savings Bank since 1983, most recently as Executive Vice President of the Banking Services Group. He was formerly Senior Vice President of Operations of Northwest Savings Bank.
Board Independence
     The board of directors has determined that Directors Bauer, Carr, Creal, Ferrier, King, Long, McDowell, and Tredway are each “independent” within the meaning of the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. Mr. Wagner is not independent by virtue of being an employee of Northwest Savings Bank. In addition, the board of directors has appointed Mr. Carr as Lead Director. In this capacity, Mr. Carr chairs the meetings of the independent directors and other meetings of the Board when the Chairman is excused or absent. Mr. Carr also acts as liaison between the Chairman and the independent directors.
     In determining the independence of the directors listed above, the board of directors reviewed the following transactions, none of which are required to be reported under “—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” below. Directors Carr and McDowell each have a Northwest Savings Bank credit card. Directors Carr, King and McDowell have a home equity line of credit with Northwest Savings Bank. Director Ferrier has a mortgage loan and a home equity line of credit with Northwest Savings Bank. Director Bauer has a credit card and a commercial line of credit with Northwest Savings Bank. Additional loans (including mortgage loans, lines of credit, credit cards and automobile loans) have been made to related persons of Directors Carr, Bauer, King, Creal, Ferrier, Long and McDowell.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
     Our Compensation Committee determines the salaries to be paid each year to the Chief Executive Officer and those executive officers who report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Compensation Committee consists of Directors Carr, who serves as Chairman, Bauer, Creal, Ferrier, King, Long, McDowell and Tredway. None of these individuals was an officer or employee of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. during the year ended December 31, 2008, or is a former officer of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.

125


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth information with respect to loans made by Northwest Savings Bank to Director Ferrier, pursuant to which Director Ferrier received interest rate discounts available to employees of Northwest Savings Bank, as described in “—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.” These loans have otherwise been made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to Northwest Savings Bank, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
                                             
        Nature   Largest Aggregate       Principal   Principal Paid   Interest Paid
        Of   Balance over   Interest   Balance   01/01/09 to   01/01/09 to
Name   Position   Transaction   Disclosure Period   Rate   06/30/09   06/30/09   06/30/09
Robert G. Ferrier
  Director   Mortgage Fixed Term   $ 292,435     4.875% Fixed   $ 278,180     $ 14,255     $ 7,143  
 
      Home Equity Line of Credit   $ 35,346     Prime + 2.50% Variable   $ 28,375     $ 18,000     $ 1,319  
     During the year ended December 31, 2008, (i) no executive of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. served as a member of the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on the Compensation Committee of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.; (ii) no executive officer of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. served as a director of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on the Compensation Committee of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.; and (iii) no executive officer of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. served as a member of the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served as a director of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
      Compensation Philosophy . The Compensation Committee has the responsibility for establishing, implementing and monitoring adherence with our overall corporate compensation philosophy. The Compensation Committee’s goal is to ensure that the total compensation paid to all employees, including executive officers, is fair, reasonable and competitive. In that regard, the Compensation Committee has adopted a framework for our compensation program that is intended to:
    provide a total compensation program that is aligned with the interests of our stockholders;
 
    attract and retain talent needed in a competitive market environment;
 
    assist in balancing the sometimes competing needs of external competitiveness, internal consistency, organizational economics, management flexibility, ease of understanding and simplicity of administration;
 
    ensure all employees (including executive officers) receive rewards based on performance and value added to the organization in an environment built on shared leadership; and
 
    use long-term equity programs to motivate and reward performance that increases our market value over time, align senior management interests with the organization’s strategic business objectives and to provide a retention incentive.

126


Table of Contents

     At least four times a year, the Compensation Committee meets to review various aspects of our programs with the assistance of our Senior Vice President of Human Resources. These reviews are intended to assure:
    the framework for executive officer compensation supports our business strategy and corporate compensation philosophy;
 
    the overall compensation package, including the mix of base salary, annual cash bonuses and equity awards is competitive; and
 
    the overall program is aligned with stockholders’ interest.
     The senior management compensation program utilizes competitive peer group information to determine base salary and annual cash bonus levels. We establish compensation levels for all positions with a goal that the total compensation paid for that position will approximate the market median (50th percentile). Market compensation is developed using national and/or regional financial industry data for executives and other management-level employees, and regional and/or local pay practices for other employees.
      Compensation Program. Compensation paid to our executive officers for 2008 consisted primarily of performance-based salary, annual cash bonuses and stock option awards. An annual cash bonus may be paid to management personnel and is directly related to our performance, with consideration given to our return on average equity, return on average tangible equity, return on average assets, growth in earnings per share, retail asset growth as well as the performance of the individual employee. In addition, all of our employees, including executive officers, generally receive a holiday bonus ranging from 2% of base compensation for employees with one year of service to 5% of base compensation for those with five or more years of service. Stock option awards are granted to motivate and reward individual performance that increases the long-term value of our franchise and provides an incentive for our key employees to remain employed with us. Approximately 350, or 17%, of our employees receive these stock option awards. Executive officers participate in the same employee benefit programs generally available to all employees. In addition, the executive officers participate in a senior management life insurance plan and the Chief Executive Officer participates in a supplemental employee retirement plan.
     Please refer to the “Summary Compensation Table” for compensation information regarding these benefits for 2008. These benefits are aligned with our objective to attract and retain highly qualified management talent for the benefit of all of our stockholders and are considered by the Compensation Committee to be reasonable when compared to industry averages.
     The Compensation Committee reviewed 2008 compensation for the Named Executive Officers relative to the competitive market and relative to results delivered on established objectives and performance criteria. The Compensation Committee concluded that the executives’ compensation is consistent with market practice and is reasonable based on performance.
      Market Comparisons . In determining executive officer compensation, we utilize market information that is provided by our Senior Vice President of Human Resources, which is supported by survey data from two compensation consultants. We establish compensation targets for all of our employees so that their total compensation opportunity would approximate the market median (50th percentile). For the year ended December 31, 2008, our Senior Vice President of Human Resources utilized survey data from two nationally recognized compensation consultants (Watson Wyatt and

127


Table of Contents

William M. Mercer) in reviewing compensation for all employees. However, we also utilized the following peer group in determining market compensation for our executive officers:
First Commonwealth Financial Corporation
First Niagara Financial Group, Inc.
F.N.B. Corporation
National Penn Bancshares, Inc.
Provident Bancshares Corporation
S&T Bancorp, Inc.
Susquehanna Bancshares, Inc.
     Compensation data for our peer group is reviewed for reasonableness. In addition to this review, we rely primarily on certified market data for each job classification and responsibilities.
      Base Salary . Members of senior management, and all other employees, receive base salaries determined by the responsibilities, skills, performance, growth and experience related to their respective positions. Other factors considered in base salary determination are the competitiveness of total compensation and our ability to pay an appropriate and competitive salary. Base salaries are targeted consistent with our goal that our employees total compensation opportunity would approximate the market median (50th percentile). Specifically, base salaries range between 80% and 120% of the midpoint of the base salary established for each salary range. Base salaries above target (midpoint) will be limited to those whose performance clearly exceeds expectations. Performance expectations include measures of results and how results are achieved. Employees are eligible for periodic (normally annual) merit increases in their base salary as a result of individual performance and salary adjustments for significant changes in their duties and responsibilities. The amount and timing of an increase depends upon the individual’s performance, position of salary relative to the midpoint, the time interval since the last increase and any added responsibilities since the last salary increase. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves any salary increases for executive officers. The base salary for each of the Named Executive Officers is reflected in the “Summary Compensation Table.”
      Annual Cash Incentive . We provide performance-based cash incentive awards to over 350 eligible management personnel, including executive officers, under the Management Bonus Plan. Cash incentives are used to motivate and reward achievement of corporate and individual performance objectives, while allowing us to control fixed compensation expense. Funding for the Management Bonus Plan is based on an assessment of our actual financial performance relative to the Compensation Committee’s pre-established financial performance levels based on a combination of financial factors. Cash incentives are paid no later than March 15 of each year. For the year ended December 31, 2008, these factors were: return on average assets, return on average equity, return on average tangible equity, growth in earnings per share and retail asset growth. After the conclusion of the fiscal year, the Chief Executive Officer may suggest that the Compensation Committee consider additional adjustments to discretionary cash incentive awards that fall in line with the long-term advancement as set forth in our strategic initiatives. Furthermore, in a business environment where people make the difference, we may consider industry trends for recruitment and retention in determining the level of cash incentives for our professional personnel.
     The Management Bonus Plan sets forth eight levels of corporate performance targets, with the lowest level (Level 1) resulting in no cash incentive payments to the Named Executive Officers, and, for the 2008, the highest level (Level 8) resulting in cash incentive payments up to 35% of base salary. The performance targets for Levels 2, 5 and 8, which would result in cash incentive payments of 10%, 23% and 35% of base salary, respectively (the amounts set forth in the columns entitled “Threshold,” “Target” and “Maximum” under the “Estimated future payouts under Non-equity incentive plan awards” section of

128


Table of Contents

the table entitled “Grants Of Plan-Based Awards For The Year Ended December 31, 2008”) are as follows:
             
    Bonus Level Under Management Bonus Plan
    Level 2   Level 5   Level 8
    (10% of   (23% of   (35% of
    Base Salary)   Base Salary)   Base Salary)
Performance Measure
           
Return on Average Assets
  0.75% to 0.79%   0.90% to 0.94%   Greater than 1.10%
Return on Average Equity
  9.00% to 9.99%   12.00% to 12.99%   Greater than 15.00%
Return on Average Tangible Equity
  12.00% to 12.99%   15.00% to 16.99%   Greater than 18.00%
Percentage Growth in Earnings Per Share
  9.00% to 9.99%   12.00% to 12.99%   Greater than 15.00%
Retail Asset Growth
  4.00% to 5.99%   10.00% to 11.99%   Greater than 15.00%
     The Compensation Committee has discretion under the Management Bonus Plan to make adjustments to the overall performance level achieved to include or exclude the effect of extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items, changes in tax or accounting rules or the effect of mergers or acquisitions. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Compensation Committee considered certain gains and losses in determining our performance under the Management Bonus Plan. The Committee excluded from operating results income resulting from Visa’s initial public offering, gains on the sale of investment securities and gains from the reversal of tax reserves. The Committee also excluded from operating results losses resulting from the impairment write-down on investment securities, a prepayment penalty on Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, loan loss provisions in amounts that exceeded net loan charge-offs and a valuation adjustment on the value of mortgage servicing rights.
      Long-Term Stock-Based Compensation . The purpose of our 2004 Stock Option Plan and our 2008 Stock Option Plan is to advance the interests of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and its stockholders by providing key employees and outside directors, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the successful conduct of our business largely depends, with an additional incentive to perform in a superior manner. The plan was also designed to reward seniority as well as longevity and to attract and retain people of experience and ability.
     Each of our stock option plans was approved by our stockholders. The intention of the Compensation Committee with respect to the 2004 Stock Option Plan was to distribute a total of 655,552 shares to key employees in four distributions and with respect to the 2008 Stock Option Plan is to distribute a total of 1,750,000 shares to key employees and directors in up to seven distributions, with all grants based upon the level of responsibility of those eligible. The Compensation Committee determines which executives will receive stock awards as well as type, size and restrictions on the awards.
     Grants of stock options to an individual are based primarily on the individual’s level of responsibility and their performance. During the year ended December 31, 2008, for each of the 2004 and 2008 stock option plans, the Chief Executive Officer was eligible to receive 9,500 stock options if he exceeded individual performance expectations, and 4,750 stock options if he met individual performance goals. Similarly, the other Named Executive Officers were eligible to receive 5,750 stock options if individual performance goals were exceeded, and 2,875 stock options if individual performance goals were met. For the year ended December 31, 2008, each Named Executive Officer received stock options based upon their exceeding individual performance expectations.
     In addition to stock options, Named Executive Officers also received grants of restricted stock during the year ended December 31, 2005 under the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2004 Recognition and Retention Plan. No grants were made under this plan to the Named Executive Officers during the year ended December 31, 2008.

129


Table of Contents

      Employment Agreements . We have entered into employment agreements with certain executive officers, including each of our Named Executive Officers. These agreements are designed to give us the ability to retain the services of the designated executives while reducing, to the extent possible, unnecessary disruptions to our operations. The agreements are for a three-year period, are reviewed for renewal annually by the Compensation Committee and provide for salary and bonus payments as well as additional post-employment benefits, primarily health benefits, under certain conditions, as defined in the employment agreements. The employment agreements were negotiated directly with and recommended for approval by, the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee believes such agreements are common and necessary to retain executive talent. For a discussion of these agreements and the payments that would be received by the Named Executive Officers under certain scenarios with respect to these agreements, see “Employment Agreements.”
      Retirement Plans . All of our employees, including our Named Executive Officers, are eligible to participate in our tax-qualified defined benefit plan, which is intended to provide an annual retirement benefit. See “Defined Benefit Plan.” We have also adopted a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan for the benefit of those individuals whose benefits under the defined benefit plan are limited by restrictions contained in the Internal Revenue Code. See “—Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.” All of our employees who have attained age 21, completed six or more months of continuous service and have worked 1,000 hours or more are eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan was modified as of January 1, 2008 to allow for immediate participation in the plan after age 21. The one year of service and 1,000 hour eligibility requirements still must be met before becoming eligible for the company match. Additionally, the plan was changed to allow for the company match to be made in Northwest Bancorp stock. Employees may elect to diversify their portion of matching funds in other investment options. We provide matching contributions equal to 50% of an eligible employee’s (an employee with one year of continuous service) 401(k) plan contributions, up to 3% of the employee’s eligible compensation. All of our employees who have attained age 21 and have completed 12 months of service during which they have worked at least 1,000 hours are also eligible to participate in our employee stock ownership plan. Allocations under the plan are based upon an employee’s salary in relation to the salary of all other qualified employees. Annual contributions to this plan are discretionary and no contributions were made during 2008.
      Tax and Accounting Implications. In consultation with our advisors, we evaluate the tax and accounting treatment of each of our compensation programs at the time of adoption and on an annual basis to ensure that we understand the financial impact of the program. Our analysis includes a detailed review of recently adopted and pending changes in tax and accounting requirements. As part of our review, we consider modifications and/or alternatives to existing programs to take advantage of favorable changes in the tax or accounting environment or to avoid adverse consequences. To preserve maximum flexibility in the design and implementation of our compensation program, we have not adopted a formal policy that requires all compensation to be tax deductible. However, to the greatest extent possible, it is our intent to structure our compensation programs in a tax efficient manner.

130


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation
     The following table sets forth for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to Mr. Wagner, who serves as President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Harvey, who serves as Chief Financial Officer, and the three most highly compensated executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank other than Messrs. Wagner and Harvey (“Named Executive Officers”).
                                                                         
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                    Change in        
                                                    pension value        
                                                    and        
                                                    nonqualified        
                                            Non-equity   deferred        
                                            incentive plan   compensation   All other    
Name and principal                           Stock awards   Option   compensation   earnings   compensation    
position   Year   Salary ($)   Bonus ($)   ($)(1)   awards ($)(2)   ($)   ($)(3)   ($)(4)   Total ($)
William J. Wagner,
    2008       473,322       23,666       65,117       166,245       86,800       160,039       27,303       1,002,492  
Chairman of the Board, President
    2007       457,190       22,859       65,117       52,964       46,500       76,415       33,956       755,001  
and Chief Executive Officer
    2006       441,741       22,087       65,117       45,862       44,900       161,926       32,402       814,035  
 
                                                                       
William W. Harvey, Jr.
    2008       209,769       10,488       51,408       30,172       40,500       24,790       11,328       378,455  
Executive Vice President- Finance
    2007       180,388       9,019       51,408       28,955       19,500       9,407       13,232       308,009  
and Chief Financial Officer
    2006       152,900       7,645       51,408       23,066       13,300       14,862       13,093       276,274  
 
                                                                       
Gregory C. LaRocca,
    2008       212,307       10,615       30,845       35,248       40,500       61,764       15,953       407,232  
Executive Vice President and
    2007       190,527       9,526       30,845       29,383       20,000       33,102       16,652       326,035  
Corporate Secretary
    2006       176,867       8,843       30,845       42,766       14,500       52,169       16,365       342,355  
 
                                                                       
Robert A. Ordiway,
    2008       216,166       10,808       30,845       35,248       40,500       71,712       16,793       422,072  
Executive Vice President,
    2007       203,116       10,156       30,845       29,383       20,800       48,952       14,968       354,020  
Marketing and Facilities (5)
    2006       193,913       9,696       30,845       42,766       15,900       91,729       15,124       399,973  
 
                                                                       
Steven G. Fisher,
    2008       209,769       10,488       30,845       91,419       40,500       68,005       13,229       464,255  
Executive Vice President,
    2007       180,388       9,019       30,845       26,092       19,500       32,178       12,392       306,514  
Banking Services
    2006       152,900       7,645       30,845       21,391       13,300       43,904       11,860       281,845  
(footnotes on following page)

131


Table of Contents

(footnotes from previous page)
 
(1)   Reflects the value of all stock awards that vested during the applicable year that were granted on March 16, 2005 under the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2004 Recognition and Retention Plan. The value is the amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 123(R). The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards for 2008, 2007 and 2006 are included in Notes 1(o) and 15(d) to our audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(2)   Reflects the value of option awards that had been granted under the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2000, 2004 and 2008 Stock Option Plans. The value is the amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with SFAS 123(R), including the immediate expense for those executive officers that qualify for normal retirement (all Named Executive Officers except for Mr. Harvey). The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards for 2008, 2007 and 2006 are included in Notes 1(o) and 15(e) to our audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(3)   Reflects change in pension value only.
 
(4)   The compensation represented by the amounts for 2008 set forth in the All Other Compensation column for the Named Executive Officers is detailed in the following table.
                                 
    Company            
    Contributions to   Company        
    Qualified Defined   Paid Life   Restricted    
    Contribution   Insurance   Stock   Total All Other
Name   Plan (a)   Premiums (b)   Dividends (c)   Compensation
William J. Wagner
  $ 5,125     $ 17,496     $ 4,682     $ 27,303  
William W. Harvey, Jr.
  $ 6,293     $ 1,339     $ 3,696     $ 11,328  
Gregory C. LaRocca
  $ 6,110     $ 7,625     $ 2,218     $ 15,953  
Robert A. Ordiway
  $ 6,485     $ 8,090     $ 2,218     $ 16,793  
Steven G. Fisher
  $ 6,293     $ 4,718     $ 2,218     $ 13,229  
 
(a)   Reflects contributions by Northwest Savings Bank to qualified defined contribution plans. Northwest Savings Bank makes matching contributions equal to 50% of the employee’s 401(k) contributions, up to 3% of the employee’s eligible compensation. For the year ended December 31, 2008, Northwest Savings Bank did not make a discretionary contribution to the employee stock ownership plan.
 
(b)   Reflects excess premiums and/or payments for life insurance reported as taxable compensation on the Named Executive Officer’s Form W-2.
 
(c)   Reflects dividends on shares of unvested restricted common stock, which are reported as taxable compensation on the Named Executive Officer’s Form W-2.
 
(5)   Mr. Ordiway retired as an executive officer effective January 30, 2009.
     Amounts listed above in the “Salary” column are paid pursuant to employment agreements with the Named Executive Officers. See “Employment Agreements.” Amounts listed in the “Bonus” column reflect a discretionary bonus approved by the Compensation Committee and distributed to all employees calculated on a five-year vesting schedule. Distribution ranges vary from 0% to 5% of base pay. Named Executive Officers received bonuses equal to 5% of base pay for the year ended December 31, 2008. Amounts listed in the “Non-equity incentive plan compensation” column reflect discretionary bonuses paid by the Compensation Committee under the Management Bonus Plan. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Annual Cash Incentive.” Amounts listed in the “Change in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation earnings” column reflect the aggregate year-to-year change in the actuarial present value of the Named Executive Officer’s accrued pension benefit under all qualified and non-qualified defined benefit plans based on the assumptions used for SFAS 87 accounting purposes at each measurement date. As such, the change reflects changes in value due to an increase or decrease in the SFAS 87 discount rate as well as changes due to the accrual of plan benefits.

132


Table of Contents

      Plan-Based Awards . The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2008 certain information as to grants of plan-based awards for the Named Executive Officers.
                                                                                                 
GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
                                                                    All other                
                                                            All other   option   Exercise           Grant
                                                            stock   awards:   or base   Closing   Date Fair
            Estimated future payouts under Non-   Estimated future payouts under equity-   awards:   number of   price of   Market   Value of
            equity incentive plan awards   incentive plan awards   number of   securities   option   Price on   Stock and
            Threshold           Maximum   Threshold           Maximum   shares or   underlying   awards   Date of   Option
Name   Grant date   ($)(1)   Target ($)   ($)   (#)   Target (#)   (#)   units (#)   options (#)   ($/Sh)   Grant   Awards ($)
William J. Wagner
    (2 )     48,180       110,814       168,630                                                  
 
    (3 )                       4,750       9,500       9,500                   16.84       16.50       13,870  
 
                                                                                               
William W. Harvey, Jr.
    (2 )     22,500       51,750       78,750                                                  
 
    (3 )                       2,875       5,750       5,750                   16.84       16.50       8,395  
 
                                                                                               
Gregory C. LaRocca
    (2 )     22,500       51,750       78,750                                                  
 
    (3 )                       2,875       5,750       5,750                   16.84       16.50       8,395  
 
                                                                                               
Robert A. Ordiway
    (2 )     22,500       51,750       78,750                                                  
 
    (3 )                       2,875       5,750       5,750                   16.84       16.50       8,395  
 
                                                                                               
Steven G. Fisher
    (2 )     22,500       51,750       78,750                                                  
 
    (3 )                       2,875       5,750       5,750                   16.84       16.50       8,395  
 
(1)   Reflects minimum amount payable under the relevant plan if a payment is to be made to the Named Executive Officer.
 
(2)   On an annual basis, Named Executive Officers are eligible to receive incentive cash bonuses under the Management Bonus Plan.
 
(3)   On an annual basis, Named Executive Officers are eligible to receive stock options under our stock option plans. Equity incentive plan awards for the year ended December 31, 2008 were made pursuant to the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan.
     Grants of cash bonuses reflected in the above table were made under our Management Bonus Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2008, bonuses were paid in March 2009, in the amounts listed in the “Summary Compensation Table.” For a discussion of this plan, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Annual Cash Incentive.”
     Grants of stock options reflected in the above table were made pursuant to the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2008, options were awarded in February 2009 to each Named Executive Officer in the amounts listed in the “Target” column. Stock options vest over seven years beginning one year from the date of grant, but vesting is accelerated in the event of a change in control of Northwest Savings Bank or Northwest Bancorp, Inc., or in the event of the recipient’s death, disability or normal retirement (generally, the attainment of age 65, or the attainment of age 55 having completed 15 years of service, or retiring at any age having completed at least 25 years of service). The exercise price of stock options is the closing price of our shares of common stock on the day before the date of grant. For a further discussion of grants made pursuant to this plan for the year ended December 31, 2008, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Stock-Based Compensation.”

133


Table of Contents

      Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End . The following tables set forth information with respect to outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2008 for the Named Executive Officers.
                                                                         
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT DECEMBER 31, 2008
    Option awards   Stock awards
                                                            Equity    
                    Equity incentive                                   incentive plan   Equity incentive
                    plan awards:                                   awards:   plan awards:
    Number of   Number of   number of                                   number of   market or
    securities   securities   securities                   Number of           unearned   payout value of
    underlying   underlying   underlying                   shares or units   Market value of   shares, units or   unearned shares,
    unexercised   unexercised   unexercised   Option           of stock that   shares or units of   other rights   units or other
    options (#)   options (#)   unearned options   exercise price   Option   have not vested   stock that have   that have not   rights that have
Name   exercisable   unexercisable   (#)   ($)   expiration date   (#)   not vested ($)   vested (#)   not vested ($)
William J. Wagner
    8,600                   9.780       10/17/11       6,080  (6)     129,990              
 
    11,000                   13.302       08/21/12                                  
 
    11,000                   16.590       08/20/13                                  
 
    11,000                   25.490       12/15/14                                  
 
    5,700       3,800  (1)           22.930       01/19/15                                  
 
    3,800       5,700  (2)           22.180       01/18/16                                  
 
    1,900       7,600  (3)           25.890       01/17/17                                  
 
          9,500  (4)           25.030       01/16/18                                  
 
          9,500  (5)           22.030       11/19/18                                  
 
                                                                       
William W. Harvey, Jr.
    4,300                   9.780       10/17/11       4,800  (6)     102,624              
 
    5,100                   13.302       08/21/12                                  
 
    5,100                   16.590       08/20/13                                  
 
    5,100                   25.490       12/15/14                                  
 
    3,450       2,300  (1)           22.930       01/19/15                                  
 
    2,300       3,450  (2)           22.180       01/18/16                                  
 
    1,150       4,600  (3)           25.890       01/17/17                                  
 
          5,750  (4)           25.030       01/16/18                                  
 
          5,750  (5)           22.030       11/19/18                                  
 
                                                                       
Gregory C. LaRocca
    4,300                   9.780       10/17/11       2,880  (6)     61,574              
 
    5,100                   13.302       08/21/12                                  
 
    5,100                   16.590       08/20/13                                  
 
    5,100                   25.490       12/15/14                                  
 
    2,700       1,800  (1)           22.930       01/19/15                                  
 
    1,800       2,700  (2)           22.180       01/18/16                                  
 
    1,150       4,600  (3)           25.890       01/17/17                                  
 
          5,750  (4)           25.030       01/16/18                                  
 
          5,750  (5)           22.030       11/19/18                                  
 
                                                                       
Robert A. Ordiway
    4,300                   9.780       10/17/11       2,880  (6)     61,574              
 
    5,100                   13.302       08/21/12                                  
 
    5,100                   16.590       08/20/13                                  
 
    5,100                   25.490       12/15/14                                  
 
    2,700       1,800  (1)           22.930       01/19/15                                  
 
    1,800       2,700  (2)           22.180       01/18/16                                  
 
    1,150       4,600  (3)           25.890       01/17/17                                  
 
          5,750  (4)           25.030       01/16/18                                  
 
          5,750  (5)           22.030       11/19/18                                  

134


Table of Contents

                                                                         
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT DECEMBER 31, 2008
    Option awards   Stock awards
                                                            Equity    
                    Equity incentive                                   incentive plan   Equity incentive
                    plan awards:                                   awards:   plan awards:
    Number of   Number of   number of                                   number of   market or
    securities   securities   securities                   Number of           unearned   payout value of
    underlying   underlying   underlying                   shares or units   Market value of   shares, units or   unearned shares,
    unexercised   unexercised   unexercised   Option           of stock that   shares or units of   other rights   units or other
    options (#)   options (#)   unearned options   exercise price   Option   have not vested   stock that have   that have not   rights that have
Name   exercisable   unexercisable   (#)   ($)   expiration date   (#)   not vested ($)   vested (#)   not vested ($)
Steven G. Fisher
    4,300                   9.780       10/17/11       2,880  (6)     61,574              
 
    5,100                   13.302       08/21/12                                  
 
    5,100                   16.590       08/20/13                                  
 
    5,100                   25.490       12/15/14                                  
 
    2,700       1,800  (1)           22.930       01/19/15                                  
 
    1,800       2,700  (2)           22.180       01/18/16                                  
 
    1,150       4,600  (3)           25.890       01/17/17                                  
 
          5,750  (4)           25.030       01/16/18                                  
 
          5,750  (5)           22.030       11/19/18                                  
 
(1)   Remaining unexercisable options will vest equally on January 19, 2009 and 2010.
 
(2)   Remaining unexercisable options will vest equally on January 18, 2009, 2010 and 2011.
 
(3)   Remaining unexercisable options will vest equally on January 17, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012.
 
(4)   Remaining unexercisable options will vest equally over a seven-year period beginning January 16, 2009.
 
(5)   Remaining unexercisable options will vest equally over a seven-year period beginning November 19, 2009.
 
(6)   Unvested 2004 Recognition and Retention Plan shares will vest equally on March 16, 2009 and 2010.

135


Table of Contents

      Option Exercises and Stock Vested. The following table sets forth information with respect to option exercises and stock that vested during the year ended December 31, 2008 for the Named Executive Officers.
                                 
OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2008
    Option awards   Stock awards
    Number of shares           Number of shares    
    acquired on exercise   Value realized on   acquired on vesting   Value realized on
Name   (#)   exercise ($)   (#)   vesting ($)(2)
William J. Wagner
                3,040       82,749  
William W. Harvey, Jr.
    2,500       41,400  (1)     2,400       65,328  
Gregory C. LaRocca
                1,440       39,197  
Robert A. Ordiway
                1,440       39,197  
Steven G. Fisher
                1,440       39,197  
 
(1)   Based on the difference between the $24.27 per share trading price on May 20, 2008 and the exercise price of $7.81.
 
(2)   Based on the $27.22 per share trading price of our common stock on March 16, 2008.
      Pension Benefits. The following table sets forth information with respect to pension benefits at and for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the Named Executive Officers. See “—Defined Benefit Plan” and “—Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan” for a discussion of the plans referenced in this table.
                             
PENSION BENEFITS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
                Present value of    
        Number of years   accumulated benefit   Payments during last
Name   Plan name   credited service (#)   ($)   fiscal year ($)
William J. Wagner
  Northwest Savings Bank Pension Plan     25       581,691        
 
                         
 
  Northwest Savings Bank Non-Qualified Supplemental Retirement Plan     25       644,456        
William W. Harvey, Jr.
  Northwest Savings Bank Pension Plan     13       93,924        
Gregory C. LaRocca
  Northwest Savings Bank Pension Plan     23       415,381        
Robert A. Ordiway
  Northwest Savings Bank Pension Plan     34       781,097        
Steven G. Fisher
  Northwest Savings Bank Pension Plan     25       316,598        

136


Table of Contents

      Nonqualified Deferred Compensation. The following table sets forth information with respect to defined contribution and other nonqualified deferred compensation plans at and for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the Named Executive Officers.
                                         
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
    Executive   Registrant   Aggregate   Aggregate   Aggregate balance
    contributions in   contributions in   earnings in last   withdrawals/   at last fiscal year
Name   last fiscal year ($)   last fiscal year ($)   fiscal year ($)   distributions ($)   end ($)
William J. Wagner
                613  (1)           17,520  (1)
William W. Harvey, Jr.
                             
Gregory C. LaRocca
                             
Robert A. Ordiway
                             
Steven G. Fisher
                             
 
(1)   Amounts listed as earnings and included in the aggregate balance at last fiscal year end have not been reported as compensation in Summary Compensation Tables because the earnings are not “above market.”
     Effective December 31, 2005, Northwest Savings Bank suspended the Northwest Savings Bank and Affiliates Upper Managers’ Bonus Deferred Compensation Plan. Under this plan, certain employees of Northwest Savings Bank were eligible to defer all or part of their annual management incentive bonus. Interest is credited to a participant’s deferred compensation account at the annual earnings rate paid on Northwest Savings Bank’s five-year certificates of deposit, calculated as of the end of the preceding fiscal year. The interest rate paid for 2008 was 3.58%. Under this plan, participants could elect to receive either a lump-sum payment or approximately equal monthly installments over a period of up to 10 years, with payment commencing upon the earlier of specified events selected by the participant, including retirement, voluntary resignation, involuntary termination, death, disability, reaching a certain age or on a date selected by the participant. Mr. Wagner is the only Named Executive Officer who participated in this plan.
Employment Agreements
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank are parties to a three-year employment agreement with William J. Wagner under which Mr. Wagner serves as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director or trustee of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. On each anniversary date the contract renews for an additional year, and if it is not renewed it expires 36 months following the anniversary date. Under the agreement, Mr. Wagner’s base salary ($481,800, effective July 1, 2008) is reviewed annually and may be increased but not decreased. In the event Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank terminates Mr. Wagner’s employment for reasons other than for “cause” (as defined below), or if Mr. Wagner resigns following a “change of control” (as defined below), or if Mr. Wagner resigns due to “good reason” (as defined below), Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank will pay Mr. Wagner severance pay equal to:
  (i)   three times the sum of his highest rate of base salary, plus his highest rate of cash bonus paid during the prior three years, and
 
  (ii)   continuation of life, health and dental coverage for 36 months from the date of termination, unless Mr. Wagner obtains similar benefits from his new employer.
To the extent necessary in order to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, the base salary and bonus amount shall be paid in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following

137


Table of Contents

the date of termination and no contributions shall be made by Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank to the life, health and dental coverage until the first day of the seventh month following termination of employment. The agreement contains a one-year non-compete provision which restricts Mr. Wagner from competing with Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank following a termination of employment within 100 miles of any existing office or branch of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank or location for which regulatory approval is pending for an office or branch.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank and Messrs. LaRocca, Ordiway, Harvey and Fisher (the “executives”) are each a party to a three-year employment agreement under which the executives serve as executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank. On each anniversary date the contract renews for an additional year, and if it is not renewed it expires 36 months following such anniversary date. Under the agreement, each of the executive’s current base salary is reviewed annually and may be increased but not decreased. As of July 1, 2008, Mr. LaRocca’s base salary was $225,000; Mr. Ordiway’s base salary was $225,000; Mr. Harvey’s base salary was $225,000 and Mr. Fisher’s base salary was $225,000. In the event Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank terminates the executive’s employment for reasons other than for “cause” (as defined below), or if the executive resigns following a “change of control” (as defined below), or if the executive resigns due to “good reason” (as defined below), Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank will pay the executive severance pay equal to three times the executive’s highest rate of base salary paid to him during the prior three years and a pro rata distribution under any incentive compensation or bonus plan for the year in which the executive’s employment is terminated for reasons other than for “cause” (as defined below). Northwest Savings Bank would also continue the executive’s life, medical and dental coverage for 18 months from the date of termination, unless the executive obtains similar benefits from his new employer. To the extent necessary in order to avoid penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the base salary and bonus amount shall be paid in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the date of termination and no contributions shall be made by Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank to the life, health and dental coverage until the first day of the seventh month following termination of employment. The employment agreement contains a two-year non-compete provision which restricts the executives from competing with Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank following termination of employment within 100 miles of any existing office or branch of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank or location for which regulatory approval is pending for an office or branch.
     The following provisions apply to all of the employment agreements. If the executive’s employment is terminated for “cause” (as defined below), no further compensation or benefits shall be paid under the employment agreement and all unvested stock options awarded to the executive shall be immediately forfeited. Any payments to the executive would be reduced, if necessary, so as not to be an “excess parachute payment” as defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 280G (relating to payments made in connection with a change in control). If the executive becomes disabled (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A), Northwest Savings Bank may terminate the employment agreement but will pay the executive his then-current base salary for the longer of the remaining term of the agreement or one year, reduced by the amount of any disability insurance, workers’ compensation or social security benefits paid to the executive. If the executive dies during the term of the agreement, Northwest Savings Bank shall continue to pay his then-current base salary for one year and shall provide life, medical and dental benefits for the executive’s family for three years after the executive’s death, at generally the same level as Northwest Savings Bank was providing such benefits at the time of the executive’s death. During the employment term and thereafter, the executive shall be indemnified and covered under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy provided by Northwest

138


Table of Contents

Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with or arising out of any action in which the executive may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank, including judgments, court costs, attorneys fees and settlements approved by the board of directors. However, such indemnification does not apply to matters where the executive is adjudged liable for willful misconduct in performing his duties. All payments under any of the employment agreements will be made by Northwest Savings Bank, but if not timely paid, Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Bancorp, Inc. shall make such payments. The employment agreements are binding on successors to Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank.
     The following definitions apply to all of the employment agreements.
     Termination for “cause” means termination because of the executive’s personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order or other material breach of any provision of the employment agreement. In determining incompetence, the acts or omissions are measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institutions industry. No act or failure to act shall be considered “willful” unless done or omitted to be done by the executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the executive’s action or omission was in the best interest of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank.
     Termination for “good reason” means an executive’s voluntary resignation, upon not less than 120 days advance written notice given no later than 12 months after the occurrence of any of the following events:
  (i)   reduction in the executive’s base salary or benefits and perquisites, other than a general reduction that applies to all executives, unless such reduction is coincident with or following a “change in control” (as defined below);
 
  (ii)   in the case of Mr. Wagner, failure to re-elect, re-appoint or re-nominate him to his position as President and Chief Executive Officer and as director or trustee of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank or a change in Mr. Wagner’s function, duties or responsibilities which would cause his position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance or scope;
 
  (iii)   in the case of the other executives, reduction in their duties, responsibilities or status, such that there is a reduction in the executive’s pay grade level in effect on the date of the employment agreement of more than three levels (in accordance with Northwest Savings Bank’s normal personnel practices, as circulated annually to officers of Northwest Savings Bank);
 
  (iv)   a relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment by more than 30 miles;
 
  (v)   liquidation or dissolution of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank other than reorganizations that do not affect the status of the executive; or
 
  (vi)   breach of the employment agreement by Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank.

139


Table of Contents

     “Change in control” means a change in control of a nature that:
  (i)   would be required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of Form 8-K, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”);
 
  (ii)   results in a change in control of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act, as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder; or
 
  (iii)   a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as:
  (a)   any “person” (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than Northwest Bancorp, MHC is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by Northwest Savings Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust;
 
  (b)   individuals who constitute the board of directors on the effective date of the employment agreement (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date of the employment agreement whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders was approved by the same nominating committee serving under the Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board;
 
  (c)   a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank or similar transaction in which Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank is not the surviving institution occurs;
 
  (d)   a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., by someone other than the current management of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or similar transaction with one or more corporations or financial institutions, and as a result of such proxy solicitation, a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation or similar transaction involving Northwest Bancorp, Inc. is approved by Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors or the requisite vote of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders; or
 
  (e)   a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.
     Each of the executives has acknowledged that mutual-to-stock conversion and the second step stock offering will not be treated as a change in control under the agreements.

140


Table of Contents

Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers
     The following tables show potential payments that would be made to the Named Executive Officers upon specified events, assuming such events occurred on December 31, 2008, pursuant to each individual’s employment agreement, pursuant to stock options that have been granted under our stock option plans and pursuant to our policies with respect to health care and other benefits continuation. For a discussion of additional benefits that would be paid to the Named Executive Officers upon various termination scenarios, see “—Defined Benefit Plan,” “—Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan,” and “—Life Insurance Coverage.”
                                                 
William J. Wagner
    Involuntary Termination or                    
    Termination for Good Reason                    
    Before Change in Control or                    
    Voluntary Termination Upon                    
Type of   or Any Time After Change in   Voluntary   Termination            
Benefit   Control   Termination   for Cause   Death   Disability   Retirement
Severance pay
  $ 1,445,400                 $ 481,800     $ 905,400        
 
                                               
Bonus payment
  $ 210,498     $ 70,166           $ 70,166     $ 70,166     $ 70,166  
 
                                               
Stock option vesting acceleration
                                   
 
                                               
Health care and other benefits continuation
  $ 43,073                 $ 38,789              
                                                 
William W. Harvey, Jr.
    Involuntary Termination or                    
    Termination for Good Reason                    
    Before Change in Control or                    
    Voluntary Termination Upon                    
Type of   or Any Time After Change in   Voluntary   Termination            
Benefit   Control   Termination   for Cause   Death   Disability   Retirement
Severance pay
  $ 675,000                 $ 225,000     $ 270,000        
 
                                               
Bonus payment
  $ 29,988     $ 29,988           $ 29,988     $ 29,988     $ 29,988  
 
                                               
Stock option vesting acceleration
                                   
 
                                               
Health care and other benefits continuation
  $ 21,536                 $ 38,789              

141


Table of Contents

                                                 
Gregory C. LaRocca
    Involuntary Termination or                    
    Termination for Good Reason                    
    Before Change in Control or                    
    Voluntary Termination Upon                    
Type of   or Any Time After Change in   Voluntary   Termination            
Benefit   Control   Termination   for Cause   Death   Disability   Retirement
Severance pay
  $ 675,000                 $ 225,000     $ 270,000        
 
                                               
Bonus payment
  $ 30,615     $ 30,615           $ 30,615     $ 30,615     $ 30,615  
 
                                               
Stock option vesting acceleration
                                   
 
                                               
Health care and other benefits continuation
  $ 21,536                 $ 14,113              
                                                 
Robert A. Ordiway
    Involuntary Termination or                    
    Termination for Good Reason                    
    Before Change in Control or                    
    Voluntary Termination Upon                    
Type of   or Any Time After Change in   Voluntary   Termination            
Benefit   Control   Termination   for Cause   Death   Disability   Retirement
Severance pay
  $ 675,000                 $ 225,000     $ 270,000        
 
                                               
Bonus payment
  $ 31,608     $ 31,608           $ 31,608     $ 31,608     $ 31,608  
 
                                               
Stock option vesting acceleration
                                   
 
                                               
Health care and other benefits continuation
  $ 21,536                 $ 38,789              
                                                 
Steven G. Fisher
    Involuntary Termination or                    
    Termination for Good Reason                    
    Before Change in Control or                    
    Voluntary Termination Upon                    
Type of   or Any Time After Change in   Voluntary   Termination            
Benefit   Control   Termination   for Cause   Death   Disability   Retirement
Severance pay
  $ 675,000                 $ 225,000     $ 270,000        
 
                                               
Bonus payment
  $ 29,988     $ 29,988           $ 29,988     $ 29,988     $ 29,988  
 
                                               
Stock option vesting acceleration
                                   
 
                                               
Health care and other benefits continuation
  $ 21,536                 $ 38,789              
Defined Benefit Plan
     Northwest Savings Bank maintains the Northwest Savings Bank Pension Plan, which is a noncontributory defined benefit plan (“Retirement Plan”). All employees age 21 or older who have worked at Northwest Savings Bank for a period of one year and have been credited with 1,000 or more hours of employment with Northwest Savings Bank during the year are eligible to accrue benefits under the Retirement Plan. Northwest Savings Bank annually contributes an amount to the Retirement Plan necessary to at least satisfy the actuarially determined minimum funding requirements in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). At December 31, 2008, the Retirement Plan fully met its funding requirements under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code.
     At the normal retirement age of 65, the plan is designed to provide a single life annuity benefit. The retirement benefits for employees hired or acquired prior to January 1, 2008 is an amount equal to

142


Table of Contents

1.6% of a participant’s average monthly base salary based on the average of the five consecutive years of the last ten calendar years providing the highest monthly average multiplied by the participant’s years of service to the normal retirement date (up to a maximum of 25 years) plus: (i) 0.6% of such average monthly compensation in excess of one-twelfth of covered compensation (as defined in the plan) multiplied by the participant’s total number of years of service up to a maximum of 25 years; and (ii) for participants who retire on or after June 1, 1995, 0.6% of such participant’s average monthly compensation multiplied by the participant’s number of years of service between 25 years and 35 years. Retirement benefits are also payable upon retirement due to early and late retirement, disability or death. A reduced benefit is payable upon early retirement at or after age 55 and the completion of five years of service with us (or after 25 years of service and no minimum age). Upon termination of employment other than as specified above, a participant who was employed by us for a minimum of five years is eligible to receive his or her accrued benefit commencing, generally, on such participant’s normal retirement date. Benefits under the Retirement Plan are payable in various annuity forms. For the plan year ended December 31, 2008, we made contributions to the Retirement Plan of $6.0 million.
     Effective January 1, 2008, several changes were made to the Retirement Plan. The definition of normal retirement was changed from age 65 to age 65 with five years of service for all employees hired on or after January 1, 2008. Benefits for all employees hired or acquired on or after January 1, 2008 will be calculated using a benefit calculation of 1% of a participant’s average monthly base salary based on the average of the five consecutive years of the last ten calendar years providing the highest monthly average multiplied by the participant’s years of service to the normal retirement date (up to a maximum of 35 years).
     The following table indicates the annual retirement benefit that would be payable under the Retirement Plan upon retirement at age 65 in calendar year 2008, expressed in the form of a single life annuity, for the final average salary and benefit service classifications specified below.
                                                         
    Average   Years of Service and Annual Benefit Payable at Retirement
    Compensation   15   20   25   30   35   40
  $ 25,000     $ 6,000     $ 8,000     $ 10,000     $ 10,750     $ 11,500     $ 11,500  
 
  $ 50,000     $ 12,000     $ 16,000     $ 20,000     $ 21,500     $ 23,000     $ 23,000  
 
  $ 75,000     $ 18,000     $ 24,000     $ 30,000     $ 32,250     $ 34,500     $ 34,500  
 
  $ 100,000     $ 25,051     $ 33,402     $ 41,752     $ 44,752     $ 47,752     $ 47,752  
 
  $ 125,000     $ 33,301     $ 44,402     $ 55,502     $ 59,252     $ 63,002     $ 63,002  
 
  $ 150,000     $ 41,551     $ 55,402     $ 69,252     $ 73,752     $ 78,252     $ 78,252  
 
  $ 175,000     $ 49,801     $ 66,402     $ 83,002     $ 88,252     $ 93,502     $ 93,502  
 
  $ 200,000     $ 58,051     $ 77,402     $ 96,752     $ 102,752     $ 108,752     $ 108,752  
 
  $230,000 plus $ 67,951     $ 90,602     $ 113,252     $ 120,152     $ 127,052     $ 127,052  
     As of the plan year ended December 31, 2008, Messrs. Wagner, LaRocca, Ordiway, Harvey and Fisher had 25, 23, 34, 13 and 25 years of credited service ( i.e ., benefit service), respectively.
     The accrued annual pension benefit as of December 31, 2008 for Messrs. Wagner, LaRocca, Ordiway, Harvey and Fisher are $108,119, $64,016, $105,939, $38,218 and $75,132, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, Messrs. Wagner, LaRocca, Ordiway and Fisher qualified for early retirement under the Retirement Plan. If Messrs. Wagner, LaRocca, Ordiway and Fisher had retired on December 31, 2008, and began receiving benefit payments immediately upon retirement, their annual pension benefit would have been $54,665, $38,762, $74,729 and $29,844, respectively.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
     Northwest Savings Bank has adopted a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for certain participants in Northwest Savings Bank’s Retirement Plan whose benefits are limited by Section 415(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (which limits the amount of annual benefits that

143


Table of Contents

may be accrued to fund future benefit payments) or Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code (which places a limitation on compensation taken into account for tax-qualified plan purposes; for 2008, that limit was $230,000). The SERP provides the designated executives with retirement benefits generally equal to the difference between the benefit that would be available under the Retirement Plan but for the limitations imposed by Internal Revenue Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(b) and that which is actually funded under the Retirement Plan as a result of the limitations.
     Pre-retirement survivor benefits are provided for designated beneficiaries of participants who do not survive until retirement in an amount equal to the lump sum actuarial equivalent of the participant’s accrued benefit under the SERP. Pre-retirement benefits are payable in 120 equal monthly installments. The SERP is considered an unfunded plan for tax and ERISA purposes. All obligations arising under the SERP are payable from the general assets of Northwest Savings Bank.
     The benefits paid under the SERP supplement the benefits paid by the Retirement Plan. The following table indicates the expected aggregate annual retirement benefit payable from the Retirement Plan and SERP to SERP participants, expressed in the form of a single life annuity for the final average salary and benefit service classifications specified below.
                                                         
    Average   Years of Service and Annual Benefit Payable at Retirement
    Compensation   15   20   25   30   35   40
  $ 100,000     $ 25,051     $ 33,402     $ 41,752     $ 44,752     $ 47,752     $ 47,752  
 
  $ 125,000     $ 33,301     $ 44,402     $ 55,502     $ 59,252     $ 63,002     $ 63,002  
 
  $ 150,000     $ 41,551     $ 55,402     $ 69,252     $ 73,752     $ 78,252     $ 78,252  
 
  $ 175,000     $ 49,801     $ 66,402     $ 83,002     $ 88,252     $ 93,502     $ 93,502  
 
  $ 200,000     $ 58,051     $ 77,402     $ 96,752     $ 102,752     $ 108,752     $ 108,752  
 
  $ 250,000     $ 74,551     $ 99,402     $ 124,252     $ 131,752     $ 139,252     $ 139,252  
 
  $ 300,000     $ 91,051     $ 121,402     $ 151,752     $ 160,752     $ 169,752     $ 169,752  
 
  $ 350,000     $ 107,551     $ 143,402     $ 179,252     $ 189,752     $ 200,252     $ 200,252  
 
  $ 400,000     $ 124,051     $ 165,402     $ 206,752     $ 218,752     $ 230,752     $ 230,752  
     At December 31, 2008, Mr. Wagner was the only Named Executive Officer participant in the SERP and he had 25 years of credited service under the SERP. Northwest Savings Bank’s pension cost attributable to the SERP for all participants was approximately $184,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Life Insurance Coverage
     Northwest Savings Bank generally provides group term life insurance to its employees. The amount of the life insurance coverage employees are eligible for is a multiple of their base salary up to a maximum of $700,000 worth of coverage. Pay grade level determines the multiple used. The first $50,000 of group term life insurance coverage is a non-taxable benefit each year.
     Certain select senior officers are eligible to participate in a Senior Managers’ Life Insurance Plan. This plan is designed to allow the participant to waive an equal amount of coverage in the group term life insurance plan in order to purchase a whole life insurance plan using their own funds in conjunction with the amount Northwest Savings Bank would have spent for the individual’s group term premium expense. The benefit then becomes a split dollar arrangement. The officer’s coverage is provided through two sources: the group term life insurance plan, which has a carve-out provision funded by bank-owned life insurance, and an individual policy owned by the executive. The Senior Managers’ Life Insurance Plan thus gives participants a means to obtain post-retirement life insurance that is not available through the group term life plan.
     Under Northwest Savings Bank’s life insurance plans, the pre-retirement death benefit amount is determined as a multiple of the employee’s annual base salary rounded up to the next $1,000. Multiples

144


Table of Contents

range from 150% to 500% based on pay grade levels. The Named Executives Officers are all in the highest multiple of 500%. The group term life insurance plan does not have a post-retirement death benefit provision. However, four of the five Named Executive Officers participate in the Senior Managers’ Life Insurance Plan, giving them the option to continue their individual policies into retirement. Through a special agreement in the group plan carve out provision, Mr. Ordiway will be provided with a post-retirement insurance benefit equal to fifty percent of his coverage in effect at the time of retirement. As of December 31, 2008, the pre-retirement death benefit amounts from the Northwest Savings Bank plan were as follows: $50,000 for Mr. Wagner; $150,000 for Mr. Harvey; $50,000 for Mr. LaRocca; $700,000 for Mr. Ordiway; and $50,000 for Mr. Fisher. As of December 31, 2008, the post-retirement death benefit for Mr. Ordiway was $563,000.
     The federal income tax treatment and the annual economic benefit realized by each Named Executive Officer vary depending on the amount of life insurance in the Northwest Savings Bank plan and the Senior Managers’ Life Insurance Plan. The specific arrangement with each Named Executive Officer is discussed below.
     The premiums paid by Northwest Savings Bank for the Named Executive Officers for life insurance coverage during 2008 totaled $39,778, consisting of the following premiums: $17,598 for Mr. Wagner; $1,441 for Mr. Harvey; $7,727 for Mr. LaRocca; $8,192 for Mr. Ordiway; and $4,820 for Mr. Fisher. However, the imputed economic benefit for this life insurance coverage during 2008 was as follows: $17,496 for Mr. Wagner; $1,339 for Mr. Harvey; $7,625 for Mr. LaRocca; $8,090 for Mr. Ordiway; and $4,718 for Mr. Fisher. The imputed economic benefit to the Named Executive Officers of the 2008 premium payments is included in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table and is described in a footnote to that column for each Named Executive Officer. The amount of such economic benefit was determined using the amount imputed to the individual under applicable tables published by the Internal Revenue Service multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the individual’s beneficiary.

145


Table of Contents

Directors’ Compensation
     The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2008 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s directors. Mr. Wagner does not receive separate compensation for his service as a director.
                                                         
Director Compensation Table For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
                            Non-equity   Change in pension value        
    Fees earned or                   incentive plan   and nonqualified   All other    
    paid in cash   Stock awards   Option   compensation   deferred compensation   compensation    
Name   ($)   ($)(1)   awards ($)(2)   ($)   earnings ($)(3)   ($)(4)   Total ($)
John M. Bauer
    56,400       17,136 (5)     35,350 (5)           23,573       1,584       134,043  
Richard L. Carr
    69,500       17,136 (6)     35,350 (6)           21,976       1,584       145,546  
Thomas K. Creal, III
    62,700       17,136 (7)     35,350 (7)           27,354       1,584       144,124  
Robert G. Ferrier
    54,800       17,136 (8)     35,350 (8)           27,305       1,584       136,175  
A. Paul King
    53,400       17,136 (9)     35,350 (9)           19,258       1,584       126,728  
Joseph F. Long
    61,300       17,136 (10)     35,350 (10)           21,057       1,584       136,427  
Richard E. McDowell
    57,600       17,136 (11)     35,350 (11)           23,369       1,584       135,039  
Philip M. Tredway
    56,100       4,494 (12)(13)     2,587 (12)(14)           8,548       634       72,363  
 
(1)   For all directors other than Mr. Tredway, reflects expense related to an award of 4,000 shares of restricted stock granted to each director on March 16, 2005 with a grant date fair value of $85,680 (based on a grant date fair value of $21.42 per share). This award vests equally over a five-year period beginning March 16, 2006. All values listed (including the value for Mr. Tredway) are the amounts recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with SFAS 123(R). The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards are included in Notes 1(o) and 15(d) to our audited financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(2)   Reflects expense related to an award of 3,000 stock options granted to each director on November 19, 2008 with a grant date fair value of $8,550 (based on a grant date fair value of $2.85 per stock option). This award vests equally over a seven-year period beginning November 19, 2009. These options have an exercise price of $22.03 per option. In addition, for all directors other than Mr. Tredway, reflects expense related to an award of 10,000 stock options granted to each director on January 19, 2005 with a grant date fair value of $67,000 (based on a grant date fair value of $6.70 per stock option). This award vests equally over a five-year period beginning January 19, 2006. Options have an exercise price of $22.93 per option. All values listed are the amounts recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with SFAS 123(R), including the immediate expense for those directors that qualify for normal retirement, which includes all directors except Mr. Tredway. The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards are included in Notes 1(o) and 15(e) to our audited financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(3)   Reflects change in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation for each director as follows: Mr. Bauer, $20,323 and $3,250; Mr. Carr. $20,206 and $1,770; Mr. Creal, $24,347 and $3,007; Mr. Ferrier, $22,426 and $4,879; Mr. King, $17,034 and $2,224; Mr. Long $20,166 and $891; Mr. McDowell, $17,046 and $6,323; and Mr. Tredway, $8,312 and $236.
 
(4)   Reflects dividends on unvested restricted stock awards.
 
(5)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. Bauer had 20,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
 
(6)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. Carr had 23,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
 
(7)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. Creal had 13,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
 
(8)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. Ferrier had 23,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
 
(9)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. King had 25,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
 
(10)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. Long had 25,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock
 
(11)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. McDowell had 23,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
 
(12)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. Tredway had 5,000 stock options outstanding and 640 unvested shares of restricted stock.
 
(13)   Reflects expense related to an award of 800 shares of restricted stock granted on June 20, 2007 with a grant date fair value of $22,472 (based on a grant date fair value of $28.09 per share). This award vests equally over a five-year period beginning June 20, 2008.
 
(14)   In addition to the 3,000 options granted on November 19, 2008 as described in footnote (2) above, reflects expense related to an award of 2,000 stock options granted on June 20, 2007 with a grant date fair value of $11,600 (based on a grant date fair value of $5.80 per option). This award vests equally over a five-year period beginning June 20, 2008. Options have an exercise price of $28.09 per option.

146


Table of Contents

     The full board of directors determines director compensation. In determining director compensation, we utilize peer group data that is provided by our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, which is supported by survey data from compensation consultants.
     For the year ended December 31, 2008, nonemployee directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank were paid a retainer of $16,200 per year plus $812.50 for each board meeting of Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. attended. Non-employee members of the Executive, Compensation, Trust, Audit, Risk Management, Nominating and Governance Committees were paid a total of $700 for attendance at committee meetings for both Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank. The chairman of the Compensation, Trust, Audit and Risk Management committees were paid an additional $750 per quarter as a retainer for their service as chairman with the chairman of the Nominating Committee receiving $500 per year and the chairman of the Governance Committee receiving $1,000 per year. Director Carr also received a fee of $1,500 per quarter as a retainer for his service as Lead Director for Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank. In addition, each member of the Board of Trustees of Northwest Bancorp, MHC was paid a retainer of $3,600 per year plus a fee of $200 for each board meeting attended. As of December 31, 2008, all directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank were trustees of Northwest Bancorp, MHC.
     We sponsor a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for directors (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) that enables a director to elect to defer all or a portion of his directors’ fees. The amounts deferred are credited with interest at the taxable equivalent rate received by Northwest Bancorp, Inc. on its bank owned life insurance policies that insure the directors’ lives. Deferred amounts are payable upon retirement of a director on or after attaining age 59-1/2 but no later than age 72, in the form of a lump sum or in five or ten equal annual installments. Payments to a director, or to his designated beneficiary, may also be made from the Deferred Compensation Plan upon the director’s death, total and permanent disability, or termination of service from the Board. Participants in the Deferred Compensation Plan would not recognize taxable income with respect to the Deferred Compensation Plan benefits until the assets are actually distributed. In the event the director dies before reaching normal retirement age, his estate will be paid a lump sum payment equal to the deferred amount plus the present value of the payments the director would have deferred had he continued to defer payments equal to his current deferrals until his normal retirement date.
     We maintain a retirement plan for outside directors (the “Directors Plan”). Directors who have served on the Board for five years or more and are not Bank employees are eligible to receive benefits under the Directors Plan. Upon a director’s retirement from the Board on or after five years of service and the attainment of age 60, the director is entitled to receive a retirement benefit equal to 60% of the annual retainer paid immediately prior to retirement plus 60% of the board meeting fees paid for the director’s attendance at board meetings at the annual rate which was in effect immediately prior to his retirement. If a director retires after five years or more of service but before attaining age 60, the director is entitled to one-half of the benefits otherwise available to him. Retirement benefits commence on the first day of the calendar quarter following the director’s attainment of age 65, or if retirement occurs later, on the first day of the calendar quarter following retirement. Such retirement benefits are paid for a period equal to the lesser of the number of a director’s completed full years of service, his life, or ten years. In the event the director dies before normal retirement age or after normal retirement age but before all retirement benefits to which he is entitled have been received, the director’s estate shall be paid a lump sum equal to the present value of the benefits that would have been paid had the director lived until all accrued retirement benefits had been paid. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the expense to Northwest Savings Bank of the Directors Plan was $194,000.
     Options granted under our 2004 and 2008 Stock Option Plans, which grants are described in the footnotes to the table above, vest over a five-year and seven-year period, respectively. All nonstatutory

147


Table of Contents

options granted under the 2004 and 2008 Stock Option Plans expire upon the earlier of ten years from the date of grant or one year following the date the optionee ceases to be a director. However, in the event of termination of service or employment due to death, disability, normal retirement or a change of control of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., nonstatutory options may be exercised for up to five years.
     Restricted shares granted under our 2004 Recognition and Retention Plan, which grants are described in the footnotes to the table above, vest over a five-year period. Dividends are paid on the restricted stock and participants can vote the restricted stock pursuant to the 2004 Recognition and Retention Plan.
Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion
     Following the offering, we intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. If the stock-based incentive plan is adopted within one year following the conversion, the number of options granted or shares awarded under the plan may not exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, which when combined with our existing stock options and shares awarded under our existing stock option plans and recognition and retention plan will not exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares outstanding following the offering, in accordance with Office of Thrift Supervision regulations.
     We may fund our plans through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuance of common stock; however, if any options previously granted under our existing stock option plans are exercised during the first year following completion of the offering, they will be funded with newly-issued shares as Office of Thrift Supervision regulations do not permit us to repurchase our shares during the first year following the completion of this offering except to fund the grants of restricted stock under the stock-based incentive plan or under extraordinary circumstances. We have been advised by the staff of the Office of Thrift Supervision that the exercise of outstanding options and cancellation of treasury shares in the conversion will not constitute an extraordinary circumstance or a compelling business purpose for satisfying this test. The stock-based incentive plan will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering and if adopted within one year after the stock offering would require the approval by stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock eligible to be cast. If the stock-based incentive plan is established after one year after the stock offering, it would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast. The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based incentive plan if the plan is adopted within one year after the stock offering:
    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
 
    any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
 
    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
 
    any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, in the aggregate, may not hold more than 10% of the shares sold in the offering, unless Northwest Savings Bank has tangible capital of 10% or more, in which case any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, may be increased to up to 12% of the shares sold in the offering;

148


Table of Contents

    the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant;
 
    accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Northwest Savings Bank or Northwest Bancshares, Inc.; and
 
    our executive officers or directors must exercise or forfeit their options in the event that Northwest Savings Bank becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action or receives a capital directive.
     In the event either federal or state regulators change their regulations or policies regarding stock-based incentive plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.
SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
     The table below sets forth, for each of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s directors and executive officers and for all of the directors and executive officers as a group, the following information:
  (i)   the number of exchange shares to be held upon consummation of the conversion, based upon their beneficial ownership of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock as of                      , 2009;
 
  (ii)   the proposed purchases of subscription shares, assuming sufficient shares of common stock are available to satisfy their subscriptions; and
 
  (iii)   the total amount of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock to be held upon consummation of the conversion.

149


Table of Contents

     In each case, it is assumed that subscription shares are sold at the midpoint of the offering range. See “The Conversion and Offering—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” Regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the offering for one year after the date of purchase.
                                         
            Proposed Purchases of Stock in the     Total Common Stock to be Held  
    Number of     Offering (1)             Percentage of  
    Exchange Shares to     Number of             Number of     Total  
Name of Beneficial Owner   be Held (2)     Shares     Amount     Shares     Outstanding  
Directors:
                                       
William J. Wagner
    480,437       15,000     $ 150,000       495,437       0.49 %
John M. Bauer
    69,370       500       5,000       69,870       0.07  
Richard L. Carr
    122,160       2,000       20,000       124,160       0.12  
Thomas K. Creal, III
    19,973       1,000       10,000       20,973       0.02  
Robert G. Ferrier
    68,511       4,000       40,000       72,511       0.07  
A. Paul King
    75,350       5,000       50,000       80,350       0.80  
Joseph F. Long
    103,623       1,000       10,000       104,623       0.10  
Richard E. McDowell
    157,478       5,000       50,000       162,478       0.16  
Philip M. Tredway
    5,317       500       5,000       5,817       0.01  
 
                             
Total
    1,102,219       34,000     $ 340,000       1,136,219       1.11 %
 
                             
 
                                       
Executive Officers:
                                       
Gregory C. LaRocca
    238,464       10,000       100,000       248,464       0.24  
William W. Harvey
    107,788       1,000       10,000       108,788       0.11  
Steven G. Fisher
    183,099       10,000       100,000       193,099       0.19  
 
                                   
Total
    529,351       21,000     $ 210,000       550,351       0.54  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total for Directors and Executive Officers
    1,631,570       55,000     $ 550,000       1,686,570       1.65 %
 
                             
 
*   Less than 1%.
 
(1)   Includes proposed subscriptions, if any, by associates.
 
(2)   Based on information presented in “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock” and assumes an exchange ratio of 2.075 shares for each share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING
     The Boards of Directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC have approved the plan of conversion and reorganization. The plan of conversion and reorganization must also be approved by the members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC (depositors of Northwest Savings Bank) and the stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. A special meeting of members and a special meeting of stockholders have been called for this purpose. The Office of Thrift Supervision has conditionally approved the plan of conversion and reorganization; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by that agency.
General
     Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. Northwest Bancorp, MHC, the mutual holding company parent of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., will be merged into Northwest Savings Bank, and Northwest Bancorp, MHC will no longer exist. Northwest Bancorp, Inc., which owns 100% of Northwest Savings Bank, will be succeeded by a new Maryland corporation named Northwest Bancshares, Inc. As part of the conversion, the ownership interest in Northwest Bancorp, Inc. of Northwest Bancorp, MHC will be offered for sale in the offering by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. When the conversion is completed, all of the outstanding common stock of Northwest Savings Bank will be owned by Northwest Bancshares, Inc., and all of the outstanding common stock of Northwest Bancshares,

150


Table of Contents

Inc. will be owned by public stockholders (including the charitable foundation we intend to establish in connection with the conversion). A diagram of our corporate structure before and after the conversion is set forth in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.
     Under the plan of conversion and reorganization, at the conclusion of the offering, each share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned by persons other than Northwest Bancorp, MHC will be canceled and converted automatically into new shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock determined pursuant to an exchange ratio. The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the exchange of existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. for new shares, the public stockholders will own the same percentage of shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. that they owned in Northwest Bancorp, Inc. immediately prior to the conversion, excluding any shares they purchased in the offering, cash paid in lieu of fractional shares and the effect of shares issued to the charitable foundation.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. intends to retain between $234.8 million and $318.8 million of the net proceeds, or $367.1 million if the offering range is increased by 15% (excluding the portion of the net proceeds loaned to our employee stock ownership plan and the cash contribution to the charitable foundation), and to contribute the balance of the net proceeds to Northwest Savings Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization.
     The plan of conversion and reorganization provides that we will offer shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:
  (i)   First, to depositors with accounts at Northwest Savings Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on June 30, 2008.
 
  (ii)   Second, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, which will receive nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation.
 
  (iii)   Third, to depositors with accounts at Northwest Savings Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on [supplemental date].
 
  (iv)   Fourth, to depositors of Northwest Savings Bank at the close of business on [voting record date].
     If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, we may, at our discretion, offer shares of common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given in the following order:
  (i)   Natural persons residing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, and Howard as well as Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake, Geauga and Ashtabula; and
 
  (ii)   Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s public stockholders as of [stockholder record date].
     We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the

151


Table of Contents

completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the Office of Thrift Supervision. See “—Community Offering.”
     We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.
     The following is a brief summary of the conversion and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion and reorganization. A copy of the plan of conversion and reorganization is available for inspection at each banking office of Northwest Savings Bank and at the Northeast Regional and the Washington, D.C. offices of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion and reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s application to convert from mutual to stock form, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion and reorganization is also an exhibit to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, which is accessible on the Securities and Exchange Commission website, www.sec.gov . See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
Reasons for the Conversion and Offering
     Our board of directors decided at this time to convert to a fully public stock form of ownership and conduct the offering in order to increase our capital position. Completing the offering is necessary for us to continue to grow and execute our business strategy.
     Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are:
    to finance the acquisition of financial institutions or other financial service companies primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction (except as described below);
 
    to improve our capital position during a period of significant economic uncertainty, especially for the financial industry (although, as of June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and is not subject to a directive or recommendation from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Pennsylvania Department of Banking to raise capital);
 
    to support internal growth through lending in the communities we serve;
 
    to finance the acquisition of branches from other financial institutions or build or lease new branch facilities primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction, except as disclosed below;
 
    to enhance existing products and services, and support the development of new products and services by investing, for example, in technology to support growth and enhanced customer service;

152


Table of Contents

    to improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock and stockholder returns through higher earnings and more flexible capital management strategies; and
 
    to use the additional capital for other general corporate purposes.
     As of June 30, 2009, we had entered into a merger agreement to purchase Keystone State Savings Bank, located in Sharpsburg, Pennsylvania, and we had executed a letter of intent with respect to the acquisition of an insurance agency.
     As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration for a merger or acquisition since Northwest Bancorp, MHC is required to own a majority of our shares of common stock. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and will therefore enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise.
Approvals Required — Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
     The affirmative vote of a majority of the total eligible votes of the members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC as of [voting record date] is required to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization. By their approval of the plan of conversion and reorganization, the members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC (comprised of depositors of Northwest Savings Bank) will also be approving the merger of Northwest Bancorp, MHC into Northwest Savings Bank. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., including shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC, and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. held by the public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. as of [stockholder record date] are also required to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization. The plan of conversion and reorganization also must be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, which has given its conditional approval; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by such agency. The plan of conversion and reorganization also must be approved or receive non-objection from the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to complete the conversion; however, such approval or non-objection does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by those agencies.
Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company to fully stock form, the public stockholders will be entitled to exchange their shares for common stock of the new holding company, provided that the mutual holding company demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Office of Thrift Supervision that the basis for the exchange is fair and reasonable. Each publicly held share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock will, on the effective date of the conversion, be automatically converted into the right to receive a number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock. The number of shares of common stock will be determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, which ensures that the public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of common stock in Northwest Bancshares, Inc. after the conversion as they held in Northwest Bancorp, Inc. immediately prior to the conversion, exclusive of their purchase of additional shares of common stock in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares. The exchange ratio is not dependent on the market value of our currently outstanding Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common

153


Table of Contents

stock. The exchange ratio is based on the percentage of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the public, the independent valuation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. prepared by RP Financial, LC. and the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering. The exchange ratio is expected to range from approximately 1.7676 exchange shares for each publicly held share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the minimum of the offering range to 2.3914 exchange shares for each publicly held share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.
     If you are a stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., at the conclusion of the conversion, your shares will be exchanged for shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The number of shares you receive will be based on the number of shares of common stock you own and the final exchange ratio determined as of the conclusion of the conversion.
     The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering. The table also shows how many whole shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. a hypothetical owner of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock would receive in the exchange for 100 shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned at the consummation of the conversion, depending on the number of shares issued in the offering.
                                                                                 
                    New Shares to be                                           New Shares
                    Exchanged for                   Total Shares of           Equivalent   That Would
                    Existing Shares of                   Common Stock to           Per Share   be Received
    New Shares to be Sold   Northwest Bancorp,   Shares to be issued   be Outstanding           Current   for 100
    in This Offering   Inc.   to the Foundation   After the   Exchange   Market   Existing
    Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Offering   Ratio   Price (1)   Shares
Minimum
    53,975,000       62.23 %     31,781,477       36.64 %     979,500       1.13 %     86,735,977       1.7676     $ 17.68       176  
Midpoint
    63,500,000       62.22 %     37,389,973       36.64 %     1,170,000       1.15 %     102,059,973       2.0795     $ 20.80       207  
Maximum
    73,025,000       62.21 %     42,998,469       36.63 %     1,360,500       1.16 %     117,383,969       2.3914     $ 23.91       239  
15% above Adjusted Maximum
    83,978,750       62.20 %     49,448,239       36.63 %     1,579,575       1.17       135,006,564       2.7501     $ 27.50       275  
 
(1)   Represents the value of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the exchange ratio, assuming the market price of $10.00 per share.
Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates
     The conversion of existing outstanding shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock into the right to receive shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will occur automatically on the effective date of the conversion. As soon as practicable after the effective date of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each public stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. who holds stock certificates. The transmittal forms are expected to be mailed within five business days after the effective date of the conversion and will contain instructions on how to exchange stock certificates of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock for stock certificates of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock. We expect that stock certificates evidencing shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will be distributed within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stock certificates and other required documents. You should not forward your stock certificates until you have received transmittal forms, which will include forwarding instructions. Shares held by public stockholders through a brokerage account in “street name” will be exchanged automatically upon the conclusion of the conversion; no transmittal forms will be mailed relating to these shares.
     No fractional shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. when the conversion is completed. For each fractional share that

154


Table of Contents

would otherwise be issued to a stockholder who holds a stock certificate, we will pay by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. Payment for fractional shares will be made as soon as practicable after the receipt by the exchange agent of the transmittal forms and the surrendered Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stock certificates. If your shares of common stock are held in street name (such as in a brokerage account), you will automatically receive cash in lieu of fractional shares in your brokerage account.
     After the conversion, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders who hold stock certificates will not receive shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock and will not be paid dividends on the shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock until existing certificates representing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock are surrendered for exchange in compliance with the terms of the transmittal form. When stockholders surrender their certificates, any unpaid dividends will be paid without interest. For all other purposes, however, each certificate that represents shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock outstanding at the effective date of the conversion will be considered to evidence ownership of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock into which those shares have been converted by virtue of the conversion.
     If a certificate for Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed, our exchange agent will issue a new stock certificate upon receipt of appropriate evidence as to the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, appropriate evidence as to the ownership of the certificate by the claimant, and appropriate and customary indemnification, which is normally effected by the purchase of a bond from a surety company at the stockholder’s expense.
     All shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock that we issue in exchange for existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock will be considered to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of common stock, subject, however, to our obligation to pay any dividends or make any other distributions with a record date prior to the effective date of the conversion that may have been declared by us on or prior to the effective date, and which remain unpaid at the effective date.
Effects of Conversion on Depositors, Borrowers and Members
      Continuity . While the conversion is being accomplished, the normal business of Northwest Savings Bank of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. Northwest Savings Bank will continue to be a state-chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. After the conversion, Northwest Savings Bank will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors serving Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. after the conversion.
      Effect on Deposit Accounts . Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, each depositor of Northwest Savings Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.
      Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from Northwest Savings Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

155


Table of Contents

      Effect on Voting Rights of Members . At present, all depositors of Northwest Savings Bank are members of, and have voting rights in, Northwest Bancorp, MHC as to all matters requiring membership action. Upon completion of the conversion, depositors will cease to be members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC and will no longer have voting rights, unless they purchase shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s common stock. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in Northwest Savings Bank will be vested in Northwest Bancshares, Inc. as the sole stockholder of Northwest Savings Bank. The stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock.
      Tax Effects . We will receive an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to the federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., the public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (except for cash paid for fractional shares), members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders, or Northwest Savings Bank. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”
      Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each depositor in Northwest Savings Bank has both a deposit account in Northwest Savings Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Northwest Bancorp, MHC based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Northwest Bancorp, MHC without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.
     Consequently, depositors in a stock subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank are liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of Northwest Bancorp, MHC after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.
     In the unlikely event that Northwest Savings Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution of the “liquidation account” to depositors as of June 30, 2008 and [supplemental date] who continue to maintain their deposit accounts as of the date of liquidation, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. as the holder of Northwest Savings Bank’s capital stock. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution. See “—Liquidation Rights.”
Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued
     The plan of conversion and reorganization and federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, MHC have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $230,000 and

156


Table of Contents

$10,000 for expenses and an additional $15,000 for each valuation update, as necessary. Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, MHC have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.
     The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma impact of the offering. Consistent with the Office of Thrift Supervision appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of the peer group companies, subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial, LC. to account for differences between Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the peer group. RP Financial, LC. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book approaches in estimating pro forma market value.
     The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC. in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:
    the present results and financial condition of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the projected results and financial condition of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
    the economic and demographic conditions in Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s existing market area;
 
    certain historical, financial and other information relating to Northwest Bancorp, Inc.;
 
    the impact of the offering on Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;
 
    the proposed dividend policy of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities; and
 
    the issuance of shares and contribution of cash to the charitable foundation.
     Included in RP Financial, LC.’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. after the conversion that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds of 1.98% and purchases in the open market of the common stock issued in the offering by the stock-based incentive plan at the $10.00 per share purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.
     The independent valuation states that as of August 28, 2009, the estimated pro forma market value, or valuation range, of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. ranged from a minimum of $867.4 million to a maximum of $1,173.8 million, with a midpoint of $1,020.6 million and an adjusted maximum of $1,350.1 million. The board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. decided to offer the shares of common

157


Table of Contents

stock for a price of $10.00 per share. The aggregate offering price of the shares of common stock will be equal to the valuation range multiplied by the percentage of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares of common stock divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range, the 63% of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range will be 53,975,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range will be 63,500,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range will be 73,025,000 shares of common stock, with an adjusted maximum of 83,978,750 shares.
     The board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:
    Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s financial condition and results of operations;
 
    comparison of financial performance ratios of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. to those of other financial institutions of similar size;
 
    market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions; and
 
    the historical trading price of the publicly held shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock.
     All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The board of directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial, LC. in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in the financial condition of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank or market conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to less than $867.4 million or more than $1,350.1 million the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s registration statement.
      The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our shares of common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Northwest Savings Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Northwest Savings Bank. Moreover, because the independent valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares of common stock at prices at or above the $10.00 price per share.
     Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $1,350.1 million, without resoliciting purchasers, which will result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 83,978,750 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions, demand for the shares of common stock or regulatory considerations. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of purchasers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share of common stock will remain fixed. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of

158


Table of Contents

distribution of additional shares of common stock to be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 83,978,750 shares.
     If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $839.8 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 83,978,750 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $539.8 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 53,975,000 shares, then, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may terminate the plan of conversion and reorganization, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return by check all funds received, with interest at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to complete the offering. In the event that we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation, purchasers would have the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period. If a purchaser does not respond during the period, his or her stock order will be canceled and payment will be returned promptly, with interest at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond [final expiration date], which is two years after the special meeting of members to vote on the conversion.
     An increase in the number of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering would decrease both a purchaser’s ownership interest and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a purchaser’s ownership interest and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “Pro Forma Data.”
     Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report prepared by RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at the main office of Northwest Savings Bank and as specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights
     In accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and subject to the minimum, maximum and overall purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and reorganization and as described below under “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”
      Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each Northwest Savings Bank depositor with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) at the close of business on June 30, 2008 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of (i) $1.5 million (150,000 shares) of our common stock, (ii) one-tenth of one percent of the total number of shares issued in the offering of common stock; or (iii) 15 times the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number, obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock offered by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of the eligible account holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all

159


Table of Contents

eligible account holders, subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.
     To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on June 30, 2008. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits in the twelve months preceding June 30, 2008.
      Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans . Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, consisting of our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, although our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 4% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and issued to the foundation. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may elect to purchase shares in the open market.
      Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, each Northwest Savings Bank depositor, other than directors and executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., with a Qualifying Deposit at the close of business on [supplemental date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of (i) $1.5 million (150,000 shares) of common stock, (ii) one-tenth of one percent of the total number of shares issued in the offering of common stock; or (iii) 15 times the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number, obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be sold by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.
     To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [supplemental date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

160


Table of Contents

      Priority 4: Other Depositors . To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor of Northwest Savings Bank as of the close of business on the voting record date of [voting record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Depositors”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to $1.5 million (150,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, available shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among Other Depositors in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each Other Member whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Depositors whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Other Member must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [voting record date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.
      Expiration Date . The subscription offering will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days. Such extension may be made without notice to you, except that extensions beyond [extension date] will require the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and a resolicitation of subscribers in the offering. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located.
Community Offering
     To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization to members of the general public in a community offering. Shares may be offered with the following preferences:
  (i)   Natural persons residing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, and Howard as well as Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake, Geauga and Ashtabula;
 
  (ii)   Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s public stockholders as of [stockholder record date]; and
 
  (iii)   Other members of the general public.
     Purchasers in the community offering may purchase up to $1.5 million (150,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The minimum purchase is 25 shares. The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

161


Table of Contents

     If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the accepted orders of persons residing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, and Howard as well as Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake, Geauga and Ashtabula, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among such persons residing in those counties whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If an oversubscription occurs due to the orders of public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. as of [stockholder record date], the allocation procedures described above will apply to the stock orders of such persons. In the event of an oversubscription among members of the general public, these same allocation procedures will also apply. In connection with the allocation process, orders received for Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock in the community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.
     The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, and Howard as well as Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake, Geauga and Ashtabula, has a present intent to remain within this community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.
      Expiration Date. The community offering, if any, may begin during or after the subscription offering, and is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and is not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [extension date], in which case we will resolicit purchasers in the offering.
Syndicated Community Offering
     If feasible, our board of directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated community offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a wide distribution of our shares of common stock. In the syndicated community offering, any person may purchase up to $1.5 million (150,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations. We retain the right to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the syndicated community offering. Unless the Office of Thrift Supervision permits otherwise, accepted orders for Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock in the syndicated community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated. Unless the syndicated community offering begins during the community offering, the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as possible after the completion of the subscription and community offerings.
     If a syndicated community offering is held, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will serve as sole book running manager. In such capacity, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated may form a syndicate of other brokers-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms.

162


Table of Contents

Neither Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering. The syndicated community offering will be conducted in accordance with certain Securities and Exchange Commission rules applicable to best efforts offerings. Generally under those rules, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, a broker-dealer, will deposit funds it receives prior to closing from interested investors into a separate non-interest-bearing bank account at a bank other than Northwest Savings Bank. The closing of the syndicated community offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among us, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank on one hand and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated on the other hand. If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, less fees and commissions payable by us, will be promptly delivered to us. If the offering is consummated, but some or all of an interested investor’s funds are not accepted by us, those funds will be returned to the interested investor promptly after closing, without interest. If the offering is not consummated, funds in the account will be promptly returned, without interest, to the potential investor. Normal customer ticketing will be used for order placement. In the syndicated community offering, order forms will not be used.
     If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or in the event that there is a significant number of shares remaining unsold after the subscription, community and syndicated community offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, if possible. The Office of Thrift Supervision must approve any such arrangements.
Limitations on Common Stock Purchases
     The plan of conversion and reorganization includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:
  (i)   No person may purchase fewer than 25 shares of common stock or more than $1.5 million (150,000 shares);
 
  (ii)   Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%;
 
  (iii)   Except for the tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, as described above, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than $6.0 million (600,000 shares) in all categories of the offering combined;
 
  (iv)   Current stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. are subject to an ownership limitation. As previously described, current stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will receive shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock in exchange for their existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the conclusion of the offering. The number of shares of common stock that a stockholder may purchase in the offering, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such stockholder, when combined with the shares that the stockholder and his or her associates will receive in exchange for existing Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, may not exceed 5% of the shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to be issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion; and

163


Table of Contents

  (v)   The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by executive officers and directors of Northwest Savings Bank and their associates, in the aggregate, when combined with shares of common stock issued in exchange for existing shares, may not exceed 25% of the shares issued in the conversion.
     Depending upon market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and without further approval of members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, may decrease or increase the purchase and ownership limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given, and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers who through their subscriptions evidence a desire to purchase the maximum allowable number of shares may be given, the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock exceeding 5% of the shares issued in the offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares sold in the offering.
     In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 83,978,750 shares of common stock, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization:
  (i)   to fill the tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including the employee stock ownership plan’s, subscriptions for up to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation;
 
  (ii)   in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member levels, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and
 
  (iii)   to fill unfulfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons residing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, and Howard as well as Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake, Geauga and Ashtabula, then to Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s public stockholders as of [stockholder record date] and then to members of the general public.
     The term “associate” of a person means:
  (i)   any corporation or organization, other than Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of any equity security;
 
  (ii)   any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, that for the purposes of subscriptions in the offering and restrictions on the sale of stock after the conversion, the term “associate” does not include a person who has a substantial beneficial interest in an employee stock benefit plan of Northwest Savings Bank, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, and for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by officers

164


Table of Contents

      and directors of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank or Northwest Bancshares, Inc., Inc. the term “associate” does not include any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan of Northwest Savings Bank; and
 
  (iii)   any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either has the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank or Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
     The term “acting in concert” means:
  (i)   knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or
 
  (ii)   a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.
     A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.
     We have the sole discretion to determine whether prospective purchasers are “associates” or “acting in concert.” Persons exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying deposit account held jointly, whether or not related, will be deemed to be acting in concert unless we determine otherwise.
     Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors. Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by executive officers and directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority guidelines, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.”
Marketing Arrangements
     To assist in the marketing of our common stock, we have retained Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, which is a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will assist us on a best efforts basis in the offering by:
  (i)   acting as our conversion advisor for the offering;
 
  (ii)   providing administrative services and managing the Stock Information Center;

165


Table of Contents

  (iii)   educating our employees regarding the offering;
 
  (iv)   targeting our sales efforts, including assisting in the preparation of marketing materials; and
 
  (v)   soliciting orders for common stock.
     We have also engaged Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated as records management agent in connection with the conversion and offering. In its role as records management agent, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, will assist us in the offering as follows: (1) consolidation of accounts and vote calculation; (2) preparation of order forms; (3) organization and supervision of the conversion center; (4) proxy solicitation and special meeting services; and (5) subscription services.
     For these services, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive an advisory and administrative fee of $50,000 and 1% of the dollar amount of all shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offering. The sales fee will be reduced by the advisory and administrative fee. No sales fee will be payable to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated with respect to shares purchased by officers, directors and employees or their immediate families, shares purchased by our tax-qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans. In the event that Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated sells common stock through a group of broker-dealers in a syndicated community offering, it will be paid a fee equal to 1% of the dollar amount of total shares sold in the syndicated community offering, which fee along with the fee payable to selected dealers (which may include Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated) shall not exceed 5% in the aggregate. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will serve as sole book running manager. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated also will be reimbursed for allocable expenses in an amount not to exceed $50,000, and for attorneys’ fees in an amount not to exceed $175,000. Alternatively, in the event that Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated sells common stock through a group of broker-dealers in a “stand-by” firm commitment underwritten public offering (for which Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will serve as sole book running manager), the underwriters will be paid a fee which shall not exceed 6% of the dollar amount of total shares sold in such offering.
     In the event that we are required to resolicit subscribers for shares of our common stock in the subscription and community offerings and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated provides significant additional services in connection with the resolicitation, we may pay Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated as additional fee for those services that will not exceed $75,000.
     We will indemnify Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of Northwest Savings Bank may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. All sales activity will be conducted in a segregated or separately identifiable area of Northwest Savings Bank’s main office apart from the area accessible to the general public. Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.
Lock-up Agreements
     We and our directors and executive officers have agreed not to, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, transfer, pledge, assign, hypothecate or otherwise encumber any shares of our common stock or options, warrants or other securities exercisable, convertible or exchangeable for our common stock during the period commencing with the filing of the registration statement for the offering and conversion and ending 90 days after completion of the offering and conversion without the prior written consent of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. In addition, except for securities issued pursuant to existing employee benefit plans in accordance with past practices or securities issued in connection with a merger or acquisition by us, we have agreed not to issue, offer to sell or sell any shares of our common stock or options, warrants or other securities exercisable, convertible or exchangeable for our common stock without the prior written consent of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated for a period of 90 days after completion of the offering and conversion.

166


Table of Contents

Offering Deadline
     The subscription and community offerings will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless extended, without notice to you, for up to 45 days. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extension date] would require the Office of Thrift Supervision’s approval. In such event, we would conduct a resolicitation. Purchasers would have the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period. If a purchaser does not respond during the resolicitation period, his or her stock order will be canceled and payment will be returned promptly, with interest calculated at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares offered has been sold. If we have not sold the minimum by the expiration date or any extension thereof, we will terminate the offering and cancel all orders, as described above. Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond [final extension date], which is two years after the special meeting of members to vote on the conversion. We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal orders and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest calculated at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate from the date of receipt.
Prospectus Delivery
     To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the expiration date of the offering in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we may not mail a prospectus any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand deliver any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will only be distributed with or preceded by a prospectus.
Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings
      Use of Stock Order Forms . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must submit a properly completed original stock order form and remit full payment. Incomplete stock order forms or stock order forms that are not signed are not required to be accepted. We are not required to accept stock orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled stock order forms. All stock order forms must be received (not postmarked) prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time, on [expiration date] at our Stock Information Center. We are not required to accept stock order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify purchasers of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms. We have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms, but we do not represent that we will do so. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, by bringing your stock order form to our Stock Information Center, or by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the order form. Our Stock Information Center is located at [stock information center address]. Stock order forms may not be delivered to other Northwest Savings Bank offices. Once tendered, a stock order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering.
     If you are ordering shares in the subscription offering, by signing the stock order form you are representing that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization and of the acceptability of the stock order forms will be final.

167


Table of Contents

     By signing the stock order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Northwest Savings Bank or the federal or state governments, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the stock order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion.
      Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. You may not submit cash or wire transfers. Payment for shares may be made by:
  (i)   personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.; or
 
  (ii)   authorization of withdrawal from the types of Northwest Savings Bank deposit accounts designated on the stock order form.
     Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Northwest Savings Bank are provided on the order forms. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest calculated at the current passbook savings rate subsequent to the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by check or money order, these funds must be available in the account(s) and will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Northwest Savings Bank or another depository institution and will earn interest calculated at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated.
     You may not remit Northwest Savings Bank line of credit checks, and we will not accept third-party checks, including those payable to you and endorsed over to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. You may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from a Northwest Savings Bank individual retirement account. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares” for information on using such funds. Additionally, you may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from Northwest Savings Bank deposit accounts with check-writing privileges. Please provide a check instead. Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [extension date], in which event purchasers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders for a specified period of time.
     Regulations prohibit Northwest Savings Bank from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.
     We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the

168


Table of Contents

shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the conversion. This payment may be made by wire transfer.
     If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until consummation of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.
Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares
     If you are interested in using your individual retirement account funds to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed individual retirement account. By regulation, Northwest Savings Bank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our shares of common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use your funds that are currently in a Northwest Savings Bank individual retirement account, you may not designate on the stock order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to another bank or a brokerage account before you place your stock order. There will be no early withdrawal or interest penalties for these transfers. The new trustee or custodian will hold the shares of common stock in a self-directed account in the same manner as we now hold the depositor’s individual retirement account funds. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the new trustee or custodian. Assistance on how to transfer individual retirement accounts maintained at Northwest Savings Bank can be obtained from the Stock Information Center. Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account at Northwest Savings Bank or elsewhere to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [expiration date] offering deadline, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.
Delivery of Stock Certificates
     Certificates representing shares of common stock issued in the offering will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted by them on the stock order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by our transfer agent until claimed by persons legally entitled thereto or otherwise disposed of in accordance with applicable law. Until certificates for the shares of common stock are available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock which they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.
     If you are currently a stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., see “Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates.”
Other Restrictions
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion and reorganization, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a State of the United States with respect to which any

169


Table of Contents

of the following apply: (a) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion reside in such state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or (c) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.
Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion and reorganization or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. When registering your stock purchase on the stock order form, you should not add the name(s) of persons who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower purchase priority than you do. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.
     We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.
Stock Information Center
     Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call or visit our Stock Information Center, located at [stock information center address]. The toll-free telephone number is (877)                      . The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed weekends and bank holidays. Other Northwest Savings Bank offices will not have offering materials and will not accept stock order forms or proxy cards.
Liquidation Rights
     In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Bancorp, Inc. prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., including those of depositors of Northwest Savings Bank (to the extent of their deposit balances), would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. remaining, these assets would be distributed to stockholders, including Northwest Bancorp, MHC. Then, if there were any assets of Northwest Bancorp, MHC remaining, members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC would receive those remaining assets, pro rata, based upon the deposit balances in their deposit account in Northwest Savings Bank immediately prior to liquidation. In the unlikely event that Northwest Savings Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution of the “liquidation account” to certain depositors, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. as the holder of Northwest Savings Bank capital stock. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings

170


Table of Contents

institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in these types of transactions, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution.
     The plan of conversion and reorganization provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a special “liquidation account” for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to the greater of:
  (i)   Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s ownership interest in the retained earnings of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. as of the date of its latest balance sheet contained in this prospectus; or
 
  (ii)   the retained earnings of Northwest Savings Bank as of the date of the latest financial statements set forth in the prospectus used by Northwest Savings Bank’s mutual predecessor when it reorganized into Northwest Bancorp, MHC in 1994.
     The purpose of the liquidation account is to provide Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who maintain their deposit accounts with Northwest Savings Bank after the conversion with a liquidation interest in the unlikely event of the complete liquidation of Northwest Savings Bank after the conversion. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder who continues to maintain his or her deposit account at Northwest Savings Bank, would be entitled, on a complete liquidation of Northwest Savings Bank after the conversion, to an interest in the liquidation account prior to any payment to the stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Northwest Savings Bank on June 30, 2008, or [supplemental date]. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have a pro rata interest in the total liquidation account for each such deposit account, based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on June 30, 2008, or [supplemental date] bears to the balance of all deposit accounts in Northwest Savings Bank on such dates.
     If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on June 30, 2008 or [supplemental date] or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be distributed to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. as the sole stockholder of Northwest Savings Bank.
Material Income Tax Consequences
     Although the conversion may be effected in any manner approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision that is consistent with the purposes of the plan of conversion and applicable law, regulations and policies, it is intended that the conversion will be effected through various mergers. Completion of the offering is conditioned upon the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and Pennsylvania tax laws to the effect that no gain or loss will be recognized by Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank or Northwest Bancshares, Inc. as a result of the conversion or by account holders receiving subscription rights, except to the extent, if any,

171


Table of Contents

that subscription rights are deemed to have fair market value on the date such rights are issued. We have received an opinion of counsel Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. as to the federal tax consequences of the conversion. KPMG LLP is expected to issue an opinion to us to the effect that, more likely than not, the income tax consequences under Pennsylvania law of the offering are not materially different than for federal income tax purposes.
     Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., has issued an opinion to Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancshares, Inc. that for federal income tax purposes:
  1.   The conversion of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  2.   The merger of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. with and into Northwest Savings Bank qualifies as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code. Neither Northwest Bancorp, Inc. nor Northwest Savings Bank will recognize gain or loss as a result of such merger. (Sections 361(a) and 1032(a) of the Internal Revenue Code).
 
  3.   The basis of the assets of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the holding period of such assets to be received by Northwest Savings Bank will be the same as the basis and holding period in such assets in the hands of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. immediately before the exchange. (Sections 362(b) and 1223(2) of the Internal Revenue Code).
 
  4.   The conversion of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  5.   The merger of Northwest Bancorp, MHC with and into Northwest Savings Bank qualifies as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  6.   The exchange of Eligible Account Holders’ and Supplemental Account Holders’ interests in Northwest Bancorp, MHC for interests in a liquidation account established in Northwest Savings Bank will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax regulations.
 
  7.   None of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Savings Bank, Eligible Account Holders nor Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of Northwest Bancorp, MHC to Northwest Savings Bank in exchange for an interest in a liquidation account established in Northwest Savings Bank for the benefit of such persons who remain depositors or borrowers of Northwest Savings Bank.
 
  8.   The basis of the assets of Northwest Bancorp, MHC and the holding period of such assets to be received by Northwest Savings Bank will be the same as the basis and holiday period in such assets in the hands of Northwest Bancorp, MHC immediately before the exchange. (Sections 362(b) and 1223(2) of the Internal Revenue Code.)

172


Table of Contents

  9.   Current stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will not recognize any gain or loss upon their constructive exchange of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock for shares of Northwest Savings Bank which will in turn be exchanged for new shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock.
 
  10.   Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock (including fractional share interests) received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock surrendered in the exchange.
 
  11.   Each stockholder’s holding period in his or her Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock surrendered was held, provided that the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange.
 
  12.   Cash received by any current stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. in lieu of a fractional share interest in shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will be treated as having been received as a distribution in full payment in exchange for a fractional share interest of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock, which such stockholder would otherwise be entitled to receive. Accordingly, a stockholder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the basis of the fractional share. If the common stock is held by the stockholder as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be capital gain or loss.
 
  13.   It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Depositors upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.
 
  14.   It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of the Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.
 
  15.   No gain or loss will be recognized by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. on the receipt of money in exchange for Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock sold in the offering.
     We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and persons receiving subscription rights and shareholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. The tax opinion as to items 12 and 13 above is based on the position that subscription rights to be received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or the time the subscription rights are exercised. In this regard, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of

173


Table of Contents

short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.
     We also have received a letter from RP Financial, LC. stating its belief that the subscription rights do not have any ascertainable fair market value and that the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of the exercise. This position is based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in any community offering.
     We do not plan to apply for a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service concerning the transactions described herein. Unlike private letter rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service, opinions of counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state tax authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that the conclusions reached in an opinion of counsel would be sustained by a court if contested by the Internal Revenue Service.
     The federal tax opinion has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s registration statement. Advice regarding the Pennsylvania state income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion is expected to be issued by KPMG LLP, tax advisors to Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after the Conversion
     All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or an executive officer of Northwest Savings Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or executive officer. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, executive officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our

174


Table of Contents

common stock by our stock-based incentive plan or any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans.
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit Northwest Bancshares, Inc. from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following the conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases. After one year, the Office of Thrift Supervision does not impose any repurchase restrictions.
NORTHWEST CHARITABLE FOUNDATION
General
     In furtherance of our commitment to our local community, the plan of conversion and reorganization provides that we will establish a new charitable foundation, the Northwest Charitable Foundation, as a non-stock, nonprofit Delaware corporation in connection with the stock offering. The charitable foundation will be funded with cash and shares of our common stock, as further described below.
     By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local community, we believe that the new charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of our community banking franchise. The stock offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our communities through the Northwest Charitable Foundation.
Purpose of the Charitable Foundation
     In connection with the conclusion of the conversion, we intend to contribute to Northwest Charitable Foundation cash of $1.0 million and a number of shares of common stock such that the aggregate value of the contribution to the foundation will equal 2% of the shares sold in the stock offering to Northwest Charitable Foundation, for a maximum contribution of $16.8 million of cash and shares of common stock. The purpose of the charitable foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which we operate and to enable our communities to share in our long-term growth. Northwest Charitable Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to us. Northwest Charitable Foundation will also support our ongoing obligations to the community under the Community Reinvestment Act. Northwest Savings Bank received a satisfactory rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
     Funding Northwest Charitable Foundation with shares of our common stock is also intended to allow our communities to share in our potential growth and success after the stock offering is completed because Northwest Charitable Foundation will benefit directly from any increases in the value of our shares of common stock. In addition, Northwest Charitable Foundation will maintain close ties with Northwest Savings Bank, thereby forming a partnership within the communities in which Northwest Savings Bank operates.
Structure of the Charitable Foundation
     Northwest Charitable Foundation will be incorporated under Delaware law as a non-stock, nonprofit corporation. The certificate of incorporation of Northwest Charitable Foundation will provide that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. Northwest Charitable Foundation’s certificate of incorporation will further

175


Table of Contents

provide that no part of the net earnings of the charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its members, directors or officers or to private individuals.
     The charitable foundation will be governed by a board of directors, initially consisting of William J. Wagner, Philip M. Tredway and Richard E. McDowell who are our current directors and one individual who is not affiliated with us. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require that we select one person to serve on the initial board of directors who is not one of our officers or directors and who has experience with local charitable organizations and grant making, and we have selected                      as a director to satisfy these requirements. While there are no plans to change the size of the initial board of directors during the year following the completion of the conversion, following the first anniversary of the conversion, the charitable foundation may alter the size and composition of its board of directors. For five years after the stock offering, one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one of our officers, directors or employees, and at least one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for one of Northwest Savings Bank’s directors. Except as described below in “—Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Charitable Foundation,” on an annual basis, directors of the charitable foundation elect one third of the board to serve for three-year terms.
     The business experience of our current directors is described in “Management.” Information with respect to                      is as follows:
     [biography of independent director to be included here]
     The board of directors of Northwest Charitable Foundation will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of Northwest Charitable Foundation will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the charitable foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the charitable foundation is established. The directors of Northwest Charitable Foundation also will be responsible for directing the activities of the charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of our common stock held by the charitable foundation. However, as required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, all shares of our common stock held by Northwest Charitable Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.
     Northwest Charitable Foundation’s initial place of business will be located at our administrative offices. The board of directors of Northwest Charitable Foundation will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations governing transactions between Northwest Savings Bank and the charitable foundation.
     Northwest Charitable Foundation will receive working capital from the initial cash contribution and:
  (1)   any dividends that may be paid on our shares of common stock in the future;
 
  (2)   within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; or

176


Table of Contents

  (3)   the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time.
     As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, Northwest Charitable Foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets. One of the conditions imposed on the gift of shares of common stock is that the amount of shares of common stock that may be sold by Northwest Charitable Foundation in any one year may not exceed 5% of the average market value of the assets held by Northwest Charitable Foundation, except where the board of directors of the charitable foundation determines that the failure to sell an amount of common stock greater than such amount would result in a long-term reduction of the value of its assets and/or would otherwise jeopardize its capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.
Tax Considerations
     We believe that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation. Northwest Charitable Foundation will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as Northwest Charitable Foundation files its application for tax-exempt status within 27 months after the date it was organized, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization. We have not received a tax opinion as to whether Northwest Charitable Foundation’s tax exempt status will be affected by the regulatory requirement that all shares of our common stock held by Northwest Charitable Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other outstanding shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.
     Northwest Financial, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank are authorized by federal law to make charitable contributions. We believe that the stock offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact to our stockholders of the contribution of shares of common stock to Northwest Charitable Foundation. We believe that the contribution to Northwest Charitable Foundation of an amount of common stock and cash that may be in excess of the 10% annual limitation on charitable deductions described below is justified given Northwest Savings Bank’s capital position and its earnings, the substantial additional capital being raised in the stock offering and the potential benefits of Northwest Charitable Foundation to our community. See “Capitalization,” “Regulatory Capital Compliance,” and “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.”
     We believe that our contribution of shares of our common stock to Northwest Charitable Foundation should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a federal or state tax deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the stock at the time of the contribution. We are permitted to deduct for charitable purposes only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to Northwest Charitable Foundation. We estimate that all of the contribution should be deductible for federal tax purposes over the six-year period (i.e., the year in which the contribution is made and the succeeding five-year period). However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. In such event, our contribution to Northwest Charitable Foundation would be expensed without a tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination. Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we

177


Table of Contents

may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. Any such decision to continue to make additional contributions to Northwest Charitable Foundation in the future would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the foundation.
     As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 2%. Northwest Charitable Foundation will be required to file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year. Northwest Charitable Foundation will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.
Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Charitable Foundation
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require that, before our board of directors adopted the plan of stock issuance, the board of directors had to identify its members that will serve on the charitable foundation’s board, and these directors could not participate in our board’s discussions concerning contributions to the charitable foundation, and could not vote on the matter. Our board of directors complied with this regulation in adopting the plan of stock issuance.
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that the Office of Thrift Supervision will generally not object if a well-capitalized savings bank contributes to a charitable foundation an aggregate amount of 8% or less of the shares or proceeds issued in a stock offering. Northwest Savings Bank qualifies as a well-capitalized savings bank for purposes of this limitation, and the contribution to the charitable foundation will not exceed this limitation.
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations impose the following requirements on the establishment of the charitable foundation:
    the Office of Thrift Supervision may examine the charitable foundation at the foundation’s expense;
 
    the charitable foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision;
 
    the charitable foundation must provide annually to the Office of Thrift Supervision a copy of the annual report that the charitable foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service;
 
    the charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy;
 
    the charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code; and
 
    the charitable foundation must vote its shares of our common stock in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by our stockholders.

178


Table of Contents

     Within six months of completing the stock offering, Northwest Charitable Foundation must submit to the Office of Thrift Supervision a three-year operating plan.
COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING
STOCKHOLDERS OF NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC.
      General. As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will become stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. There are differences in the rights of stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. caused by differences between federal and Maryland law and regulations and differences in Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s federal stock charter and bylaws and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Maryland articles of incorporation and bylaws.
     This discussion is not intended to be a complete statement of the differences affecting the rights of stockholders, but rather summarizes the material differences and similarities affecting the rights of stockholders. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and the Maryland General Corporation Law. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws.
      Authorized Capital Stock. The authorized capital stock of both Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.
     Under the Maryland General Corporation Law and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation, the board of directors may increase or decrease the number of authorized shares without stockholder approval. Stockholder approval is required to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s charter and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation both authorize the board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and, for any series of preferred stock, to determine the terms and rights of the series, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion and redemption rates and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, our board of directors has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management in order to attempt to block a hostile tender offer, merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control, and thereby assist management to retain its position. We currently have no plans for the issuance of additional shares for such purposes.
      Issuance of Capital Stock. Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, Northwest Bancorp, MHC is required to own not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Northwest Bancorp, MHC will no longer exist following consummation of the conversion.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation do not contain restrictions on the issuance of shares of capital stock to directors, officers or controlling persons, whereas Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stock charter restricts such issuances to general public offerings, or to directors for qualifying shares, unless the share issuance or the plan under which they would be issued has been approved by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal stockholders’ meeting. However, stock-based compensation plans, such as stock option plans and restricted stock plans, would have to be submitted for approval by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. stockholders due to requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and in order to qualify stock options for favorable federal income tax treatment.

179


Table of Contents

      Voting Rights. Neither Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stock charter or bylaws nor Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation or bylaws provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. For additional information regarding voting rights, see “—Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders” below.
      Payment of Dividends. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s ability to pay dividends depends, to a large extent, upon Northwest Savings Bank’s ability to pay dividends to Northwest Bancorp, Inc. The Banking Code of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania states, in part, that dividends may be declared and paid by Northwest Savings Bank only out of accumulated net earnings. A dividend may not be declared or paid unless the surplus, prior to the transfer of net earnings, would not be reduced by the payment of the dividend. Dividends may also not be declared or paid if Northwest Savings Bank is in default in payment of any assessment due to the FDIC.
     The same restrictions will apply to Northwest Savings Bank’s payment of dividends to Northwest Bancshares Inc. In addition, Maryland law generally provides that Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is limited to paying dividends in an amount equal to its capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make it insolvent.
      Board of Directors . Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stock charter and bylaws and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws each require the board of directors to be divided into three classes and that the members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors are elected and qualified, with one class being elected annually.
     Under Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s bylaws, any vacancies on the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the board of directors. Persons elected by the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. to fill vacancies may only serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Under Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation, any vacancy occurring on the board of directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been elected and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
     Under Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s bylaws, any director may be removed for cause by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares. Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation provide that any director may be removed for cause by the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding voting shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
      Limitations on Liability. The charter and bylaws of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. do not limit the personal liability of directors.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation provide that directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. for certain actions as directors, except for (i) receipt of an improper personal benefit from their positions as directors, (ii) actions or omissions that are determined to have involved active and deliberate dishonesty, or (iii) to the extent allowed by Maryland law. These provisions might, in certain instances, discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their duties even though such an action, if successful, might benefit Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
      Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents. Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. shall indemnify its directors, officers and employees for

180


Table of Contents

any costs incurred in connection with any litigation involving such person’s activities as a director, officer or employee if such person obtains a final judgment on the merits in his or her favor. In addition, indemnification is permitted in the case of a settlement, a final judgment against such person, or final judgment other than on the merits, if a majority of disinterested directors determines that such person was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her employment as he or she could reasonably have perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the circumstances was in the best interests of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or its stockholders. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. also is permitted to pay ongoing expenses incurred by a director, officer or employee if a majority of disinterested directors concludes that such person may ultimately be entitled to indemnification. Before making any indemnification payment, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. is required to notify the Office of Thrift Supervision of its intention, and such payment cannot be made if the Office of Thrift Supervision objects to such payment.
     The articles of incorporation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. provide that it shall indemnify its current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent required or permitted by Maryland law, including the advancement of expenses. Maryland law allows Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to indemnify any person for expenses, liabilities, settlements, judgments and fines in suits in which such person has been made a party by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. No such indemnification may be given if the acts or omissions of the person are adjudged to be in bad faith and material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding, if such person is liable to the corporation for an unlawful distribution, or if such person personally received a benefit to which he or she was not entitled. The right to indemnification includes the right to be paid the expenses incurred in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.
      Special Meetings of Stockholders. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s bylaws provide that special meetings of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders may be called by the Chairman, the president, a majority of the members of the board of directors or the holders of not less than one-tenth of the outstanding capital stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. entitled to vote at the meeting. Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. may be called by the president, by a majority vote of the total authorized directors, or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.
      Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s bylaws generally provide that stockholders may submit nominations for election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders and may propose any new business to be taken up at such a meeting by filing the proposal in writing with Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at least five days before the date of any such meeting.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws generally provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. at least 80 days prior and not earlier than 90 days prior to such meeting. However, if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice must be submitted by a stockholder not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
     Management believes that it is in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders to provide sufficient time to enable management to disclose to stockholders information about a dissident slate of nominations for directors. This advance notice requirement may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any dissident slate of nominations, should management determine that doing so is in the best interests of stockholders generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and

181


Table of Contents

to determine whether to recommend to the stockholders that such proposals be adopted. In certain instances, such provisions could make it more difficult to oppose management’s nominees or proposals, even if stockholders believe such nominees or proposals are in their best interests.
      Stockholder Action Without a Meeting. The bylaws of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. provide that any action to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is given by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote. The bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. do not provide for action to be taken by stockholders without a meeting. Under Maryland law, action may be taken by stockholders without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on the action consent to taking such action without a meeting.
      Stockholder’s Right to Examine Books and Records. A federal regulation, which is applicable to Northwest Bancorp, Inc., provides that stockholders may inspect and copy specified books and records after proper written notice for a proper purpose. Maryland law provides that a stockholder may inspect a company’s bylaws, stockholder minutes, annual statement of affairs and any voting trust agreements. However, only a stockholder or group of stockholders who together, for at least six months, hold at least 5% of the company’s total shares, have the right to inspect a company’s stock ledger, list of stockholders and books of accounts.
      Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders. Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation provide that no beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock will be permitted to vote any shares in excess of such 10% limit. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s charter does not provide such a limit on voting common stock.
     In addition, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the offering, no person, acting singly or together with associates in a group of persons acting in concert, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Where any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the securities beneficially owned by such person in excess of 10% may not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and will not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote.
      Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets. A federal regulation applicable to Northwest Bancorp, Inc. generally requires the approval of two-thirds of the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. entitled to vote thereon for mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s assets. Such regulation permits Northwest Bancorp, Inc. to merge with another corporation without obtaining the approval of its stockholders if:
  (i)   it does not involve an interim savings institution;
 
  (ii)   Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s federal stock charter is not changed;
 
  (iii)   each share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the transaction will be an identical outstanding share or a treasury share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. after such effective date; and
 
  (iv)   either:

182


Table of Contents

  (a)   no shares of voting stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and no securities convertible into such stock are to be issued or delivered under the plan of combination; or
 
  (b)   the authorized but unissued shares or the treasury shares of voting stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. to be issued or delivered under the plan of combination, plus those initially issuable upon conversion of any securities to be issued or delivered under such plan, do not exceed 15% of the total shares of voting stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the transaction.
     Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s voting stock after the date on which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. at any time after the date on which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.
     After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.
      Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:
    the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

183


Table of Contents

    the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries operate or are located;
    whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
    whether a more favorable price could be obtained for Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s stock or other securities in the future;
 
    the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries;
 
    the future value of the stock or any other securities of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;
 
    any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;
 
    the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and
 
    the ability of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.
     If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s charter and bylaws do not contain a similar provision.
      Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal . Office of Thrift Supervision regulations generally provide that a stockholder of a federally chartered corporation that engages in a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of its assets shall have the right to demand from such institution payment of the fair or appraised value of his or her stock in the corporation, subject to specified procedural requirements. The regulations also provide, however, that a stockholder of a federally chartered corporation whose shares are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq stock market are not entitled to dissenters’ rights in connection with a merger if the stockholder is required to accept only “qualified consideration” for his or her stock, which is defined to include cash, shares of stock of any institution or corporation that at the effective date of the merger will be listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq stock market, or any combination of such shares of stock and cash.
     Under Maryland law, stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will not have dissenters’ appraisal rights in connection with a plan of merger or consolidation to which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is a party as long as the common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

184


Table of Contents

      Amendment of Governing Instruments . No amendment of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stock charter may be made unless it is first proposed by the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., then preliminarily approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation may be amended by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:
  (i)   The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;
 
  (ii)   The division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;
 
  (iii)   The ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;
 
  (iv)   The requirement that at least 80% of stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause;
 
  (v)   The ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;
 
  (vi)   The ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
  (vii)   The authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;
 
  (viii)   The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;
 
  (ix)   The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;
 
  (x)   The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
  (xi)   The limitation of liability of officers and directors to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. for money damages; and
 
  (xii)   The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xi) of this list.
     The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this supermajority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.

185


Table of Contents

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
     Although the board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. after the conversion, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders from takeovers which our board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Northwest Savings Bank, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s stockholders.
     The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Northwest Savings Bank’s charter and bylaws and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and reference should be made in each case to the actual document or regulatory provision in question. Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are included as part of Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s application for conversion filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. more difficult.
      Directors . The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of our board of directors. Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders.
      Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings . The articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by the President, by a majority of the whole board of directors or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.
      Prohibition of Cumulative Voting . The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.
      Limitation of Voting Rights . The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit.
      Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office . The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding common stock entitled to vote (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights.”)

186


Table of Contents

      Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Following the Conversion.” The articles of incorporation authorize 50,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the designations, and relative preferences, limitations, voting rights, if any, including without limitation, offering rights of such shares (which could be multiple or as a separate class). In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. that the board of directors does not approve, it might be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.
      Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Amendments to the articles of incorporation must be approved by our board of directors and also by at least a majority of the outstanding shares of our voting stock; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:
  (i)   The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;
 
  (ii)   The division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;
 
  (iii)   The ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;
 
  (iv)   The requirement that at least 80% of stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause;
 
  (v)   The ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;
 
  (vi)   The ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
  (vii)   The authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;
 
  (viii)   The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;
 
  (ix)   The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;
 
  (x)   The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
  (xi)   The limitation of liability of officers and directors to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. for money damages; and
 
  (xii)   The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xi) of this list.

187


Table of Contents

     The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this supermajority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.
      Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders . Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s voting stock after the date on which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. at any time after the date on which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.
     After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.
      Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

188


Table of Contents

    the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;
 
    the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries operate or are located;
 
    whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
    whether a more favorable price could be obtained for Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s stock or other securities in the future;
 
    the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries;
 
    the future value of the stock or any other securities of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;
 
    any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;
 
    the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and
 
    the ability of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.
     If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.
      Purpose and Anti-Takeover Effects of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws . Our board of directors believes that the provisions described above or below are prudent and will reduce our vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors. These provisions also will assist us in the orderly deployment of the offering proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the conversion. Our board of directors believes these provisions are in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders. Our board of directors believes that it will be in the best position to determine the true value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and to negotiate more effectively for what may be in the best interests of its stockholders. Accordingly, our board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the board of directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also the view of our board of directors that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price reflective of the true value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and that is in the best interests of all stockholders.

189


Table of Contents

     Takeover attempts that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors present the risk of a takeover on terms that may be less favorable than might otherwise be available. A transaction that is negotiated and approved by our board of directors, on the other hand, can be carefully planned and undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. for our stockholders, with due consideration given to matters such as the management and business of the acquiring corporation and maximum strategic development of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s assets.
     Although a tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above the current market price, such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, stockholders may be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise that is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to those of the remaining stockholders.
     Despite our belief as to the benefits to stockholders of these provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, these provisions may also have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that would not be approved by our board of directors, but pursuant to which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have any opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also make it more difficult to remove our board of directors and management. Our board of directors, however, has concluded that the potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.
     Following the conversion, pursuant to applicable law and, if required, following the approval by stockholders, we may adopt additional anti-takeover provisions in our articles of incorporation or other devices regarding the acquisition of our equity securities that would be permitted for a Maryland business corporation.
     The cumulative effect of the restrictions on acquisition of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. contained in our articles of incorporation and bylaws and in Maryland law may be to discourage potential takeover attempts and perpetuate incumbent management, even though certain stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. may deem a potential acquisition to be in their best interests, or deem existing management not to be acting in their best interests.
Conversion Regulations
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquiring stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion. Further, without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. The Office of Thrift Supervision has defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a bank or its holding company, or an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding company’s behalf for resale to the general public are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by

190


Table of Contents

any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.
Change in Control Regulations
     Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of an insured federal savings bank or its parent holding company unless the Office of Thrift Supervision has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. In addition, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings bank without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
     Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution’s directors, or a determination by the Office of Thrift Supervision that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings bank’s voting stock, if the acquiror is also subject to any one of eight “control factors,” constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations. Such control factors include the acquiror being one of the two largest stockholders. The determination of control may be rebutted by submission to the Office of Thrift Supervision, prior to the acquisition of stock or the occurrence of any other circumstances giving rise to such determination, of a statement setting forth facts and circumstances which would support a finding that no control relationship will exist and containing certain undertakings. The regulations provide that persons or companies which acquire beneficial ownership exceeding 10% or more of any class of a savings bank’s stock who do not intend to participate in or seek to exercise control over a savings bank’s management or policies may qualify for a safe harbor by filing with the Office of Thrift Supervision a certification form that states, among other things, that the holder is not in control of such institution, is not subject to a rebuttable determination of control and will take no action which would result in a determination or rebuttable determination of control without prior notice to or approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, as applicable. There are also rebuttable presumptions in the regulations concerning whether a group “acting in concert” exists, including presumed action in concert among members of an “immediate family.”
     The Office of Thrift Supervision may prohibit an acquisition of control if it finds, among other things, that:
  (i)   the acquisition would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;
 
  (ii)   the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the financial stability of the institution; or
 
  (iii)   the competence, experience or integrity of the acquiring person indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.

191


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC. FOLLOWING
THE CONVERSION
General
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. currently expects to issue in the offering up to 73,025,000 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment, and up to 83,978,750 shares, subject to adjustment, in exchange for the publicly held shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.
     The shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Common Stock
      Dividends . Northwest Bancshares, Inc. may pay dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent, as and when declared by our board of directors. The payment of dividends by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is subject to limitations that are imposed by law and applicable regulation. The holders of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If Northwest Bancshares, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.
      Voting Rights . Upon consummation of the conversion, the holders of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will have exclusive voting rights in Northwest Bancshares, Inc. They will elect Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If Northwest Bancshares, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require an 80% stockholder vote.
     As a Pennsylvania stock savings association, corporate powers and control of Northwest Savings Bank are vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of Northwest Savings Bank and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of Northwest Savings Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Northwest Savings Bank, which will be Northwest Bancshares, Inc., and voted at the direction of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will not have direct control of Northwest Savings Bank.

192


Table of Contents

      Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Northwest Savings Bank, Northwest Bancshares, Inc., as the holder of 100% of Northwest Savings Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Northwest Savings Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Northwest Savings Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.
      Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued. The common stock is not subject to redemption.
Preferred Stock
     None of the shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.
TRANSFER AGENT
     The transfer agent and registrar for Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Brooklyn, New York.
EXPERTS
     The consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, which is included herein and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2008 consolidated financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the Company adopted a new framework for measuring fair value effective January 1, 2008 in accordance with FASB No. 157, Fair Value Measurements .
     The discussions related to state income taxes included under the “Material Income Tax Consequences” heading of the Conversion and Offering Section, were prepared for the Company by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, and have been included herein upon the authority of said firm as experts in tax matters.
     RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.

193


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS
     Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., counsel to Northwest Bancshares, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank, will issue to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion and its opinion regarding the contribution to the charitable foundation. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated by Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site ( http://www.sec.gov ) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.
     Northwest Bancorp, MHC has filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision an Application on Form AC with respect to the conversion. This prospectus omits certain information contained in the application. The application may be examined at the principal office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, 1700 G Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552, and at the Northeast Regional Office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, Harborside Financial Center Plaza Five, Suite 1600, Jersey City, New Jersey 07311. Our plan of conversion and reorganization is available, upon request, at each of our banking offices.
      In connection with the offering, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion and reorganization, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.

194


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
         
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-2  
 
       
Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition at December 31, 2008 and 2007
    F-3  
 
       
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
    F-4  
 
       
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
    F-5  
 
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
    F-6  
 
       
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
    F-8  
 
       
Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008
    G-1  
 
       
Consolidated Statements of Income for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008
    G-2  
 
       
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008
    G-3  
 
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008
    G-4  
 
       
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, June 30, 2009 and 2008
    G-5  
***
All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.

F-1


Table of Contents

     
(KPMG LOGO)
   
 
  KPMG LLP
Suite 2500
One Mellon Center
Pittsburgh, PA 15219-2598
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted a new framework for measuring fair value effective January 1, 2008 in accordance with FASB No. 157, Fair Value Measurements.
KPMG LLP
March 4, 2009

F-2

KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is the U.S.
member firm of KPMG International, a Swiss cooperative.


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(Amounts in thousands, excluding share data)
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 55,815       75,905  
Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions
    16,795       153,160  
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
    7,312       1,551  
Marketable securities available-for-sale (amortized cost of $1,144,435 and $1,123,526)
    1,139,170       1,133,367  
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $54,929 and $41,784
    5,141,892       4,795,622  
Accrued interest receivable
    27,252       27,084  
Real estate owned, net
    16,844       8,667  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost
    63,143       31,304  
Premises and equipment, net
    115,842       110,894  
Bank owned life insurance
    123,479       118,682  
Goodwill
    171,363       171,614  
Other intangible assets
    7,395       11,782  
Mortgage servicing rights
    6,280       8,955  
Other assets
    37,659       14,929  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 6,930,241       6,663,516  
 
           
 
               
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
 
               
Liabilities:
               
Deposits
  $ 5,038,211       5,542,334  
Borrowed funds
    1,067,945       339,115  
Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    26,190       24,159  
Accrued interest payable
    5,194       4,356  
Other liabilities
    70,663       32,354  
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures held by trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities
    108,254       108,320  
 
           
Total liabilities
    6,316,457       6,050,638  
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.10 par value. 50,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued
           
Common stock, $0.10 par value. 500,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued 51,244,974 and 51,191,109, respectively
    5,124       5,119  
Paid-in capital
    218,332       214,606  
Retained earnings, substantially restricted
    490,326       458,425  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/ income, net
    (30,575 )     816  
Treasury stock of 2,742,800 and 2,610,800 shares, respectively, at cost
    (69,423 )     (66,088 )
 
           
Total shareholders’ equity
    613,784       612,878  
 
           
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 6,930,241       6,663,516  
 
           
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Amounts in thousands, excluding share data)
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Interest income:
                       
Loans receivable
  $ 327,128       315,570       286,316  
Mortgage-backed securities
    34,694       29,385       31,523  
Taxable investment securities
    11,828       30,583       31,164  
Tax-free investment securities
    12,253       12,626       12,986  
Interest-earning deposits
    2,756       7,867       6,584  
 
                 
Total interest income
    388,659       396,031       368,573  
Interest expense:
                       
Deposits
    137,061       186,540       156,985  
Borrowed funds
    32,232       24,475       34,124  
 
                 
Total interest expense
    169,293       211,015       191,109  
 
                 
Net interest income
    219,366       185,016       177,464  
Provision for loan losses
    22,851       8,743       8,480  
 
                 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    196,515       176,273       168,984  
Noninterest income:
                       
Service charges and fees
    32,432       27,754       24,459  
Trust and other financial services income
    6,718       6,223       5,321  
Insurance commission income
    2,376       2,705       2,550  
Gain on sale of marketable securities, net
    6,037       4,958       368  
Other-than-temporary impairment of investments
    (16,004 )     (8,412 )      
Gain on sale of loans, net
          728       4,832  
(Loss)/ gain on sale of real estate owned, net
    (428 )     (83 )     735  
Income from bank owned life insurance
    4,797       4,460       4,344  
Mortgage banking income
    665       1,578       684  
Non-cash (impairment)/ recovery of mortgage servicing asset
    (2,165 )     65       (205 )
Other operating income
    4,324       3,046       2,938  
 
                 
Total noninterest income
    38,752       43,022       46,026  
Noninterest expense:
                       
Compensation and employee benefits
    91,129       84,217       78,611  
Premises and occupancy costs
    21,924       21,375       20,368  
Office operations
    13,237       12,788       12,411  
Processing expenses
    18,652       15,019       12,051  
Professional services
    2,582       2,778       2,877  
Amortization of intangible assets
    4,387       4,499       3,876  
Advertising
    5,500       3,742       2,818  
Federal deposit insurance premiums
    3,884       663       685  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    705             3,124  
Other expenses
    8,128       7,661       6,861  
 
                 
Total noninterest expense
    170,128       152,742       143,682  
 
                 
Income before income taxes
    65,139       66,553       71,328  
Provision for income taxes:
                       
Federal
    14,739       15,597       16,840  
State
    2,229       1,859       2,952  
 
                 
Total provision for income taxes
    16,968       17,456       19,792  
 
                 
Net income
  $ 48,171       49,097       51,536  
 
                 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 1.00       1.00       1.03  
 
                 
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.99       0.99       1.03  
 
                 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(Amounts in thousands, excluding share data)
                                                 
                            Accumulated                
                            other             Total  
    Common     Paid-in     Retained     comprehensive     Treasury     shareholders’  
    stock     capital     earnings     income (loss), net     stock     equity  
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 5,108       208,132       389,985       (384 )     (17,183 )   $ 585,658  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                51,536                   51,536  
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
                      (859 )           (859 )
 
                                   
Total comprehensive income
                51,536       (859 )           50,677  
Treasury stock repurchases
                            (8,080 )     (8,080 )
Prior period adjustments — adoption of SAB 108
                (2,770 )                 (2,770 )
Exercise of stock options
    6       867                         873  
Stock compensation
          2,296                         2,296  
Adjustment for adoption of SFAS No. 158
                      (10,366 )           (10,366 )
Dividends paid ($0.70 per share)
                (13,727 )                 (13,727 )
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2006
    5,114       211,295       425,024       (11,609 )     (25,263 )     604,561  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                49,097                   49,097  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
                      12,425             12,425  
 
                                   
Total comprehensive income
                49,097       12,425             61,522  
Treasury stock repurchases
                            (40,825 )     (40,825 )
Exercise of stock options
    5       857                         862  
Stock compensation
          2,454                         2,454  
Dividends paid ($0.84 per share)
                (15,696 )                 (15,696 )
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2007
    5,119       214,606       458,425       816       (66,088 )     612,878  
Effect of changing pension plan measurement date pursuant to SFAS No. 158, net of tax of $(319) and $361, respectively
                (499 )     572             73  
 
                                   
Beginning balance as adjusted
    5,119       214,606       457,926       1,388       (66,088 )     612,951  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                48,171                   48,171  
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
                      (31,963 )           (31,963 )
 
                                   
Total comprehensive income
                48,171       (31,963 )           16,208  
Treasury stock repurchases
                            (3,335 )     (3,335 )
Exercise of stock options
    5       995                         1,000  
Stock compensation
          2,731                         2,731  
Dividends paid ($0.88 per share)
                (15,771 )                 (15,771 )
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 5,124       218,332       490,326       (30,575 )     (69,423 )   $ 613,784  
 
                                   
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in thousands)
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 48,171       49,097       51,536  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Provision for loan losses
    22,851       8,743       8,480  
Net gain on sales of assets
    (3,468 )     (4,638 )     (4,550 )
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                3,124  
Net depreciation, amortization, and accretion
    16,222       14,572       10,828  
Increase in other assets
    (2,007 )     (11,119 )     (10,945 )
Increase in other liabilities
    3,997       3,799       5,353  
Net amortization of discounts/premiums on marketable securities
    (6,382 )     (4,396 )     (1,334 )
Noncash compensation expense related to stock benefit plans
    2,731       2,454       2,296  
Noncash other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities
    16,004       8,412        
Noncash impairment/(recovery) of mortgage servicing rights
    2,165       (65 )     205  
Deferred income tax expense/(benefit)
    (6,480 )     (750 )     8,775  
Origination of loans held for sale
    (234,973 )     (252,810 )     (153,354 )
Proceeds from loan sales
    212,535       250,295       143,340  
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    71,366       63,594       63,754  
Investing activities:
                       
Purchase of marketable securities held-to-maturity
                (201,912 )
Purchase of marketable securities available-for-sale
    (457,776 )     (49,102 )     (280,459 )
Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of marketable securities held-to-maturity
          151,374       115,550  
Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of marketable securities available-for-sale
    319,051       182,454       138,640  
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities available-for-sale
    113,484       105,361       5,333  
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities held-to-maturity
          15,652        
Loan originations
    (1,649,652 )     (1,489,646 )     (1,334,596 )
Proceeds from loan maturities and principal reductions
    1,283,980       1,234,511       1,118,372  
Proceeds from sale of portfolio loans
                481,301  
Redemption/(purchase) of Federal Home Loan
                       
Bank stock
    (31,839 )     3,715       (979 )
Proceeds from sale of real estate owned
    7,176       5,316       6,771  
Sale/(purchase) of real estate owned for investment
    155       (101 )     66  
Purchase of premises and equipment
    (15,655 )     (11,411 )     (13,071 )
Acquisitions, net of cash received
          (25,150 )     (2,605 )
 
                 
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities
    (431,076 )     122,973       32,411  

F-6


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in thousands)
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Financing activities:
                       
(Decrease)/ increase in deposits, net
  $ (504,123 )     9,737       54,948  
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
    645,000              
Repayments of long-term borrowings
    (84,270 )     (75,180 )     (47,759 )
Net increase in short-term borrowings
    168,484       9,342       24,025  
Increase/ (decrease) in advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    2,031       1,476       (2,142 )
Treasury stock repurchases
    (3,335 )     (40,825 )     (8,080 )
Repayment of junior subordinated debentures
                (102,062 )
Cash dividends paid
    (15,771 )     (15,696 )     (13,727 )
Proceeds from options exercised, including tax benefit realized
    1,000       862       873  
 
                 
Net cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities
    209,016       (110,284 )     (93,924 )
 
                 
Net (decrease)/ increase in cash and cash equivalents
  $ (150,694 )     76,283       2,241  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
  $ 230,616       154,333       152,092  
Net (decrease)/ increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (150,694 )     76,283       2,241  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 79,922       230,616       154,333  
 
                 
Cash paid during the period for:
                       
Interest on deposits and borrowings (including interest credited to deposit accounts of $129,275, $160,291 and $136,319, respectively)
  $ 168,455       210,697       191,458  
Income taxes
    22,541       16,684       6,940  
Noncash activities:
                       
Business acquisitions:
                       
Fair value of assets acquired
  $       211,846       86,673  
Net cash paid
          (25,150 )     (2,605 )
 
                 
Liabilities assumed
  $       186,696       84,068  
 
                 
Loan foreclosures and repossessions
  $ 15,780       6,975       7,817  
Loans transferred to held for investment from loans held for sale
    24,827              
Sale of real estate owned financed by the Company
    614       1,013       768  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
(1)   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
  (a)   Nature of Operations
 
      The Northwest group of companies is organized in a two-tier holding company structure. Northwest Bancorp, MHC (MHC) is a federal mutual holding company and, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, owned approximately 63% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (the Company). Annually, the MHC applies for and, for the past three years, has received approval from the Office of Thrift Supervision to waive its right to receive dividends from the Company. Dividends waived by MHC during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $26,872,000, $25,651,000, and $21,376,000, respectively.
 
      Northwest Bancorp, Inc., which is headquartered in Warren, Pennsylvania, is a federal savings and loan holding company for its wholly owned subsidiary, Northwest Savings Bank (Northwest). Northwest offers traditional deposit and loan products through its 167 banking locations in Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland, and Florida. Northwest, through its subsidiary Northwest Consumer Discount Company, also offers loan products through 49 consumer finance offices in Pennsylvania.
 
  (b)   Principles of Consolidation
 
      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries after elimination of all intercompany accounts and transactions.
 
  (c)   Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
      For purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and amounts due from depository institutions, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, federal funds sold, and other short-term investments.
 
  (d)   Marketable Securities
 
      The Company classifies marketable securities at the time of purchase as available-for-sale, or trading securities. If it is management’s intent at the time of purchase to hold securities for an indefinite period of time and/or to use such securities as part of its asset/liability management strategy, the securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from net earnings and reported as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of tax. Securities classified as available-for-sale include securities that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, resultant prepayment risk, or other market factors. Securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. The cost of securities sold is determined on a specific identification basis. The Company held no securities classified as trading at or for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
      The Company regularly reviews its investment securities for declines in value below amortized cost that might be considered “other than temporary.” If a decline in value is considered other than temporary, an impairment charge is recorded in the income statement.
 
      Federal law requires a member institution of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system to hold stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined formula. This stock is recorded at cost and may be pledged to secure FHLB advances.

F-8


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
  (e)   Loans Receivable
 
      Loans are stated at their unpaid principal balance net of any deferred origination fees or costs and the allowance for estimated loan losses. Interest income on loans is credited to income as earned. Interest earned on loans for which no payments were received during the month is accrued at month end. Interest accrued on loans more than 90 days delinquent is reversed, and such loans are placed on nonaccrual status.
 
      The Company has identified certain residential loans which will be sold prior to maturity. These loans are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or fair value and at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $18,738,000 and $28,412,000, respectively.
 
      Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net deferred fee or cost is then recognized using the level-yield method over the contractual life of the loan as an adjustment to interest income.
 
  (f)   Allowance for Loan Losses and Provision for Loan Losses
 
      Provisions for estimated loan losses and the amount of the allowance for loan losses are based on losses inherent in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the financial statements. Management believes, to the best of their knowledge, that all known losses as of the statement of condition dates have been recorded.
 
      Management considers a loan to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Nonaccrual loans are deemed to be impaired unless fully secured with liquid collateral. In evaluating whether a loan is impaired, management considers not only the amount that the Company expects to collect but also the timing of collection. Generally, if a delay in payment is insignificant (e.g., less than 30 days), a loan is not deemed to be impaired.
 
      When a loan is considered to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or at the loan’s market price or fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Larger loans are evaluated individually for impairment. Smaller balance, homogeneous loans (e.g., primarily consumer and residential mortgages) are evaluated collectively for impairment. Impairment losses are included in the allowance for loan losses. Impaired loans are charged off when management believes that the ultimate collectibility of a loan is not likely.
 
      Interest income on impaired loans is recognized using the cash basis method. Such interest ultimately collected is credited to income in the period of recovery or applied to reduce principal if there is sufficient doubt about the collectibility of principal. Interest that has been accrued on impaired loans that are contractually past due 90 days and over is reversed.
 
  (g)   Real Estate Owned
 
      Real estate owned is comprised of property acquired through foreclosure or voluntarily conveyed by delinquent borrowers. These assets are recorded on the date acquired at the lower of the related loan balance or market value of the collateral less disposition cost with the market value being determined by an appraisal. Subsequently, foreclosed assets are valued at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or the current market value, less estimated disposition costs. Gains or losses realized from the disposition of such property are credited or charged to noninterest income.

F-9


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
  (h)   Premises and Equipment
 
      Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is accumulated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Estimated lives range from three to thirty years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is accumulated on a straight-line basis over the terms of the related leases or the useful lives of the related assets, whichever is shorter.
 
  (i)   Goodwill
 
      In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142), goodwill is allocated to various reporting units, which are either the Company’s reportable segments or one level below. Goodwill is no longer amortized but is tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests if events occur, or if circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying amount. The annual impairment test is based on discounted cash flow models that incorporate variables including growth in net income, discount rates, and terminal values. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized as a non-cash charge.
 
  (j)   Core Deposit Intangibles
 
      The Company engages an independent third party expert to analyze and prepare a core deposit study for all acquisitions. This study reflects the cumulative present value benefit of acquiring deposits versus an alternative source of funding. Based upon this analysis, the amount of the premium related to the core deposits of the business purchased is calculated along with the estimated life of the acquired deposits. The core deposit intangible, which is recorded in other intangible assets, is then amortized to expense on an accelerated basis over an approximate life of seven years.
 
  (k)   Bank-Owned Life Insurance
 
      The Company owns insurance on the lives of a certain group of key employees and directors. The policies were purchased to help offset the increase in the costs of various fringe benefit plans including healthcare as well as the directors deferred compensation plan. The cash surrender value of these policies is included as an asset on the consolidated statements of financial condition, and any increases in the cash surrender value are recorded as noninterest income on the consolidated statements of income. In the event of the death of an insured individual under these policies, after distribution to the insured’s beneficiaries the Company would receive a death benefit, which would be recorded as noninterest income.
 
  (l)   Deposits
 
      Interest on deposits is accrued and charged to expense monthly and is paid or credited in accordance with the terms of the accounts.
 
  (m)   Pension Plans
 
      The Company has noncontributory defined benefit pension plans. The net periodic pension cost has been calculated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions . In conjunction with the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans , the Company changed its measurement date to December 31 from October 31 for its defined benefit pension plans effective December 31, 2008.
 
  (n)   Income Taxes
 
      The Company joins with its wholly owned subsidiaries in filing a consolidated federal income tax return.

F-10


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
      The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . The objective of the asset and liability method is to establish deferred tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities based on the tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled.
 
  (o)   Stock Related Compensation
 
      The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2005), Share-Based Payments (“SFAS 123(r)”). The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model was used to determine the fair value of each option award, estimated on the grant date. During the year ended December 31, 2008 the Company awarded 393,777 stock options to employees and 24,000 stock options to directors. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s stock at the grant date and options generally vest over a five-year to seven-year period from the grant date. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The expected term of options is based upon previous option grants. The risk-free rate is based on yields on U.S. Treasury securities of a similar maturity to the expected term of the options. New             shares are issued when options granted from the 1995, 2000 and 2005 Stock Options Plans are exercised and treasury shares will be issued when options granted from the 2008 Stock Option Plan are exercised.
 
      Stock-based employee compensation expense related to the Company’s recognition and retention plan of $1,092,000, $1,251,000 and $1,176,000 was included in income before income taxes during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The effect on net income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was a reduction of $710,000, $813,000 and $765,000, respectively. The Company will recognize the remaining expense of $1,124,000 over the next three years. Total compensation expense for unvested stock options of $1,455,000 has yet to be recognized as of December 31, 2008. The weighted average period over which this remaining stock option expense will be recognized is approximately 2.25 years.
 
      The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: (1) dividend yields ranging from 1.6% to 3.9% based on historical dividends and market prices; (2) expected volatility of 17% to 33% based on historical volatility; (3) risk-free interest rates ranging from 2.8% to 6.5%; and (4) expected lives of seven to eight years based on previous grants.
 
  (p)   Segment Reporting
 
      Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , requires that public business enterprises report financial and descriptive information about their reportable operating segments. Based on the guidance provided by this statement, the Company has identified two reportable segments, Community Banks and Consumer Finance. See note 21 for related disclosures.
 
  (q)   Derivative financial instruments — interest rate swaps
 
      The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”), as amended. SFAS 133 requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. Pursuant to SFAS 133, the accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. An entity that elects to use hedge accounting is required, at inception, to establish the method it will use for assessing the effectiveness of hedging derivative and the measurement approach for determining the ineffective aspect of the hedge. Those methods must be consistent with the Company’s approach to managing risk.

F-11


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
      The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of the management of interest rate risk to hedge the interest rate risk on the Company’s Trust Preferred Debentures. Amounts receivable or payable are recognized as accrued under the terms of the agreements and the differential is recorded as an adjustment to interest expense. The interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges, with the effective portion of the derivative’s unrealized gain or loss is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. The ineffective portion of the unrealized gain or loss, if any, would be recorded in other expense. See note 22 for related disclosures.
 
  (r)   Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments
 
      In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit in the form of loan commitments, undisbursed lines of credit, and standby letters of credit. These off-balance-sheet instruments involve, to various degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk not reported in the consolidated statement of financial condition.
 
  (s)   Use of Estimates
 
      The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The estimates and assumptions that we deem important to our financial statements relate to the allowance for loan losses, the accounting treatment and valuation of our investment securities portfolio, the analysis of the carrying value of goodwill and income taxes. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgment and we evaluate them using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment. We adjust our estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets and current economic conditions have increased the uncertainty inherent in our estimates and assumptions. As future events cannot be determined, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates.
 
  (t)   Reclassification of Prior Years’ Statements
 
      Certain items previously reported have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s reporting format.
(2)   Recent Accounting Pronouncements
      In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R applies to all transactions or other events in which an entity obtains control of one or more businesses, including those sometimes referred to as “true mergers” or “mergers of equals” and combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration. SFAS 141R applies to all business entities, including mutual entities that previously used the pooling-of-interest method of accounting for some business combinations. The objective of SFAS 141R is to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a business combination and its effects. SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer recognizes and measures the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired, and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effect of the business combination. SFAS 141R does not apply to the acquisition of an asset or a group of assets that does not constitute a business or a combination between entities under common control. SFAS 141R applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. An entity may not apply it before that date.

F-12


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
      In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective of SFAS 159 is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. SFAS 159 is expected to expand the use of fair value measurement, which is consistent with the FASB’s long-term measurement objectives for accounting for financial instruments. SFAS 159 became effective January 1, 2008. The Company has not elected to value any assets or liabilities (not otherwise measured at fair value) under SFAS 159. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of SFAS 159 should we elect fair value measurement for any asset or liability purchased or assumed in the future.
 
      In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans (“SFAS 158” ). The Company adopted the measurement date change provision of SFAS 158 effective January 1, 2008. The measurement date change did not have a material impact on the financial condition or operations of the Company.
 
      In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“ SFAS 157” ), which upon adoption will replace various definitions of fair value in existing accounting literature with a single definition, will establish a framework for measuring fair value, and will require additional disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 clarifies that fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price paid to transfer a liability in the most advantageous market available to the Company and emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement and should be based on the assumptions market participants would use. SFAS 157 also creates a three-level hierarchy under which individual fair value estimates are ranked based on the relative reliability of the inputs used in the valuation. This hierarchy is the basis for the disclosure requirements, with fair value estimates based on the least reliable inputs requiring more extensive disclosures about the valuation method used. SFAS 157 is required to be applied whenever another financial accounting standard requires or permits an asset or liability to be measured at fair value. SFAS 157 does not expand the use of fair value to any new circumstances. SFAS 157 is effective for years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (“FSP 157-2”), which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-recurring, non-financial instruments to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company has elected to apply this deferral to all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are measured on a nonrecurring basis. Additionally, on October 10, 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active (“FSP 157-3”) , which clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active. FSP 157-3 was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements had not been issued. The Company adopted SFAS 157, January 1, 2008. See footnote 16 for further information.
 
      In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (an amendment to FASB Statement No. 133) (“SFAS 161”) . SFAS 161 requires companies with derivative instruments to disclose information that should enable financial statement users to understand how and why a company uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and related Interpretations, and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect a company’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The required disclosures include the fair value of derivative instruments and their gains and losses in tabular format, information about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements, counterparty credit risk and a company’s strategies and objectives for using derivative financial instruments. SFAS 161 also requires entities to disclose information that would enable users of its financial statements to understand the volume of its derivative activity. SFAS will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009. The adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on the financial condition or operations of the Company.

F-13


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
      In January 2009, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. EITF 99-20-1, Amendments to the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20 . Effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2008, FSP EITF 99-20-1 amended EITF 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets , to achieve a more consistent evaluation of whether there is other-than-temporary impairment for the debt securities under the scope of EITF 99-20 and the debt securities not within the scope of EITF 99-20 that would fall under the scope of SFAS 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities . The adoption of FSP EITF 99-20-1 did not have a material impact of the financial condition or operations of the Company.
(3)   Marketable Securities
 
    Marketable securities at December 31, 2008 are as follows:
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
            unrealized     unrealized        
    Amortized     holding     holding     Market  
    cost     gains     losses     value  
Available-for-sale:
                               
U.S. government and agencies:
                               
Due in one year or less
  $ 91             (3 )     88  
Government sponsored enterprises:
                               
Due in one year or less
    2,985       50             3,035  
Due in one year — five years
    2,962       208             3,170  
Due in five years — ten years
    30,352       2,066             32,418  
Due after ten years
    61,494       8,712       (9 )     70,197  
Equity securities
    954       160             1,114  
Municipal securities:
                               
Due in one year — five years
    460       1             461  
Due in five years — ten years
    43,160       822       (86 )     43,896  
Due after ten years
    224,996       2,707       (4,512 )     223,191  
Corporate debt issues:
                               
Due after ten years
    25,165       214       (9,418 )     15,961  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Fixed rate pass-through
    186,659       6,447       (7 )     193,099  
Variable rate pass-through
    276,121       3,136       (2,074 )     277,183  
Fixed rate CMO
    60,119       445       (3,084 )     57,480  
Variable rate CMO
    228,917       48       (11,088 )     217,877  
 
                       
Total mortgage- backed securities
    751,816       10,076       (16,253 )     745,639  
 
                       
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 1,144,435       25,016       (30,281 )     1,139,170  
 
                       

F-14


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    Marketable securities at December 31, 2007 are as follows:
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
            unrealized     unrealized        
    Amortized     holding     holding     Market  
    cost     gains     losses     value  
Available-for-sale:
                               
U.S. government and agencies:
                               
Due in one year or less
  $ 368             (3 )     365  
Government sponsored enterprises:
                               
Due in one year or less
    6,959       35             6,994  
Due in one year — five years
    42,352       259             42,611  
Due in five years — ten years
    56,406       194       (50 )     56,550  
Due after ten years
    180,274       5,945       (193 )     186,026  
Equity securities
    6,478       401             6,879  
Municipal securities:
                               
Due in one year — five years
    816       1             817  
Due in five years — ten years
    33,217       388       (63 )     33,542  
Due after ten years
    228,862       4,019       (120 )     232,761  
Corporate debt issues:
                               
Due after ten years
    37,225       546       (2,696 )     35,075  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Fixed rate pass-through
    73,284       998       (290 )     73,992  
Variable rate pass-through
    306,885       2,263       (494 )     309,054  
Fixed rate CMO
    73,514       248       (1,969 )     71,793  
Variable rate CMO
    76,886       416       (394 )     76,908  
 
                       
Total mortgage- backed securities
    530,569       4,325       (3,147 )     531,747  
 
                       
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 1,123,526       16,113       (6,272 )     1,133,367  
 
                       

F-15


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The following table presents information regarding the issuers and the carrying value of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities:
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Mortgage-backed securities:
               
FNMA
  $ 288,082       165,391  
GNMA
    99,354       88,428  
FHLMC
    320,297       229,960  
Other (nonagency)
    37,906       47,968  
 
           
Total mortgage-backed securities
  $ 745,639       531,747  
 
           
    Marketable securities having a carrying value of $388,599,000 at December 31, 2008 were pledged under collateral agreements. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 the Company sold marketable securities classified as available-for-sale for $113,484,000, $105,361,000 and $5,333,000, respectively. The gross realized gains on these sales were $6,037,000, $7,397,000 and $368,000, respectively. The gross realized losses on the sales for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $0, $2,439,000 and $0, respectively. During 2007, due to deterioration in the credit markets, the Company sold the majority of its non-agency corporate debt portfolio. Included therein was $15,277,000 of securities classified as held-to-maturity. The held-to-maturity securities were sold for a net gain of $375,000. In conjunction with the sale of held-to-maturity securities, the Company was required under generally accepted accounting principles to transfer the remaining held-to-maturity portfolio of $649,658,000 to available-for-sale. At the time of transfer, the transferred securities had an unrealized gain of $4,690,000. During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 the Company recognized noncash other-than-temporary impairment in its investment portfolio resulting in write-downs of $16,004,000 and $8,412,000, respectively.

F-16


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The following table shows the fair value and gross unrealized losses on investment securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2008:
                                                 
    Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
            Unrealized             Unrealized             Unrealized  
    Fair value     losses     Fair value     losses     Fair value     losses  
U.S. government and agencies
  $             1,094       (12 )   $ 1,094       (12 )
Municipal securities
    109,255       (4,598 )                 109,255       (4,598 )
Corporate issues
    8,618       (7,055 )     2,573       (2,363 )     11,191       (9,418 )
Mortgage-backed securities
    285,087       (11,625 )     80,104       (4,628 )     365,191       (16,253 )
 
                                   
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 402,960       (23,278 )     83,771       (7,003 )   $ 486,731       (30,281 )
 
                                   
Percentage of total
    83 %             17 %             100 %        
 
                                         
    The following table shows the fair value and gross unrealized losses on investment securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2007:
                                                 
    Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
            Unrealized             Unrealized             Unrealized  
    Fair value     losses     Fair value     losses     Fair value     losses  
U.S. government and agencies
  $             30,225       (246 )   $ 30,225       (246 )
Municipal securities
    24,775       (96 )     5,928       (87 )     30,703       (183 )
Corporate issues
    24,533       (2,551 )     847       (145 )     25,380       (2,696 )
Mortgage-backed securities
    59,032       (495 )     130,731       (2,652 )     189,763       (3,147 )
 
                                   
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 108,340       (3,142 )     167,731       (3,130 )   $ 276,071       (6,272 )
 
                                   
Percentage of total
    39 %             61 %             100 %        
 
                                         
    The decline in the fair value of securities primarily resulted from changes in the levels of interest rates and the illiquidity in the marketplace. Regularly, the Company performs an assessment to determine whether there have been any events or economic circumstances to indicate that a security on which there is an unrealized loss is impaired other-than-temporarily. The assessment considers many factors including the severity and duration of the impairment; the Company’s intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for recovery in value; recent events specific to the issuer or industry; and for debt securities, external credit ratings, underlying collateral position and recent downgrades. For asset backed securities, the Company evaluates current characteristics of each security such as delinquency and foreclosure levels, credit enhancement and projected losses and coverage. It is possible that the underlying collateral of these securities will perform worse than current expectations, which may lead to adverse changes in cash flows on these

F-17


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    securities and potential future other-than-temporary impairment losses. Events that may trigger material declines in fair values for these securities in the future would be, but are not limited to; deterioration of credit metrics, significantly higher levels of default and severity of loss on the underlying collateral, deteriorating credit enhancement and loss coverage ratios, or further illiquidity. Securities on which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to the other than temporary are written down to fair value with the write-down recorded separately in the income statement. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities until the market value recovers or maturity and the Company believes the collection of the contractual principal and interest is probable. For these reasons, the Company considers the unrealized losses to be temporary impairment losses. There are approximately 355 positions that are temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008. The aggregate carrying amount of cost-method investments at December 31, 2008 was $1,139,170,000 of which all were evaluated for impairment.
 
(4)   Loans Receivable
 
    Loans receivable at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized in the table below:
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Real estate loans:
               
One-to-four family
  $ 2,492,940       2,430,117  
Home equity
    1,035,954       992,335  
Multi-family and commercial
    1,100,218       906,594  
 
           
Total real estate loans
    4,629,112       4,329,046  
 
               
Consumer loans:
               
Automobile
    102,267       125,298  
Education
    38,152       14,551  
Loans on savings accounts
    11,191       10,563  
Other
    115,913       117,831  
 
           
Total consumer loans
    267,523       268,243  
 
               
Commercial loans
    387,145       367,459  
 
           
Total loans receivable, gross
    5,283,780       4,964,748  
 
               
Deferred loan fees
    (5,041 )     (4,179 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (54,929 )     (41,784 )
Undisbursed loan proceeds (real estate loans)
    (81,918 )     (123,163 )
 
           
 
               
Total Loans receivable, net
  $ 5,141,892       4,795,622  
 
           

F-18


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company serviced loans for others approximating $1,099,949,000, and $998,285,000 respectively. These loans serviced for others are not assets of the Company and are excluded from the Company’s financial statements.
 
    At December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately 79% and 77%, respectively, of the Company’s loan portfolio was secured by properties located in Pennsylvania. The Company does not believe it has significant concentrations of credit risk to any one group of borrowers given its underwriting and collateral requirements.
 
    Loans receivable at December 31, 2008 and 2007 include $1,300,990,000 and $1,042,691,000 of adjustable rate loans and $3,982,790,000 and $3,922,057,000, respectively, of fixed rate loans.
 
    The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to off-balance-sheet financial instruments is represented by the contract amount of the financial instrument. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments for off-balance-sheet financial instruments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented in the following table:
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Loan commitments
  $ 116,330       69,851  
Undisbursed lines of credit
    273,670       328,373  
Standby letters of credit
    15,821       14,955  
 
           
 
  $ 405,821       413,179  
 
           
    Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but generally may include cash, marketable securities, and property.
 
    Outstanding loan commitments at December 31, 2008, for fixed rate loans, are $56,442,000. The interest rates on these commitments approximate market rates at December 31, 2008. Outstanding loan commitments at December 31, 2008 for adjustable rate loans are $59,888,000. The fair value of these commitments are affected by fluctuations in market rates of interest.
 
    The Company issues standby letters of credit in the normal course of business. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party. The Company is required to perform under a standby letter of credit when drawn upon by the guaranteed third party in the case of nonperformance by the Company’s customer. The credit risk associated with standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and is subject to normal credit policies. Collateral may be obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these standby letters of credit is $15,821,000, of which $12,278,000 is fully collateralized. A liability (which represents deferred income) of $162,000 and $104,000 has been recognized by the Company for the obligations as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and there are no recourse provisions that would enable the Company to recover any amounts from third parties.

F-19


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The Company automatically places loans on nonaccrual status when they become more than 90 days contractually delinquent or when the paying capacity of the obligor becomes inadequate to meet the requirements of the contract. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual, all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current period interest income. Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $99,203,000, $49,610,000, and $40,525,000, respectively.
 
    A loan is considered to be impaired, as defined by SFAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan , when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement including both contractual principal and interest payments. The amount of impairment is required to be measured using one of the three methods prescribed by SFAS 114: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price; or (3) the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a specific reserve is allocated for the impairment. Impaired loans at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $99,203,000, $49,610,000 and $40,525,000, respectively. Average impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $72,434,000, $41,179,000 and $41,625,000, respectively.
 
    There were no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors on nonaccrual status.
 
(5)   Accrued Interest Receivable
 
    Accrued interest receivable as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 is presented in the following table:
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Investment securities
  $ 3,672       5,455  
Mortgage-backed securities
    2,997       2,818  
Loans receivable
    20,583       18,811  
 
           
 
  $ 27,252       27,084  
 
           

F-20


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
(6)   Allowance for Loan Losses
 
    Changes in the allowance for losses on loans receivable for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are presented in the following table:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 41,784       37,655       33,411  
Provision
    22,851       8,743       8,480  
Charge-offs
    (11,610 )     (8,190 )     (7,617 )
Acquisitions
          2,119       1,982  
Recoveries
    1,904       1,457       1,399  
 
                 
Balance, end of year
  $ 54,929       41,784       37,655  
 
                 
    While management uses available information to provide for losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. Current economic conditions have increased the uncertainty inherent in our estimates and assumptions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Management believes, to the best of their knowledge, that all known losses as of the balance sheet dates have been recorded.
 
(7)   Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
 
    The Company’s banking subsidiary is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. As a member, Northwest maintains an investment in the capital stock of the FHLB, at cost, in an amount not less than 4.75% of borrowings outstanding plus 0.75% of unused FHLB borrowing capacity. During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, the FHLB suspended paying dividends on its capital stock. Recent published reports indicate that the FHLB may be subject to accounting rules and asset quality risks that could result in materially lower regulatory capital levels. In an extreme situation, it is possible that the capitalization of the FHLB could be substantially diminished or reduced to zero. Consequently, there is a risk that our investment in the FHLB common stock could be deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the future.

F-21


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
(8)   Premises and Equipment
 
    Premises and equipment at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized by major classification in the following table:
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Land and land improvements
  $ 14,292       14,139  
Office buildings and improvements
    106,561       99,438  
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
    82,574       74,013  
Leasehold improvements
    10,990       11,186  
 
           
 
               
Total, at cost
    214,417       198,776  
 
               
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (98,575 )     (87,882 )
 
           
 
               
Premises and equipment, net
  $ 115,842       110,894  
 
           
    Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $11,984,000, $9,264,000, and $8,706,000, respectively.
 
    Premises used by certain of the Company’s branches and offices are occupied under formal operating lease arrangements. The leases expire on various dates through 2027. Minimum annual rentals by fiscal year are summarized in the following table:
         
2009
  $ 4,280  
2010
    3,678  
2011
    3,253  
2012
    2,438  
2013
    1,928  
Thereafter
    10,310  
 
     
 
  $ 25,887  
 
     
    Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $5,017,000, $4,555,000 and $4,142,000, respectively.

F-22


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
(9)   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
    The following table provides information for intangible assets subject to amortization for the periods indicated:
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Amortized intangible assets:
               
Core deposit intangibles — gross
  $ 30,275       24,475  
Acquisitions
          5,800  
Less accumulated amortization
    (23,172 )     (19,318 )
 
           
 
               
Core deposit intangibles — net
  $ 7,103       10,957  
 
           
 
               
Customer contract intangible assets — gross
  $ 1,731       831  
Acquisitions
          900  
Less accumulated amortization
    (1,439 )     (906 )
 
           
 
               
Customer contract intangible assets — net
  $ 292       825  
 
           
    The following information shows the actual aggregate amortization expense for the current and prior years as well as the estimated aggregate amortization expense, based upon current levels of intangible assets, for each of the five succeeding fiscal years:
         
For the year ended 12/31/06
  $ 3,876  
For the year ended 12/31/07
    4,499  
For the year ended 12/31/08
    4,387  
For the year ending 12/31/09
    2,847  
For the year ending 12/31/10
    1,896  
For the year ending 12/31/11
    1,445  
For the year ending 12/31/12
    693  
For the year ending 12/31/13
    355  

F-23


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The following table provides information for the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:
                         
    Community     Consumer        
    banks     finance     Total  
Balance at December 31, 2006
  $ 154,458       1,312       155,770  
Goodwill acquired
    15,844             15,844  
Impairment losses
                 
 
                 
Balance at December 31, 2007
    170,302       1,312       171,614  
Goodwill acquired
                 
Tax adjustment
    (251 )           (251 )
Impairment losses
                 
 
                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 170,051       1,312       171,363  
 
                 
    We have performed the required goodwill impairment tests and have determined that goodwill is not impaired as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
(10)   Deposits
 
    Deposit balances at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are shown in the table below:
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Savings accounts
  $ 760,245       745,430  
Interest-bearing checking accounts
    706,120       717,991  
Noninterest-bearing checking accounts
    394,011       361,102  
Money market deposit accounts
    720,375       681,115  
Certificates of deposit
    2,457,460       3,036,696  
 
           
 
  $ 5,038,211       5,542,334  
 
           
    The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $533,404,000 and $681,695,000, respectively.

F-24


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of the certificate accounts:
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Due within 12 months
  $ 1,285,695       2,541,053  
Due between 12 and 24 months
    590,849       253,957  
Due between 24 and 36 months
    238,927       125,226  
Due between 36 and 48 months
    289,001       50,759  
Due between 48 and 60 months
    37,905       44,959  
After 60 months
    15,083       20,742  
 
           
 
  $ 2,457,460       3,036,696  
 
           
    The following table summarizes the interest expense incurred on the respective deposits:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Savings accounts
  $ 9,159       10,908       12,619  
Interest-bearing checking accounts
    6,434       11,038       9,396  
Money market deposit accounts
    14,726       23,551       19,446  
Certificate accounts
    106,742       141,043       115,524  
 
                 
 
  $ 137,061       186,540       156,985  
 
                 

F-25


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
(11)   Borrowed Funds
 
    Borrowed funds at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented in the following table:
                                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
            Average             Average  
    Amount     rate     Amount     rate  
Term notes payable to the FHLB of Pittsburgh:
                               
Due within one year
  $ 43,708       3.87 %     84,031       5.00 %
Due between one and two years
    36,532       4.36 %     35,588       4.63 %
Due between two and three years
    160,000       4.11 %     36,567       4.36 %
Due between three and four years
    145,000       3.90 %     65,000       5.02 %
Due between four and five years
    125,000       3.85 %     35,000       4.55 %
Due between five and ten years
    315,778       4.11 %     839       2.81 %
 
                           
 
    826,018               257,025          
 
                               
Revolving line of credit, Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh
    146,000       0.59 %            
Investor notes payable, due various dates in 2009
    4,491       4.99 %     4,638       4.99 %
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase, due within one year
    91,436       1.02 %     77,452       3.25 %
 
                           
Total borrowed funds
  $ 1,067,945               339,115          
 
                           
    Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh are secured by the Company’s mortgage-backed securities and qualifying residential first mortgage loans. Certain of these borrowings are subject to restrictions or penalties in the event of prepayment.
 
    The revolving line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh carries a commitment of $150,000,000 maturing on December 7, 2011. The rate is adjusted daily by the Federal Home Loan Bank, and any borrowings on this line may be repaid at any time without penalty.
 
    The securities sold under agreements to repurchase are collateralized by various securities held in safekeeping by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. The market value of such securities exceeds the value of the securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The average amount of agreements outstanding in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $88,349,000, $70,875,000 and $44,860,000, respectively. The maximum amount of security repurchase agreements outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $98,108,000, $83,432,000 and $55,705,000, respectively.

F-26


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
(12)   Income Taxes
 
    Total income tax was allocated for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 as follows:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Income before income taxes
  $ 16,968       17,456       19,792  
Goodwill for prior acquisition
    (251 )            
Shareholders’ equity for unrealized (loss)/gain on securities available-for-sale
    (5,916 )     4,672       (627 )
Shareholders’ equity for tax benefit for excess of fair value above cost of stock benefit plans
    (349 )     (300 )     (305 )
Shareholders’ equity for pension adjustment
    (9,099 )     3,311       (6,628 )
Shareholders’ equity for swap fair value adjustment
    (4,590 )            
Shareholders’ equity for prior period adjustments
                (1,492 )
 
                 
 
  $ (3,237 )     25,139       10,740  
 
                 
    Income tax expense (benefit) applicable to income before taxes consists of:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Current
  $ 23,448       18,206       11,017  
Deferred
    (6,480 )     (750 )     8,775  
 
                 
 
  $ 16,968       17,456       19,792  
 
                 
    A reconciliation from the expected federal statutory income tax rate to the effective rate, expressed as a percentage of pretax income, is as follows:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Expected tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
Tax-exempt interest income
    (7.4 )%     (7.3 )%     (7.0 )%
State income tax, net of federal benefit
    2.2 %     1.9 %     2.6 %
Bank-owned life insurance
    (2.6 )%     (2.3 )%     (2.1 )%
Other
    (1.2 )%     (1.1 )%     (0.8 )%
 
                 
Effective tax rate
    26.0 %     26.2 %     27.7 %
 
                 

F-27


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented below:
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Deferred tax assets:
               
Deferred fee income
  $ 527       499  
Deferred compensation expense
    2,980       1,719  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    1,352       3,716  
Bad debts
    14,002       10,438  
Accrued postretirement benefit cost
    682       698  
Stock benefit plans
    375       375  
Marketable securities available for sale
    2,078        
Writedown of investment securities
    6,243       665  
Reserve for uncollected interest
    1,894       844  
Pension expense
    559       1,013  
Pension and postretirement benefits
    12,060       3,317  
Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards
    371       1,950  
Unrealized loss on the fair value of derivatives
    4,590        
Other
    379       142  
 
           
 
    48,092       25,376  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Marketable securities available for sale
          3,838  
Purchase accounting
    2,487       3,451  
Intangible asset
    10,952       9,228  
Mortgage servicing rights
    2,198       3,134  
Fixed assets
    6,630       5,993  
Other
    621       613  
 
           
 
    22,888       26,257  
 
           
Net deferred tax asset/ (liability)
  $ 25,204       (881 )
 
           
    The Company has determined that no valuation allowance is necessary for the deferred tax assets because it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized through carryback to taxable income in prior years, future reversals of existing temporary differences, and through future taxable income. Net deferred tax assets of $877,000 were recorded in 2007 related to the acquisition of CSB Bank. The Company will continue to review the criteria related to the recognition of deferred tax assets on a regular basis.

F-28


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    Under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”), Northwest has approximately $3,863,000 of federal net operating losses, which expire in years 2009 through 2027. These net operating losses, which were acquired as part of the First Carnegie and Maryland Permanent acquisitions, are subject to annual carryforward limitations imposed by IRC code section 382. The Company believes the limitations will not prevent the carryforward benefits from being utilized. In addition, the Company has approximately $371,000 of alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards, which can be carried forward indefinitely.
 
    The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”) , on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. FIN 48 also provides related guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The adoption did not require us to recognize any increase or decrease in our liability for unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
         
Balance at January 1, 2008
  $ 967  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
     
Additions for tax positions of prior years
     
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (967 )
Settlements
     
 
     
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $  
 
     
    The balance at December 31, 2008 reflects no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties (if any) related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company did not accrue any interest. At December 31, 2008 the Company had no amount accrued for interest or the payment of penalties.
 
    The Company is subject to routine audits of our tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service as well as all states in which the Company conducts business. The Internal Revenue Service commenced an examination of our federal income tax returns for the year ended June 30, 2005, the six-month period ended December 31, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 in January of 2008 that we anticipate will be completed during 2009. We do not anticipate a material change to our financial position due to the settlement of this audit. The Company is subject to audit by any state in which we conduct business for the tax periods ended June 30, 2005, December 31, 2005, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007.
 
(13)   Shareholders’ Equity
 
    Retained earnings are partially restricted in connection with regulations related to the insurance of savings accounts, which requires Northwest to maintain certain statutory reserves. Northwest may not pay dividends on or repurchase any of their common stock if the effect thereof would reduce retained earnings below the level of adequate capitalization as defined by federal and state regulators.
 
    In tax years prior to fiscal 1997, Northwest was permitted, under the Internal Revenue Code (the Code), to deduct an annual addition to a reserve for bad debts in determining taxable income, subject to certain limitations. Bad debt deductions for income tax purposes are included in taxable income of later years only if the bad debt reserve is used subsequently for purposes other than to absorb bad debt losses. Because Northwest does not intend to use the reserve for purposes other than to absorb losses, no deferred income taxes have been provided prior to fiscal 1987. Retained earnings at December 31, 2008 include approximately $39,107,000 representing such bad debt deductions for which no deferred income taxes have been provided.

F-29


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
(14)   Earnings Per Share
 
    Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without considering any dilutive items. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2008, 213,686 options with a strike price of $25.49 per share, 179,806 options with a strike price of $25.89 per share, 2,000 options with a strike price of $28.09 per share and 191,709 options with a strike price of $25.03 per share were excluded from the calculation of earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive options during 2007 or 2006. The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share follows:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 48,171       49,097       51,536  
 
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    48,363       49,041       49,879  
Dilutive potential shares due to effect of stock options
    235       313       257  
 
                 
Total weighted average common shares and dilutive potential shares
    48,598       49,354       50,136  
 
                 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 1.00       1.00       1.03  
 
                 
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.99       0.99       1.03  
 
                 
(15)   Employee Benefit Plans
  (a)   Pension Plans
 
      The Company maintains noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all employees and the members of its board of directors. Retirement benefits are based on certain compensation levels, age, and length of service. Contributions are based on an actuarially determined amount to fund not only benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future. In addition, the Company has an unfunded Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) to compensate those executive participants eligible for the Company’s defined benefit pension plan whose benefits are limited by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
      The Company also sponsors a retirement savings plan in which substantially all employees participate. The Company provides a matching contribution of 50% of each employee’s contribution to a maximum of 6% of the employee’s compensation.

F-30


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
      Total expense for all retirement plans, including defined benefit pension plans, was approximately $5,957,000, $6,639,000 and $6,310,000, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
      Components of net periodic pension cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income:
 
      The following table sets forth the net periodic pension cost for the Company’s defined benefit pension plans:
                         
    Years ended December 31,        
    2008     2007     2006  
Service cost
  $ 5,022       4,958       4,555  
Interest cost
    4,559       4,094       3,492  
Expected return on plan assets
    (4,988 )     (4,409 )     (3,601 )
Net amortization and deferral
    175       825       793  
 
                 
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 4,768       5,468       5,239  
 
                 
    The following table sets forth other changes in the Company’s defined benefit pension plans’ plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Net loss (gain)
  $ 25,675       (8,391 )      
Prior service cost (credit)
    (2,184 )            
Amortization of prior sevice cost
    (51 )     (77 )      
 
                 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
  $ 23,440       (8,468 )      
 
                 
Total recognized in net periodic pension cost and other comprehensive income/(loss)
  $ 28,208       (3,000 )     5,239  
 
                 
    The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the Company’s defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic cost over the next year are $1,677,000 and $125,000, respectively.

F-31


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The following table sets forth information for the Company’s defined benefit pension plans’ funded status at December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Change in benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 73,708       71,891  
Service cost
    5,022       4,958  
Interest cost
    4,559       4,094  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (675 )     (5,630 )
Benefits paid
    (1,845 )     (1,605 )
 
           
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 80,769       73,708  
 
           
 
               
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 62,943       55,622  
Actual return on plan assets
    (18,394 )     6,461  
Employer contributions
    6,332       2,465  
Benefits paid
    (1,845 )     (1,605 )
 
           
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
  $ 49,036       62,943  
 
           
Funded status at end of year
  $ (31,733 )     (10,765 )
 
           
    The following table sets forth the assumptions used to develop the net periodic pension cost:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Discount rate
    6.25 %     5.75 %     5.75 %
Expected long-term rate of return on assets
    8.00 %     8.00 %     8.00 %
Rate of increase in compensation levels
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %

F-32


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The following table sets forth the assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the end of each period:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.25 %     5.75 %
Expected long-term rate of return on assets
    8.00 %     8.00 %     8.00 %
Rate of increase in compensation levels
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %
    The expected long-term rate of return on assets is based on the expected return of each of the asset categories, weighted based on the median of the target allocation for each category.
 
    The accumulated benefit obligation for the funded defined benefit pension plan was $57,146,000, $51,010,000 and $48,325,000 at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation for all unfunded defined benefit plans was $3,844,000, $3,659,000 and $4,014,000 at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
    The following table sets forth information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 80,769       73,708  
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 60,990       54,668  
Fair value of plan assets
  $ 49,036       62,943  
    The Company anticipates making contributions to its defined benefit pension plan between $2 million and $8 million during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009.
 
    The investment policy as established by the Plan Administrative Committee, to be followed by the Trustee, is to invest assets based on the target allocations shown in the table below. To meet target allocation ranges set forth by the Plan Administrative Committee, periodically, the assets are reallocated by the Trustee. The investment policy is reviewed periodically to determine if the policy should be changed. Pension assets are conservatively invested with the goal of providing market or better returns with below market risks. Assets are invested in a balanced portfolio composed primarily of equities, fixed income, and cash or cash equivalent investments. The Trustee tries to maintain an approximate asset mix position of 30% to 60% equities and 20% to 50% bonds.
 
    A maximum of 10% may be invested in any one stock, including the stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. The objective of holding equity securities is to provide capital appreciation consistent with the ownership of the common stocks of medium to large companies. Acceptable bond investments are direct or agency obligations of the U.S. Government or investment grade corporate bonds. The average maturity of the bond portfolio shall not exceed 10 years.

F-33


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The following table sets forth the weighted average asset allocation of defined benefit plans:
                         
    Target     December 31
Asset category   allocation   2008   2007
Debt securities
    20-50 %     38 %     39 %
Equity securities
    30-60 %     60 %     58 %
Other
    5-50 %     2 %     3 %
Total
            100 %     100 %
    The benefits expected to be paid in each year from 2009 to 2013 are $1,959,000, $2,144,000, $2,286,000, $2,517,000, and $2,933,000, respectively. The aggregate benefits expected to be paid in the five years from 2014 to 2018 are $19,823,000. The expected benefits to be paid are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligations at December 31, 2008 and include estimated future employee service.
 
(b)   Postretirement Healthcare Plan
 
    In addition to pension benefits, the Company provides postretirement healthcare benefits for certain employees who were employed by the Company as of October 1, 1993 and were at least 55 years of age on that date. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions (SFAS 106). SFAS 106 requires the accrual method of accounting for postretirement benefits other than pensions.
 
    Components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income:
 
    The following table sets forth the net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s postretirement healthcare benefits plan:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Service cost
  $              
Interest cost
    98       93       91  
Recognized actuarial gain
    43       42       34  
 
                 
 
                       
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 141       135       125  
 
                 

F-34


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The following table sets forth other changes in the Company’s postretirement healthcare plan’s plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Net loss (gain)
  $ 204       (22 )      
 
                 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
  $ 204       (22 )      
 
                 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income
  $ 345       113       125  
 
                 
    The estimated net loss for the postretirement healthcare benefit plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next year is $57,000.
 
    The following table sets forth the funded status of the Company’s postretirement healthcare benefit plan at December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Change in benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 1,637       1,701  
Service cost
           
Interest cost
    98       93  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    218       20  
Benefits paid
    (186 )     (177 )
 
           
Benefit obligation at end of year
    1,767       1,637  
 
               
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $        
Employer contributions
    186       177  
Benefits paid
    (186 )     (177 )
 
           
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $        
 
           
Funded status at year end
  $ (1,767 )     (1,637 )
 
           

F-35


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The assumptions used to develop the preceding information for postretirement healthcare benefits are as follows:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Discount rate
    6.00 %     5.75 %     5.75 %
Monthly cost of healthcare insurance per beneficiary (1)
  $ 305       274       257  
Annual rate of increase in healthcare costs
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %
 
(1)   Not in thousands
    If the assumed rate of increase in healthcare costs was increased by one percentage point to 5% from the level of 4% presented above, the service and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement healthcare benefit cost would increase by $12,000, in the aggregate, and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for healthcare benefits would increase by $80,000.
 
    The following table sets forth amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Net loss/(gain)
  $ 204       634       656  
 
                 
    The accumulated benefit obligation for the Company’s postretirement healthcare benefit plan at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $1,767,000 and $1,637,000, respectively.
 
    The following table sets forth information for plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 1,767       1,637  
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 1,767       1,637  
Fair value of plan assets
  $        
(c)   Employee Stock Ownership Plan
 
    The Company has an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) for employees who have attained age 21 and who have completed a 12-month period of employment with the Company during which they worked at least 1,000 hours. The Company can make contributions to the ESOP at the board’s discretion. Company shares would then be purchased periodically in the open market and allocated to employee accounts based on each employee’s relative portion of the Company’s total eligible compensation recorded during the year.
 
    No contributions were made and no expense was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

F-36


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
(d)   Recognition and Retention Plan
 
    On November 17, 2004, the Company established a Recognition and Retention Plan for Employees and Outside Directors (RRP) with 290,220 shares authorized. The objective of the RRP is to enable the Company to provide directors, officers, and employees with a proprietary interest in the Company. On March 16, 2005, 278,231 shares were issued with a weighted average grant date fair value per share of $21.42 (total market value of $5,959,000 at issuance). Total common shares forfeited were 8,322, of which, 685, 3,058 and 1,644 shares were forfeited during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. During 2007, 4,300 shares were issued with a weighted average grant date fair value per share of $27.04 (total market value of $116,000 at issuance). Shares of common stock granted pursuant to the RRP were in the form of restricted stock and generally vest over a five-year period at the rate of 20% per year, commencing one year after the award date. As of December 31, 2008, 60% of the March 16, 2005 issuance have vested and 20% of the 2007 issuances have vested. Once shares have vested, they are no longer restricted. Compensation expense, in the amount of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of the grant, will be recognized pro rata over the five years during which the shares are payable. While restricted, the recipients are entitled to all voting and other shareholder rights, except that the shares may not be sold, pledged, or otherwise disposed of and are required to be held in a trust.
 
(e)   Stock Option Plans
 
    On November 21, 1995, the Company adopted the 1995 Stock Option Plan. The objective of the Stock Option Plan is to provide an additional performance incentive to the Company’s employees and outside directors. The Stock Option Plan authorized the grant of stock options and limited stock appreciation rights for 1,380,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. On December 20, 1995, the Company granted 242,000 nonstatutory stock options to its outside directors at an exercise price of $5.58 per share (95% of the Company’s common stock fair market value per share at grant date) and 923,200 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $5.875 per share. On March 22, 1996, the Company granted 122,800 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $5.625 per share. On December 16, 1998, the Company granted 15,086 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $9.875 per share. On October 20, 1999, the Company granted 2,000 nonstatutory stock options to an outside director and 57,700 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $7.812 per share. On June 21, 2000, the Company granted the remaining 17,214 incentive stock options as well as 786 previously forfeited options at an exercise price of $6.875 per share. These options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the grant date with each recipient vesting at the rate of 20% per year commencing with the grant date.
 
    On November 17, 2000, the Company adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan. This Plan authorized the grant of stock options and limited stock rights for 800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. On October 17, 2001, the Company granted 84,000 nonstatutory stock options to its outside directors and 143,845 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $9.780 per share. On August 21, 2002, the Company granted 162,940 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $13.30 per share. On August 20, 2003, the Company granted 182,000 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $16.59 per share. On December 15, 2004, the Company granted 220,780 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $25.49 per share. These options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the grant date with each recipient vesting at the rate of 20% per year commencing with the grant date.

F-37


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    On November 17, 2005, the Company adopted the 2005 Stock Option Plan. This Plan authorizes the grant of stock options and limited stock rights for 725,552 shares of the Company’s common stock. On January 19, 2005, the Company granted 70,000 nonstatutory stock options to its outside directors and 154,546 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $22.93 per share. On January 18, 2006 the Company granted 158,333 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $22.18 per share. On January 17, 2007 the Company granted 179,806 stock options to employees at an exercise price of $25.89 per share. On June 20, 2007 the Company granted 2,000 stock options to a new director at an exercise price of $28.09 per share. On January 16, 2008 the Company granted the remaining 160,867 incentive stock options as well as 30,842 previously forfeited incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $25.03 per share. These options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the grant date with each recipient vesting at the rate of 20% per year commencing one year from the grant date.
 
    On May 21, 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Stock Option Plan. This Plan authorized the grant of stock options and limited stock rights for 1,750,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. On November 19, 2008 the Company granted 24,000 nonstatutory stock options to its outside directors and 202,068 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $22.03 per share. These options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the grant date with each recipient vesting over a seven year period commencing one year from the grant date.
 
    The following table summarizes the activity in the Company’s option plans during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
                                                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
            average             average             average  
            exercise             exercise             exercise  
    Number     price     Number     price     Number     price  
Balance at beginning of year
    1,236,358     $ 19.96       1,112,858     $ 18.65       1,019,189     $ 17.55  
Granted
    417,777       23.41 (a)     181,806       25.91 (a)     158,333       22.18 (a)
Exercised
    (54,367 )     12.20 (b)     (52,572 )     12.66 (b)     (63,064 )     10.14 (b)
Forfeited
          0.00       (5,734 )     22.14       (1,600 )     5.63  
 
                                         
Balance at end of year
    1,599,768       21.12       1,236,358       19.96       1,112,858       18.65  
 
                                         
Exercisable at end of year
    853,167       18.88       796,270       17.61       651,415       15.78  
 
(a)   Weighted average fair value of options at grant date: $3.05, $5.12, and $4.75, respectively.
 
(b)   The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $692,000, $773,000 and $898,000, respectively.

F-38


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The aggregate intrinsic value of all options expected to vest and fully vested options at December 31, 2008 is $0 and $3,429,000, respectively. The following table summarizes the number of options outstanding, number of options exercisable, and weighted average remaining life of all option grants:
                                                         
    Exercise     Exercise     Exercise     Exercise     Exercise     Exercise  
    Price     Price     Price     Price     Price     Price  
    $6.875     $7.812     $9.780     $13.302     $16.590     $22.030  
Options outstanding:
                                               
Number of options
    4,800       16,400       134,201       110,054       144,314       226,068  
Weighted average remaining contract life (years)
    1.50       1.00       2.75       4.00       5.00       9.75  
Options exercisable:
                                               
Number of options
    4,800       16,400       134,201       110,054       144,314        
Weighted average remaining term - vested (years)
    1.50       1.00       2.75       4.00       5.00       9.75  
                                                         
    Exercise     Exercise     Exercise     Exercise     Exercise     Exercise        
    Price     Price     Price     Price     Price     Price     Total  
    $22.180     $22.930     $25.030     $25.490     $25.890     $28.090     $21.120  
Options outstanding:
                                                       
Number of options
    155,801       220,929       191,709       213,686       179,806       2,000       1,599,768  
Weighted average remaining contract life (years)
    7.00       6.00       9.00       6.00       8.00       8.00       6.65  
Options exercisable:
                                                       
Number of options
    61,703       131,648             213,686       35,961       400       853,167  
Weighted average remaining term - vested (years)
    7.00       6.00       9.00       6.00       8.00       8.00       4.19  

F-39


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
(16)   Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
    SFAS No. 107, Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (SFAS 107), requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments whether or not recognized in the consolidated statement of financial condition. SFAS 107 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company. The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated statement of financial condition approximate fair value for the following financial instruments: cash on hand, interest-earning deposits in other institutions, federal funds sold and other short-term investments, accrued interest receivable, accrued interest payable, and marketable securities available-for-sale.
 
    The following table sets forth the carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments included in the consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
    Carrying     Estimated     Carrying     Estimated  
    amount     fair value     amount     fair value  
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and equivalents
  $ 79,922       79,922       230,616       230,616  
Securities available-for-sale
    1,139,170       1,139,170       1,133,367       1,133,367  
Loans receivable, net
    5,141,892       5,446,835       4,795,622       4,941,215  
Accrued interest receivable
    27,252       27,252       27,084       27,084  
FHLB stock
    63,143       63,143       31,304       31,304  
 
                       
 
                               
Total financial assets
  $ 6,451,379       6,756,322       6,217,993       6,363,586  
 
                       
 
                               
Financial liabilities:
                               
Savings and checking accounts
  $ 2,580,751       2,580,751       2,505,638       2,505,638  
Time deposits
    2,457,460       2,500,410       3,036,696       3,071,514  
Borrowed funds
    1,067,945       1,049,399       339,115       338,671  
Trust-preferred securities
    108,254       116,783       108,320       108,320  
Cash flow hedges — swaps
    13,114       13,114              
Accrued interest payable
    5,194       5,194       4,356       4,356  
 
                       
 
                               
Total financial liabilities
  $ 6,232,718       6,265,651       5,994,125       6,028,499  
 
                       
    Fair value estimates are made at a point-in-time, based on relevant market data and information about the instrument. The following methods and assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
    Marketable Securities
 
    Where available, market values are based on quoted market prices, dealer quotes, and prices obtained from independent pricing services. See the SFAS 157 section of this footnote for further detail on how fair values of marketable securities are determined. Refer to note 3 for the detail of the type of investment securities.

F-40


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    Loans Receivable
 
    Loans with comparable characteristics including collateral and repricing structures were segregated for valuation purposes. Each loan pool was separately valued utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis. Projected monthly cash flows were discounted to present value using a market rate for comparable loans. Characteristics of comparable loans included remaining term, coupon interest, and estimated prepayment speeds. Delinquent loans were evaluated separately, given the impact delinquency has on the projected future cash flow of the loan and the approximate discount or market rate.
 
    Deposit Liabilities
 
    SFAS 107 defines the estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, which includes demand deposits, money market, and other savings accounts, to be the amount payable on demand. Although market premiums paid for depository institutions reflect an additional value for these low-cost deposits, SFAS 107 prohibits adjusting fair value for any value expected to be derived from retaining those deposits for a future period of time or from the benefit that results from the ability to fund interest-earning assets with these deposit liabilities. The fair value estimates of deposit liabilities do not include the benefit that results from the low-cost funding provided by these deposits compared to the cost of borrowing funds in the market. Fair values for time deposits are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies contractual cost currently being offered in the existing portfolio to current market rates being offered locally for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The valuation adjustment for the portfolio consists of the present value of the difference of these two cash flows, discounted at the assumed market rate of the corresponding maturity.
 
    Borrowed Funds
 
    The fixed rate advances were valued by comparing their contractual cost to the prevailing market cost.
 
    Trust-Preferred Securities
 
    The fair value of the trust-preferred securities are calculated using the discounted cash flows at the prevailing rate of interest.
 
    Cash flow hedges — Interest rate swap agreements (“swaps”)
 
    The fair values of the swaps is the amount the Company would have expected to pay to terminate the agreements and is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows using the LIBOR swap curve, the basis for the underlying interest rate.
 
    Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
 
    These financial instruments generally are not sold or traded, and estimated fair values are not readily available. However, the fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements. Commitments to extend credit issued by the Company are generally short-term in nature and, if drawn upon, are issued under current market terms. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, there was no significant unrealized appreciation or depreciation on these financial instruments.
 
    SFAS No. 157 — Fair Value Measurements
 
    Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 157 for all financial assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis and certain financial assets and liabilities on a non-recurring basis. SFAS 157 establishes a three-level hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices with readily available independent data in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable market inputs (Level 3). When various inputs for measurement fall within different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the lowest level input that has a significant impact on fair value measurement is used.

F-41


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    Financial assets and liabilities are categorized based upon the following characteristics or inputs to the valuation techniques:
    Level 1 — Financial assets and liabilities for which inputs are observable and are obtained from reliable quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in actively traded markets. This is the most reliable fair value measurement and includes, for example, active exchange-traded equity securities.
 
    Level 2 — Financial assets and liabilities for which values are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which values are based on similar assets or liabilities that are actively traded. Level 2 also includes pricing models in which the inputs are corroborated by market data, for example, matrix pricing.
 
    Level 3 — Financial assets and liabilities for which values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Level 3 inputs include the following:
  o   Quotes from brokers or other external sources that are not considered binding;
 
  o   Quotes from brokers or other external sources where it can not be determined that market participants would in fact transact for the asset or liability at the quoted price;
 
  o   Quotes and other information from brokers or other external sources where the inputs are not deemed observable.
    The Company is responsible for the valuation process and as part of this process may use data from outside sources in establishing fair value. The Company performs due diligence to understand the inputs used or how the data was calculated or derived. The Company corroborates the reasonableness of external inputs in the valuation process.
 
    The following table represents assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008:
                                 
                            Total assets at  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     fair value  
Equity securities — available for sale
  $ 894             220       1,114  
Debt securities — available for sale
          1,132,119       5,937       1,138,056  
Derivative fair value of interest rate swap
          (13,114 )           (13,114 )
 
                       
Total assets
  $ 894       1,119,005       6,157       1,126,056  
 
                       
    Debt securities — available for sale — Generally, debt securities are valued using pricing for similar securities, recently executed transactions and other pricing models utilizing observable inputs. The valuation for most debt securities is classified as Level 2. Securities within Level 2 include corporate bonds, municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities and US government obligations. Certain debt securities which were AAA rated at purchase do not have an active market and as such the Company has used an alternative method to determine the fair value of these securities. The fair value has been determined using a discounted cash flow model using market assumptions, which generally include cash flow, collateral and other market assumptions. As such, securities which otherwise would have been classified as level 2 securities if an active market for those assets or similar assets existed are included herein as level 3 assets. Other debt securities, pooled trust preferred securities rated below AA at purchase, have a fair value based on a discounted cash flow model using similar assumptions to those noted above and accordingly are classified as level 3 assets.

F-42


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    Equity securities — available for sale — Level 1 securities include publicly traded securities valued using quoted market prices. Level 3 securities include investments in two financial institutions that provide financial services only to investor banks received as part of previous acquisitions without observable market data to determine the investments fair values. These securities can only be sold back to the issuing financial institution at cost.
 
    Interest rate swap agreements (Swaps) — The fair value of the swaps was the amount the Company would have expected to pay to terminate the agreements and is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows using the LIBOR swap curve, the basis for the underlying interest rate.
 
    The table below presents a reconciliation of all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2008:
                 
    Equity     Debt  
    securities     securities  
Balance at January 1, 2008
  $ 220       22,369  
Total net realized investment gains/(losses) and net change in unrealized appreciation/(depreciation):
               
Included in net income as OTTI
          (9,522 )
Included in other comprehensive income
          (1,234 )
Purchases and sales
           
Net transfers in (out) of Level 3
          (5,676 )
 
           
 
               
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 220       5,937  
 
           
    Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis after initial recognition such as loans held for sale, loans measured for impairment and mortgage servicing rights. The following table represents the fair market measurement for nonrecurring assets as of December 31, 2008:
                                 
                            Total assets  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     at fair value  
Loans held for sale
  $ 18,738                   18,738  
Loans measured for impairment
                9,130       9,130  
Mortgage servicing rights
                5,481       5,481  
 
                       
Total assets
  $ 18,738             14,611       33,349  
 
                       

F-43


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    Loans held for sale — Mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of carrying value or market value. The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is based on what secondary markets are currently offering. As the fair value is determined by a quoted price from Freddie Mac, and the Company has open delivery contracts with Freddie Mac, the Company classifies loans held for sale as nonrecurring Level 1.
 
    Impaired loans — A loan is considered to be impaired when it is probable that all of the principle and interest due under the original terms of the loan may not be collected. Impairment is measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral or discounted cash flows when collateral does not exist. The Company measures impairment on all nonaccrual commercial and commercial real estate loans for which it has established specific reserves as part of the specific allocated allowance component of the allowance for loan losses. The Company classifies impaired loans as nonrecurring Level 3.
 
    Mortgage servicing rights — Mortgage servicing rights represent the value associated with servicing residential mortgage loans, when the mortgage loans have been sold into the secondary market and the related servicing has been retained by the Company. The value is determined through a discounted cash flow analysis, which uses interest rates, prepayment speeds and delinquency rate assumptions as inputs. All of these assumptions require a significant degree of management judgment. Servicing rights and the related mortgage loans are segregated into categories or homogeneous pools based upon common characteristics. Adjustments are made when the estimated discounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, as determined by individual pool. As such, mortgage servicing rights are classified as nonrecurring Level 3.
 
(17)   Regulatory Capital Requirements
 
    The Company’s banking subsidiary is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by the regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices must be met. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
 
    Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company’s banking subsidiary to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital to average assets (as defined). At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s banking subsidiary exceeded all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject. At December 31, 2008, the maximum amount available for dividend payments by Northwest to the Company, while maintaining its “well capitalized” status, was approximately $99,600,000.
 
    As of December 15, 2008, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized Northwest as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” the bank must maintain total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the bank’s categories.

F-44


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    The actual, required, and well capitalized levels as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                                                 
    December 31, 2008  
                    Minimum capital     Well capitalized  
    Actual     requirements     requirements  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
Total capital (to risk weighted assets):
  $ 604,067       13.95 %   $ 346,354       8.00 %   $ 432,943       10.00 %
Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets):
    549,869       12.70 %     173,177       4.00 %     259,766       6.00 %
Tier I capital (leverage) (to average assets):
    549,869       8.05 %     204,887       3.00 %*     341,478       5.00 %
                                                 
    December 31, 2007  
                    Minimum capital     Well capitalized  
    Actual     requirements     requirements  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
Total capital (to risk weighted assets):
  $ 571,785       14.10 %   $ 324,304       8.00 %   $ 405,380       10.00 %
Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets):
    529,833       13.07 %     162,152       4.00 %     243,228       6.00 %
Tier I capital (leverage) (to average assets):
    529,833       8.21 %     193,630       3.00 %*     322,717       5.00 %
 
*   The FDIC has indicated that the most highly rated institutions, which meet certain criteria, will be required to maintain a ratio of 3%, and all other institutions will be required to maintain an additional capital cushion of 100 to 200 basis points. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had not been advised of any additional requirements in this regard.
(18)   Contingent Liabilities
 
    The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to a number of asserted and unasserted claims encountered in the normal course of business. Management believes that the aggregate liability, if any, that may result from such potential litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements.

F-45


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
(19)   Components of Comprehensive Income
 
    The following table sets forth the components of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities available-for-sale, net of tax of $3,809, $(6,511) and $298, respectively
    (5,957 )     10,184       (466 )
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income, net of tax of $2,035, $1,877 and $263, respectively
    (3,183 )     (2,938 )     (393 )
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps, net of tax of $4,590, $0 and $0, respectively
    (8,524 )            
Defined benefit plans:
                       
Net (loss)/ gain, net of tax of $9,161, $(3,281) and $0, respectively
    (14,330 )     5,132        
Amortization of prior service costs, net of tax of $(20), $(30) and $0, respectively
    31       47        
 
                 
Other comprehensive income
  $ (31,963 )     12,425       (859 )
 
                 
(20)   Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Company Only)
Statements of Financial Condition
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 20,695       3,618  
Marketable securities available-for-sale
    73       96  
Investment in bank subsidiary
    706,610       714,160  
Other assets
    8,021       3,582  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 735,399       721,456  
 
           
 
               
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
 
               
Liabilities:
               
Debentures payable
  $ 108,249       108,249  
Other liabilities
    13,366       329  
 
           
Total liabilities
    121,615       108,578  
Shareholders’ equity
    613,784       612,878  
 
           
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 735,399       721,456  
 
           

F-46


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Income:
                       
Interest income
  $ 359       480       3,891  
Dividends from bank subsidiary
    39,000       49,000       45,000  
Undistributed earnings from equity investment in bank subsidiary
    12,722       4,838       16,551  
 
                 
Total income
    52,081       54,318       65,442  
Expense:
                       
Compensation and benefits
    380       366       378  
Other expense
    105       159       182  
Loss on early extinquishment of debt
                3,124  
Interest expense
    5,339       7,250       15,616  
 
                 
Total expense
    5,824       7,775       19,300  
 
                 
Income before income taxes
    46,257       46,543       46,142  
Federal and state income taxes
    (1,914 )     (2,554 )     (5,394 )
 
                 
Net income
  $ 48,171       49,097       51,536  
 
                 
Statements of Cash Flows
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 48,171       49,097       51,536  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Undistributed earnings of subsidiary
    (12,722 )     (4,838 )     (16,551 )
Loss on early extinguishment
                3,124  
Noncash stock benfit plan compensation expense
    2,731       2,454       2,296  
Net change in other assets and liabilities
    (2,997 )     1,636       (3,242 )
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    35,183       48,349       37,163  
Investing activities:
                       
Acquisitions, net of cash received
          5,048        
 
                 
Net cash provided by investing activities
          5,048        
Financing activities:
                       
Cash dividends paid
    (15,771 )     (15,696 )     (13,727 )
Treasury stock repurchases
    (3,335 )     (40,825 )     (8,080 )
Redemption of trust preferred stock
                (102,062 )
Proceeds from options exercised
    1,000       862       873  
 
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (18,106 )     (55,659 )     (122,996 )
 
                 
Net increase/ (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 17,077       (2,262 )     (85,833 )
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    3,618       5,880       91,713  
Net increase/ (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 17,077       (2,262 )     (85,833 )
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 20,695       3,618       5,880  
 
                 

F-47


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
(21)   Business Segments
 
    The Company has identified two reportable business segments based upon the operating approach currently used by management. The Community Banking segment includes the savings bank subsidiary of the Company, Northwest Savings Bank, as well as the subsidiaries of the savings bank that provide similar products and services. The savings bank is a community-oriented institution that offers a full array of traditional deposit and loan products, including mortgage, consumer, and commercial loans as well as trust, investment management, actuarial and benefit plan administration, and brokerage services typically offered by a full service financial institution. The Consumer Finance segment is comprised of Northwest Consumer Discount Company, a subsidiary of Northwest Savings Bank, which operates offices in Pennsylvania and New York. This subsidiary compliments the services of the bank by offering personal installment loans for a variety of consumer and real estate products. This activity is funded primarily through its intercompany borrowing relationship with Allegheny Services, Inc. Net income is primarily used by management to measure segment performance. The following tables provide financial information for these segments. The All Other column represents the parent company, other nonbank subsidiaries, and elimination entries necessary to reconcile to the consolidated amounts presented in the financial statements.
                                 
At or for the year ended   Community     Consumer     All        
December 31, 2008   banking     finance     other*     Consolidated  
External interest income
  $ 368,201       20,452       6     $ 388,659  
 
                               
Intersegment interest income
    4,959             (4,959 )      
 
                               
Interest expense
    163,922       5,186       185       169,293  
 
                               
Provision for loan losses
    19,500       3,351             22,851  
 
                               
Noninterest income
    36,324       2,269       159       38,752  
 
                               
Noninterest expense
    158,652       10,990       486       170,128  
 
                               
Income tax expense (benefit)
    17,646       1,236       (1,914 )     16,968  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income
  $ 49,764       1,958       (3,551 )   $ 48,171  
 
                       
 
                               
Total assets
  $ 6,792,735       115,463       22,043     $ 6,930,241  
 
                       

F-48


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
                                 
At or for the year ended   Community     Consumer     All        
December 31, 2007   banking     finance     other*     Consolidated  
External interest income
  $ 375,761       20,266       4     $ 396,031  
 
                               
Intersegment interest income
    7,991             (7,991 )      
 
                               
Interest expense
    195,533       8,232       7,250       211,015  
 
                               
Provision for loan losses
    6,000       2,743             8,743  
 
                               
Noninterest income
    40,250       2,552       220       43,022  
 
                               
Noninterest expense
    143,878       8,339       525       152,742  
 
                               
Income tax expense (benefit)
    18,607       1,403       (2,554 )     17,456  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income
  $ 59,984       2,101       (12,988 )   $ 49,097  
 
                       
 
                               
Total assets
  $ 6,629,725       122,657       (88,866 )   $ 6,663,516  
 
                       
                                 
At or for the year ended   Community     Consumer     All        
December 31, 2006   banking     finance     other*     Consolidated  
External interest income
  $ 349,964       18,605       4     $ 368,573  
 
                               
Intersegment interest income
    8,234             (8,234 )      
 
                               
Interest expense
    178,634       8,494       3,981       191,109  
 
                               
Provision for loan losses
    6,000       2,480             8,480  
 
                               
Noninterest income
    42,988       2,515       523       46,026  
 
                               
Noninterest expense
    131,847       8,150       3,685       143,682  
 
                               
Income tax expense (benefit)
    24,435       751       (5,394 )     19,792  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income
  $ 60,270       1,245       (9,979 )   $ 51,536  
 
                       
 
                               
Total assets
  $ 6,493,770       124,993       (90,948 )   $ 6,527,815  
 
                       
 
*   Eliminations consist of intercompany interest income and interest expense.
(22)   Guaranteed Preferred Beneficial Interests in Company’s Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (Trust-Preferred Securities) and Interest Rate Swap Agreements
 
    The Company has three statutory business trusts: Northwest Bancorp Capital Trust III, a Delaware statutory business trust, and Northwest Bancorp Statutory Trust IV, a Connecticut statutory business trust and Penn Laurel Financial Corp. Trust I, a Delaware statutory business trust (the Trusts). The Penn Laurel Financial Corp, Trust I was assumed with the acquisition of Penn Laurel Financial Corporation in June 2007. These trusts exist solely to issue preferred securities to third parties for cash, issue common securities to the Company in exchange for capitalization of the Trusts, invest the proceeds from the sale of trust securities in an equivalent amount of debentures of the Company, and engage in other activities that are incidental to those previously listed. The aforementioned trusts are not consolidated in accordance with FIN 46 (R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities and Interpretation of ARB No. 51. Northwest Bancorp Capital Trust III issued 50,000 cumulative trust preferred securities in a private transaction to a pooled investment vehicle on December 5, 2006

F-49


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    (liquidation value of $1,000 per preferred security or $50,000,000) with a stated maturity of December 30, 2035 and a floating rate of interest, which is reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.38%. Northwest Bancorp Statutory Trust IV issued 50,000 cumulative trust preferred securities in a private transaction to a pooled investment vehicle on December 15, 2006 (liquidation value of $1,000 per preferred security or $50,000,000) with a stated maturity of December 15, 2035 and a floating rate of interest, which is reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.38%. Penn Laurel Financial Corp. Trust I issued 5,000 cumulative trust preferred securities in a private transaction to a pooled investment vehicle on January 23, 2004 (liquidation value of $1,000 per preferred security or $5,000,000) with a stated maturity of January 23, 2034 and floating rate of interest, which is reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR plus 2.80%.
 
    The Trusts have invested the proceeds of the offerings in junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by the Company. The structure of these debentures mirrors the structure of the trust-preferred securities. Northwest Bancorp Statutory Trust III holds $51,547,000 of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures due December 30, 2035 with a floating rate of interest, reset quarterly, of three-month LIBOR plus 1.38%. The rate in effect at December 31, 2008 was 2.85%. Northwest Bancorp Statutory Trust IV holds $51,547,000 of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures due December 15, 2035 with a floating rate of interest, reset quarterly, of three-month LIBOR plus 1.38%. The rate in effect at December 31, 2008 was 3.38%. Penn Laurel Financial Corp. Trust I holds $5,155,000 of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures due January 23, 2034 with a floating rate of interest, reset quarterly, of three-month LIBOR plus 2.80%. The rate in effect at December 31, 2008 was 6.27%. These subordinated debentures are the sole assets of the Trusts.
 
    Cash distributions on the trust securities are made on a quarterly basis to the extent interest on the debentures is received by the Trusts. The Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the subordinated debentures at any time, or from time-to-time, for periods not exceeding five years. If interest payments on the subordinated debentures are deferred, the distributions on the trust securities also are deferred. Interest on the subordinated debentures and distributions on the trust securities is cumulative. The Company obligation constitutes a full, irrevocable, and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis of the obligations of the trust under the preferred securities.
 
    The Trusts must redeem the preferred securities when the debentures are paid at maturity or upon an earlier redemption of the debentures to the extent the debentures are redeemed. All or part of the debentures may be redeemed at any time on or after December 31, 2010. Also, the debentures may be redeemed at any time if existing laws or regulations, or the interpretation or application of these laws or regulations, change causing:
    the interest on the debentures to no longer be deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes;
 
    the trust to become subject to federal income tax or to certain other taxes or governmental charges;
 
    the trust to register as an investment company; and
 
    the Company to become subject to capital requirements and the preferred securities do not qualify as Tier I capital.
    The Company may, at any time, dissolve any of the Trusts and distribute the debentures to the trust security holders, subject to receipt of any required regulatory approval(s).
 
    During the quarter ended September 30, 2008, the Company entered into four interest rate swap agreements (swaps). The Company designated the swaps as a cash flow hedge and they are intended to protect against the variability of cash flows associated with Trust III and Trust IV. The first two swaps hedge the interest rate risk of Trust III, wherein the Company receives interest of LIBOR from a counterparty and pays a fixed rate of 4.20% to the same counterparty calculated on a notional amount of $25.0 million and the Company receives interest of LIBOR from a counterparty and pays a fixed rate of 4.61% to the same counterparty calculated on a notional amount of $25.0 million. The terms of these two swaps are five years and ten years, respectively. The second two swaps hedge the interest rate risk of Trust IV, wherein the

F-50


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
    Company receives interest of LIBOR from a counterparty and pays a fixed rate of 3.85% to the same counterparty calculated on a notional amount of $25.0 million and the Company receives interest of LIBOR from a counterparty and pays a fixed rate of 4.09% to the same counterparty calculated on a notional amount of $25.0 million. The terms of these two swaps are seven years and ten years, respectively. The swap agreements were entered into with a counterparty that met the Company’s credit standards and the agreements contain collateral provisions protecting the at-risk party. The Company believes that the credit risk inherent in the contracts is not significant.
 
    At December 31, 2008, the fair value of the swap agreements was $(13,114,000) and was the amount the Company would have expected to pay if the contracts were terminated. There was no material hedge ineffectiveness for this swap.
 
(23)   Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
                                 
    Three months ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
2008:
                               
Interest income
  $ 96,821       97,152       97,519       97,167  
Interest expense
    48,387       43,423       39,819       37,664  
Net interest income
    48,434       53,729       57,700       59,503  
 
                       
Provision for loan losses
    2,294       3,395       6,950       10,212  
Noninterest income
    12,891       11,644       4,952       9,265  
Noninterest expenses
    42,427       41,488       42,739       43,474  
 
                       
Income before income taxes
    16,604       20,490       12,963       15,082  
Income taxes
    3,982       6,048       3,140       3,798  
 
                       
Net income
  $ 12,622       14,442       9,823       11,284  
 
                       
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.26       0.30       0.20       0.23  
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.26       0.30       0.20       0.23  

F-51


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands)
                                 
    Three months ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
2007:
                               
Interest income
  $ 95,592       98,827       101,558       100,054  
Interest expense
    50,857       53,458       54,468       52,232  
 
                       
Net interest income
    44,735       45,369       47,090       47,822  
Provision for loan losses
    2,006       2,066       2,149       2,522  
Noninterest income
    10,489       11,366       5,247       15,920  
Noninterest expenses
    37,876       37,777       38,481       38,608  
 
                       
Income before income taxes
    15,342       16,892       11,707       22,612  
Income taxes
    4,045       4,592       2,121       6,698  
 
                       
Net income
  $ 11,297       12,300       9,586       15,914  
 
                       
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.23       0.25       0.20       0.33  
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.23       0.25       0.20       0.33  
                                 
    Three months ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
2006:
                               
Interest income
  $ 89,402       91,316       93,365       94,490  
Interest expense
    43,542       46,532       49,404       51,631  
 
                       
Net interest income
    45,860       44,784       43,961       42,859  
Provision for loan losses
    2,099       2,067       2,237       2,077  
Noninterest income
    13,965       10,207       11,372       10,482  
Noninterest expenses
    35,203       34,897       35,278       38,304  
 
                       
Income before income taxes
    22,523       18,027       17,818       12,960  
Income taxes
    15,812       5,000       4,961       3,120  
 
                       
Net income
  $ 15,812       13,027       12,857       9,840  
 
                       
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.32       0.26       0.26       0.20  
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.32       0.26       0.26       0.20  

F-52


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(Amounts in thousands, excluding share data)
                 
    (Unaudited)        
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 43,841       55,815  
Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions
    369,840       16,795  
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
    1,385       7,312  
Marketable securities available-for-sale (amortized cost of $1,015,733 and $1,144,435, respectively)
    1,009,382       1,139,170  
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $(66,777) and $(54,929), respectively
    5,091,518       5,141,892  
Accrued interest receivable
    25,852       27,252  
Real estate owned, net
    15,890       16,844  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost
    63,143       63,143  
Premises and equipment, net
    119,943       115,842  
Bank owned life insurance
    125,867       123,479  
Goodwill
    171,363       171,363  
Other intangible assets
    5,725       7,395  
Mortgage servicing rights
    7,917       6,280  
Other assets
    40,625       37,659  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 7,092,291       6,930,241  
 
           
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
Liabilities:
               
Deposits
  $ 5,345,739       5,038,211  
Borrowed funds
    897,063       1,067,945  
Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    30,268       26,190  
Accrued interest payable
    4,955       5,194  
Other liabilities
    73,482       70,663  
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures held by trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities
    108,249       108,254  
 
           
Total liabilities
    6,459,756       6,316,457  
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.10 par value. 50,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued
           
Common stock, $0.10 par value. 500,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued 51,259,687 and 51,244,974, respectively
    5,126       5,124  
Paid-in capital
    219,335       218,332  
Retained earnings, substantially restricted
    503,692       490,326  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (26,195 )     (30,575 )
Treasury stock of 2,742,800 at cost
    (69,423 )     (69,423 )
 
           
Total shareholders’ equity
    632,535       613,784  
 
           
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 7,092,291       6,930,241  
 
           
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

G-1


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Amounts in thousands, excluding share data)
                 
    (Unaudited)  
    Six months ended June 30,  
    2009     2008  
Interest income:
               
Loans receivable
  $ 160,763       161,409  
Mortgage-backed securities
    14,278       16,684  
Taxable investment securities
    2,896       7,066  
Tax-free investment securities
    5,660       6,021  
Interest-earning deposits
    162       2,506  
 
           
Total interest income
    183,759       193,686  
 
               
Interest expense:
               
Deposits
    49,083       79,281  
Borrowed funds
    20,304       12,529  
 
           
Total interest expense
    69,387       91,810  
 
           
Net interest income
    114,372       101,876  
Provision for loan losses
    17,517       5,689  
 
           
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    96,855       96,187  
 
               
Noninterest income:
               
Impairment losses on securities
    (8,690 )     (1,472 )
Noncredit related losses on securities not expected to be sold (recognized in other comprehensive income)
    4,400        
 
           
Net impairment losses
    (4,290 )     (1,472 )
Gain on sale of investments, net
    280       971  
Service charges and fees
    15,984       15,791  
Trust and other financial services income
    2,853       3,531  
Insurance commission income
    1,308       1,163  
(Loss)/ gain on real estate owned, net
    (3,872 )     (341 )
Income from bank owned life insurance
    2,388       2,369  
Mortgage banking income
    3,724       671  
Non-cash recovery of mortgage servicing asset
    1,390        
Other operating income
    1,691       2,139  
 
           
Total noninterest income
    21,456       24,822  
 
               
Noninterest expense:
               
Compensation and employee benefits
    46,665       44,966  
Premises and occupancy costs
    11,202       11,043  
Office operations
    6,305       6,520  
Processing expenses
    10,262       8,919  
Professional services
    1,231       1,330  
Amortization of intangible assets
    1,670       2,586  
Advertising
    2,944       2,409  
Federal deposit insurance premiums
    3,780       1,844  
FDIC special assessment
    3,288        
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
          705  
Other expenses
    3,923       3,593  
 
           
Total noninterest expense
    91,270       83,915  
 
           
Income before income taxes
    27,041       37,094  
 
               
Provision for income taxes:
               
Federal
    6,327       8,555  
State
    1,121       1,475  
 
           
Total provision for income taxes
    7,448       10,030  
 
           
Net income
  $ 19,593       27,064  
 
           
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.40       0.56  
 
           
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.40       0.56  
 
           
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

G-2


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity — Unaudited
Six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008
(Amounts in thousands, excluding share data)
                                                 
                            Accumulated                
                            other             Total  
    Common     Paid-in     Retained     comprehensive     Treasury     shareholders’  
For the six months ended June 30, 2008   stock     capital     earnings     income (loss), net     stock     equity  
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 5,119       214,606       458,425       816       (66,088 )   $ 612,878  
Effects of changing pension plan measurement date pursuant to FASB Statement No. 158
                (499 )     572             73  
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2007, as adjusted
    5,119       214,606       457,926       1,388       (66,088 )     612,951  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                  27,064                   27,064  
Change in unrealized loss on securities, net of tax of $(4,850)
                      (7,587 )           (7,587 )
 
                                   
Total comprehensive income
                27,064       (7,587 )           19,477  
Treasury stock repurchases
                            (3,335 )     (3,335 )
Exercise of stock options
    2       241                         243  
Stock compensation
          1,295                         1,295  
Dividends paid ($0.44 per share)
                (7,880 )                 (7,880 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Balance at June 30, 2008
  $ 5,121       216,142       477,110       (6,199 )     (69,423 )     622,751  
 
                                   
                                                 
                            Accumulated                
                            other             Total  
    Common     Paid-in     Retained     comprehensive     Treasury     shareholders’  
For the six months ended June 30, 2009   stock     capital     earnings     income (loss), net     stock     equity  
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 5,124       218,332       490,326       (30,575 )     (69,423 )     613,784  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, adoption of FSP SFAS 115-2 and SFAS 124-2, net of tax of $903
                1,676       (1,676 )            
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                19,593                   19,593  
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps, net of tax of $(2,717)
                      5,045             5,045  
Change in unrealized loss on securities, net of tax of $(658)
                      1,222             1,222  
Reclassification adjustment for securities losses realized in net income, net of tax of $(1,426)
                      2,649             2,649  
Other-than-temporary impairment on securities recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax of $1,540
                      (2,860 )           (2,860 )
 
                                   
Total comprehensive income
                19,593       6,056             25,649  
Exercise of stock options
    2       114                         116  
Stock compensation
          889                         889  
Dividends paid ($0.44 per share)
                (7,903 )                 (7,903 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Balance at June 30, 2009
  $ 5,126       219,335       503,692       (26,195 )     (69,423 )     632,535  
 
                                   
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

G-3


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in thousands)
                 
    (Unaudited)  
    Six months ended June 30,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Operating activities:
               
Net income
  $ 19,593       27,064  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Provision for loan losses
    17,517       5,689  
Net (gain)/ loss on sales of assets
    (4,769 )     726  
Net gain on Visa Inc. share redemption
          (672 )
Net depreciation, amortization, and accretion
    8,797       7,667  
(Increase)/ decrease in other assets
    (6,645 )     2,627  
Increase in other liabilities
    10,342       5,553  
Net amortization of (discounts)/premiums on marketable securities
    (1,939 )     (3,626 )
Noncash compensation expense related to stock benefit plans
    889       1,295  
Noncash other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities
    4,290       1,472  
Noncash impairment of real estate owned
    3,862        
Deferred income tax benefit
    (585 )     (141 )
Origination of loans held for sale
    (383,800 )     (108,030 )
Proceeds from loan sales
    388,843       105,228  
 
           
Net cash provided by operating activities
    56,395       44,852  
Investing activities:
               
Purchase of marketable securities available-for-sale
    (24,838 )     (406,697 )
Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of marketable securities available-for-sale
    154,048       240,755  
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities available-for-sale
          1,042  
Loan originations
    (732,247 )     (883,700 )
Proceeds from loan maturities and principal reductions
    756,254       673,198  
Net purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
          (18,764 )
Proceeds from sale of real estate owned
    2,639       3,822  
Sale of real estate owned for investment
    77       77  
Purchase of premises and equipment
    (10,232 )     (8,765 )
 
           
Net cash provided by/ (used in) investing activities
    145,701       (399,032 )

G-4


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in thousands)
                 
    (Unaudited)  
    Six months ended June 30,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Financing activities:
               
Increase/ (decrease) in deposits, net
  $ 307,528       (155,987 )
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
          460,000  
Repayments of long-term borrowings
    (4,566 )     (84,134 )
Net (decrease)/ increase in short-term borrowings
    (166,205 )     9,476  
Increase in advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    4,078       9,540  
Treasury stock repurchases
          (3,335 )
Cash dividends paid
    (7,903 )     (7,880 )
Proceeds from options exercised, including tax benefit realized
    116       243  
 
           
Net cash provided by financing activities
    133,048       227,923  
 
           
Net increase/ (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 335,144       (126,257 )
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
  $ 79,922       230,616  
Net increase/ (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    335,144       (126,257 )
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 415,066       104,359  
 
           
 
               
Cash and cash equivalents:
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 43,841       98,548  
Interest-earning deposit in other financial institutions
    369,840        
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
    1,385       5,811  
 
           
Total cash and cash equivalents
  $ 415,066       104,359  
 
           
 
               
Cash paid during the period for:
               
Interest on deposits and borrowings (including interest credited to deposit accounts of $41,429 and $69,036, respectively)
  $ 69,626       91,636  
Income taxes
    13,299       6,155  
Noncash activities:
               
Loan foreclosures and repossessions
  $ 5,557       3,903  
Sale of real estate owned financed by the Company
    232       260  
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

G-5


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(1)   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
  (a)   Nature of Operations
 
      The Northwest group of companies is organized in a two-tier holding company structure. Northwest Bancorp, MHC (MHC) is a federal mutual holding company and, at June 30, 2009 and 2008, owned approximately 63% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (the Company). Annually, the MHC applies for and has received approval from the Office of Thrift Supervision to waive its right to receive dividends from the Company. Dividends waived by MHC during both the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were $13,436,000.
 
      Northwest Bancorp, Inc., which is headquartered in Warren, Pennsylvania, is a federal savings and loan holding company for its wholly owned subsidiary, Northwest Savings Bank (Northwest). Northwest offers traditional deposit and loan products through its 168 banking locations in Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland, and Florida. Northwest, through its subsidiary Northwest Consumer Discount Company, also offers consumer loan products through 49 consumer finance offices in Pennsylvania.
 
      In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position and results of operations have been included.
 
  (b)   Principles of Consolidation
 
      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries after elimination of all intercompany accounts and transactions.
 
  (c)   Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
      For purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and amounts due from depository institutions, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, federal funds sold, and other short-term investments.
 
  (d)   Investment Securities
 
      The Company classifies marketable securities at the time of purchase as available-for-sale, or trading securities. If it is management’s intent at the time of purchase to hold securities for an indefinite period of time and/or to use such securities as part of its asset/liability management strategy, the securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from net earnings and reported as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of tax. Securities classified as available-for-sale include securities that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, resultant prepayment risk, or other market factors. Securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. The cost of securities sold is determined on a specific identification basis. The Company held no securities classified as trading at June 30, 2009 or December 31, 2008.
 
      The Company regularly reviews its investment securities for impairment that might be considered “other than temporary.” For debt securities, credit related other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings, while noncredit related other-than-temporary impairment on securities not expected to be sold is recognized in other comprehensive income.
 
      Federal law requires a member institution of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system to hold stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined formula. This stock is recorded at cost. The Company regularly evaluates the stock for impairment and the stock may be pledged to secure FHLB advances.

G-6


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
  (e)   Loans Receivable
 
      Loans are stated at their unpaid principal balance net of any deferred origination fees or costs and the allowance for estimated loan losses. Interest income on loans is credited to income as earned. Interest earned on loans for which no payments were received during the month is accrued at month end. Interest accrued on loans more than 90 days delinquent is reversed, and such loans are placed on nonaccrual status.
 
      The Company has identified certain residential loans which will be sold prior to maturity. These loans are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or fair value and at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were $25,042,000 and $18,738,000, respectively.
 
      Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net deferred fee or cost is then recognized using the level-yield method over the contractual life of the loan as an adjustment to interest income.
 
  (f)   Allowance for Loan Losses and Provision for Loan Losses
 
      Provisions for estimated loan losses and the amount of the allowance for loan losses are based on losses inherent in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the financial statements. Management believes, to the best of their knowledge, that all known losses as of the statement of condition dates have been recorded.
 
      Management considers a loan to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Nonaccrual loans are deemed to be impaired unless fully secured with liquid collateral. In evaluating whether a loan is impaired, management considers not only the amount that the Company expects to collect but also the timing of collection. Generally, if a delay in payment is insignificant (e.g., less than 30 days), a loan is not deemed to be impaired.
 
      When a loan is considered to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or at the loan’s market price or fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Larger loans are evaluated individually for impairment. Smaller balance, homogeneous loans (e.g., primarily consumer and residential mortgages) are evaluated collectively for impairment. Impairment losses are included in the allowance for loan losses. Impaired loans are charged off when management believes that the ultimate collectibility of a loan is not likely.
 
      Interest income on impaired loans is recognized using the cash basis method. Such interest ultimately collected is credited to income in the period of recovery or applied to reduce principal if there is sufficient doubt about the collectibility of principal. Interest that has been accrued on impaired loans that are contractually past due 90 days and over is reversed.
 
  (g)   Real Estate Owned
 
      Real estate owned is comprised of property acquired through foreclosure or voluntarily conveyed by delinquent borrowers. These assets are recorded on the date acquired at the lower of the related loan balance or fair value of the collateral less disposition cost with the fair value being determined by an appraisal. Subsequently, foreclosed assets are valued at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or the current fair value, less estimated disposition costs. Gains or losses realized from the disposition of such property are credited or charged to noninterest income.

G-7


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
  (h)   Premises and Equipment
 
      Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is accumulated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Estimated lives range from three to thirty years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is accumulated on a straight-line basis over the terms of the related leases or the useful lives of the related assets, whichever is shorter.
 
  (i)   Goodwill
 
      In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142), goodwill is allocated to various reporting units, which are either the Company’s reportable segments or one level below. Goodwill is no longer amortized but is tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests if events occur, or if circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying amount. The annual impairment test is based on discounted cash flow models that incorporate variables including growth in net income, discount rates, and terminal values. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized as a non-cash charge. We have performed the required goodwill impairment tests and have determined that goodwill is not impaired as of June 30, 2009.
 
  (j)   Core Deposit Intangibles
 
      The Company engages an independent third party expert to analyze and prepare a core deposit study for all acquisitions. This study reflects the cumulative present value benefit of acquiring deposits versus an alternative source of funding. Based upon this analysis, the amount of the premium related to the core deposits of the business purchased is calculated along with the estimated life of the acquired deposits. The core deposit intangible, which is recorded in other intangible assets, is then amortized to expense on an accelerated basis over an approximate life of seven years.
 
  (k)   Bank-Owned Life Insurance
 
      The Company owns insurance on the lives of a certain group of key employees and directors. The policies were purchased to help offset the increase in the costs of various fringe benefit plans including healthcare as well as the directors deferred compensation plan. The cash surrender value of these policies is included as an asset on the consolidated statements of financial condition, and any increases in the cash surrender value are recorded as noninterest income on the consolidated statements of income. In the event of the death of an insured individual under these policies, after distribution to the insured’s beneficiaries the Company would receive a death benefit, which would be recorded as noninterest income.
 
  (l)   Deposits
 
      Interest on deposits is accrued and charged to expense monthly and is paid or credited in accordance with the terms of the accounts.
 
  (m)   Pension Plans
 
      The Company has noncontributory defined benefit pension plans. The net periodic pension cost has been calculated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions . In conjunction with the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans , the Company changed its measurement date to December 31 from October 31 for its defined benefit pension plans effective December 31, 2008.

G-8


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
  (n)   Income Taxes
 
      The Company joins with its wholly owned subsidiaries in filing a consolidated federal income tax return.
 
      The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . The objective of the asset and liability method is to establish deferred tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities based on the tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled.
 
  (o)   Stock Related Compensation
 
      The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2005), Share-Based Payments (“SFAS 123(r)”). The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model was used to determine the fair value of each option award, estimated on the grant date. During the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 the Company awarded 195,759 stock options to employees and 24,000 stock options to directors and 202,068 stock options to employees and 24,000 stock options to directors, respectively. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s stock at the grant date and options generally vest over a seven-year period from the grant date. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The expected term of options is based upon previous option grants. The risk-free rate is based on yields on U.S. Treasury securities of a similar maturity to the expected term of the options. New shares are issued when options granted from the 1995, 2000 and 2005 Stock Options Plans are exercised and treasury shares will be issued when options granted from the 2008 Stock Option Plan are exercised.
 
      Stock-based employee compensation expense related to the Company’s recognition and retention and option plans of $889,000 and $1,300,000 was included in income before income taxes during the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. At June 30, 2009, there was compensation expense of $1,500,000 and $678,000 for the stock option plans and recognition and retention plan, respectively, remaining to be recognized.
 
      The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: (1) dividend yields ranging from 1.6% to 3.9% based on historical dividends and market prices; (2) expected volatility of 17% to 33% based on historical volatility; (3) risk-free interest rates ranging from 2.8% to 6.5%; and (4) expected lives of seven to eight years based on previous grants.
 
  (p)   Segment Reporting
 
      Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , requires that public business enterprises report financial and descriptive information about their reportable operating segments. Based on the guidance provided by this statement, the Company has identified two reportable segments, Community Banks and Consumer Finance.
 
  (q)   Derivative financial instruments — interest rate swaps
 
      The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”), as amended. SFAS 133 requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. Pursuant to SFAS 133, the accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. An entity that elects to use hedge accounting is required, at inception, to establish the method it will use for assessing the effectiveness of

G-9


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
      hedging derivative and the measurement approach for determining the ineffective aspect of the hedge. Those methods must be consistent with the Company’s approach to managing risk.
 
      The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of the management of interest rate risk to hedge the interest rate risk on the Company’s Trust Preferred Debentures. Amounts receivable or payable are recognized as accrued under the terms of the agreements and the differential is recorded as an adjustment to interest expense. The interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges, with the effective portion of the derivative’s unrealized gain or loss is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. The ineffective portion of the unrealized gain or loss, if any, would be recorded in other expense.
 
  (r)   Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments
 
      In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit in the form of loan commitments, undisbursed lines of credit, and standby letters of credit. These off-balance-sheet instruments involve, to various degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk not reported in the consolidated statement of financial condition.
 
  (s)   Use of Estimates
 
      The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The estimates and assumptions that we deem important to our financial statements relate to the allowance for loan losses, the accounting treatment and valuation of our investment securities portfolio, the analysis of the carrying value of goodwill and income taxes. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgment and we evaluate them using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment. We adjust our estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets and current economic conditions have increased the uncertainty inherent in our estimates and assumptions. As future events cannot be determined, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates.
 
  (t)   Reclassification of Prior Years’ Statements
 
      Certain items previously reported have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s reporting format.

G-10


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(2)   Recent Accounting Pronouncements
      In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R applies to all transactions or other events in which an entity obtains control of one or more businesses, including those sometimes referred to as “true mergers” or “mergers of equals” and combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration. SFAS 141R applies to all business entities, including mutual entities that previously used the pooling-of-interest method of accounting for some business combinations. The objective of SFAS 141R is to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a business combination and its effects. SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer recognizes and measures the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired, and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effect of the business combination. SFAS 141R does not apply to the acquisition of an asset or a group of assets that does not constitute a business or a combination between entities under common control. SFAS 141R applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. An entity may not apply it before that date.
 
      In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective of SFAS 159 is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. SFAS 159 is expected to expand the use of fair value measurement, which is consistent with the FASB’s long-term measurement objectives for accounting for financial instruments. SFAS 159 became effective January 1, 2008. The Company has not elected to value any assets or liabilities (not otherwise measured at fair value) under SFAS 159. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of SFAS 159 should we elect fair value measurement for any asset or liability purchased or assumed in the future.
 
      In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“ SFAS 157 ”), which upon adoption replaced various definitions of fair value in existing accounting literature with a single definition, will establish a framework for measuring fair value, and will require additional disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 clarifies that fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price paid to transfer a liability in the most advantageous market available to the Company and emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement and should be based on the assumptions market participants would use. SFAS 157 also creates a three-level hierarchy under which individual fair value estimates are ranked based on the relative reliability of the inputs used in the valuation. This hierarchy is the basis for the disclosure requirements, with fair value estimates based on the least reliable inputs requiring more extensive disclosures about the valuation method used. SFAS 157 is required to be applied whenever another financial accounting standard requires or permits an asset or liability to be measured at fair value. SFAS 157 does not expand the use of fair value to any new circumstances. The Company adopted SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008 and has complied with its disclosure requirements.
 
      In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (“FSP 157-2”), which delayed the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-recurring, non-financial instruments to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. On October 10, 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active (“FSP 157-3”) , which clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active. FSP 157-3 was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which

G-11


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
      financial statements had not been issued. The adoption of these standards did not have a material impact on the financial condition or operations of the Company.
 
      In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (an amendment to FASB Statement No. 133) (“SFAS 161”) . SFAS 161 requires companies with derivative instruments to disclose information that should enable financial statement users to understand how and why a company uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and related Interpretations, and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect a company’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The required disclosures include the fair value of derivative instruments and their gains and losses in tabular format, information about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements, counterparty credit risk and a company’s strategies and objectives for using derivative financial instruments. SFAS 161 also requires entities to disclose information that would enable users of its financial statements to understand the volume of its derivative activity. SFAS 161 became effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009. The Company adopted the disclosure requirements effective January 1, 2009.
 
      In January 2009, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. EITF 99-20-1, Amendments to the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20 . Effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2008, FSP EITF 99-20-1 amended EITF 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets , to achieve a more consistent evaluation of whether there is other-than-temporary impairment for the debt securities under the scope of EITF 99-20 and the debt securities not within the scope of EITF 99-20 that would fall under the scope of SFAS 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities . The adoption of FSP EITF 99-20-1 did not have a material impact of the financial condition or operations of the Company.
 
      In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (“FSP 132(R)-1”) . This position requires more detailed disclosures about employers’ pension plan assets, including employers’ investment strategies, major categories of plan assets, concentrations of risk within plan assets and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets. FSP 132(R)-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009 and the Company will adopt the disclosure requirements at that time.
 
      In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value when the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly (“FSP 157-4”) , FSP No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments (“FSP 115-2 and 124-2”) and FSP No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (“FSP 107-1”) . FSP 157-4 clarifies that the measurement objective in determining fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased, is the price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction between willing market participants under current market conditions and not the value in a hypothetical active market. FSP 157-4 includes additional factors for determining whether there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability compared to normal activity for that asset or liability (or similar assets or liabilities) and provides additional guidance in estimating fair value in those instances. An entity is required to base its conclusion about whether a transaction was not orderly on the weight of the evidence. FSP 157-4 requires an entity to disclose any change in valuation techniques, the related inputs and the effect resulting from the application of the FSP. FSP 115-2 and 124-2 replaces the existing requirement for debt securities, that in order for an entity to conclude impairment is not other-than-temporary, it must have the intent and ability to hold an impaired security for a period sufficient to allow for recovery in value of the investment. To conclude impairment is not other-than-temporary, FSP 115-2 and 124-2 requires management assert that it does not have the intent to sell the security and that it is more likely than not it

G-12


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
      will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. FSP 115-2 and 124-2 also changes the presentation in the financial statements of non-credit related impairment amounts for instruments within its scope. When an entity asserts it does not have the intent to sell the security and it is more likely than not it will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, only the credit related impairment losses are to be recorded in earnings, non-credit losses are to be recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. FSP 115-2 and 124-2 also expands and increases the frequency of existing disclosures about other-than-temporary impairments for debt and equity securities. FSP 107-1 amends FASB Statement No. 107 to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies that were previously only required in annual financial statements. These FSPs are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009 with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The Company adopted these FSPs for the interim period ending on June 30, 2009. The impact of the adoption of FSP 115-2 is summarized in Note 3, including the required disclosures.
      In May 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 165, Subsequent Events (“SFAS 165”) . SFAS 165 sets forth general standards of accounting for, and disclosure of, events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. SFAS 165 is effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company considered subsequent events through September 9, 2009, for inclusion in these financial statements.
 
      In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS 168”) . SFAS 168 specifies that the codification will become the source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. On the effective date of this statement, the Codification will supersede al then-existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other nongrandfathered non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification will become nonauthoritative. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009.

G-13


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(3)   Marketable Securities
 
    Marketable securities at June 30, 2009 are as follows:
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
            unrealized     unrealized        
    Amortized     holding     holding     Market  
    cost     gains     losses     value  
Available-for-sale:
                               
U.S. government and agencies:
                               
Due in one year or less
  $ 80             (3 )     77  
Government sponsored enterprises:
                               
Due in one year or less
    995       13             1,008  
Due in one year — five years
    1,972       172             2,144  
Due in five years — ten years
    22,613       1,553             24,166  
Due after ten years
    51,991       2,043       (107 )     53,927  
Equity securities
    954       211       (81 )     1,084  
Municipal securities:
                               
Due in one year — five years
    913       18             931  
Due in five years — ten years
    39,929       739       (1 )     40,667  
Due after ten years
    199,416       1,930       (5,961 )     195,385  
Corporate debt issues:
                               
Due in one year — five years
    500                   500  
Due after ten years
    27,673       117       (13,386 )     14,404  
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Fixed rate pass-through
    160,821       5,458       (11 )     166,268  
Variable rate pass-through
    250,939       6,651       (139 )     257,451  
Fixed rate non-agency CMOs
    22,329             (3,035 )     19,294  
Fixed rate agency CMOs
    25,836       639       (394 )     26,081  
Variable rate non-agencyCMOs
    11,833             (2,964 )     8,869  
Variable rate agency CMOs
    196,939       985       (798 )     197,126  
 
                       
Total residential mortgage-backed securities
    668,697       13,733       (7,341 )     675,089  
 
                       
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 1,015,733       20,529       (26,880 )     1,009,382  
 
                       

G-14


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
Marketable securities at December 31, 2008 are as follows:
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
            unrealized     unrealized        
    Amortized     holding     holding     Market  
    cost     gains     losses     value  
Available-for-sale:
                               
U.S. government and agencies:
                               
Due in one year or less
  $ 91             (3 )     88  
Government sponsored enterprises:
                               
Due in one year or less
    2,985       50             3,035  
Due in one year — five years
    2,962       208             3,170  
Due in five years — ten years
    30,352       2,066             32,418  
Due after ten years
    61,494       8,712       (9 )     70,197  
Equity securities
    954       160             1,114  
Municipal securities:
                               
Due in one year — five years
    460       1             461  
Due in five years — ten years
    43,160       822       (86 )     43,896  
Due after ten years
    224,996       2,707       (4,512 )     223,191  
Corporate debt issues:
                               
Due after ten years
    25,165       214       (9,418 )     15,961  
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Fixed rate pass-through
    186,659       6,447       (7 )     193,099  
Variable rate pass-through
    276,121       3,136       (2,074 )     277,183  
Fixed rate non-agency CMOs
    25,683             (2,938 )     22,745  
Fixed rate agency CMOs
    34,436       445       (146 )     34,735  
Variable rate non-agency CMOs
    17,069             (2,710 )     14,359  
Variable rate agency CMOs
    211,848       48       (8,378 )     203,518  
 
                       
Total residential mortgage-backed securities
    751,816       10,076       (16,253 )     745,639  
 
                       
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 1,144,435       25,016       (30,281 )     1,139,170  
 
                       

G-15


Table of Contents

]

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
    The following table presents information regarding the issuers and the carrying value of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
Mortgage-backed securities:
               
FNMA
  $ 256,344       288,082  
GNMA
    87,622       99,354  
FHLMC
    302,176       320,297  
Other (including nonagency)
    28,947       37,906  
 
           
Total mortgage-backed securities
  $ 675,089       745,639  
 
           
    Marketable securities having a carrying value of $571,231,000 at June 30, 2009 were pledged under collateral agreements. During the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 the Company sold marketable securities classified as available-for-sale for $-0- and $1,042,000, respectively. There were no gains or losses on the sale of these securities. During the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 the Company recognized noncash other-than-temporary impairment in its investment portfolio resulting in write-downs of $4,290,000 and $1,472,000, respectively.
 
    The following table shows the fair value and gross unrealized losses on investment securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at June 30, 2009:
                                                 
    Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
            Unrealized             Unrealized             Unrealized  
    Fair value     losses     Fair value     losses     Fair value     losses  
U.S. government and agencies
  $ 7,967       (97 )     188       (10 )   $ 8,155       (107 )
Municipal securities
    64,183       (2,339 )     52,613       (3,623 )     116,796       (5,962 )
Corporate issues
    8,073       (7,545 )     1,964       (5,841 )     10,037       (13,386 )
Equities
    298       (81 )                 298       (81 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities — non-agency
                28,163       (5,999 )     28,163       (5,999 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities — agency
    42,718       (296 )     73,271       (1,049 )     115,989       (1,345 )
 
                                   
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 123,239       (10,358 )     156,199       (16,522 )   $ 279,438       (26,880 )
 
                                   
    The decline in the fair value of securities primarily resulted from changes in the levels of interest rates and the illiquidity in the marketplace. Regularly, the Company performs an assessment to determine whether there have been any events or

G-16


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
    economic circumstances to indicate that a security on which there is an unrealized loss is impaired other-than-temporarily. The assessment considers many factors including the severity and duration of the impairment; recent events specific to the issuer or industry; and for debt securities, external credit ratings, underlying collateral position and recent downgrades. For asset backed securities, the Company evaluates current characteristics of each security such as delinquency and foreclosure levels, credit enhancement and projected losses and coverage. It is possible that the underlying collateral of these securities will perform worse than current expectations, which may lead to adverse changes in cash flows on these securities and potential future other-than-temporary impairment losses. Events that may trigger material declines in fair values for these securities in the future would be, but are not limited to; deterioration of credit metrics, significantly higher levels of default and severity of loss on the underlying collateral, deteriorating credit enhancement and loss coverage ratios, or further illiquidity. For debt securities, credit related other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings, while noncredit related other-than-temporary impairment on securities not expected to be sold is recognized in other comprehensive income. The Company asserts that it does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell these securities before a recovery of its cost basis. For these reasons, the Company considers the unrealized losses to be temporary impairment losses. There are approximately 256 positions that are temporarily impaired at June 30, 2009. The aggregate carrying amount of cost-method investments, included in available-for-sale, at June 30, 2009 was $1,009,382,000 of which all were evaluated for impairment.
    As of June 30, 2009, we had seven investments in corporate issues with total book value of $7,805,000 and total fair value of $1,964,000, where book value exceeded carrying value for more than 12 months. These investments were three single issuer trust preferred investments and four pooled trust preferred investments. The single issuer trust preferred investments were evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment by determining the strength of the underlying issuer. In each case, the underlying issuer was “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes and was a participant in the U.S. governments Troubled Asset Relief Program. None of the issuers have deferred interest payments or announced the intention to defer interest payments, while three have been downgraded. We believe the decline in fair value is related to the spread over three-month LIBOR, on which the quarterly interest payments are based, as the spread over LIBOR is significantly lower than current market spreads. We concluded the impairment of these investments was considered temporary. In making that determination, we also considered the duration and the severity of the losses. The pooled trust preferred investments were evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment considering duration and severity of losses, actual cash flows, projected cash flows, performing collateral, the class of securities we owned and the amount of additional defaults the structure could withstand prior to the security experiencing a disruption in cash flows. None of these investments are projecting a cash flow disruption, nor have any of the investments experienced a cash flow disruption. Two pooled trust preferred securities have been downgraded.
    As of June 30, 2009, we had investments with a total book value of $15.6 million and total fair value of $8.1 million, where the book value exceeded the carrying value for less than 12 months. One investment, a single issuer trust preferred investment, was evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment by determining the strength of the underlying issuer. The underlying issuer was “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes and was a participant in the government’s TARP program. The issuer has not deferred interest payments or announced the intention to defer interest payments. The Company concluded that the decline in fair value was related to the spread over three month LIBOR, on which the quarterly interest payments are based. The spread over LIBOR is significantly lower than current market spreads. Two other investments were pooled trust preferred investments. These securities were evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment considering duration and severity of the losses, actual cash flows, projected cash flows, performing collateral, the class of securities owned by the Company and the amount of additional defaults the structure could withstand prior to the security experiencing a disruption in cash flows. Neither of these securities project cash flow disruption, nor have they experienced a cash flow disruption. None of the investments were downgraded during the six month period ended June 30, 2009.

G-17


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
    We concluded, based on all facts evaluated, the impairment of these investments was considered temporary and management asserts that we do not have the intent to sell these investments and that it is more likely than not we will not have to sell the investments before recovery of their cost basis.
 
    The following table provides class, book value and ratings information for our portfolio of corporate investments that had an unrealized loss as of June 30, 2009:
                                         
            Total        
            Book     Fair     Unrealized     Moody’s/ Fitch  
Description   Class     Value     Value     Losses     Ratings  
North Fork Capital (1)
    N/A     $ 1,009       416       (593 )   Baa1/ BBB+
Bank Boston Capital Trust (2)
    N/A       988       484       (504 )   A2/ BB
Reliance Capital Trust
    N/A       1,000       835       (165 )   Not rated
Huntington Capital Trust
    N/A       1,419       597       (822 )   Baa3/ BBB
MM Community Funding I
  Mezzanine     1,000       74       (926 )   Caa2/ CCC
MM Community Funding II
  Mezzanine     389       42       (347 )   Baa2/ BBB
I-PreTSL I
  Mezzanine     1,500       168       (1,332 )   Not rated/ A-
I-PreTSL II
  Mezzanine     1,500       183       (1,317 )   Not rated/ A-
PreTSL XIX
  Senior A-1     8,954       4,323       (4,631 )   A3/ AAA
PreTSL XX
  Senior A-1     5,664       2,915       (2,749 )   Baa1/ AAA
 
                                 
 
          $ 23,423       10,037       (13,386 )        
 
                                 
 
(1)   North Fork Bank was acquired by Capital One Financial Corporation
 
(2)   Bank Boston was acquired by Bank of America
    The following table provides collateral information on pooled trust preferred investments included in the previous table as of June 30, 2009:
                                 
                            Additional
                            Immediate
                            defaults before
            Current           causing an
    Total   deferrals   Performing   interest
Description   Collateral   and defaults   Collateral   shortfall
 
I-PreTSL I
  $ 211,000       35,000       176,000       50,500  
I-PreTSL II
    378,000             378,000       137,500  
PreTSL XIX
    700,535       96,000       604,535       259,500  
PreTSL XX
    604,154       83,000       521,154       243,500  
    Mortgage-backed securities include agency (Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae) mortgage-backed securities and non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations. We review our portfolio of agency backed mortgage-backed securities quarterly for impairment. As of June 30, 2009, we believe that the small amount of impairment within our portfolio of agency mortgage-backed securities is temporary. As of June 30, 2009, we had 12 non-agency collateralized mortgage

G-18


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
    obligations with total book value of $34,162,000 and total fair value of $28,163,000. During the six months ended June 30, 2009, we recognized other-than-temporary impairment of $4,290,000 related to three of these investments. After recognizing the other-than-temporary impairment, our book value on these three investments was $12,573,000, with a fair value of $8,172,000. We determined how much of the impairment was credit related and noncredit related by analyzing cash flow estimates, estimated prepayment speeds, loss severity and conditional default rates. We consider the discounted cash flow analysis to be our primary evidence when determining whether credit related other-than-temporary impairment exists. The impairment on the other nine collateralized mortgage obligations, with book value of $21,589,000 and fair value of $19,991,000, were also reviewed considering the severity and length of impairment. After this review, we determined that the impairment on these none securities was temporary.
 
    The following table shows issuer specific information, book value, fair value, unrealized losses and other-than-temporary impairment recorded in earnings for our portfolio on non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations as of June 30, 2009:
                                 
    Total   Impairment
    Book   Fair   Unrealized   recorded in
Description   Value   Value   Losses   earnings
 
AMAC 2003-6 2A2
  $ 1,194       1,180       (14 )      
AMAC 2003-6 2A8
    2,471       2,449       (22 )      
AMAC 2003-7 A3
    1,415       1,385       (30 )      
BOAMS 2005-11 1A8
    6,497       5,690       (807 )      
CWALT 2005-J14 A3
    7,147       5,038       (2,109 )     (59 )
CFSB 2003-17 2A2
    2,008       1,965       (43 )      
WAMU 2003-S2 A4
    1,596       1,586       (10 )      
CMLTI 2005-10 1A5B
    2,659       1,233       (1,426 )     (2,007 )
CSFB 2003-21 1A13
    250       238       (12 )      
FHASI 2003-8 1A24
    4,401       4,022       (379 )      
SARM 2005-21 4A2
    2,767       1,901       (866 )     (2,224 )
WFMBS 2003-B A2
    1,757       1,476       (281 )      
 
  $ 34,162       28,163       (5,999 )     (4,290 )
    During the current period, we adopted FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 which requires that credit related other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities be recognized in earnings while noncredit related other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities, not expected to be sold, be recognized in other comprehensive income.

G-19


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
    The following table shows the effect of adopting FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 on the financial statements as of June 30, 2009 (in thousands):
                         
    Prior to   After   Effect of
    Adoption   Adoption   Adoption
Impairment losses on securities
  $ (8,690 )     (4,290 )     4,400  
Noncredit related losses on securities not expected to be sold (recognized in other comprehensive income)
          4,400       4,400  
Net income
    4,431       7,291       2,860  
Basic earnings per share
    0.35       0.40       0.05  
Diluted earnings per share
    0.34       0.40       0.06  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (23,335 )     (26,195 )     (2,860 )
    In accordance with the adoption, noncredit related other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in prior periods have been reclassified as a cumulative effect adjustment that increased retained earnings and increased accumulated other comprehensive loss as of April 1, 2009. In 2008, $16.0 million in other-than-temporary impairment charges were recognized, of which $2.6 million related to noncredit impairment on debt securities. Therefore, the cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings totaled $1.7 million after tax.
 
    The table below shows a cumulative roll forward of credit losses recognized in earnings for debt securities held as of June 30, 2009 and not intended to be sold (in thousands):
         
Beginning balance as of Janaury 1, 2009 (a)
  $ 7,902  
Credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was not perviously recognized
    4,290  
Additional credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized
     
Ending balance as of June 30, 2009
  $ 12,192  
 
(a)   The beginning balance represents credit losses included in other-than-temporary impairment charges recognized on debt securities in prior periods.

G-20


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(4)   Loans Receivable
 
    Loans receivable at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are summarized in the table below:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Real estate loans:
               
One-to-four family
  $ 2,396,623       2,492,940  
Home equity
    1,038,323       1,035,954  
Multi-family and commercial
    1,191,107       1,100,218  
 
           
 
               
Total real estate loans
    4,626,053       4,629,112  
 
               
Consumer loans:
               
Automobile
    102,519       102,267  
Education
    25,807       38,152  
Loans on savings accounts
    11,576       11,191  
Other
    116,852       115,913  
 
           
 
               
Total consumer loans
    256,754       267,523  
 
               
Commercial loans
    400,926       387,145  
 
           
 
               
Total loans receivable, gross
    5,283,733       5,283,780  
 
               
Deferred loan fees
    (5,978 )     (5,041 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (66,777 )     (54,929 )
Undisbursed loan proceeds (real estate loans)
    (119,460 )     (81,918 )
 
           
Toal loans receivable, net
  $ 5,091,518       5,141,892  
 
           
    At June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Company serviced loans for others approximating $1,294,802,000 and $1,099,949,000, respectively. These loans serviced for others are not assets of the Company and are excluded from the Company’s financial statements.
 
    At June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, approximately 72% and 79%, respectively, of the Company’s loan portfolio was secured by properties located in Pennsylvania. The Company does not believe it has significant concentrations of credit risk to any one group of borrowers given its underwriting and collateral requirements.
 
    Loans receivable at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 include $1,401,079,000 and $1,300,990,000, respectively, of adjustable rate loans and $3,882,654,000 and $3,982,790,000, respectively, of fixed rate loans.
 
    The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to off-balance-sheet financial instruments is represented by the contract amount of the financial instrument. The Company uses the same credit policies

G-21


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
    in making commitments for off-balance-sheet financial instruments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are presented in the following table:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
Loan commitments
  $ 149,272       116,330  
Undisbursed lines of credit
    313,679       273,670  
Standby letters of credit
    17,663       15,821  
 
           
 
  $ 480,614       405,821  
 
           
    Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but generally may include cash, marketable securities, and property.
 
    Outstanding loan commitments at June 30, 2009, for fixed rate loans, are $84,427,000. The interest rates on these commitments approximate market rates at June 30, 2009. Outstanding loan commitments at June 30, 2009 for adjustable rate loans are $64,844,000. The fair values of these commitments are affected by fluctuations in market rates of interest.
 
    The Company issues standby letters of credit in the normal course of business. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party. The Company is required to perform under a standby letter of credit when drawn upon by the guaranteed third party in the case of nonperformance by the Company’s customer. The credit risk associated with standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and is subject to normal credit policies. Collateral may be obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these standby letters of credit is $17,663,000, of which $15,127,000 is fully collateralized. A liability (which represents deferred income) of $191,000 and $136,000 has been recognized by the Company for the obligations as of June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and there are no recourse provisions that would enable the Company to recover any amounts from third parties.
 
    The Company automatically places loans on nonaccrual status when they become more than 90 days contractually delinquent or when the paying capacity of the obligor becomes inadequate to meet the requirements of the contract. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual, all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current period interest income. Nonaccrual loans at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were $122,557,000 and $99,203,000, respectively.
 
    A loan is considered to be impaired, when, based on current information, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement including both contractual principal and interest payments. The amount of impairment is required to be measured using one of the three methods prescribed by SFAS 114: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price; or (3) the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a specific reserve is allocated for the impairment. Impaired loans at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were $122,557,000 and $99,203,000, respectively, with specific reserves allocated of $23,397,000 and $17,262,000, respectively.
 
    There were no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors on nonaccrual status.

G-22


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
    Mortgage servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when servicing rights are acquired through loan originations when the underlying loan is sold. Upon sale, the mortgage servicing right (“MSR”) is established, which represents the then fair value of future net cash flows expected to be realized for performing the servicing activities. The fair value of the MSRs are estimated by calculating the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs and other economic factors , which are determined based on current market conditions. In determining the fair value of the MSRs, mortgage interest rates, which are used to determine prepayment rates and discount rates, are held constant over the estimated life of the portfolio. MSRs are amortized into mortgage banking income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying mortgage loans.
 
    Capitalized MSRs are evaluated for impairment based on the estimated fair value of those rights. The MSRs are stratified by certain risk characteristics, primarily loan term and note rate. If temporary impairment exists within a risk stratification tranche, a valuation allowance is established through a charge to income equal to the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value. If it is later determined all or a portion of the temporary impairment no longer exists for a particular tranche, the valuation allowance is reduced.
 
    The following table shows changes in MSRs as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2009:
                         
                    Net  
                    Carrying  
    Servicing     Valuation     Value and  
    Rights     Allowance     Fair Value  
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 8,660       (2,380 )     6,280  
Additions/ (reductions)
    2,904       1,390       4,294  
Amortization
    (2,657 )           (2,657 )
 
                 
Balance at June 30, 2009
  $ 8,907       (990 )     7,917  
 
                 
(5)   Accrued Interest Receivable
 
    Accrued interest receivable as of June 30, 2009 and 2008 is presented in the following table:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
Investment securities
  $ 2,874       3,672  
Mortgage-backed securities
    2,536       2,997  
Loans receivable
    20,442       20,583  
 
           
 
  $ 25,852       27,252  
 
           

G-23


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(6)   Allowance for Loan Losses
 
    Changes in the allowance for losses on loans receivable for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 are presented in the following table:
                 
    Six months ended June 30,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Balance, beginning of period
  $ 54,929       41,784  
Provision
    17,517       5,689  
Charge-offs
    (6,244 )     (4,996 )
Recoveries
    575       816  
 
           
Balance, end of period
  $ 66,777       43,293  
 
           
    While management uses available information to provide for losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. Current economic conditions have increased the uncertainty inherent in our estimates and assumptions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Management believes, to the best of their knowledge, that all known losses as of the balance sheet dates have been recorded.
(7)   Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
 
    The Company’s banking subsidiary is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. As a member, Northwest maintains an investment in the capital stock of the FHLB, at cost, in an amount not less than 4.75% of borrowings outstanding plus 0.75% of unused FHLB borrowing capacity. During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, the FHLB suspended paying dividends on its capital stock. The FHLB may be subject to accounting rules and asset quality risks that could result in materially lower regulatory capital levels. It is possible that the capitalization of the FHLB could be substantially diminished or reduced to zero. Consequently, there is a risk that our investment in the FHLB common stock could be deemed impaired in the future.

G-24


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(8)   Premises and Equipment
 
    Premises and equipment at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are summarized by major classification in the following table:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Land and land improvements
  $ 16,232       14,292  
Office buildings and improvements
    111,662       106,561  
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
    85,834       82,574  
Leasehold improvements
    10,920       10,990  
 
           
 
               
Total, at cost
    224,648       214,417  
 
               
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (104,705 )     (98,575 )
 
           
 
               
Premises and equipment, net
  $ 119,943       115,842  
 
           
    Depreciation and amortization expense for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 was $6,192,000 and $5,393,000, respectively.
 
    Premises used by certain of the Company’s branches and offices are occupied under formal operating lease arrangements. The leases expire on various dates through 2027. Minimum annual rentals by twelve-month periods ending June 30 are summarized in the following table:
         
2010
  $ 4,120  
2011
    3,650  
2012
    2,976  
2013
    2,413  
2014
    2,046  
Thereafter
    9,939  
 
     
 
  $ 25,144  
 
     
    Rental expense for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 was $2,446,000 and $2,495,000, respectively.

G-25


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(9)   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
    The following table provides information for intangible assets subject to amortization for the periods indicated:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
Amortized intangible assets:
               
Core deposit intangibles — gross
  $ 30,275       30,275  
Less accumulated amortization
    (24,800 )     (23,172 )
 
           
Core deposit intangibles — net
  $ 5,475       7,103  
 
           
Customer contract intangible assets — gross
  $ 1,731       1,731  
Less accumulated amortization
    (1,481 )     (1,439 )
 
           
Customer contract intangible assets — net
  $ 250       292  
 
           
The following information shows the actual aggregate amortization expense for the current six-month period and prior year six-month period as well as the estimated aggregate amortization expense, based upon current levels of intangible assets, for the current fiscal year and each of the five succeeding fiscal years:
         
For the six months ended 6/30/09
  $ 1,670  
For the six months ended 6/30/08
    2,586  
For the year ending 12/31/09
    2,847  
For the year ending 12/31/10
    1,896  
For the year ending 12/31/11
    1,445  
For the year ending 12/31/12
    693  
For the year ending 12/31/13
    355  
For the year ending 12/31/14
    104  
The following table provides information for the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:
                         
    Community     Consumer        
    banks     finance     Total  
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 170,301       1,313       171,614  
Tax adjustment to purchase price allocation
    (251 )           (251 )
 
                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
    170,050       1,313       171,363  
Goodwill acquired
                 
 
                 
Balance at June 30, 2009
  $ 170,050       1,313       171,363  
 
                 

G-26


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(10)   Deposits
 
    Deposit balances at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are shown in the table below:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Savings accounts
  $ 841,868       760,245  
Interest-bearing checking accounts
    745,440       706,120  
Noninterest-bearing checking accounts
    433,176       394,011  
Money market deposit accounts
    744,132       720,375  
Certificates of deposit
    2,581,123       2,457,460  
 
           
 
  $ 5,345,739       5,038,211  
 
           
The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was $587,368,000 and $533,404,000, respectively.
The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of the certificate accounts:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Due within 12 months
  $ 1,555,170       1,285,695  
Due between 12 and 24 months
    272,957       590,849  
Due between 24 and 36 months
    511,156       238,927  
Due between 36 and 48 months
    205,643       289,001  
Due between 48 and 60 months
    21,422       37,905  
After 60 months
    14,775       15,083  
 
           
 
  $ 2,581,123       2,457,460  
 
           
The following table summarizes the interest expense incurred on the respective deposits for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008:
                 
    2009     2008  
 
               
Savings accounts
  $ 3,058       4,529  
Interest-bearing checking accounts
    1,547       3,714  
Money market deposit accounts
    4,795       8,628  
Certificate accounts
    39,683       62,410  
 
           
 
  $ 49,083       79,281  
 
           

G-27


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(11)   Borrowed Funds
 
    Borrowed funds at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are presented in the following table:
                                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
            Average             Average  
    Amount     rate     Amount     rate  
Term notes payable to the FHLB of Pittsburgh:
                               
Due within one year
  $ 36,585       4.45 %     43,708       3.87 %
Due between one and two years
    135,000       4.17 %     36,532       4.36 %
Due between two and three years
    135,000       3.78 %     160,000       4.11 %
Due between three and four years
    160,000       3.96 %     145,000       3.90 %
Due between four and five years
    125,095       3.98 %     125,000       3.85 %
Due between five and ten years
    225,652       4.21 %     315,778       4.11 %
 
                           
 
                               
 
    817,332               826,018          
 
                               
Revolving line of credit, Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh
                146,000       0.59 %
Investor notes payable, due various dates in 2009
                4,491       4.99 %
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase, due within one year
    79,731       1.38 %     91,436       1.02 %
 
                           
Total borrowed funds
  $ 897,063               1,067,945          
 
                           
Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh are secured by the Company’s mortgage-backed securities and qualifying residential first mortgage loans. Certain of these borrowings are subject to restrictions or penalties in the event of prepayment.
The revolving line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh carries a commitment of $150,000,000 maturing on December 7, 2011. The rate is adjusted daily by the Federal Home Loan Bank, and any borrowings on this line may be repaid at any time without penalty.
The securities sold under agreements to repurchase are collateralized by various securities held in safekeeping by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. The market value of such securities exceeds the value of the securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The average amount of agreements outstanding in the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 was $82,257,000 and $83,715,000, respectively. The maximum amount of security repurchase agreements outstanding during the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 was $87,615,000 and $87,447,000, respectively.

G-28


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(12)   Income Taxes
 
    Total income tax was allocated for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 as follows:
                 
    Six-month periods ended  
    June 30,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Income before income taxes
  $ 7,448       10,030  
Shareholders’ equity for unrealized (loss)/gain on securities available-for-sale
    (422 )     (4,844 )
Shareholders’ equity for pension adjustment
          365  
Shareholders’ equity for swap fair value adjustment
    (1,781 )      
 
           
 
  $ 5,245       5,551  
 
           
Income tax expense (benefit) applicable to income before taxes consists of:
                 
    Six-month periods ended  
    June 30,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Current
  $ 12,036       10,170  
Deferred
    (4,588 )     (140 )
 
           
 
  $ 7,448       10,030  
 
           
A reconciliation from the expected federal statutory income tax rate to the effective rate, expressed as a percentage of pretax income, is as follows:
                 
    Six-month periods ended  
    June 30,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Expected tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %
Tax-exempt interest income
    (8.4 )%     (7.1 )%
State income tax, net of federal benefit
    2.7 %     2.6 %
Bank-owned life insurance
    (3.1 )%     (2.2 )%
Other
    1.3 %     (1.3 )%
 
           
Effective tax rate
    27.5 %     27.0 %
 
           

G-29


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are presented below:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Deferred tax assets:
               
Deferred fee income
  $ 537       527  
Deferred compensation expense
    3,031       2,980  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    1,352       1,352  
Bad debts
    16,166       14,002  
Accrued postretirement benefit cost
    710       682  
Stock benefit plans
    392       375  
Marketable securities available for sale
    2,495       2,078  
Writedown of investment securities
    6,924       6,243  
Reserve for uncollected interest
    3,159       1,894  
Pension expense
    2,253       559  
Pension and postretirement benefits
    12,060       12,060  
Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards
          371  
Unrealized loss on the fair value of derivatives
    1,780       4,590  
Other
    471       379  
 
           
 
    51,330       48,092  
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Marketable securities available for sale
           
Purchase accounting
    2,032       2,487  
Intangible asset
    11,819       10,952  
Mortgage servicing rights
    2,770       2,198  
Fixed assets
    6,521       6,630  
Other
    615       621  
 
           
 
    23,757       22,888  
 
           
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 27,573       25,204  
 
           
The Company has determined that no valuation allowance is necessary for the deferred tax assets because it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized through carryback to taxable income in prior years, future reversals of existing temporary differences, and through future taxable income. Net deferred tax assets of $877,000 were recorded in 2007 related to the acquisition of CSB Bank.

G-30


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
      Under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”), Northwest has approximately $3,863,000 of federal net operating losses, which expire in years 2009 through 2027. These net operating losses, which were acquired as part of the First Carnegie and Maryland Permanent acquisitions, are subject to annual carryforward limitations imposed by IRC code section 382. The Company believes the limitations will not prevent the carryforward benefits from being utilized.
 
      The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”) , on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. FIN 48 also provides related guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The adoption did not require us to recognize any increase or decrease in our liability for unrecognized tax benefits. As of June 30, 2009 the Company had no liability for unrecognized tax benefits.
 
      The Company recognizes interest accrued related to: (1) unrecognized tax benefits in Federal and state income taxes and (2) refund claims in Other operating income. The Company recognizes penalties (if any) in Federal and state income taxes. There is no amount accrued for the payment of interest or penalties at June 30, 2009.
 
      The Company is subject to routine audits of our tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service as well as all states in which the Company conducts business. The Internal Revenue Service commenced an examination of our federal income tax returns for the year ended December 31, 2007 in October of 2008 that we anticipate will be completed during 2009. We do not anticipate a material change to our financial position due to the settlement of this audit. The Company is subject to audit by any state in which we conduct business for the tax periods ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008.
(13)   Shareholders’ Equity
 
    Retained earnings are partially restricted in connection with regulations related to the insurance of savings accounts, which requires Northwest to maintain certain statutory reserves. Northwest may not pay dividends on or repurchase any of their common stock if the effect thereof would reduce retained earnings below the level of adequate capitalization as defined by federal and state regulators.
 
    In tax years prior to fiscal 1997, Northwest was permitted, under the Internal Revenue Code (the Code), to deduct an annual addition to a reserve for bad debts in determining taxable income, subject to certain limitations. Bad debt deductions for income tax purposes are included in taxable income of later years only if the bad debt reserve is used subsequently for purposes other than to absorb bad debt losses. Because Northwest does not intend to use the reserve for purposes other than to absorb losses, no deferred income taxes have been provided prior to fiscal 1987. Retained earnings at June 30, 2009 include approximately $39,107,000 representing such bad debt deductions for which no deferred income taxes have been provided.

G-31


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(14)   Earnings Per Share
      Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without considering any dilutive items. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, 1,189,999 options with a weighted average strike price of $23.91 per share were outstanding but were excluded from the calculation of earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive. For the six months ended June 30, 2008, 587,673 options with a weighted average strike price of $25.47 per share were outstanding but were excluded from the calculation of earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive. The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share follows:
                 
    Six months ended June 30,  
    2009     2008  
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 19,593       27,064  
 
           
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    48,437,070       48,344,600  
Dilutive potential shares due to effect of stock options
    119,954       238,455  
 
           
Total weighted average common shares and dilutive potential shares
    48,557,024       48,583,055  
 
           
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.40       0.56  
 
           
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.40       0.56  
 
           
(15)   Employee Benefit Plans
  (a)   Pension Plans
      The Company maintains noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all employees and the members of its board of directors. Retirement benefits are based on certain compensation levels, age, and length of service. Contributions are based on an actuarially determined amount to fund not only benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future. In addition, the Company has an unfunded Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) to compensate those executive participants eligible for the Company’s defined benefit pension plan whose benefits are limited by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
      The Company also sponsors a retirement savings plan in which substantially all employees participate. The Company provides a matching contribution of 50% of each employee’s contribution to a maximum of 6% of the employee’s compensation.
 
      In addition to pension benefits, the Company provides postretirement healthcare benefits for certain employees who were employed by the Company as of October 1, 1993 and were at least 55 years of age on that date. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions (SFAS 106). SFAS 106 requires the accrual method of accounting for postretirement benefits other than pensions.

G-32


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
      The following table sets forth the net periodic pension and benefit costs for the Company’s defined benefit pension and postretirement healthcare benefits plans:
                                 
    Six months ended June 30,  
    Pension benefits     Other post-retirement benefits  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
 
Service cost
  $ 2,646       2,510              
Interest cost
    2,396       2,280       50       48  
Expected return on plan assets
    (1,934 )     (2,494 )            
Amortization of prior service cost
    (78 )     26              
Amortization of net loss
    916       62       28       22  
 
                       
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 3,946       2,384       78       70  
 
                       
      The Company made no contribution to its pension or other post-retirement benefit plans during the period ended June 30, 2009. Once determined, the Company anticipates making a tax-deductible contribution to its defined benefit pension plan for the year ending December 31, 2009.
  (b)   Employee Stock Ownership Plan
      The Company has an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) for employees who have attained age 21 and who have completed a 12-month period of employment with the Company during which they worked at least 1,000 hours. The Company can make contributions to the ESOP at the board’s discretion. Company shares would then be purchased periodically in the open market and allocated to employee accounts based on each employee’s relative portion of the Company’s total eligible compensation recorded during the year.
 
      No contributions were made and no expense was recognized during the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008.
  (c)   Recognition and Retention Plan
      On November 17, 2004, the Company established a Recognition and Retention Plan for Employees and Outside Directors (RRP) with 290,220 shares authorized. The objective of the RRP is to enable the Company to provide directors, officers, and employees with a proprietary interest in the Company. On March 16, 2005, 278,231 shares were issued with a weighted average grant date fair value per share of $21.42 (total market value of $5,959,000 at issuance). During 2007, 4,300 shares were issued with a weighted average grant date fair value per share of $27.04 (total market value of $116,000 at issuance). Shares of common stock granted pursuant to the RRP were in the form of restricted stock and generally vest over a five-year period at the rate of 20% per year, commencing one year after the award date. As of June 30, 2009, 80% of the March 16, 2005 issuance vested and 40% of the 2007 issuances vested. Once shares have vested, they are no longer restricted. Compensation expense, in the amount of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of the grant, will be recognized pro rata over the five years during which the shares are payable. While restricted, the recipients are entitled to all voting and other shareholder rights, except that the shares may not be sold, pledged, or otherwise disposed of and are required to be held in a trust.
  (d)   Stock Option Plans
      On November 21, 1995, the Company adopted the 1995 Stock Option Plan. The objective of the Stock Option Plan is to provide an additional performance incentive to the Company’s employees and outside directors. The Stock

G-33


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
      Option Plan authorized the grant of stock options and limited stock appreciation rights for 1,380,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. On December 20, 1995, the Company granted 242,000 nonstatutory stock options to its outside directors at an exercise price of $5.58 per share (95% of the Company’s common stock fair market value per share at grant date) and 923,200 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $5.875 per share. On March 22, 1996, the Company granted 122,800 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $5.625 per share. On December 16, 1998, the Company granted 15,086 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $9.875 per share. On October 20, 1999, the Company granted 2,000 nonstatutory stock options to an outside director and 57,700 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $7.812 per share. On June 21, 2000, the Company granted the remaining 17,214 incentive stock options as well as 786 previously forfeited options at an exercise price of $6.875 per share. These options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the grant date with each recipient vesting at the rate of 20% per year commencing with the grant date.
 
      On November 17, 2000, the Company adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan. This Plan authorized the grant of stock options and limited stock rights for 800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. On October 17, 2001, the Company granted 84,000 nonstatutory stock options to its outside directors and 143,845 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $9.780 per share. On August 21, 2002, the Company granted 162,940 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $13.30 per share. On August 20, 2003, the Company granted 182,000 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $16.59 per share. On December 15, 2004, the Company granted 220,780 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $25.49 per share. These options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the grant date with each recipient vesting at the rate of 20% per year commencing with the grant date.
 
      On November 17, 2005, the Company adopted the 2005 Stock Option Plan. This Plan authorizes the grant of stock options and limited stock rights for 725,552 shares of the Company’s common stock. On January 19, 2005, the Company granted 70,000 nonstatutory stock options to its outside directors and 154,546 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $22.93 per share. On January 18, 2006 the Company granted 158,333 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $22.18 per share. On January 17, 2007 the Company granted 179,806 stock options to employees at an exercise price of $25.89 per share. On June 20, 2007 the Company granted 2,000 stock options to a new director at an exercise price of $28.09 per share. On January 16, 2008 the Company granted the remaining 160,867 incentive stock options as well as 30,842 previously forfeited incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $25.03 per share. These options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the grant date with each recipient vesting at the rate of 20% per year commencing one year from the grant date.
 
      On May 21, 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Stock Option Plan. This Plan authorized the grant of stock options and limited stock rights for 1,750,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. On November 19, 2008 the Company granted 24,000 nonstatutory stock options to its outside directors and 202,068 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $22.03 per share. On February 19, 2009 the Company granted 24,000 nonstatutory stock options to its outside directors and 195,759 incentive stock options to employees at an exercise price of $16.84 per share. These options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the grant date with each recipient vesting over a seven year period commencing one year from the grant date.

G-34


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes the number of options outstanding, number of options exercisable, and weighted average remaining life of all option grants:
                                                         
    Exercise   Exercise   Exercise   Exercise   Exercise   Exercise   Exercise
    Price   Price   Price   Price   Price   Price   Price
    $6.875   $7.812   $9.780   $13.302   $16.590   $16.840   $22.030
Options outstanding:
                                                       
Number of options
    4,800       11,200       123,976       108,004       144,314       219,759       226,068  
Weighted average remaining contract life (years)
    1.00       0.50       2.25       3.50       4.50       9.50       9.25  
Options exercisable:
                                                       
Number of options
    4,800       11,200       123,976       108,004       144,314              
Weighted average remaining term — vested (years)
    1.00       0.50       2.25       3.50       4.50       9.50       9.25  
                                                         
    Exercise   Exercise   Exercise   Exercise   Exercise   Exercise    
    Price   Price   Price   Price   Price   Price   Total
    $22.180   $22.930   $25.030   $25.490   $25.890   $28.090   $20.710
Options outstanding:
                                                       
Number of options
    155,801       220,929       191,709       213,686       179,806       2,000       1,802,052  
Weighted average remaining contract life (years)
    6.50       5.50       8.50       5.50       7.50       7.50       6.60  
Options exercisable:
                                                       
Number of options
    93,069       176,288       38,342       213,686       71,922       400       986,002  
Weighted average remaining term — vested (years)
    6.50       5.50       8.50       5.50       7.50       7.50       3.38  

G-35


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(16)   Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
    SFAS No. 107, Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (SFAS 107), requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments whether or not recognized in the consolidated statement of financial condition. SFAS 107 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company. The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated statement of financial condition approximate fair value for the following financial instruments: cash on hand, interest-earning deposits in other institutions, federal funds sold and other short-term investments, accrued interest receivable, accrued interest payable, and marketable securities available-for-sale.
 
    The following table sets forth the carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments included in the consolidated statement of financial condition as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008:
                                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    Carrying     Estimated     Carrying     Estimated  
    amount     fair value     amount     fair value  
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and equivalents
  $ 415,066       415,066       79,922       79,922  
Securities available-for-sale
    1,009,382       1,009,382       1,139,170       1,139,170  
Loans receivable, net
    5,091,518       5,347,557       5,141,892       5,446,835  
Accrued interest receivable
    25,852       25,852       27,252       27,252  
FHLB stock
    63,143       63,143       63,143       63,143  
 
                       
Total financial assets
  $ 6,604,961       6,861,000       6,451,379       6,756,322  
 
                       
Financial liabilities:
                               
Savings and checking accounts
  $ 2,764,616       2,764,616       2,580,751       2,580,751  
Time deposits
    2,581,123       2,645,965       2,457,460       2,500,410  
Borrowed funds
    897,063       886,354       1,067,945       1,049,399  
Trust-preferred securities
    108,249       113,603       108,254       116,783  
Cash flow hedges — swaps
    5,352       5,352       13,114       13,114  
Accrued interest payable
    4,955       4,955       5,194       5,194  
 
                       
Total financial liabilities
  $ 6,361,358       6,420,845       6,232,718       6,265,651  
 
                       
    Fair value estimates are made at a point-in-time, based on relevant market data and information about the instrument. The following methods and assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
 
    Marketable Securities
 
    Where available, fair values are based on quoted market prices, dealer quotes, and prices obtained from independent pricing services. See the SFAS 157 section of this footnote for further detail on how fair values of marketable securities are determined.

G-36


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
    Loans Receivable
 
    Loans with comparable characteristics including collateral and repricing structures were segregated for valuation purposes. Each loan pool was separately valued utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis. Projected monthly cash flows were discounted to present value using a market rate for comparable loans. Characteristics of comparable loans included remaining term, coupon interest, and estimated prepayment speeds. Delinquent loans were evaluated separately, given the impact delinquency has on the projected future cash flow of the loan and the approximate discount or market rate.
 
    Deposit Liabilities
 
    SFAS 107 defines the estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, which includes demand deposits, money market, and other savings accounts, to be the amount payable on demand. Although market premiums paid for depository institutions reflect an additional value for these low-cost deposits, SFAS 107 prohibits adjusting fair value for any value expected to be derived from retaining those deposits for a future period of time or from the benefit that results from the ability to fund interest-earning assets with these deposit liabilities. The fair value estimates of deposit liabilities do not include the benefit that results from the low-cost funding provided by these deposits compared to the cost of borrowing funds in the market. Fair values for time deposits are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies contractual cost currently being offered in the existing portfolio to current market rates being offered locally for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The valuation adjustment for the portfolio consists of the present value of the difference of these two cash flows, discounted at the assumed market rate of the corresponding maturity.
 
    Borrowed Funds
 
    The fixed rate advances were valued by comparing their contractual cost to the prevailing market cost.
 
    Trust-Preferred Securities
 
    The fair value of the trust-preferred securities are calculated using the discounted cash flows at the prevailing rate of interest.
 
    Cash flow hedges — Interest rate swap agreements (“swaps”)
 
    The fair values of the swaps is the amount the Company would have expected to pay to terminate the agreements and is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows using the LIBOR swap curve, the basis for the underlying interest rate.
 
    Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
 
    These financial instruments generally are not sold or traded, and estimated fair values are not readily available. However, the fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements. Commitments to extend credit issued by the Company are generally short-term in nature and, if drawn upon, are issued under current market terms. At June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, there was no significant unrealized appreciation or depreciation on these financial instruments.
 
    SFAS No. 157 — Fair Value Measurements
 
    Financial assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis and certain financial assets and liabilities on a non-recurring basis are accounted for in accordance with SFAS 157. SFAS 157 establishes a three-level hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices with readily available independent data in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable market inputs (Level

G-37


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
    3). When various inputs for measurement fall within different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the lowest level input that has a significant impact on fair value measurement is used.
 
    Financial assets and liabilities are categorized based upon the following characteristics or inputs to the valuation techniques:
    Level 1 — Financial assets and liabilities for which inputs are observable and are obtained from reliable quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in actively traded markets. This is the most reliable fair value measurement and includes, for example, active exchange-traded equity securities.
 
    Level 2 — Financial assets and liabilities for which values are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which values are based on similar assets or liabilities that are actively traded. Level 2 also includes pricing models in which the inputs are corroborated by market data, for example, matrix pricing.
 
    Level 3 — Financial assets and liabilities for which values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Level 3 inputs include the following:
    Quotes from brokers or other external sources that are not considered binding;
 
    Quotes from brokers or other external sources where it can not be determined that market participants would in fact transact for the asset or liability at the quoted price;
 
    Quotes and other information from brokers or other external sources where the inputs are not deemed observable.
    The Company is responsible for the valuation process and as part of this process may use data from outside sources in establishing fair value. The Company performs due diligence to understand the inputs used or how the data was calculated or derived. The Company corroborates the reasonableness of external inputs in the valuation process.
 
    The following table represents assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2009:
                                 
                            Total assets at  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     fair value  
Equity securities — available for sale
  $ 864             220       1,084  
Debt securities — available for sale
          1,001,060       7,238       1,008,298  
Derivative fair value of interest rate swap
          (5,352 )           (5,352 )
 
                       
Total assets
  $ 864       995,708       7,458       1,004,030  
 
                       
    Debt securities — available for sale — Generally, debt securities are valued using pricing for similar securities, recently executed transactions and other pricing models utilizing observable inputs. The valuation for most debt securities is classified as Level 2. Securities within Level 2 include corporate bonds, municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities and US government obligations. Certain debt securities which were AAA rated at purchase do not have an active market and as such the Company has used an alternative method to determine the fair value of these securities. The fair value has been determined using a discounted cash flow model using market assumptions, which generally include cash flow, collateral and other market assumptions. As such, securities which otherwise would have been classified as level 2 securities if an active market for those assets or similar assets existed are included herein as level 3 assets. Other debt

G-38


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
    securities, pooled trust preferred securities rated below AA at purchase, have a fair value based on a discounted cash flow model using similar assumptions to those noted above and accordingly are classified as level 3 assets.
 
    Equity securities — available for sale — Level 1 securities include publicly traded securities valued using quoted market prices. Level 3 securities include investments in two financial institutions that provide financial services only to investor banks received as part of previous acquisitions without observable market data to determine the investments fair values. These securities can only be sold back to the issuing financial institution at cost. The Company considers the financial condition of the issuer to determine if the securities have indications of impairment.
 
    Interest rate swap agreements (Swaps) — The fair value of the swaps was the amount the Company would have expected to pay to terminate the agreements and is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows using the LIBOR swap curve, the basis for the underlying interest rate.
 
    The table below presents a reconciliation of all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009:
                 
    Equity        
    securities     Debt securities  
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 220       5,937  
 
Total net realized investment gains/(losses) and net change in unrealized appreciation/(depreciation):
               
Included in net income as OTTI
           
Included in other comprehensive income
          801  
 
Purchases and sales
          500  
Net transfers in (out) of Level 3
           
 
           
Balance at June 30, 2009
  $ 220       7,238  
 
           
    Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis after initial recognition such as loans held for sale, loans measured for impairment and mortgage servicing rights. The following table represents the fair market measurement for nonrecurring assets as of June 30, 2009:
                                 
                            Total assets  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     at fair value  
Loans held for sale
  $ 25,042                   25,042  
Loans measured for impairment
                55,808       55,808  
Real estate owned
                15,890       15,890  
Mortgage servicing rights
                3,532       3,532  
 
                       
Total assets
  $ 25,042             75,230       100,272  
 
                       

G-39


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
    Loans held for sale — Mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of carrying value or fair value. The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is based on what secondary markets are currently offering. As the fair value is determined by a quoted price from Freddie Mac, and the Company has open delivery contracts with Freddie Mac, the Company classifies loans held for sale as nonrecurring Level 1.
 
    Impaired loans — A loan is considered to be impaired when it is probable that all of the principle and interest due under the original terms of the loan may not be collected. Impairment is measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral or discounted cash flows when collateral does not exist. The Company measures impairment on all nonaccrual commercial and commercial real estate loans for which it has established specific reserves as part of the specific allocated allowance component of the allowance for loan losses. The Company classifies impaired loans as nonrecurring Level 3.
 
    Real estate owned — Real estate owned is comprised of property acquired through foreclosure or voluntarily conveyed by delinquent borrowers. These assets are recorded on the date acquired at the lower of the related loan balance or fair value, less estimated disposition costs, with the fair value being determined by appraisal. Subsequently, foreclosed assets are valued at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or fair value, less estimated disposition costs. The Company classifies real estate owned as nonrecurring level 3.
 
    Mortgage servicing rights — Mortgage servicing rights represent the value associated with servicing residential mortgage loans, when the mortgage loans have been sold into the secondary market and the related servicing has been retained by the Company. The value is determined through a discounted cash flow analysis, which uses interest rates, prepayment speeds and delinquency rate assumptions as inputs. All of these assumptions require a significant degree of management judgment. Servicing rights and the related mortgage loans are segregated into categories or homogeneous pools based upon common characteristics. Adjustments are made when the estimated discounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, as determined by individual pool. As such, mortgage servicing rights are classified as nonrecurring Level 3.
 
(17)   Regulatory Capital Requirements
 
    The Company’s banking subsidiary is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by the regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices must be met. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
 
    Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company’s banking subsidiary to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital to average assets (as defined). At June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Company’s banking subsidiary exceeded all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject. At June 30, 2009, the maximum amount available for dividend payments by Northwest to the Company, while maintaining its “well capitalized” status, was approximately $108,683,000.
 
    As of June 15, 2009, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized Northwest as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” the bank must maintain total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the bank’s categories.

G-40


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
    The actual, required, and well capitalized levels as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were as follows:
                                                 
    June 30, 2009
                    Minimum capital   Well capitalized
    Actual   requirements   requirements
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
Total capital (to risk weighted assets):
  $ 619,369       13.69 %   $ 361,992       8.00 %   $ 452,490       10.00 %
Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets):
    562,620       12.43 %     180,996       4.00 %     271,494       6.00 %
Tier I capital (leverage) (to average assets):
    562,620       8.15 %     207,129       3.00 %*     345,215       5.00 %
                                                 
    December 31, 2008
                    Minimum capital   Well capitalized
    Actual   requirements   requirements
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
Total capital (to risk weighted assets):
  $ 604,067       13.95 %   $ 346,354       8.00 %   $ 432,943       10.00 %
Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets):
    549,869       12.70 %     173,177       4.00 %     259,766       6.00 %
Tier I capital (leverage) (to average assets):
    549,869       8.05 %     204,887       3.00 %*     341,478       5.00 %
 
*   The FDIC has indicated that the most highly rated institutions, which meet certain criteria, will be required to maintain a ratio of 3%, and all other institutions will be required to maintain an additional capital cushion of 100 to 200 basis points. As of June 30, 2009, the Company had not been advised of any additional requirements in this regard.
(18)   Contingent Liabilities
 
    The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to a number of asserted and unasserted claims encountered in the normal course of business. Management believes that the aggregate liability, if any, that may result from such potential litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements.

G-41


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(19)   Components of Comprehensive Income
 
    The following table sets forth the components of comprehensive income for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008:
                 
    Six-month periods ended  
    June 30,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Unrealized (loss)/ gain on marketable securities available-for-sale, net of tax of $(658) and $4,850, respectively
    1,222       (7,817 )
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income, net of tax of $(1,426) and $(147), respectively
    2,649       230  
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps, net of tax of $(2,717)
    5,045        
Other-than-temporary impairment on securities recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax of $1,540
    (2,860 )      
 
           
Total other comprehensive income
  $ 6,056       (7,587 )
 
           
(20)   Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Company Only)
Statements of Financial Condition
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 21,875       20,695  
Marketable securities available-for-sale
    62       73  
Investment in bank subsidiary
    717,129       706,610  
Other assets
    7,231       8,021  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 746,297       735,399  
 
           
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
Liabilities:
               
Debentures payable
  $ 108,249       108,249  
Other liabilities
    5,513       13,366  
 
           
Total liabilities
    113,762       121,615  
Shareholders’ equity
    632,535       613,784  
 
           
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 746,297       735,399  
 
           

G-42


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
Statements of Income
                 
    Six-month periods  
    ended June 30,  
    2009     2008  
Income:
               
Interest income
  $ 88       182  
Dividends from bank subsidiary
    13,000       26,000  
Undistributed earnings from equity investment in bank subsidiary
    8,612       2,934  
 
           
Total income
    21,700       29,116  
Expense:
               
Compensation and benefits
    207       185  
Other expense
    40       87  
Interest expense
    2,948       2,789  
 
           
Total expense
    3,195       3,061  
 
           
Income before income taxes
    18,505       26,055  
Federal and state income taxes
    (1,088 )     (1,009 )
 
           
Net income
  $ 19,593       27,064  
 
           
Statements of Cash Flows
                 
    Six-month periods  
    ended June 30,  
    2009     2008  
 
               
Operating activities:
               
Net income
  $ 19,593       27,064  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Undistributed earnings of subsidiary
    (8,612 )     (2,934 )
Noncash stock benfit plan compensation expense
    889       1,295  
Net change in other assets and liabilities
    (2,903 )     (1,515 )
 
           
Net cash provided by operating activities
    8,967       23,910  
Financing activities:
               
Cash dividends paid
    (7,903 )     (7,880 )
Treasury stock repurchases
          (3,335 )
Proceeds from options exercised
    116       243  
 
           
Net cash used in financing activities
    (7,787 )     (10,972 )
 
           
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,180       12,938  
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    20,695       3,618  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,180       12,938  
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 21,875       16,556  
 
           

G-43


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
(21)   Business Segments
 
    The Company has identified two reportable business segments based upon the operating approach currently used by management. The Community Banking segment includes the savings bank subsidiary of the Company, Northwest Savings Bank, as well as the subsidiaries of the savings bank that provide similar products and services. The savings bank is a community-oriented institution that offers a full array of traditional deposit and loan products, including mortgage, consumer, and commercial loans as well as trust, investment management, actuarial and benefit plan administration, and brokerage services typically offered by a full service financial institution. The Consumer Finance segment is comprised of Northwest Consumer Discount Company, a subsidiary of Northwest Savings Bank, which operates offices in Pennsylvania and New York. This subsidiary compliments the services of the bank by offering personal installment loans for a variety of consumer and real estate products. This activity is funded primarily through its intercompany borrowing relationship with Allegheny Services, Inc. Net income is primarily used by management to measure segment performance. The following tables provide financial information for these segments. The All Other column represents the parent company, other nonbank subsidiaries, and elimination entries necessary to reconcile to the consolidated amounts presented in the financial statements.
                                 
At or for the six months   Community     Consumer     All        
ended June 30, 2009   banking     finance     other*     Consolidated  
External interest income
  $ 173,668       10,080       11     $ 183,759  
Intersegment interest income
    1,551             (1,551 )      
Interest expense
    66,395       1,626       1,366       69,387  
Provision for loan losses
    16,000       1,517             17,517  
Noninterest income
    20,311       1,097       48       21,456  
Noninterest expense
    85,152       5,871       247       91,270  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    7,638       898       (1,088 )     7,448  
 
                       
Net income
  $ 20,345       1,265       (2,017 )   $ 19,593  
 
                       
Total assets
  $ 6,963,326       115,381       13,584     $ 7,092,291  
 
                       

G-44


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
                                 
At or for the six months   Community     Consumer     All        
ended June 30, 2008   banking     finance     other*     Consolidated  
External interest income
  $ 183,460       10,224       2     $ 193,686  
Intersegment interest income
    2,781             (2,781 )      
Interest expense
    89,004       2,895       (89 )     91,810  
Provision for loan losses
    4,000       1,689             5,689  
Noninterest income
    23,646       1,091       85       24,822  
Noninterest expense
    78,219       5,423       273       83,915  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    10,586       453       (1,009 )     10,030  
 
                       
Net income
  $ 28,078       855       (1,869 )   $ 27,064  
 
                       
Total assets
  $ 6,795,617       116,949       3,767     $ 6,916,333  
 
                       
 
*   Eliminations consist of intercompany interest income and interest expense.
(22)   Guaranteed Preferred Beneficial Interests in Company’s Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (Trust-Preferred Securities) and Interest Rate Swap Agreements
 
    The Company has three statutory business trusts: Northwest Bancorp Capital Trust III, a Delaware statutory business trust, and Northwest Bancorp Statutory Trust IV, a Connecticut statutory business trust and Penn Laurel Financial Corp. Trust I, a Delaware statutory business trust (the Trusts). The Penn Laurel Financial Corp, Trust I was assumed with the acquisition of Penn Laurel Financial Corporation in June 2007. These trusts exist solely to issue preferred securities to third parties for cash, issue common securities to the Company in exchange for capitalization of the Trusts, invest the proceeds from the sale of trust securities in an equivalent amount of debentures of the Company, and engage in other activities that are incidental to those previously listed. The aforementioned trusts are not consolidated in accordance with FIN 46 (R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities and Interpretation of ARB No. 51. Northwest Bancorp Capital Trust III issued 50,000 cumulative trust preferred securities in a private transaction to a pooled investment vehicle on December 5, 2006 (liquidation value of $1,000 per preferred security or $50,000,000) with a stated maturity of December 30, 2035 and a floating rate of interest, which is reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.38%. Northwest Bancorp Statutory Trust IV issued 50,000 cumulative trust preferred securities in a private transaction to a pooled investment vehicle on December 15, 2006 (liquidation value of $1,000 per preferred security or $50,000,000) with a stated maturity of December 15, 2035 and a floating rate of interest, which is reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.38%. Penn Laurel Financial Corp. Trust I issued 5,000 cumulative trust preferred securities in a private transaction to a pooled investment vehicle on January 23, 2004 (liquidation value of $1,000 per preferred security or $5,000,000) with a stated maturity of January 23, 2034 and floating rate of interest, which is reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR plus 2.80%.
 
    The Trusts have invested the proceeds of the offerings in junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by the Company. The structure of these debentures mirrors the structure of the trust-preferred securities. Northwest Bancorp Statutory Trust III holds $51,547,000 of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures due December 30, 2035 with a floating rate of interest, reset quarterly, of three-month LIBOR plus 1.38%. Northwest Bancorp Statutory Trust IV holds $51,547,000 of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures due December 15, 2035 with a floating rate of interest, reset quarterly, of three-month LIBOR plus

G-45


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
2.80%. The Company called the Penn Laurel Financial Corp. Trust I, at par, on July 23, 2009. These subordinated debentures are the sole assets of the Trusts.
Cash distributions on the trust securities are made on a quarterly basis to the extent interest on the debentures is received by the Trusts. The Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the subordinated debentures at any time, or from time-to-time, for periods not exceeding five years. If interest payments on the subordinated debentures are deferred, the distributions on the trust securities also are deferred. Interest on the subordinated debentures and distributions on the trust securities is cumulative. The Company obligation constitutes a full, irrevocable, and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis of the obligations of the trust under the preferred securities.
The Trusts must redeem the preferred securities when the debentures are paid at maturity or upon an earlier redemption of the debentures to the extent the debentures are redeemed. All or part of the debentures may be redeemed at any time on or after December 31, 2010. Also, the debentures may be redeemed at any time if existing laws or regulations, or the interpretation or application of these laws or regulations, change causing:
    the interest on the debentures to no longer be deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes;
 
    the trust to become subject to federal income tax or to certain other taxes or governmental charges;
 
    the trust to register as an investment company; and
 
    the Company to become subject to capital requirements and the preferred securities do not qualify as Tier I capital.
The Company may, at any time, dissolve any of the Trusts and distribute the debentures to the trust security holders, subject to receipt of any required regulatory approval(s).
The Company entered into four interest rate swap agreements (swaps). The Company designated the swaps as a cash flow hedge and they are intended to protect against the variability of cash flows associated with Trust III and Trust IV. The first two swaps hedge the interest rate risk of Trust III, wherein the Company receives interest of LIBOR from a counterparty and pays a fixed rate of 4.20% to the same counterparty calculated on a notional amount of $25.0 million and the Company receives interest of LIBOR from a counterparty and pays a fixed rate of 4.61% to the same counterparty calculated on a notional amount of $25.0 million. The terms of these two swaps are five years and ten years, respectively. The second two swaps hedge the interest rate risk of Trust IV, wherein the Company receives interest of LIBOR from a counterparty and pays a fixed rate of 3.85% to the same counterparty calculated on a notional amount of $25.0 million and the Company receives interest of LIBOR from a counterparty and pays a fixed rate of 4.09% to the same counterparty calculated on a notional amount of $25.0 million. The terms of these two swaps are seven years and ten years, respectively. The swap agreements were entered into with a counterparty that met the Company’s credit standards and the agreements contain collateral provisions protecting the at-risk party. The Company believes that the credit risk inherent in the contracts is not significant.
At June 30, 2009, the fair value of the swap agreements was $(5,352,000) and was the amount the Company would have expected to pay if the contracts were terminated. There was no material hedge ineffectiveness for this swap.

G-46


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
                 
    Liability derivatives
    (included in Other liabilites)
    June 30,   December 31,
    2009   2008
 
               
Cash flow hedges — swaps
               
Fair value
  $ 5,352       13,114  
Notional amount
    100,000       100,000  
Collateral posted
    5,352       13,114  
(23) Selected Quarterly Financial Data
                 
    Three months ended  
    March 31     June 30  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
2009:
               
Interest income
  $ 92,793       90,966  
Interest expense
    34,826       34,561  
 
           
Net interest income
    57,967       56,405  
Provision for loan losses
    5,781       11,736  
Noninterest income
    9,474       11,982  
Noninterest expenses
    44,266       47,004  
 
           
Income before income taxes
    17,394       9,647  
Income taxes
    5,092       2,356  
 
           
Net income
  $ 12,302       7,291  
 
           
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.25       0.15  
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.25       0.15  

G-47


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2009 and 2008
(All dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share amounts)
                 
    Three months ended  
    March 31     June 30  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
2008:
               
Interest income
  $ 96,697       96,989  
Interest expense
    48,387       43,423  
 
           
Net interest income
    48,310       53,566  
Provision for loan losses
    2,294       3,395  
Noninterest income
    13,015       11,807  
Noninterest expenses
    42,427       41,488  
 
           
Income before income taxes
    16,604       20,490  
Income taxes
    3,982       6,048  
 
           
Net income
  $ 12,622       14,442  
 
           
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.26       0.30  
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.26       0.30  
(24)  Subsequent events — Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
The Board of Directors of the MHC, the Company and the Northwest adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) on August 27, 2009. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully public form. The MHC will be merged into Northwest, and the MHC will no longer exist. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company, which owns 100% of Northwest, also will be succeeded by a new Maryland corporation, named Northwest Bancshares, Inc. As part of the conversion, the MHC’s ownership interest of the Company will be offered for sale in a public offering. The existing publicly held shares of the Company, which represents the remaining ownership interest in the Company, will be exchanged for new shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., the new Maryland corporation. The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the conversion and public offering, the public shareholders of the Company will own the same aggregate percentage of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock that they owned immediately prior to that time. When the conversion and public offering are completed, all of the capital stock of Northwest will be owned by Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
The Plan provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the reorganization, of a special “liquidation account” for the benefit of certain depositors of Northwest in an amount equal to the greater of the MHC’s ownership interest in the retained earnings of the Company as of the date of the latest balance sheet contained in the prospectus or the retained earnings of Northwest at the time it reorganized into the MHC in 1994. Following the completion of the reorganization, under the rules of the Office of Thrift Supervision, Northwest will not be permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock to Northwest Bancshares, Inc., its sole shareholder, if Northwest’s shareholders’ equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account.
Direct costs of the conversion and public offering will be deferred and reduce the proceeds from the shares sold in the public offering. If the conversion and public offering are not completed, all costs will be charged to expense in the period in which the public offering is terminated.

G-48


Table of Contents

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.
Up to 73,025,000 Shares
(Subject to Increase to up to 83,978,750 Shares)
Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
(Proposed Holding Company for
Northwest Savings Bank)
COMMON STOCK
par value $                      per share
 
PROSPECTUS
 
STIFEL NICOLAUS
[Prospectus date]
 
These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.
 
Until                      , 2009, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS OF NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
PROXY STATEMENT OF NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC.
     Northwest Savings Bank is converting from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public ownership structure. Currently, Northwest Savings Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC owns approximately 63.0% of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock. The remaining 37.0% of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, our newly formed company, Northwest Bancshares, Inc., will become the parent of Northwest Savings Bank. Each share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 1.7676 and 2.3914 shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., so that Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s existing public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock as they owned of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion, subject to adjustment to reflect cash issued in lieu of fractional shares and the funding of a charitable foundation, as further discussed below. The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the public at the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and the number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph. It will not depend on the market price of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock. See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders” for a discussion of the exchange ratio. Based on the $  per share closing price of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock as of the last trading day prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, unless at least                       shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the                       and                       of the offering range), the initial value of the Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock you currently own. See “Risk Factors—The market value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock exchanged.”
     Concurrently with the exchange offer, we are offering up to 73,025,000 shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., representing the 63% ownership interest of Northwest Bancorp, MHC in Northwest Bancorp, Inc., for sale to eligible depositors and to the public at a price of $10.00 per share. The conversion of Northwest Bancorp, MHC and the offering and exchange of common stock by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is referred to herein as the “conversion and offering.” After the conversion and offering are completed, Northwest Savings Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., and 100% of the common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist.
     In connection with the conversion and offering, we also intend to establish a charitable foundation and contribute to it $1.0 million in cash and shares of common stock with an aggregate value of cash and stock equal to 2% of the common stock sold by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in the offering. The contribution of cash and shares of common stock will total up to a maximum contribution of $16.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. “See Proposal 2—Establishment and Funding of the Charitable Foundation.”
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is currently listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NWSB.” We expect that Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol NWBI.

 


Table of Contents

     The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. is holding a special meeting of stockholders at                                           , Warren, Pennsylvania, on [Meeting Date], at ___.m., local time, to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors unanimously recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the plan of conversion.
     The establishment and funding of the charitable foundation must also be approved by the stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the special meeting of stockholders. However, the completion of the conversion and offering is not dependent upon the approval of the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors unanimously recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.
     This document serves as the proxy statement for the special meeting of stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the prospectus for the shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock to be issued in exchange for shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock. We urge you to read this entire document carefully. You can also obtain information about us from documents that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Office of Thrift Supervision. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. of its shares of common stock in the offering, which will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus.
     This proxy statement/prospectus contains information that you should consider in evaluating the plan of conversion. In particular, you should carefully read the section captioned “Risk Factors” beginning on page                       for a discussion of certain risk factors relating to the conversion and offering.
     These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
     None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
     The date of this proxy statement/prospectus is                       , 2009, and it is first being mailed to stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. on or about                       , 2009.

 


Table of Contents

NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC.
100 Liberty Street
Warren, Pennsylvania 16365
(814) 726-2140
NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
     On [Meeting Date], Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will hold a special meeting of stockholders at                                            . The meeting will begin at ___:00 _.m, local time. At the meeting, stockholders will consider and act on the following:
  1.   The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization pursuant to which: (a) Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will convert to an interim federal stock savings association and merge with and into Northwest Savings Bank, with Northwest Savings Bank being the surviving entity, (b) Northwest Bancorp, MHC, which currently owns approximately 63.0% of the common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., will convert to an interim federal stock savings association and merge with and into Northwest Savings Bank, with Northwest Savings Bank being the surviving entity, (c) an interim stock savings association will be formed as a subsidiary of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., a Maryland corporation recently formed to be the holding company for Northwest Savings Bank, and then will merge into Northwest Savings Bank, with Northwest Savings Bank being the surviving entity, (d) the outstanding shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., other than those held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC, will be converted into shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., and (e) Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, community offering and syndicated community offering;
 
  2.   The establishment of the Northwest Charitable Foundation, a Delaware non-stock corporation that will be dedicated to charitable purposes within the communities in which Northwest Savings Bank conducts its business, and the contribution to the foundation of $1.0 million in cash and shares of common stock with an aggregate value of cash and stock equal to 2% of the common stock sold by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in the offering pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization;
 
  3.   The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization and/or the establishment and funding of the Northwest Charitable Foundation;
 
  4.   The following informational proposals:
  4a.   Approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation to limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors;
 
  4b.   Approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation;

 


Table of Contents

  4c.   Approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder proposed amendments to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws;
 
  4d.   Approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s outstanding voting stock; and
  5.   Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.
     NOTE: The board of directors is not aware of any other business to come before the meeting.
     The provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws which are summarized as informational proposals 4a through 4d were approved as part of the process in which our boards of directors approved the plan of conversion and reorganization (referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”). These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.
     The board of directors has fixed                      , 2009, as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and at an adjournment or postponement thereof.
      Upon written request addressed to the Corporate Secretary of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the address given above, stockholders may obtain an additional copy of this proxy statement/prospectus and/or a copy of the plan of conversion. In order to assure timely receipt of the additional copy of the proxy statement/prospectus and/or the plan of conversion, the written request should be received by Northwest Bancorp, Inc. by                      , 2009.
     Please complete and sign the enclosed proxy, which is solicited by the board of directors, and mail it promptly in the enclosed envelope. The proxy will not be used if you attend the meeting and vote in person.
         
  BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS


 
  Gregory C. LaRocca
Corporate Secretary
 
Warren, Pennsylvania
                     , 2009

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    1  
    7  
    21  
    36  
    61  
    66  
    66  
    71  
    74  
    76  
    79  
    80  
    82  
    83  
    85  
    93  
    138  
    138  
    149  
    155  
    156  
    183  
    185  
    186  
    193  
    199  
    200  
    200  
    200  
    201  
    201  
NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       

 


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC.
REGARDING THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION
You should read this document for more information about the conversion and reorganization. The plan of conversion and reorganization described herein (referred to as the “plan of conversion”), has been conditionally approved by Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s primary federal regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision. We must also receive any required final regulatory approvals or non-objection from the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to complete the conversion. However, approval of the plan of conversion by these agencies does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion.
Q.   WHAT ARE STOCKHOLDERS BEING ASKED TO APPROVE?
 
A.   Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders as of                      , 2009 are being asked to vote on the plan of conversion of Northwest Bancorp, MHC. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”, Northwest Bancorp, MHC will convert from the mutual holding company form to the stock form of organization. As part of the conversion, our newly formed Maryland corporation, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is currently conducting an offering of common stock to eligible depositors of Northwest Savings Bank, eligible stockholders and to the public. The shares offered represent Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s current ownership interest in Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Voting for approval of the plan of conversion will also include approval of the exchange ratio and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (including the anti-takeover provisions and provisions limiting stockholder rights). Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” its adoption, we cannot implement the plan of conversion.
 
    Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders are also being asked to approve the establishment and funding of the Northwest Charitable Foundation with $1.0 million in cash and shares of common stock with an aggregate value of cash and stock equal to 2% of the common stock sold by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in the offering.
 
    In addition, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders are being asked to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion and/or the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.
 
    Stockholders also are asked to vote on the following informational proposals with respect to the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.:
    Approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation to limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors;
 
    Approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation;
 
    Approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder proposed amendments to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws; and

1


Table of Contents

    Approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s outstanding voting stock.
    The provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws that are included as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which our boards of directors approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws which are summarized above as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring, or rendering more difficult, attempts by third parties to obtain control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.
 
    Stockholders will also vote on a proposal to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion or the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.
 
    Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” adoption of the plan of conversion, we cannot implement the plan of conversion and the related stock offering. We also cannot establish and fund the charitable foundation without sufficient votes “FOR” that proposal.
 
Q.   WHAT ARE THE REASONS FOR THE CONVERSION AND RELATED OFFERING?
 
A.   Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are:
    to finance the acquisition of financial institutions or other financial service companies primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida and adjacent markets, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction (except as described below);
 
    to improve our capital position during a period of significant economic uncertainty, especially for the financial industry (although, as of June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and is not subject to a directive or recommendation from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Pennsylvania Department of Banking to raise capital);
 
    to support internal growth through lending in the communities we serve;
 
    to finance the acquisition of branches from other financial institutions or build or lease new branch facilities primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although we do not currently have any agreements

2


Table of Contents

      or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction, except as disclosed below;
 
    to enhance existing products and services, and support the development of new products and services by investing, for example, in technology to support growth and enhanced customer service;
 
    to improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock and stockholder returns through higher earnings and more flexible capital management strategies; and
 
    to use the additional capital for other general corporate purposes.
    As of June 30, 2009, we had entered into a merger agreement to purchase Keystone State Savings Bank, located in Sharpsburg, Pennsylvania, and we had executed a letter of intent with respect to the acquisition of an insurance agency.
 
    As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration for a merger or acquisition since Northwest Bancorp, MHC is required to own a majority of our shares of common stock. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and will therefore enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise.
 
Q.   WHAT ARE THE REASONS FOR ESTABLISHING AND FUNDING THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION?
 
A.   Northwest Savings Bank has a long-standing commitment of charitable contributions within the communities in which the bank conducts its business. The new foundation will enhance our ability to support community development and charitable causes. However, the issuance of shares and the contribution of cash to the charitable foundation will dilute the voting interests of stockholders and will result in an expense, and a related reduction in earnings, for the quarter in which the conversion is completed.
 
Q.   WHAT WILL STOCKHOLDERS RECEIVE FOR THEIR EXISTING NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. SHARES?
 
A.   As more fully described in “Proposal 1 — Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization — Share Exchange Ratio,” depending on the number of shares sold in the offering, each share of common stock that you own at the time of the completion of the conversion will be exchanged for between 1.7676 shares at the minimum and 2.7501 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock (cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional shares). For example, if you own 100 shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, and the exchange ratio is 2.0795 (at the midpoint of the offering range), after the conversion you will receive 207 shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock and $9.50 in cash, the value of the fractional share, based on the $10.00 per share purchase price of stock in the offering. Stockholders who hold shares in street-name at a brokerage firm do not need to take any action to exchange their shares of common stock. Your shares will be automatically exchanged within your brokerage account. Stockholders with stock certificates will receive a transmittal form with instructions on how to surrender stock certificates after

3


Table of Contents

    completion of the conversion. You should not submit a stock certificate until you receive a transmittal form.
 
Q.   WHY WILL THE SHARES THAT I RECEIVE BE BASED ON A PRICE OF $10.00 PER SHARE RATHER THAN THE TRADING PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE CONVERSION?
 
A.   The amount of common stock Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will issue in the offering and the exchange is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., assuming the conversion and offering are completed. RP Financial, LC., an appraisal firm experienced in appraisal of financial institutions, has estimated that, as of August 28, 2009, this market value ranged from $867.4 million to $1,173.8 million, with a midpoint of $1,020.6 million. Based on this valuation, the 63.0% ownership interest of Northwest Bancorp, MHC being sold in the offering and the $10.00 per share purchase price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will range from 53,975,000 shares to 73,025,000 shares, and the number of shares contributed to the Northwest Charitable Foundation will range from 979,500 shares to 1,360,500 shares. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is a commonly selected per share price for mutual-to-stock conversion offerings. The independent appraisal is based in part on Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings bank and thrift holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
 
Q.   WHY DOESN’T NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. WAIT TO CONDUCT THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING UNTIL THE STOCK MARKET IMPROVES SO THAT CURRENT STOCKHOLDERS CAN RECEIVE A HIGHER EXCHANGE RATIO?
 
A.   The board of directors believes that because the stock holding company form of organization offers important advantages, it is in the best interest of our stockholders to complete the conversion and offering sooner rather than later. There is no way to know when market conditions will change or how they might change, or how changes in market conditions might affect stock prices for financial institutions. The board of directors concluded that it would be better to complete the conversion and offering now, under a valuation that offers a fair exchange ratio to existing stockholders and an attractive price to new investors, rather than wait an indefinite amount of time for market conditions that would result in a higher exchange ratio but a less attractive valuation for new investors.
 
Q.   SHOULD I SUBMIT MY STOCK CERTIFICATES NOW?
 
A.   No. If you hold stock certificate(s), instructions for exchanging the shares will be sent to you after completion of the conversion. If your shares are held in “street name” ( e.g., in a brokerage account) rather than in certificate form, the share exchange will be reflected automatically in your account upon completion of the conversion.
 
Q.   HOW DO I VOTE?
 
A.   Mark your vote, sign each proxy card enclosed and return the card(s) to us, in the enclosed proxy reply envelope. YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT. PLEASE VOTE PROMPTLY.

4


Table of Contents

Q.   IF MY SHARES ARE HELD IN STREET NAME, WILL MY BROKER AUTOMATICALLY VOTE ON THE PLAN ON MY BEHALF?
 
A.   No. Your broker will not be able to vote your shares without instructions from you. You should instruct your broker to vote your shares, using the directions that your broker provides to you.
 
Q.   WHAT HAPPENS IF I DON’T VOTE?
 
A.   Your vote is very important. Not voting all the proxy card(s) you receive will have the same effect as voting “against” the plan of conversion and “against” the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. Without sufficient favorable votes “for” the plan of conversion, we will not proceed with the conversion and offering. Without sufficient favorable votes “for” the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation, we cannot establish and fund the charitable foundation.
 
Q.   WHAT IF I DO NOT GIVE VOTING INSTRUCTIONS TO MY BROKER?
 
A.   Your vote is important. If you do not instruct your broker to vote your shares, the unvoted proxy will have the same effect as a vote “against” the plan of conversion and “against” the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.
 
Q.   MAY I PLACE AN ORDER TO PURCHASE SHARES IN THE OFFERING, IN ADDITION TO THE SHARES THAT I WILL RECEIVE IN THE EXCHANGE?
 
A.   Yes. Eligible depositors of Northwest Savings Bank have priority subscription rights allowing them to purchase common stock in a subscription offering. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be available for sale to the public, including Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders, in a community offering, as described herein. In the event orders for Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock in a community offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons residing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore and Howard, as well as Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake, Geauga and Ashtabula, to our existing public stockholders and to the general public, next to cover orders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders as of                      , 2009, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general public. Stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. are subject to an ownership limitation. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a stockholder and his or her associates or individuals acting in concert with the stockholder, plus any shares a stockholder and these individuals receive in the exchange for existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, may not exceed 5% of the total shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion. If you would like to receive a prospectus and stock order form, you must call our Stock Information Center at                                            , Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center is closed weekends and bank holidays.
 
Q.   WILL THE CONVERSION HAVE ANY EFFECT ON DEPOSIT AND LOAN ACCOUNTS AT NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK?
 
A.   No. The account number, amount, interest rate and withdrawal rights of deposit accounts will remain unchanged. Deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit

5


Table of Contents

    Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit. Loans and rights of borrowers will not be affected. Depositors will no longer have voting rights in the mutual holding company, which will cease to exist, after the conversion and offering. Only stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will have voting rights after the conversion and offering.
 
Q.   WHAT IF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION IS APPROVED BUT THE FUNDING OF THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION IS NOT APPROVED.
 
A.   The charitable foundation will only be established and funded if both proposals are approved. If the funding of the charitable foundation is not approved, our board of directors will retain the ability to complete the conversion and stock offering without the funding of the charitable foundation, or it may determine to terminate the conversion and stock offering.
 
    Please note that properly completed and signed stock order forms, with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by the Stock Information Center no later than ___p.m., Eastern Time on                      , 2009.
Other Questions?
For answers to other questions, please read the proxy statement/prospectus. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to our proxy information agent, Laurel Hill Advisory Group, LLC, at                      .

6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY
      This summary highlights material information from this proxy statement/prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. To understand the conversion and other proposals fully, you should read this entire document carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Proposal 1 — Approval of The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization,” “Proposal 2 — Approval of the Establishment and Funding of the Charitable Foundation,” “Proposal 3 — Adjournment of the Special Meeting,” “Proposals 4a through 4d — Informational Proposals Related to the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
The Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Special Meeting
      Date, Time and Place. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will hold its special meeting of stockholders at                                           , on                      , 2009, at ___:00 ___.m., Eastern Time.
      The Proposals. Stockholders will be voting on the following proposals at the special meeting:
  1.   The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization pursuant to which: (a) Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will convert to an interim federal stock savings association and merge with and into Northwest Savings Bank, with Northwest Savings Bank being the surviving entity, (b) Northwest Bancorp, MHC, which currently owns approximately 63.0% of the common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., will convert to an interim federal stock savings association and merge with and into Northwest Savings Bank, with Northwest Savings Bank being the surviving entity, (c) an interim stock savings association will be formed as a subsidiary of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., a Maryland corporation recently formed to be the holding company for Northwest Savings Bank, and then will merge into Northwest Savings Bank, with Northwest Savings Bank being the surviving entity, (d) the outstanding shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., other than those held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC, will be converted into shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., and (e) Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, community offering and syndicated community offering;
 
  2.   The establishment of the Northwest Charitable Foundation, a Delaware non-stock corporation that will be dedicated to charitable purposes within the communities in which Northwest Savings Bank conducts its business, and the contribution to the foundation of $1.0 million in cash and shares of common stock with an aggregate value of cash and stock equal to 2% of the common stock sold by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in the offering pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization;
 
  3.   The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization and/or the establishment and funding of the Northwest Charitable Foundation; and
 
  4.   The following informational proposals:
  4a.   Approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation to limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors;

7


Table of Contents

  4b.   Approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation;
 
  4c.   Approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder proposed amendments to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws;
 
  4d.   Approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s outstanding voting stock; and
  5.   Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.
     The provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws which are summarized as informational proposals 4a through 4d were approved as part of the process in which our boards of directors approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws which are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.
Vote Required for Approval of Proposals by the Stockholders of Northeast Bancorp, Inc.
      Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the outstanding common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. entitled to be cast at the special meeting, including shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. entitled to be cast at the special meeting, other than shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC.
      Proposal 2: Approval of the Establishment and Funding of the Charitable Foundation. The establishment and funding of Northwest Charitable Foundation with $1.0 million in cash and shares of common stock with an aggregate value of cash and stock equal to 2% of the common stock sold by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in the offering must be approved by at least a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders other than Northwest Bancorp, MHC.
      Proposal 3: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion and/or the proposal to establish and fund the Northwest Charitable Foundation.

8


Table of Contents

      Informational Proposals 4a through 4d. The provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws which are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws which are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.
      Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.
     Management anticipates that Northwest Bancorp, MHC, our majority stockholder, will vote all of its shares of common stock in favor of all the matters set forth above. If Northwest Bancorp, MHC votes all of its shares in favor of each proposal, the approval of the adjournment of the special meeting if necessary, would be assured.
     As of                       , 2009 the directors and executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. beneficially owned                      shares, or approximately ___% of the outstanding shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock and Northwest Bancorp, MHC owned                      shares, or approximately 63.0% of the outstanding shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock.
      Your board of directors unanimously recommends that you vote “FOR” the plan of conversion, “FOR” approval of the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation, “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting and “FOR” the Informational Proposals 4a through 4d.
The Companies
      Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is a newly-formed Maryland corporation that was incorporated in September 2009 to be the successor corporation to Northwest Bancorp, Inc. upon completion of the conversion. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Savings Bank upon completion of the conversion.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s executive offices are located at 100 Liberty Street, Warren, Pennsylvania 16365. Our telephone number at this address is (814) 726-2140.
      Northwest Bancorp, MHC
     Northwest Bancorp, MHC is the federally chartered mutual holding company of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s principal business activity is the ownership of 30,536,457

9


Table of Contents

shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., or 63.0% of the issued and outstanding shares as of June 30, 2009. The remaining 17,980,430 shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2009 were held by the public. After the completion of the conversion, Northwest Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist.
      Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc. is a federally chartered stock holding company that owns all of the outstanding common stock of Northwest Savings Bank. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. succeeded to the operations of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, in 2001. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. had consolidated assets of $7.1 billion, deposits of $5.3 billion and stockholders’ equity of $632.5 million. After the completion of the conversion, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will cease to exist, and will be succeeded by Northwest Bancshares, Inc., a new Maryland corporation. As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. had 48,516,887 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, of which 30,536,457 shares were owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC.
      Northwest Savings Bank
     Northwest Savings Bank is a Pennsylvania chartered savings bank headquartered in Warren, Pennsylvania. It was originally founded in 1896 and reorganized from the mutual (meaning no stockholders) structure into the mutual holding company structure in 1994, thereby becoming partially stockholder-owned. Northwest Savings Bank became the wholly owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, in 1998, and the wholly-owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, in 2001.
Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
     The Boards of Directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancshares, Inc. have adopted a plan of conversion and reorganization, referred to herein as the “plan of conversion,” pursuant to which Northwest Savings Bank will reorganize from a mutual holding company structure to a stock form holding company structure. Public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will receive shares in Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in exchange for their shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock based on an exchange ratio. This conversion to a stock holding company structure also includes the offering by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. of shares of its common stock to eligible depositors of Northwest Savings Bank in a subscription offering and, if necessary, to the public in a community offering and syndicated community offering. Following the conversion and offering, Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will no longer exist, and Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be the parent company of Northwest Savings Bank.
     The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. approve the plan of conversion. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders will vote on the plan of conversion at Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s special meeting. This document is the proxy statement used by Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors to solicit proxies for the special meeting. It is also the prospectus of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. regarding the shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock to be issued to Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders in the share exchange. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. of its shares of common stock in the subscription offering and any community offering, syndicated community offering or firm commitment offering, which will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus.
     In addition, informational proposals relating to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are also described in this proxy statement/prospectus. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-

10


Table of Contents

stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.
     In connection with the conversion and offering we also intend to establish a charitable foundation and contribute to it $1.0 million in cash and shares of common stock with an aggregate value of cash and stock equal to 2% of the common stock sold by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in the offering. The aggregate value of the cash and shares contributed to the charitable foundation will equal $16.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. The establishment and funding of the foundation must be approved by the stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. However, stockholder approval of the charitable foundation is not a condition to the completion of the conversion and offering.
      Our Current Organizational Structure
     In 1994, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, conducted its initial public offering, thereby becoming partially publicly owned. In February 1998, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. became the mid-tier stock holding company for Northwest Savings Bank. Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, succeeded to the operations of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., the Pennsylvania corporation, in 2001, and owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Savings Bank. The majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. are owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC, which is a mutual holding company with no stockholders.
     Pursuant to the terms of Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s plan of conversion, Northwest Bancorp, MHC will convert from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company corporate structure. As part of the conversion, we are offering for sale in a subscription offering, and possibly in a community and/or a syndicated community offering, the majority ownership interest of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. that is currently owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC. In addition, we intend to contribute cash and shares of common stock to a charitable foundation we will establish in connection with the conversion. Upon the completion of the offering, Northwest Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist, and we will complete the transition from partial to full public stock ownership. Upon completion of the conversion, existing public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will receive shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in exchange for their shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock in order to maintain the public stockholders’ existing percentage ownership in our organization (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering, their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares and the effect of shares issued to the charitable foundation).

11


Table of Contents

     The following diagram shows our current organizational structure:
(FLOW CHART)
      Our Organizational Structure Following the Conversion
     After the conversion and offering are completed, we will be organized as a fully public holding company, as follows:
(FLOW CHART)
Reasons for the Conversion and the Offering
     Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are:
    to finance the acquisition of financial institutions or other financial service companies primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida,

12


Table of Contents

      although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction (except as described below);
 
    to improve our capital position during a period of significant economic uncertainty, especially for the financial industry (although, as of June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and is not subject to a directive or recommendation from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Pennsylvania Department of Banking to raise capital);
 
    to support internal growth through lending in the communities we serve;
 
    to finance the acquisition of branches from other financial institutions or build or lease new branch facilities primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction, except as disclosed below;
 
    to enhance existing products and services, and support the development of new products and services by investing, for example, in technology to support growth and enhanced customer service;
 
    to improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock and stockholder returns through higher earnings and more flexible capital management strategies; and
 
    to use the additional capital for other general corporate purposes.
     As of June 30, 2009, we had entered into a merger agreement to purchase Keystone State Savings Bank, located in Sharpsburg, Pennsylvania, and we had executed a letter of intent with respect to the acquisition of an insurance agency.
     As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration for a merger or acquisition since Northwest Bancorp, MHC is required to own a majority of our shares of common stock. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and will therefore enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise.
Conditions to Completion of the Conversion
     The Office of Thrift Supervision has conditionally approved the plan of conversion and reorganization; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by that agency.
     We cannot complete the conversion unless:
    The plan of conversion is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC as of                      , 2009 (comprised of depositors of Northwest Savings Bank as of                      , 2009);

13


Table of Contents

    The plan of conversion is approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. as of                      , 2009, including shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC (because Northwest Bancorp, MHC owns 63.0% of the outstanding shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, we expect that Northwest Bancorp, MHC and our directors and executive officers will control the outcome of this vote);
    The plan of conversion is approved by a vote of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. as of                      , 2009, excluding those shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC;
    We sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered;
    We receive the final approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision to complete the conversion, however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by that agency; and
    We receive any required final regulatory approvals or non-objection from the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to complete the conversion, however, such approval or non-objection does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by those agencies.
     Subject to member, stockholder and regulatory approvals, we intend to establish and fund the charitable foundation in connection with the conversion. However, stockholder approval of the charitable foundation is not a condition to the completion of the conversion and offering.
     Northwest Bancorp, MHC intends to vote its ownership interest in favor of the plan of conversion and in favor of the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. At                      , 2009, Northwest Bancorp, MHC owned 63.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. The directors and executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and their affiliates owned                      shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., or ___% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of                      , 2009. They have indicated their intention to vote those shares in favor of the plan of conversion and in favor of the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.
The Exchange of Existing Shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company to fully stock form, the public stockholders will be entitled to exchange their shares for common stock of the new holding company, provided that the mutual holding company demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Office of Thrift Supervision that the basis for the exchange is fair and reasonable. Each publicly held share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock will, on the effective date of the conversion, be automatically converted into the right to receive a number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock. The number of shares of common stock will be determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, which ensures that the public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of common stock in Northwest Bancshares, Inc. after the conversion as they held in Northwest Bancorp, Inc. immediately prior to the conversion, exclusive of their purchase of additional shares of common stock in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares. The exchange ratio is not dependent on the market value of our currently outstanding Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock. The exchange ratio is based on the percentage of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the public, the independent valuation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. prepared by RP Financial, LC. and

14


Table of Contents

the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering. The exchange ratio is expected to range from approximately 1.7676 exchange shares for each publicly held share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the minimum of the offering range to 2.3914 exchange shares for each publicly held share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.
     If you are a stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., at the conclusion of the conversion, your shares will be exchanged for shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The number of shares you receive will be based on the number of shares of common stock you own and the final exchange ratio determined as of the conclusion of the conversion.
     The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering. The table also shows how many whole shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. a hypothetical owner of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock would receive in the exchange for 100 shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned at the consummation of the conversion, depending on the number of shares issued in the offering.
                                                                                 
                                                                            New Shares
                    New Shares to be                   Total Shares of           Equivalent   That Would
                    Exchanged for                   Common Stock to           Per Share   be Received
                    Existing Shares of                   be Outstanding           Current   for 100
    New Shares to be Sold   Northwest Bancorp,   Shares to be issued   After the   Exchange   Market   Existing
    in This Offering   Inc.   to the Foundation   Offering   Ratio   Price (1)   Shares
    Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent                                
Minimum
    53,975,000       62.23 %     31,781,477       36.64 %     979,500       1.13 %     86,735,977       1.7676     $ 17.68       176  
Midpoint
    63,500,000       62.21 %     37,389,973       36.64 %     1,170,000       1.15 %     102,059,973       2.0795     $ 20.80       208  
Maximum
    73,025,000       62.21 %     42,998,469       36.63 %     1,360,500       1.16 %     117,383,969       2.3914     $ 23.91       239  
15% above
Adjusted Maximum
    83,978,750       62.20 %     49,448,239       36.63 %     1,579,575       1.17 %     135,006,564       2.7501     $ 27.50       275  
 
(1)   Represents the value of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the exchange ratio, assuming the market price of $10.00 per share.
Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates
     The conversion of existing outstanding shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock into the right to receive shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will occur automatically on the effective date of the conversion. As soon as practicable after the effective date of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each public stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. who holds stock certificates. The transmittal forms are expected to be mailed within five business days after the effective date of the conversion and will contain instructions on how to exchange stock certificates of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock for stock certificates of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock. We expect that stock certificates evidencing shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will be distributed within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stock certificates and other required documents. You should not forward your stock certificates until you have received transmittal forms, which will include forwarding instructions. Shares held by public stockholders through a brokerage account in “street name” will be exchanged automatically upon the conclusion of the conversion; no transmittal forms will be mailed relating to these shares.
     No fractional shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. when the conversion is completed. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued to a stockholder who holds a stock certificate, we will pay by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would

15


Table of Contents

otherwise be entitled by the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. Payment for fractional shares will be made as soon as practicable after the receipt by the exchange agent of the transmittal forms and the surrendered Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stock certificates. If your shares of common stock are held in street name (such as in a brokerage account), you will automatically receive cash in lieu of fractional shares in your brokerage account.
     After the conversion, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders who hold stock certificates will not receive shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock and will not be paid dividends on the shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock until existing certificates representing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock are surrendered for exchange in compliance with the terms of the transmittal form. When stockholders surrender their certificates, any unpaid dividends will be paid without interest. For all other purposes, however, each certificate that represents shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock outstanding at the effective date of the conversion will be considered to evidence ownership of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock into which those shares have been converted by virtue of the conversion.
     If a certificate for Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed, our exchange agent will issue a new stock certificate upon receipt of appropriate evidence as to the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, appropriate evidence as to the ownership of the certificate by the claimant, and appropriate and customary indemnification, which is normally effected by the purchase of a bond from a surety company at the stockholder’s expense.
     All shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock that we issue in exchange for existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock will be considered to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of common stock, subject, however, to our obligation to pay any dividends or make any other distributions with a record date prior to the effective date of the conversion that may have been declared by us on or prior to the effective date, and which remain unpaid at the effective date.
How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price
     The offering range and exchange ratio are based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., assuming the conversion, the exchange and the offering are completed and the charitable foundation is funded with a grant of cash and stock. RP Financial, LC., an appraisal firm experienced in appraisals of financial institutions, has estimated that, as of August 28, 2009, this estimated pro forma market value ranged from $867.4 million to $1,173.8 million, with a midpoint of $1,020.6 million. Based on this valuation, the 63% ownership interest of Northwest Bancorp, MHC being sold in the offering and the $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will range from 53,975,000 shares to 73,025,000 shares. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The exchange ratio will range from 1.7676 shares at the minimum of the offering range to 2.3914 shares at the maximum of the offering range in order to approximately preserve the existing percentage ownership of public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering, their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares and the effect of shares issued to the charitable foundation). If market conditions warrant, the appraisal can be increased by 15%. At this adjusted maximum of the offering range, the pro forma market value is $1,350.1 million, the number of shares of common stock offered for sale will be 83,978,750 and the exchange ratio will be 2.7501 shares.
     The independent appraisal is based in part on Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of

16


Table of Contents

common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of 10 publicly traded savings bank and thrift holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies. Total assets are as of June 30, 2009.
                 
Company Name and Ticker Symbol   Exchange   Headquarters   Total Assets
            (in thousands)
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. (BRKL)
  NASDAQ   Brookline, MA   $ 2,641,113  
ESB Financial Corp (ESBF)
  NASDAQ   Ellwood City, PA   $ 1,963,389  
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. (ESSA)
  NASDAQ   Stroudsburg, PA   $ 1,052,942  
First Defiance Financial Corp. (FDEF)
  NASDAQ   Defiance, OH   $ 2,023,563  
First Niagara Financial Group (FNFG)
  NASDAQ   Lockport, NY   $ 11,577,171  
Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. (HCBK)
  NASDAQ   Paramus, NJ   $ 57,406,339  
New York Community Bancorp (NYB)
  NYSE   Westbury, NY   $ 32,860,123  
NewAlliance Bancshares (NAL)
  NYSE   New Haven, CT   $ 8,581,440  
Peoples United Financial (PBCT)
  NASDAQ   Bridgeport, CT   $ 20,811,500  
Provident Financial Serv. Inc. (PFS)
  NYSE   Jersey City, NJ   $ 6,668,844  
      The independent appraisal does not indicate actual market value. Do not assume or expect that the estimated valuation as indicated above means that, after the offering, the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 purchase price.
     The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (on a pro forma basis) and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (on a historical basis). The pricing ratios are based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 and stock price information as of August 28, 2009, as reflected in RP Financial, LC.’s appraisal report, dated August 28, 2009. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 9.4% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 27.5% on a price-to-tangible book value basis, and a discount of 18.8% on a price-to-core earnings basis.
     Our board of directors, in reviewing and approving the independent appraisal, considered the range of price-to-core earnings multiples, the range of price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different ranges of shares of common stock to be sold in the offering, and did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the other. Instead, in approving the independent appraisal, the board of directors concluded that these ranges represented the appropriate balance of the three approaches to establishing our estimated valuation range, and the number of shares of common stock to be sold, in comparison to the peer group institutions. Specifically, in approving the independent appraisal, the board of directors believed that we would not be able to sell our shares at a price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value that was in line with the peer group without unreasonably exceeding the peer group on a price-to-core earnings basis. The estimated appraised value and the resulting discounts took into consideration the potential financial impact of the offering as well as the trading price of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, which decreased from $20.74 per share on August 26, 2009, the closing price on the last trading day immediately preceding the announcement of the conversion, to $20.70 per share, the closing price on August 28, 2009, the effective date of the independent appraisal.

17


Table of Contents

                         
    Price-to-core earnings   Price-to-book   Price-to-tangible
    multiple (1)   value ratio   book value ratio
Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)
                       
Minimum
    15.21x       78.19 %     93.02 %
Midpoint
    17.61x       85.44 %     100.40 %
Maximum
    19.93x       91.74 %     106.50 %
Maximum, as adjusted
    22.51x       98.04 %     112.49 %
 
                       
Valuation of peer group companies, as of
                       
August 28, 2009
                       
Averages
    24.53x       101.26 %     146.94 %
Medians
    28.48x       105.21 %     146.11 %
 
(1)   Information derived from the RP Financial report and are based upon estimated core earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009. These ratios are different than “Pro Forma Data.”
     The independent appraisal also reflects the contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation we are organizing in connection with the conversion. The contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation will reduce our estimated pro forma market value. See “ Proposal 2—Establishment and Funding of the Charitable Foundation—Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.”
     RP Financial, LC. will update the independent appraisal prior to the completion of the conversion. If the estimated appraised value, including offering shares, exchange shares and shares contributed to the charitable foundation, changes to either below $867.4 million or above $1,350.1 million, we will resolicit persons who submitted stock orders. See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering
     Assuming we sell 63,500,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering, and we have net proceeds of $607.3 million, we intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:
    $303.7 million (50.0% of the net proceeds) will be invested in Northwest Savings Bank;
 
    $25.9 million (4.3% of the net proceeds) will be loaned to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of our shares of common stock;
 
    $1.0 million (0.2% of the net proceeds) will be contributed to the Northwest Charitable Foundation; and
 
    $276.7 million (45.6% of the net proceeds) will be retained by us.
     We may use the remaining funds we receive for investments, to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock and for other general corporate purposes. Northwest Savings Bank may use the proceeds it receives to support increased lending and other products and services. The net proceeds retained also may be used for future business expansion through acquisitions of banks, thrifts and other financial services companies, and opening or acquiring branch offices. We have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such acquisitions, except as previously described. Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments and mortgage-backed securities consistent with our investment policy.
     Please see “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering.

18


Table of Contents

Our Dividend Policy
     As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.22 per share, which equals $0.88 per share on an annualized basis. After the conversion, we intend to continue to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. expects the annual dividends to equal $0.50, $0.42, $0.37 and $0.32 per share at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, which represents an annual dividend yield of 5.0%, 4.2%, 3.7% and 3.2%, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, based upon a price of $10.00 per share. The amount of dividends that we intend to pay after the conversion will preserve the dividend amount that Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders currently receive, as adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio. However, the dividend rate and the continued payment of dividends will depend on a number of factors, including our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. No assurance can be given that we will continue to pay dividends or that they will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.
Purchases by Officers and Directors
     We expect our directors, executive officers and their associates, to purchase 55,000 shares of common stock in the offering. The purchase price paid by them will be the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Following the conversion, our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to own 1,686,570 shares of common stock, or 1.65% of our total outstanding shares of common stock at the midpoint of the offering range, including shares they receive in exchange for shares they currently own in Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Market for Common Stock
     Publicly held shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock currently trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NWSB.” Upon completion of the conversion, the shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will replace Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s existing shares. We expect that Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “NWBI” after the completion of the offering. In order to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. currently has 20 registered market makers. Persons purchasing shares of common stock in the offering may not be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 price per share.
Tax Consequences
     As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank, Northwest Bancshares, Inc., persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering, or existing stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Existing stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. who receive cash in lieu of fractional share interests in shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the tax basis of the fractional share.
Changes in Stockholders’ Rights for Existing Stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will become stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Some rights of stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.

19


Table of Contents

will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Northwest Bancorp, Inc. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Maryland charters and bylaws, and from distinctions between federal and Maryland law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and all of its stockholders. The differences in stockholder rights in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. include the following: (i) approval by at least 80% of outstanding shares required to remove a director for cause; (ii) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for certain provisions of new business or to nominate directors; and (iii) approval by at least 80% of outstanding shares required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.” for a discussion of these differences.
We Will Form and Contribute Cash and Stock to The Northwest Charitable Foundation
     To further our commitment to the communities we serve and may serve in the future, we intend, subject to our members’ and stockholders’ approval, to establish and fund a new charitable foundation as part of the conversion. We intend to contribute to the charitable foundation $1.0 million in cash and shares of common stock with an aggregate value of cash and stock equal to 2% of the shares sold in the stock offering. These shares and cash will have a value of $10.8 million at the minimum of the valuation range and $14.6 million at the maximum of the valuation range, subject to adjustment to $16.8 million. As a result of the issuance of shares to the charitable foundation and the cash contribution, we expect to record an after-tax expense of approximately $6.6 million at the minimum of the valuation range and approximately $10.2 million at the adjusted maximum of the valuation range, during the quarter in which the conversion is completed.
     Issuing shares of common stock to the charitable foundation will:
    dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the stock offering; and
 
    result in an expense, and a reduction in our earnings during the quarter in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit equal to 39% of such contribution.
     See“Proposal 2—Establishment and Funding of the Charitable Foundation—Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation” and “Northwest Charitable Foundation.”
Dissenters’ Rights
     Stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. do not have dissenters’ rights in connection with the conversion and offering.
Important Risks in Owning Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Common Stock
     Before you decide to purchase stock, you should read the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page ___ of this proxy statement/prospectus.

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
      You should consider carefully the following risk factors when deciding how to vote on the conversion and before purchasing shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock.
Risks Related to Our Business
Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
     Our results of operations and financial condition are significantly affected by changes in interest rates. Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits, borrowings and trust preferred securities. Because our interest-bearing liabilities generally reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, an increase in interest rates generally would tend to result in a decrease in net interest income.
     Changes in interest rates may also affect the average life of loans and mortgage-related securities. Decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce their borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that we are unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates on existing loans and securities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans. Also, increases in interest rates may extend the life of fixed rate assets, whereby we would not have the opportunity to reinvest in higher yielding alternatives, and may result in customers withdrawing certificates of deposit so long as the early withdrawal penalty is less than the interest they could receive as a result of the higher interest rates.
     Changes in interest rates also affect the current fair value of our interest-earning securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with changes in interest rates. At June 30, 2009, the fair value of our investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolio totaled $1.009 billion. Net unrealized losses on these securities totaled $6.4 million at June 30, 2009.
     At June 30, 2009, our interest rate risk analysis indicated that the market value of our equity would decrease by 10.2% if there was an instantaneous parallel 200 basis point increase in market interest rates. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management of Market Risk.”
If the allowance for credit losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.
     Our customers may not repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral, if any, securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance. We may experience significant loan losses, which may have a material adverse effect on operating results. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. If the assumptions prove to be incorrect, the allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. Material additions to the allowance would materially decrease net income.

21


Table of Contents

     Our emphasis on the origination of commercial real estate and commercial loans is one of the more significant factors in evaluating the allowance for loan losses. As we continue to increase the amount of such loans, additional or increased provisions for loan losses may be necessary and would decrease earnings.
     Bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase to the provision for loan losses or further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
We could record future losses on our securities portfolio.
     During the six months ended June 30, 2009, we recognized $8.7 million of impairment losses on securities, of which $4.4 million was recognized as other comprehensive loss, in the equity section of our balance sheet and $4.3 million was recognized as noninterest expense in our income statement. At June 30, 2009, we held corporate debt securities, non-government agency collateralized mortgage obligations and municipal securities with unrealized holding losses of $13.4 million, $6.0 million and $6.0 million, respectively.
     A number of factors or combinations of factors could require us to conclude in one or more future reporting periods that an unrealized loss that exists with respect to these securities constitutes an impairment that is other than temporary, which could result in material losses to us. These factors include, but are not limited to, continued failure by the issuer to make scheduled interest payments, an increase in the severity of the unrealized loss on a particular security, an increase in the continuous duration of the unrealized loss without an improvement in value or changes in market conditions and/or industry or issuer specific factors that would render us unable to forecast a full recovery in value. In addition, the fair values of securities could decline if the overall economy and the financial condition of some of the issuers continue to deteriorate and there remains limited liquidity for these securities.
     See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Balance Sheet Analysis—Securities” for a discussion of our securities portfolio and the unrealized losses related to the portfolio.
Our contribution to the charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits.
     The Internal Revenue Service may not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution. The total value of the contribution would be $16.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, which would result in after-tax expense of approximately $10.2 million. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service does not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation or the contribution to the charitable foundation is otherwise not tax deductible, we would recognize after-tax expense up to the value of the entire contribution, or $16.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.
     In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient taxable income to be able to use the deduction fully. Under the Internal Revenue Code, a corporate entity is generally permitted to deduct charitable contributions in an amount of up to 10% of its taxable income (taxable income before the charitable contributions deduction) in any one year for charitable contributions. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may be deducted for federal income tax purposes over the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution was made. Accordingly, a charitable contribution by a corporate entity to a charitable foundation could, if necessary, be deducted for federal income tax

22


Table of Contents

purposes over a six-year period. Our taxable income over this period may not be sufficient to fully use this deduction.
Any future Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums or special assessments will adversely impact our earnings.
     On May 22, 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation adopted a final rule levying a five basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. The special assessment is payable on September 30, 2009. We recorded an expense of $3.3 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2009, to reflect the special assessment. The final rule permits the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to levy up to two additional special assessments of up to five basis points each during 2009 if the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation estimates that the Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio will fall to a level that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation believes would adversely affect public confidence or to a level that will be close to or below zero. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has announced that it is likely to levy an additional special assessment of up to five basis points later in 2009, the amount and timing of which are currently uncertain. Any further special assessments that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation levies will be recorded as an expense during the appropriate period. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation increased the general assessment rate and, therefore, our Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation general insurance premium expense will increase compared to prior periods.
We hold certain intangible assets that could be classified as impaired in the future. If these assets are considered to be either partially or fully impaired in the future, our earnings and the book values of these assets would decrease.
     Pursuant to SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , we are required to test our goodwill and core deposit intangible assets for impairment on a periodic basis. The impairment testing process considers a variety of factors, including the current market price of our common shares, the estimated net present value of our assets and liabilities and information concerning the terminal valuation of similarly situated insured depository institutions. Future impairment testing may result in a partial or full impairment of the value of our goodwill or core deposit intangible assets, or both. If an impairment determination is made in a future reporting period, our earnings and the book value of these intangible assets will be reduced by the amount of the impairment. If an impairment loss is recorded, it will have little or no impact on the tangible book value of our shares of common stock or our regulatory capital levels.
Strong competition may limit growth and profitability.
     Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. We compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors (whether regional or national institutions) have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and may offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. Our profitability depends upon our ability to successfully compete in our market areas.
We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.
     We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Office of Thrift Supervision. Laws and regulations govern the activities in which we may engage, primarily for the protection of depositors. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory

23


Table of Contents

and enforcement activities, including the ability to impose restrictions on a bank’s operations, reclassify assets, determine the adequacy of a bank’s allowance for loan losses and determine the level of deposit insurance premiums assessed. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, new regulations or legislation or additional deposit premiums could have a material impact on our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws and applicable regulations are subject to frequent change. Any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or prospects.
The United States economy is in a deep recession. A prolonged economic downturn, especially one affecting our geographic market area, will adversely affect our business and financial results.
     Negative developments in the global credit and securitization markets have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets since the latter half of 2007, and it is expected that the general economic downturn will continue through the remainder of 2009 and into 2010. Loan portfolio quality has deteriorated at many institutions, reflecting in part, the deteriorating U.S. economy and rising unemployment. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined and may continue to decline. The continuing real estate downturn also has resulted in reduced demand for the construction of new housing and increased delinquencies in construction, residential and commercial mortgage loans. Bank and bank holding company stock prices have declined substantially, and it is significantly more difficult for banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets.
     The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Quarterly Banking Profile has reported that noncurrent assets plus other real estate owned as a percentage of assets for FDIC insured financial institutions rose to 2.77% as of June 30, 2009, compared to 0.95% as of December 31, 2007. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Quarterly Banking Profile has reported that annualized return on average assets was 0.04% for FDIC insured financial institutions compared to 0.81% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The NASDAQ Bank Index declined 41.97% between December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2009. At June 30, 2009, our noncurrent assets plus other real estate owned as a percentage of assets was 1.95%, and our annualized return on average assets was 0.56% for the six months ended June 30, 2009.
     Continued negative developments in the financial services industry and the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the market for and value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Moreover, continued declines in the stock market in general, or stock values of financial institutions and their holding companies, could adversely affect our stock performance.
Continued government action in response to the economic downturn may negatively affect our operations.
     In response to the developments described above, Congress adopted the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, under which the U.S. Department of the Treasury has the authority to expend up to $700 billion to assist in stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial system. Although it was originally contemplated that these funds would be used primarily to purchase troubled assets under the Troubled Asset Relief Program, in October 2008 the U.S. Department of the Treasury announced the Capital Purchase Program, pursuant to which it intends to purchase up to $250 billion of non-voting senior preferred shares of qualifying financial institutions to encourage financial institutions to build capital to increase the flow of financing to businesses and consumers and to support the economy. In addition, Congress temporarily increased Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2013. The Federal Deposit Insurance

24


Table of Contents

Corporation also announced the creation of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program which is intended to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in financial institutions by temporarily guaranteeing newly issued senior unsecured debt of participating organizations and providing full insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction deposit accounts (such as business checking accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts paying 50 basis points or less and lawyers’ trust accounts), regardless of dollar amount until December 31, 2009. The increased insurance coverage may not be extended beyond 2009, which could negatively affect consumer confidence in financial institutions.
     The potential exists for additional federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to be active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the expected issuance of many formal enforcement orders. Actions taken to date, as well as potential actions, may not have the beneficial effects that are intended. In addition, new laws, regulations, and other regulatory changes may increase our Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums and may also increase our costs of regulatory compliance and of doing business, and otherwise adversely affect our operations. New laws, regulations, and other regulatory changes may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the markets for and value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability.
Future legislative or regulatory actions responding to perceived financial and market problems could impair our ability to foreclose on collateral.
     There have been proposals made by members of Congress and others that would reduce the amount distressed borrowers are otherwise contractually obligated to pay under their mortgage loans and limit an institution’s ability to foreclose on mortgage collateral. Were proposals such as these, or other proposals limiting our rights as a creditor, to be implemented, we could experience increased credit losses or increased expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor. In addition, there have been legislative proposals to create a federal consumer protection agency that may, among other powers, have the ability to affect our rights as a creditor.
If our investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh becomes impaired, our earnings and stockholders’ equity could decrease.
     We are required to own common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank System and to be eligible to borrow funds under the Federal Home Loan Bank’s advance program. The aggregate cost of our Federal Home Loan Bank common stock as of June 30, 2009 was $63.1 million. Federal Home Loan Bank common stock is not a marketable security and can only be redeemed by the Federal Home Loan Bank.
     Federal Home Loan Banks may be subject to accounting rules and asset quality risks that could result in materially lower their regulatory capital. In an extreme situation, it is possible that the capitalization of a Federal Home Loan Bank, including the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, could be substantially diminished or reduced to zero. Consequently, we believe that there is a risk that our investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh common stock could be deemed impaired at some time in the future, and if this occurs, it would cause our earnings and stockholders’ equity to decrease by the amount of the impairment charge.

25


Table of Contents

The Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh stopped paying dividends during the fourth quarter of 2008. This will negatively affect our earnings.
     The Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh stopped paying dividends during the fourth quarter of 2008, and would be prohibited from paying dividends in the future so long as it fails to meet any of its regulatory capital requirements. As a result of its expected risk-based capital deficiency as of December 31, 2008, we may not receive dividends from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh in the near future. We received $1.1 million in total dividends from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh during the three quarters ended September 30, 2008, and the failure of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh to pay dividends for any quarter will reduce our earnings during that quarter. In addition, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh is an important source of liquidity for us, and any restrictions on their operations may hinder our ability to use them as a liquidity source.
Risks Related to the Offering and the Exchange
The market value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock exchanged.
     The number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the public prior to the completion of the conversion and offering, the final independent appraisal of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock prepared by RP Financial and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. The exchange ratio will ensure that existing public shareholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock will own approximately the same percentage of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock after the conversion and offering as they owned of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock immediately prior to completion of the conversion and offering, exclusive of the effect of their purchase of additional shares in the offering, the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares, and adjustment for the funding of the charitable foundation with cash and shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock. The exchange ratio will not depend on the market price of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock.
     The exchange ratio ranges from a minimum of 1.7676 to a maximum of 2.3914 shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock per share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock issued in the share exchange will have an initial value of $10.00 per share. Depending on the exchange ratio and the market value of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the time of the exchange, the initial market value of the Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock that you receive in the share exchange could be less than the market value of the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock that you currently own. Based on the most recent closing price of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, which was $                      , unless at least                      shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the                      and the                      of the offering range), the initial value of the Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock you currently own.
The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the $10.00 purchase price per share in the offering.
     If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $10.00 purchase price in the offering. In several cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions or mutual holding companies have traded below the initial offering

26


Table of Contents

price. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time. After our shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, investor perceptions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and the outlook for the financial services industry in general. Price fluctuations may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.
We have broad discretion to deploy our net proceeds and our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse impact on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. intends to contribute between $257.8 million and $349.6 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $402.3 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) to Northwest Savings Bank. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments, repurchase shares of common stock, pay dividends or for other general corporate purposes. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. also expects to use a portion of the net proceeds it retains to fund a loan for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering by the employee stock ownership plan. Northwest Savings Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, purchase investment securities, acquire financial institutions or financial services companies, build new branches or acquire branches, or for other general corporate purposes. With the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and some of our branching initiatives, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. We have not established a timetable for reinvesting of the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to reinvest the net proceeds.
Our failure to effectively reinvest the net proceeds of the offering could reduce our return on stockholders’ equity and our return on assets and negatively impact the value of our common stock.
     Net income divided by average stockholders’ equity, known as “return on average equity” and net income divided by average total assets, known as “return on average assets,” are ratios many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. Our return on average equity ratio for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the year ended December 31, 2008 was 6.26% and 7.75%, respectively, compared to an average of negative 1.23% based on trailing twelve month earnings for all publicly traded fully converted savings institutions as of August 28, 2009. Our return on average assets ratio for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the year ended December 31, 2008 was 0.56% and 0.70%, respectively, compared to an average of negative 0.37% based on trailing twelve month earnings for all publicly traded fully converted savings institutions as of August 28, 2009. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income and effectively reinvest the additional capital raised in the offering, our return on average equity and our return on average assets may be below the industry average, which may negatively affect the value of our common stock.
The ownership interest of management and employees could enable insiders to prevent a merger that may provide stockholders a premium for their shares.
     The shares of common stock that our directors and officers intend to purchase in the offering, when combined with the shares that they will receive in the exchange for their existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock are expected to result in management and the board controlling

27


Table of Contents

approximately 5.0% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the midpoint of the offering range. In addition, our employee stock ownership plan is expected to purchase 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation, and additional stock options and shares of common stock would be granted to our directors and employees if a stock-based incentive plan is adopted in the future. This would result in management and employees controlling a significant percentage of our shares of common stock. If these individuals were to act together, they could have significant influence over the outcome of any stockholder vote. This voting power may discourage a potential sale of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. that our stockholders may desire.
The implementation of the stock-based incentive plan may dilute your ownership interest.
     We intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan following the offering, subject to receipt of stockholder approval. This stock-based incentive plan may be funded either through open market purchases or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. While our intention is to fund this plan through open market purchases, stockholders would experience an 8.15% reduction in ownership interest at the adjusted maximum of the offering range in the event newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options or shares of restricted common stock under the plan in an amount equal to up to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. In the event we adopt the plan within one year following the conversion, shares of restricted stock to be issued and options to be granted under the stock-based incentive plan will be limited in order to ensure that the aggregate number of shares of restricted common stock and option awards subject to the new stock-based incentive plan, our existing recognition and retention plan and our existing stock option plans do not exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares outstanding (including shares issued by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in exchange for existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and shares issued to the charitable foundation) following completion of the conversion and the offering. Historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders. In the event we adopt the plan more than one year following the conversion, our stock-based incentive plan will not be subject to these limitations.
     Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.
Additional expenses following the conversion from the compensation and benefit expenses associated with the implementation of the new stock-based incentive benefit plan will adversely affect our profitability.
     We intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan after the offering under which plan participants would be awarded restricted shares of our common stock (at no cost to them) and options to purchase shares of our common stock. If the stock-based incentive plan is implemented and approved by stockholders within one year of the completion of the offering, the number of restricted shares of common stock or options granted under any initial stock-based incentive plan may not exceed 4.0% and 10.0%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. If we award restricted shares of common stock or grant options in excess of these amounts under a stock-based incentive plan adopted more than one year after the completion of the offering, our costs would increase further.
     Following the offering, our non-interest expenses are likely to increase as we will recognize additional annual employee compensation and benefit expenses related to the shares granted to employees

28


Table of Contents

and executives under our stock-based incentive plan. We cannot predict the actual amount of these new stock-related compensation and benefit expenses because applicable accounting practices require that expenses be based on the fair market value of the shares of common stock at specific points in the future; however, we expect them to be material. In addition, we would recognize expense for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants’ accounts (i.e., as the loan used to acquire these shares is repaid), and we would recognize expense for restricted stock awards and stock options over the vesting period of awards made to recipients. The expense in the first year following the offering has been estimated to be approximately $7.4 million ($4.5 million after tax) at the adjusted maximum of the offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “Pro Forma Data,” assuming the $10.00 per share purchase price as fair market value. Actual expenses, however, may be higher or lower, depending on the price of our common stock. For further discussion of our proposed stock-based plans, see “Management—Executive Compensation—Long-Term Stock-Based Compensation.”
We have not determined whether we will adopt stock-based benefit plans more than one year following the stock offering. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than one year following the stock offering may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within one year, which would increase our costs.
     If we adopt stock-based benefit plans within one year following the completion of the stock offering, then we may grant shares of common stock or stock options under our stock-based benefit plans for up to 4.0% and 10.0%, respectively, of the shares of stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation. The amount of stock awards and stock options available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans may exceed these amounts, provided the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, the determination as to the timing of the implementation of such a plan will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “—Additional expenses following the conversion from the compensation and benefit expenses associated with the implementation of the new stock-based incentive benefit plan will adversely affect our profitability.” Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in “—The implementation of the stock-based incentive plan may dilute your ownership interest.”
The contribution of shares to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interests and adversely affect net income.
     Subject to member and stockholder approval, we intend to establish a charitable foundation in connection with the conversion. We will make a contribution to the charitable foundation in the form of shares of common stock and $1.0 million in cash. The contribution of cash and shares of common stock will total $10.8 million at the minimum of the offering range, and up to $16.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. The aggregate contribution will have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter and year in which we make the contribution to the charitable foundation. The after-tax expense of the contribution will reduce net income by approximately $10.2 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We had net income of $19.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and $48.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively. Persons purchasing shares in the stock offering will have their ownership and voting interests diluted by up to 1.16% due to the issuance of shares of common stock to the charitable foundation.

29


Table of Contents

Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.
     Our board of directors has no current intention to sell control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, federal regulations, Maryland law and various other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. without the consent of our board of directors. You may want a takeover attempt to succeed because, for example, a potential acquiror could offer a premium over the then prevailing price of our common stock. The factors that may discourage takeover attempts or make them more difficult include:
    Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations . Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit, for three years following the completion of a conversion, the direct or indirect acquisition of more than 10% of any class of equity security of a converted savings institution or its holding company without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
 
    Articles of incorporation and statutory provisions. Provisions of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and Maryland law may make it more difficult and expensive to pursue a takeover attempt that management opposes, even if the takeover is favored by a majority of our stockholders. These provisions also would make it more difficult to remove our current board of directors or management, or to elect new directors. Specifically, our articles of incorporation provide that certain mergers or acquisitions must be approved by stockholders owning at least 80% of our shares of common stock, unless the transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested directors or certain fair price and procedure requirements have been satisfied. Additional provisions include limitations on voting rights of beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common stock, the election of directors to staggered terms of three years and not permitting cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws also contain provisions regarding the timing and content of stockholder proposals and nominations and qualification for service on the board of directors.
 
    Issuance of stock options and restricted stock . We also intend to issue stock options and shares of restricted stock to key employees and directors that will require payments to these persons in the event of a change in control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. These payments may have the effect of increasing the costs of acquiring Northwest Bancshares, Inc., thereby discouraging future takeover attempts.
 
    Employment and change in control agreements . Northwest Bancorp, Inc. has employment agreements with each of its executive officers which will remain in effect following the stock offering. In addition, Northwest Bancshares, Inc., Inc intends to enter into change in control agreements with each of its corporate senior vice presidents (of which there are currently 11 such corporate senior vice presidents). These agreements may have the effect of increasing the costs of acquiring Northwest Bancshares, Inc., thereby discouraging future takeover attempts.
There May Be a Decrease in Stockholders’ Rights for Existing Stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will become stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Some rights of stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Northwest Bancorp, Inc. The

30


Table of Contents

reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Maryland charters and bylaws, and from distinctions between federal and Maryland law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders. The articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. include the following provisions: (i) approval by at least 80% of outstanding shares required to remove a director for cause; (ii) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for new business or to nominate directors; and (iii) approval by at least 80% of outstanding shares required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.” for a discussion of these differences.
You May Not Revoke Your Decision to Purchase Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Common Stock in the Subscription Offering After You Send Us Your Subscription.
     Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in the connection with a purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription offering will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering, including any extension of the expiration date. Because completion of the conversion and offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, among other factors, there may be one or more delays in the completion of the conversion and offering. Orders submitted in the subscription offering are irrevocable, and subscribers will have no access to subscription funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond                      , or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 83,978,750 shares or decreased to less than 53,975,000 shares.

31


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING
General
     This proxy statement/prospectus is being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation by the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. of proxies to be voted at the special meeting of stockholders to be held at                                           on                      , 2009 at ___:00 ___.m., Eastern Time, and any adjournment or postponement thereof.
     The purpose of the special meeting is to consider and vote upon the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northwest Bancorp, MHC (referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”), and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation with cash and shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
     In addition, stockholders will vote on a proposal to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposals. Stockholders also will vote on informational proposals with respect to the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
      Voting in favor of or against the plan of conversion includes a vote for or against the conversion of Northwest Bancorp, MHC to a stock holding company as contemplated by the plan of conversion. Voting in favor of the plan of conversion will not obligate you to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering and will not affect the balance, interest rate or federal deposit insurance of any deposits at Northwest Savings Bank.
Who Can Vote at the Meeting
     You are entitled to vote your Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock if our records show that you held your shares as of the close of business on                      , 2009. If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are considered the beneficial owner of shares held in street name and these proxy materials are being forwarded to you by your broker or nominee. As the beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker or nominee how to vote.
     As of the close of business on                      , 2009, there were                      shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock outstanding. Each share of common stock has one vote.
Attending the Meeting
     If you are a stockholder as of the close of business on                      , 2009, you may attend the meeting. However, if you hold your shares in street name, you will need proof of ownership to be admitted to the meeting. A recent brokerage statement or a letter from a bank or broker are examples of proof of ownership. If you want to vote your shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock held in street name in person at the meeting, you will have to get a written proxy in your name from the broker, bank or other nominee who holds your shares.
Vote Required
     The special meeting will be held only if there is a quorum. A quorum exists if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, is present at the meeting. If you return valid proxy instructions or attend the meeting in person, your shares will be counted for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum, even if you abstain from voting. Broker

32


Table of Contents

non-votes also will be counted for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum. A broker non-vote occurs when a broker, bank or other nominee holding shares for a beneficial owner does not vote on a particular proposal because the nominee does not have discretionary voting power with respect to that item and has not received voting instructions from the beneficial owner.
      Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the outstanding common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. entitled to be cast at the special meeting, including shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. entitled to be cast at the special meeting, other than shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC.
      Proposal 2: Approval of the Establishment and Funding of the Charitable Foundation. The establishment and funding of Northwest Charitable Foundation with $1.0 million in cash and shares of common stock with an aggregate value of cash and stock equal to 2% of the common stock sold by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in the offering must be approved by at least a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders other than Northwest Bancorp, MHC.
      Proposal 3: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion and/or the proposal to establish and fund the Northwest Charitable Foundation.
      Informational Proposals 4a through 4d: Approval of certain provisions in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation. The provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws which are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws which are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.
      Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.
Shares Held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Our Officers and Directors
     As of                      , 2009, Northwest Bancorp, MHC beneficially owned                      shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock. This equals approximately 63.0% of our outstanding shares. Northwest Bancorp, MHC intends to vote all of its shares in favor of Proposal 1, approval of the plan of conversion, Proposal 2, establishment and funding of the charitable foundation Proposal 3, approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, and Informational Proposals 4a through 4d.

33


Table of Contents

     As of                      , 2009, our officers and directors beneficially owned                      shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, not including shares that they may acquire upon the exercise of outstanding stock options. This equals ___% of our outstanding shares and ___% of shares held by persons other than Northwest Bancorp, MHC.
Voting by Proxy
     Our board of directors is sending you this proxy statement/prospectus to request that you allow your shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock to be represented at the special meeting by the persons named in the enclosed proxy card. All shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock represented at the meeting by properly executed and dated proxies will be voted according to the instructions indicated on the proxy card. If you sign, date and return a proxy card without giving voting instructions, your shares will be voted as recommended by our board of directors. Our board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the plan of conversion, “FOR” approval of the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation, “FOR” approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, and “FOR” each of the Informational Proposals 4a through 4d.
     If any matters not described in this proxy statement/prospectus are properly presented at the special meeting, the board of directors will use their judgment to determine how to vote your shares. We do not know of any other matters to be presented at the special meeting.
     You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the Corporate Secretary of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.
     If your Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock is held in street name, you will receive instructions from your broker, bank or other nominee that you must follow to have your shares voted. Your broker, bank or other nominee may allow you to deliver your voting instructions via the telephone or the Internet. Please see the instruction form provided by your broker, bank or other nominee that accompanies this proxy statement/prospectus.
Solicitation of Proxies
     This proxy statement/prospectus and the accompanying proxy card are being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the special meeting by the board of directors. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will pay the costs of soliciting proxies from its stockholders. To the extent necessary to permit approval of the plan of conversion and the other proposals being considered, Laurel Hill Advisory Group, LLC, our proxy solicitor, directors, officers or employees of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank may solicit proxies by mail, telephone and other forms of communication. We will reimburse such persons for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such solicitation. We will pay Laurel Hill Advisory Group, LLC, $32,500 for fees plus out-of-pocket expenses.
     We will also reimburse banks, brokers, nominees and other fiduciaries for the expenses they incur in forwarding the proxy materials to you.

34


Table of Contents

Participants in the Employee Stock Ownership Plan and 401(k) Plan
     If you participate in Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) or if you hold shares through the Northwest Savings Bank 401(k) Plan (“401(k) Plan”), you will receive a voting instruction form for each plan that reflects all shares you may direct the trustees to vote on your behalf under the plans. Under the terms of the ESOP, the ESOP trustee votes all shares held by the ESOP, but each ESOP participant may direct the trustee how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to his or her account. The ESOP trustee, subject to the exercise of its fiduciary duties, will vote all unallocated shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the ESOP and allocated shares for which no voting instructions are received in the same proportion as shares for which it has received timely voting instructions. Under the terms of the 401(k) Plan, a participant is entitled to direct the trustee as to the shares in the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund credited to his or her account. The trustee will vote all shares for which no directions are given or for which instructions were not timely received in the same proportion as shares for which the trustee received voting instructions. The deadline for returning your voting instructions to each plan’s trustee is                      , 2009.
      The board of directors recommends that you promptly sign, date and mark the enclosed proxy card in favor of the above described proposals, including, the adoption of the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation and promptly return it in the enclosed self-addressed, postage-prepaid proxy reply envelope. Voting the proxy card will not prevent you from voting in person at the special meeting.
      Your prompt vote is very important. Failure to vote will have the same effect as voting against the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.

35


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 1 — APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION
     The Boards of Directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC have approved the plan of conversion and reorganization, referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” The plan of conversion must also be approved by the members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC (depositors of Northwest Savings Bank) and the stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. A special meeting of members and a special meeting of stockholders have been called for this purpose. The Office of Thrift Supervision has conditionally approved the plan of conversion; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by that agency.
General
     Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. Currently, Northwest Savings Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC owns approximately 63.0% of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock. The remaining 37.0% of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, our newly formed company, Northwest Bancshares, Inc., will become the parent of Northwest Savings Bank. Each share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 1.7676 and 2.3914 shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., so that Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s existing public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock as they owned of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion, subject to adjustment to reflect cash issued in lieu of fractional shares and the funding of a charitable foundation, as further discussed below. The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the public at the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and the number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph. It will not depend on the market price of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock.
     Concurrently with the exchange offer, we are offering up to 73,025,000 shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., representing the 63% ownership interest of Northwest Bancorp, MHC in Northwest Bancorp, Inc., for sale to eligible depositors and to the public at a price of $10.00 per share. After the conversion and offering are completed, Northwest Savings Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., and 100% of the common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. intends to retain between $234.8 million and $318.8 million of the net proceeds, or $367.1 million if the offering range is increased by 15% (excluding the portion of the net proceeds loaned to our employee stock ownership plan), and to contribute the balance of the net proceeds to Northwest Savings Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.
     The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:
  (i)   First, to depositors with accounts at Northwest Savings Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on June 30, 2008.

36


Table of Contents

  (ii)   Second, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, which will receive nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the Charitable Foundation.
 
  (iii)   Third, to depositors with accounts at Northwest Savings Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on [supplemental date].
 
  (iv)   Fourth, to depositors of Northwest Savings Bank at the close of business on [voting record date].
     If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, we may, at our discretion, offer shares of common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given in the following order:
  (i)   Natural persons residing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore and Howard, as well as Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake, Geauga and Ashtabula; and
 
  (ii)   Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s public stockholders as of [stockholder record date].
     We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the Office of Thrift Supervision. See “—Community Offering.”
     We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.
     The following is a brief summary of the conversion and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each banking office of Northwest Savings Bank and at the Southeast Regional and the Washington, D.C. offices of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s application to convert from mutual to stock form, of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion is also an exhibit to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, which is accessible on the Securities and Exchange Commission website, www.sec.gov . See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
      The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northwest Bancorp, MHC.

37


Table of Contents

Reasons for the Conversion and Offering
     Our board of directors decided at this time to convert to a fully public stock form of ownership and conduct the offering in order to increase our capital position. Completing the offering is necessary for us to continue to grow and execute our business strategy.
     Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are:
    to finance the acquisition of financial institutions or other financial service companies primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction (except as described below);
 
    to improve our capital position during a period of significant economic uncertainty, especially for the financial industry (although, as of June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and is not subject to a directive or recommendation from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Pennsylvania Department of Banking to raise capital);
 
    to support internal growth through lending in the communities we serve;
 
    to finance the acquisition of branches from other financial institutions or build or lease new branch facilities primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction, except as disclosed below;
 
    to enhance existing products and services, and support the development of new products and services by investing, for example, in technology to support growth and enhanced customer service;
 
    to improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock and stockholder returns through higher earnings and more flexible capital management strategies; and
 
    to use the additional capital for other general corporate purposes.
     As of June 30, 2009, we had entered into a merger agreement to purchase Keystone State Savings Bank, located in Sharpsburg, Pennsylvania, and we had executed a letter of intent with respect to the acquisition of an insurance agency.
     As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration for a merger or acquisition since Northwest Bancorp, MHC is required to own a majority of our shares of common stock. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and will therefore enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise.

38


Table of Contents

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion
     The Office of Thrift Supervision has conditionally approved the plan of conversion and reorganization; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by that agency.
     We cannot complete the conversion unless:
    The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC as of [voting record date] (comprised of depositors of Northwest Savings Bank as of [voting record date]);
 
    The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. as of [voting record date], including shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC (Because Northwest Bancorp, MHC owns 63.0% of the outstanding shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, we expect that Northwest Bancorp, MHC and our directors and executive officers will control the outcome of this vote.);
 
    The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by a vote of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. as of [voting record date], excluding those shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC;
 
    We sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered;
 
    We receive the final approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision to complete the conversion; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by that agency; and
 
    We receive any required final regulatory approvals or non-objection from the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to complete the conversion; however, such approval or non-objection does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by those agencies.
     Subject to member, stockholder and regulatory approvals, we intend to establish and fund the charitable foundation in connection with the conversion. However, member and stockholder approval of the charitable foundation is not a condition to the completion of the conversion and offering.
     Northwest Bancorp, MHC intends to vote its ownership interest in favor of the plan of conversion and reorganization and in favor of the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. At [stockholder record date], Northwest Bancorp, MHC owned 63.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. The directors and executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and their affiliates owned                      shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., or ___% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of [stockholder record date]. They have indicated their intention to vote those shares in favor of the plan of conversion and reorganization and in favor of the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.

39


Table of Contents

Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company to fully stock form, the public stockholders will be entitled to exchange their shares for common stock of the new holding company, provided that the mutual holding company demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Office of Thrift Supervision that the basis for the exchange is fair and reasonable. Each publicly held share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock will, on the effective date of the conversion, be automatically converted into the right to receive a number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock. The number of shares of common stock will be determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, which ensures that the public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of common stock in Northwest Bancshares, Inc. after the conversion as they held in Northwest Bancorp, Inc. immediately prior to the conversion, exclusive of their purchase of additional shares of common stock in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares. The exchange ratio is not dependent on the market value of our currently outstanding Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock. The exchange ratio is based on the percentage of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the public, the independent valuation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. prepared by RP Financial, LC. and the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering. The exchange ratio is expected to range from approximately 1.7676 exchange shares for each publicly held share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the minimum of the offering range to 2.3914 exchange shares for each publicly held share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.
     If you are a stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., at the conclusion of the conversion, your shares will be exchanged for shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The number of shares you receive will be based on the number of shares of common stock you own and the final exchange ratio determined as of the conclusion of the conversion.
     The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering. The table also shows how many whole shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. a hypothetical owner of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock would receive in the exchange for 100 shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned at the consummation of the conversion, depending on the number of shares issued in the offering.
                                                                                 
                                                                            New Shares  
                    New Shares to be                     Total Shares of             Equivalent     That Would  
                    Exchanged for                     Common Stock to             Per Share     be Received  
                    Existing Shares of                     be Outstanding             Current     for 100  
    New Shares to be Sold     Northwest Bancorp,     Shares to be issued     After the     Exchange     Market     Existing  
    in This Offering     Inc.     to the Foundation     Offering     Ratio     Price (1)     Shares  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent                                  
Minimum
    53,975,000       62.23 %     31,781,477       36.64 %     979,500       1.13 %     86,735,977       1.7676     $ 17.68       176  
Midpoint
    63,500,000       62.22 %     37,389,973       36.64 %     1,170,000       1.15 %     102,059,973       2.0795     $ 20.80       207  
Maximum
    73,025,000       62.21 %     42,998,469       36.63 %     1,360,500       1.16 %     117,383,969       2.3914     $ 23.91       239  
15% above Adjusted Maximum
    83,978,750       62.20 %     49,448,239       36.63 %     1,579,575       1.17       135,006,564       2.7501     $ 27.50       275  
 
(1)   Represents the value of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the exchange ratio, assuming the market price of $10.00 per share.
Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates
     The conversion of existing outstanding shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock into the right to receive shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will occur automatically on the effective date of the conversion. As soon as practicable after the effective date of the conversion, our

40


Table of Contents

exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each public stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. who holds stock certificates. The transmittal forms are expected to be mailed within five business days after the effective date of the conversion and will contain instructions on how to exchange stock certificates of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock for stock certificates of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock. We expect that stock certificates evidencing shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will be distributed within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stock certificates and other required documents. You should not forward your stock certificates until you have received transmittal forms, which will include forwarding instructions. Shares held by public stockholders through a brokerage account in “street name” will be exchanged automatically upon the conclusion of the conversion; no transmittal forms will be mailed relating to these shares.
     No fractional shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. when the conversion is completed. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued to a stockholder who holds a stock certificate, we will pay by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. Payment for fractional shares will be made as soon as practicable after the receipt by the exchange agent of the transmittal forms and the surrendered Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stock certificates. If your shares of common stock are held in street name (such as in a brokerage account), you will automatically receive cash in lieu of fractional shares in your brokerage account.
     After the conversion, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. stockholders who hold stock certificates will not receive shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock and will not be paid dividends on the shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock until existing certificates representing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock are surrendered for exchange in compliance with the terms of the transmittal form. When stockholders surrender their certificates, any unpaid dividends will be paid without interest. For all other purposes, however, each certificate that represents shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock outstanding at the effective date of the conversion will be considered to evidence ownership of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock into which those shares have been converted by virtue of the conversion.
     If a certificate for Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed, our exchange agent will issue a new stock certificate upon receipt of appropriate evidence as to the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, appropriate evidence as to the ownership of the certificate by the claimant, and appropriate and customary indemnification, which is normally effected by the purchase of a bond from a surety company at the stockholder’s expense.
     All shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock that we issue in exchange for existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock will be considered to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of common stock, subject, however, to our obligation to pay any dividends or make any other distributions with a record date prior to the effective date of the conversion that may have been declared by us on or prior to the effective date, and which remain unpaid at the effective date.
Effects of Conversion on Depositors, Borrowers and Members
      Continuity . While the conversion is being accomplished, the normal business of Northwest Savings Bank of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. Northwest Savings Bank will continue to be a state-chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. After the

41


Table of Contents

conversion, Northwest Savings Bank will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors serving Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. after the conversion.
      Effect on Deposit Accounts . Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of Northwest Savings Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.
      Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from Northwest Savings Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.
      Effect on Voting Rights of Members . At present, all depositors of Northwest Savings Bank are members of, and have voting rights in, Northwest Bancorp, MHC as to all matters requiring membership action. Upon completion of the conversion, depositors will cease to be members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC and will no longer have voting rights, unless they purchase shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s common stock. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in Northwest Savings Bank will be vested in Northwest Bancshares, Inc. as the sole stockholder of Northwest Savings Bank. The stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock.
      Tax Effects . We will receive an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to the federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., the public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (except for cash paid for fractional shares), members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders, or Northwest Savings Bank. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”
      Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each depositor in Northwest Savings Bank has both a deposit account in Northwest Savings Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Northwest Bancorp, MHC based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Northwest Bancorp, MHC without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.
     Consequently, depositors in a stock subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank are liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of Northwest Bancorp, MHC after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.
     In the unlikely event that Northwest Savings Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution of the

42


Table of Contents

“liquidation account” to depositors as of June 30, 2008 and [supplemental date] who continue to maintain their deposit accounts as of the date of liquidation, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. as the holder of Northwest Savings Bank’s capital stock. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution. See “—Liquidation Rights.”
Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued
     The plan of conversion and reorganization and federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, MHC have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $230,000 and $10,000 for expenses and an additional $15,000 for each valuation update, as necessary. Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, MHC have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.
     The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma impact of the offering. Consistent with the Office of Thrift Supervision appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of the peer group companies, subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial, LC. to account for differences between Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the peer group. RP Financial, LC. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book approaches in estimating pro forma market value.
     The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC. in reliance upon the information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:
    the present results and financial condition of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the projected results and financial condition of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
    the economic and demographic conditions in Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s existing market area;
 
    certain historical, financial and other information relating to Northwest Bancorp, Inc.;
 
    the impact of the offering on Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;
 
    the proposed dividend policy of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities; and

43


Table of Contents

    the issuance of shares and contribution of cash to the charitable foundation.
     Included in RP Financial, LC.’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. after the conversion that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds of 1.98% and purchases in the open market of the common stock issued in the offering by the stock-based incentive plan at the $10.00 per share purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.
     The independent valuation states that as of August 28, 2009, the estimated pro forma market value, or valuation range, of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. ranged from a minimum of $867.4 million to a maximum of $1,173.8 million, with a midpoint of $1,020.6 million and an adjusted maximum of $1,350.1 million. The board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. decided to offer the shares of common stock for a price of $10.00 per share. The aggregate offering price of the shares of common stock will be equal to the valuation range multiplied by the percentage of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares of common stock divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range, the 63% of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range will be 53,975,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range will be 63,500,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range will be 73,025,000 shares of common stock, with an adjusted maximum of 83,978,750 shares.
     The board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:
    Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s financial condition and results of operations;
 
    comparison of financial performance ratios of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. to those of other financial institutions of similar size;
 
    market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions; and
 
    the historical trading price of the publicly held shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock.
     All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The board of directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial, LC. in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in the financial condition of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank or market conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to less than $867.4 million or more than $1,350.1 million the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s registration statement.
      The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our shares of common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or

44


Table of Contents

liabilities. The independent valuation considers Northwest Savings Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Northwest Savings Bank. Moreover, because the independent valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares of common stock at prices at or above the $10.00 price per share.
     Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $1,350.1 million, without resoliciting purchasers, which will result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 83,978,750 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions, demand for the shares of common stock or regulatory considerations. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of purchasers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share of common stock will remain fixed. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution of additional shares of common stock to be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 83,978,750 shares.
     If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $839.8 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 83,978,750 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $539.8 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 53,975,000 shares, then, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may terminate the plan of conversion and reorganization, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return by check all funds received, with interest at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to complete the offering. In the event that we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation, purchasers would have the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period. If a purchaser does not respond during the period, his or her stock order will be canceled and payment will be returned promptly, with interest at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond [final expiration date], which is two years after the special meeting of members to vote on the conversion.
     An increase in the number of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering would decrease both a purchaser’s ownership interest and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a purchaser’s ownership interest and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “Pro Forma Data.”
     Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report prepared by RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at the main office of Northwest Savings Bank and as specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights
     In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all

45


Table of Contents

subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and subject to the minimum, maximum and overall purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”
      Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each Northwest Savings Bank depositor with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) at the close of business on June 30, 2008 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of (i) $1.5 million (150,000 shares) of our common stock, (ii) one-tenth of one percent of the total number of shares issued in the offering of common stock; or (iii) 15 times the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number, obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock offered by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the eligible account holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all eligible account holders, subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.
     To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on June 30, 2008. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits in the twelve months preceding June 30, 2008.
      Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans . Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, consisting of our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, although our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 4% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and issued to the foundation. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may elect to fill its subscription rights, in whole or in part, through open-market purchases.
      Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, each Northwest Savings Bank depositor, other than directors and executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., with a Qualifying Deposit at the close of business on [supplemental date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of (i) $1.5 million (150,000 shares) of common stock, (ii) one-tenth of one percent of the total number of shares issued in the offering of common stock; or (iii) 15 times the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number, obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be sold by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders subject to the

46


Table of Contents

overall purchase and ownership limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.
     To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [supplemental date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.
      Priority 4: Other Depositors . To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor of Northwest Savings Bank as of the close of business on the voting record date of [voting record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Depositors”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to $1.5 million (150,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations. See ”—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, available shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among Other Depositors in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each Other Member whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Depositors whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Other Member must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [voting record date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.
      Expiration Date . The subscription offering will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days. Such extension may be made without notice to you, except that extensions beyond [extension date] will require the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and a resolicitation of subscribers in the offering. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located.
Community Offering
     To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to members of the general public in a community offering. Shares may be offered with the following preferences:
  (i)   Natural persons residing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore and Howard, as well as

47


Table of Contents

      Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake Geauga and Ashtabula;
 
  (ii)   Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s public stockholders as of [stockholder record date]; and
 
  (iii)   Other members of the general public.
     Purchasers in the community offering may purchase up to $                      (                      shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The minimum purchase is 25 shares. The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.
     If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the accepted orders of persons residing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore and Howard, as well as Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake, Geauga and Ashtabula, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among such persons residing in those counties whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If an oversubscription occurs due to the orders of public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. as of [stockholder record date], the allocation procedures described above will apply to the stock orders of such persons. In the event of an oversubscription among members of the general public, these same allocation procedures will also apply. In connection with the allocation process, orders received for Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock in the community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.
     The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this proxy statement/prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore and Howard, as well as Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake, Geauga and Ashtabula, has a present intent to remain within this community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.
      Expiration Date. The community offering, if any, may begin during or after the subscription offering, and is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and is not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [extension date], in which case we will resolicit purchasers in the offering.
Syndicated Community Offering
     If feasible, our Board of Directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated community

48


Table of Contents

offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a wide distribution of our shares of common stock. In the syndicated community offering, any person may purchase up to $                      (                      shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations. We retain the right to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the syndicated community offering. Unless the Office of Thrift Supervision permits otherwise, accepted orders for Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock in the syndicated community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated. Unless the syndicated community offering begins during the community offering, the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as possible after the completion of the subscription and community offerings.
     If a syndicated community offering is held, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will serve as sole book running manager. In such capacity, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated may form a syndicate of other brokers-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms. Neither Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering. The syndicated community offering will be conducted in accordance with certain Securities and Exchange Commission rules applicable to best efforts offerings. Generally under those rules, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, a broker-dealer, will deposit funds it receives prior to closing from interested investors into a separate non-interest-bearing bank account at a bank other than Northwest Savings Bank. The closing of the syndicated community offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among us, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank on one hand and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated on the other hand. If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, less fees and commissions payable by us, will be promptly delivered to us. If the offering is consummated, but some or all of an interested investor’s funds are not accepted by us, those funds will be returned to the interested investor promptly after closing, without interest. If the offering is not consummated, funds in the account will be promptly returned, without interest, to the potential investor. Normal customer ticketing will be used for order placement. In the syndicated community offering, order forms will not be used.
     If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or in the event that there is a significant number of shares remaining unsold after the subscription, community and syndicated community offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, if possible. The Office of Thrift Supervision must approve any such arrangements.
Limitations on Common Stock Purchases
     The plan of conversion includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:
  (i)   No person may purchase fewer than 25 shares of common stock or more than $1.5 million (150,000 shares);
 
  (ii)   Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%;

49


Table of Contents

  (iii)   Except for the tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, as described above, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than $6.0 million (600,000 shares) in all categories of the offering combined;
 
  (iv)   Current stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. are subject to an ownership limitation. As previously described, current stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will receive shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock in exchange for their existing shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the conclusion of the offering. The number of shares of common stock that a stockholder may purchase in the offering, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such stockholder, when combined with the shares that the stockholder and his or her associates will receive in exchange for existing Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, may not exceed 5% of the shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to be issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion; and
 
  (v)   The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by executive officers and directors of Northwest Savings Bank and their associates, in the aggregate, when combined with shares of common stock issued in exchange for existing shares, may not exceed 25% of the             shares issued in the conversion.
     Depending upon market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and without further approval of members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, may decrease or increase the purchase and ownership limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given, and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers who through their subscriptions evidence a desire to purchase the maximum allowable number of shares may be given, the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock exceeding 5% of the shares issued in the offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares sold in the offering.
     In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to [Supermax] shares of common stock, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:
  (i)   to fill the tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including the employee stock ownership plan’s, subscriptions for up to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in the offering and to the charitable foundation;
 
  (ii)   in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member levels, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and
 
  (iii)   to fill unfulfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons residing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania; the Florida county of Broward; the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore and Howard, as well as Baltimore City, Maryland; the New York counties of Cattaraugus, Chautuaqua, Erie and Monroe; and the Ohio counties of Lake, Geauga and Ashtabula, then to Northwest

50


Table of Contents

      Bancorp, Inc.’s public stockholders as of [stockholder record date] and then to members of the general public.
     The term “associate” of a person means:
  (i)   any corporation or organization, other than Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of any equity security;
 
  (ii)   any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, that for the purposes of subscriptions in the offering and restrictions on the sale of stock after the conversion, the term “associate” does not include a person who has a substantial beneficial interest in an employee stock benefit plan of Northwest Savings Bank, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, and for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by officers and directors of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank or Northwest Bancshares, Inc., Inc. the term “associate” does not include any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan of Northwest Savings Bank; and
 
  (iii)   any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either has the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank or Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
     The term “acting in concert” means:
  (i)   knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or
 
  (ii)   a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.
     A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.
     We have the sole discretion to determine whether prospective purchasers are “associates” or “acting in concert.” Persons exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying deposit account held jointly, whether or not related, will be deemed to be acting in concert unless we determine otherwise.
     Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the Board of Directors. Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by executive officers and directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority

51


Table of Contents

guidelines, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.”
Marketing Arrangements
     To assist in the marketing of our common stock, we have retained Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, which is a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will assist us on a best efforts basis in the offering by:
  (i)   acting as our conversion advisor for the offering;
 
  (ii)   providing administrative services and managing the Stock Information Center;
 
  (iii)   educating our employees regarding the offering;
 
  (iv)   targeting our sales efforts, including assisting in the preparation of marketing materials; and
 
  (v)   soliciting orders for common stock.
     We have also engaged Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated as records management agent in connection with the conversion and offering. In its role as records management agent, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, will assist us in the offering as follows: (1) consolidation of accounts and vote calculation; (2) preparation of order forms; (3) organization and supervision of the conversion center; (4) proxy solicitation and special meeting services; and (5) subscription services.
     For these services, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive an advisory and administrative fee of $50,000 and 1% of the dollar amount of all shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offering. The sales fee will be reduced by the advisory and administrative fee. No sales fee will be payable to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated with respect to shares purchased by officers, directors and employees or their immediate families, shares purchased by our tax-qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans. In the event that Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated sells common stock through a group of broker-dealers in a syndicated community offering, it will be paid a fee equal to 1% of the dollar amount of total shares sold in the syndicated community offering, which fee along with the fee payable to selected dealers (which may include Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated) shall not exceed 5% in the aggregate. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will serve as sole book running manager. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated also will be reimbursed for allocable expenses in an amount not to exceed $50,000, and for attorneys’ fees in an amount not to exceed $175,000.
     In the event that we are required to resolicit subscribers for shares of our common stock in the subscription and community offerings and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated provides significant additional services in connection with the resolicitation, we may pay Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated as additional fee for those services that will not exceed $75,000.
     We will indemnify Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon

52


Table of Contents

untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of Northwest Savings Bank may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. All sales activity will be conducted in a segregated or separately identifiable area of Northwest Savings Bank’s main office apart from the area accessible to the general public. Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.
Offering Deadline
     The subscription and community offerings will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless extended, without notice to you, for up to 45 days. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extension date] would require the Office of Thrift Supervision’s approval. In such event, we would conduct a resolicitation. Purchasers would have the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period. If a purchaser does not respond during the resolicitation period, his or her stock order will be canceled and payment will be returned promptly, with interest calculated at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares offered has been sold. If we have not sold the minimum by the expiration date or any extension thereof, we will terminate the offering and cancel all orders, as described above. Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond [final extension date], which is two years after the special meeting of members to vote on the conversion. We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal orders and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest calculated at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate from the date of receipt.
Prospectus Delivery
     To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the expiration date of the offering in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we may not mail a prospectus any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand deliver any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will only be distributed with or preceded by a prospectus.
Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings
      Use of Stock Order Forms . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must submit a properly completed original stock order form and remit full payment. Incomplete stock order forms or stock order forms that are not signed are not required to be accepted. We are not required to accept stock orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled stock order forms. All stock order forms must be received (not postmarked) prior to 11:00 a.m.

53


Table of Contents

Eastern Time, on [expiration date] at our Stock Information Center. We are not required to accept stock order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify purchasers of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms. We have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms, but we do not represent that we will do so. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, by bringing your stock order form to our Stock Information Center, or by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the order form. Our Stock Information Center is located at [stock information center address]. Stock order forms may not be delivered to other Northwest Savings Bank offices. Once tendered, a stock order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering.
     If you are ordering shares in the subscription offering, by signing the stock order form you are representing that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization and of the acceptability of the stock order forms will be final.
     By signing the stock order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Northwest Savings Bank or the federal or state governments, and that you received a copy of this proxy statement/prospectus. However, signing the stock order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion.
      Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. You may not submit cash or wire transfers. Payment for shares may be made by:
  (i)   personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.; or
 
  (ii)   authorization of withdrawal from the types of Northwest Savings Bank deposit accounts designated on the stock order form.
     Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Northwest Savings Bank are provided on the order forms. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest calculated at the current passbook savings rate subsequent to the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by check or money order, these funds must be available in the account(s) and will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Northwest Savings Bank or another depository

54


Table of Contents

institution and will earn interest calculated at Northwest Savings Bank’s passbook savings rate from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated.
     You may not remit Northwest Savings Bank line of credit checks, and we will not accept third-party checks, including those payable to you and endorsed over to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. You may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from a Northwest Savings Bank individual retirement account. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares” for information on using such funds. Additionally, you may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from Northwest Savings Bank deposit accounts with check-writing privileges. Please provide a check instead. Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [extension date], in which event purchasers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders for a specified period of time.
     Regulations prohibit Northwest Savings Bank from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.
     We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the conversion. This payment may be made by wire transfer.
     If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until consummation of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.
Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares
     If you are interested in using your individual retirement account funds to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed individual retirement account. By regulation, Northwest Savings Bank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our shares of common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use your funds that are currently in a Northwest Savings Bank individual retirement account, you may not designate on the stock order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to another bank or a brokerage account before you place your stock order. There will be no early withdrawal or interest penalties for these transfers. The new trustee or custodian will hold the shares of common stock in a self-directed account in the same manner as we now hold the depositor’s individual retirement account funds. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the new trustee or custodian. Assistance on how to transfer individual retirement accounts maintained at Northwest Savings Bank can be obtained from the Stock Information Center. Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account at Northwest Savings Bank or elsewhere to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [expiration date] offering deadline, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

55


Table of Contents

Delivery of Stock Certificates
     Certificates representing shares of common stock issued in the offering will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted by them on the stock order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by our transfer agent until claimed by persons legally entitled thereto or otherwise disposed of in accordance with applicable law. Until certificates for the shares of common stock are available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock which they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.
     If you are currently a stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., see “—Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates.”
Other Restrictions
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion and reorganization, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a State of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (a) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion reside in such state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or (c) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.
Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion and reorganization or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. When registering your stock purchase on the stock order form, you should not add the name(s) of persons who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower purchase priority than you do. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.
     We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

56


Table of Contents

Stock Information Center
     Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call or visit our Stock Information Center, located at [stock information center address]. The toll-free telephone number is (877)                      . The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed weekends and bank holidays. Other Northwest Savings Bank offices will not have offering materials and will not accept stock order forms or proxy cards.
Liquidation Rights
     In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Bancorp, Inc. prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., including those of depositors of Northwest Savings Bank (to the extent of their deposit balances), would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. remaining, these assets would be distributed to stockholders, including Northwest Bancorp, MHC. Then, if there were any assets of Northwest Bancorp, MHC remaining, members of Northwest Bancorp, MHC would receive those remaining assets, pro rata, based upon the deposit balances in their deposit account in Northwest Savings Bank immediately prior to liquidation. In the unlikely event that Northwest Savings Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution of the “liquidation account” to certain depositors, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. as the holder of Northwest Savings Bank capital stock. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in these types of transactions, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution.
     The plan of conversion and reorganization provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a special “liquidation account” for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to the greater of:
  (i)   Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s ownership interest in the retained earnings of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. as of the date of its latest balance sheet contained in this proxy statement/prospectus or
 
  (ii)   the retained earnings of Northwest Savings Bank as of the date of the latest financial statements set forth in the prospectus used by Northwest Savings Bank’s mutual predecessor when it reorganized into Northwest Bancorp, MHC in 1994.
     The purpose of the liquidation account is to provide Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who maintain their deposit accounts with Northwest Savings Bank after the conversion with a liquidation interest in the unlikely event of the complete liquidation of Northwest Savings Bank after the conversion. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder who continues to maintain his or her deposit account at Northwest Savings Bank, would be entitled, on a complete liquidation of Northwest Savings Bank after the conversion, to an interest in the liquidation account prior to any payment to the stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Northwest Savings Bank on June 30, 2008, or [supplemental date]. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have a pro rata interest

57


Table of Contents

in the total liquidation account for each such deposit account, based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on June 30, 2008, or [supplemental date] bears to the balance of all deposit accounts in Northwest Savings Bank on such dates.
     If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on June 30, 2008 or [supplemental date] or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be distributed to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. as the sole stockholder of Northwest Savings Bank.
Material Income Tax Consequences
     Although the conversion may be effected in any manner approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision that is consistent with the purposes of the plan of conversion and applicable law, regulations and policies, it is intended that the conversion will be effected through various mergers. Completion of the offering is conditioned upon the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and Pennsylvania tax laws to the effect that no gain or loss will be recognized by Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank or Northwest Bancshares, Inc. as a result of the conversion or by account holders receiving subscription rights, except to the extent, if any, that subscription rights are deemed to have fair market value on the date such rights are issued. We have received an opinion of counsel Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. as to the federal tax consequences of the conversion. KPMG LLP is expected to issue an opinion to us to the effect that, more likely than not, the income tax consequences under Pennsylvania law of the offering are not materially different than for federal income tax purposes.
     Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., has issued an opinion to Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancshares, Inc. that for federal income tax purposes:
  1.   The conversion of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  2.   The merger of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. with and into Northwest Savings Bank qualifies as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code. Neither Northwest Bancorp, Inc. nor Northwest Savings Bank will recognize gain or loss as a result of such merger. (Sections 361(a) and 1032(a) of the Internal Revenue Code).
 
  3.   The basis of the assets of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the holding period of such assets to be received by Northwest Savings Bank will be the same as the basis and holding period in such assets in the hands of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. immediately before the exchange. (Sections 362(b) and 1223(2) of the Internal Revenue Code).

58


Table of Contents

  4.   The conversion of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  5.   The merger of Northwest Bancorp, MHC with and into Northwest Savings Bank qualifies as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  6.   The exchange of Eligible Account Holders’ and Supplemental Account Holders’ interests in Northwest Bancorp, MHC for interests in a liquidation account established in Northwest Savings Bank will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax regulations.
 
  7.   None of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Savings Bank, Eligible Account Holders nor Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of Northwest Bancorp, MHC to Northwest Savings Bank in exchange for an interest in a liquidation account established in Northwest Savings Bank for the benefit of such persons who remain depositors or borrowers of Northwest Savings Bank.
 
  8.   The basis of the assets of Northwest Bancorp, MHC and the holding period of such assets to be received by Northwest Savings Bank will be the same as the basis and holiday period in such assets in the hands of Northwest Bancorp, MHC immediately before the exchange. (Sections 362(b) and 1223(2) of the Internal Revenue Code.)
 
  9.   Current stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will not recognize any gain or loss upon their constructive exchange of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock for shares of Northwest Savings Bank which will in turn be exchanged for new shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock.
 
  10.   Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock (including fractional share interests) received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock surrendered in the exchange.
 
  11.   Each stockholder’s holding period in his or her Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock surrendered was held, provided that the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange.
 
  12.   Cash received by any current stockholder of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. in lieu of a fractional share interest in shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will be treated as having been received as a distribution in full payment in exchange for a fractional share interest of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock, which such stockholder would otherwise be entitled to receive. Accordingly, a stockholder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the basis of the fractional share. If the common stock is held by the stockholder as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be capital gain or loss.

59


Table of Contents

  13.   It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Depositors upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.
 
  14.   It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of the Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.
 
  15.   No gain or loss will be recognized by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. on the receipt of money in exchange for Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock sold in the offering.
     We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and persons receiving subscription rights and shareholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. The tax opinion as to items 12 and 13 above is based on the position that subscription rights to be received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or the time the subscription rights are exercised. In this regard, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.
     We also have received a letter from RP Financial, LC. stating its belief that the subscription rights do not have any ascertainable fair market value and that the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of the exercise. This position is based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in any community offering.
     We do not plan to apply for a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service concerning the transactions described herein. Unlike private letter rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service, opinions of counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state tax authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance

60


Table of Contents

that the conclusions reached in an opinion of counsel would be sustained by a court if contested by the Internal Revenue Service.
     The federal tax opinion has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s registration statement. Advice regarding the Pennsylvania state income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion is expected to be issued by KPMG LLP, tax advisors to Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after the Conversion
     All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or an executive officer of Northwest Savings Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or executive officer. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, executive officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our common stock by our stock-based incentive plan or any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans.
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit Northwest Bancshares, Inc. from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following the conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases. After one year, the Office of Thrift Supervision does not impose any repurchase restrictions.
      The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northwest Bancorp, MHC.
PROPOSAL 2 — ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION
General
     In furtherance of our commitment to our local community, the plan of conversion provides that we will establish a new charitable foundation, the Northwest Charitable Foundation, as a non-stock, nonprofit Delaware corporation in connection with the stock offering. The charitable foundation will be funded with cash and shares of our common stock, as further described below.
     By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local community, we believe that the new charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of our community banking franchise. The stock offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our communities through the Northwest Charitable Foundation.

61


Table of Contents

Purpose of the Charitable Foundation
     In connection with the conclusion of the conversion, we intend to contribute to Northwest Charitable Foundation $1.0 million in cash and shares of common stock with an aggregate value of cash and stock equal to 2% of the common stock sold by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. in the offering. The aggregate value of the cash and shares will be $10.8 million at the minimum of the valuation range and $14.6 million at the maximum of the valuation range, subject to adjustment to $16.8 million. The purpose of the charitable foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which we operate and to enable our communities to share in our long-term growth. Northwest Charitable Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to us. Northwest Charitable Foundation will also support our ongoing obligations to the community under the Community Reinvestment Act. Northwest Savings Bank received a satisfactory rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
     Funding Northwest Charitable Foundation with shares of our common stock is also intended to allow our communities to share in our potential growth and success after the stock offering is completed because Northwest Charitable Foundation will benefit directly from any increases in the value of our shares of common stock. In addition, Northwest Charitable Foundation will maintain close ties with Northwest Savings Bank, thereby forming a partnership within the communities in which Northwest Savings Bank operates.
Structure of the Charitable Foundation
     Northwest Charitable Foundation will be incorporated under Delaware law as a non-stock, nonprofit corporation. The certificate of incorporation of Northwest Charitable Foundation will provide that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. Northwest Charitable Foundation’s certificate of incorporation will further provide that no part of the net earnings of the charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its members, directors or officers or to private individuals.
     The charitable foundation will be governed by a board of directors, initially consisting of William J. Wagner, Philip M. Tredway and Richard E. McDowell who are our current directors and one individual who is not affiliated with us. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require that we select one person to serve on the initial board of directors who is not one of our officers or directors and who has experience with local charitable organizations and grant making, and we have selected ___ as a director to satisfy these requirements. While there are no plans to change the size of the initial board of directors during the year following the completion of the conversion, following the first anniversary of the conversion, the charitable foundation may alter the size and composition of its board of directors. For five years after the stock offering, one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one of our officers, directors or employees, and at least one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for one of Northwest Savings Bank’s directors. Except as described below in “—Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Charitable Foundation,” on an annual basis, directors of the charitable foundation elect one third of the board to serve for three-year terms.
     The business experience of our current directors is described in “Management.” Information with respect to                      is as follows:
     [biography of independent director to be included here]

62


Table of Contents

     The board of directors of Northwest Charitable Foundation will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of Northwest Charitable Foundation will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the charitable foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the charitable foundation is established. The directors of Northwest Charitable Foundation also will be responsible for directing the activities of the charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of our common stock held by the charitable foundation. However, as required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, all shares of our common stock held by Northwest Charitable Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.
     Northwest Charitable Foundation’s initial place of business will be located at our administrative offices. The board of directors of Northwest Charitable Foundation will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations governing transactions between Northwest Savings Bank and the charitable foundation.
     Northwest Charitable Foundation will receive working capital from the initial cash contribution and:
  (1)   any dividends that may be paid on our shares of common stock in the future;
 
  (2)   within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; or
 
  (3)   the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time.
     As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, Northwest Charitable Foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets. One of the conditions imposed on the gift of shares of common stock is that the amount of shares of common stock that may be sold by Northwest Charitable Foundation in any one year may not exceed 5% of the average market value of the assets held by Northwest Charitable Foundation, except where the board of directors of the charitable foundation determines that the failure to sell an amount of common stock greater than such amount would result in a long-term reduction of the value of its assets and/or would otherwise jeopardize its capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.
Tax Considerations
     We believe that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation. Northwest Charitable Foundation will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as Northwest Charitable Foundation files its application for tax-exempt status within 27 months after the date it was organized, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization. We have not received a tax opinion as to whether Northwest Charitable Foundation’s tax exempt status will be affected by the regulatory requirement that all shares of our common stock held by Northwest Charitable Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other outstanding shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.

63


Table of Contents

     Northwest Financial, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank are authorized by federal law to make charitable contributions. We believe that the stock offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact to our stockholders of the contribution of shares of common stock to Northwest Charitable Foundation. We believe that the contribution to Northwest Charitable Foundation of an amount of common stock and cash that may be in excess of the 10% annual limitation on charitable deductions described below is justified given Northwest Savings Bank’s capital position and its earnings, the substantial additional capital being raised in the stock offering and the potential benefits of Northwest Charitable Foundation to our community. See “Capitalization,” “Regulatory Capital Compliance,” and Proposal 2 — Establishment and Funding of the Charitable Foundation — “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.”
     We believe that our contribution of shares of our common stock to Northwest Charitable Foundation should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a federal or state tax deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the stock at the time of the contribution. We are permitted to deduct for charitable purposes only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to Northwest Charitable Foundation. We estimate that all of the contribution should be deductible for federal tax purposes over the six-year period (i.e., the year in which the contribution is made and the succeeding five-year period). However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. In such event, our contribution to Northwest Charitable Foundation would be expensed without a tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination. Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. Any such decision to continue to make additional contributions to Northwest Charitable Foundation in the future would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the foundation.
     As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 2%. Northwest Charitable Foundation will be required to file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year. Northwest Charitable Foundation will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.
Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation
          As reflected in the table below, if the charitable foundation is not established and funded as part of the stock offering, RP Financial, LC. estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the stock offering. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $867.4 million, $1,020.6 million, $1,173.8 million and $1,350.1 million with the charitable foundation, as compared to $871.1 million, $1,024.8 million, $1,178.5 million and $1,355.3 million, respectively, without the charitable foundation. There is no assurance that in the event the charitable foundation were not formed, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below. Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.
          For comparative purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios and financial data and ratios at and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the stock offering was completed at the beginning of the six-month period, with and without the charitable foundation.
                                                                 
                                                    Adjusted Maximum of  
    Minimum of Offering Range     Midpoint of Offering Range     Maximum of Offering Range     Offering Range  
    With     Without     With     Without     With     Without     With     Without  
    Foundation     Foundation     Foundation     Foundation     Foundation     Foundation     Foundation     Foundation  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Estimated stock offering amount
  $ 539,750     $ 548,250     $ 635,000     $ 645,000     $ 730,250     $ 741,750     $ 839,788     $ 853,013  
Estimated full value
    867,360       871,070       1,020,600       1,024,788       1,173,840       1,178,506       1,350,066       1,355,282  
Total assets
    7,569,136       7,573,217       7,653,903       7,658,718       7,738,670       7,744,220       7,836,152       7,842,546  
Total liabilities
    6,459,756       6,459,756       6,459,756       6,459,756       6,459,756       6,459,756       6,459,756       6,459,756  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
    1,109,380       1,113,461       1,194,147       1,198,962       1,278,914       1,284,464       1,376,396       1,382,790  
Pro forma net income
    22,219       22,306       22,688       22,791       23,157       23,276       23,696       23,834  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    12.79       12.78       11.70       11.70       10.90       10.90       10.20       10.20  
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
    10.75       10.75       9.96       9.97       9.39       9.40       8.89       8.89  
Pro forma net income per share
    0.26       0.26       0.23       0.23       0.20       0.20       0.18       0.18  
Pro forma pricing ratios:
                                               
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    78.19 %     78.25 %     85.47 %     85.47 %     91.74 %     91.74 %     98.04 %     98.04 %
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
    93.02       93.02       100.40       100.30       106.50       106.38       112.49       112.49  
Offering price to pro forma net income per share
    19.23 x     19.23 x     21.74 x     21.74 x     25.00 x     25.00 x     27.78 x     27.78 x
Pro forma financial ratios:
                                                               
Return on assets (annualized)
    0.59 %     0.59 %     0.59 %     0.59 %     0.60 %     0.60 %     0.60 %     0.61 %
Return on equity (annualized)
    4.01       4.01       3.80       3.80       3.62       3.62       3.44       3.45  
Equity to assets
    14.66       14.70       15.60       15.65       16.53       16.59       17.56       17.63  
Tangible equity ratio
    12.61       12.66       13.60       13.66       14.57       14.63       15.66       15.73  
Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Charitable Foundation
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require that, before our board of directors adopted the plan of stock issuance, the board of directors had to identify its members that will serve on the charitable foundation’s board, and these directors could not participate in our board’s discussions concerning contributions to the charitable foundation, and could not vote on the matter. Our board of directors complied with this regulation in adopting the plan of stock issuance.
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that the Office of Thrift Supervision will generally not object if a well-capitalized savings bank contributes to a charitable foundation an aggregate

64


Table of Contents

amount of 8% or less of the shares or proceeds issued in a stock offering. Northwest Savings Bank qualifies as a well-capitalized savings bank for purposes of this limitation, and the contribution to the charitable foundation will not exceed this limitation.
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations impose the following requirements on the establishment of the charitable foundation:
    the Office of Thrift Supervision may examine the charitable foundation at the foundation’s expense;
 
    the charitable foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision;
 
    the charitable foundation must provide annually to the Office of Thrift Supervision a copy of the annual report that the charitable foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service;
 
    the charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy;
 
    the charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code; and
 
    the charitable foundation must vote its shares of our common stock in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by our stockholders.
     Within six months of completing the stock offering, Northwest Charitable Foundation must submit to the Office of Thrift Supervision a three-year operating plan.
      The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.

65


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 3 — ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING
     If there are not sufficient votes to constitute a quorum or to approve the plan of conversion at the time of the special meeting, the plan of conversion may not be approved unless the special meeting is adjourned to a later date or dates in order to permit further solicitation of proxies. In order to allow proxies that have been received by Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at the time of the special meeting to be voted for an adjournment, if necessary, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. has submitted the question of adjournment to its stockholders as a separate matter for their consideration. The board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the adjournment proposal. If it is necessary to adjourn the special meeting, no notice of the adjourned special meeting is required to be given to stockholders (unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if a new record date is fixed), other than an announcement at the special meeting of the hour, date and place to which the special meeting is adjourned.
      The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.
PROPOSALS 4a THROUGH 4d — INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS RELATED TO THE
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS OF NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
     By their approval of the plan of conversion as set forth in Proposal 1, the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. has approved each of the informational proposals numbered 4a through 4d, all of which relate to provisions included in the articles of incorporation or bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Each of these informational proposals is discussed in more detail below.
     As a result of the conversion, the public stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., whose rights are presently governed by the charter and bylaws of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., will become stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., whose rights will be governed by the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The following informational proposals address the material differences between the governing documents of the two companies. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the charter and bylaws of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of those documents.
     The provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws which are summarized as informational proposals 4a through 4d were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders are not being asked to approve these informational proposals at the special meeting. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals set forth below, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws which are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.
Informational Proposal 4a — Approval of a Provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws to Limit the Ability of Stockholders to Remove Directors. The articles of

66


Table of Contents

incorporation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. provide that any director may be removed by stockholders only for cause upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s bylaws provides that any director may be removed only for cause by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares at a meeting of stockholders called for such purpose. This has provided an adequate degree of protection under the mutual holding company structure, in which the mutual holding company owns a majority of all voting shares and can prevent a third party from seeking removal of one or more directors in order to promote an agenda that may not be in the best interests of all other stockholders.
     The 80% voting requirement of the articles of incorporation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is intended to prevent sudden and fundamental changes to the composition of the board of directors except in the case of director misconduct. This provision does not prevent the replacement of one or more directors at a special meeting of stockholders, and will not prevent replacement of the entire Board over the course of three years. This provision is intended to reduce the ability of anyone to coerce members of the board of directors by threatening them with removal from office, in cases where the directors are acting in good faith to discharge their duties to the corporation and to all stockholders as a group. This provision will not prevent a stockholder from conducting a proxy contest with respect to the election of directors at a special meeting of stockholders.
     The higher vote threshold may make it more difficult to bring about a change in control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. One method for a hostile stockholder to take control of a company is to acquire a majority of the outstanding shares of the company through a tender offer or open market purchases and then use its voting power to remove the existing directors.
     The board of directors believes that it is desirable to adopt this provision so that a director’s continued service will be conditioned on his or her ability to serve and discharge his or her duties to the corporation and the stockholders in good faith, rather than his or her position relative to a dominant stockholder.
      The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation to limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors.

67


Table of Contents

      Informational Proposal 4b. — Approval of a Provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote to Approve Certain Amendments to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation. No amendment of the charter of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. may be made unless it is first proposed by the board of directors, then preliminarily approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting. The articles of incorporation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. generally may be amended by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that any amendment of Section C, D and E of Article Fifth (Preferred Stock, Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities, Majority Vote), Article 7 (Directors), Article 8 (Bylaws), Article 9 (Approval of Certain Business Combinations), Article 11 (Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers), Article 12 (Limitation of Liability) and Article 13 (Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation) must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, except that the board of directors may amend the articles of incorporation without any action by the stockholders to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of capital stock.
     These limitations on amendments to specified provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation are intended to ensure that the referenced provisions are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend those provisions, Northwest Bancorp, MHC, as a 63.5% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the charter.
     This provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where to ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the articles of incorporation is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquiror. The board of directors believes that the provisions limiting certain amendments to the articles of incorporation will put the board of directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.
      The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation.
      Informational Proposal 4c. — Approval of a Provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Bylaws Requiring a Super-Majority Vote of Stockholders to Approve Stockholder Proposed Amendments to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Bylaws. An amendment to Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s

68


Table of Contents

bylaws proposed by stockholders must be approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting subject to applicable approval by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. provide that stockholders may only amend the bylaws if such proposal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.
     These limitations on amendments to the bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. are intended to ensure that the bylaws are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote of stockholders. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend the bylaws, Northwest Bancorp, MHC, as a 63.5% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the bylaws. Also, the board of directors of both Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancshares, Inc. may by a majority vote amend either company’s bylaws.
     This provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the bylaws is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquiror. The board of directors believes that the provision limiting amendments to the bylaws will put the board of directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.
      The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of the provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder proposed amendments to Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws.
      Informational Proposal 4d. — Approval of a Provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation to Limit the Voting Rights of Shares Beneficially Owned in Excess of 10% of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Outstanding Voting Stock. The articles of incorporation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. provide that in no event shall any person, who directly or indirectly beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled or permitted to vote on any matter, be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the 10% limit. Beneficial ownership is determined pursuant to the federal securities laws and includes, but is not limited to, shares as to which any person and his or her affiliates (1) have the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options and (2) have or share investment or voting power (but shall not be deemed the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, and that are not otherwise beneficially, or deemed by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to be beneficially, owned by such person and his or her affiliates).
     The foregoing restriction does not apply to any employee benefit plans of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or any subsidiary or a trustee of a plan.
     The charter of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. provides that, for a period of five years from the effective date of Northwest Savings Bank’s mutual holding company reorganization, no person, other than Northwest Bancorp, MHC, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock. The foregoing restriction does not apply to:
    the purchase of shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering; or

69


Table of Contents

    the purchase of shares by any employee benefit plans of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or any subsidiary.
     The provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation limiting the voting rights of beneficial owners of more than 10% of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s outstanding voting stock is intended to limit the ability of any person to acquire a significant number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock and thereby gain sufficient voting control so as to cause Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to effect a transaction that may not be in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders generally. This provision will not prevent a stockholder from seeking to acquire a controlling interest in Northwest Bancshares, Inc., but it will prevent a stockholder from voting more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock unless that stockholder has first persuaded the board of directors of the merits of the course of action proposed by the stockholder. The board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. believes that fundamental transactions generally should be first considered and approved by the board of directors as it generally believes that it is in the best position to make an initial assessment of the merits of any such transactions and that its ability to make the initial assessment could be impeded if a single stockholder could acquire a sufficiently large voting interest so as to control a stockholder vote on any given proposal. This provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation makes an acquisition, merger or other similar corporate transaction less likely to occur, even if such transaction is supported by most stockholders, because it can prevent a holder of shares in excess of the 10% limit from voting the excess shares in favor of the transaction. Thus, it may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect.
      The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s outstanding voting stock.

70


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
OF
NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
     The summary financial information presented below is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on pages F-1 and G-1. The information at December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. that appear in this proxy statement/prospectus. The information at December 31, 2005 and at June 30, 2005 and 2004 and for the years then ended is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this proxy statement/prospectus. We changed our fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31, effective December 31, 2005. The operating data for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 and the financial condition data at June 30, 2009 were not audited. However, in the opinion of management of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the unaudited periods have been made. No adjustments were made other than normal recurring entries. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the entire year.
                                                         
    At        
    June 30,   At December 31,   At June 30,
    2009   2008   2007   2006   2005   2005   2004
    (In Thousands)
Selected Consolidated Financial Data:
                                                       
Total assets
  $ 7,092,291     $ 6,930,241     $ 6,663,516     $ 6,527,815     $ 6,447,307     $ 6,330,482     $ 6,343,248  
Investment securities held-to-maturity(1)
                      465,312       444,407       467,303       209,241  
Investment securities available-for-sale
    334,293       393,531       601,620       388,546       289,871       290,702       444,676  
Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity(1)
                      251,655       189,851       235,676       392,301  
Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
    675,089       745,639       531,747       378,968       323,965       384,481       411,003  
Loans receivable net:
                                                       
Real estate(2)
    4,460,338       4,508,393       4,172,850       3,926,859       4,100,754       3,888,287       3,583,302  
Consumer
    250,544       261,398       261,598       253,490       366,488       348,672       324,897  
Commercial
    380,636       372,101       361,174       232,092       155,027       139,925       145,742  
Total loans receivable, net
    5,091,518       5,141,892       4,795,622       4,412,441       4,622,269       4,376,884       4,053,941  
Deposits
    5,345,739       5,038,211       5,542,334       5,366,750       5,228,479       5,187,946       5,191,621  
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowed funds
    897,063       1,067,945       339,115       392,814       417,356       410,344       449,147  
Shareholders’ equity
    632,535       613,784       612,878       604,561       585,658       582,190       550,472  
 
(1)   In 2007 we divested investment securities that we deemed to have a deteriorating risk profile, including several classified as held-to-maturity, which required us to reclassify all investment securities as available-for-sale.
 
(2)   Includes one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and commercial real estate loans.

71


Table of Contents

                                                                 
                                            For the Six        
                                            Months        
                                            Ended        
    For the Six Months Ended                             December     For the Year Ended  
    June 30,     For the Year Ended December 31,     31,     June 30,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006     2005     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
Selected Consolidated Operating Data:
                                                               
Total interest income
  $ 183,759     $ 193,686     $ 388,659     $ 396,031     $ 368,573     $ 170,449     $ 321,824     $ 300,230  
Total interest expense
    69,387       91,810       169,293       211,015       191,109       79,414       138,047       134,466  
 
                                               
Net interest income
    114,372       101,876       219,366       185,016       177,464       91,035       183,777       165,764  
Provision for loan losses
    17,517       5,689       22,851       8,743       8,480       4,722       9,566       6,860  
 
                                               
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    96,855       96,187       196,515       176,273       168,984       86,313       174,211       158,904  
Noninterest income
    21,456       24,822       38,752       43,022       46,026       19,851       32,004       31,862  
Noninterest expense
    91,270       83,915       170,128       152,742       143,682       66,317       128,659       128,805  
 
                                               
Income before income tax expense
    27,041       37,094       65,139       66,553       71,328       39,847       77,556       61,961  
Income tax expense
    7,448       10,030       16,968       17,456       19,792       10,998       22,741       19,829  
 
                                               
Net income
  $ 19,593     $ 27,064     $ 48,171     $ 49,097     $ 51,536     $ 28,849     $ 54,815     $ 42,132  
 
                                               
Earnings per share:
                                                               
Basic
  $ 0.40     $ 0.56     $ 1.00     $ 1.00     $ 1.03     $ 0.57     $ 1.10     $ 0.88  
 
                                               
Diluted
  $ 0.40     $ 0.56     $ 0.99     $ 0.99     $ 1.03     $ 0.56     $ 1.09     $ 0.87  
 
                                               
                                                                 
                                            At or for    
                                            the Six    
                                            Months    
    At or For the Six                           Ended    
    Months Ended   At or For the Year Ended   December   At or for the Year
    June 30, (1)   December 31,   31,   Ended June 30,
    2009   2008   2008   2007   2006   2005 (1)   2005   2004
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
                                                               
Return on average assets (2)
    0.56 %     0.79 %     0.70 %     0.73 %     0.79 %     0.91 %     0.86 %     0.68 %
Return on average equity (3)
    6.26 %     8.72 %     7.75 %     8.18 %     8.60 %     9.81 %     9.74 %     8.17 %
Average capital to average assets
    8.93 %     9.10 %     9.04 %     8.96 %     9.19 %     9.23 %     8.87 %     8.27 %
Capital to total assets
    8.92 %     9.00 %     8.86 %     9.20 %     9.26 %     9.04 %     9.20 %     8.68 %
Tangible equity to tangible assets
    6.48 %     6.44 %     6.36 %     6.50 %     6.79 %     6.66 %     6.93 %     6.34 %
Net interest rate spread (4)
    3.36 %     3.02 %     3.25 %     2.74 %     2.77 %     2.99 %     3.07 %     2.83 %
Net interest margin (5)
    3.63 %     3.36 %     3.57 %     3.10 %     3.06 %     3.21 %     3.24 %     2.98 %
Noninterest expense to average assets
    2.60 %     2.46 %     2.48 %     2.28 %     2.20 %     2.08 %     2.03 %     2.06 %
Efficiency ratio
    67.20 %     66.23 %     65.91 %     66.98 %     64.29 %     59.81 %     59.62 %     65.18 %
Noninterest income to average assets
    0.61 %     0.73 %     0.56 %     0.64 %     0.71 %     0.63 %     0.50 %     0.51 %
Net interest income to noninterest expense
    1.25 x     1.21 x     1.29 x     1.21 x     1.24 x     1.37 x     1.43 x     1.29 x
Dividend payout ratio (6)
    110.00 %     78.57 %     88.89 %     84.85 %     67.96 %     53.57 %     44.04 %     45.98 %
Nonperforming loans to net loans receivable
    2.41 %     1.38 %     1.93 %     1.03 %     0.92 %     0.93 %     0.77 %     0.80 %
Nonperforming assets to total assets
    1.95 %     1.12 %     1.67 %     0.87 %     0.72 %     0.74 %     0.64 %     0.57 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
    54.49 %     62.72 %     55.37 %     84.22 %     92.92 %     77.67 %     93.91 %     94.35 %
Allowance for loan losses to net loans receivable
    1.31 %     0.87 %     1.07 %     0.87 %     0.85 %     0.72 %     0.72 %     0.76 %
Average interest-bearing assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    1.11 x     1.10 x     1.10 x     1.10 x     1.09 x     1.09 x     1.08 x     1.06 x
Number of full-service offices
    168       166       167       166       160       153       153       152  
Number of consumer finance offices
    49       51       51       51       51       50       49       49  
 
(1)   Ratios are annualized where appropriate.
 
(2)   Represents net income divided by average total assets.
 
(3)   Represents net income divided by average equity.
 
(4)   Represents average yield on interest-earning assets less average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(5)   Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(footnotes continued on following page)

72


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)
 
(6)   The dividend payout ratio represents dividends declared per share divided by net income per share. The following table sets forth aggregate cash dividends paid per period, which is calculated by multiplying the dividend declared per share by the number of shares outstanding as of the applicable record date:
                                                                 
                                            For the Six        
                                            Months        
    For the Six Months Ended                             Ended     For the Year Ended  
    June 30,     For the Year Ended December 31,     December     June 30,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006     31, 2005     2005     2004  
    (In Thousands)  
Dividends paid to public stockholders
  $ 7,903     $ 7,880     $ 15,771     $ 15,696     $ 13,727     $ 6,119     $ 9,600     $ 7,151  
Dividends paid to Northwest Bancorp, MHC
                                        10,571       2,812  
 
                                               
Total dividends paid
    7,903       7,880       15,771       15,696       13,727       6,119       20,171       9,963  
 
                                               

73


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This proxy statement/prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
    statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;
 
    statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;
 
    statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and
 
    estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.
     These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.
     The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:
    changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;
 
    general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;
 
    competition among depository and other financial institutions;
 
    inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;
 
    adverse changes in the securities markets;
 
    our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;
 
    our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities, if any;
 
    changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;
 
    changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans;
 
    our ability to continue to increase and manage our commercial and residential real estate, multi-family, and commercial and industrial loans;
 
    possible impairments of securities held by us, including those issued by government entities and government sponsored enterprises;

74


Table of Contents

    the level of future deposit premium assessments;
 
    the impact of the current recession on our loan portfolio (including cash flow and collateral values), investment portfolio, customers and capital market activities;
 
    the impact of the current governmental effort to restructure the U.S. financial and regulatory system;
 
    changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers; and
 
    the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters.
     Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page                      .

75


Table of Contents

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING
     Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the aggregate net proceeds will be between $515.5 million and $699.1 million, or $804.7 million if the offering range is increased by 15%.
     We intend to distribute the net proceeds from the stock offering as follows:
                                                                 
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    53,975,000 Shares     63,500,000 Shares     73,025,000 Shares     83,978,750 Shares (1)  
            Percent             Percent             Percent             Percent of  
            of Net             of Net             of Net             Net  
    Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds  
                            (Dollars in Thousands)                          
Offering proceeds
  $ 539,750             $ 635,000             $ 730,250             $ 839,788          
Less offering expenses
    24,214               27,668               31,121               35,093          
 
                                                     
Net offering proceeds
  $ 515,536       100.0 %   $ 607,332       100.0 %   $ 699,129       100.0 %   $ 804,695       100.0 %
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Distribution of net proceeds:
                                                               
To Northwest Savings Bank
  $ 257,768       50.0 %   $ 303,666       50.0 %   $ 349,564       50.0 %   $ 402,347       50.0 %
To fund the loan to employee stock ownership plan
  $ 21,982       4.3 %   $ 25,868       4.3 %   $ 29,754       4.3 %   $ 34,223       4.3 %
Proceeds contributed to foundation
  $ 1,000       0.2 %   $ 1,000       0.2 %   $ 1,000       0.1 %   $ 1,000       0.1 %
etained by Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
  $ 234,786       45.5 %   $ 276,798       45.5 %   $ 318,811       45.6 %   $ 367,125       45.6 %
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market or general financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
     Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Northwest Savings Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings.
Northwest Bancshares, Inc. May Use the Proceeds it Retains From the Offering:
    to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the offering;
 
    to finance the acquisition of financial institutions or other financial service companies as opportunities arise, particularly in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although, except as set forth below, we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction and it is impossible to determine when, if ever, such opportunities may arise;
 
    to pay cash dividends to stockholders;
 
    to repurchase shares of our common stock for, among other things, the funding of our stock-based incentive plan;
 
    to invest in securities; and

76


Table of Contents

    for other general corporate purposes.
     On January 21, 2009, we had entered into a merger agreement to purchase Keystone State Savings Bank, a mutual savings bank located in Sharpsburg, Pennsylvania, and we had executed a letter of intent with respect to the acquisition of an insurance agency with annual revenues of approximately $2.0 million. At June 30, 2009, Keystone State Savings Bank had one branch and approximately $25.0 million in assets. On August 31, 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approved the merger of Keystone State Savings Bank into Northwest Savings Bank.
     Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities.
     Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval and for the funding of certain stock-based plans.
Northwest Savings Bank May Use the Net Proceeds it Receives From the Offering:
    to fund new loans, including commercial real estate, commercial and residential construction loans, commercial business loans, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and consumer loans;
 
    to finance the acquisition of financial institutions or other financial service companies primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although, except as previously described, we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction;
 
    to acquire branches from other financial institutions or build or lease new branch facilities primarily in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio, Maryland and Florida, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction;
 
    to enhance existing products and services and to support the development of new products and services by investing, for example, in technology to support growth and enhanced customer service;
 
    to invest in securities; and
 
    for other general corporate purposes.
     We also intend to make a $1.0 million cash contribution to fund the Northwest Charitable Foundation.
     Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities. The use of proceeds may change based on changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, our relative position in the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions, and overall market conditions. Our business strategy for the deployment of the net proceeds

77


Table of Contents

raised in the offering is discussed in more detail in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Strategy.”
     Our return on equity may be relatively low until we are able to effectively reinvest the additional capital raised in the offering. Until we can increase our non-interest income, our return on equity may be below the industry average, which may negatively affect the value of our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Our failure to effectively reinvest the net proceeds of the offering could reduce our return on stockholders’ equity and our return on assets and negatively impact the value of our common stock.”

78


Table of Contents

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS
     As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.22 per share, which equals $0.88 per share on an annualized basis. After the conversion, we intend to continue to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis. After adjustment for the exchange ratio, we expect the annual dividends to equal $0.50, $0.42, $0.37 and $0.32 per share at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, which represents an annual dividend yield of 5.0%, 4.2%, 3.7% and 3.2% at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, based upon a stock price of $10.00 per share. The amount of dividends that we intend to pay to our stockholders following the conversion is intended to preserve the per share dividend amount, adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio, that our stockholders currently receive on their shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock. However, the dividend rate and the continued payment of dividends will depend on a number of factors including our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. We cannot assure you that we will not reduce or eliminate dividends in the future.
     Under the rules of the Office of Thrift Supervision, Northwest Savings Bank will not be permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock to Northwest Bancshares, Inc., its sole stockholder, if Northwest Savings Bank’s stockholder’s equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established in connection with the conversion. In addition, Northwest Savings Bank will not be permitted to make a capital distribution if, after making such distribution, it would be undercapitalized. See “ Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Liquidation Rights.”
     Unlike Northwest Savings Bank, we are not restricted by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations on the payment of dividends to our stockholders, although the source of dividends will depend on the net proceeds retained by us and earnings and dividends from Northwest Savings Bank. However, we will be subject to state law limitations on the payment of dividends. Maryland law generally limits dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent.
     Finally, pursuant to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, during the three-year period following the conversion, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.
     See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries” and “Market for the Common Stock” for information regarding our historical dividend payments.

79


Table of Contents

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock currently trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NWSB.” Upon completion of the offering, the shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will replace Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s shares of common stock. We expect that Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “NWBI” after the completion of the offering. In order to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. currently has 20 registered market makers.
     The development of a public market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which our common stock can be sold. You may not be able to sell your shares at or above the $10.00 price per share in the offering. Purchasers of our common stock should have a long-term investment intent and should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in our common stock.
     The following table sets forth the high and low trading prices for shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock and cash dividends paid per share for the periods indicated. As of June 30, 2009, there were 17,980,430 shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock issued and outstanding (excluding shares held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC). In connection with the conversion and offering, each existing publicly held share of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will be converted into a right to receive a number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock, based upon the exchange ratio that is described in other sections of this proxy statement/prospectus. See “Proposal 1— Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.”
                         
Year Ending December 31, 2009   High   Low   Dividend Paid Per Share
Fourth quarter (through                            , 2009)
  $       $       $    
Third quarter
                    0.22  
Second quarter
    20.59       16.02       0.22  
First quarter
    21.59       13.07       0.22  
                         
Year Ended December 31, 2008   High   Low   Dividend Paid Per Share
Fourth quarter
  $ 29.86     $ 18.80     $ 0.22  
Third quarter
    34.34       20.05       0.22  
Second quarter
    28.10       21.78       0.22  
First quarter
    30.16       23.50       0.22  
                         
Year Ended December 31, 2007   High   Low   Dividend Paid Per Share
Fourth quarter
  $ 30.03     $ 25.76     $ 0.22  
Third quarter
    29.75       25.51       0.22  
Second quarter
    28.99       26.08       0.20  
First quarter
    28.31       25.26       0.20  
     On August 26, 2009, the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the conversion, and on August 28, 2009, the closing prices of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market were $20.74 per share and $20.70 per share, respectively. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. had approximately 6,818 stockholders of record. On the effective date of the conversion, all publicly held shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock, including shares of common stock held by our officers and directors, will be converted automatically into and become the right to receive a number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock

80


Table of Contents

determined pursuant to the exchange ratio. See “The Conversion Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Options to purchase shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock will be converted into options to purchase a number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, for the same aggregate exercise price. See “Management.”

81


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE
     At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements. The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Northwest Savings Bank at June 30, 2009, and the pro forma regulatory capital of Northwest Savings Bank, after giving effect to the sale of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s shares of common stock at a $10.00 per share purchase price. Accordingly, the table assumes the receipt by Northwest Savings Bank of at least 50% of the net proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”
                                                                                 
    Northwest Savings        
    Bank Historical at     Pro Forma at June 30, 2009 Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share  
    June 30, 2009     53,975,000 Shares     63,500,000 Shares     73,025,000 Shares     83,978,750 Shares(1)  
            Percent of             Percent of             Percent of             Percent of             Percent of  
    Amount     Assets (2)     Amount     Assets (2)     Amount     Assets (2)     Amount     Assets (2)     Amount     Assets (2)  
    (Dollars in Thousands)          
Equity capital
  $ 717,129       10.03 %   $ 932,996       12.59 %   $ 971,121       13.03 %   $ 1,009,247       13.45 %   $ 1,053,092       13.94 %
 
                                                                               
Core (leverage) capital
  $ 562,620       8.15 %   $ 778,487       10.87 %   $ 816,612       11.33 %   $ 854,738       11.78 %   $ 898,583       12.29 %
Core (leverage) requirement (3)
    276,172       4.00 %   $ 286,565       4.00 %   $ 288,401       4.00 %   $ 290,237       4.00 %   $ 292,348       4.00 %
 
                                                           
Excess
  $ 286,448       4.15 %   $ 491,922       6.87 %   $ 528,212       7.33 %   $ 564,501       7.78 %   $ 606,235       8.29 %
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Tier 1 risk-based capital (4)
  $ 562,620       12.43 %   $ 778,487       17.01 %   $ 816,612       17.81 %   $ 854,738       18.60 %   $ 898,583       19.51 %
Tier 1 requirement (3)
    180,996       4.00 %   $ 183,075       4.00 %   $ 183,442       4.00 %   $ 183,809       4.00 %   $ 184,231       4.00 %
 
                                                           
Excess
  $ 381,624       8.43 %   $ 595,412       13.01 %   $ 633,170       13.81 %   $ 670,929       14.60 %   $ 714,352       15.51 %
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Total risk-based capital (4)
  $ 619,369       13.69 %   $ 835,236       18.25 %   $ 873,361       19.04 %   $ 911,487       19.84 %   $ 955,332       20.74 %
Risk-based requirement
    361,992       10.00 %   $ 457,687       10.00 %   $ 458,605       10.00 %   $ 459,523       10.00 %   $ 460,579       10.00 %
 
                                                           
Excess
  $ 257,377       3.69 %   $ 377,549       8.25 %   $ 414,756       9.04 %   $ 451,964       9.84 %   $ 494,753       10.74 %
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Reconciliation of capital infused into Northwest Savings Bank:
                                                                               
Net proceeds
                  $ 257,768             $ 303,666             $ 349,564             $ 402,347          
Add: Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
                    2,062               2,062               2,062               2,062          
Less:
                                                                               
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan
                    (21,982 )             (25,868 )             (29,754 )             (34,223 )        
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan
                    (21.982 )             (25,868 )             (29,754 )             (34,223 )        
 
                                                                       
Pro forma increase in GAAP and regulatory capital (5)
                  $ 224,799             $ 262,925             $ 301,051             $ 344,896          
 
                                                                       
Less: MHC goodwill contribution
                    (8,913 )             (8,913 )             (8,913 )             (8,913 )        
 
                                                                       
Pro forma increase in GAAP and regulatory capital
                  $ 215,867             $ 253,992             $ 292,118             $ 335,963          
 
                                                                       
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares, or changes in market or general financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
 
(2)   Tangible and core capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
 
(3)   Although not adopted in regulation form, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking utilizes capital standards of 6% leverage capital and 10% risk-based capital. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation requires a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater.
 
(4)   Pro forma capital levels assume that we fund the stock-based benefit plans with purchases in the open market equal to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation at a price equal to the price for which the shares of common stock are sold in the stock offering, and that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation with funds we lend. Pro forma GAAP and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund both of these plans. See “Management” for a discussion of the stock-based benefit plan and employee stock ownership plan. We may award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of this amount if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. Accordingly, we may increase the awards beyond current regulatory restrictions and beyond the amounts reflected in this table.
 
(5)   Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

82


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
     The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at June 30, 2009 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. after giving effect to the offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.
                                         
    Northwest        
    Bancorp, Inc.     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. $10.00 Per Share Pro Forma  
    Historical at     53,975,000     63,500,000     73,025,000     83,978,750  
    June 30, 2009     Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Deposits (2)
  $ 5,345,739     $ 5,345,739     $ 5,345,739     $ 5,345,739     $ 5,345,739  
Borrowed funds
    897,063       897,063       897,063       897,063       897,063  
Trust preferred securities
    108,249       108,249       108,249       108,249       108,249  
 
                             
Total deposits and borrowed funds
  $ 6,351,051     $ 6,351,051     $ 6,351,051     $ 6,351,051     $ 6,351,051  
 
                             
Stockholders’ equity:
                                       
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion) (3)
                                       
Common stock $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion); shares to be issued as reflected (3) (4)
    5,126       867       1,021       1,174       1,350  
Paid-in capital (3)
    219,335       748,925       842,473       936,021       1,043,601  
Retained earnings (5)
    503,692       503,692       503,692       503,692       503,692  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (26,195 )     (26,195 )     (26,195 )     (26,195 )     (26,195 )
Plus:
                                       
Northwest Bancorp, MHC Capital Contribution
          2,062       2,062       2,062       2,062  
Less:
                                       
Treasury stock
    (69,423 )     (69,423 )     (69,423 )     (69,423 )     (69,423 )
After-tax expense of contribution to charitable foundation (6)
          (6,585 )     (7,747 )     (8,909 )     (10,246 )
Common stock to be acquired by the ESOP (7)
          (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Common stock to be acquired by the stock-based incentive plan (8)
          (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
 
                             
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 632,535     $ 1,109,380     $ 1,194,147     $ 1,278,914     $ 1,376,391  
 
                             
 
                                       
Pro Forma Shares Outstanding
                                       
Total shares outstanding
    48,516,887       86,735,977       102,059,973       117,383,969       135,006,564  
Exchange shares issued
          31,781,477       37,389,973       42,998,469       49,448,239  
Shares offered for sale
          53,975,000       63,500,000       73,025,000       83,978,750  
Shares issued to charitable foundation
          979,500       1,170,000       1,360,500       1,579,575  
Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets
    8.92 %     14.66 %     15.60 %     16.53 %     17.56 %
Tangible equity ratio
    6.59 %     12.61 %     13.60 %     14.57 %     15.66 %
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares, or changes in market or general financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
 
(2)   Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering other than a deposit of $2.1 million of Northwest Bancorp, MHC held at Northwest Savings Bank. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits by the amount of the withdrawals. On a pro forma basis, it also reflects a transfer to equity of $2.1 million in Northwest Bancorp, MHC deposits held at Northwest Savings Bank.
 
(3)   Northwest Bancorp, Inc. currently has 50,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock and 500,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.10 per share. On a pro forma basis, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock to be outstanding, which is 86,735,977 shares, 102,059,973 shares, 117,383,969 shares and 135,006,564 shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively.
(Footnotes continued on next page)

83


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)
 
(4)   No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock pursuant to stock options to be granted under a stock-based incentive plan. If this plan is implemented within one year of the completion of the offering, an amount up to 10% of the shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options. We may exceed this limit if the plan is implemented more than one year following the completion of the offering. No effect has been given to the exercise of options currently outstanding. See “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”
 
(5)   The retained earnings of Northwest Savings Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.”
 
(6)   Represents the expense of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on a 39% tax rate. The realization of the deferred tax benefit is limited annually to a maximum deduction for charitable foundations equal to 10% of our annual taxable income, subject to our ability to carry forward for federal or state purposes any unused portion of the deduction for the years following the year in which the contribution is made.
 
(7)   Assumes that 4% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The loan will be repaid principally from Northwest Savings Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
 
(8)   Assumes at the minimum, midpoint, the maximum and the maximum as adjusted, of the offering range that a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation will be purchased by the stock-based incentive plan in open market purchases. The stock-based incentive plan will be submitted to a vote of stockholders following the completion of the offering. The funds to be used by the stock-based incentive plan to purchase the shares will be provided by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share offering price and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As Northwest Bancshares, Inc. accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the stock-based incentive plan, the credit to capital will be offset by a charge to operations. Implementation of the stock-based incentive plan will require stockholder approval. If the shares to fund the plan (restricted stock awards and stock options) are assumed to come from authorized but unissued shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., the number of outstanding shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and the maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range would be 94,429,607, 111,113,773, 127,797,939 and 146,984,730, respectively, total stockholders’ equity would be $1,140.3 million, $1,228.9 million, $1,317.6 million and $1,419.6 million, respectively, and total stockholders’ ownership in Northwest Bancshares, Inc. would be diluted by approximately 8.15% at the maximum of the offering range.

84


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA
     The following tables summarize historical data of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and pro forma data at and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and at and for the year ended December 31, 2008. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the tables, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the offering. Moreover, pro forma stockholders’ equity per share does not give effect to the liquidation account to be established in the conversion or, in the unlikely event of a liquidation of Northwest Savings Bank, to the recoverability of intangible assets or the tax effect of the recapture of the bad debt reserve. See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Liquidation Rights.”
     The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:
  (i)   one-third of all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings, including shares purchased by insiders, with the remaining shares to be sold in the syndicated community offering;
 
  (ii)   55,000 shares of common stock will be purchased by our executive officers and directors, and their associates;
 
  (iii)   our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, and contributed to the charitable foundation with a loan from Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest over a period of 20 years;
 
  (iv)   Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a fee equal to 1% of all shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings and a fee equal to 5% of all shares sold in the syndicated community offering. No fee will be paid with respect to shares of common stock purchased by our qualified and non-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or stock purchased by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families; and
 
  (v)   total expenses of the offering, including the marketing fees to be paid to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, will be between $24.2 million at the minimum of the offering range and $35.1 million at the maximum of the offering range, as adjusted.
     We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of each period at an assumed interest rate of 3.25% (1.98% on an after-tax basis), which represented a blended average made of one- to four-family loans and the one-year U.S. Treasury Bill rate as of June 30, 2009 (which we consider to reflect more accurately the pro forma reinvestment rate than an arithmetic average method in light of current market interest rates). The effect of withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock has not been reflected. Historical and pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the indicated number of shares of common stock. No effect has been given in the pro forma stockholders’ equity calculations for the assumed earnings on the net proceeds.
     The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation at the same price for

85


Table of Contents

which they were sold in the stock offering. We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans in awards that vest over a seven-year period.
     We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation. In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over seven years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $2.03 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 20.37% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 4.56%, an expected option life of eight years and a risk-free interest rate of 2.16%.
     We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.
     As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering,” we intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Northwest Savings Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering. We will use a portion of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.
     The pro forma table does not give effect to:
    withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering;
 
    our results of operations after the stock offering; or
 
    changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.
     The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock offering actually occurs and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with GAAP. We did not increase or decrease stockholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Pro forma stockholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of intangible assets, the liquidation account we will establish in the conversion or tax bad debt reserves in the unlikely event we are liquidated.

86


Table of Contents

                                 
    At or for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009  
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    53,975,000     63,500,000     73,025,000     83,978,750  
    Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
Gross proceeds of stock offering
  $ 539,750     $ 635,000     $ 730,250     $ 839,788  
Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation
    9,795       11,700       13,605       15,796  
Market value of shares issued in the exchange
    317,815       373,900       429,985       494,482  
 
                       
Pro forma market capitalization
  $ 867,360     $ 1,020,600     $ 1,173,840     $ 1,350,066  
 
                       
 
                               
Gross proceeds of offering
  $ 539,750     $ 635,000     $ 730,250     $ 839,788  
Less: Expenses
    24,214       27,668       31,121       35,093  
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds
  $ 515,536     $ 607,332     $ 699,129     $ 804,695  
 
                       
Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Less: Cash contribution to charitable foundation
    (1,000 )     (1,000 )     (1,000 )     (1,000 )
Less: Common stock purchased by the stock-based incentive plan
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Plus: Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
    2,058       2,058       2,058       2,058  
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted
  $ 472,630     $ 556,654     $ 640,679     $ 737,307  
 
                       
 
                               
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009
                               
Consolidated net income:
                               
Historical
  $ 19,593     $ 19,593     $ 19,593     $ 19,593  
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    4,685       5,518       6,351       7,309  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (335 )     (395 )     (454 )     (522 )
Shares granted under the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (958 )     (1,127 )     (1,296 )     (1,491 )
Options granted under the stock-based incentive plan (4)
    (766 )     (901 )     (1,037 )     (1,192 )
 
                       
Pro forma net income
  $ 22,219     $ 22,688     $ 23,157     $ 23,697  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income per share (5):
                               
Historical
  $ 0.22     $ 0.19     $ 0.16     $ 0.14  
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    0.06       0.06       0.06       0.06  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)
                       
Shares granted under the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Options granted under the stock-based incentive plan (4)
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
 
                       
Pro forma net income per share (5) (6)
  $ 0.26     $ 0.23     $ 0.20     $ 0.18  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price to pro forma net income per share
    19.23 x     21.74 x     25.00 x     27.78 x
Number of shares used in net income per share calculations (5)
    84,592,752       99,537,843       114,482,935       131,669,790  
 
                               
At June 30, 2009
                               
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Historical
  $ 632,535     $ 632,535     $ 632,535     $ 632,535  
Estimated net proceeds
    515,536       607,332       699,129       804,695  
Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
    2,062       2,062       2,062       2,062  
Stock contribution to charitable foundation
    9,795       11,700       13,604       15,795  
Tax benefit of contribution of charitable foundation
    4,210       4,953       5,696       6,550  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Less: Common stock acquired by the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Less: After-tax effect of contribution to charitable foundation
    (10,795 )     (12,700 )     (14,605 )     (16,796 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,109,380     $ 1,194,147     $ 1,278,914     $ 1,376,396  
Less: Intangible assets
  $ (177,088 )   $ (177,088 )   $ (177,088 )   $ (177,088 )
 
                       
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 932,292     $ 1,017,059     $ 1,101,826     $ 1,199,308  
 
                       
 
                               
Stockholders’ equity per share (7):
                               
Historical
  $ 7.28     $ 6.19     $ 5.37     $ 4.67  
Estimated net proceeds
    5.94       5.95       5.96       5.96  
Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
    0.02       0.02       0.02       0.02  
Stock contribution to charitable foundation
    0.11       0.11       0.12       0.12  
Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation
    0.05       0.05       0.05       0.05  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )

87


Table of Contents

                                 
    At or for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009  
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    53,975,000     63,500,000     73,025,000     83,978,750  
    Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
Less: Common stock acquired by the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )
Less: After-tax effect of contribution to charitable foundation
    (0.12 )     (0.12 )     (0.12 )     (0.12 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)
  $ 12.97     $ 11.70     $ 10.90     $ 10.20  
Intangible assets
    (2.04 )     (1.74 )     (1.51 )     (1.31 )
 
                       
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (7)
  $ 10.75     $ 9.96     $ 9.39     $ 8.89  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    78.19 %     85.47 %     91.74 %     98.04 %
 
                       
Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
    93.02 %     100.40 %     106.50 %     112.49 %
 
                       
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations (8)
    86,735,977       102,059,973       117,383,969       135,006,564  
 
                       
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares, or changes in market and financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
 
(2)   Assumes that 4% of shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Northwest Savings Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Northwest Savings Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Statement of Position 93-6, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“SOP 93-6”), requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that: (i) the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Northwest Savings Bank, (ii) the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the $10.00 subscription price and (iii) the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 39%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 54,955, 64,670, 74,386 and 85,558 shares were committed to be released during the period at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with SOP 93-6, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.
 
(3)   Gives effect to the grant of stock awards pursuant to the stock-based incentive plan expected to be adopted by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. following the offering and presented to stockholders for approval not earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. We have assumed that at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum as adjusted, of the offering range this plan acquires a number of shares of restricted common stock equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, either through open market purchases, from authorized but unissued shares of common stock or treasury stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Funds used by the stock-based incentive plan to purchase the shares of common stock will be contributed by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based incentive plan, it is assumed that the shares of common stock were acquired by the plan in open market purchases at the beginning of the period presented for a purchase price equal to the price for which the shares are sold in the offering, and that 7.2% of the amount contributed was an amortized expense (14.3% annually based upon a seven-year vesting period) during the six months ended June 30, 2009. There can be no assurance that the actual purchase price of the shares of common stock granted under the stock-based incentive plan will be equal to the $10.00 subscription price. If shares are acquired from authorized but unissued shares of common stock or from treasury shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share will decrease. This will also have a dilutive effect of approximately 2.47% (at the maximum of the offering range) on the ownership interest of stockholders. The impact on pro forma net income per share and pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is not material. The following table shows pro forma net income per share and pro forma stockholders’ equity per share, assuming all the shares of common stock to fund the stock awards are obtained from authorized but unissued shares.
                                 
At or For the Six Months Ended                           Maximum, as
Ended June 30, 2009   Minimum   Midpoint   Maximum   Adjusted
Pro forma net income per share
  $ 0.26     $ 0.23     $ 0.20     $ 0.18  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 12.72     $ 11.66     $ 10.07     $ 10.19  
 
(4)   Gives effect to the granting of options pursuant to the stock-based incentive plan, which is expected to be adopted by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. following the offering and presented to stockholders for approval not earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. We have assumed that options will be granted to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, and the estimated grant-date fair value pursuant to the application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $2.03 for each option. The pro forma net income assumes that the options granted under the stock-based incentive plan have a value of $2.03 per option, which was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula using the following assumptions: (i) the trading price on date of grant was $10.00 per share; (ii) exercise price is equal to the trading price on the date of grant; (iii) dividend yield of 4.56%; (iv) expected life of eight years; (v) expected volatility of 20.37%; and

88


Table of Contents

  (vi) risk-free interest rate of 2.16%. If the fair market value per share on the date of grant is different than $10.00, or if the assumptions used in the option pricing formula are different from those used in preparing this pro forma data, the value of options and the related expense recognized will be different. The aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a seven-year vesting period of the options. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based incentive plan is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, our net income and stockholders’ equity per share will decrease. This also will have a dilutive effect of up to 5.96% on the ownership interest of persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering.
 
(5)   The number of shares used to calculate pro forma net income per share is equal to the estimated weighted average shares outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2009 multiplied by the exchange ratio at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, plus the shares contributed to the charitable foundation, and subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the respective periods in accordance with SOP 93-6. See footnote 2, above.
 
(6)   The retained earnings of Northwest Savings Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.”
 
(7)   Per share figures include publicly held shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock that will be exchanged for shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock in the conversion. Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of subscription shares assumed to be sold in the offering; (ii) shares issued to the charitable foundation and (iii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares.
 
(8)   The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.

89


Table of Contents

                                 
    At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2008  
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    53,975,000     63,500,000     73,025,000     83,978,750  
    Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
Gross proceeds of stock offering
  $ 539,750     $ 635,000     $ 730,250     $ 839,788  
Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation
    9,795       11,700       13,605       15,796  
Market value of shares issued in the exchange
    317,815       373,900       429,985       494,482  
 
                       
Pro forma market capitalization
  $ 867,360     $ 1,020,600     $ 1,173,840     $ 1,350,066  
 
                       
 
                               
Gross proceeds of offering
  $ 539,750     $ 635,000     $ 730,250     $ 839,788  
Less: Expenses
    24,214       27,668       31,121       35,093  
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds
  $ 515,536     $ 607,332     $ 699,129     $ 804,695  
 
                       
Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Less: Cash contribution to charitable foundation
    (1,000 )     (1,000 )     (1,000 )     (1,000 )
Less: Common stock purchased by the stock-based incentive plan
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Plus: Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
    2,223       2,223       2,223       (2,223 )
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted
  $ 472,795     $ 556,819     $ 640,844     $ 737,472  
 
                       
 
                               
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2008
                               
Consolidated net income:
                               
Historical
  $ 48,171     $ 48,171     $ 48,171     $ 48,171  
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    9,373       11,039       12,705       14,620  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (670 )     (789 )     (908 )     (1,044 )
Shares granted under the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (1,916 )     (2,254 )     (2,593 )     (2,982 )
Options granted under the stock-based incentive plan (4)
    (1,532 )     (1,802 )     (2,073 )     (2,384 )
 
                       
Pro forma net income
  $ 53,426     $ 54,365     $ 55,302     $ 56,381  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income per share (5):
                               
Historical
  $ 0.57     $ 0.49     $ 0.42     $ 0.37  
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    0.11       0.11       0.11       0.11  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Shares granted under the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
Options granted under the stock-based incentive plan (4)
    (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
 
                       
Pro forma net income per share (5) (6)
  $ 0.63     $ 0.55     $ 0.48     $ 0.43  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price to pro forma net income per share
    15.87 x     18.18 x     20.83 x     23.26 x
Number of shares used in net income per share calculations (5)
    84,647,706       99,602,513       114,557,320       131,755,348  
 
                               
At December 31, 2008
                               
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Historical
  $ 613,784     $ 613,784     $ 613,784     $ 613,784  
Estimated net proceeds
    515,536       607,332       699,129       804,695  
Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
    2,217       2,217       2,217       2,217  
Stock contribution to charitable foundation
    9,795       11,700       13,604       15,795  
Tax benefit of contribution of charitable foundation
    4,210       4,953       5,696       6,550  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Less: Common stock acquired by the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (21,982 )     (25,868 )     (29,754 )     (34,223 )
Less: After-tax effect of contribution to charitable foundation
    (10,795 )     (12,700 )     (14,605 )     (16,796 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,090,784     $ 1,175,551     $ 1,260,318     $ 1,357,800  
 
                       
 
                               
Less: Intangible assets
  $ (178,758 )   $ (178,758 )   $ (178,758 )   $ (178,758 )
 
                       
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 912,026     $ 996,793     $ 1,081,560     $ 1,179,042  
 
                       
 
                               
Stockholders’ equity per share (7):
                               
Historical
  $ 7.07     $ 6.01     $ 5.21     $ 4.53  
Estimated net proceeds
    5.95       5.95       5.96       5.96  
Northwest Bancorp, MHC capital contribution
    0.03       0.02       0.02       0.02  
Stock contribution to charitable foundation
    0.11       0.11       0.12       0.12  
Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation
    0.05       0.05       0.05       0.05  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )

90


Table of Contents

                                 
    At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2008  
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    53,975,000     63,500,000     73,025,000     83,978,750  
    Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
Less: Common stock acquired by the stock-based incentive plan (3)
    (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )     (0.25 )
 
                       
Less: After-tax effect of contribution to charitable foundation
    (0.12 )     (0.12 )     (0.12 )     (0.12 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)
  $ 12.58     $ 11.52     $ 10.74     $ 10.06  
Intangible assets
    (2.06 )     (1.75 )     (1.52 )     (1.32 )
 
                       
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (7)
  $ 10.52     $ 9.77     $ 9.22     $ 8.74  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    79.49 %     86.81 %     93.11 %     99.40 %
 
                       
Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
    95.06 %     102.35 %     108.46 %     114.42 %
 
                       
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations (8)
    86,735,977       102,059,973       117,383,969       135,006,564  
 
                       
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares, or changes in market and financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
 
(2)   Assumes that 4% of shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Northwest Savings Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Northwest Savings Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. SOP 93-6 requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that: (i) the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Northwest Savings Bank, (ii) the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the $10.00 subscription price and (iii) the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 39%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 109,909, 129,340, 148,771 and 171,117 shares were committed to be released during the year at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with SOP 93-6, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the year were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.
 
(3)   Gives effect to the grant of stock awards pursuant to the stock-based incentive plan expected to be adopted by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. following the offering and presented to stockholders for approval not earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. We have assumed that at the midpoint, maximum and maximum as adjusted, of the offering range this plan acquires a number of shares of restricted common stock equal to 4% of the shares sold in the stock offering and issued to the charitable foundation, either through open market purchases, from authorized but unissued shares of common stock or treasury stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Funds used by the stock-based incentive plan to purchase the shares of common stock will be contributed by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based incentive plan, it is assumed that the shares of common stock were acquired by the plan in open market purchases at the beginning of the period presented for a purchase price equal to the price for which the shares are sold in the offering, and that 14.3% of the amount contributed was an amortized expense (based upon a seven-year vesting period) during the year ended December 31, 2008. There can be no assurance that the actual purchase price of the shares of common stock granted under the stock-based incentive plan will be equal to the $10.00 subscription price. If shares are acquired from authorized but unissued shares of common stock or from treasury shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share will decrease. This will also have a dilutive effect of approximately 2.47% (at the maximum of the offering range) on the ownership interest of stockholders. The impact on pro forma net income per share and pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is not material. The following table shows pro forma net income per share and pro forma stockholders’ equity per share, assuming all the shares of common stock to fund the stock awards are obtained from authorized but unissued shares.
                                 
At or For the Year                           Maximum, as
Ended December 31, 2008   Minimum   Midpoint   Maximum   Adjusted
Pro forma net income per share
  $ 0.62     $ 0.54     $ 0.48     $ 0.42  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 12.51     $ 11.48     $ 10.72     $ 10.06  
 
(4)   Gives effect to the granting of options pursuant to the stock-based incentive plan, which is expected to be adopted by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. following the offering and presented to stockholders for approval not earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. We have assumed that options will be granted to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares sold in the offering. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, and the estimated grant date fair value pursuant to the application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $2.03 for each option. The pro forma net income assumes that the options granted under the stock-based incentive plan have a value of $2.03 per option, which was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula using the following assumptions: (i) the trading price on date of grant was $10.00 per share; (ii) exercise price is equal to the trading price on the date of grant; (iii) dividend yield of 4.56% ; (iv) expected life of eight years; (v) expected volatility of 20.73%; and (vi) risk-free interest rate of 2.16%. If

91


Table of Contents

    the fair market value per share on the date of grant is different than $10.00, or if the assumptions used in the option pricing formula are different from those used in preparing this pro forma data, the value of options and the related expense recognized will be different. The aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a seven-year vesting period of the options. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based incentive plan is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, our net income and stockholders’ equity per share will decrease. This also will have a dilutive effect of up to 5.96% on the ownership interest of persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering.
 
(5)   The number of shares used to calculate pro forma net income per share is equal to the estimated weighted average shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2008 multiplied by the exchange ratio at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, plus the shares contributed to the charitable foundation, and subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the respective periods in accordance with SOP 93-6. See footnote 2, above.
 
(6)   The retained earnings of Northwest Savings Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.”
 
(7)   Per share figures include publicly held shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock that will be exchanged for shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock in the conversion. Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of subscription shares assumed to be sold in the offering; (ii) shares issued to the charitable foundation and (iii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares. The number of subscription shares actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.
 
(8)   The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.

92


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
     This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data. The information in this section has been derived from the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements, which appear beginning on pages F-1 and G-1 of this proxy statement/prospectus. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Northwest Bancorp, Inc. provided in this proxy statement/prospectus.
Overview
     Historically, our principal business has consisted of attracting deposits from the general public and the business community and making loans secured by various types of collateral, including real estate and other consumer assets. We are significantly affected by prevailing economic conditions, particularly interest rates, as well as government policies concerning among other things, monetary and fiscal affairs, housing and financial institutions and regulations regarding lending and other operations, privacy and consumer disclosure. Attracting and maintaining deposits is influenced by a number of factors, including interest rates paid on competing investments offered by other financial and non-financial institutions, account maturities, fee structures, and levels of personal income and savings. Lending activities are affected by the demand for funds and thus are influenced by interest rates, the number and quality of lenders and regional economic conditions. Sources of funds for lending activities include deposits, borrowings, repayments on loans, cash flows from maturities of investment securities and income provided from operations.
     Our earnings depend primarily on our level of net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on our interest-earning assets, consisting primarily of loans, mortgage-backed securities and other investment securities, and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits, borrowed funds, and trust-preferred securities. Net interest income is a function of our interest rate spread, which is the difference between the average yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on our interest-bearing liabilities, as well as a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets compared to interest-bearing liabilities. Also contributing to our earnings is noninterest income, which consists primarily of service charges and fees on loan and deposit products and services, fees related to insurance and investment management and trust services, and net gains and losses on sale of assets. Interest income and noninterest income are offset by provisions for loan losses, general administrative and other expenses, including employee compensation and benefits and occupancy and equipment costs, as well as by state and federal income tax expense.
     Our net income has decreased over the past few years, totaling $48.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $49.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $51.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Our net income was $19.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 compared to $27.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. Much of the reduction in our net income has resulted from increased loan loss reserves and impairment charges on securities caused by deteriorating asset quality, which has affected much of the financial institutions industry in recent years. Our provision for loan losses was $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Our provision for loan losses was $17.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 compared to $5.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. In addition, we experienced other-than-temporary impairment charges for securities, which were reflected as a reduction of noninterest income, of $4.3 million and $16.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

93


Table of Contents

     Other than our loans for the construction of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, we do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential properties (where the borrower pays interest for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan). We also do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on their loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We do not directly offer “subprime loans” (loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios) or Alt-A loans (traditionally defined as loans having less than full documentation). However, our subsidiary, Northwest Consumer Discount Company, originates such loans which totaled $115.4 million as of June 30, 2009.
     As of June 30, 2009, we held $183,000 of preferred stock issued by Freddie Mac, and $28.2 million of private label collateralized mortgage obligations, some of which are collateralized by ALT-A mortgage loans. As of June 30, 2009, our available credit lines and other sources of liquidity had not been reduced compared to levels from December 31, 2008 or 2007.
Our Competitive Strengths
     Since our initial public offering in 1994 we have grown from a savings bank operating primarily in Northwestern Pennsylvania to a regional community banking organization with branch offices in Ohio, New York, Maryland, Florida and throughout Pennsylvania. We believe that our growth and success have largely been due to the following strengths that have given us a competitive advantage in our markets:
    Maintaining a strong and experienced management team, and attracting and retaining dedicated and qualified personnel to support the growth of our franchise . Achieving our strategic objectives requires an experienced and dedicated management team, which we have developed and maintained over the years. Our management team has been an integral part of the continued growth and success of Northwest Savings Bank, including its transition to being a fully public company.
 
    Being recognized as an employer of choice in all of our markets by providing employees with exceptional opportunities for advancement and growth in an attractive business environment . A strong management team requires the support of dedicated and experienced employees. Our commitment to our employees, as well as the career opportunities offered by our sustained growth, has made Northwest Savings Bank a preferred employer in the markets we serve.
 
    Maintaining our ability and our reputation as an experienced and successful acquirer. Since 1994, we have completed 25 acquisition transactions. During this period, our total banking offices have increased from 41 to 167, and our assets have increased from $1.4 billion to $7.1 billion at June 30, 2009.
 
    Track record of creating value for our stockholders. As a publicly traded mutual holding company, we have strived to create value for our stockholders while meeting the needs of our banking customers. Common stock purchased in our initial offering in 1994 has appreciated 310.0% in value as of August 31, 2009. We will continue to focus on creating shareholder value as we transition to a fully converted stock holding company.

94


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy
     Our strategy is to focus on those banking activities and services that have proven to be successful and that have generated favorable returns for our stockholders. We believe that this focus will enable us to continue to grow our franchise, while maintaining our commitment to customer service, high asset quality, and sustained net earnings. The following are the key elements of our business strategy:
Expand Our Geographic Reach
    Complementary acquisitions. We believe that acquisition opportunities exist both within and beyond our current market area. We will consider pursuing acquisition opportunities on a selective basis in contiguous or near contiguous market areas that will afford us the opportunity to add complementary products to our existing business or expand our franchise geographically.
 
    De novo branching. We have opened de novo branches to provide better service for our customers and to add to or fill in gaps in our geographic footprint. For example, we plan to open four new branches in Rochester, New York during the fourth quarter of 2009.
Continue to Improve Our Earnings
    Asset mix diversification. Historically, we have emphasized the origination of single family residential mortgage loans and we will continue to emphasize these loans in the future. However, loan diversification improves our net interest margin because consumer loans and commercial business loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates than residential mortgage loans.
 
    Managing interest rate risk. Diversifying our asset mix not only improves our margin but also reduces the exposure of our net interest income and earnings to interest rate risk. We will continue to manage our interest rate risk by diversifying the type and maturity of assets in our loan and investment portfolios.
 
    Fee income. We have been focusing on increasing our fee income by offering new products and services. For example, we offer business deposits which are a source of low-cost funds and fee income as well as an investment management, brokerage and trust services with almost $1.0 billion of managed assets.
 
    Investment in our infrastructure. Over the past five years, we have significantly upgraded our technology capabilities by offering internet and mobile banking, an expanded ATM network, debit cards, surcharge-free ATM capabilities and electronic check clearing. We intend to capitalize on our technology capabilities to improve operating efficiencies and enhance customer service.
Continue to Improve Our Funding Mix
    Reducing our cost of funds and our exposure to interest rate risk by offering and attracting more checking accounts, transaction accounts and other low cost deposits . Transaction accounts generally are our least costly source of funds, and therefore improve our interest rate spread and the interest rate risk associated with deposits repricing more quickly than loans and investments in a rising interest rate environment.

95


Table of Contents

Increase Lending While Maintaining Asset Quality
    Maintaining a quality loan portfolio while exercising prudent loan underwriting and administration standards . While the delinquencies in our loan portfolio have increased during the current economic recession, we intend to maintain conservative loan underwriting and administration standards in the future.
Increase our Capital to Support Our Future Growth
    Using the capital raised in the stock offering to take advantage of strategic growth and acquisition opportunities. Management believes that the current economic recession will increase the rate of consolidation in the banking industry. After raising additional capital from the conversion and stock offering, we will be better positioned to take advantage of growth and acquisition opportunities that arise.
 
    Using the capital raised in the stock offering to increase our capital levels that may be required by the federal banking regulators in the current economic environment . The current severe economic recession has underscored the importance of capital strength. It is expected that existing minimum regulatory capital ratios will be increased by the bank regulatory agencies in response to market conditions and the recession.
Continue Our Community-Oriented Focus
    Operating as a regional community banking organization offering a broad range of financial products and services. As a community bank, we are uniquely positioned to understand the financial needs of our local customers. Our Community Banking Division has implemented a new sales process that emphasizes the building and fostering of customer relationships. Our new fully-integrated service and sales system will improve customer service and our operating performance.
 
    Our newly established charitable foundation will strengthen our commitment to the communities we serve. The charitable foundation will be initially funded with $9.8 million to $15.8 million of stock and $1.0 million in cash to benefit the communities we serve.
          Our results of operations may be significantly affected by our ability to effectively implement our business strategy including our plans for expansion through strategic acquisitions. If we are unable to effectively integrate and manage acquired or merged businesses or attract significant new business through our branching efforts, our financial performance may be negatively affected.
Expected Increase in Non-Interest Expense Following the Offering
          Following the completion of the conversion and offering, our non-interest expense can be expected to increase because of the increased compensation expenses associated with the purchase of shares of common stock by our employee stock ownership plan, the adoption of a new stock-based incentive plan, if approved by our stockholders, and implementation of our business plan, which includes the continued growth of our branch franchise.

96


Table of Contents

     Assuming that 73,025,000 shares are sold in the offering (the maximum of the offering range):
  (i)   the employee stock ownership plan will acquire 2,975,420 shares of common stock with a $29.8 million loan from Northwest Bancshares, Inc. that is expected to be repaid over 20 years, resulting in an annual expense (pre-tax) of approximately $1.5 million (assuming that the shares of common stock maintain a value of $10.00 per share);
 
  (ii)   if adopted more than one year following the offering, the new stock-based incentive plan may award a number of shares of restricted stock equal to or in excess of 4% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, or 2,975,420 shares, to eligible participants, and such awards will be expensed as the awards vest. Assuming all shares are awarded under the stock-based incentive plan at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a minimum of seven years, the corresponding annual expense (pre-tax) associated with shares awarded under the stock-based incentive plan will be approximately $4.3 million; and
 
  (iii)   if adopted more than one year following the offering, the new stock-based incentive plan may award options to purchase a number of shares equal to or in excess of 10% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, or 7,438,550 shares, to eligible participants, and such options will be expensed as the options vest. Assuming all options are awarded under the stock-based incentive plan at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the options vest over a minimum of seven years and using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: an exercise price and trading price on the date of grant of $10.00 and a fair value of $2.03 per option based upon a dividend yield of 4.56%, expected life of eight years, expected volatility of 20.37% and risk-free interest rate of 2.16%. The corresponding annual expense (pre-tax) associated with options awarded under the stock-based incentive plan will be approximately $2.2 million.
     The actual expense that will be recorded for the employee stock ownership plan will be determined by the market value of the shares of common stock as they are released to employees over the term of the loan, and whether the loan is repaid faster than its contractual term. Accordingly, increases in the stock price above $10.00 per share will increase the total employee stock ownership plan expense, and accelerated repayment of the loan will increase the employee stock ownership plan expense for those periods in which accelerated or larger loan repayments are made. Further, the actual expense of the stock-based incentive plan related to restricted stock will be determined by the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date, which may be less than or greater than $10.00 per share.
Critical Accounting Policies
     Certain accounting policies are important to the understanding of our financial condition, since they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Estimates associated with these policies are susceptible to material changes as a result of changes in facts and circumstances, including, but without limitation, changes in interest rates, performance of the economy, financial condition of borrowers and laws and regulations. The following are the accounting policies we believe are critical.
      Allowance for Loan Losses. We recognize that losses will be experienced on loans and that the risk of loss will vary with, among other things, the type of loan, the creditworthiness of the borrower, general economic conditions and the quality of the collateral for the loan. We maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses represents

97


Table of Contents

management’s estimate of probable losses based on all available information. The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of the collectibility of the loan portfolio, including past loan loss experience, known and inherent losses, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, and current economic conditions. The loan portfolio and other credit exposures are regularly reviewed by management in its determination of the allowance for loan losses. The methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance includes a review of historical losses, peer group comparisons, industry data and economic conditions. As an integral part of their examination process, regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to make additional provisions for estimated losses based upon judgments different from those of management. In establishing the allowance for loan losses, loss factors are applied to various pools of outstanding loans. Loss factors are derived using our historical loss experience and may be adjusted for factors that affect the collectibility of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. Commercial loans that are criticized are evaluated individually to determine the required allowance for loan losses and to evaluate the potential impairment of such loans under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” (“SFAS 114”). Although management believes that it uses the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that increases will not be necessary should the quality of loans deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed previously. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. The allowance is based on information known at the time of the review. Changes in factors underlying the assessment could have a material impact on the amount of the allowance that is necessary and the amount of provision to be charged against earnings. Such changes could impact future results. Management believes, to the best of their knowledge, that all known losses as of the balance sheet date have been recorded.
      Valuation of Investment Securities. All of our investment securities are classified as available for sale and recorded at current fair value. Unrealized gains or losses, net of deferred taxes, are reported in other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices of identical assets, when available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon valuation models that use cash flow, security structure and other observable information. Where sufficient data is not available to produce a fair valuation, fair value is based on broker quotes for similar assets. Broker quotes may be adjusted to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. Adjustments may include unobservable parameters, among other things. No adjustment, were made to any broker quotes required by us.
     We conduct a quarterly review and evaluation of our investment securities to determine if any declines in fair value are other than temporary. In making this determination, we consider the period of time the securities were in a loss position, the percentage decline in comparison to the securities’ amortized cost, the financial condition of the issuer, if applicable, and the delinquency or default rates of underlying collateral. We consider our intent to sell the investment securities evaluated and the likelihood that we will not have to sell the investment securities before recovery of their cost basis. If impairment exists, credit related impairment losses are recorded in earnings while noncredit related impairment losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.
      Goodwill . Goodwill is not subject to amortization but must be tested for impairment at least annually, and possibly more frequently if certain events or changes in circumstances arise. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each reporting unit be compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. Reporting units are identified based upon analyzing each of our individual operating segments. A reporting unit is defined as any distinct, separately identifiable component of an operating segment for

98


Table of Contents

which complete, discrete financial information is available that management regularly reviews. Goodwill is allocated to the carrying value of each reporting unit based on its relative fair value at the time it is acquired. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires a high degree of subjective management judgment. We, through the use of an independent third party, evaluate goodwill for possible impairment using four valuation methodologies including a public market peers approach, a comparable transactions approach, a control premium approach and a discounted cash flow approach. Future changes in the economic environment or the operations of the reporting units could cause changes to these variables, which could give rise to declines in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. Declines in fair value could result in impairment being identified. We have established June 30 of each year as the date for conducting our annual goodwill impairment assessment. The variables are selected as of that date and the valuation model is run to determine the fair value of each reporting unit. At June 30, 2009, we did not identify any individual reporting unit where the fair value was less than the carrying value.
      Deferred Income Taxes . We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes as prescribed in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”). Using this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. If current available information raises doubt as to the realization of the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets. These judgments require us to make projections of future taxable income. The judgments and estimates we make in determining our deferred tax assets, which are inherently subjective, are reviewed on an ongoing basis as regulatory and business factors change. A reduction in estimated future taxable income could require us to record a valuation allowance. Changes in levels of valuation allowances could result in increased income tax expense, and could negatively affect earnings.
      Other Intangible Assets . Using the purchase method of accounting for acquisitions, we are required to record the assets acquired, including identified intangible assets, and liabilities assumed at their fair values. These fair values often involve estimates based on third-party valuations, including appraisals, or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses or other valuation techniques, which are inherently subjective. Core deposit and other intangible assets are recorded in purchase accounting when a premium is paid to acquire other entities or deposits. Other intangible assets, which are determined to have finite lives, are amortized based on the period of estimated economic benefits received, primarily on an accelerated basis.
      Pension Benefits . Pension expense and obligations are dependent on assumptions used in calculating such amounts. These assumptions include discount rates, anticipated salary increases, interest costs, expected return on plan assets, mortality rates, and other factors. In accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, actual results that differ from the assumptions are amortized over average future service and, therefore, generally affect recognized expense. While management believes that the assumptions used are appropriate, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions may affect our pension obligations and future expense.
     In determining the projected benefit obligations for pension benefits at December 31, 2008, we used a discount rate of 6.00%, which is 0.50% lower than the discount rate used at December 31, 2007 of 6.50%. We use the Citigroup Pension Liability Index rates matching the duration of our benefit payments as of the measurement date to determine the discount rate. Effective January 1, 2008, we changed the measurement date from October 31 to December 31 concurrent with our adoption of the measurement provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for

99


Table of Contents

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.” Our pre-tax pension expense is forecasted to increase from approximately $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to approximately $7.9 million for the year ending December 31, 2009.
Balance Sheet Analysis
      Assets. Our total assets at June 30, 2009 were $7.092 billion, an increase of $162.1 million, or 2.3%, from $6.930 billion at December 31, 2008. This increase in assets was primarily attributed to an increase in cash and cash equivalents of $335.1 million, which was partially offset by a decrease in investments of $130.0 million, a decrease in loans of $38.5 million and an increase in the allowance for loan losses of $11.8 million. The net increase in total assets was funded by an increase in deposits of $307.5 million, partially offset by a decrease in borrowed funds of $170.9 million.
      Cash and equivalents . Total cash and investments increased by $205.4 million, or 16.8%, to $1.424 billion at June 30, 2009, from $1.219 billion at December 31, 2008. This increase was a result of deposit growth while we evaluated investment alternatives and maintained liquidity to repay $37.0 million of long-term borrowings due before the end of the year.
     Cash and equivalents decreased by $150.7 million, or 65.3%, to $79.9 million at December 31, 2008 from $230.6 million at December 31, 2007. This decrease was attributable to our using cash to fund loan growth and purchase investment securities.
      Loans receivable . Loans receivable decreased by $38.5 million, or 0.8%, to $5.158 billion at June 30, 2009, from $5.197 billion at December 31, 2008. Loan demand remained strong, with originations of $1.116 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. However, we sold $388.8 million of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans originated during the same period to assist with maintaining an acceptable liquidity position and lessen interest-rate risk. During the six months ended June 30, 2009 commercial loans increased by $82.8 million, or 5.8%, mortgage loans decreased by $112.9 million, or 4.6%, and consumer and home equity loans decreased by $8.4 million, or 0.6%.
     Net loans receivable increased $346.3 million, or 7.2%, to $5.142 billion at December 31, 2008 from $4.796 billion at December 31, 2007. This increase in loans was primarily attributable to growth in our consumer and commercial loan portfolios. Consumer home equity loans increased $43.6 million, or 4.4%, commercial real estate loans increased $193.6 million, or 21.4%, and commercial business loans increased $19.7 million, or 5.4%.
     Total loans 30 days or more past due decreased by $7.9 million, or 4.1%, to $184.9 million at June 30, 2009 from $192.8 million at December 31, 2008. The June 30, 2009 amount of $184.9 million consisted of 2,815 loans, while the $192.8 million of total delinquency at December 31, 2008 consisted of 3,492 loans. Delinquencies on one- to four-family mortgage and consumer loans decreased by $26.3 million, or 31.0%, and commercial real estate and commercial business loans increased $18.4 million, or 17.1%. Like most financial institutions, we experienced an increase in the amount of delinquencies during the past 18 months due to deteriorating economic conditions. The decrease in mortgage and consumer delinquency is due to comparing a 30 day month to a 31 day month. The largest increases in commercial loan delinquencies have occurred in Florida and Maryland, where economic activity has declined the most.

100


Table of Contents

     Set forth below are selected data relating to the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates included.
                                                                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Real estate:
                                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 2,396,623       45.4 %   $ 2,492,940       47.2 %   $ 2,430,117       48.9 %   $ 2,411,024       53.5 %
Home equity
    1,038,323       19.7       1,035,954       19.6       992,335       20.0       887,352       19.7  
Multi-family and commercial
    1,191,107       22.5       1,100,218       20.8       906,594       18.3       701,951       15.6  
 
                                               
Total real estate loans
    4,626,053       87.6       4,629,112       87.6       4,329,046       87.2       4,000,327       88.8  
Consumer:
                                                               
Automobile
    102,519       1.9       102,267       2.0       125,298       2.5       138,401       3.1  
Education loans
    25,807       0.5       38,152       0.7       14,551       0.3       11,973       0.3  
Loans on savings accounts
    11,576       0.2       11,191       0.2       10,563       0.2       10,313       0.2  
Other (1)
    116,852       2.2       115,913       2.2       117,831       2.4       109,303       2.4  
 
                                               
Total consumer loans
    256,754       4.8       267,523       5.1       268,243       5.4       269,990       6.0  
 
                                               
Commercial business
    400,926       7.6       387,145       7.3       367,459       7.4       235,311       5.2  
 
                                               
Total loans receivable, gross
    5,283,733       100.0 %     5,283,780       100.0 %     4,964,748       100.0 %     4,505,628       100.0 %
 
                                                       
Deferred loan fees
    (5,978 )             (5,041 )             (4,179 )             (3,027 )        
Undisbursed loan proceeds
    (119,460 )             (81,918 )             (123,163 )             (52,505 )        
Allowance for loan losses (real estate loans)
    (40,277 )             (33,760 )             (28,854 )             (17,936 )        
Allowance for loan losses (other loans)
    (26,500 )             (21,169 )             (12,930 )             (19,719 )        
 
                                                       
Total loans receivable net
  $ 5,091,518             $ 5,141,892             $ 4,795,622             $ 4,412,441          
 
                                                       
                                                 
                    At June 30  
    At December 31, 2005     2005     2004  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Real estate:
                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 2,805,900       59.5 %   $ 2,693,174       60.3 %   $ 2,615,328       63.1 %
Home equity
    780,451       16.5       737,619       16.5       588,192       14.2  
Multi-family and commercial
    594,503       12.6       534,224       11.9       454,606       11.0  
 
                                   
Total real estate loans
    4,180,854       88.6       3,965,017       88.7       3,658,126       88.3  
Consumer:
                                               
Automobile
    144,519       3.1       138,102       3.1       120,887       2.9  
Education loans
    120,504       2.5       112,462       2.5       95,599       2.3  
Loans on savings accounts
    9,066       0.2       8,500       0.2       8,038       0.2  
Other(1)
    106,390       2.3       102,787       2.3       112,163       2.7  
 
                                   
Total consumer loans
    380,479       8.1       361,851       8.1       336,687       8.1  
Commercial business
    157,572       3.3       142,391       3.2       149,509       3.6  
 
                                   
Total loans receivable, gross
    4,718,905       100.0 %     4,469,259       100.0 %     4,144,322       100.0 %
 
                                         
 
                                               
Deferred loan fees
    (3,877 )             (4,257 )             (6,630 )        
Undisbursed loan proceeds
    (59,348 )             (56,555 )             (53,081 )        
Allowance for loan losses (real estate loans)
    (16,875 )             (15,918 )             (15,113 )        
Allowance for loan losses (other loans)
    (16,536 )             (15,645 )             (15,557 )        
 
                                         
Total loans receivable net
  $ 4,622,269             $ 4,376,884             $ 4,053,941          
 
                                         
 
(1)   Consists primarily of secured and unsecured personal loans.

101


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth loans by state (based on borrowers’ residence) at June 30, 2009.
Loans outstanding:
                                                                 
                                    Commercial                    
                                    business and                    
    One- to four-family             Consumer and             commercial                    
    mortgage  (1)     Percentage     home equity  (2)     Percentage     real estate  (3)     Percentage     Total  (4)     Percentage  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Pennsylvania
  $ 2,013,821       85.6 %     1,168,682       90.3 %     989,493       65.6 %     4,171,996       80.8 %
New York
    132,988       5.6       71,854       5.5       279,683       18.5       484,525       9.4  
Ohio
    15,670       0.7       13,065       1.0       7,406       0.5       36,141       0.7  
Maryland
    156,027       6.6       29,712       2.3       174,056       11.5       359,795       7.0  
Florida
    34,827       1.5       11,765       0.9       59,246       3.9       105,838       2.1  
 
                                               
Total
  $ 2,353,333       100.0 %     1,295,078       100.0 %     1,509,884       100.0 %     5,158,295       100.0 %
 
                                               
 
(1)   Percentage of total mortgage loans.
 
(2)   Percentage of total consumer loans.
 
(3)   Percentage of total commercial loans.
 
(4)   Percentage of total loans.
     The following table sets forth the maturity or period of repricing of our loan portfolio at June 30, 2009. Demand loans and loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity are reported as due in one year or less. Adjustable and floating-rate loans are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust rather than in which they contractually mature, and fixed-rate loans are included in the period in which the final contractual repayment is due.
                                                 
            Due after     Due after     Due after              
    Due in one     one year     two years     three years              
    year or     through     through     through     Due after        
    less     two years     three years     five years     five years     Total  
    (In Thousands)  
Real estate loans:
                                               
One-to four-family residential
  $ 190,901     $ 126,516     $ 115,058     $ 229,379     $ 1,734,769     $ 2,396,623  
Multifamily and commercial
    420,091       123,190       131,849       415,076       100,901       1,191,107  
Consumer loans
    381,021       123,946       113,954       203,888       472,268       1,295,077  
Commercial business loans
    141,403       41,466       44,380       139,714       33,963       400,926  
 
                                   
Total loans
  $ 1,133,416     $ 415,118     $ 405,241     $ 988,057     $ 2,341,901     $ 5,283,733  
 
                                   
     The following table sets forth at June 30, 2009, the dollar amount of all fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans due after June 30, 2010. Adjustable- and floating-rate loans are included in the table based on the contractual due date of the loan.
                         
    Fixed     Adjustable     Total  
    (In Thousands)  
Real estate loans:
                       
One-to four-family residential
  $ 2,204,859     $ 57,446     $ 2,262,305  
Multifamily and commercial
    386,471       646,214       1,032,685  
Consumer loans
    882,884       159,802       1,042,686  
Commercial business loans
    135,366       212,235       347,601  
 
                 
Total loans
  $ 3,609,580     $ 1,075,697     $ 4,685,277  
 
                 
      Securities . Securities decreased by $129.8 million, or 11.4%, to $1.009 billion at June 30, 2009 from $1.139 billion at December 31, 2008. This decrease was the result of normal amortization on mortgage-backed securities. These proceeds have been accumulated in interest-earning deposits while we continue to evaluate investment alternatives. During the six months ended June 30, 2009, we recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges of $4.3 million on three private label collateralized mortgage

102


Table of Contents

obligations due to a deterioration in credit of the underlying collateral. These collateralized mortgage obligations were purchased in 2005.
     Securities increased by $5.8 million, or 0.5%, to $1.139 billion at December 31, 2008 from $1.133 billion at December 31, 2007. This increase was the result of our investing excess cash in marketable securities in order to earn a higher yield. During 2008 we recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges of $16.0 million. The other-than-temporary impairment charges were $5.5 million for preferred stock of Freddie Mac, $600,000 for a single issuer trust preferred security with a remaining amortized cost of $1.4 million at December 31, 2008 and $9.9 million for multiple pooled-trust preferred securities with remaining amortized cost of $13.7 million as of December 31, 2008.
     The following tables set forth certain information regarding the amortized cost and fair values of our investment securities portfolio and mortgage-backed securities portfolio at the dates indicated.
                                                                 
                    At December 31,  
    At June 30, 2009     2008     2007     2006  
    Amortized             Amortized             Amortized             Amortized        
    Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
    (In Thousands)  
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale:
                                                               
Fixed-rate pass through certificates
  $ 160,821     $ 166,268     $ 186,659     $ 193,099     $ 73,284     $ 73,992     $ 68,720     $ 67,430  
Variable-rate pass through certificates
    250,939       257,451       276,121       277,183       306,886       309,054       199,442       198,365  
Fixed-rate CMOs
    48,165       45,375       60,119       57,480       73,514       71,793       87,946       85,402  
Variable-rate CMOs
    208,772       205,995       228,917       217,877       76,886       76,908       27,613       27,771  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Total mortgage-backed securities available for sale
  $ 668,697     $ 675,089     $ 751,816     $ 745,639     $ 530,569     $ 531,747     $ 383,721     $ 378,968  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Investment securities available for sale:
                                                               
U.S. Government, agency and GSEs
  $ 77,651     $ 81,322     $ 97,884     $ 108,908     $ 286,359     $ 292,546     $ 214,031     $ 212,525  
Municipal securities
    240,258       236,983       268,616       267,548       262,895       267,120       14,553       14,604  
Corporate debt issues
    28,173       14,904       25,165       15,961       37,225       35,075       63,114       60,577  
Equity securities and mutual funds
    954       1,084       954       1,114       6,478       6,879       95,548       100,840  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Total investment securities available for sale
  $ 347,036     $ 334,293     $ 392,619     $ 393,531     $ 592,957     $ 601,620     $ 387,246     $ 388,546  
 
                                               
                                                                 
                    At December 31,  
    At June 30, 2009     2008     2007     2006  
    Amortized             Amortized             Amortized             Amortized        
    Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
    (In Thousands)  
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity:
                                                               
Fixed-rate pass through certificates
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $ 9,097     $ 8,965  
Variable-rate pass through certificates
                                          188,700       188,382  
Fixed-rate CMOs
                                        4,484       4,249  
Variable-rate CMOs
                                        49,374       49,335  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Total mortgage-backed securities held to maturity
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $ 251,655     $ 250,931  
 
                                               

103


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth information regarding the issuers and the carrying value of our mortgage-backed securities.
                                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006  
    (In Thousands)  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Fannie Mae
  $ 256,344     $ 288,082     $ 165,391     $ 205,127  
Ginnie Mae
    87,622       99,354       88,428       120,799  
Freddie Mac
    302,176       320,297       229,960       249,685  
Other (non-agency)
    28,947       37,906       47,968       55,012  
 
                       
Total mortgage-backed securities
  $ 675,089     $ 745,639     $ 531,747       630,623  
 
                       

104


Table of Contents

      Investment Portfolio Maturities and Yields . The following table sets forth the scheduled maturities, carrying values, amortized cost, market values and weighted average yields for our investment securities and mortgage-backed securities portfolios at June 30, 2009. Adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust.
                                                                                            
    At June 30, 2009  
    One Year or Less     One Year to Five Years     Five to Ten Years     More than Ten Years     Total  
            Annualized             Annualized             Annualized             Annualized                     Annualized  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted                     Weighted  
    Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized             Average  
    Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Fair Value     Yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Investment securities available for sale
                                                                                       
Government sponsored entities
  $ 995       5.34 %   $ 1,972       5.37 %   $ 22,613       5.39 %   $ 51,991       5.26 %   $ 77,571     $ 81,245       5.30 %
U.S. Government and agency obligations
    80       1.20 %                                         80       77       1.20 %
Municipal securities
                913       4.03 %     39,929       4.18 %     199,416       4.50 %     240,258       236,983       4.44 %
Corporate debt issues
                500       2.91 %                 27,673       4.33 %     28,173       14,904       4.30 %
Equity securities and mutual funds
                                        954       5.09 %     954       1,084       5.09 %
 
                                                                           
Total investment securities available for sale
    1,075       5.03 %     3,385       4.64 %     62,542       4.62 %     280,034       4.62 %     347,036       334,293       4.62 %
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale:
                                                                                       
Pass through certificates
    251,059       4.69 %     11,925       4.57 %     8,536       4.89 %     140,240       5.43 %     411,760       423,719       4.94 %
CMOs
    208,772       1.70 %                 18,936       4.81 %     29,229       4.34 %     256,937       251,370       2.23 %
 
                                                                           
Total mortgage-backed securities available for sale
  $ 459,831       3.33 %     11,925       4.57 %     27,472       4.84 %     169,469       5.24 %     668,697       675,089       3.90 %
 
                                                                           
Total investment securities and mortgage-backed securities
  $ 460,906       3.34 %   $ 15,310       4.59 %   $ 90,014       4.69 %   $ 449,503       4.85 %   $ 1,015,733     $ 1,009,382       4.15 %
 
                                                                           

105


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth information with respect to gross unrealized holding gains and losses on our portfolio of investment securities as of June 30, 2009.
                                 
            Gross Unrealized     Gross Unrealized        
    Amortized Cost     Holding Gains     Holding Losses     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
Debt issued by the U.S. Government and agencies:
                               
Due in one year or less
  $ 80     $     $ (3 )   $ 77  
 
                               
Debt issued by government-sponsored enterprises:
                               
Due in one year or less
    995       13             1,008  
Due in greater than one year to five years
    1,972       172             2,144  
Due in greater than five years to ten years
    22,613       1,553             24,166  
Due after ten years
    51,991       2,043       (107 )     53,927  
 
                               
Equity securities
    954       211       (81 )     1,084  
 
                               
Municipal securities:
                               
Due in greater than one year to five years
    913       18             931  
Due in greater than five years to ten years
    39,929       739       (1 )     40,667  
Due after ten years
    199,416       1,930       (5,961 )     195,385  
 
Corporate debt issues:
                               
Due in greater than one year to five years
    500                   500  
Due after ten years
    27,673       117       (13,386 )     14,404  
 
                               
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Fixed-rate pass-through
    160,821       5,458       (11 )     166,268  
Variable-rate pass-through
    250,939       6,651       (139 )     257,451  
Fixed-rate non-agency CMO
    22,329             (3,035 )     19,294  
Fixed-rate agency CMO
    25,836       639       (394 )     26,081  
Variable-rate non-agency CMO
    11,833             (2,964 )     8,869  
Variable-rate agency CMO
    196,939       985       (798 )     197,126  
 
                       
 
                               
Total residential mortgage-backed securities
    668,697       13,733       (7,341 )     675,089  
 
                       
 
                               
Total marketable securities available for sale
  $ 1,015,733     $ 20,529     $ (26,880 )   $ 1,009,382  
 
                       

106


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth information with respect to gross unrealized holding gains and losses on our portfolio of investment securities as of December 31, 2008.
                                 
            Gross Unrealized     Gross Unrealized        
    Amortized Cost     Holding Gains     Holding Losses     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
Debt issued by the U.S. Government and agencies:
                               
Due in one year or less
  $ 91     $     $ (3 )   $ 88  
 
                               
Debt issued by government-sponsored enterprises:
                               
Due in one year or less
    2,985       50             3,035  
Due in greater than one year to five years
    2,962       208             3,170  
Due in greater than five years to ten years
    30,352       2,066             32,418  
Due after ten years
    61,494       8,712       (9 )     70,197  
 
                               
Equity securities
    954       160             1,114  
 
                               
Municipal securities:
                               
Due in greater than one year to five years
    460       1             461  
Due in greater than five years to ten years
    43,160       822       (86 )     43,896  
Due after ten years
    224,996       2,707       (4,512 )     223,191  
 
                               
Corporate debt issues:
                               
Due after ten years
    25,165       214       (9,418 )     15,961  
 
                               
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Fixed-rate pass-through
    186,659       6,447       (7 )     193,099  
Variable-rate pass-through
    276,121       3,136       (2,074 )     277,183  
Fixed-rate non-agency CMO
    25,683             (2,938 )     22,745  
Fixed-rate agency CMO
    34,436       445       (146 )     34,735  
Variable-rate non-agency CMO
    17,069             (2,710 )     14,359  
Variable-rate agency CMO
    211,848       48       (8,378 )     203,518  
 
                       
 
                               
Total residential mortgage-backed securities
    751,816       10,076       (16,253 )     745,639  
 
                       
 
                               
Total marketable securities available for sale
  $ 1,144,435     $ 25,016     $ (30,281 )   $ 1,139,170  
 
                       
     We review our investment portfolio on a quarterly basis for indications of impairment. This review includes analyzing the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been lower than the cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, including any specific events which may influence the operations of the issuer and management asserts that it does not have the intent to sell the security and that it is more likely than not we will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. Other investments are evaluated using our best estimate of future cash flows. If our estimate of cash flow determines that it is expected an adverse change has occurred, other-than-temporary impairment would be recognized for the credit loss.

107


Table of Contents

     The following table shows the fair value and gross unrealized losses on our investment securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss position at June 30, 2009.
                                                 
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Greater     Total  
            Unrealized             Unrealized             Unrealized  
    Fair Value     Loss     Fair Value     Loss     Fair Value     Loss  
    (In thousands)  
U.S. Government and agencies
  $ 7,967     $ (97 )   $ 188     $ (10 )   $ 8,155     $ (107 )
Municipal securities
    64,183       (2,339 )     52,613       (3,623 )     116,796       (5,962 )
Corporate issuer
    8,073       (7,545 )     1,964       (5,841 )     10,037       (13,386 )
Equity securities
    298       (81 )                 298       (81 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities — non-agency
                28,163       (5,999 )     28,163       (5,999 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities — agency
    42,718       (296 )     73,271       (1,049 )     115,989       (1,345 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 123,239     $ (10,358 )   $ 156,199     $ (16,522 )   $ 279,438     $ (26,880 )
 
                                   
     The following table shows the fair value and gross unrealized losses on our investment securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2008.
                                                 
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Greater     Total  
            Unrealized             Unrealized             Unrealized  
    Fair Value     Loss     Fair Value     Loss     Fair Value     Loss  
    (In thousands)  
U.S. Government and agencies
  $     $     $ 1,094     $ (12 )   $ 1,094     $ (12 )
Municipal securities
    109,255       (4,598 )                 109,255       (4,598 )
Corporate issuer
    8,618       (7,055 )     2,573       (2,363 )     11,191       (9,418 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities — non-agency
    15,256       (2,550 )     21,848       (3,098 )     37,104       (5,648 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities — agency
    269,831       (9,075 )     58,256       (1,530 )     328,087       (10,605 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 402,960     $ (23,278 )   $ 83,771     $ (7,003 )   $ 486,731     $ (30,281 )
 
                                   
     As of June 30, 2009, we had seven investments in corporate issues with a total book value of $7.8 million and total fair value of $2.0 million, where the book value exceeded the carrying value for more than 12 months. These investments were three single issuer trust preferred investments and four pooled trust preferred securities. The single issuer trust preferred securities were evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment by determining the strength of the underlying issuer. In each case, the underlying issuer was “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes and was a participant in the U.S. government’s TARP program. None of the issuers have deferred interest payments or announced the intention to defer interest payments, nor have any been downgraded. We believe the decline in fair value is related to the spread over three-month LIBOR, on which the quarterly interest payments are based, as the spread over LIBOR is significantly lower than current market spreads. We concluded the impairment of these investments was considered temporary. In making that determination, we also considered the duration and the severity of the losses. The pooled trust preferred securities were evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment considering duration and severity of the losses, actual cash flows, projected cash flows, performing collateral, the class of securities we owned and the amount of additional defaults the structure could withstand prior to the security experiencing a disruption in cash flows. None of these securities are projecting a cash flow disruption, nor have any of the securities experienced a cash flow disruption.

108


Table of Contents

     As of June 30, 2009, we had investments in corporate issuers with a total book value of $15.6 million and total fair value of $8.1 million, where the book value exceeded the carrying value for less than 12 months. One investment, a single issuer trust preferred investment, was evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment by determining the strength of the underlying issuer. The underlying issuer was “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes and was a participant in the government’s TARP program. The issuer has not deferred interest payments or announced the intention to defer interest payments. We concluded that the decline in fair value was related to the spread over three month LIBOR, on which the quarterly interest payments are based. The spread over LIBOR is significantly lower than current market spreads. Two other investments were pooled trust preferred investments. These securities were evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment considering duration and severity of the losses, actual cash flows, projected cash flows, performing collateral, the class of securities we owned and the amount of additional defaults the structure could withstand prior to the security experiencing a disruption in cash flows. Neither of these securities project cash flow disruption, nor have they experienced a cash flow disruption. None of the investments were downgraded during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009.
     We concluded, based on all facts evaluated, the impairment of these investments was considered temporary and management asserts that we do not have the intent to sell these securities and that it is more likely than not we will not have to sell the securities before recovery of their cost basis.
     The following table provides class, book value, fair value and ratings information for our portfolio of corporate securities that had an unrealized loss as of June 30, 2009.
                                 
        Total      
                        Unrealized     Moody’s/Fitch
Description   Class   Book Value     Fair Value     Losses     Ratings
        (In thousands)      
North Fork Capital (1)
  N/A   $ 1,009     $ 416     $ (503 )   Baa1/BBB+
Bank Boston Capital Trust (2)
  N/A     988       484       (504 )   A2/BB
Reliance Capital Trust
  N/A     1,000       835       (165 )   Not rated
Huntington Capital Trust
  N/A     1,419       597       (822 )   Baa3/BBB
MM Community Funding I
  Mezzanine     1,000       74       (926 )   Caa2/CCC
MM Community Funding II
  Mezzanine     389       42       (347 )   Baa2/BBB
I-PreTSL I
  Mezzanine     1,500       168       (1,332 )   Not rated/A-
I-PreTSL II
  Mezzanine     1,500       183       (1,317 )   Not rated/A-
PreTSL XIX
  Senior A-1     8,954       4,323       (4,631 )   A3/AAA
PreTSL XX
  Senior A-1     5,664       2,915       (2,749 )   Baa1/AAA
 
                         
 
      $ 23,423     $ 10,037     $ (13,386 )    
 
                         
 
(1)   North Fork Bank was acquired by Capital One Financial Corporation
 
(2)   Bank Boston was acquired by Bank of America
     The following table provides collateral information on pooled trust preferred securities included in the previous table as of June 30, 2009.
                                 
                            Additional
                            Immediate
                            Defaults Before
            Current           Causing an
            Deferrals and   Performing   Interest
Description   Total collateral   Defaults   Collateral   Shortfall
    (In thousands)  
I-PreTSL I
  $ 211,000     $ 35,000     $ 176,000     $ 50,500  
I-PreTSL II
    378,000             378,000       137,500  
PreTSL XIX
    700,535       96,000       604,535       259,500  
PreTSL XX
    604,154       83,000       521,154       243,500  

109


Table of Contents

     Mortgage-backed securities include agency (Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae) mortgage-backed securities and non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations. We review our portfolio of agency backed mortgage-backed securities quarterly for impairment. As of June 30, 2009, we believe that the small amount of impairment within our portfolio of agency mortgage-backed securities is temporary. As of June 30, 2009, we had 12 non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations with a total book value of $34.2 million and a total fair value of $28.2 million. During the six months ended June 30, 2009, we recognized other-than-temporary impairment of $4.3 million related to three of these investments. After recognizing the other-than-temporary impairment, our book value on these investments was $12.6 million, with a fair value of $8.2 million. We determined how much of the impairment was credit related and noncredit related by analyzing cash flow estimates, estimated prepayment speeds, loss severity and conditional default rates. We consider the discounted cash flow analysis to be our primary evidence when determining whether credit related other-than-temporary impairment exists. The impairment on the other nine collateralized mortgage obligations, with book value of $21.6 million and fair value of $20.0 million, were also reviewed considering the severity and length of impairment. After this review, we determined that the impairment on these securities was temporary.
     The following table shows issuer specific information, book value, fair value, unrealized losses and other-than-temporary impairment recorded in earnings for our portfolio of non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations as of June 30, 2009.
                                 
    Total     Impairment  
                    Unrealized     Recorded in  
Description   Book Value     Fair Value     Losses     Earnings  
    (In thousands)          
AMAC 2003-6 2A2
  $ 1,194     $ 1,180     $ (14 )   $  
AMAC 2003-6 2A8
    2,471       2,449       (22 )      
AMAC 2003-7 A3
    1,415       1,385       (30 )      
BOAMS 2005-11 1A8
    6,497       5,690       (807 )      
CWALT 2005-J14 A3
    7,147       5,038       (2,109 )     (59 )
CFSB 2003-17 2A2
    2,008       1,965       (43 )      
WAMU 2003-S2 A4
    1,596       1,586       (10 )      
CMLTI 2005-10 1A5B
    2,659       1,233       (1,426 )     (2,007 )
CSFB 2003-21 1A13
    250       238       (12 )      
FHASI 2003-8 1A24
    4,401       4,022       (379 )      
SARM 2005-21 4A2
    2,767       1,901       (866 )     (2,224 )
WFMBS 2003-B A2
    1,757       1,476       (281 )      
 
                       
 
  $ 34,162     $ 28,163     $ (5,999 )   $ (4,290 )
 
                       
      Deposits . Deposit balances increased across all of our products and all of our regions as consumer spending continued to decrease and the rate of consumer savings generally increased on a national basis. In addition, we have continued our focus on generating lower cost business deposits. Deposits increased by $307.5 million, or 6.1%, to $5.346 billion at June 30, 2009 from $5.038 billion at December 31, 2008. The largest increases were in savings deposits, which increased by $105.4 million, or 7.1%, to $1.586 billion at June 30, 2009 from $1.481 billion at December 31, 2008 and time deposits, which increased by $123.7 million, or 5.0%, to $2.581 billion at June 30, 2009 from $2.457 billion at December 31, 2008.
     Deposits decreased $504.1 million, or 9.1%, to $5.038 billion at December 31, 2008 from $5.542 billion at December 31, 2007. This designed decrease in deposits was attributable to our using Federal Home Loan Bank advances as a less expensive long-term funding alternative, while allowing rate-sensitive certificates of deposit to mature and be invested elsewhere. We allowed $579.2 million of certificate of deposit funds to run off, reducing the related cost of certificates of deposit from 4.58% as of

110


Table of Contents

December 31, 2007, to 3.93% as of December 31, 2008. This provided a reduction in certificate of deposit interest expense of $34.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.
     The following table sets forth the dollar amount of deposits in the various types of accounts we offered at the dates indicated.
                                                 
    At June 30, 2009     At December 31, 2008  
    Balance     Percent (1)     Rate (2)     Balance     Percent (1)     Rate (2)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Savings accounts
  $ 841,868       15.7 %     0.76 %   $ 760,245       15.1 %     1.14 %
Checking accounts
    1,178,616       22.1       0.23       1,100,131       21.8       0.37 %
Money market accounts
    744,132       13.9       1.25       720,375       14.3       1.58 %
Certificates of deposit:
                                               
Maturing within 1 year
    1,555,170       29.1       2.71       1,285,695       25.5       2.88 %
Maturing 1 to 3 years
    784,113       14.7       3.52       829,776       16.5       3.74 %
Maturing more than 3 years
    241,840       4.5       4.13       341,989       6.8       4.11 %
 
                                       
Total certificates
    2,581,123       48.3       3.09       2,457,460       48.8       3.34 %
 
                                       
Total deposits
  $ 5,345,739       100.0 %     1.81 %   $ 5,038,211       100.0 %     2.08 %
 
                                       
                                                 
    At December 31  
            2007                     2006        
             
    Balance     Percent (1)     Rate (2)     Balance     Percent (1)     Rate (2)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Savings accounts
  $ 745,430       13.4 %     1.20 %   $ 807,873       15.1 %     1.44 %
Checking accounts
    1,079,093       19.5       0.85 %     994,783       18.5       1.05 %
Money market accounts
    681,115       12.3       3.63 %     594,472       11.1       3.62 %
Certificates of deposit:
                                               
Maturing within 1 year
    2,541,053       45.9       4.70 %     2,024,850       37.7       4.47 %
Maturing 1 to 3 years
    379,183       6.8       4.31 %     801,156       14.9       4.50 %
Maturing more than 3 years
    116,460       2.1       4.62 %     143,616       2.7       4.56 %
 
                                       
Total certificates
    3,036,696       54.8       4.65 %     2,969,622       55.3       4.48 %
 
                                       
Total deposits
  $ 5,542,334       100.0 %     3.29 %   $ 5,366,750       100.0 %     3.26 %
 
                                       
 
(1)   Represents percentage of total deposits.
 
(2)   Represents weighted average nominal rate at fiscal year end.
     The following table sets forth the dollar amount of deposits in each state indicated as of June 30, 2009.
                 
Deposits by state   Balance     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)          
Pennsylvania
  $ 4,485,447       83.9 %
New York
    448,739       8.3  
Ohio
    55,571       1.0  
Maryland
    307,942       5.8  
Florida
    48,040       0.9  
 
           
Total
  $ 5,345,739       100.0 %
 
           

111


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.
                                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
Interest Rate:
                               
Less than 2.00%
  $ 468,550     $ 149,140     $ 9,607     $ 13,891  
2.00% to 2.99%
    686,448       855,120       26,063       100,667  
3.00% to 3.99%
    848,466       771,932       517,064       791,206  
4.00% to 4.99%
    544,794       640,500       1,362,512       1,191,995  
5.00% or higher
    32,865       40,768       1,121,450       871,863  
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 2,581,123     $ 2,457,460     $ 3,036,696     $ 2,969,622  
 
                       
     The following table sets forth, by interest rate ranges, information concerning our certificates of deposit.
                                                 
    At June 30, 2009  
    Period to Maturity  
    Less Than or     More Than     More Than                      
    Equal to     One to     Two to     More Than             Percent of  
    One Year     Two Years     Three Years     Three Years     Total     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Interest Rate Range:
                                               
Less than 2.00%
  $ 410,999     $ 52,643     $ 3,997     $ 11     $ 467,650       20.1 %
2.00% to 2.99%
    550,571       86,119       36,341       14,317       687,348       26.6  
3.00% to 3.99%
    475,853       32,745       289,920       49,948       848,466       32.9  
4.00% to 4.99%
    106,370       93,630       171,128       173,666       544,794       21.1  
5.00% or higher
    11,377       7,820       9,770       3,898       32,865       1.3  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total
  $ 1,555,170     $ 272,957     $ 511,156     $ 241,840     $ 2,581,123       100.0 %
 
                                   
     The following table indicates the amount of our certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity at June 30, 2009.
         
Maturity Period   Certificates of Deposit  
    (In thousands)  
Three months or less
  $ 78,178  
Over three months through six months
    45,323  
Over six months through twelve months
    217,076  
Over twelve months
    246,791  
 
     
Total
  $ 587,368  
 
     
      Borrowings. Borrowings decreased by $170.9 million, or 16.0%, to $897.1 million at June 30, 2009 from $1.068 billion at December 31, 2008. This decrease resulted from our using deposit growth to repay short-term borrowings. During the third and fourth quarters of 2009, we are scheduled to repay an additional $37.0 million of long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances.
     Borrowings increased $728.8 million, or 214.9%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2008 from $339.1 million at December 31, 2007. The increase resulted from an increase in Federal Home Loan Bank advances of $715.0 million, or 278.2%, to $972.0 million at December 31, 2008 from $257.0 million at December 31, 2007.

112


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth information concerning our borrowings at the dates and for the periods indicated.
                                         
    During the Six Months Ended    
    June 30,   During the Years Ended December 31,
    2009   2008   2008   2007   2006
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh borrowings:
                                       
Average balance outstanding
  $ 893,033     $ 414,834     $ 625,707     $ 305,597     $ 352,596  
Maximum outstanding at end of any month during period
  $ 954,439     $ 632,758     $ 972,018     $ 332,160     $ 377,592  
Balance outstanding at end of period
  $ 817,332     $ 632,758     $ 972,018     $ 257,025     $ 332,196  
Weighted average interest rate during period
    3.76 %     4.15 %     3.89 %     4.59 %     4.62 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
    4.04 %     3.99 %     3.49 %     4.64 %     4.58 %
 
                                       
Reverse repurchase agreements:
                                       
Average balance outstanding
  $ 82,257     $ 83,715     $ 88,349     $ 70,875     $ 44,860  
Maximum outstanding at end of any month during period
  $ 87,615     $ 87,447     $ 98,108     $ 83,432     $ 55,705  
Balance outstanding at end of period
  $ 79,731     $ 86,928     $ 91,436     $ 77,452     $ 55,705  
Weighted average interest rate during period
    1.23 %     2.05 %     1.75 %     4.01 %     4.03 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
    1.38 %     1.50 %     1.02 %     3.25 %     4.25 %
 
                                       
Other borrowings:
                                       
Average balance outstanding
  $ 2,566     $ 4,630     $ 4,602     $ 4,790     $ 5,333  
Maximum outstanding at end of any month during period
  $ 4,496     $ 4,652     $ 4,652     $ 4,923     $ 5,660  
Balance outstanding at end of period
  $     $ 4,619     $ 4,491     $ 4,638     $ 4,913  
Weighted average interest rate during period
    4.99 %     4.99 %     4.99 %     4.99 %     4.99 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
          4.99 %     4.99 %     4.99 %     4.99 %
 
                                       
Total borrowings:
                                       
Average balance outstanding
  $ 977,856     $ 503,179     $ 718,657     $ 381,262     $ 402,789  
Maximum outstanding at end of any month during period
  $ 1,009,586     $ 724,305     $ 1,067,945     $ 408,596     $ 424,766  
Balance outstanding at end of period
  $ 897,063     $ 724,305     $ 1,067,945     $ 339,115     $ 392,814  
Weighted average interest rate during period
    3.57 %     3.89 %     3.74 %     4.52 %     4.59 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
    3.81 %     3.70 %     3.29 %     4.33 %     4.54 %
      Shareholders’ equity . Total shareholders’ equity at June 30, 2009 was $632.5 million, or $13.05 per share, an increase of $18.7 million, or 3.1%, from $613.8 million, or $12.65 per share, at December 31, 2008. This increase was primarily attributable to net income of $19.6 million and $6.1 million of accumulated other comprehensive income primarily due to the change in fair value of interest rate swaps for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, which was partially offset by cash dividends of $7.9 million.
     Shareholders’ equity increased by $906,000, or less than 1.0%, to $613.8 million at December 31, 2008 from $612.9 million at December 31, 2007. This increase in shareholders’ equity was primarily attributable to net income of $48.2 million, which was offset by other comprehensive loss of $30.6 million, the payment of dividends of $15.8 million and stock repurchases of $3.3 million.

113


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheets
     The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information at and for the periods indicated. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.
                                                         
        For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
    At June 30,     2009     2008  
    2009     Average             Average     Average             Average  
    Average     Outstanding             Yield/ Cost     Outstanding             Yield/ Cost  
    Yield/Cost     Balance     Interest     (12)     Balance     Interest     (12)  
                    (Dollars in Thousands)                  
Interest-earning assets:
                                                       
Loans receivable (includes FTE adjustments of $834 and $783, respectively)
    6.28 %   $ 5,194,221     $ 161,597       6.21 %   $ 4,907,866     $ 162,478       6.58 %
Mortgage-backed securities
    3.92 %     711,842       14,278       4.01 %     688,911       16,684       4.84 %
Investment securities (includes FTE adjustments of $3,047 and $3,241, respectively)
    6.21 %     370,922       11,603       6.26 %     502,370       15,611       6.21 %
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
          63,143                   39,174       717       3.66 %
Interest-earning deposits
    0.25 %     175,431       162       0.18 %     185,255       2,506       2.68 %
 
                                               
Total interest-earning assets (includes FTE adjustments of $3,881 and $4,204, respectively)
    5.64 %     6,515,559       187,640       5.75 %     6,323,576       197,996       6.23 %
 
                                                   
Non-interest-earning assets
            496,152                       497,741                  
 
                                                   
Total assets
          $ 7,011,711                     $ 6,821,317                  
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                       
Savings deposits
    0.76 %   $ 812,396       3,058       0.76 %   $ 767,551       4,529       1.19 %
NOW accounts
    0.23 %     727,614       1,547       0.43 %     737,138       3,714       1.01 %
Money market accounts
    1.24 %     717,288       4,795       1.35 %     721,558       8,628       2.40 %
Certificate accounts
    3.09 %     2,504,253       39,683       3.20 %     2,913,135       62,410       4.31 %
Borrowed funds
    3.81 %     977,856       17,355       3.57 %     503,179       9,740       3.89 %
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
    5.49 %     108,249       2,949       5.42 %     108,303       2,789       5.09 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    2.16 %     5,847,656       69,387       2.39 %     5,750,864       91,810       3.21 %
 
                                                   
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
            538,188                       449,991                  
 
                                                   
Total liabilities
            6,385,844                       6,200,855                  
Shareholders’ equity
            625,867                       620,462                  
 
                                                   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
          $ 7,011,711                     $ 6,821,317                  
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Net interest income
                  $ 118,253                     $ 106,186          
 
                                                   
Net interest rate spread (10)
                            3.36 %                     3.02 %
 
                                                   
Net earning assets (6)
          $ 667,903                     $ 572,712                  
 
                                                   
Net interest margin (11)
                            3.63 %                     3.36 %
 
                                                   
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
            1.11 x                     1.10 x                
 
                                                   
(Footnotes follow on next page)

114


Table of Contents

                                                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    Average             Average     Average             Average     Average                
    Outstanding             Yield/ Cost     Outstanding             Yield/ Cost     Outstanding             Average  
    Balance     Interest     (13)     Balance     Interest     (13)     Balance     Interest     Yield/ Cost  
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans receivable (includes FTE adjustments of $1,559, $1,751 and $1,721, respectively) (1)(2)(3)
  $ 5,016,694     $ 328,687       6.50 %   $ 4,660,693     $ 317,321       6.78 %   $ 4,395,274       288,037       6.59 %
Mortgage-backed securities (5)
    732,281       34,694       4.74 %     584,053       29,385       5.03 %     660,986       31,523       4.77 %
Investment securities (includes FTE adjustments of $6,597, $6,798 and $6,992, respectively) (4)(5)(6)
    478,933       29,250       6.11 %     820,337       47,990       5.85 %     861,411       49,450       5.74 %
Federal Home Loan Bank stock (7)
    48,167       1,428       2.96 %     33,348       2,017       6.05 %     34,292       1,692       4.93 %
Interest-earning deposits
    104,895       2,756       2.59 %     150,665       7,867       5.15 %     133,218       6,584       4.87 %
 
                                                           
Total interest-earning assets (includes FTE adjustments of $8,156, $8,549 and $8,713, respectively)
    6,380,970       396,815       6.18 %     6,249,096       404,580       6.45 %     6,085,181       377,286       6.20 %
Non-interest-earning assets (8)
    488,579                       453,922                       437,607                  
 
                                                                 
Total assets
  $ 6,869,549                     $ 6,703,018                     $ 6,522,788                  
 
                                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Savings deposits
  $ 778,341       9,159       1.18 %   $ 793,172       10,909       1.38 %   $ 882,974       12,619       1.43 %
NOW accounts
    732,097       6,434       0.88 %     698,585       11,038       1.58 %     663,046       9,396       1.42 %
Money market accounts
    720,713       14,726       2.04 %     637,983       23,551       3.69 %     574,820       19,446       3.38 %
Certificate accounts
    2,716,815       106,742       3.93 %     3,076,693       141,042       4.58 %     2,850,548       115,524       4.05 %
Borrowed funds (9)
    718,657       26,893       3.74 %     381,262       17,225       4.52 %     402,789       18,508       4.59 %
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
    108,287       5,339       4.86 %     105,850       7,250       6.76 %     203,413       15,616       7.57 %
 
                                                           
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    5,774,910       169,293       2.93 %     5,693,545       211,015       3.71 %     5,577,590       191,109       3.43 %
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
    473,410                       409,096                       346,016                  
 
                                                                 
Total liabilities
    6,248,320                       6,102,641                       5,923,606                  
Shareholders’ equity
    621,229                       600,377                       599,182                  
 
                                                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 6,869,549                     $ 6,703,018                     $ 6,522,788                  
 
                                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 227,522                     $ 193,565                     $ 186,177          
 
                                                                 
Net interest rate spread (10)
                    3.25 %                     2.74 %                     2.77 %
 
                                                                 
Net interest earning assets
                          $ 555,551                     $ 507,591                  
 
                                                                   
Net interest margin (11)
  $ 606,060               3.57 %                     3.10 %                     3.06 %
 
                                                               
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    1.10 x                     1.10 x                     1.09 x                
 
                                                                 
 
(1)   Average gross loans receivable includes loans held as available-for-sale and loans placed on nonaccrual status.
 
(2)   Interest income includes accretion/amortization of deferred loan fees/expenses, which were not material.
 
(3)   Interest income on tax-free loans is presented on a taxable equivalent basis including adjustments of $1,559, $1,751 and $1,721, respectively.
 
(4)   Interest income on tax-free investment securities is presented on a taxable equivalent basis including adjustments of $6,597, $6,798 and $6,992, respectively.
 
(5)   Average balances do not include the effect of unrealized gains or losses on securities held as available-for-sale.

115


Table of Contents

(6)   Average balances include Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac stock.
 
(7)   During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh suspended dividends until further notice.
 
(8)   Average balances include the effect of unrealized gains or losses on securities held as available-for-sale.
 
(9)   Average balances include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings.
 
(10)   Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(11)   Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
 
(12)   Annualized. Shown on a fully tax-equivalent basis (“FTE”). The FTE basis adjusts for the tax benefit of income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments using the federal statutory rate of 35% for each period presented. The Company believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and provides relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts. GAAP basis yields were: Loans – 6.18% and 6.55%; respectively, Investment securities – 4.61% and 4.92%; respectively, interest-earning assets – 5.63% and 6.10%; respectively, GAAP basis net interest rate spreads were 3.24% and 2.89%, respectively and GAAP basis net interest margins were 3.51% and 3.23%, respectively.
 
(13)   Shown on a FTE basis. GAAP basis yields were: Loans – 6.47%, 6.75% and 6.55%, respectively, Investment securities – 4.73%, 5.02% and 4.93%, respectively, interest-earning assets – 6.05%, 6.32% and 6.06%, respectively, GAAP basis net interest rate spreads were 3.12%, 2.61% and 2.63%, respectively, and GAAP basis net interest margins were 3.44%, 2.97% and 2.92%, respectively.

116


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis
     The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the six months ended June 30, 2009 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2008, for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to 2006. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to: (1) changes in volume multiplied by the old rate; (2) changes in rate, which are changes in rate multiplied by the old volume; and (3) changes not solely attributable to rate or volume, which have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.
                                                                         
    Six Months Ended June 30,     Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2009 vs. 2008     2008 vs. 2007     2007 vs. 2006  
    Increase (Decrease)     Total     Increase (Decrease)     Total     Increase (Decrease) Due     Total  
    Due to     Increase     Due to     Increase     to     Increase  
    Rate     Volume     (Decrease)     Rate     Volume     (Decrease)     Rate     Volume     (Decrease)  
    (In Thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans receivable
  $ (10,302 )   $ 9,421     $ (881 )   $ (12,864 )   $ 24,230     $ 11,366     $ 10,072     $ 19,212     $ 29,284  
Mortgage-backed securities
    (2,961 )     555       (2,406 )     (2,149 )     7,458       5,309       1,733       (3,871 )     (2,138 )
Investment securities
    104       (4,112 )     (4,008 )     2,110       (20,850 )     (18,740 )     943       (2,403 )     (1,460 )
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    (717 )           (717 )     (1,485 )     896       (589 )     382       (57 )     325  
Interest-earning deposits
    (2,266 )     (78 )     (2,344 )     (3,314 )     (1,797 )     (5,111 )     396       887       1,283  
 
                                                     
Total interest-earning assets
    (16,142 )     5,786       (10,356 )     (17,702 )     9,937       (7,765 )     13,526       13,768       27,294  
 
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Savings accounts
    (1,735 )     264       (1,471 )     (1,560 )     (190 )     (1,750 )     (451 )     (1,259 )     (1,710 )
Interest-bearing demand accounts
    (2,128 )     (39 )     (2,167 )     (5,134 )     530       (4,604 )     1,109       533       1,642  
Money market demand accounts
    (3,782 )     (51 )     (3,833 )     (11,879 )     3,054       (8,825 )     1,870       2,235       4,105  
Certificate accounts
    (15,033 )     (7,694 )     (22,727 )     (18,981 )     (15,319 )     (34,300 )     15,752       9,766       25,518  
Borrowed funds
    (1,568 )     9,183       7,615       (5,575 )     15,243       9,668       (302 )     (981 )     (1,283 )
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
    176       (16 )     160       (2,078 )     167       (1,911 )     (1,280 )     (7,086 )     (8,366 )
 
                                                     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    (24,070 )     1,647       (22,423 )     (45,207 )     3,485       (41,722 )     16,698       3,208       19,906  
 
                                                     
 
Net change in net interest income
  $ 7,928     $ 4,139     $ 12,067     $ 27,505     $ 6,452     $ 33,957     $ (3,172 )   $ 10,560     $ 7,388  
 
                                                     

117


Table of Contents

Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009 and 2008
      General. Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2009 was $19.6 million, or $0.40 per diluted share, a decrease of $7.5 million, or 27.6%, from $27.1 million, or $0.56 per diluted share, for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The decrease in net income resulted primarily from an increase in the provision for loan losses of $11.8 million, an increase in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums of $5.2 million, a write-down of a real estate owned property located in Florida of $3.9 million, an increase in investment impairment of $2.8 million, an increase in compensation and employee benefits of $1.7 million and an increase in processing expenses of $1.3 million. These items were partially offset by an increase in net interest income of $12.5 million, an increase in mortgage banking income of $3.1 million, a recovery of previously written down servicing assets of $1.3 million, a decrease in amortization of intangible assets of $916,000 and a decrease in loss on early extinguishment of debt of $705,000. A discussion of each significant change follows.
     Annualized, net income for the six months ended June 30, 2009 represented a 6.26% and 0.56% return on average equity and return on average assets, respectively, compared to 8.72% and 0.79% for the six months ended June 30, 2008.
      Interest income . Total interest income decreased by $9.9 million, or 5.1%, to $183.8 million due to a decrease in the average yield earned on interest earning assets, which was partially offset by an increase in the average balance of interest earning assets. The average yield on interest earning assets decreased to 5.63% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 6.10% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The average yield on all categories of interest earning assets decreased from the previous period. Average interest earning assets increased by $192.0 million, or 3.0%, to $6.516 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $6.324 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
     Interest income on loans decreased by $646,000, or 0.4%, to $160.8 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, from $161.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The average yield on loans receivable decreased to 6.18% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 6.55% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The decrease in average yield was primarily attributable to our variable rate loans adjusting downward as the prime interest rate and short-term market interest rates decreased as well as the origination of new loans in a generally lower interest rate environment. This decrease in average yield was partially offset by an increase in the average balance of loans receivable. Average loans receivable increased by $286.4 million, or 5.8%, to $5.194 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $4.908 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This increase was primarily attributable to continued strong loan demand throughout our market areas. We originated $1.116 billion of loans for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 compared to $991.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
     Interest income on mortgage-backed securities decreased by $2.4 million, or 14.4%, to $14.3 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $16.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in the average yield earned, which decreased to 4.01% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 4.84% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This decrease in yield was partially offset by an increase in the average balance, which increased by $22.9 million, or 3.3%, to $711.8 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $688.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
     Interest income on investment securities decreased by $4.5 million, or 34.6%, to $8.6 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $13.1 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This decrease was due to a decrease in the average balance, which decreased by $131.5 million, or

118


Table of Contents

26.2%, to $370.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $502.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008 and a decrease in the average yield, which decreased to 4.61% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 4.92% for the six month period ended June 30, 2008.
     During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh suspended the dividends paid on member-owned stock. This suspension was due to concern over the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh’s capital position as a result of possible impairment of certain non-agency mortgage-backed securities. As a result, dividends on Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh stock decreased to zero for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $717,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
     Interest income on interest-earning deposits decreased by $2.3 million, or 93.5%, to $162,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $2.5 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The average balance decreased by $9.9 million, or 5.3%, to $175.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $185.3 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The average yield decreased to 0.18% from 2.68% as a result of decreases in the overnight federal funds rate.
      Interest expense . Interest expense decreased by $22.4 million, or 24.5%, to $69.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $91.8 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This decrease in interest expense was due to a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 2.39% from 3.21%, which was partially offset by an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $96.8 million, or 1.7%, to $5.848 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $5.751 billion for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The decrease in the cost of funds resulted primarily from a decrease in the level of market interest rates which enabled us to reduce the rate of interest paid on all deposit products. We believe the increase in liabilities resulted from an increase in deposits as the national savings rate increased in response to deteriorating economic conditions and a general loss of wealth due to weaknesses in the financial markets.
      Net interest income. Net interest income increased by $12.5 million, or 12.3%, to $114.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $101.9 million for the six-month period month ended June 30, 2008. This increase in net interest income was attributable to the factors discussed above. Our net interest rate spread increased to 3.24% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 2.89% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, and our net interest margin increased to 3.51% for the six-months ended June 30, 2009 from 3.23% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
      Provision for loan losses. The provision for loan losses increased by $11.8 million, or 207.9%, to $17.5 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $5.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This increase was primarily a result of increasing the reserve percentages used to calculate the provision for losses due to deteriorating economic factors and the specific reserves on seven loans to different borrowers along with an increase in troubled loans. Increasing the reserve percentages resulted in an increase in the provision for loan losses of $5.2 million. The increases were made based on historical loss history, delinquency trends and geographical loan stratification. A specific reserve was increased by $764,000, resulting in reserves of $951,000, or 50% of the outstanding loan balance, for a loan secured by a strip mall in the state of Indiana. A specific reserve was increased by $855,000, resulting in reserves of $1.8 million, or 53.3% of the outstanding loan balance, for a loan secured by a housing development in Delaware. A specific reserve of $574,000 was established for a property taken into REO located in northern Virginia. Specific reserves of $696,000 were established for two real estate properties located in northern Florida. In addition, specific reserves of $1.8 million were added to

119


Table of Contents

existing reserves on a $2.7 million loan to a transportation/automobile sales company, resulting in specific reserves for this loan of $2.4 million.
     Loans with payments 90 days or more delinquent have increased to $122.6 million at June 30, 2009 from $69.0 million at June 30, 2008. In determining the amount of the current period provision, we considered the deteriorating economic conditions in our markets, including increases in unemployment and bankruptcy filings, and declines in real estate values. Net loan charge-offs increased by $1.5 million, or 35.6%, to $5.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $4.2 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. Annualized net charge-offs to average loans increased to 22 basis points for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 17 basis points for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. Management analyzes the allowance for loan losses as described in the section entitled “Allowance for Loan Losses.” The provision that was recorded is sufficient, in management’s judgment, to bring this reserve to a level that reflects the losses inherent in our loan portfolio relative to the types of loans in our portfolio, economic conditions and historical loss experience. Management believes, to the best of their knowledge, that all known losses as of the balance sheet dates have been recorded.
      Noninterest income. Noninterest income decreased by $3.3 million, or 13.6%, to $21.5 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $24.8 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. Net impairment losses increased by $2.8 million, or 191.4%, to $4.3 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $1.5 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008; net gain on sale of investment securities decreased by $691,000, or 71.2%, to $280,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $971,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008; trust and other financial services income decreased by $678,000, or 19.2%, to $2.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $3.5 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008; write-downs on real estate owned increased by $3.5 million, to $3.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $341,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008; and other operating income decreased by $448,000, or 20.9%, to $1.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $2.1 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. Partially offsetting these decreases, mortgage banking income increased by $3.1 million, or 455.0%, to $3.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $671,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008 and the non-cash fair value of servicing assets increased by $1.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009.
      Noninterest expense. Noninterest expense increased by $7.4 million, or 8.8%, to $91.3 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $83.9 million for the same period in the prior year. The largest increases were in compensation and employee benefits, processing expenses, marketing and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums, while amortization of intangibles and loss on early extinguishment of debt decreased. Compensation and employee benefits increased by $1.7 million, or 3.8%, to $46.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $45.0 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This increase is primarily a result of increased pension expense. Processing expenses increased by $1.3 million, or 15.1%, to $10.3 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $8.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This increase is primarily a result of our continued implementation of new technology, including the deployment of a new customer service platform. Marketing expense increased by $535,000, or 22.2%, to $2.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $2.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This increase is a result of publicizing our recognition as one of Forbes.com’s 100 Most Trustworthy Companies in an effort to strengthen our brand, build confidence and increase market share. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums increased by $5.3 million, or 283.3%, to $7.1 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from $1.8 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. This increase is a result of our offsetting 2008 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums with credits accumulated in previous years and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s

120


Table of Contents

special assessment levied on all banks as of June 30, 2009. Our Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation special assessment was $3.3 million.
      Income taxes. The provision for income taxes for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 decreased by $2.6 million, or 25.7%, compared to the same period last year. This decrease in income tax is primarily a result of a decrease in income before income taxes of $10.1 million, or 27.1%. Our effective tax rate for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 was 27.5% compared to 27.0% experienced in the same period last year.
Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
      General. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $48.2 million, or $0.99 per diluted share, a decrease of $926,000, or 1.9%, from $49.1 million, or $0.99 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in net income resulted primarily from an increase in the provision for loan losses of $14.1 million, an increase in noninterest expense of $17.4 million and a decrease of $4.3 million in noninterest income. These items were partially offset by an increase in net interest income of $34.3 million. A discussion of each significant change follows.
     Net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 represents a 7.75% and 0.70% return on average equity and return on average assets, respectively, compared to 8.18% and 0.73% for the year ended December 31, 2007.
      Interest income . Interest income decreased by $7.3 million, or 1.9%, to $388.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $396.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in interest income was due to a decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets, which was partially offset by an increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets. The average rate earned on interest-earnings assets decreased by 27 basis points, to 6.18% for the year ended December 31, 2008 from 6.45% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The average balance of interest-earning assets increased by $131.9 million, or 2.1%, to $6.381 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $6.249 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007. An explanation of the growth in interest-earnings assets is discussed in each category below.
     Interest income on loans receivable increased by $11.5 million, or 3.7%, to $327.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $315.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was attributable to an increase in the average balance of loans receivable, which was partially offset by a decrease in the average yield on loans receivable. Average loans receivable increased by $356.0 million, or 7.6%, to $5.017 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $4.661 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was attributable both to our efforts in attracting and maintaining quality consumer and commercial loan relationships as well as continued strong loan demand throughout our market area. During the year we increased commercial loan balances by $213.3 million, or 16.7%, and consumer home equity loans by $43.6 million, or 4.4%. The average yield on loans receivable decreased by 28 basis points, to 6.50% for the year ended December 31, 2008, from 6.78% for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease is primarily due to our variable rate loans repricing in a generally lower interest rate environment.
     Interest income on mortgage-backed securities increased $5.3 million, or 18.1%, to $34.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $29.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was attributable to an increase in the average balance of mortgage-backed securities, which was partially offset by a decrease in the mortgage-backed securities average yield. The average mortgage-backed securities balance increased by $148.2 million, or 25.4%, to $732.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $584.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in the

121


Table of Contents

average balance was primarily the result of our investing cash flows during the first six months of the year from calls and maturities in the investment portfolio into mortgage-backed securities, many of which were variable rate, in anticipation of interest rates moving higher. The average yield on mortgage-backed securities decreased by 29 basis points, to 4.74% for the year ended December 31, 2008, from 5.03% for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease in yield is primarily the result of the generally low interest rate environment throughout 2008.
     Interest income on investment securities decreased by $18.5 million, or 45.0%, to $22.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $41.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease was attributable to a decrease in the average balance of investment securities, which was partially offset by an increase in the yield on investment securities. The average investment securities balance decreased by $341.4 million, or 41.6%, to $478.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $820.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease was primarily from the November 2007 sale of $120.0 million of investment securities as well as the ongoing sale of zero coupon treasury strips throughout 2008. The average yield increased by 26 basis points, to 6.11% for the year ended December 31, 2008, from 5.85% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in the average yield is primarily due the 6.75% taxable equivalent yield on municipal securities comprising a larger percentage of the investment securities portfolio.
      Interest expense . Interest expense decreased by $41.7 million, or 19.8%, to $169.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $211.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease was attributed to a decrease in the interest rate paid on all funding sources, which was partially offset by an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The average rate paid on all deposit accounts decreased during the year ending December 31, 2008 with savings accounts decreasing from 1.38% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 1.18% for the year ended December 31, 2008; interest-bearing demand deposits decreasing from 1.58% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 0.88% for the year ended December 31, 2008; money market demand accounts decreasing from 3.69% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 2.04% for the year ended December 31, 2008 and certificate accounts decreasing from 4.58% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 3.93% for the year ended December 31, 2008. In addition to the decrease in the rates paid on deposit accounts there was an overall decrease in the average balance of deposit accounts, which decreased by $258.5 million, or 5.0%, to $4.948 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $5.206 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007. The strategic reduction of certificate accounts was offset by an increase in the average balance of borrowed funds, which increased by $337.4 million, or 88.5%, to $718.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $381.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The average rate paid on borrowed funds also decreased 78 basis points to 3.74% for the year ended December 31, 2008, from 4.52% for the year ended December 31, 2007. Throughout the year, we utilized alternative funding sources, including borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, to extend the maturities of our interest-bearing liabilities while continuing our efforts to control our cost of funds.
      Net interest income . Net interest income increased $34.4 million, or 18.6%, on a taxable equivalent basis, to $219.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $185.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was a result of the factors previously discussed, primarily due to the cost of funds decreasing more than the asset yield, contributing to a 47 basis point increase in net interest margin to 3.57% for the year ended December 31, 2008 from 3.10% for the year ended December 31, 2007.
      Provision for loan losses . Management analyzes the allowance for loan losses as described in the section “Allowance for Loan Losses.” The provision for loan losses increased $14.2 million, or 161.4%, to $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we made specific provisions for two large

122


Table of Contents

commercial loans located in the Florida region and one large commercial loan located in the Maryland region as well as increasing our provision to reflect deteriorating general economic factors. To the best of management’s knowledge, all known losses as of December 31, 2008 have been recorded.
      Noninterest income . Noninterest income decreased by $4.2 million, or 9.9%, to $38.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease in noninterest income was primarily due to an increase in the noncash other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, which increased by $7.6 million, or 90.3%, to $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and a noncash impairment of mortgage servicing assets of $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to a recovery of previous noncash impairment of mortgage servicing assets of $65,000 in the year ended December 31, 2007. In addition, insurance commission income decreased $329,000, or 12.2%, and mortgage banking income decreased $913,000, or 57.9%. Partially offsetting the decreases were increases in service charges and fees, which increased by $4.7 million, or 16.9%, to $32.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007; increases in trust and other financial services income of $495,000, or 8.0%; income from bank owned life insurance of $337,000, or 7.6%; and other operating income of $1.3 million, or 42.0%.
      Noninterest expense . Noninterest expense increased by $17.4 million, or 11.4%, to $170.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $152.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation and employee benefits of $6.9 million, an increase in processing expenses of $3.6 million, an increase in advertising of $1.8 million, an increase in federal deposit insurance premiums of $3.2 million, an increase in the penalty for early repayment of debt of $705,000 and an increase in other expenses of $467,000. The increases in operating expenses were a result of our continued upgrading of personnel and systems to build customer loyalty and improve our loan mix.
      Income taxes . Income tax expense decreased $488,000, or 2.8%, to $17.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease is due to a decrease in income before income taxes of $1.4 million and a decrease in the effective tax rate from 26.2% to 26.0%. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to higher percentage of earnings on tax-free assets during the current year.
Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
      General. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $49.1 million, or $0.99 per diluted share, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 4.7%, from $51.5 million, or $1.03 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease in net income resulted primarily from an increase in noninterest expense of $9.1 million and a decrease of $3.0 million in noninterest income. These items were partially offset by an increase in net interest income of $7.6 million. A discussion of each significant change follows.
     Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 represents an 8.18% and 0.73% return on average equity and return on average assets, respectively, compared to 8.60% and 0.79% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
      Interest income . Interest income increased $27.4 million, or 7.4%, to $396.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $368.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in interest income was due to both an increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets and an increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets. The average balance of interest-earning assets increased $163.9 million, or 2.7%, to $6.249 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $6.085

123


Table of Contents

billion for the year ended December 31, 2006. The average rate earned on interest-earnings assets increased by 25 basis points, to 6.45% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 6.20% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The growth in average interest-earning assets was primarily attributable to the acquisition of CSB Bank and the increase in average rate was primarily attributable to the continued change in mix of our loan portfolio, with an emphasis on increasing the percentage of consumer and commercial loans while decreasing the percentage of one- to four-family mortgage loans.
     Interest income on loans receivable increased $29.3 million, or 10.2%, to $315.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $286.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was attributable to increases in both the average balance of loans receivable and the average yield on those loans. Average loans receivable increased $265.4 million, or 6.0%, to $4.661 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $4.395 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was attributable both to our efforts in attracting and maintaining quality consumer and commercial loan relationships as well as the acquisition of CSB Bank. During the year ended December 31, 2007 we increased commercial loan balances by $336.8 million, or 35.9%, and consumer home equity loans by $105.0 million, or 11.8%. The average yield on loans receivable increased 19 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 6.78% from 6.59% for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to the significant growth in consumer and commercial loans which generally carry higher rates of interest than residential mortgage loans.
     Interest income on mortgage-backed securities decreased $2.1 million, or 6.8%, to $29.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $31.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in the average balance of $76.9 million, or 11.6%, to $584.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $661.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was attributable to our effort to use cash flows from these securities to fund loan growth. The decrease in average balance was partially offset by an increase in the average yield of 26 basis points to 5.03% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 4.77% for the year ended December 31, 2006 as the yield on floating rate bonds increased over the 18-month period from June 30, 2005 through December 31, 2007 with the general movement of short-term interest rates.
     Interest income on investment securities decreased $1.3 million, or 3.0%, to $41.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $42.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in the average balance of $41.1 million, or 4.8%, to $820.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $861.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was attributable to our effort to use cash flows from these securities to fund loan growth. The decrease in average balance was partially offset by an increase in the average yield of 11 basis points to 5.85% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 5.74% for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase in average yield was primarily attributable to our purchasing securities during the year yielding higher interest rates than those in the existing investment portfolio.
      Interest expense . Interest expense increased $19.9 million, or 10.4%, to $211.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $191.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was attributed to increases in both the average balance and the average rate paid on deposits. The average balance increased $235.0 million, or 4.7%, to $5.206 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $4.971 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to the acquisition of CSB Bank, which contributed approximately $82.9 million to the average balance of deposits. The average rate paid on deposits increased 42 basis points to 3.58% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 3.16% for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase in the average rate was due to both a general increase in average short-term rates during the year and the change in mix of deposits with an increase in higher cost certificates of deposit and a decrease in low-cost passbook and statement savings accounts. Partially offsetting the increase in the cost of deposits was a decrease in interest expense on

124


Table of Contents

trust preferred debentures of $8.4 million, as we redeemed approximately $99.0 million of trust preferred securities in December 2006.
      Net interest income . Net interest income increased $7.5 million, or 4.3%, to $185.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $177.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was a result of the factors previously discussed, primarily due to a larger increase in interest earning assets than in interest bearing liabilities contributing to a four basis point increase in net interest margin to 3.10% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 3.06% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
      Provision for loan losses . Management analyzes the allowance for loan losses as described in the section “Allowance for Loan Losses.” The provision recorded adjusts this allowance to a level that reflects the loss inherent in our loan portfolio as of the reporting date. The provision for loan losses increased $263,000, or 3.1%, to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. To the best of management’s knowledge, all known losses as of December 31, 2007 were recorded as of December 31, 2007.
      Noninterest income . Noninterest income decreased $3.0 million, or 6.5%, to $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease in noninterest income was primarily due to the loss on sale of investment securities in the amount of $1.6 million and a noncash other-than-temporary impairment of Freddie Mac preferred stock of $1.9 million. The decrease was also impacted by a $4.1 million gain on the sale of education loans in the previous year. The negative effect of the prior year gain on sale of education loans and the current year losses on securities were partially offset by increases in service charges and fees of $3.3 million; trust and other financial services income of $902,000; insurance commission income of $155,000 and mortgage banking income of $1.2 million.
      Noninterest expense . Noninterest expense increased $9.0 million, or 6.3%, to $152.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $143.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation and employee benefits of $5.6 million, an increase in processing expenses of $3.0 million, an increase in premises and occupancy costs of $1.0 million, an increase in marketing of $924,000 and an increase in amortization of intangible assets of $623,000, all of which are partially offset by a decrease in the loss on early extinguishment of debt of $3.1 million. These increases in operating expenses were a result of our continued expansion of our existing retail office network, both de novo and through the CSB acquisition, as well as the addition of commercial lending and investment management and trust personnel.
      Income taxes. Income tax expense decreased $2.3 million, or 11.8%, to $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was due to a decrease in income before income taxes of $4.8 million and a decrease in the effective tax rate from 27.7% to 26.2%. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to lower state incomes taxes and a higher percentage of earnings on tax free assets during the year.
Asset Quality
     We actively manage asset quality through our underwriting practices and collection procedures. Our underwriting practices tend to focus on optimizing the return of a greater risk classification while collection operatives focus on minimizing losses in the event an account becomes delinquent.
      Collection procedures . Our collection procedures generally provide that when a loan is five days past due, a computer-generated late notice is sent to the borrower requesting payment. If delinquency

125


Table of Contents

continues, at 15 days a delinquent notice, plus a notice of a late charge, is sent and personal contact efforts are attempted, either in person or by telephone, to strengthen the collection process and obtain reasons for the delinquency. Also, plans to arrange a repayment plan are made. Personal contact efforts are continued throughout the collection process, as necessary. Generally, if a loan becomes 60 days past due, a collection letter is sent and the loan becomes subject to possible legal action if suitable arrangements to repay have not been made. In addition, the borrower is given information, which provides access to consumer counseling services, to the extent required by regulations of the Department of Housing and Urban Development. When a loan continues in a delinquent status for 90 days or more, and a repayment schedule has not been made or kept by the borrower, we may send to the borrower a notice of intent to foreclose, giving 30 days to cure the delinquency. If not cured, foreclosure proceedings are initiated.
      Nonperforming assets . Loans are reviewed on a regular basis and are placed on a nonaccrual status when, in the opinion of management, the collection of additional principal and/or interest is doubtful. Loans are automatically placed on nonaccrual status when either principal or interest is 90 days or more past due. Interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on a nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income.
     Real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until such time as it is sold. When real estate is acquired through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, it is recorded at the lower of the related loan balance or its fair value as determined by an appraisal, less estimated costs of disposal. If the value of the property is less than the loan, less any related specific loan loss reserve allocations, the difference is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Any subsequent write-down of real estate owned or loss at the time of disposition is charged against earnings.

126


Table of Contents

      Loans Past Due and Nonperforming Assets . The following table sets forth information regarding our loans 30 days or more past due, nonaccrual loans 90 days or more past due, and real estate acquired or deemed acquired by foreclosure at the dates indicated. When a loan is delinquent 90 days or more, we fully reserve all accrued interest thereon and cease to accrue interest thereafter. For all the dates indicated, we did not have any material restructured loans within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 15, “Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings.” A large number of one- to four-family residential real estate loans are due on the first day of the month. Effective December 31, 2005, we changed our fiscal year-end from June 30 (a 30-day month) to December 31 (a 31-day month) causing the loans that are 30 to 59 days delinquent to increase dramatically compared to prior fiscal year ends because of the additional day.
                                                                 
    At June 30, 2009     At December 31     At June 30,  
    Number     Balance     2008     2007     2006     2005     2005     2004  
                            (Dollars in thousands)                          
Loans past due 30 days to 59 days:
                                                               
One- to four-family residential loans
    71     $ 3,206     $ 32,988     $ 27,270     $ 24,078     $ 26,290     $ 3,941     $ 5,765  
Multifamily and commercial real estate loans
    99       19,977       18,901       11,331       7,975       4,924       5,198       2,201  
Consumer loans
    822       7,987       11,295       10,550       9,096       12,053       5,611       4,877  
Commercial business loans
    48       3,847       7,770       9,947       4,325       2,450       1,000       782  
 
                                               
Total loans past due 30 days to 59 days
    1,040       35,017       70,884       59,098       45,474       45,717       15,750       13,625  
 
                                                               
Loans past due 60 days to 89 days:
                                                               
One- to four-family residential loans
    78       6,307       7,599       6,077       5,970       9,156       4,687       4,925  
Multifamily and commercial real estate loans
    54       9,152       8,432       4,984       3,846       3,399       8,156       1,023  
Consumer loans
    311       2,858       2,836       2,676       2,833       3,773       3,134       2,032  
Commercial business loans
    40       8,995       3,801       2,550       501       263       279       309  
 
                                               
Total loans past due 60 days to 89 days
    483       27,312       22,668       16,287       13,150       16,591       16,256       8,289  
 
                                                               
Loans past due 90 days or more: (1)
                                                               
One- to four-family residential loans
    263       27,670       20,435       12,542       10,334       12,179       11,507       11,322  
Multifamily and commercial real estate loans
    198       52,601       43,828       24,323       18,982       21,013       15,610       13,823  
Consumer loans
    692       10,569       9,756       7,582       4,578       8,322       5,514       4,536  
Commercial business loans
    139       31,717       25,184       5,163       6,631       1,502       979       2,824  
 
                                               
Total loans past due 90 days or more
    1,292       122,557       99,203       49,610       40,525       43,016       33,610       32,505  
 
                                               
 
Total loans 30 days or more past due
    2,815     $ 184,886     $ 192,755     $ 124,995     $ 99,149     $ 105,324     $ 65,616     $ 54,419  
 
                                               
Total real estate owned
    125     $ 15,890     $ 16,844     $ 8,667     $ 6,653     $ 4,872     $ 6,685     $ 3,951  
Total loans 90 days or more past due and real estate owned
    1,417     $ 138,447     $ 116,047     $ 58,277     $ 47,178       47,888     $ 40,295       36,456  
Total loans 90 days or more past due to net loans receivable
            2.41 %     1.93 %     1.03 %     0.92 %     0.93 %     0.77 %     0.80 %
Total loans 90 days or more past due and real estate owned to total assets
            1.95 %     1.67 %     0.87 %     0.72 %     0.74 %     0.64 %     0.57 %
 
(1)   We classify as nonperforming all loans 90 days or more delinquent.

127


Table of Contents

     During the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, gross interest income of approximately $3.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, would have been recorded on loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis if the loans had been current during the periods. No interest income on nonaccrual loans was included in income during either period.
     The following table sets forth loans by state (based on borrowers’ residence ) at June 30, 2009.
Loans 90 or more days past due:
                                                                 
                                    Commercial                    
                                    business                    
                                    and                    
    One- to four-             Consumer             commercial                    
    family             and home             real estate                    
    mortgage (1)     Percentage     equity (2)     Percentage     (3)     Percentage     Total (4)     Percentage  
                            (Dollars in thousands)                          
Pennsylvania
  $ 19,863       1.0 %     8,128       0.7 %     54,775       5.5 %     82,766       2.0 %
New York
    102       0.1       412       0.6 %     1,230       0.4       1,744       0.4  
Ohio
    108       0.7       72       0.6 %     180       2.4       360       1.0  
Maryland
    595       0.4       555       1.9 %     9,389       5.4       10,539       2.9  
Florida
    7,003       20.1       1,401       11.9 %     18,744       31.6       27,148       25.7  
 
                                               
Total
  $ 27,671       1.2 %     10,568       0.8 %     84,318       5.6 %     122,557       2.4 %
 
                                               
 
(1)   Percentage of mortgage loans in specified geographic area.
 
(2)   Percentage of consumer loans in specified geographic area.
 
(3)   Percentage of commercial loans in specified geographic area.
 
(4)   Percentage of total loans in specified geographic area.
      Classification of Assets . Our policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans considered to be of lesser quality as “substandard,” “doubtful,” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the savings institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” so that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets that do not expose the savings institution to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but which possess some weaknesses, are required to be designated “special mention.” At June 30, 2009, we had 259 loans, with an aggregate principal balance of $53.8 million, designated as special mention.
     We regularly review our asset portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. Our largest classified assets generally are also our largest nonperforming assets.
     The following table sets forth the aggregate amount of our classified assets at the dates indicated.
                         
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
            (In Thousands)          
Substandard assets
  $ 176,963     $ 155,245     $ 85,526  
Doubtful assets
    4,248       3,596       4,374  
Loss assets
    62       64       388  
 
                 
Total classified assets
  $ 181,273     $ 158,905     $ 90,288  
 
                 

128


Table of Contents

      Allowance for Loan Losses . Our board of directors has adopted an Allowance for Loan Losses Policy designed to provide management with a systematic methodology for determining and documenting the allowance for loan losses each reporting period. This methodology was developed to provide a consistent process and review procedure to ensure that the allowance for loan losses is in conformity with GAAP, our policies and procedures and other supervisory and regulatory guidelines.
     On an ongoing basis, the Credit Review department, as well as loan officers, branch managers and department heads, review and monitor the loan portfolio for problem loans. This portfolio monitoring includes a review of the monthly delinquency reports as well as historical comparisons and trend analysis. On an on-going basis the loan officer along with the Credit Review department grades or classifies problem loans or potential problem loans based upon their knowledge of the lending relationship and other information previously accumulated. Loans that have been classified as substandard or doubtful are reviewed by the Risk Management department for possible impairment under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” (“SFAS 114”). A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement including both contractual principal and interest payments. Our loan grading system for problem loans is described above in “—Classification of Assets.”
     If an individual loan is deemed to be impaired, we determine the proper measurement of impairment for each loan based on one of three methods as prescribed by SFAS No. 114: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price; or (3) the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measure of the impaired loan is more or less than the recorded investment in the loan, we adjust the specific allowance associated with that individual loan accordingly.
     If a substandard or doubtful loan is not considered to be individually impaired, it is grouped with other loans that possess common characteristics for impairment evaluation and analysis under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” This segmentation is accomplished by grouping loans of similar product types, risk characteristics and industry concentration into homogeneous pools. Each pool is then analyzed based on the historical delinquency, charge-off and recovery trends over the past three years which are then extended to include the loss realization period during which the event of default occurs, additional consideration is also given to the current economic, political, regulatory and interest rate environment. This adjusted historical net charge-off amount as a percentage of loans outstanding for each group is used to estimate the measure of impairment.
     The individual impairment measures along with the estimated losses for each homogeneous pool are consolidated into one summary document. This summary schedule along with the supporting documentation used to establish this schedule is prepared monthly and presented to the Credit Committee on a quarterly basis. The Credit Committee is comprised of members of Senior Management from our various departments, including mortgage, consumer and commercial lending, appraising, administration and finance as well as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The Credit Committee reviews the processes and documentation presented, reviews the concentration of credit by industry and customer, discusses lending products, activity, competition and collateral values, as well as economic conditions in general and in each of our market areas. Based on this review and discussion, the appropriate allowance for loan losses is estimated and any adjustments necessary to reconcile the actual allowance for loan losses with this estimate are determined. In addition, the Credit Committee considers whether any changes to the methodology are needed. The Credit Committee also compares our delinquency trends, nonperforming asset amounts and allowance for loan loss levels to its peer group and to state and national

129


Table of Contents

statistics. A similar review is also performed by the Risk Management Committee of the board of directors.
     In addition to the reviews by the Credit Committee and the Risk Management Committee, regulators from either the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or Pennsylvania State Department of Banking perform an extensive review on an annual basis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and its conformity with regulatory guidelines and pronouncements. The internal audit department also performs a regular review of the detailed supporting schedules for accuracy and reports their findings to the Audit Committee of the board of directors. Any recommendations or enhancements from these independent parties are considered by management and the Credit Committee and implemented accordingly.
     Management acknowledges that this is a dynamic process and consists of factors, many of which are external and beyond management’s control, that can change. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based upon estimates using all the information previously discussed as well as current and known circumstances and events. There is no assurance that actual portfolio losses will not be substantially different than those that were estimated. Management believes that all known losses as of June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 have been recorded.
      Management utilizes a consistent methodology each period when analyzing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and the related provision for loan losses. As part of the analysis, management considered the deteriorating economic data in our markets such as the continued increases in unemployment and bankruptcies as well as the declines in real estate collateral values. In addition, management considered the negative trend in asset quality, loan charge-offs and the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans. As a result, Northwest Bancorp increased the allowance for loan losses during the period by $11.9 million, or 21.6%, to $66.8 million, or 1.29% of total loans, at June 30, 2009 from $54.9 million, or 1.06% of total loans, at December 31, 2008. The increase in the allowance for loan losses and the related provision for loan losses is partially attributed to the deterioration of a loan to a moving and storage company/ new car dealer in our Pennsylvania market requiring an additional reserve of $1.8 million, deterioration of a loan secured by a strip mall in the state of Indiana requiring a reserve of $1.0 million, additional deterioration of loans secured by real estate located in Florida requiring additional reserves of $700,000 and deterioration in loans secured by real estate in Maryland requiring reserves of $1.4 million. In addition, management considered how the continued increase in nonperforming loans and historical charge-offs have influenced the amount of allowance for loan losses. Nonperforming loans of $122.6 million, or 2.38% of total loans, at June 30, 2009 increased by $23.4 million, or 23.6%, from $99.2 million, or 1.91% of total loans, at December 31, 2008 and increased $53.6 million, or 77.7%, from $69.0 million, or 1.37% of total loans, at June 30, 2008. As a percentage of average loans, annualized net charge-offs remained 0.19% for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2008 and increased to 0.22% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 from 0.17% for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.

130


Table of Contents

      Analysis of the Allowance For Loan Losses . The following table sets forth the analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated. Ratios for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 and December 31, 2005 have been annualized.
                                                                 
                                            Six Months        
                                            Ended        
    Six Months Ended June 30,     Years Ended December 31,     December 31,     Years Ended June 30,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006     2005     2005     2004  
                            (In thousands)                          
Net loans receivable
  $ 5,091,518     $ 4,997,910     $ 5,141,892     $ 4,795,622     $ 4,412,441     $ 4,622,269     $ 4,376,884     $ 4,053,941  
Average loans outstanding
  $ 5,194,221     $ 4,907,866     $ 5,016,694     $ 4,660,693     $ 4,395,274     $ 4,532,523     $ 4,234,241     $ 3,846,261  
 
                                                               
Allowance for loan losses
                                                               
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 54,929     $ 41,784     $ 41,784     $ 37,655     $ 33,411     $ 31,563     $ 30,670     $ 27,166  
Provision for loan losses
    17,517       5,689       22,851       8,743       8,480       4,722       9,566       6,860  
Charge offs:
                                                               
Real estate loans
    (2,407 )           (3,962 )     (2,042 )     (1,148 )     (282 )     (676 )     (176 )
Consumer loans
    (2,770 )     (4,996 )     (6,290 )     (5,175 )     (5,543 )     (3,314 )     (5,726 )     (5,113 )
Commercial loans
    (1,067 )           (1,358 )     (973 )     (926 )     (43 )     (3,071 )     (461 )
 
                                               
Total charge-offs
    (6,244 )     (4,996 )     (11,610 )     (8,190 )     (7,617 )     (3,639 )     (9,473 )     (5,750 )
Recoveries:
                                                               
Real estate loans
    22             140       250       123       4       1        
Consumer loans
    520       816       1,060       1,073       1,214       455       750       562  
Commercial loans
    33             704       134       62       51       49       502  
 
                                               
Total recoveries
    575       816       1,904       1,457       1,399       510       800       1,064  
Acquired through acquisitions
                      2,119       1,982       255             1,330  
 
                                               
Balance at end of period
  $ 66,777     $ 43,293     $ 54,929     $ 41,784     $ 37,655     $ 33,411     $ 31,563     $ 30,670  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of net loans receivable
    1.31 %     0.87 %     1.07 %     0.87 %     0.85 %     0.72 %     0.72 %     0.76 %
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding
    0.22 %     0.17 %     0.19 %     0.14 %     0.14 %     0.14 %     0.20 %     0.12 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans
    54.49 %     62.72 %     55.37 %     84.22 %     92.92 %     77.67 %     93.91 %     94.35 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans and real estate owned
    48.23 %     55.91 %     47.33 %     71.70 %     79.81 %     69.77 %     78.33 %     84.13 %

131


Table of Contents

      Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses . The following tables set forth the allocation of allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category. Effective January 1, 2008, we revised our methodology to calculating the allowance for loan losses. Prior to that date, we established the allowance for loan losses based on ranges applicable to various loan categories (as opposed to single amounts applicable to the loan categories), which resulted in our not having an unallocated component of the allowance prior to that date.
                                                                 
                    At December 31,  
    At June 30, 2009     2008     2007     2006  
            % of Total             % of Total             % of Total             % of Total  
    Amount     Loans (1)     Amount     Loans (1)     Amount     Loans (1)     Amount     Loans (1)  
                            (Dollars in Thousands)                          
Balance at end of period applicable to:
                                                               
Real estate loans
  $ 36,082       87.5 %   $ 29,115       87.6 %   $ 28,854       87.2 %   $ 17,936       88.8 %
Consumer loans
    6,210       4.9       6,125       5.1       6,645       5.4       16,500       6.0  
Commercial business loans
    20,290       7.6       15,044       7.3       6,285       7.4       3,219       5.2  
 
                                               
Total allocated allowance
    62,582               50,284               41,784               37,655          
Unallocated
    4,195             4,645                                
 
                                               
Total
  $ 66,777       100.0 %   $ 54,929       100.0 %   $ 41,784       100.0 %   $ 37,655       100.0 %
 
                                               
                                                 
    At December 31,     At June 30,  
    2005     2005     2004  
            % of Total             % of Total             % of Total  
    Amount     Loans (1)     Amount     Loans (1)     Amount     Loans (1)  
                    (Dollars in Thousands)                  
Balance at end of period applicable to:
                                               
Real estate loans
  $ 16,875       88.6 %   $ 15,918       88.7 %   $ 15,113       88.3 %
Consumer loans
    13,991       8.1       13,179       8.1       11,790       8.1 %
Commercial business loans
    2,545       3.3       2,466       3.2       3,767       3.6 %
 
                                   
Total allocated allowance
    33,411               31,563               30,670          
Unallocated
                                   
 
                                   
Total
  $ 33,411       100.0 %   $ 31,563       100.0 %   $ 30,670       100.0 %
 
                                   
 
(1)   Represents percentage of loans in each category to total loans.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
     Northwest Savings Bank is required to maintain a sufficient level of liquid assets, as determined by management and defined and reviewed for adequacy by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation during their regular examinations. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, however, does not prescribe by regulation a minimum amount or percentage of liquid assets. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation allows us to consider any marketable security, whose sale would not impair our capital adequacy, to be eligible for liquidity. Liquidity is quantified through the use of a standard liquidity ratio of liquid assets to borrowings plus deposits. Using this formula, Northwest Savings Bank’s liquidity ratio was 18.0% and 14.8% as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. We adjust our liquidity level in order to meet funding needs of deposit outflows, repayment of borrowings and loan commitments. We also adjust liquidity as appropriate to meet our asset and liability management objectives. As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had $1.9 billion of additional borrowing capacity available with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, including a $150.0 million overnight line of credit, as well as a $169.3 million borrowing capacity available with the Federal Reserve Bank and $75.0 million with a correspondent bank.
     In addition to deposits, our primary sources of funds are the amortization and repayment of loans and mortgage-backed securities, maturities of investment securities and other short-term investments, and

132


Table of Contents

earnings and funds provided from operations. While scheduled principal repayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities are a relatively predictable source of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rate levels, economic conditions, and competition. We manage the pricing of our deposits to maintain a desired deposit balance. In addition, we invest excess funds in short-term interest earning and other assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements. Short-term interest-earning deposits amounted to $371.2 million and $24.1 million at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. For additional information about our cash flows from operating, financing, and investing activities, see the Statements of Cash Flows included in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
     A portion of our liquidity consists of cash and cash equivalents, which are a product of its operating, investing, and financing activities. The primary sources of cash were net income, principal repayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, and increases in deposit accounts.
     Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. If we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, borrowing agreements exist with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, which provide an additional source of funds. At June 30, 2009 Northwest Savings Bank had advances of $817.3 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. We borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh to reduce interest rate risk and to provide liquidity when necessary.
     At June 30, 2009, our customers had $313.7 million of unused lines of credit available and $149.3 million in loan commitments. This amount does not include the unfunded portion of loans in process. Certificates of deposit scheduled to mature in less than one year at June 30, 2009, totaled $1.555 billion. Management believes that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with us.
     The major sources of our cash flows are in the areas of loans, marketable securities, deposits and borrowed funds.
     Deposits are our primary source of externally generated funds. The level of deposit inflows during any given period is heavily influenced by factors outside of management’s control, such as the general level of short-term and long-term market interest rates, as well as higher alternative yields that investors may obtain on competing investments such as money market mutual funds. Financial institutions, such as Northwest Savings Bank, are also subject to deposit outflows. Our net deposits increased/(decreased) by $307.5 million, $(504.1) million, $9.7 million and $54.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
     Similarly, the amount of principal repayments on loans and the amount of new loan originations is heavily influenced by the general level of market interest rates. Funds received from loan maturities and principal payments on loans for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $756.3 million, $1.284 billion, $1.235 billion and $1.118 billion, respectively. Loan originations for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $1.116 billion, $1.885 billion, $1.742 billion and $1.488 billion, respectively. We also sell a portion of the loans we originate, and the cash flows from such sales for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $388.8 million, $212.5 million, $250.3 million and $624.6 million, respectively.
     We experience significant cash flows from our portfolio of marketable securities as principal payments are received on mortgage-backed securities and as investment securities mature. Cash flow from the repayment of principal and the maturity of marketable securities for the six months ended June

133


Table of Contents

30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $154.0 million, $319.1 million, $333.8 million and $254.2 million, respectively.
     When necessary, we utilize borrowings as a source of liquidity and as a source of funds for long-term investment when market conditions permit. The net cash flow from the receipt and repayment of borrowings was a net increase/(decrease) of $(170.8 million), $729.2 million, $(65.8) million and $(23.7) million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
     Other activity with respect to cash flow was the payment of cash dividends on common stock in the amount of $7.9 million, $15.8 million, $15.7 million and $13.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Dividends waived by Northwest Bancorp, MHC during the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $13.4 million, $26.9 million, $25.7 million and $21.4 million, respectively. In September 2005, we initiated the first of three common stock repurchase plans. Since that time, we have used $69.4 million to repurchase a total of 2,742,800 shares of common stock at an average price of $25.31 per share.
     At June 30, 2009, stockholders’ equity totaled $632.5 million. During 2008 our board of directors declared regular quarterly dividends totaling $0.88 per share of common stock that were paid with the proceeds of maturities and payments of available-for-sale securities. Net of dividends waived by Northwest Bancorp, MHC in the amount of $26.9 million, our equity was reduced by $15.8 million in 2008 for dividends paid.
     Management monitors the capital levels of Northwest Savings Bank to provide for current and future business opportunities and to meet regulatory guidelines for “well capitalized” institutions. Northwest Savings Bank is required by the Pennsylvania State Department of Banking and the Office of Thrift Supervision to meet minimum capital adequacy requirements. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank exceeded all regulatory minimum capital requirements and is considered to be “well capitalized.” In addition, as of June 30, 2009, management was not aware of any recommendation by a regulatory authority that, if it were implemented, would have a material effect on liquidity, capital resources or operations. See “Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance” for information with respect to our regulatory capital position as of June 30, 2009.
Contractual Obligations
     We are obligated to make future payments according to various contracts. The following tables present the expected future payments of the contractual obligations aggregated by obligation type at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
                                         
    Payments Due  
            One year to     Three years to              
    Less than one     less than three     less than five     Five years or        
    year     years     years     greater     Total  
                    (In Thousands)                  
Contractual Obligations at June 30, 2009
                                       
Long-term debt (1)
  $ 116,316     $ 270,000     $ 285,095     $ 225,652     $ 897,063  
Junior subordinated debentures (2)
    5,155                       103,094       108,249  
Operating leases (3)
    4,120       6,626       4,459       9,939       25,144  
 
                             
Total
  $ 125,591     $ 276,626     $ 289,554     $ 338,685     $ 1,030,456  
 
                             
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 149,272     $     $     $     $ 149,272  
 
                             
 
(1)   See Note 11, Borrowed Funds, on page G-28 for additional information.
 
(2)   See Note 22, Junior Subordinated Debentures/Trust Preferred Securities, on page G-45 for additional information.
 
(3)   See Note 8, Premises and Equipment, on page G-25 for additional information.

134


Table of Contents

                                         
    Payments Due  
            One year to     Three years to              
    Less than one     less than three     less than five     Five years or        
    year     years     years     greater     Total  
                    (In Thousands)                  
Contractual Obligations at December 31, 2008
                                       
Long-term debt (1)
  $ 285,635     $ 196,532     $ 270,000     $ 315,778     $ 1,067,945  
Junior subordinated debentures (2)
                      108,254       108,254  
Operating leases (3)
    4,280       6,931       4,366       10,310       25,887  
 
                             
Total
  $ 289,915     $ 203,463     $ 274,366     $ 434,342     $ 1,202,086  
 
                             
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 116,330     $     $     $     $ 116,330  
 
                             
 
(1)   See Note 11, Borrowed Funds, on page F-26 for additional information.
 
(2)   See Note 22, Junior Subordinated Debentures/Trust Preferred Securities, on page F-49 for additional information.
 
(3)   See Note 8, Premises and Equipment, on page F-22 for additional information.
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
     The Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto, presented elsewhere herein, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time and due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services.
Market Risk Management
     The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest rate sensitive” and by monitoring an institution’s interest rate sensitivity “gap.” An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that same time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income while a positive gap would tend to positively affect net interest income. Similarly, during a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would tend to positively affect net interest income while a positive gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income.
     We have an Asset/Liability Committee, consisting of several members of management, which meets monthly to review market interest rates, economic conditions, the pricing of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and our balance sheet structure. On a quarterly basis, this committee also reviews our interest rate risk position and our cash flow projections.
     Our board of directors has a Risk Management Committee, which meets quarterly and reviews interest rate risks and trends, our interest sensitivity position, our liquidity position and the market risk inherent in our investment portfolio.

135


Table of Contents

     In an effort to assess market risk, we use a simulation model to determine the effect of immediate incremental increases and decreases in interest rates on net income and the market value of our equity. Certain assumptions are made regarding loan prepayments and decay rates of passbook and NOW accounts. Because it is difficult to accurately project the market reaction of depositors and borrowers, the effect of actual changes in interest on these assumptions may differ from simulated results. We have established the following guidelines for assessing interest rate risk:
      Net income simulation . Given a non-parallel shift of 200 basis points in interest rates (a basis point equals one hundreds of one percent), the estimated net income may not decrease by more than 20% within a one-year period.
      Market value of equity simulation . The market value of our equity is the present value of our assets and liabilities. Given a non-parallel shift of 200 basis points in interest rates, the market value of equity may not decrease by more than 35% of total shareholders’ equity.
     The following tables illustrate the simulated impact of a non-parallel 1% or 2% upward or 1% or 2% downward movement in interest rates on net income, return on average equity, earnings per share and market value of equity. These analyses were prepared assuming that interest-earning asset levels at June 30, 2009 remain constant. The impact of the rate movements was computed by simulating the effect of an immediate and sustained shift in interest rates over a twelve-month period from June 30, 2009 levels.
                                 
Non-Parallel Shift in Interest Rates
    Increase   Decrease
Shift in interest rates over the next 12 months
    1.0 %     2.0 %     1.0 %     2.0 %
Projected percentage increase/ (decrease) in net income
    14.9 %     19.8 %     0.9 %     (5.0 )%
Projected increase/ (decrease) in return on average equity
    1.0 %     1.4 %     0.1 %     (0.3 )%
Projected increase/ (decrease) in earnings per share
  $ 0.14     $ 0.18     $ 0.01     $ (0.05 )
Projected percentage increase/ (decrease) in market value of equity
    (2.9 )%     (8.0 )%     (4.5 )%     (11.4 )%
     The figures included in the tables above represent projections that were computed based upon certain assumptions including prepayment rates and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, we cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates. Actual results may differ significantly due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes and changes in market conditions.
     When assessing our interest rate sensitivity, analysis of historical trends indicates that loans will prepay at various speeds (or annual rates) depending on the variance between the weighted average portfolio rates and the current market rates. In preparing the tables above, it has been assumed market rates will remain constant at current levels and as a result, our loans will be affected as follows: (i) adjustable-rate mortgage loans will prepay at an annual rate of 5% to 10%; (ii) fixed-rate mortgage loans will prepay at an annual rate of 7% to 10%, depending on the type of loan; (iii) commercial loans will prepay at an annual rate of 8% to 12%; (iv) consumer loans held by Northwest Savings Bank will prepay at an annual rate of 20%; and (v) consumer loans held by Northwest Consumer Discount Company will prepay at an annual rate of 60% to 65%. In regards to our deposits, it has been assumed that (i) fixed maturity deposits will not be withdrawn prior to maturity; (ii) the significant majority of money market accounts will reprice immediately; (iii) savings accounts will gradually reprice over three years; and (iv) and checking accounts will reprice either when the rates on such accounts reprice as interest rate levels change, or when deposit holders withdraw funds from such accounts and select other types of deposit accounts, such as certificate accounts, which may have higher interest rates. For purposes of this analysis, management has estimated, based on historical trends, that $193.0 million of our checking accounts and

136


Table of Contents

$244.0 million of our savings accounts are interest sensitive and may reprice in one year or less, and that the remainder may reprice over longer time periods.
     The above assumptions used by management are annual percentages based on remaining balances and should not be regarded as indicative of the actual prepayments and withdrawals that we may experience. Moreover, certain shortcomings are inherent in the analysis presented by the foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of or lag behind changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as some adjustable-rate loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Moreover, in the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
     As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. In addition, we routinely enter into commitments to securitize and sell mortgage loans.

137


Table of Contents

BUSINESS OF NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is a Maryland corporation, organized in September 2009. Upon completion of the conversion, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will become the holding company of Northwest Savings Bank and will succeed to all of the business and operations of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and each of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist.
     Initially following the completion of the conversion, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will have no significant assets other than owning 100% of the outstanding common stock of Northwest Savings Bank, the net proceeds it retains from the offering, part of which will be used to make a loan to the Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, and its ownership of wholly owned statutory trust subsidiaries through which Northwest Bancorp, Inc. has issued trust preferred securities, and will have no significant liabilities. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.” Northwest Bancshares, Inc. intends to use the support staff and offices of Northwest Savings Bank and will pay Northwest Savings Bank for these services. If Northwest Bancshares, Inc. expands or changes its business in the future, it may hire its own employees.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.” In the future, we may pursue other business activities, including mergers and acquisitions, investment alternatives and diversification of operations. There are, however, no current understandings or agreements for these activities.
BUSINESS OF NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC. AND NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc. is a federal corporation that was formed in 2001 as the successor to a Pennsylvania corporation of the same name. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. became the stock holding company of Northwest Savings Bank in a reorganization transaction that was approved by Northwest Savings Bank’s stockholders in December 1997, and completed in February 1998. In the reorganization, each share of Northwest Savings Bank’s common stock was converted into and became a share of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., par value $0.10 per share, and Northwest Savings Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Northwest Bancorp, MHC, which owned a majority of Northwest Savings Bank’s outstanding shares of common stock immediately prior to completion of the reorganization, became the owner of the same percentage of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. immediately following the completion of the reorganization. In August 2003, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. completed an incremental stock offering whereby it canceled 7,255,520 shares common stock owned by Northwest Bancorp, MHC and sold the same number of shares in a subscription offering. Northwest Bancorp, MHC owns approximately 63% of our outstanding shares. As of June 30, 2009, the primary activity of Northwest Bancorp, Inc was the ownership of all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Northwest Savings Bank. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. has also issued trust preferred securities through wholly owned statutory trust subsidiaries.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s principal executive office is located at 100 Liberty Street, Warren, Pennsylvania, and its telephone number at that address is (814) 726-2140.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s website ( www.northwestsavingsbank.com ) contains a direct link to its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including copies of annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these filings, if any.

138


Table of Contents

Copies may also be obtained, without charge, by written request to Shareholder Relations, P.O. Box 128, 100 Liberty Street, Warren, Pennsylvania 16365.
Northwest Savings Bank
     Northwest Savings Bank is a Pennsylvania-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Warren, Pennsylvania, which is located in northwestern Pennsylvania. Northwest Savings Bank is a community-oriented financial institution offering traditional deposit and loan products, investment and trust services and through a wholly-owned subsidiary, Northwest Consumer Discount Company, it also offers consumer finance services. Northwest Savings Bank’s mutual savings bank predecessor was founded in 1896.
     As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank operated 168 community-banking offices throughout its market area in northwest, southwest and central Pennsylvania, western New York, eastern Ohio, Maryland and southeastern Florida. Northwest Savings Bank, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Northwest Consumer Discount Company, also operates 49 consumer finance offices throughout Pennsylvania. Through wholly-owned subsidiaries, Northwest Savings Bank also offers investment management and trust services. Historically, we have focused our lending activities primarily on the origination of loans secured by first mortgages on owner-occupied, one- to four-family residences. In an effort to reduce interest rate risk and improve profit margins, we have made a strategic decision to also focus our lending efforts on shorter term consumer and commercial loans, while continuing to offer one- to four-family residential mortgage loans to customers in our market area. With the change in lending emphasis, we regularly sell a portion of the one- to four-family residential mortgage loans that we originate.
     Our principal sources of funds are deposits, borrowed funds and the principal and interest payments on loans and marketable securities. Our principal source of income is interest received on loans and marketable securities. Our principal expenses are the interest paid on deposits and the cost of employee compensation and benefits.
     Northwest Savings Bank’s principal executive office is located at 100 Liberty Street, Warren, Pennsylvania, and its telephone number at that address is (814) 726-2140.
Market Area and Competition
     We are headquartered in Warren, Pennsylvania, which is located in northwestern Pennsylvania, and have our highest concentration of deposits and loans in this area. Since the early 1990s, we have expanded, primarily through acquisitions, into the southwestern and central regions of Pennsylvania, as well as western New York, eastern Ohio, Maryland and southeastern Florida. As of June 30, 2009, we operate 141 community banking offices and 49 consumer finance offices located in Pennsylvania, five community banking offices located in Ohio, 14 community banking offices located in New York, five community banking offices in Maryland and three community banking offices in Broward County, Florida. All of the aforementioned market areas have a large concentration of financial institutions. As a result, we encounter strong competition both in attracting deposits and in originating retail and commercial loans. Our most direct competition for deposits has come historically from commercial banks, brokerage houses, other savings banks and credit unions in our market areas. We expect continued competition from these financial institutions in the foreseeable future. With the continued acceptance of internet banking by our customers and consumers generally, competition for deposits has increased from institutions operating outside of our market area as well as from insurance companies.

139


Table of Contents

      Pennsylvania and Western New York Market Area . Through our acquisitions and de novo branching strategy we have expanded our retail branch footprint throughout 30 counties in Pennsylvania and four counties in western New York. In addition, through our consumer finance offices we operate in 11 additional counties in Pennsylvania. Our northwestern and southwestern Pennsylvania and western New York markets are fueled by a diverse economy driven by service businesses, technology companies and small manufacturing companies. Our southeastern market is primarily driven by service businesses and serves as a bedroom community to the cities of Baltimore, Maryland and Philadelphia. In view of the current economic downturn, our primary market area has remained a stable banking market. As of July 2009, the unemployment rates in Pennsylvania and New York were 8.5% and 8.6% compared to the national average of 9.7% according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
     In Pennsylvania, we ranked 6 th in terms of deposit market share and total assets for institutions headquartered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania is a stable banking market with a total population of approximately 12.6 million and total households of approximately 4.9 million. The Pennsylvania markets in which we operate our retail branch and consumer financial offices contains more than half of Pennsylvania’s population and a similar percentage of households. Our western New York market area has a total population of approximately 1.9 million and total households of approximately 748,000 according to SNL Securities. Since 2000, many of the counties served in the Pennsylvania and western New York market area have experienced population declines with population growth rates increasing mainly in the central and southeastern portion of Pennsylvania. However, median household income has increased in all of the counties in which we conduct business in Pennsylvania since 2000 and generally decreased in our western New York markets. The median household income in Pennsylvania was stable at $53,225 as of June 30, 2009, compared to the nationwide median income level of $54,719 according to estimates from SNL Securities. The household income growth rate in Pennsylvania and our western New York market area is expected to increase above the expected national and state average growth rates over the next five years by approximately 4% according to estimates for SNL Securities.
      Maryland, Ohio and Florida Market Areas . In addition to operating in Pennsylvania and western New York, we also operate five community banking offices Ashtabula, Lake and Geauga counties in Ohio, five community banking offices Baltimore, Howard and Anne Arundel counties in Maryland and three community banking offices in Broward county in Florida. Our Maryland regional economy consists of service business, government as well as heath care services while our Florida market is primarily driven by the real estate sector. The major employment sectors in our Ohio market are similar to our northwestern Pennsylvania market. With the exception of Ashtabula county in Ohio, these markets have an expanding population base as well as higher median household income levels relative to the state and national averages. As of June 30, 2009, the median household income levels in these markets ranged from $55,150 to $101,954 according to estimates provided by SNL Securities. Over the next five years, the household income levels in each of these markets are expected to increase above state and national household income averages.
Lending Activities
      General . Historically, our principal lending activity has been the origination, for retention in our loan portfolio, of fixed-rate and, to a lesser extent, adjustable-rate mortgage loans collateralized by one- to four-family residential real estate located in our market area. We also originate loans collateralized by multifamily residential and commercial real estate, commercial business loans and consumer loans. Generally, we focus our lending activities in the geographic areas where we maintain offices.
     In an effort to manage interest rate risk, we have sought to make our interest-earning assets more interest rate sensitive by originating adjustable-rate loans, such as adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans and home equity loans, and by originating short-term and medium-term fixed-rate consumer loans.

140


Table of Contents

In recent years we have emphasized the origination of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans, which generally have adjustable rates of interest and shorter maturities than one- to four-family residential real estate loans. We also purchase mortgage-backed securities and other types of investment securities that generally have short average lives and/or adjustable interest rates. Because we also originate a substantial amount of long-term fixed-rate mortgage loans collateralized by one- to four-family residential real estate, when possible, we originate and underwrite loans according to standards that allow us to sell them in the secondary mortgage market for purposes of managing interest-rate risk and liquidity. We currently sell in the secondary market a limited number of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities of more than 15 years, and generally retain all adjustable-rate mortgage loans and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities of 15 years or less. Although we are selling an increasing number of the mortgage loans that we originate, we continue to be a portfolio lender and at any one time we hold few loans identified as held-for-sale. We currently retain servicing on the mortgage loans we sell which generates monthly service fee income. We generally retain in our portfolio all consumer loans that we originate while we periodically sell participations in the multifamily residential, commercial real estate or commercial business loans that we originate in an effort to reduce the risk of certain individual credits and the risk associated with certain businesses or industries.
      One- to Four-Family Residential Mortgage Loans . We currently offer one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with terms typically ranging from 15 to 30 years, with either adjustable or fixed interest rates. Originations of fixed-rate mortgage loans versus adjustable-rate mortgage loans are monitored on an ongoing basis and affected significantly by such factors as the level of market interest rates, customer preference, our interest rate sensitivity position and loan products offered by our competitors. Therefore, even when management’s strategy is to increase the origination of adjustable-rate mortgage loans, market conditions may be such that there is greater demand for fixed-rate mortgage loans.
     Our fixed-rate loans, whenever possible, are originated and underwritten according to standards that permit sale into the secondary mortgage market. Whether we can or will sell fixed-rate loans into the secondary market, however, depends on a number of factors including the yield and the term of the loan, market conditions, and our current liquidity and interest rate sensitivity position. We historically have been primarily a portfolio lender, and at any one time we have held only a nominal amount of loans as held for sale. Our current strategy is to grow the consumer and commercial loan portfolios by more than we grow our portfolio of long-term fixed-rate residential mortgage loans. With this in mind, we generally retain in our portfolio fixed-rate loans with terms of 15 years or less, and sell a portion of fixed-rate loans (servicing retained) with terms of more than 15 years. Our one- to four-family residential real estate loans are amortized on a monthly basis with principal and interest due each month. These loans often remain outstanding for significantly shorter periods than their contractual terms because borrowers may refinance or prepay loans at their option, usually without a prepayment penalty.
     We currently offer adjustable-rate mortgage loans with initial interest rate adjustment periods of one, three and five years, based on changes in a designated market index. We determine whether a borrower qualifies for an adjustable-rate mortgage loan based on secondary market guidelines. One- to four-family adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans totaled $47.0 million, or 0.9% of our gross loan portfolio at June 30, 2009.
     Our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans customarily include due-on-sale clauses, which are provisions giving us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event, among other things, that the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the underlying real property serving as collateral for the loan. Due-on-sale clauses are an important means of adjusting the rates on our fixed-rate mortgage loan portfolio.

141


Table of Contents

     Regulations limit the amount that a savings bank may lend relative to the appraised value of the real estate securing the loan, as determined by an appraisal at the time of loan origination. Appraisals are either performed by our in-house appraisal staff or by an appraiser who has been deemed qualified by our chief appraiser. Such regulations permit a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 95% for residential property and 80% for all other real estate loans. We generally limit the maximum loan-to-value ratio on both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans without private mortgage insurance to 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or the purchase price of the real estate that serves as collateral for the loan. We originate a limited amount of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%. For one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%, we generally require the borrower to obtain private mortgage insurance. We require fire and casualty insurance, as well as a title guaranty regarding good title, on all properties securing our real estate loans.
     Some financial institutions we have acquired have held loans that are serviced by others and are secured by one- to four-family residences. At June 30, 2009, our portfolio of one- to four-family loans serviced by others totaled $11.0 million. We currently have no formal plans to enter into new residential loan participations.
     Included in our $2.4 billion portfolio of one- to four-family residential real estate loans are construction loans of $10.7 million, or 0.4% of our total loan portfolio. We offer fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential construction loans primarily for the construction of owner-occupied one- to four-family residences in our market area to builders or to owners who have a contract for construction. Construction loans are generally structured to become permanent loans, and are originated with terms of up to 30 years with an allowance of up to one year for construction. Advances are made as construction is completed. In addition, we originate loans within our market area that are secured by individual unimproved or improved lots. Land loans for the construction of owner-occupied residential real estate properties are currently offered with fixed-rates for terms of up to 10 years. The maximum loan-to-value ratio for these loans is 80% of the as-completed appraised value, and the maximum loan-to-value ratio for our construction loans is 95% of the lower of cost or as-completed appraised value.
     Construction lending generally involves a greater degree of credit risk than permanent one- to four-family residential mortgage lending. The repayment of the construction loan is often dependent upon the successful completion of the construction project. Construction delays or the inability of the borrower to sell the property once construction is completed may impair the borrower’s ability to repay the loan.
      Multifamily Residential and Commercial Real Estate Loans . Our multifamily residential real estate loans are secured by multifamily residences, such as rental properties. Our commercial real estate loans are secured by nonresidential properties such as hotels, church property, manufacturing facilities and retail establishments. At June 30, 2009, a significant portion of our multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans were secured by properties located within our market area. Our largest multifamily residential real estate loan relationship at June 30, 2009 had a principal balance of $9.6 million, and was collateralized by multiple residential real estate rental properties. These loans were performing in accordance with their terms as of June 30, 2009. Our largest commercial real estate loan relationship at June 30, 2009, had a principal balance of $36.8 million and was collateralized by a medical and health related campus. These loans were performing in accordance with their terms as of June 30, 2009. Multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans are offered with both adjustable interest rates and fixed interest rates. The terms of each multifamily residential and commercial real estate loan are negotiated on a case-by-case basis. We generally originate multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value of the property collateralizing the loan.

142


Table of Contents

     Loans secured by multifamily residential and commercial real estate generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and carry larger loan balances. This increased credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multifamily residential and commercial real estate is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate property. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.
      Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit . Generally, our home equity loans and home equity lines of credit are secured by the borrower’s principal residence with a maximum loan-to-value ratio, including the principal balances of both the first and second mortgage loans, of 90% or less. Home equity loans are offered on a fixed rate basis with terms of up to 20 years. Home equity lines of credit are offered on an adjustable-rate basis with terms of up to 25 years. At June 30, 2009, the disbursed portion of home equity lines of credit totaled $162.2 million, or 3.1% of our total loans, with $197.1 million remaining undisbursed, and our home equity loans totaled $876.1 million, or 16.6% of our total loans. We generally underwrite home equity loans and lines of credit in a manner similar to our underwriting of one- to four-family residential real estate loans.
      Consumer Loans . The principal types of consumer loans we offer are automobile loans, sales finance loans, unsecured personal loans, credit card loans, and loans secured by deposit accounts. Consumer loans are typically offered with maturities of ten years or less.
     The underwriting standards we employ for consumer loans include a determination of the applicant’s credit history and an assessment of ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. The stability of the applicant’s monthly income may be determined by verification of gross monthly income from primary employment, and additionally from any verifiable secondary income. Creditworthiness of the applicant is of primary consideration; however, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral in relation to the proposed loan amount.
     Consumer loans entail greater credit risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as automobiles, mobile homes, boats, recreation vehicles, appliances and furniture. In such cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and the remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. In particular, amounts realizable on the sale of repossessed automobiles may be significantly reduced based upon the condition of the automobiles and the lack of demand for used automobiles.
      Commercial Business Loans . We offer commercial business loans to finance various activities in our market area, some of which are secured in part by additional real estate collateral. At June 30, 2009 the largest commercial business loan relationship had a principal balance of $11.2 million, and was secured by all fixed assets of a diagnostic imaging center.
     Commercial business loans are offered with both fixed and adjustable interest rates. Underwriting standards we employ for commercial business loans include a determination of the applicant’s ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan from normal cash flows generated by the applicant’s business. The financial strength of each applicant also is assessed through a review of financial statements provided by the applicant.
     Commercial business loans generally bear higher interest rates than residential loans, but they also may involve a higher risk of default since their repayment is generally dependent on the successful

143


Table of Contents

operation of the borrower’s business. We generally obtain personal guarantees from the borrower or a third party as a condition to originating commercial business loans.
      Loan Originations, Solicitation, Processing and Commitments . Loan originations are derived from a number of sources such as real estate broker referrals, existing customers, borrowers, builders, attorneys and walk-in customers. Historically all of our loan originators were salaried employees, and we did not pay commissions in connection with loan originations. Beginning in 2007, we implemented a program whereby certain commercial lenders are paid commissions based on predetermined goals. Upon receiving a retail loan application, we obtain a credit report and employment verification to verify specific information relating to the applicant’s employment, income, and credit standing. In the case of a real estate loan, an in-house appraiser or an appraiser we approve appraises the real estate intended to secure the proposed loan. A loan processor in our loan department checks the loan documents file for accuracy and completeness, and verifies the information provided.
     For our retail loans, including residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, automobile loans, credit cards, education loans and other unsecured loans, we have implemented a credit approval process based on a laddered individual loan authority system. Local loan officers are granted various levels of authority based on their lending experience and expertise. These authority levels are reviewed by the Credit Committee on at least an annual basis.
     Our commercial loan policy assigns lending limits for commercial loans for our various commercial loan officers. These individual authorities are established by the Credit Committee. Regional loan committees may approve extensions of credit above those that may be authorized by individual officers, and the Senior Loan Committee may approve extensions of credit in excess of those that may be approved by regional loan committees. The Credit Committee meets quarterly to review the assigned lending limits and to monitor our lending policies, loan activity, economic conditions and concentrations of credit.
     The board of directors must approve all loans where the total debt relationship exceeds $7.5 million ($5.0 million for loans exceeding the maximum loan-to-value ratio or not meeting minimum debt service coverage), or as may be required by Regulation O. Loans exceeding the limits established for the Senior Loan Committee must be approved by the Executive Committee of the board of directors or by the entire board of directors. Our general policy is to make no loans either individually or in the aggregate to one entity in excess of $15.0 million. Exceptions to this policy are permitted with the prior approval from the board of directors. Fire and casualty insurance is required at the time the loan is made and throughout the term of the loan, and flood insurance as required by regulation. After the loan is approved, a loan commitment letter is promptly issued to the borrower. At June 30, 2009, we had commitments to originate $149.3 million of loans.
     If the loan is approved, the commitment letter specifies the terms and conditions of the proposed loan including the amount of the loan, interest rate, amortization term, a description of the required collateral and required insurance coverage. The borrower must provide proof of fire and casualty insurance on the property (and, as required, flood insurance) serving as collateral, which insurance must be maintained during the full term of the loan. Property searches are requested, as needed, on all loans secured by real property.
      Loan Origination Fees . In addition to interest earned on loans, we generally receive loan origination fees. To the extent that loans are originated or acquired for our portfolio, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 91, “Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases” (“SFAS 91”), requires that we defer loan origination fees and costs and amortize such amounts as an adjustment of yield over the life of the

144


Table of Contents

loan by use of the level yield method. Fees deferred under SFAS 91 are recognized into income immediately upon prepayment or the sale of the related loan. At June 30, 2009, we had $6.0 million of net deferred loan origination fees. Loan origination fees are volatile sources of income. Such fees vary with the volume and type of loans and commitments originated and purchased, principal repayments, and competitive conditions in the marketplace.
     We recognized fees of $4.9 million, $7.4 million, $9.3 million and $8.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
      Loans-to-One Borrower . Savings banks are subject to the same loans-to-one borrower limits as those applicable to national banks, which restrict loans to one borrower to an amount equal to 15% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus on an unsecured basis, and an additional amount equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral (generally, financial instruments and bullion, but not real estate). We have established our own internal limit of loans to one borrower of $15.0 million, which may be exceeded only with the approval of the board of directors. At June 30, 2009, the largest aggregate amount loaned to one borrower totaled $36.8 million and was secured by various commercial real estate properties. Our second largest lending relationship totaled $36.1 million and was secured by several hotels and retail stores. Our third largest lending relationship totaled $16.7 million and was secured by a hotel. Our fourth largest lending relationship totaled $13.8 million and was secured by a hotel and retail stores. Our fifth largest lending relationship totaled $13.5 million and was secured by a hotel. These loans were performing in accordance with their terms at June 30, 2009.
Investment Activities
     Our board of directors has primary responsibility for establishing and overseeing our investment policy. The board of directors has delegated authority to implement the investment policy to our Chief Financial Officer. The investment policy is reviewed at least annually by the Chief Financial Officer, and any changes to the policy are subject to approval by the full board of directors. The overall objectives of the Investment Policy are to maintain a portfolio of high quality and diversified investments to maximize interest income over the long term and to minimize risk, to provide collateral for borrowings, to provide additional earnings when loan production is low, and to reduce our tax liability. The policy dictates that investment decisions give consideration to the safety of principal, liquidity requirements and potential returns. Either our Chief Financial Officer executes our securities portfolio transactions or our Treasurer executes transactions as directed by the Chief Financial Officer. All purchase and sale transactions are reported to the board of directors on a monthly basis.
     Our current investment policy does not permit investment in stripped mortgage-backed securities, complex securities and derivatives as defined in federal banking regulations and other high-risk securities. As of June 30, 2009, we held no asset-backed securities other than mortgage-backed securities.
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, “Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” requires that, at the time of purchase, we designate a security as either held to maturity, available-for-sale, or trading, based upon our ability and intent. Securities available-for-sale and trading securities are reported at market value and securities held to maturity are reported at amortized cost. A periodic review and evaluation of the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios is conducted to determine if the fair value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. If impairment exists, credit related impairment losses are recorded in earnings while noncredit related impairment losses are recorded in accumulated comprehensive income. The fair values of our securities are based on published or securities dealers’ market values.

145


Table of Contents

     We purchase mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae. Historically, we invested in mortgage-backed securities to achieve positive interest rate spreads with minimal administrative expense and to lower our credit risk as a result of the guarantees provided by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae. However, in September 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency placed Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae into conservatorship. The U.S. Treasury Department has established financing agreements to ensure that Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae meet their obligations to holders of mortgage-backed securities that they have issued or guaranteed. These actions have not affected the markets for mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae.
Sources of Funds
      General . Deposits are the major source of our funds for lending and other investment purposes. In addition to deposits, we derive funds from the amortization and prepayment of loans and mortgage-backed securities, the maturity of investment securities, operations and, if needed, borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. Scheduled loan principal repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are influenced significantly by general interest rates and market conditions. Borrowings may be used on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in the availability of funds from other sources or on a longer term basis for general business purposes.
      Deposits . Consumer and commercial deposits are generated principally from our market area by offering a broad selection of deposit instruments including checking accounts, savings accounts, money market deposit accounts, term certificate accounts and individual retirement accounts. While we accept deposits of $100,000 or more, we do not offer substantial premium rates for such deposits. We accept brokered deposits through the CDARS program, but generally do not solicit funds outside our market area. Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the period of time during which the funds must remain on deposit, and the interest rate, among other factors. We regularly execute changes in our deposit rates based upon cash flow requirements, general market interest rates, competition, and liquidity requirements.
Borrowings
     Deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities and general business purposes. We also rely upon borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh to supplement our supply of lendable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements. Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh typically are collateralized by our stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh and a portion of our real estate loans. In addition to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, we have borrowing facilities with the Federal Reserve Bank and a correspondent bank.
     The Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for Northwest Savings Bank and other member financial institutions. As a member, Northwest Savings Bank is required to own capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh and is authorized to apply for borrowings on the security of such stock and certain of its real estate loans, provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met. Borrowings are made pursuant to several different programs. Each credit program has its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of borrowings are based either on a fixed percentage of a member institution’s net worth or on the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh’s assessment of the institution’s creditworthiness. All of our Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh borrowings currently have fixed interest rates and original maturities of between one day and ten years.

146


Table of Contents

Subsidiary Activities
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s sole consolidated subsidiary is Northwest Savings Bank. Northwest Savings Bank has seven wholly owned subsidiaries — Northwest Settlement Agency, LLC, Great Northwest Corporation, Northwest Financial Services, Inc., Northwest Consumer Discount Company, Inc., Allegheny Services, Inc., Boetger and Associates, Inc., and Northwest Capital Group, Inc. For financial reporting purposes all of these companies are included in the consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     Northwest Settlement Agency, LLC provides title insurance to borrowers of Northwest Savings Bank and other lenders. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment in Northwest Settlement Agency, LLC of $1.3 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, Northwest Settlement Agency, LLC had net income of $302,000.
     Great Northwest’s sole activity is holding equity investments in government-assisted low-income housing projects in various locations in our market area. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment in Great Northwest of $6.1 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, Great Northwest had net income of $67,000 generated primarily from federal low-income housing tax credits.
     Northwest Financial Services’ principal activity is the operation of retail brokerage activities. It also owns the common stock of several financial institutions. In addition, Northwest Financial Services holds an equity investment in one government assisted low-income housing project. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment in Northwest Financial Services of $6.9 million, and for the six months ended June 30, 2009, Northwest Financial Services had a net loss of $78,000.
     Northwest Consumer Discount Company operates 49 consumer finance offices throughout Pennsylvania. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment in Northwest Consumer Discount Company of $28.2 million and the net income of Northwest Consumer Discount Company for the six months ended June 30, 2009 was $1.2 million. Consumer loans entail greater credit risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as automobiles, mobile homes, boats, and recreation vehicles. In such cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and the remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. In particular, amounts realizable on the sale of repossessed automobiles may be significantly reduced based upon the condition of the automobiles and the lack of demand for used automobiles.
     Allegheny Services, Inc. is a Delaware investment company that holds mortgage loans originated through our wholesale lending operation as well as municipal bonds. In addition, Allegheny Services, Inc. has loans to both Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Consumer Discount Company. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment in Allegheny Services, Inc. of $643.7 million, and for the six months ended June 30, 2009, Allegheny Services, Inc. had net income of $9.5 million.
     Boetger and Associates, Inc. is an actuarial and employee benefits consulting firm that specializes in the design, implementation and administration of qualified retirement plan programs. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment of $1.6 million in Boetger and Associates and for the six months ended June 30, 2009, Boetger and Associates had net income of $37,000.
     Northwest Capital Group’s principal activity is to own, operate and ultimately divest of properties that were acquired in foreclosure. At June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank had an equity investment of

147


Table of Contents

$695,000 in Northwest Capital Group and reported a net loss of $7,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2009.
     Federal regulations require insured institutions to provide 30 days advance notice to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation before establishing or acquiring a subsidiary or conducting a new activity in a subsidiary. The insured institution must also provide the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation such information as may be required by applicable regulations and must conduct the activity in accordance with the rules and orders of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. In addition to other enforcement and supervision powers, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may determine after notice and opportunity for a hearing that the continuation of a savings bank’s ownership of or relation to a subsidiary constitutes a serious risk to the safety, soundness or stability of the savings bank, or is inconsistent with the purposes of federal banking laws. Upon the making of such a determination, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may order the savings bank to divest the subsidiary or take other actions.
Personnel
     As of June 30, 2009, we had 1,697 full-time and 316 part-time employees (including employees of our wholly owned subsidiaries). None of our employees is represented by a collective bargaining group. We believe our working relationship with our employees to be good.
Legal Proceedings
     We and our subsidiaries are subject to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the resolution of these legal actions is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.
Properties
     As of June 30, 2009, we conducted our business through our main office located in Warren, Pennsylvania, 132 other full-service offices and eight free-standing drive-up locations throughout our market area in northwest, southwest and central Pennsylvania, 14 offices in western New York, five offices in eastern Ohio, five offices in Maryland and three offices in south Florida. Northwest Savings Bank and its wholly owned subsidiaries also operated 49 consumer finance offices located throughout Pennsylvania. At June 30, 2009, our premises and equipment had an aggregate net book value of approximately $119.9 million.
Expense Allocation
     Northwest Savings Bank has entered into an agreement with Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC and any successor (Northwest Bancshares, Inc.) to provide it with certain administrative support services for compensation not less than the fair market value of the services provided.

148


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
     Northwest Savings Bank is a Pennsylvania-chartered savings bank whose deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Deposit Insurance Fund. Northwest Savings Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as its chartering agency, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as the insurer of its deposit accounts. Northwest Savings Bank must file reports with the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation concerning its activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions including, but not limited to, mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. Northwest Savings Bank is examined periodically by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to test Northwest Savings Bank’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision, as well as federal and state law, establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and with their examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.
     Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, could have a material adverse impact on Northwest Bancshares, Inc., Northwest Savings Bank and their respective operations.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc., as a savings and loan holding company following the conversion, will be required to file certain reports with, will be subject to examination by, and otherwise must comply with the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.
     Certain of the regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancshares, Inc. are described below. This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual statutes and regulations.
Pennsylvania Savings Bank Law
     The Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended (the “Banking Code”) contains detailed provisions governing the organization, location of offices, rights and responsibilities of directors, officers, employees, and depositors, as well as corporate powers, savings and investment operations and other aspects of Northwest Savings Bank and its affairs. The Banking Code delegates extensive rulemaking power and administrative discretion to the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania so that the supervision and regulation of state-chartered savings banks is flexible and readily responsive to changes in economic conditions and in savings and lending practices.
     One of the purposes of the Banking Code is to provide savings banks with the opportunity to be competitive with each other and with other financial institutions existing under other Pennsylvania laws as well as other state, federal and foreign laws. A Pennsylvania savings bank may locate or change the

149


Table of Contents

location of its principal place of business and establish an office anywhere in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, with the prior approval of the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
     The Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania generally examines each savings bank not less frequently than once every two years. Although the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania may accept the examinations and reports of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in lieu of the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania’s examination, the current practice is for the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to conduct individual examinations. The Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania may order any savings bank to discontinue any violation of law or unsafe or unsound business practice and may direct any trustee, officer, attorney, or employee of a savings bank engaged in an objectionable activity, after the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has ordered the activity to be terminated, to show cause at a hearing before the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania why such person should not be removed.
Insurance of Deposit Accounts
     Deposit accounts at Northwest Savings Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, generally up to a maximum of $100,000 per separately insured depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts. Northwest Savings Bank’s deposits, therefore, are subject to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance assessments. Effective October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) temporarily (until December 31, 2013) raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor.
     The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation imposes an assessment against all depository institutions for deposit insurance. This assessment is based on the risk category of the institution and, prior to 2009, ranged from five to 43 basis points of the institution’s deposits. On December 22, 2008, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation issued a final rule that raises the current deposit insurance assessment rates uniformly by seven basis points (to a range from 12 to 50 basis points) effective for the first quarter 2009. On February 27, 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation issued a final rule that will alter the way the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation calculates federal deposit insurance assessment rates beginning in the second quarter of 2009. Under the rule, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation first establishes an institution’s initial base assessment rate. This initial base assessment rate would range, depending on the risk category of the institution, from 12 to 45 basis points. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation then adjusts the initial base assessment (higher or lower) to obtain the total base assessment rate. The adjustment to the initial base assessment rate are based upon an institution’s levels of unsecured debt, secured liabilities, and brokered deposits. The total base assessment rate would range from seven to 77.5 basis points of the institution’s deposits.
     On May 22, 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation adopted a final rule levying a five basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. The special assessment is payable on September 30, 2009. We recorded an expense of $3.3 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2009, to reflect the special assessment. The final rule

150


Table of Contents

permits the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s board of directors to levy up to two additional special assessments of up to five basis points each during 2009 if the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation estimates that the Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio will fall to a level that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s board of directors believes would adversely affect public confidence or to a level that will be close to or below zero. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has publicly announced that it is probable that it will levy an additional special assessment of up to five basis points later in 2009, the amount and timing of which are currently uncertain. Any further special assessments that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation levies will be recorded as an expense during the appropriate period. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation materially increased the general assessment rate and, therefore, our Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation general insurance premium expense will increase substantially compared to prior periods.
     In addition to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation premiums, the Financing Corporation is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance cost and custodial fees on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation in the 1980s to recapitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the Financing Corporation are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2008, the annualized Financing Corporation assessment was equal to 1.14% for each $100 in domestic deposits maintained at an institution.
      Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. On October 14, 2008, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation announced a new program — the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. This program has two components. One guarantees newly issued senior unsecured debt of a participating organization, up to certain limits established for each institution, issued between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will pay the unpaid principal and interest on a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-guaranteed debt instrument upon the uncured failure of the participating entity to make a timely payment of principal or interest in accordance with the terms of the instrument. The guarantee will remain in effect until June 30, 2012. In return for the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s guarantee, participating institutions will pay the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation a fee based on the amount and maturity of the debt. Northwest Savings Bank has opted not to participate in this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.
     The other component of the program provides full federal deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, regardless of dollar amount, until December 31, 2009. An annualized 10 basis point assessment on balances in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts that exceed the existing deposit insurance limit of $250,000 will be assessed on a quarterly basis to insured depository institutions that have not opted out of this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Northwest Savings Bank has opted to participate in this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.
Capital Requirements
     Any savings institution that fails any of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation capital requirements is subject to possible enforcement actions by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Such actions could include a capital directive, a cease and desist order, civil money penalties, the establishment of restrictions on an institution’s operations, termination of federal deposit insurance, and the appointment of a conservator or receiver. Certain actions are required by law. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s capital regulation provides that such actions, through enforcement proceedings or otherwise, could require one or more of a variety of corrective actions.

151


Table of Contents

     Northwest Savings Bank is also subject to more stringent capital guidelines of the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Although not adopted in regulation form, the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania utilizes capital standards of 6% leverage capital and 10% risk-based capital. The components of leverage and risk-based capital are substantially the same as those defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Prompt Corrective Action
     Under federal regulations, a bank shall be deemed to be (i) “well capitalized” if it has total risk-based capital of 10.0% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or more and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more and a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized”; (iii) “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances); (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. Federal regulations also specify circumstances under which a federal banking agency may reclassify a well capitalized institution as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized institution to comply with supervisory actions as if it were in the next lower category (except that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may not reclassify a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized). As of June 30, 2009, Northwest Savings Bank was “well-capitalized” for this purpose. See “Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance.”
Loans-to-One Borrower Limitation
     Under federal regulations, with certain limited exceptions, a Pennsylvania chartered savings bank may lend to a single or related group of borrowers on an “unsecured” basis an amount equal to 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if such loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which is defined to include certain securities and bullion, but generally does not include real estate. Our internal policy, however, is to make no loans either individually or in the aggregate to one entity in excess of $15.0 million. However, in special circumstances this limit may be exceeded subject to the approval of the board of directors.
Activities and Investments of Insured State-Chartered Banks
     Federal law generally limits the activities and equity investments of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured, state-chartered banks to those that are permissible for national banks. Under regulations dealing with equity investments, an insured state bank generally may not, directly or indirectly, acquire or retain any equity investment of a type, or in an amount, that is not permissible for a national bank. An insured state bank is not prohibited from, among other things, (i) acquiring or retaining a majority interest in a subsidiary; (ii) investing as a limited partner in a partnership the sole purpose of which is direct or indirect investment in the acquisition, rehabilitation, or new construction of a qualified housing project, provided that such limited partnership investments may not exceed 2% of the bank’s total assets; (iii) acquiring up to 10% of the voting stock of a company that solely provides or reinsures directors’, trustees’, and officers’ liability insurance coverage or bankers’ blanket bond group insurance coverage for insured depository institutions; and (iv) acquiring or retaining the voting shares of a depository institution if certain requirements are met.

152


Table of Contents

The USA PATRIOT Act
     The USA Patriot Act gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The USA Patriot Act also requires the federal banking agencies to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to combat money-laundering activities in determining whether to approve a merger or other acquisition application of a member institution. Accordingly, if we engage in a merger or other acquisition, our controls designed to combat money laundering would be considered as part of the application process. We have established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations.
Holding Company Regulation
      General . Federal law allows a state savings bank, such as Northwest Savings Bank, that qualifies as a “Qualified Thrift Lender,” as discussed below, to elect to be treated as a savings association for purposes of the savings and loan company provisions of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, as amended. Such election results in its holding company being regulated as a savings and loan holding company by the Office of Thrift Supervision rather than as a bank holding company by the Federal Reserve Board. In 2001, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC made such election by converting from a Pennsylvania corporation and a Pennsylvania mutual holding company to a Federal corporation and Federal mutual holding company, respectively. In connection with the conversion, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is making a similar election. Therefore, upon completion of the conversion, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, as amended. As such, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision and will be subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision will have enforcement authority over Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and any nonsavings institution subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Office of Thrift Supervision to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution.
      Permissible Activities. Under present law, the business activities of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be generally limited to those activities permissible for financial holding companies under Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or for multiple savings and loan holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, including underwriting equity securities and insurance as well as activities that are incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. A multiple savings and loan holding company is generally limited to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, and certain additional activities authorized by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations.
     Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, including Northwest Bancshares, Inc., directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a nonsubsidiary company engaged in activities that are not closely related to banking or financial in nature, or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Office of Thrift Supervision must consider the financial and managerial resources, future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.

153


Table of Contents

     The Office of Thrift Supervision is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions:
  (i)   the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies; and
 
  (ii)   the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisition.
     The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.
      Qualified Thrift Lender Test . To be regulated as a savings and loan holding company by the Office of Thrift Supervision (rather than as a bank holding company by the Federal Reserve Board), Northwest Savings Bank must qualify as a Qualified Thrift Lender. To qualify as a Qualified Thrift Lender, Northwest Savings Bank must be a “domestic building and loan association,” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, or comply with the Qualified Thrift Lender test. Under the Qualified Thrift Lender test, a savings institution is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less: (1) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (2) intangibles, including goodwill; and (3) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed and related securities) in at least nine months out of each 12-month period. As of June 30, 2009 Northwest Savings Bank met the Qualified Thrift Lender test.
Federal Securities Laws
     We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933 for the registration of the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the stock offering and in connection with the conversion. Upon completion of the stock offering, our common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock to be issued in the stock offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not our affiliates may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by our affiliates will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If we meet the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of ours that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of our outstanding shares, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, we may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have

154


Table of Contents

several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the board of directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting.
Regulatory Enforcement Authority
     Federal law provides federal banking regulators with substantial enforcement powers. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders, and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties, as defined. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities.
FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION
      Federal Taxation . For federal income tax purposes, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will file a consolidated federal income tax return with its wholly owned subsidiaries on a calendar year basis. The applicable federal income tax expense or benefit will be properly allocated to each subsidiary based upon taxable income or loss calculated on a separate company basis.
     We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS 109. The asset and liability method accounts for deferred income taxes by applying the enacted statutory rates in effect at the balance sheet date to differences between the book basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. The resulting deferred tax liabilities and assets are adjusted to reflect changes in tax laws.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc. is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the December 31, 2007 tax period. The statute of limitations is open for examinations by the Internal Revenue Service for the tax years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008.
      State Taxation . Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be subject to the Corporate Net Income Tax and the Capital Stock Tax of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Dividends received from Northwest Savings Bank qualify for a 100% dividends received deduction and are not subject to Corporate Net Income Tax. In addition, our investments in our subsidiaries will qualify as exempt intangible assets and greatly reduce the amount of Capital Stock Tax assessed.
     Northwest Savings Bank is subject to the Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania based on Northwest Savings Bank’s financial net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles with certain adjustments. The tax rate under the Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax is 11.5%. Interest on Pennsylvania and federal obligations is excluded from net income. An allocable portion of interest expense incurred to carry the obligations is disallowed as a deduction. Northwest Savings Bank is also subject to taxes in the other states in which it conducts business. These taxes are apportioned based upon the volume of business conducted in those states as a percentage of the whole. Because a majority of Northwest Savings Bank’s affairs are conducted in, or adjacent to, Pennsylvania, taxes paid to other states are not material.

155


Table of Contents

     The subsidiaries of Northwest Savings Bank are subject to the Corporate Net Income Tax and the Capital Stock Tax of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and other applicable taxes in the states where they conduct business.
     As a Maryland business corporation, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be required to file annual returns with the State of Maryland.
MANAGEMENT
     The board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will consist of nine individuals who currently serve as directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank. The board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal as possible, with approximately one-third of the directors elected each year. The directors will be elected by the stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. for three-year terms, and until their successors are elected and have qualified. The terms of the directors of each of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank are identical. The executive officers of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. are also executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. We expect that Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank will continue to have common directors until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.
     The following individuals will serve as the executive officers of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and hold the offices set forth below opposite their name.
     
Name   Positions Held
William J. Wagner
  President and Chief Executive Officer
William W. Harvey, Jr.
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Gregory C. LaRocca
  Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary
Steven G. Fisher
  Executive Vice President — Banking Services
     Executive officers of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. are elected annually and hold office until their respective successors have been elected or until death, resignation or removal by the board of directors.
The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers.
     The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below. Unless otherwise indicated, directors and executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.
Directors
     The principal occupation during the past five years of each of our directors is set forth below. All directors have held their present positions for five years unless otherwise stated.
      William J. Wagner was named President and Chief Executive Officer of Northwest Savings Bank in August 1998, President and Chief Executive Officer of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. in June 2001 and Chairman of the Board of Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. in July 2003. Mr. Wagner was the Chief Financial Officer of Northwest Savings Bank since 1984 and was named Chief Operating Officer in 1996. Mr. Wagner was appointed Executive Vice President in 1992 and was elected to the board of directors in 1994. Mr. Wagner is a certified public accountant. Age 55.

156


Table of Contents

      John M. Bauer is co-founder and partner of Contact Technologies, Inc., an electrical component manufacturer in St. Marys, Pennsylvania, where he also served as President from 1989 through 2008. In 2008 he assumed the role of Co-Chairman of the company. Age 67.
      Richard L. Carr served as Superintendent of the Titusville Area School District, Titusville, Pennsylvania from 1986 until his retirement in 1996. Mr. Carr was appointed Lead Director of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. in 2003. Age 67.
      Thomas K . Creal, III is a self employed architectural consultant. He previously served as an architect in the architectural firm of Habiterra Architecture & Landscape Architecture, in Warren, Pennsylvania from 2003 until his retirement in December 2007, and was an owner/partner in the firm’s predecessor from 1970 to 2003. Age 70.
      Robert G. Ferrier has been President of Ferrier’s True Value Hardware, Erie, Pennsylvania since 1957. Age 69.
      A. Paul King has been President of Oral Surgery of Erie, Erie, Pennsylvania since 1999, and was Vice President from 1974 through 1999. Dr. King was previously a Director of The Heritage Trust Company, which was acquired by Northwest Savings Bank in 2000. Age 65.
      Joseph F. Long has served as President of the Passavant Hospital Foundation in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania since January 2000. Mr. Long is a certified public accountant, and retired as a partner of KPMG LLP in January 2000. During Mr. Long’s 36 years at KPMG LLP he held positions including Regional Partner in charge of thrift practice for the third Federal Home Loan Bank District and partner in charge of financial service assurance based consulting services for KPMG LLP’s mid-Atlantic area. He was also a member of the KPMG LLP firm-wide Audit Committee. Age 67.
      Richard E. McDowell is President Emeritus of the University of Pittsburgh at Bradford, Bradford, Pennsylvania. He served as President of the University from 1970 until August 2002. Age 65.
      Philip M. Tredway has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Erie Molded Plastics, Inc., Erie, Pennsylvania since 1982. Age 60.
Executive Officers who are not Directors
     The principal occupation during the past five years of each of our executive officers, other than Mr. Wagner, is set forth below. All executive officers have held their present positions for five years unless otherwise stated.
      Gregory C. LaRocca was employed by Northwest Savings Bank beginning in 1992, and currently serves as Executive Vice President of the Investment and Trust Services Group and the Deposit Administration Department, and as Corporate Secretary for Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. He was previously Chief Executive Officer of American Federal Savings, which merged with Northwest Savings Bank in March 1992. Age 58.
      William W. Harvey, Jr. has been employed by Northwest Savings Bank since 1996 and currently serves as Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer for Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Mr. Harvey is a certified public accountant. Age 42.

157


Table of Contents

      Steven G. Fisher has been employed by Northwest Savings Bank since 1983, most recently as Executive Vice President of the Banking Services Group. He was formerly Senior Vice President of Operations of Northwest Savings Bank. Age 52.
Board Independence
     The board of directors has determined that Directors Bauer, Carr, Creal, Ferrier, King, Long, McDowell, and Tredway are each “independent” within the meaning of the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. Mr. Wagner is not independent by virtue of being an employee of Northwest Savings Bank. In addition, the board of directors has appointed Mr. Carr as Lead Director. In this capacity, Mr. Carr chairs the meetings of the independent directors and other meetings of the Board when the Chairman is excused or absent. Mr. Carr also acts as liaison between the Chairman and the independent directors.
     In determining the independence of the directors listed above, the board of directors reviewed the following transactions, none of which are required to be reported under “—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” below. Directors Carr and McDowell each have a Northwest Savings Bank credit card. Directors Carr, King and McDowell have a home equity line of credit with Northwest Savings Bank. Director Ferrier has a mortgage loan and a home equity line of credit with Northwest Savings Bank. Director Bauer has a credit card and a commercial line of credit with Northwest Savings Bank. Additional loans (including mortgage loans, lines of credit, credit cards and automobile loans) have been made to related persons of Directors Carr, Bauer, King, Creal, Ferrier, Long and McDowell.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
     Our Compensation Committee determines the salaries to be paid each year to the Chief Executive Officer and those executive officers who report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Compensation Committee consists of Directors Carr, who serves as Chairman, Bauer, Creal, Ferrier, King, Long, McDowell and Tredway. None of these individuals was an officer or employee of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. during the year ended December 31, 2008, or is a former officer of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     The following table sets forth information with respect to loans made by Northwest Savings Bank to Director Ferrier, pursuant to which Director Ferrier received interest rate discounts available to employees of Northwest Savings Bank, as described in “—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.” These loans have otherwise been made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to Northwest Savings Bank, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
                                             
        Nature   Largest Aggregate       Principal   Principal Paid   Interest Paid
        Of   Balance over   Interest   Balance   01/01/09 to   01/01/09 to
Name   Position   Transaction   Disclosure Period   Rate   06/30/09   06/30/09   06/30/09
Robert G. Ferrier
  Director   Mortgage
Fixed Term
  $ 292,435     4.875%
Fixed
  $ 278,180     $ 14,255     $ 7,143  
 
      Home Equity
Line of Credit
  $ 35,346     Prime +
2.50%
Variable
  $ 28,375     $ 18,000     $ 1,319  
     During the year ended December 31, 2008, (i) no executive of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. served as a member of the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on the Compensation Committee of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.; (ii) no executive officer of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. served as a director of another entity, one of whose executive officers

158


Table of Contents

served on the Compensation Committee of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.; and (iii) no executive officer of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. served as a member of the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served as a director of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
      Compensation Philosophy . The Compensation Committee has the responsibility for establishing, implementing and monitoring adherence with our overall corporate compensation philosophy. The Compensation Committee’s goal is to ensure that the total compensation paid to all employees, including executive officers, is fair, reasonable and competitive. In that regard, the Compensation Committee has adopted a framework for our compensation program that is intended to:
    provide a total compensation program that is aligned with the interests of our stockholders;
 
    attract and retain talent needed in a competitive market environment;
 
    assist in balancing the sometimes competing needs of external competitiveness, internal consistency, organizational economics, management flexibility, ease of understanding and simplicity of administration;
 
    ensure all employees (including executive officers) receive rewards based on performance and value added to the organization in an environment built on shared leadership; and
 
    use long-term equity programs to motivate and reward performance that increases our market value over time, align senior management interests with the organization’s strategic business objectives and to provide a retention incentive.
     At least four times a year, the Compensation Committee meets to review various aspects of our programs with the assistance of our Senior Vice President of Human Resources. These reviews are intended to assure:
    the framework for executive officer compensation supports our business strategy and corporate compensation philosophy;
 
    the overall compensation package, including the mix of base salary, annual cash bonuses and equity awards is competitive; and
 
    the overall program is aligned with stockholders’ interest.
      The senior management compensation program utilizes competitive peer group information to determine base salary and annual cash bonus levels. We establish compensation levels for all positions with a goal that the total compensation paid for that position will approximate the market median (50th percentile). Market compensation is developed using national and/or regional financial industry data for executives and other management-level employees, and regional and/or local pay practices for other employees.

159


Table of Contents

      Compensation Program. Compensation paid to our executive officers for 2008 consisted primarily of performance-based salary, annual cash bonuses and stock option awards. An annual cash bonus may be paid to management personnel and is directly related to our performance, with consideration given to our return on average equity, return on average tangible equity, return on average assets, growth in earnings per share, retail asset growth as well as the performance of the individual employee. In addition, all of our employees, including executive officers, generally receive a holiday bonus ranging from 2% of base compensation for employees with one year of service to 5% of base compensation for those with five or more years of service. Stock option awards are granted to motivate and reward individual performance that increases the long-term value of our franchise and provides an incentive for our key employees to remain employed with us. Approximately 350, or 17%, of our employees receive these stock option awards. Executive officers participate in the same employee benefit programs generally available to all employees. In addition, the executive officers participate in a senior management life insurance plan and the Chief Executive Officer participates in a supplemental employee retirement plan.
     Please refer to the “Summary Compensation Table” for compensation information regarding these benefits for 2008. These benefits are aligned with our objective to attract and retain highly qualified management talent for the benefit of all of our stockholders and are considered by the Compensation Committee to be reasonable when compared to industry averages.
     The Compensation Committee reviewed 2008 compensation for the Named Executive Officers relative to the competitive market and relative to results delivered on established objectives and performance criteria. The Compensation Committee concluded that the executives’ compensation is consistent with market practice and is reasonable based on performance.
      Market Comparisons . In determining executive officer compensation, we utilize market information that is provided by our Senior Vice President of Human Resources, which is supported by survey data from two compensation consultants. We establish compensation targets for all of our employees so that their total compensation opportunity would approximate the market median (50th percentile). For the year ended December 31, 2008, our Senior Vice President of Human Resources utilized survey data from two nationally recognized compensation consultants (Watson Wyatt and William M. Mercer) in reviewing compensation for all employees. However, we also utilized the following peer group in determining market compensation for our executive officers:
First Commonwealth Financial Corporation
First Niagara Financial Group, Inc.
F.N.B. Corporation
National Penn Bancshares, Inc.
Provident Bancshares Corporation
S&T Bancorp, Inc.
Susquehanna Bancshares, Inc.
     Compensation data for our peer group is reviewed for reasonableness. In addition to this review, we rely primarily on certified market data for each job classification and responsibilities.
      Base Salary . Members of senior management, and all other employees, receive base salaries determined by the responsibilities, skills, performance, growth and experience related to their respective positions. Other factors considered in base salary determination are the competitiveness of total compensation and our ability to pay an appropriate and competitive salary. Base salaries are targeted consistent with our goal that our employees total compensation opportunity would approximate the market median (50th percentile). Specifically, base salaries range between 80% and 120% of the

160


Table of Contents

midpoint of the base salary established for each salary range. Base salaries above target (midpoint) will be limited to those whose performance clearly exceeds expectations. Performance expectations include measures of results and how results are achieved. Employees are eligible for periodic (normally annual) merit increases in their base salary as a result of individual performance and salary adjustments for significant changes in their duties and responsibilities. The amount and timing of an increase depends upon the individual’s performance, position of salary relative to the midpoint, the time interval since the last increase and any added responsibilities since the last salary increase. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves any salary increases for executive officers. The base salary for each of the Named Executive Officers is reflected in the “Summary Compensation Table.”
      Annual Cash Incentive . We provide performance-based cash incentive awards to over 350 eligible management personnel, including executive officers, under the Management Bonus Plan. Cash incentives are used to motivate and reward achievement of corporate and individual performance objectives, while allowing us to control fixed compensation expense. Funding for the Management Bonus Plan is based on an assessment of our actual financial performance relative to the Compensation Committee’s pre-established financial performance levels based on a combination of financial factors. Cash incentives are paid no later than March 15 of each year. For the year ended December 31, 2008, these factors were: return on average assets, return on average equity, return on average tangible equity, growth in earnings per share and retail asset growth. After the conclusion of the fiscal year, the Chief Executive Officer may suggest that the Compensation Committee consider additional adjustments to discretionary cash incentive awards that fall in line with the long-term advancement as set forth in our strategic initiatives. Furthermore, in a business environment where people make the difference, we may consider industry trends for recruitment and retention in determining the level of cash incentives for our professional personnel.
     The Management Bonus Plan sets forth eight levels of corporate performance targets, with the lowest level (Level 1) resulting in no cash incentive payments to the Named Executive Officers, and, for the 2008, the highest level (Level 8) resulting in cash incentive payments up to 35% of base salary. The performance targets for Levels 2, 5 and 8, which would result in cash incentive payments of 10%, 23% and 35% of base salary, respectively (the amounts set forth in the columns entitled “Threshold,” “Target” and “Maximum” under the “Estimated future payouts under Non-equity incentive plan awards” section of the table entitled “Grants Of Plan-Based Awards For The Year Ended December 31, 2008”) are as follows:
             
    Bonus Level Under Management Bonus Plan
    Level 2   Level 5   Level 8
    (10% of   (23% of   (35% of
Performance Measure
  Base Salary)   Base Salary)   Base Salary)
Return on Average Assets
  0.75% to 0.79%   0.90% to 0.94%   Greater than 1.10%
Return on Average Equity
  9.00% to 9.99%   12.00% to 12.99%   Greater than 15.00%
Return on Average Tangible Equity
  12.00% to 12.99%   15.00% to 16.99%   Greater than 18.00%
Percentage Growth in Earnings Per Share
  9.00% to 9.99%   12.00% to 12.99%   Greater than 15.00%
Retail Asset Growth
  4.00% to 5.99%   10.00% to 11.99%   Greater than 15.00%
      The Compensation Committee has discretion under the Management Bonus Plan to make adjustments to the overall performance level achieved to include or exclude the effect of extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items, changes in tax or accounting rules or the effect of mergers or acquisitions. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Compensation Committee considered certain gains and losses in determining our performance under the Management Bonus Plan. The Committee excluded from operating results income resulting from Visa’s initial public offering, gains on the sale of investment securities and gains from the reversal of tax reserves. The

161


Table of Contents

Committee also excluded from operating results losses resulting from the impairment write-down on investment securities, a prepayment penalty on Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, loan loss provisions in amounts that exceeded net loan charge-offs and a valuation adjustment on the value of mortgage servicing rights.
      Long-Term Stock-Based Compensation . The purpose of our 2004 Stock Option Plan and our 2008 Stock Option Plan is to advance the interests of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and its stockholders by providing key employees and outside directors, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the successful conduct of our business largely depends, with an additional incentive to perform in a superior manner. The plan was also designed to reward seniority as well as longevity and to attract and retain people of experience and ability.
     Each of our stock option plans was approved by our stockholders. The intention of the Compensation Committee with respect to the 2004 Stock Option Plan was to distribute a total of 655,552 shares to key employees in four distributions and with respect to the 2008 Stock Option Plan is to distribute a total of 1,750,000 shares to key employees and directors in up to seven distributions, with all grants based upon the level of responsibility of those eligible. The Compensation Committee determines which executives will receive stock awards as well as type, size and restrictions on the awards.
     Grants of stock options to an individual are based primarily on the individual’s level of responsibility and their performance. During the year ended December 31, 2008, for each of the 2004 and 2008 stock option plans, the Chief Executive Officer was eligible to receive 9,500 stock options if he exceeded individual performance expectations, and 4,750 stock options if he met individual performance goals. Similarly, the other Named Executive Officers were eligible to receive 5,750 stock options if individual performance goals were exceeded, and 2,875 stock options if individual performance goals were met. For the year ended December 31, 2008, each Named Executive Officer received stock options based upon their exceeding individual performance expectations.
     In addition to stock options, Named Executive Officers also received grants of restricted stock during the year ended December 31, 2005 under the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2004 Recognition and Retention Plan. No grants were made under this plan to the Named Executive Officers during the year ended December 31, 2008.
      Employment Agreements . We have entered into employment agreements with certain executive officers, including each of our Named Executive Officers. These agreements are designed to give us the ability to retain the services of the designated executives while reducing, to the extent possible, unnecessary disruptions to our operations. The agreements are for a three-year period, are reviewed for renewal annually by the Compensation Committee and provide for salary and bonus payments as well as additional post-employment benefits, primarily health benefits, under certain conditions, as defined in the employment agreements. The employment agreements were negotiated directly with and recommended for approval by, the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee believes such agreements are common and necessary to retain executive talent. For a discussion of these agreements and the payments that would be received by the Named Executive Officers under certain scenarios with respect to these agreements, see “Employment Agreements.”
      Retirement Plans . All of our employees, including our Named Executive Officers, are eligible to participate in our tax-qualified defined benefit plan, which is intended to provide an annual retirement benefit. See “Defined Benefit Plan.” We have also adopted a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan for the benefit of those individuals whose benefits under the defined benefit plan are

162


Table of Contents

limited by restrictions contained in the Internal Revenue Code. See “—Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.” All of our employees who have attained age 21, completed six or more months of continuous service and have worked 1,000 hours or more are eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan was modified as of January 1, 2008 to allow for immediate participation in the plan after age 21. The one year of service and 1,000 hour eligibility requirements still must be met before becoming eligible for the company match. Additionally, the plan was changed to allow for the company match to be made in Northwest Bancorp stock. Employees may elect to diversify their portion of matching funds in other investment options. We provide matching contributions equal to 50% of an eligible employee’s (an employee with one year of continuous service) 401(k) plan contributions, up to 3% of the employee’s eligible compensation. All of our employees who have attained age 21 and have completed 12 months of service during which they have worked at least 1,000 hours are also eligible to participate in our employee stock ownership plan. Allocations under the plan are based upon an employee’s salary in relation to the salary of all other qualified employees. Annual contributions to this plan are discretionary and no contributions were made during 2008.
      Tax and Accounting Implications. In consultation with our advisors, we evaluate the tax and accounting treatment of each of our compensation programs at the time of adoption and on an annual basis to ensure that we understand the financial impact of the program. Our analysis includes a detailed review of recently adopted and pending changes in tax and accounting requirements. As part of our review, we consider modifications and/or alternatives to existing programs to take advantage of favorable changes in the tax or accounting environment or to avoid adverse consequences. To preserve maximum flexibility in the design and implementation of our compensation program, we have not adopted a formal policy that requires all compensation to be tax deductible. However, to the greatest extent possible, it is our intent to structure our compensation programs in a tax efficient manner.

163


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation
     The following table sets forth for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to Mr. Wagner, who serves as President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Harvey, who serves as Chief Financial Officer, and the three most highly compensated executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank other than Messrs. Wagner and Harvey (“Named Executive Officers”).
                                                                         
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                    Change in        
                                                    pension value        
                                                    and        
                                                    nonqualified        
                                            Non-equity   deferred        
                                            incentive plan   compensation   All other    
Name and principal                           Stock awards   Option   compensation   earnings   compensation    
position   Year   Salary ($)   Bonus ($)   ($)(1)   awards ($)(2)   ($)   ($)(3)   ($)(4)   Total ($)
William J. Wagner,
    2008       473,322       23,666       65,117       166,245       86,800       160,039       27,303       1,002,492  
Chairman of the Board,
    2007       457,190       22,859       65,117       52,964       46,500       76,415       33,956       755,001  
President and
    2006       441,741       22,087       65,117       45,862       44,900       161,926       32,402       814,035  
Chief Executive Officer
                                                                       
 
William W. Harvey, Jr.
    2008       209,769       10,488       51,408       30,172       40,500       24,790       11,328       378,455  
Executive Vice
    2007       180,388       9,019       51,408       28,955       19,500       9,407       13,232       308,009  
President- Finance and
    2006       152,900       7,645       51,408       23,066       13,300       14,862       13,093       276,274  
Chief Financial Officer
                                                                       
 
Gregory C. LaRocca,
    2008       212,307       10,615       30,845       35,248       40,500       61,764       15,953       407,232  
Executive Vice President
    2007       190,527       9,526       30,845       29,383       20,000       33,102       16,652       326,035  
and Corporate Secretary
    2006       176,867       8,843       30,845       42,766       14,500       52,169       16,365       342,355  
 
Robert A. Ordiway,
    2008       216,166       10,808       30,845       35,248       40,500       71,712       16,793       422,072  
Executive Vice
    2007       203,116       10,156       30,845       29,383       20,800       48,952       14,968       354,020  
President, Marketing and
    2006       193,913       9,696       30,845       42,766       15,900       91,729       15,124       399,973  
Facilities (5)
                                                                       
 
Steven G. Fisher,
    2008       209,769       10,488       30,845       91,419       40,500       68,005       13,229       464,255  
Executive Vice
    2007       180,388       9,019       30,845       26,092       19,500       32,178       12,392       306,514  
President, Banking
    2006       152,900       7,645       30,845       21,391       13,300       43,904       11,860       281,845  
Services
                                                                       
 
(footnotes on following page)

164


Table of Contents

(footnotes from previous page)
(1)   Reflects the value of all stock awards that vested during the applicable year that were granted on March 16, 2005 under the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2004 Recognition and Retention Plan. The value is the amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 123(R). The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards for 2008, 2007 and 2006 are included in Notes 1(o) and 15(d) to our audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(2)   Reflects the value of option awards that had been granted under the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2000, 2004 and 2008 Stock Option Plans. The value is the amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with SFAS 123(R), including the immediate expense for those executive officers that qualify for normal retirement (all Named Executive Officers except for Mr. Harvey). The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards for 2008, 2007 and 2006 are included in Notes 1(o) and 15(e) to our audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(3)   Reflects change in pension value only.
 
(4)   The compensation represented by the amounts for 2008 set forth in the All Other Compensation column for the Named Executive Officers is detailed in the following table.
                                 
    Company            
    Contributions to   Company        
    Qualified Defined   Paid Life   Restricted    
    Contribution   Insurance   Stock   Total All Other
Name   Plan (a)   Premiums (b)   Dividends (c)   Compensation
William J. Wagner
  $ 5,125     $ 17,496     $ 4,682     $ 27,303  
 
William W. Harvey, Jr.
  $ 6,293     $ 1,339     $ 3,696     $ 11,328  
 
Gregory C. LaRocca
  $ 6,110     $ 7,625     $ 2,218     $ 15,953  
 
Robert A. Ordiway
  $ 6,485     $ 8,090     $ 2,218     $ 16,793  
 
Steven G. Fisher
  $ 6,293     $ 4,718     $ 2,218     $ 13,229  
 
(a)   Reflects contributions by Northwest Savings Bank to qualified defined contribution plans. Northwest Savings Bank makes matching contributions equal to 50% of the employee’s 401(k) contributions, up to 3% of the employee’s eligible compensation. For the year ended December 31, 2008, Northwest Savings Bank did not make a discretionary contribution to the employee stock ownership plan.
 
(b)   Reflects excess premiums and/or payments for life insurance reported as taxable compensation on the Named Executive Officer’s Form W-2.
 
(c)   Reflects dividends on shares of unvested restricted common stock, which are reported as taxable compensation on the Named Executive Officer’s Form W-2.
 
(5)   Mr. Ordiway retired as an executive officer effective January 30, 2009.
     Amounts listed above in the “Salary” column are paid pursuant to employment agreements with the Named Executive Officers. See “Employment Agreements.” Amounts listed in the “Bonus” column reflect a discretionary bonus approved by the Compensation Committee and distributed to all employees calculated on a five-year vesting schedule. Distribution ranges vary from 0% to 5% of base pay. Named Executive Officers received bonuses equal to 5% of base pay for the year ended December 31, 2008. Amounts listed in the “Non-equity incentive plan compensation” column reflect discretionary bonuses paid by the Compensation Committee under the Management Bonus Plan. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Annual Cash Incentive.” Amounts listed in the “Change in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation earnings” column reflect the aggregate year-to-year change in the actuarial present value of the Named Executive Officer’s accrued pension benefit under all qualified and non-qualified defined benefit plans based on the assumptions used for SFAS 87 accounting purposes at each measurement date. As such, the change reflects changes in value due to an increase or decrease in the SFAS 87 discount rate as well as changes due to the accrual of plan benefits

165


Table of Contents

      Plan-Based Awards . The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2008 certain information as to grants of plan-based awards for the Named Executive Officers.
                                                                                                 
GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
                                                                    All other                
                                                            All other   option   Exercise           Grant
                                                            stock   awards:   or base   Closing   Date Fair
            Estimated future payouts under Non-   Estimated future payouts under equity-   awards:   number of   price of   Market   Value of
            equity incentive plan awards   incentive plan awards   number of   securities   option   Price on   Stock and
            Threshold           Maximum   Threshold           Maximum   shares or   underlying   awards   Date of   Option
Name   Grant date   ($)(1)   Target ($)   ($)   (#)   Target (#)   (#)   units (#)   options (#)   ($/Sh)   Grant   Awards ($)
William J. Wagner
    (2 )     48,180       110,814       168,630                                                  
 
    (3 )                       4,750       9,500       9,500                   16.84       16.50       13,870  
 
                                                                                               
William W. Harvey, Jr.
    (2 )     22,500       51,750       78,750                                                  
 
    (3 )                       2,875       5,750       5,750                   16.84       16.50       8,395  
 
                                                                                               
Gregory C. LaRocca
    (2 )     22,500       51,750       78,750                                                  
 
    (3 )                       2,875       5,750       5,750                   16.84       16.50       8,395  
 
                                                                                               
Robert A. Ordiway
    (2 )     22,500       51,750       78,750                                                  
 
    (3 )                       2,875       5,750       5,750                   16.84       16.50       8,395  
 
                                                                                               
Steven G. Fisher
    (2 )     22,500       51,750       78,750                                                  
 
    (3 )                       2,875       5,750       5,750                   16.84       16.50       8,395  
 
(1)   Reflects minimum amount payable under the relevant plan if a payment is to be made to the Named Executive Officer.
 
(2)   On an annual basis, Named Executive Officers are eligible to receive incentive cash bonuses under the Management Bonus Plan.
 
(3)   On an annual basis, Named Executive Officers are eligible to receive stock options under our stock option plans. Equity incentive plan awards for the year ended December 31, 2008 were made pursuant to the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan.
     Grants of cash bonuses reflected in the above table were made under our Management Bonus Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2008, bonuses were paid in March 2009, in the amounts listed in the “Summary Compensation Table.” For a discussion of this plan, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Annual Cash Incentive.”
     Grants of stock options reflected in the above table were made pursuant to the Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2008, options were awarded in February 2009 to each Named Executive Officer in the amounts listed in the “Target” column. Stock options vest over seven years beginning one year from the date of grant, but vesting is accelerated in the event of a change in control of Northwest Savings Bank or Northwest Bancorp, Inc., or in the event of the recipient’s death, disability or normal retirement (generally, the attainment of age 65, or the attainment of age 55 having completed 15 years of service, or retiring at any age having completed at least 25 years of service). The exercise price of stock options is the closing price of our shares of common stock on the day before the date of grant. For a further discussion of grants made pursuant to this plan for the year ended December 31, 2008, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Stock-Based Compensation.”

166


Table of Contents

      Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End . The following tables set forth information with respect to outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2008 for the Named Executive Officers.
                                                                         
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT DECEMBER 31, 2008
    Option awards   Stock awards
                                Equity incentive
                    Equity incentive                                   Equity incentive   plan awards:
    Number of   Number of   plan awards:                                   plan awards:   market or
    securities   securities   number of                   Number of   Market value of   number of   payout value of
    underlying   underlying   securities                   shares or units   shares or units   unearned shares,   unearned shares,
    unexercised   unexercised   underlying   Option           of stock that   of stock that   units or other   units or other
    options (#)   options (#)   unexercised   exercise price   Option   have not vested   have not vested   rights that have   rights that have
Name   exercisable   unexercisable   unearned options (#)   ($)   expiration date   (#)   ($)   not vested (#)   not vested ($)
William J. Wagner
    8,600                   9.780       10/17/11       6,080 (6)     129,990              
 
    11,000                   13.302       08/21/12                                  
 
    11,000                   16.590       08/20/13                                  
 
    11,000                   25.490       12/15/14                                  
 
    5,700       3,800 (1)           22.930       01/19/15                                  
 
    3,800       5,700 (2)           22.180       01/18/16                                  
 
    1,900       7,600 (3)           25.890       01/17/17                                  
 
          9,500 (4)           25.030       01/16/18                                  
 
          9,500 (5)           22.030       11/19/18                                  
 
                                                                       
William W. Harvey, Jr.
    4,300                   9.780       10/17/11       4,800 (6)     102,624              
 
    5,100                   13.302       08/21/12                                  
 
    5,100                   16.590       08/20/13                                  
 
    5,100                   25.490       12/15/14                                  
 
    3,450       2,300 (1)           22.930       01/19/15                                  
 
    2,300       3,450 (2)           22.180       01/18/16                                  
 
    1,150       4,600 (3)           25.890       01/17/17                                  
 
          5,750 (4)           25.030       01/16/18                                  
 
          5,750 (5)           22.030       11/19/18                                  
 
                                                                       
Gregory C. LaRocca
    4,300                   9.780       10/17/11       2,880 (6)     61,574              
 
    5,100                   13.302       08/21/12                                  
 
    5,100                   16.590       08/20/13                                  
 
    5,100                   25.490       12/15/14                                  
 
    2,700       1,800 (1)           22.930       01/19/15                                  
 
    1,800       2,700 (2)           22.180       01/18/16                                  
 
    1,150       4,600 (3)           25.890       01/17/17                                  
 
          5,750 (4)           25.030       01/16/18                                  
 
          5,750 (5)           22.030       11/19/18                                  
 
                                                                       
Robert A. Ordiway
    4,300                   9.780       10/17/11       2,880 (6)     61,574              
 
    5,100                   13.302       08/21/12                                  
 
    5,100                   16.590       08/20/13                                  
 
    5,100                   25.490       12/15/14                                  
 
    2,700       1,800 (1)           22.930       01/19/15                                  
 
    1,800       2,700 (2)           22.180       01/18/16                                  
 
    1,150       4,600 (3)           25.890       01/17/17                                  
 
          5,750 (4)           25.030       01/16/18                                  
 
          5,750 (5)           22.030       11/19/18                                  

167


Table of Contents

                                                                         
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT DECEMBER 31, 2008
    Option awards   Stock awards
                                Equity incentive
                    Equity incentive                                   Equity incentive   plan awards:
    Number of   Number of   plan awards:                                   plan awards:   market or
    securities   securities   number of                   Number of   Market value of   number of   payout value of
    underlying   underlying   securities                   shares or units   shares or units   unearned shares,   unearned shares,
    unexercised   unexercised   underlying   Option           of stock that   of stock that   units or other   units or other
    options (#)   options (#)   unexercised   exercise price   Option   have not vested   have not vested   rights that have   rights that have
Name   exercisable   unexercisable   unearned options (#)   ($)   expiration date   (#)   ($)   not vested (#)   not vested ($)
Steven G. Fisher
    4,300                   9.780       10/17/11       2,880 (6)     61,574              
 
    5,100                   13.302       08/21/12                                  
 
    5,100                   16.590       08/20/13                                  
 
    5,100                   25.490       12/15/14                                  
 
    2,700       1,800 (1)           22.930       01/19/15                                  
 
    1,800       2,700 (2)           22.180       01/18/16                                  
 
    1,150       4,600 (3)           25.890       01/17/17                                  
 
          5,750 (4)           25.030       01/16/18                                  
 
          5,750 (5)           22.030       11/19/18                                  
 
(1)   Remaining unexercisable options will vest equally on January 19, 2009 and 2010.
 
(2)   Remaining unexercisable options will vest equally on January 18, 2009, 2010 and 2011.
 
(3)   Remaining unexercisable options will vest equally on January 17, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012.
 
(4)   Remaining unexercisable options will vest equally over a seven-year period beginning January 16, 2009.
 
(5)   Remaining unexercisable options will vest equally over a seven-year period beginning November 19, 2009.
 
(6)   Unvested 2004 Recognition and Retention Plan shares will vest equally on March 16, 2009 and 2010.

168


Table of Contents

      Option Exercises and Stock Vested. The following table sets forth information with respect to option exercises and stock that vested during the year ended December 31, 2008 for the Named Executive Officers.
                                 
OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2008
    Option awards   Stock awards
    Number of shares           Number of shares    
    acquired on exercise   Value realized on   acquired on vesting   Value realized on
Name   (#)   exercise ($)   (#)   vesting ($)(2)
William J. Wagner
                3,040       82,749  
 
William W. Harvey, Jr.
    2,500       41,400  (1)     2,400       65,328  
 
Gregory C. LaRocca
                1,440       39,197  
 
Robert A. Ordiway
                1,440       39,197  
 
Steven G. Fisher
                1,440       39,197  
 
(1)   Based on the difference between the $24.27 per share trading price on May 20, 2008 and the exercise price of $7.81.
 
(2)   Based on the $27.22 per share trading price of our common stock on March 16, 2008.
      Pension Benefits. The following table sets forth information with respect to pension benefits at and for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the Named Executive Officers. See “—Defined Benefit Plan” and “—Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan” for a discussion of the plans referenced in this table.
                                 
PENSION BENEFITS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
                    Present value of    
            Number of years   accumulated benefit   Payments during last
Name   Plan name   credited service (#)   ($)   fiscal year ($)
William J. Wagner
  Northwest Savings Bank Pension Plan     25       581,691        
 
  Northwest Savings Bank Non-Qualified Supplemental Retirement Plan     25       644,456        
William W. Harvey, Jr.
  Northwest Savings Bank Pension Plan     13       93,924        
Gregory C. LaRocca
  Northwest Savings Bank Pension Plan     23       415,381        
Robert A. Ordiway
  Northwest Savings Bank Pension Plan     34       781,097        
Steven G. Fisher
  Northwest Savings Bank Pension Plan     25       316,598        

169


Table of Contents

      Nonqualified Deferred Compensation. The following table sets forth information with respect to defined contribution and other nonqualified deferred compensation plans at and for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the Named Executive Officers.
                                         
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
    Executive   Registrant   Aggregate   Aggregate   Aggregate balance
    contributions in   contributions in   earnings in last   withdrawals/   at last fiscal year
Name   last fiscal year ($)   last fiscal year ($)   fiscal year ($)   distributions ($)   end ($)
William J. Wagner
                613  (1)           17,520  (1)
 
William W. Harvey, Jr.
                             
 
Gregory C. LaRocca
                             
 
Robert A. Ordiway
                             
 
Steven G. Fisher
                             
 
(1)   Amounts listed as earnings and included in the aggregate balance at last fiscal year end have not been reported as compensation in Summary Compensation Tables because the earnings are not “above market.”
     Effective December 31, 2005, Northwest Savings Bank suspended the Northwest Savings Bank and Affiliates Upper Managers’ Bonus Deferred Compensation Plan. Under this plan, certain employees of Northwest Savings Bank were eligible to defer all or part of their annual management incentive bonus. Interest is credited to a participant’s deferred compensation account at the annual earnings rate paid on Northwest Savings Bank’s five-year certificates of deposit, calculated as of the end of the preceding fiscal year. The interest rate paid for 2008 was 3.58%. Under this plan, participants could elect to receive either a lump-sum payment or approximately equal monthly installments over a period of up to 10 years, with payment commencing upon the earlier of specified events selected by the participant, including retirement, voluntary resignation, involuntary termination, death, disability, reaching a certain age or on a date selected by the participant. Mr. Wagner is the only Named Executive Officer who participated in this plan.
Employment Agreements
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank are parties to a three-year employment agreement with William J. Wagner under which Mr. Wagner serves as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director or trustee of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. On each anniversary date the contract renews for an additional year, and if it is not renewed it expires 36 months following the anniversary date. Under the agreement, Mr. Wagner’s base salary ($481,800, effective July 1, 2008) is reviewed annually and may be increased but not decreased. In the event Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank terminates Mr. Wagner’s employment for reasons other than for “cause” (as defined below), or if Mr. Wagner resigns following a “change of control” (as defined below), or if Mr. Wagner resigns due to “good reason” (as defined below), Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank will pay Mr. Wagner severance pay equal to:
  (i)   three times the sum of his highest rate of base salary, plus his highest rate of cash bonus paid during the prior three years, and
 
  (ii)   continuation of life, health and dental coverage for 36 months from the date of termination, unless Mr. Wagner obtains similar benefits from his new employer.
     To the extent necessary in order to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, the base salary and bonus amount shall be paid in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following

170


Table of Contents

the date of termination and no contributions shall be made by Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank to the life, health and dental coverage until the first day of the seventh month following termination of employment. The agreement contains a one-year non-compete provision which restricts Mr. Wagner from competing with Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank following a termination of employment within 100 miles of any existing office or branch of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank or location for which regulatory approval is pending for an office or branch.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank and Messrs. LaRocca, Ordiway, Harvey and Fisher (the “executives”) are each a party to a three-year employment agreement under which the executives serve as executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank. On each anniversary date the contract renews for an additional year, and if it is not renewed it expires 36 months following such anniversary date. Under the agreement, each of the executive’s current base salary is reviewed annually and may be increased but not decreased. As of July 1, 2008, Mr. LaRocca’s base salary was $225,000; Mr. Ordiway’s base salary was $225,000; Mr. Harvey’s base salary was $225,000 and Mr. Fisher’s base salary was $225,000. In the event Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank terminates the executive’s employment for reasons other than for “cause” (as defined below), or if the executive resigns following a “change of control” (as defined below), or if the executive resigns due to “good reason” (as defined below), Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank will pay the executive severance pay equal to three times the executive’s highest rate of base salary paid to him during the prior three years and a pro rata distribution under any incentive compensation or bonus plan for the year in which the executive’s employment is terminated for reasons other than for “cause” (as defined below). Northwest Savings Bank would also continue the executive’s life, medical and dental coverage for 18 months from the date of termination, unless the executive obtains similar benefits from his new employer. To the extent necessary in order to avoid penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the base salary and bonus amount shall be paid in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the date of termination and no contributions shall be made by Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank to the life, health and dental coverage until the first day of the seventh month following termination of employment. The employment agreement contains a two-year non-compete provision which restricts the executives from competing with Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank following termination of employment within 100 miles of any existing office or branch of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank or location for which regulatory approval is pending for an office or branch.
     The following provisions apply to all of the employment agreements. If the executive’s employment is terminated for “cause” (as defined below), no further compensation or benefits shall be paid under the employment agreement and all unvested stock options awarded to the executive shall be immediately forfeited. Any payments to the executive would be reduced, if necessary, so as not to be an “excess parachute payment” as defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 280G (relating to payments made in connection with a change in control). If the executive becomes disabled (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A), Northwest Savings Bank may terminate the employment agreement but will pay the executive his then-current base salary for the longer of the remaining term of the agreement or one year, reduced by the amount of any disability insurance, workers’ compensation or social security benefits paid to the executive. If the executive dies during the term of the agreement, Northwest Savings Bank shall continue to pay his then-current base salary for one year and shall provide life, medical and dental benefits for the executive’s family for three years after the executive’s death, at generally the same level as Northwest Savings Bank was providing such benefits at the time of the executive’s death. During the employment term and thereafter, the executive shall be indemnified and covered under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy provided by Northwest

171


Table of Contents

Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with or arising out of any action in which the executive may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank, including judgments, court costs, attorneys fees and settlements approved by the board of directors. However, such indemnification does not apply to matters where the executive is adjudged liable for willful misconduct in performing his duties. All payments under any of the employment agreements will be made by Northwest Savings Bank, but if not timely paid, Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Bancorp, Inc. shall make such payments. The employment agreements are binding on successors to Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank.
     The following definitions apply to all of the employment agreements.
     Termination for “cause” means termination because of the executive’s personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order or other material breach of any provision of the employment agreement. In determining incompetence, the acts or omissions are measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institutions industry. No act or failure to act shall be considered “willful” unless done or omitted to be done by the executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the executive’s action or omission was in the best interest of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank.
     Termination for “good reason” means an executive’s voluntary resignation, upon not less than 120 days advance written notice given no later than 12 months after the occurrence of any of the following events:
  (i)   reduction in the executive’s base salary or benefits and perquisites, other than a general reduction that applies to all executives, unless such reduction is coincident with or following a “change in control” (as defined below);
 
  (ii)   in the case of Mr. Wagner, failure to re-elect, re-appoint or re-nominate him to his position as President and Chief Executive Officer and as director or trustee of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Northwest Savings Bank or a change in Mr. Wagner’s function, duties or responsibilities which would cause his position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance or scope;
 
  (iii)   in the case of the other executives, reduction in their duties, responsibilities or status, such that there is a reduction in the executive’s pay grade level in effect on the date of the employment agreement of more than three levels (in accordance with Northwest Savings Bank’s normal personnel practices, as circulated annually to officers of Northwest Savings Bank);
 
  (iv)   a relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment by more than 30 miles;
 
  (v)   liquidation or dissolution of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank other than reorganizations that do not affect the status of the executive; or
 
  (vi)   breach of the employment agreement by Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank.

172


Table of Contents

     “Change in control” means a change in control of a nature that:
  (i)   would be required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of Form 8-K, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”);
 
  (ii)   results in a change in control of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act, as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder; or
 
  (iii)   a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as:
  (a)   any “person” (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than Northwest Bancorp, MHC is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by Northwest Savings Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust;
 
  (b)   individuals who constitute the board of directors on the effective date of the employment agreement (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date of the employment agreement whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders was approved by the same nominating committee serving under the Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board;
 
  (c)   a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC or Northwest Savings Bank or similar transaction in which Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or Northwest Savings Bank is not the surviving institution occurs;
 
  (d)   a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., by someone other than the current management of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or similar transaction with one or more corporations or financial institutions, and as a result of such proxy solicitation, a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation or similar transaction involving Northwest Bancorp, Inc. is approved by Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors or the requisite vote of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders; or
 
  (e)   a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.
     Each of the executives has acknowledged that mutual-to-stock conversion and the second step stock offering will not be treated as a change in control under the agreements.

173


Table of Contents

Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers
     The following tables show potential payments that would be made to the Named Executive Officers upon specified events, assuming such events occurred on December 31, 2008, pursuant to each individual’s employment agreement, pursuant to stock options that have been granted under our stock option plans and pursuant to our policies with respect to health care and other benefits continuation. For a discussion of additional benefits that would be paid to the Named Executive Officers upon various termination scenarios, see “—Defined Benefit Plan,” “—Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan,” and “—Life Insurance Coverage.”
                                                 
William J. Wagner
    Involuntary Termination or                    
    Termination for Good Reason                    
    Before Change in Control or                    
    Voluntary Termination Upon                    
Type of   or Any Time After Change in   Voluntary   Termination            
Benefit   Control   Termination   for Cause   Death   Disability   Retirement
Severance pay
  $ 1,445,400                 $ 481,800     $ 905,400        
 
Bonus payment
  $ 210,498     $ 70,166           $ 70,166     $ 70,166     $ 70,166  
 
Stock option vesting acceleration
                                   
 
Health care and other benefits continuation
  $ 43,073                 $ 38,789              
                                                 
William W. Harvey, Jr.
    Involuntary Termination or                    
    Termination for Good Reason                    
    Before Change in Control or                    
    Voluntary Termination Upon                    
Type of   or Any Time After Change in   Voluntary   Termination            
Benefit   Control   Termination   for Cause   Death   Disability   Retirement
Severance pay
  $ 675,000                 $ 225,000     $ 270,000        
 
Bonus payment
  $ 29,988     $ 29,988           $ 29,988     $ 29,988     $ 29,988  
 
Stock option vesting acceleration
                                   
 
Health care and other benefits continuation
  $ 21,536                 $ 38,789              

174


Table of Contents

                                                 
Gregory C. LaRocca
    Involuntary Termination or                    
    Termination for Good Reason                    
    Before Change in Control or                    
    Voluntary Termination Upon                    
Type of   or Any Time After Change in   Voluntary   Termination            
Benefit   Control   Termination   for Cause   Death   Disability   Retirement
Severance pay
  $ 675,000                 $ 225,000     $ 270,000        
 
Bonus payment
  $ 30,615     $ 30,615           $ 30,615     $ 30,615     $ 30,615  
Stock option vesting acceleration
                                   
Health care and other benefits continuation
  $ 21,536                 $ 14,113              
                                                 
Robert A. Ordiway
    Involuntary Termination or                    
    Termination for Good Reason                    
    Before Change in Control or                    
    Voluntary Termination Upon                    
Type of   or Any Time After Change in   Voluntary   Termination            
Benefit   Control   Termination   for Cause   Death   Disability   Retirement
Severance pay
  $ 675,000                 $ 225,000     $ 270,000        
 
Bonus payment
  $ 31,608     $ 31,608           $ 31,608     $ 31,608     $ 31,608  
Stock option vesting acceleration
                                   
Health care and other benefits continuation
  $ 21,536                 $ 38,789              
                                                 
Steven G. Fisher
    Involuntary Termination or                    
    Termination for Good Reason                    
    Before Change in Control or                    
    Voluntary Termination Upon                    
Type of   or Any Time After Change in   Voluntary   Termination            
Benefit   Control   Termination   for Cause   Death   Disability   Retirement
Severance pay
  $ 675,000                 $ 225,000     $ 270,000        
 
Bonus payment
  $ 29,988     $ 29,988           $ 29,988     $ 29,988     $ 29,988  
Stock option vesting acceleration
                                   
Health care and other benefits continuation
  $ 21,536                 $ 38,789              
Defined Benefit Plan
     Northwest Savings Bank maintains the Northwest Savings Bank Pension Plan, which is a noncontributory defined benefit plan (“Retirement Plan”). All employees age 21 or older who have worked at Northwest Savings Bank for a period of one year and have been credited with 1,000 or more hours of employment with Northwest Savings Bank during the year are eligible to accrue benefits under the Retirement Plan. Northwest Savings Bank annually contributes an amount to the Retirement Plan necessary to at least satisfy the actuarially determined minimum funding requirements in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). At December 31, 2008, the Retirement Plan fully met its funding requirements under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code.
     At the normal retirement age of 65, the plan is designed to provide a single life annuity benefit. The retirement benefits for employees hired or acquired prior to January 1, 2008 is an amount equal to

175


Table of Contents

1.6% of a participant’s average monthly base salary based on the average of the five consecutive years of the last ten calendar years providing the highest monthly average multiplied by the participant’s years of service to the normal retirement date (up to a maximum of 25 years) plus: (i) 0.6% of such average monthly compensation in excess of one-twelfth of covered compensation (as defined in the plan) multiplied by the participant’s total number of years of service up to a maximum of 25 years; and (ii) for participants who retire on or after June 1, 1995, 0.6% of such participant’s average monthly compensation multiplied by the participant’s number of years of service between 25 years and 35 years. Retirement benefits are also payable upon retirement due to early and late retirement, disability or death. A reduced benefit is payable upon early retirement at or after age 55 and the completion of five years of service with us (or after 25 years of service and no minimum age). Upon termination of employment other than as specified above, a participant who was employed by us for a minimum of five years is eligible to receive his or her accrued benefit commencing, generally, on such participant’s normal retirement date. Benefits under the Retirement Plan are payable in various annuity forms. For the plan year ended December 31, 2008, we made contributions to the Retirement Plan of $6.0 million.
     Effective January 1, 2008, several changes were made to the Retirement Plan. The definition of normal retirement was changed from age 65 to age 65 with five years of service for all employees hired on or after January 1, 2008. Benefits for all employees hired or acquired on or after January 1, 2008 will be calculated using a benefit calculation of 1% of a participant’s average monthly base salary based on the average of the five consecutive years of the last ten calendar years providing the highest monthly average multiplied by the participant’s years of service to the normal retirement date (up to a maximum of 35 years).
     The following table indicates the annual retirement benefit that would be payable under the Retirement Plan upon retirement at age 65 in calendar year 2008, expressed in the form of a single life annuity, for the final average salary and benefit service classifications specified below.
                                                         
    Average   Years of Service and Annual Benefit Payable at Retirement
    Compensation   15   20   25   30   35   40
 
  $ 25,000     $ 6,000     $ 8,000     $ 10,000     $ 10,750     $ 11,500     $ 11,500  
 
  $ 50,000     $ 12,000     $ 16,000     $ 20,000     $ 21,500     $ 23,000     $ 23,000  
 
  $ 75,000     $ 18,000     $ 24,000     $ 30,000     $ 32,250     $ 34,500     $ 34,500  
 
  $ 100,000     $ 25,051     $ 33,402     $ 41,752     $ 44,752     $ 47,752     $ 47,752  
 
  $ 125,000     $ 33,301     $ 44,402     $ 55,502     $ 59,252     $ 63,002     $ 63,002  
 
  $ 150,000     $ 41,551     $ 55,402     $ 69,252     $ 73,752     $ 78,252     $ 78,252  
 
  $ 175,000     $ 49,801     $ 66,402     $ 83,002     $ 88,252     $ 93,502     $ 93,502  
 
  $ 200,000     $ 58,051     $ 77,402     $ 96,752     $ 102,752     $ 108,752     $ 108,752  
 
  $ 230,000  plus    $ 67,951     $ 90,602     $ 113,252     $ 120,152     $ 127,052     $ 127,052  
     As of the plan year ended December 31, 2008, Messrs. Wagner, LaRocca, Ordiway, Harvey and Fisher had 25, 23, 34, 13 and 25 years of credited service ( i.e ., benefit service), respectively.
     The accrued annual pension benefit as of December 31, 2008 for Messrs. Wagner, LaRocca, Ordiway, Harvey and Fisher are $108,119, $64,016, $105,939, $38,218 and $75,132, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, Messrs. Wagner, LaRocca, Ordiway and Fisher qualified for early retirement under the Retirement Plan. If Messrs. Wagner, LaRocca, Ordiway and Fisher had retired on December 31, 2008, and began receiving benefit payments immediately upon retirement, their annual pension benefit would have been $54,665, $38,762, $74,729 and $29,844, respectively.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
     Northwest Savings Bank has adopted a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for certain participants in Northwest Savings Bank’s Retirement Plan whose benefits are limited by Section 415(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (which limits the amount of annual benefits that

176


Table of Contents

may be accrued to fund future benefit payments) or Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code (which places a limitation on compensation taken into account for tax-qualified plan purposes; for 2008, that limit was $230,000). The SERP provides the designated executives with retirement benefits generally equal to the difference between the benefit that would be available under the Retirement Plan but for the limitations imposed by Internal Revenue Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(b) and that which is actually funded under the Retirement Plan as a result of the limitations.
     Pre-retirement survivor benefits are provided for designated beneficiaries of participants who do not survive until retirement in an amount equal to the lump sum actuarial equivalent of the participant’s accrued benefit under the SERP. Pre-retirement benefits are payable in 120 equal monthly installments. The SERP is considered an unfunded plan for tax and ERISA purposes. All obligations arising under the SERP are payable from the general assets of Northwest Savings Bank.
     The benefits paid under the SERP supplement the benefits paid by the Retirement Plan. The following table indicates the expected aggregate annual retirement benefit payable from the Retirement Plan and SERP to SERP participants, expressed in the form of a single life annuity for the final average salary and benefit service classifications specified below.
                                                         
    Average   Years of Service and Annual Benefit Payable at Retirement
    Compensation   15   20   25   30   35   40
 
  $ 100,000     $ 25,051     $ 33,402     $ 41,752     $ 44,752     $ 47,752     $ 47,752  
 
  $ 125,000     $ 33,301     $ 44,402     $ 55,502     $ 59,252     $ 63,002     $ 63,002  
 
  $ 150,000     $ 41,551     $ 55,402     $ 69,252     $ 73,752     $ 78,252     $ 78,252  
 
  $ 175,000     $ 49,801     $ 66,402     $ 83,002     $ 88,252     $ 93,502     $ 93,502  
 
  $ 200,000     $ 58,051     $ 77,402     $ 96,752     $ 102,752     $ 108,752     $ 108,752  
 
  $ 250,000     $ 74,551     $ 99,402     $ 124,252     $ 131,752     $ 139,252     $ 139,252  
 
  $ 300,000     $ 91,051     $ 121,402     $ 151,752     $ 160,752     $ 169,752     $ 169,752  
 
  $ 350,000     $ 107,551     $ 143,402     $ 179,252     $ 189,752     $ 200,252     $ 200,252  
 
  $ 400,000     $ 124,051     $ 165,402     $ 206,752     $ 218,752     $ 230,752     $ 230,752  
     At December 31, 2008, Mr. Wagner was the only Named Executive Officer participant in the SERP and he had 25 years of credited service under the SERP. Northwest Savings Bank’s pension cost attributable to the SERP for all participants was approximately $184,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Life Insurance Coverage
     Northwest Savings Bank generally provides group term life insurance to its employees. The amount of the life insurance coverage employees are eligible for is a multiple of their base salary up to a maximum of $700,000 worth of coverage. Pay grade level determines the multiple used. The first $50,000 of group term life insurance coverage is a non-taxable benefit each year.
     Certain select senior officers are eligible to participate in a Senior Managers’ Life Insurance Plan. This plan is designed to allow the participant to waive an equal amount of coverage in the group term life insurance plan in order to purchase a whole life insurance plan using their own funds in conjunction with the amount Northwest Savings Bank would have spent for the individual’s group term premium expense. The benefit then becomes a split dollar arrangement. The officer’s coverage is provided through two sources: the group term life insurance plan, which has a carve-out provision funded by bank-owned life insurance, and an individual policy owned by the executive. The Senior Managers’ Life Insurance Plan thus gives participants a means to obtain post-retirement life insurance that is not available through the group term life plan.
     Under Northwest Savings Bank’s life insurance plans, the pre-retirement death benefit amount is determined as a multiple of the employee’s annual base salary rounded up to the next $1,000. Multiples

177


Table of Contents

range from 150% to 500% based on pay grade levels. The Named Executives Officers are all in the highest multiple of 500%. The group term life insurance plan does not have a post-retirement death benefit provision. However, four of the five Named Executive Officers participate in the Senior Managers’ Life Insurance Plan, giving them the option to continue their individual policies into retirement. Through a special agreement in the group plan carve out provision, Mr. Ordiway will be provided with a post-retirement insurance benefit equal to fifty percent of his coverage in effect at the time of retirement. As of December 31, 2008, the pre-retirement death benefit amounts from the Northwest Savings Bank plan were as follows: $50,000 for Mr. Wagner; $150,000 for Mr. Harvey; $50,000 for Mr. LaRocca; $700,000 for Mr. Ordiway; and $50,000 for Mr. Fisher. As of December 31, 2008, the post-retirement death benefit for Mr. Ordiway was $563,000.
     The federal income tax treatment and the annual economic benefit realized by each Named Executive Officer vary depending on the amount of life insurance in the Northwest Savings Bank plan and the Senior Managers’ Life Insurance Plan. The specific arrangement with each Named Executive Officer is discussed below.
     The premiums paid by Northwest Savings Bank for the Named Executive Officers for life insurance coverage during 2008 totaled $39,778, consisting of the following premiums: $17,598 for Mr. Wagner; $1,441 for Mr. Harvey; $7,727 for Mr. LaRocca; $8,192 for Mr. Ordiway; and $4,820 for Mr. Fisher. However, the imputed economic benefit for this life insurance coverage during 2008 was as follows: $17,496 for Mr. Wagner; $1,339 for Mr. Harvey; $7,625 for Mr. LaRocca; $8,090 for Mr. Ordiway; and $4,718 for Mr. Fisher. The imputed economic benefit to the Named Executive Officers of the 2008 premium payments is included in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table and is described in a footnote to that column for each Named Executive Officer. The amount of such economic benefit was determined using the amount imputed to the individual under applicable tables published by the Internal Revenue Service multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the individual’s beneficiary.

178


Table of Contents

Directors’ Compensation
     The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2008 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s directors. Mr. Wagner does not receive separate compensation for his service as a director.
                                                         
Director Compensation Table For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
                                    Change in pension value        
                            Non-equity   and nonqualified deferred   All other    
    Fees earned or   Stock awards   Option awards   incentive plan   compensation earnings   compensation    
Name   paid in cash ($)   ($)(1)   ($)(2)   compensation ($)   ($)(3)   ($)(4)   Total ($)
John M. Bauer
    56,400       17,136 (5)     35,350 (5)           23,573       1,584       134,043  
Richard L. Carr
    69,500       17,136 (6)     35,350 (6)           21,976       1,584       145,546  
Thomas K. Creal, III
    62,700       17,136 (7)     35,350 (7)           27,354       1,584       144,124  
Robert G. Ferrier
    54,800       17,136 (8)     35,350 (8)           27,305       1,584       136,175  
A. Paul King
    53,400       17,136 (9)     35,350 (9)           19,258       1,584       126,728  
Joseph F. Long
    61,300       17,136 (10)     35,350 (10)           21,057       1,584       136,427  
Richard E. McDowell
    57,600       17,136 (11)     35,350 (11)           23,369       1,584       135,039  
Philip M. Tredway
    56,100       4,494 (12)(13)     2,587 (12)(14)           8,548       634       72,363  
 
(1)   For all directors other than Mr. Tredway, reflects expense related to an award of 4,000 shares of restricted stock granted to each director on March 16, 2005 with a grant date fair value of $85,680 (based on a grant date fair value of $21.42 per share). This award vests equally over a five-year period beginning March 16, 2006. All values listed (including the value for Mr. Tredway) are the amounts recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with SFAS 123(R). The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards are included in Notes 1(o) and 15(d) to our audited financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(2)   Reflects expense related to an award of 3,000 stock options granted to each director on November 19, 2008 with a grant date fair value of $8,550 (based on a grant date fair value of $2.85 per stock option). This award vests equally over a seven-year period beginning November 19, 2009. These options have an exercise price of $22.03 per option. In addition, for all directors other than Mr. Tredway, reflects expense related to an award of 10,000 stock options granted to each director on January 19, 2005 with a grant date fair value of $67,000 (based on a grant date fair value of $6.70 per stock option). This award vests equally over a five-year period beginning January 19, 2006. Options have an exercise price of $22.93 per option. All values listed are the amounts recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with SFAS 123(R), including the immediate expense for those directors that qualify for normal retirement, which includes all directors except Mr. Tredway. The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards are included in Notes 1(o) and 15(e) to our audited financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(3)   Reflects change in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation for each director as follows: Mr. Bauer, $20,323 and $3,250; Mr. Carr. $20,206 and $1,770; Mr. Creal, $24,347 and $3,007; Mr. Ferrier, $22,426 and $4,879; Mr. King, $17,034 and $2,224; Mr. Long $20,166 and $891; Mr. McDowell, $17,046 and $6,323; and Mr. Tredway, $8,312 and $236.
 
(4)   Reflects dividends on unvested restricted stock awards.
 
(5)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. Bauer had 20,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
 
(6)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. Carr had 23,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
 
(7)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. Creal had 13,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
 
(8)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. Ferrier had 23,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
 
(9)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. King had 25,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
 
(10)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. Long had 25,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock
 
(11)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. McDowell had 23,000 stock options outstanding and 1,600 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
 
(12)   At December 31, 2008, Mr. Tredway had 5,000 stock options outstanding and 640 unvested shares of restricted stock.
 
(13)   Reflects expense related to an award of 800 shares of restricted stock granted on June 20, 2007 with a grant date fair value of $22,472 (based on a grant date fair value of $28.09 per share). This award vests equally over a five-year period beginning June 20, 2008.
 
(14)   In addition to the 3,000 options granted on November 19, 2008 as described in footnote (2) above, reflects expense related to an award of 2,000 stock options granted on June 20, 2007 with a grant date fair value of $11,600 (based on a grant date fair value of $5.80 per option). This award vests equally over a five-year period beginning June 20, 2008. Options have an exercise price of $28.09 per option.

179


Table of Contents

     The full board of directors determines director compensation. In determining director compensation, we utilize peer group data that is provided by our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, which is supported by survey data from compensation consultants.
     For the year ended December 31, 2008, nonemployee directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank were paid a retainer of $16,200 per year plus $812.50 for each board meeting of Northwest Savings Bank and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. attended. Non-employee members of the Executive, Compensation, Trust, Audit, Risk Management, Nominating and Governance Committees were paid a total of $700 for attendance at committee meetings for both Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank. The chairman of the Compensation, Trust, Audit and Risk Management committees were paid an additional $750 per quarter as a retainer for their service as chairman with the chairman of the Nominating Committee receiving $500 per year and the chairman of the Governance Committee receiving $1,000 per year. Director Carr also received a fee of $1,500 per quarter as a retainer for his service as Lead Director for Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank. In addition, each member of the Board of Trustees of Northwest Bancorp, MHC was paid a retainer of $3,600 per year plus a fee of $200 for each board meeting attended. As of December 31, 2008, all directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank were trustees of Northwest Bancorp, MHC.
     We sponsor a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for directors (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) that enables a director to elect to defer all or a portion of his directors’ fees. The amounts deferred are credited with interest at the taxable equivalent rate received by Northwest Bancorp, Inc. on its bank owned life insurance policies that insure the directors’ lives. Deferred amounts are payable upon retirement of a director on or after attaining age 59-1/2 but no later than age 72, in the form of a lump sum or in five or ten equal annual installments. Payments to a director, or to his designated beneficiary, may also be made from the Deferred Compensation Plan upon the director’s death, total and permanent disability, or termination of service from the Board. Participants in the Deferred Compensation Plan would not recognize taxable income with respect to the Deferred Compensation Plan benefits until the assets are actually distributed. In the event the director dies before reaching normal retirement age, his estate will be paid a lump sum payment equal to the deferred amount plus the present value of the payments the director would have deferred had he continued to defer payments equal to his current deferrals until his normal retirement date.
     We maintain a retirement plan for outside directors (the “Directors Plan”). Directors who have served on the Board for five years or more and are not Bank employees are eligible to receive benefits under the Directors Plan. Upon a director’s retirement from the Board on or after five years of service and the attainment of age 60, the director is entitled to receive a retirement benefit equal to 60% of the annual retainer paid immediately prior to retirement plus 60% of the board meeting fees paid for the director’s attendance at board meetings at the annual rate which was in effect immediately prior to his retirement. If a director retires after five years or more of service but before attaining age 60, the director is entitled to one-half of the benefits otherwise available to him. Retirement benefits commence on the first day of the calendar quarter following the director’s attainment of age 65, or if retirement occurs later, on the first day of the calendar quarter following retirement. Such retirement benefits are paid for a period equal to the lesser of the number of a director’s completed full years of service, his life, or ten years. In the event the director dies before normal retirement age or after normal retirement age but before all retirement benefits to which he is entitled have been received, the director’s estate shall be paid a lump sum equal to the present value of the benefits that would have been paid had the director lived until all accrued retirement benefits had been paid. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the expense to Northwest Savings Bank of the Directors Plan was $194,000.
     Options granted under our 2004 and 2008 Stock Option Plans, which grants are described in the footnotes to the table above, vest over a five-year and seven-year period, respectively. All nonstatutory

180


Table of Contents

options granted under the 2004 and 2008 Stock Option Plans expire upon the earlier of ten years from the date of grant or one year following the date the optionee ceases to be a director. However, in the event of termination of service or employment due to death, disability, normal retirement or a change of control of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., nonstatutory options may be exercised for up to five years.
     Restricted shares granted under our 2004 Recognition and Retention Plan, which grants are described in the footnotes to the table above, vest over a five-year period. Dividends are paid on the restricted stock and participants can vote the restricted stock pursuant to the 2004 Recognition and Retention Plan.
Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion
     Following the offering, we intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. If the stock-based incentive plan is adopted within one year following the conversion, the number of options granted or shares awarded under the plan may not exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, which when combined with our existing stock options and shares awarded under our existing stock option plans and recognition and retention plan will not exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares outstanding following the offering, in accordance with Office of Thrift Supervision regulations.
     We may fund our plans through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuance of common stock; however, if any options previously granted under our existing stock option plans are exercised during the first year following completion of the offering, they will be funded with newly-issued shares as Office of Thrift Supervision regulations do not permit us to repurchase our shares during the first year following the completion of this offering except to fund the grants of restricted stock under the stock-based incentive plan or under extraordinary circumstances. We have been advised by the staff of the Office of Thrift Supervision that the exercise of outstanding options and cancellation of treasury shares in the conversion will not constitute an extraordinary circumstance or a compelling business purpose for satisfying this test. The stock-based incentive plan will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering and if adopted within one year after the stock offering would require the approval by stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock eligible to be cast. If the stock-based incentive plan is established after one year after the stock offering, it would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast. The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based incentive plan if the plan is adopted within one year after the stock offering:
    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
 
    any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
 
    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
 
    any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, in the aggregate, may not hold more than 10% of the shares sold in the offering, unless Northwest Savings Bank has tangible capital of 10% or more, in which case any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, may be increased to up to 12% of the shares sold in the offering;

181


Table of Contents

    the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant;
 
    accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Northwest Savings Bank or Northwest Bancshares, Inc.; and
 
    our executive officers or directors must exercise or forfeit their options in the event that Northwest Savings Bank becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action or receives a capital directive.
     In the event either federal or state regulators change their regulations or policies regarding stock-based incentive plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

182


Table of Contents

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
     Persons and groups who beneficially own in excess of 5% of our shares of common stock are required to file certain reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding such ownership pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2009, the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by each person known to us who was the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Information with respect to share ownership by our directors and executive officers is included in “Management.”
                 
    Amount of Shares    
    Owned and Nature   Percent of Shares
Name and Address of   of Beneficial   of Common Stock
Beneficial Owners   Ownership (1)   Outstanding
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
    30,536,457       63.0 %
100 Liberty Street
Warren, Pennsylvania 16365
               
 
               
Northwest Bancorp, MHC,
    31,321,057       64.6 %
and all directors and executive
officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
and Northwest Savings Bank as a group
(12 directors and officers) (2)
               
 
(1)   In accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a person is deemed to be the beneficial owner for purposes of this table, of any shares of common stock if he has shared voting or investment power with respect to such security, or has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days from the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined. As used herein, “voting power” is the power to vote or direct the voting of shares and “investment power” is the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares, and includes all shares held directly as well as by spouses and minor children, in trust and other indirect ownership, over which shares the named individuals effectively exercise sole or shared voting or investment power.
 
(2)   Includes shares of common stock held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC, of which our directors are also trustees. Excluding shares of common stock held by Northwest Bancorp, MHC, directors and executive officers of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank owned 784,600 shares of common stock, or 1.6% of the outstanding shares.

183


Table of Contents

     The following table provides the positions, ages and terms of office as applicable to our directors and executive officers along with the beneficial ownership of our common stock held by our directors and executive officers, individually and as a group, as of                      , 2009.
                 
    Shares of Common    
    Stock Beneficially   Percent
Name (1)   Owned (2)   of Class
Directors:
               
John M. Bauer
    33,359  (3)     *  
Richard L. Carr
    58,745  (4)     *  
Thomas K. Creal, III
    9,605  (5)     *  
Robert G. Ferrier
    32,946  (6)     *  
A. Paul King
    36,235  (7)     *  
Joseph F. Long
    49,831  (8)     *  
Richard E. McDowell
    75,729  (9)     *  
Philip M. Tredway
    2,557  (10)     *  
William J. Wagner
  231,035  (11)     *  
 
               
Executive Officers:
               
Gregory C. LaRocca
  114,674  (12)     *  
William W. Harvey, Jr.
    51,834  (13)     *  
Steven G. Fisher
    88,050  (14)     *  
 
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (12 Persons)
                      
 
*   Less than 1%.
 
(1)   The mailing address for each person listed is 100 Liberty Street, Warren, Pennsylvania 16365-2353.
 
(2)   In accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a person is deemed to be the beneficial owner for purposes of this table, of any shares of common stock if he has shared voting or investment power with respect to such security, or has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days from the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined. As used herein, “voting power” is the power to vote or direct the voting of shares and “investment power” is the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares, and includes all shares held directly as well as by spouses and minor children, in trust and other indirect ownership, over which shares the named individuals effectively exercise sole or shared voting or investment power.
 
(3)   Includes options to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(4)   Includes options to purchase 18,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(5)   Includes options to purchase 8,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(6)   Includes options to purchase 18,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(7)   Includes options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(8)   Includes options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(9)   Includes options to purchase 18,000 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(10)   Includes options to purchase 400 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(11)   Includes options to purchase 60,600 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(12)   Includes options to purchase 29,350 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(13)   Includes options to purchase 31,100 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.
 
(14)   Includes options to purchase 25,050 shares of common stock, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined.

184


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
     The table below sets forth, for each of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s directors and executive officers and for all of the directors and executive officers as a group, the following information:
  (vi)   the number of exchange shares to be held upon consummation of the conversion, based upon their beneficial ownership of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock as of                      , 2009;
 
  (vii)   the proposed purchases of subscription shares, assuming sufficient shares of common stock are available to satisfy their subscriptions; and
 
  (viii)   the total amount of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock to be held upon consummation of the conversion.
     In each case, it is assumed that subscription shares are sold at the midpoint of the offering range. See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” Regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the offering for one year after the date of purchase.
                                         
            Proposed Purchases of Stock in the     Total Common Stock to be Held  
    Number of     Offering (1)             Percentage of  
    Exchange Shares to     Number of             Number of     Total  
Name of Beneficial Owner   be Held (2)     Shares     Amount     Shares     Outstanding  
Directors:
                                       
William J. Wagner
    480,437       15,000     $ 150,000       495,437       0.49 %
John M. Bauer
    69,370       500       5,000       69,870       0.07  
Richard L. Carr
    122,160       2,000       20,000       124,160       0.12  
Thomas K. Creal, III
    19,973       1,000       10,000       20,973       0.02  
Robert G. Ferrier
    68,511       4,000       40,000       72,511       0.07  
A. Paul King
    75,350       5,000       50,000       80,350       0.80  
Joseph F. Long
    103,623       1,000       10,000       104,623       0.10  
Richard E. McDowell
    157,478       5,000       50,000       162,478       0.16  
Philip M. Tredway
    5,317       500       5,000       5,817       0.01  
 
                             
Total
    1,102,219       34,000     $ 340,000       1,136,219       1.11 %
 
                               
 
                                       
Executive Officers:
                                       
Gregory C. LaRocca
    238,464       10,000       100,000       248,464       0.24  
William W. Harvey
    107,788       1,000       10,000       108,788       0.11  
Steven G. Fisher
    183,099       10,000       100,000       193,099       0.19  
 
                             
Total
    529,351       21,000     $ 210,000       550,351       0.54 %
 
                               
 
                                       
Total for Directors and Executive Officers
    1,631,570       55,000     $ 550,000       1,686,570       1.65 %
 
                             
 
*   Less than 1%.
 
(1)   Includes proposed subscriptions, if any, by associates.
 
(2)   Based on information presented in “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock” and assumes an exchange ratio of 2.075 shares for each share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.

185


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING
STOCKHOLDERS OF NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC.
      General. As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. will become stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. There are differences in the rights of stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. caused by differences between federal and Maryland law and regulations and differences in Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s federal stock charter and bylaws and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Maryland articles of incorporation and bylaws.
     This discussion is not intended to be a complete statement of the differences affecting the rights of stockholders, but rather summarizes the material differences and similarities affecting the rights of stockholders. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and the Maryland General Corporation Law. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws.
      Authorized Capital Stock. The authorized capital stock of both Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.
     Under the Maryland General Corporation Law and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation, the board of directors may increase or decrease the number of authorized shares without stockholder approval. Stockholder approval is required to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s charter and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation both authorize the board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and, for any series of preferred stock, to determine the terms and rights of the series, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion and redemption rates and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, our board of directors has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management in order to attempt to block a hostile tender offer, merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control, and thereby assist management to retain its position. We currently have no plans for the issuance of additional shares for such purposes.
      Issuance of Capital Stock. Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, Northwest Bancorp, MHC is required to own not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Northwest Bancorp, MHC will no longer exist following consummation of the conversion.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation do not contain restrictions on the issuance of shares of capital stock to directors, officers or controlling persons, whereas Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stock charter restricts such issuances to general public offerings, or to directors for qualifying shares, unless the share issuance or the plan under which they would be issued has been approved by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal stockholders’ meeting. However, stock-based compensation plans, such as stock option plans and restricted stock plans, would have to be submitted for approval by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. stockholders due to requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and in order to qualify stock options for favorable federal income tax treatment.
      Voting Rights. Neither Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stock charter or bylaws nor Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation or bylaws provide for cumulative voting for the election of

186


Table of Contents

directors. For additional information regarding voting rights, see “—Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders” below.
      Payment of Dividends. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s ability to pay dividends depends, to a large extent, upon Northwest Savings Bank’s ability to pay dividends to Northwest Bancorp, Inc. The Banking Code of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania states, in part, that dividends may be declared and paid by Northwest Savings Bank only out of accumulated net earnings. A dividend may not be declared or paid unless the surplus, prior to the transfer of net earnings, would not be reduced by the payment of the dividend. Dividends may also not be declared or paid if Northwest Savings Bank is in default in payment of any assessment due to the FDIC.
     The same restrictions will apply to Northwest Savings Bank’s payment of dividends to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Inc. In addition, Maryland law generally provides that Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is limited to paying dividends in an amount equal to its capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make it insolvent.
      Board of Directors . Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stock charter and bylaws and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws each require the board of directors to be divided into three classes and that the members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors are elected and qualified, with one class being elected annually.
     Under Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s bylaws, any vacancies on the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the board of directors. Persons elected by the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. to fill vacancies may only serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Under Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation, any vacancy occurring on the board of directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been elected and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
     Under Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s bylaws, any director may be removed for cause by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares. Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation provide that any director may be removed for cause by the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding voting shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
      Limitations on Liability. The charter and bylaws of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. do not limit the personal liability of directors.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation provide that directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. for certain actions as directors, except for (i) receipt of an improper personal benefit from their positions as directors, (ii) actions or omissions that are determined to have involved active and deliberate dishonesty, or (iii) to the extent allowed by Maryland law. These provisions might, in certain instances, discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their duties even though such an action, if successful, might benefit Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
      Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents. Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. shall indemnify its directors, officers and employees for any costs incurred in connection with any litigation involving such person’s activities as a director, officer or employee if such person obtains a final judgment on the merits in his or her favor. In addition,

187


Table of Contents

indemnification is permitted in the case of a settlement, a final judgment against such person, or final judgment other than on the merits, if a majority of disinterested directors determines that such person was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her employment as he or she could reasonably have perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the circumstances was in the best interests of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. or its stockholders. Northwest Bancorp, Inc. also is permitted to pay ongoing expenses incurred by a director, officer or employee if a majority of disinterested directors concludes that such person may ultimately be entitled to indemnification. Before making any indemnification payment, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. is required to notify the Office of Thrift Supervision of its intention, and such payment cannot be made if the Office of Thrift Supervision objects to such payment.
     The articles of incorporation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. provide that it shall indemnify its current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent required or permitted by Maryland law, including the advancement of expenses. Maryland law allows Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to indemnify any person for expenses, liabilities, settlements, judgments and fines in suits in which such person has been made a party by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. No such indemnification may be given if the acts or omissions of the person are adjudged to be in bad faith and material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding, if such person is liable to the corporation for an unlawful distribution, or if such person personally received a benefit to which he or she was not entitled. The right to indemnification includes the right to be paid the expenses incurred in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.
      Special Meetings of Stockholders. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s bylaws provide that special meetings of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders may be called by the Chairman, the president, a majority of the members of the board of directors or the holders of not less than one-tenth of the outstanding capital stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. entitled to vote at the meeting. Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. may be called by the president, by a majority vote of the total authorized directors, or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.
      Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s bylaws generally provide that stockholders may submit nominations for election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders and may propose any new business to be taken up at such a meeting by filing the proposal in writing with Northwest Bancorp, Inc. at least five days before the date of any such meeting.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s bylaws generally provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. at least 80 days prior and not earlier than 90 days prior to such meeting. However, if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice must be submitted by a stockholder not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
     Management believes that it is in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders to provide sufficient time to enable management to disclose to stockholders information about a dissident slate of nominations for directors. This advance notice requirement may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any dissident slate of nominations, should management determine that doing so is in the best interests of stockholders generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the stockholders that such proposals be adopted. In certain

188


Table of Contents

instances, such provisions could make it more difficult to oppose management’s nominees or proposals, even if stockholders believe such nominees or proposals are in their best interests.
      Stockholder Action Without a Meeting. The bylaws of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. provide that any action to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is given by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote. The bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. do not provide for action to be taken by stockholders without a meeting. Under Maryland law, action may be taken by stockholders without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on the action consent to taking such action without a meeting.
      Stockholder’s Right to Examine Books and Records. A federal regulation, which is applicable to Northwest Bancorp, Inc., provides that stockholders may inspect and copy specified books and records after proper written notice for a proper purpose. Maryland law provides that a stockholder may inspect a company’s bylaws, stockholder minutes, annual statement of affairs and any voting trust agreements. However, only a stockholder or group of stockholders who together, for at least six months, hold at least 5% of the company’s total shares, have the right to inspect a company’s stock ledger, list of stockholders and books of accounts.
      Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders. Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation provide that no beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock will be permitted to vote any shares in excess of such 10% limit. Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s charter does not provide such a limit on voting common stock.
     In addition, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the offering, no person, acting singly or together with associates in a group of persons acting in concert, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Where any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the securities beneficially owned by such person in excess of 10% may not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and will not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote.
      Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets. A federal regulation applicable to Northwest Bancorp, Inc. generally requires the approval of two-thirds of the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. entitled to vote thereon for mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s assets. Such regulation permits Northwest Bancorp, Inc. to merge with another corporation without obtaining the approval of its stockholders if:
  (i)   it does not involve an interim savings institution;
 
  (ii)   Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s federal stock charter is not changed;
 
  (iii)   each share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the transaction will be an identical outstanding share or a treasury share of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. after such effective date; and
 
  (iv)   either:

189


Table of Contents

  (a)   no shares of voting stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and no securities convertible into such stock are to be issued or delivered under the plan of combination; or
 
  (b)   the authorized but unissued shares or the treasury shares of voting stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. to be issued or delivered under the plan of combination, plus those initially issuable upon conversion of any securities to be issued or delivered under such plan, do not exceed 15% of the total shares of voting stock of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the transaction.
     Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s voting stock after the date on which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. at any time after the date on which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.
     After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.
      Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:
    the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

190


Table of Contents

    the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries operate or are located;
 
    whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
    whether a more favorable price could be obtained for Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s stock or other securities in the future;
 
    the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries;
 
    the future value of the stock or any other securities of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;
 
    any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;
 
    the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and
 
    the ability of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.
     If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s charter and bylaws do not contain a similar provision.
      Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal . Office of Thrift Supervision regulations generally provide that a stockholder of a federally chartered corporation that engages in a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of its assets shall have the right to demand from such institution payment of the fair or appraised value of his or her stock in the corporation, subject to specified procedural requirements. The regulations also provide, however, that a stockholder of a federally chartered corporation whose shares are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq stock market are not entitled to dissenters’ rights in connection with a merger if the stockholder is required to accept only “qualified consideration” for his or her stock, which is defined to include cash, shares of stock of any institution or corporation that at the effective date of the merger will be listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq stock market, or any combination of such shares of stock and cash.
     Under Maryland law, stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will not have dissenters’ appraisal rights in connection with a plan of merger or consolidation to which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is a party as long as the common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

191


Table of Contents

      Amendment of Governing Instruments . No amendment of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.’s stock charter may be made unless it is first proposed by the board of directors of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., then preliminarily approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation may be amended by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:
  (i)   The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;
 
  (ii)   The division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;
 
  (iii)   The ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;
 
  (iv)   The requirement that at least 80% of stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause;
 
  (v)   The ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;
 
  (vi)   The ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
  (vii)   The authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;
 
  (viii)   The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;
 
  (ix)   The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;
 
  (x)   The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
  (xi)   The limitation of liability of officers and directors to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. for money damages; and
 
  (xii)   The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xi) of this list.
     The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this supermajority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.

192


Table of Contents

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
     Although the board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. after the conversion, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders from takeovers which our board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Northwest Savings Bank, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s stockholders.
     The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Northwest Savings Bank’s charter and bylaws and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and reference should be made in each case to the actual document or regulatory provision in question. Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are included as part of Northwest Bancorp, MHC’s application for conversion filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision and Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. more difficult.
      Directors . The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of our board of directors. Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders.
      Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings . The articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by the President, by a majority of the whole board of directors or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.
      Prohibition of Cumulative Voting . The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.
      Limitation of Voting Rights . The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit.
      Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office . The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding common stock entitled to vote (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights.”)

193


Table of Contents

      Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. Following the Conversion.” The articles of incorporation authorize 50,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the designations, and relative preferences, limitations, voting rights, if any, including without limitation, offering rights of such shares (which could be multiple or as a separate class). In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. that the board of directors does not approve, it might be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.
      Amendments to Governing Instruments. Amendments to the articles of incorporation must be approved by our board of directors and also by at least a majority of the outstanding shares of our voting stock; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend certain provisions. A list of these provisions is provided under “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Northwest Bancorp, Inc.—Amendment of Governing Instruments” above.
     The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this supermajority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.
      Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders . Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s voting stock after the date on which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. at any time after the date on which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is

194


Table of Contents

subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.
     After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.
      Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:
    the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;
 
    the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries operate or are located;
 
    whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.;
 
    whether a more favorable price could be obtained for Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s stock or other securities in the future;
 
    the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries;
 
    the future value of the stock or any other securities of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;
 
    any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;
 
    the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and

195


Table of Contents

    the ability of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.
     If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.
      Purpose and Anti-Takeover Effects of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws . Our board of directors believes that the provisions described above or below are prudent and will reduce our vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors. These provisions also will assist us in the orderly deployment of the offering proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the conversion. Our board of directors believes these provisions are in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders. Our board of directors believes that it will be in the best position to determine the true value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and to negotiate more effectively for what may be in the best interests of its stockholders. Accordingly, our board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and its stockholders to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the board of directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also the view of our board of directors that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price reflective of the true value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and that is in the best interests of all stockholders.
     Takeover attempts that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors present the risk of a takeover on terms that may be less favorable than might otherwise be available. A transaction that is negotiated and approved by our board of directors, on the other hand, can be carefully planned and undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. for our stockholders, with due consideration given to matters such as the management and business of the acquiring corporation and maximum strategic development of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s assets.
     Although a tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above the current market price, such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, stockholders may be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise that is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to those of the remaining stockholders.
     Despite our belief as to the benefits to stockholders of these provisions of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, these provisions may also have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that would not be approved by our board of directors, but pursuant to which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have any opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also make it more difficult to remove our board of directors and management. Our board of directors, however, has concluded that the potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.
     Following the conversion, pursuant to applicable law and, if required, following the approval by stockholders, we may adopt additional anti-takeover provisions in our articles of incorporation or other devices regarding the acquisition of our equity securities that would be permitted for a Maryland business corporation.

196


Table of Contents

     The cumulative effect of the restrictions on acquisition of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. contained in our articles of incorporation and bylaws and in Maryland law may be to discourage potential takeover attempts and perpetuate incumbent management, even though certain stockholders of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. may deem a potential acquisition to be in their best interests, or deem existing management not to be acting in their best interests.
Conversion Regulations
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquiring stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion. Further, without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. The Office of Thrift Supervision has defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a bank or its holding company, or an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding company’s behalf for resale to the general public are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.
Change in Control Regulations
     Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of an insured federal savings bank or its parent holding company unless the Office of Thrift Supervision has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. In addition, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings bank without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
     Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution’s directors, or a determination by the Office of Thrift Supervision that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings bank’s voting stock, if the acquiror is also subject to any one of eight “control factors,” constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations. Such control factors include the acquiror being one of the two largest stockholders. The determination of control may be rebutted by submission to the Office of Thrift Supervision, prior to the acquisition of stock or the occurrence of any other circumstances giving rise to such determination, of a statement setting forth facts and circumstances which would support a finding that no control relationship will exist and containing certain undertakings. The regulations provide that persons or companies which acquire beneficial ownership exceeding 10% or more of any class of a savings bank’s stock who do not intend to participate in or seek to exercise control over a savings bank’s management or policies may qualify for a safe harbor by filing with the Office of Thrift Supervision a

197


Table of Contents

certification form that states, among other things, that the holder is not in control of such institution, is not subject to a rebuttable determination of control and will take no action which would result in a determination or rebuttable determination of control without prior notice to or approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, as applicable. There are also rebuttable presumptions in the regulations concerning whether a group “acting in concert” exists, including presumed action in concert among members of an “immediate family.”
     The Office of Thrift Supervision may prohibit an acquisition of control if it finds, among other things, that:
  (i)   the acquisition would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;
 
  (ii)   the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the financial stability of the institution; or
 
  (iii)   the competence, experience or integrity of the acquiring person indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.

198


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
General
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. currently expects to issue in the offering up to 73,025,000 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment, and up to 83,978,750 shares, subject to adjustment, in exchange for the publicly held shares of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.
     The shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Common Stock
      Dividends . Northwest Bancshares, Inc. may pay dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent, as and when declared by our board of directors. The payment of dividends by Northwest Bancshares, Inc. is subject to limitations that are imposed by law and applicable regulation. The holders of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If Northwest Bancshares, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.
      Voting Rights . Upon consummation of the conversion, the holders of common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will have exclusive voting rights in Northwest Bancshares, Inc. They will elect Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If Northwest Bancshares, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require an 80% stockholder vote.
     As a Pennsylvania stock savings association, corporate powers and control of Northwest Savings Bank are vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of Northwest Savings Bank and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of Northwest Savings Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Northwest Savings Bank, which will be Northwest Bancshares, Inc., and voted at the direction of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will not have direct control of Northwest Savings Bank.
      Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Northwest Savings Bank, Northwest Bancshares, Inc., as the holder of 100% of Northwest Savings Bank’s capital stock,

199


Table of Contents

would be entitled to receive all assets of Northwest Savings Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Northwest Savings Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.
      Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued. The common stock is not subject to redemption.
Preferred Stock
     None of the shares of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.
TRANSFER AGENT
     The transfer agent and registrar for Northwest Bancshares, Inc.’s common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Brooklyn, New York.
EXPERTS
     The consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, which is included herein and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2008 consolidated financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the Company adopted a new framework for measuring fair value effective January 1, 2008 in accordance with FASB No. 157, Fair Value Measurements .
     The discussions related to state income taxes included under the “Material Income Tax Consequences” heading of the Conversion and Offering Section, were prepared for the Company by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, and have been included herein upon the authority of said firm as experts in tax matters.
     RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to Northwest Bancshares, Inc. setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.
LEGAL MATTERS
     Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., counsel to Northwest Bancshares, Inc., Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Savings Bank, will issue to

200


Table of Contents

Northwest Bancshares, Inc. its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion and its opinion regarding the contribution to the charitable foundation. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated by Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
     Northwest Bancshares, Inc. has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this proxy statement/prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site ( http://www.sec.gov ) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Northwest Bancshares, Inc. The statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.
     Northwest Bancorp, MHC has filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision an Application on Form AC with respect to the conversion. This proxy statement/prospectus omits certain information contained in the application. The application may be examined at the principal office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, 1700 G Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552, and at the Northeast Regional Office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, Harborside Financial Center Plaza Five, Suite 1600, Jersey City, New Jersey 07311. Our plan of conversion and reorganization is available, upon request, at each of our banking offices.
      In connection with the offering, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion and reorganization, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.
OTHER MATTERS
     As of the date of this document, the board of directors is not aware of any business to come before the special meeting other than the matters described above in the proxy statement/prospectus. However, if any matters should properly come before the special meeting, it is intended that the holders of the proxies will act in accordance with their best judgment.

201


PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
         
    Amount  
* Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses
  $ 800,000  
* Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses
    550,000  
* Marketing and Records Management Fees (1)
    8,442,375  
* Marketing Agent Expenses (Including Legal Fees and Expenses)
    225,000  
* Appraisal Fees and Expenses
    240,000  
* Business Plan Fees and Expenses
    51,000  
* Printing, Edgar and Mailing Fees (Excluding Postage)
    800,000  
* Postage
    1,000,000  
* Filing Fees (FINRA, Nasdaq, SEC and OTS)
    180,500  
* Blue Sky Fees
    5,000  
* Proxy Solicitation
    500,000  
* Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses
    50,000  
* Other
    50,000  
 
     
* Total
  $ 12,893,875  
 
     
 
*   Estimated
 
(1)   Northwest Bancshares, Inc. has retained Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the offerings, and to serve as records management agent in connection with the conversion and offering. Fees are estimated at the maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
     Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:
      ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.
      A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
      B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the

II-1


Table of Contents

Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
      C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.
      D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.
      E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.
      F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
     Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.
      ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.
     Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
          Not Applicable.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:
          The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:
  (a)   List of Exhibits
1.1   Engagement Letter between Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Northwest Bancorp, MHC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
 
1.2   Form of Agency Agreement between Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated*
 
2   Northwest Bancorp, MHC Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 2, 2009).
 
3.1   Articles of Incorporation of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
 
3.2   Bylaws of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
 
4   Form of Common Stock Certificate of Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
 
5   Form of Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick regarding legality of securities being registered
 
8   Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick
 
10.1   Amendment and Restatement of Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors Of Northwest Savings Bank and Eligible Affiliates (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 4, 2009).
 
10.2   Retirement Plan for Outside Directors of Northwest Savings Bank and Eligible Affiliates (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 4, 2009).
 
10.3   Amended and Restated Northwest Savings Bank Nonqualified Supplemental Retirement Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 4, 2009).
 
10.4   Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
 
10.5   Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2004 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on October 6, 2004).
 
10.6   Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2004 Recognition and Retention Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on October 6, 2004).
 
10.7   Management Bonus Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 4, 2009).
 
10.8   Management Bonus Guidelines for Management Bonus Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the SEC on April 16, 2009).
 
10.9   Northwest Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on April 11, 2007).
 
10.10   Amended and Restated Northwest Savings Bank and Affiliates Upper Managers Bonus Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 4, 2009).
 
10.11   Employment Agreement for William J. Wagner (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 25, 2007).
 
10.12   Employment Agreement for William W. Harvey, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 25, 2007).
 
10.13   Employment Agreement for Steven G. Fisher (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 25, 2007).
 
10.14   Employment Agreement for Gregory C. LaRocca (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 25, 2007).

II-3


Table of Contents

21   Subsidiaries of Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 4, 2009).
 
23.1   Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8)
 
23.2   Consent of KPMG LLP
 
23.3   Consent of RP Financial, LC.
 
24   Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
 
99.1   Appraisal Agreement between Northwest Savings Bank and RP Financial, LC.
 
99.2   Business Plan Agreement by and among Northwest Savings Bank, Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and FinPro, Inc.
 
99.3   Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**
 
99.4   Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
 
99.5   Marketing Materials*
 
99.6   Order and Acknowledgment Form*
 
*   To be filed supplementally or by amendment.
 
**   Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection, during business hours, at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

II-4


Table of Contents

      (b) Financial Statement Schedules
     No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.
Item 17. Undertakings
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
     (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
     (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
     (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
     (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
     (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
     (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
     (4) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
     (5) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein:
     (6) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
     (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

II-5


Table of Contents

     (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
     (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
     (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
     (7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
     (8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Warren, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on September 9, 2009.
         
  NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ William J. Wagner    
    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer   
    (Duly Authorized Representative)   
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     We, the undersigned directors and officers of NW Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint William J. Wagner as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said William J. Wagner may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said William J. Wagner shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signatures   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ William J. Wagner
 
William J. Wagner
  Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  September 9, 2009
 
       
/s/ William W. Harvey, Jr.
 
William W. Harvey, Jr.
  Executive Vice President — Finance
and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  September 9, 2009
 
       
/s/ Gerald J. Ritzert
 
Gerald J. Ritzert
  Senior Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)   September 9, 2009
 
       
/s/ John M. Bauer
 
John M. Bauer
  Director    September 9, 2009
 
       
/s/ Richard L. Carr
 
Richard L. Carr
  Director    September 9, 2009
 
       
/s/ Thomas K. Creal, III
 
Thomas K. Creal, III
  Director    September 9, 2009

 


Table of Contents

         
Signatures   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Robert G. Ferrier
 
Robert G. Ferrier
  Director    September 9, 2009
 
       
/s/ A. Paul King
 
A. Paul King
  Director    September 9, 2009
 
       
/s/ Joseph F. Long
 
Joseph F. Long
  Director    September 9, 2009
 
       
/s/ Richard E. McDowell
 
Richard E. McDowell
  Director    September 9, 2009
 
       
/s/ Philip M. Tredway
 
Philip M. Tredway
  Director    September 9, 2009 

 

Exhibit 1.1
CONFIDENTIAL
August 31, 2009
Mr. William J. Wagner
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
100 Liberty Street
P.O. Box 128
Warren, PA 16365
          Re:      Proposed Second Step Conversion — Advisory, Administrative and Marketing Services
Dear Mr. Wagner:
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“Stifel Nicolaus”) is pleased to submit this engagement letter setting forth the terms of the proposed engagement between Stifel Nicolaus and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) and Northwest Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”) in connection with the proposed elimination of the MHC and sale of the portion of the common stock of the Company currently held by the MHC (the “second step stock offering”).
1.   BACKGROUND ON STIFEL NICOLAUS
Stifel Nicolaus is a full service brokerage and investment banking firm established in 1890. Stifel Nicolaus is a registered broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and is a member of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation. Stifel Nicolaus has built a national reputation as a leading full service investment bank to both public and private financial institutions.
2.   SECOND STEP CONVERSION AND OFFERING
  i.   The Company has approved a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) whereby the Company and the MHC are proposing to convert from partial to full public ownership (the “Conversion”), selling shares of common stock of the

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Page 2
      Company held by the MHC (the “Common Stock”) in a subscription offering with any remaining shares sold in a concurrent community offering and any syndicated community offering or underwritten public offering (collectively the “Offering”.) The aggregate value of shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering will be calculated as the final independent appraisal multiplied by the majority ownership of the MHC. Stifel Nicolaus proposes to act as conversion advisor to the Company and the MHC with respect to the reorganization and the Conversion and Offering and as marketing agent with respect to the Offering. Specific terms of services shall be set forth in an agency agreement, in the case of the subscription and community offering and a syndicated community offering or, if appropriate, a public underwriting agreement (together, the “Definitive Agreement”) between Stifel Nicolaus and the Company. The Definitive Agreement will include customary representations and warranties, covenants, conditions, termination provisions and indemnification, contribution and limitation of liability provisions, all to be mutually agreed upon by Stifel Nicolaus and the Company.
3.   SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY STIFEL NICOLAUS
Stifel Nicolaus will provide and coordinate certain advisory, administrative and marketing services in connection with the Offering.
a.  Advisory Services — Stifel Nicolaus will work with the Company and its counsel to evaluate financial, marketing and regulatory issues.
Our advisory services include:
  -   Advise with respect to business planning issues in preparation for a public offering;
 
  -   Advise with respect to the choice of charter and form of organization;
 
  -   Review and advise with respect to the Plan (e.g. sizes of benefit plan purchases; maximum purchase limits for investors);
 
  -   Review and provide input with respect to the business plan to be prepared in connection with the Conversion and Offering;
 
  -   Discuss the appraisal process and analyze the appraisal with the Board of Directors and management;
 
  -   Participate in drafting the offering disclosure documents and any proxy materials, and assist in obtaining all requisite regulatory approvals;
 
  -   Develop a marketing plan for the subscription and community offerings, considering various sales method options, including direct mail, advertising, community meetings and telephone solicitation;
 
  -   Stifel Nicolaus will work with the Company to provide specifications and assistance (including recommendations) in selecting certain other professionals that will perform

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Page 3
      functions in connection with the Conversion and Offering process. Fees and expenses of financial printers, transfer agent and other service providers will be borne by the Company, subject to agreements between the Company and the service providers;
 
  -   Develop a depositor proxy solicitation plan;
 
  -   Advise/Assist through the planning process and organization of the Stock Information Center (the “Center”);
 
  -   Develop a layout for the Center, where stock order processing and depositor vote solicitation occur;
 
  -   Provide a list of equipment, staff and supplies needed for the Center;
 
  -   Draft marketing materials including press releases, letters, stock order form, advertisements, and informational brochures. If a community meeting or “road show” is anticipated, we will help draft the presentation; and
 
  -   After consulting with management, determine whether and when to conduct a syndicated community offering through assembling a group of selected broker/dealers (including Stifel Nicolaus) to sell stock remaining after the community offering, on a best-effort basis. Alternatively, consulting with management, as it relates to a “stand-by” firm commitment public underwriting, involving Stifel Nicolaus and other broker/dealers.
b.  Administrative Services and Stock Information Center Management — Stifel Nicolaus will manage substantially all aspects of the Offering and depositor vote processes. The Center centralizes all data and work effort relating to the Offering.
Our administrative services include the following:
  -   Provide experienced on-site Stifel Nicolaus FINRA registered representatives to manage and supervise the Center;
 
  -   Administer the Center. All substantive investor related matters will be handled by employees of Stifel Nicolaus;
 
  -   Train and supervise Center staff assisting with order processing;
 
  -   Prepare procedures for processing stock orders and cash, and for handling requests for information;
 
  -   Educate the Company’s directors, officers and employees about the Offering, their roles and relevant securities laws;
 
  -   Educate branch managers and customer-contact employees on the proper response to stock purchase inquiries;
 
  -   Prepare daily sales reports for management and ensure funds received balance to such reports;
 
  -   Coordinate functions with the data processing agent, printer, transfer agent, stock certificate printer and other professionals;

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Page 4
  -   Coordinate with the Company’s stock exchange and the Depository Trust Company to ensure a smooth closing and orderly stock trading;
 
  -   Design and implement procedures for facilitating orders within IRA and Keogh accounts; and
 
  -   Provide post-offering subscriber assistance and management of the pro-ration process, in the event orders exceed shares available in the Offering.
c.  Securities Marketing Services — Stifel Nicolaus uses various sales techniques including direct mail, advertising, community investor meetings, telephone solicitation, and if necessary, assembling a selling group of broker-dealers for a syndicated community offering..
Our securities marketing services include:
  -   The Stifel Nicolaus registered representatives at the Center will seek to manage the sales function and, if applicable, will solicit orders from the prospects described above;
 
  -   If applicable, assist management in developing a list of potential investors who are viewed as priority prospects;
 
  -   Respond to investment-related and other questions regarding information in the Offering disclosure documents provided to potential investors;
 
  -   If the sales plan calls for community meetings, participate in them;
 
  -   Continually advise management on market conditions and the customers/community’s responsiveness to the Offering;
 
  -   In case of a best-efforts syndicated community offering, manage the selling group. Alternatively, manage the underwriters participating in a “stand-by” firm commitment underwritten public offering. In either case, we will prepare broker “fact sheets” and arrange “road shows” for the purpose of generating interest in the stock and informing the brokerage community of the particulars of the Offering; and
 
  -   Coordinate efforts to maximize after-market support and Company sponsorship.

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Page 5
4.   COMPENSATION
For its services hereunder, the Company will pay to Stifel Nicolaus the following compensation:
  a.   An advisory and administrative fee of $50,000 in connection with the advisory and administrative services; the administrative and advisory fee shall be payable as follows: $25,000 upon signing this Agreement and $25,000 upon the initial filing of the Registration Statement.
 
  b.   A fee of one percent (1.00%) of the dollar amount of the Common Stock sold in the subscription and community offerings. No fee shall be payable pursuant to this subsection in connection with the sale of stock to the Company’s charitable foundation, officers, directors, employees or immediate family of such persons (“Insiders”) and qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans of the Company or the Insiders. “Immediate family” includes spouse, parents, siblings and children who live in the same house as the officer, director, or employee.
 
  c.   For stock sold by a group of selected dealers (including Stifel Nicolaus) pursuant to a syndicated community offering solely managed by Stifel Nicolaus (the “Selling Group”), a fee equal to one percent (1.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock sold in the syndicated community offering, which fee paid to Stifel Nicolaus, along with the fee payable directly by the Company to Stifel Nicolaus and other selected dealers for their sales shall not exceed five percent (5.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock sold, provided Stifel Nicolaus will endeavor to further limit the aggregate fees to be paid by the Company under any such selected dealers’ agreement to an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time. Alternatively, for stock sold by “stand-by” underwriters (including Stifel Nicolaus) pursuant to a publicly underwritten offering, any “stand-by” fees will be paid separately by the Company, and the underwriting discount will not exceed six percent (6.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock so sold. In either case, in consultation with Stifel Nicolaus, the Company will determine which FINRA member firms will serve as co-managers of the Syndicated Community Offering or otherwise participate in the Selling Group and the extent of their participation. Stifel Nicolaus will not commence sales of the Common Stock through the Selling Group without the specific prior approval of the Company.
 
  d.   If, pursuant to a resolicitation of subscribers undertaken by the Company, Stifel Nicolaus is required to provide significant additional services, the additional compensation due will not exceed $75,000.
     The above compensation, less the amount of advance payments described in subparagraph a., is to be paid to Stifel Nicolaus at the closing of the Offering.
     If (i) the Plan is abandoned or terminated by the Company and the MHC; (ii) the Offering is not consummated by September 30, 2010; (iii) Stifel Nicolaus terminates this relationship because there has been a material adverse change in the financial condition or operations of the Company since June 30, 2009; or (iv) immediately prior to commencement of the Offering, Stifel Nicolaus terminates this

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Page 6
relationship because in its opinion, which shall have been formed in good faith after reasonable determination and consideration of all relevant factors, there has been a failure to satisfactorily disclose all relevant information in the offering document or other disclosure documents or market conditions exist which might render the sale of the Common Stock inadvisable; Stifel Nicolaus shall not be entitled to the compensation set forth in subparagraph 4.b through 4.d above, but in addition to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as set forth in paragraph 8 below, Stifel Nicolaus shall be entitled to retain its fee in subparagraph 4.a above for its conversion and proxy solicitation advisory and administrative services.
5.   LOCK-UP PERIOD
The Company shall cause each director and officer of the Company to agree not to, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, transfer, pledge, assign, hypothecate or otherwise encumber any shares of Common Stock or options, warrants or other securities exercisable, convertible or exchangeable for Common Stock during the period commencing with the filing of a Registration Statement for the Offering and ending 90 days after completion of the Offering without Stifel Nicolaus’ prior written consent. In addition, except for securities issued pursuant to existing employee benefit plans in accordance with past practices or securities issued in connection with a merger or acquisition by the Company, the Company shall agree not to issue, offer to sell or sell any shares of Common Stock or options, warrants or other securities exercisable, convertible or exchangeable for Common Stock without Stifel Nicolaus’ prior written consent for a period of 90 days after completion of the Offering.
6.   MARKET MAKING
Stifel Nicolaus agrees to use its best efforts to maintain a market after the Offering and to solicit other broker-dealers to make a market in the Common Stock at the conclusion of the Offering.
7.   DOCUMENTS AND INFORMATION TO BE SUPPLIED
The Company and its counsel will complete, file with the appropriate regulatory authorities and, as appropriate, amend from time to time, the information to be contained in the Company’s applications to banking and securities regulators and any related exhibits thereto. In this regard, the Company and its counsel will prepare offering documents relating to the offering of the Common Stock in conformance with applicable rules and regulations. As the Company’s financial advisor, Stifel Nicolaus will, in conjunction with its counsel, conduct an examination of the relevant documents and records of the Company and will make such other reasonable investigations as deemed necessary and appropriate under the circumstances. The Company agrees to make all documents, records and other information deemed necessary by Stifel Nicolaus, or its counsel, available to them upon reasonable notice. Stifel Nicolaus’ counsel will prepare, subject to the approval of Company’s counsel, the Definitive Agreement. Stifel Nicolaus’ counsel will be selected by Stifel Nicolaus.

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Page 7
8.   EXPENSES AND REIMBURSEMENT
The Company will bear all of its expenses in connection with the Conversion and Offering of Common Stock including, but not limited to: appraisal and business plan preparation; the Company’s attorney fees; SEC and FINRA filing fees; “blue sky” legal fees and state filing fees; fees and expenses of service providers such as transfer agent, information/data processing agent, financial and stock certificate printers, auditors and accountants; advertising; postage; “road show” and other syndicated community and publicly underwritten offering costs; and all costs of operating the Stock Information Center, including hiring temporary personnel, if necessary. In the event Stifel Nicolaus incurs such expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company shall reimburse Stifel Nicolaus for such reasonable fees and expenses regardless of whether the Offering is successfully completed. Stifel Nicolaus will not incur any single expense of more than $1,000, pursuant to this paragraph without the prior approval of the Company.
The Company also agrees to reimburse Stifel Nicolaus for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and expenses, incurred by Stifel Nicolaus in connection with the services contemplated hereunder. In the subscription, community offering and syndicated community offering, Stifel Nicolaus will not incur legal fees (excluding the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) in excess of $175,000. Stifel Nicolaus will not incur actual accountable reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred in excess of $50,000. The parties acknowledge, however, that such cap may be increased by the mutual consent of the Company and Stifel Nicolaus, including in the event of a material delay in the Offering which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering document. In addition, the Company will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the syndicated community offering or public underwritten offering. Not later than two days before closing, Stifel Nicolaus will provide the Company with a detailed accounting of all reimbursable expenses of Stifel Nicolaus and its counsel to be paid at closing.
9.   BLUE SKY
To the extent required by applicable state law, Stifel Nicolaus and the Company must obtain or confirm exemptions, qualifications or registration of the Common Stock under applicable state securities laws and FINRA policies. The cost of such legal work and related state filing fees will be paid by the Company to the law firm furnishing such legal work. The Company will instruct the counsel performing such services to prepare a Blue Sky memorandum related to the Offering including Stifel Nicolaus’ participation therein and shall furnish Stifel Nicolaus a copy thereof, regarding which such counsel shall state Stifel Nicolaus may rely.

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Page 8
10.   INFORMATION AGENT SERVICES
Pursuant to a separate agreement by and between the Company and Stifel Nicolaus and in connection with the subscription offering, Stifel Nicolaus shall serve as information agent for the Company.
11.   INDEMNIFICATION
The Definitive Agreement will provide for indemnification of the type usually found in underwriting agreements as to certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. The Company also agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Stifel Nicolaus and its officers, directors, employees and agents against all claims, losses, actions, judgments, damages or expenses, including but not limited to reasonable attorney fees, arising solely out of the engagement described herein, except that such indemnification shall not apply to Stifel Nicolaus’ own bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence.
12.   CONFIDENTIALITY
To the extent consistent with legal requirements and except as otherwise set forth in the offering document, all information given to Stifel Nicolaus by the Company, unless publicly available or otherwise available to Stifel Nicolaus without restriction to breach of any confidentiality agreement (“Confidential Information”), will be held by Stifel Nicolaus in confidence and will not be disclosed to anyone other than Stifel Nicolaus’ agents without the Company’s prior approval or used for any purpose other than those referred to in this engagement letter. Upon the termination of its engagement, Stifel Nicolaus, at the request of the Company, will promptly deliver to the Company all materials specifically produced for it and will return to the Company all Confidential Information provided to Stifel Nicolaus during the course of its engagement hereunder.
13.   FINRA MATTERS
Stifel Nicolaus has an obligation to file certain documents and to make certain representations to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in connection with the Offering. The Company agrees to cooperate with Stifel Nicolaus and provide such information as may be necessary for Stifel Nicolaus to comply with all FINRA requirements applicable to its participation in the Offering. Stifel Nicolaus is and will remain through completion of the Offering a member in a good standing of the FINRA and will comply with all applicable FINRA requirements.

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Page 9
14.   OBLIGATIONS
Except as set forth below, this engagement letter is merely a statement of intent. While Stifel Nicolaus and the Company agree in principle to the contents hereof and propose to proceed promptly and in good faith to work out the arrangements with respect to the Offering, any legal obligations between Stifel Nicolaus and the Company shall be only: (i) those set forth herein in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 regarding services and payments; (ii) those set forth in paragraph 8 regarding reimbursement for certain expenses; (iii) those set forth in paragraph 11 regarding indemnification; (iv) those set forth in paragraph 12 regarding confidentiality; and (v) as set forth in a duly negotiated and executed Definitive Agreement.
The obligation of Stifel Nicolaus to enter into the Definitive Agreement shall be subject to there being, in Stifel Nicolaus’ opinion, which shall have been formed in good faith after reasonable determination and consideration of all relevant factors: (i) no material adverse change in the condition or operation of the Company; (ii) satisfactory disclosure of all relevant information in the offering disclosure documents and a determination that the sale of stock is reasonable given such disclosures; (iii) receipt of a “comfort letter” from the Company’s accountants containing no material exceptions; (iv) no market conditions exist which might render the sale of the shares by the Company hereby contemplated inadvisable; (v) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable in the then-prevailing market conditions, and (vi ) approval of Stifel Nicolaus’ internal Commitment Committee.
15.   INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR; NO FIDUCIARY DUTY
The Company acknowledges and agrees that it is a sophisticated business enterprise and that Stifel Nicolaus has been retained pursuant to this engagement letter to act as financial advisor to the Company solely with respect to the matters set forth herein. In such capacity, Stifel Nicolaus will act as an independent contractor, and any duties of Stifel Nicolaus arising out of this engagement pursuant to this letter shall be contractual in nature and shall be owed solely to the Company. Each party disclaims any intention to impose any fiduciary duty on the other.
16.   ADVERTISEMENTS
The Company agrees that, following the closing or consummation of the Offering, Stifel Nicolaus has the right to place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals at its own expense, describing its services to the Company and a general description of the Offering. In addition, the Company agrees to include in any press release or public announcement announcing the Offering a reference to Stifel Nicolaus’ role as financial advisor, selling agent and book-running manager with respect to the Offering, provided that the Company will submit a copy of any such press release or public announcement to Stifel Nicolaus for its prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Page 10
17.   GOVERNING LAW
This engagement letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be wholly performed therein without giving effects to its conflicts of laws principles or rules. Any dispute here under shall be brought in a court in the State of New York.
18.   WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY
BOTH STIFEL NICOLAUS AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Page 11
Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing in the place provided below and returning one copy of this letter to our office together with the retainer payment in the amount of $25,000. We look forward to working with you.
         
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
 
       
BY:   /s/ Ben A. Plotkin 
     
    Ben A. Plotkin
Executive Vice President, Vice Chairman
 
       
Accepted and Agreed to This 31st Day of August, 2009
 
       
NORTHWEST BANCORP, MHC
 
       
BY:   /s/ William J. Wagner
     
    William J. Wagner
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
       
NORTHWEST BANCORP, INC.
 
       
BY:   /s/ William J. Wagner
     
    William J. Wagner
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
       
Accepted and Agreed to This 2nd Day of September, 2009

 

Exhibit 3.1
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
     The undersigned, Marc Levy, whose address is 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780, Washington, DC 20015, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”):
      ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (herein the “Corporation”).
      ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.
      ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.
      ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.
      ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock
      A. Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is five hundred million (550,000,000) shares, consisting of:
          1. Fifty million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and
          2. Five hundred million (500,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).
     The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is five million five hundred thousand dollars ($5,500,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the

 


 

Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.
      B. Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive pro rata the remaining assets of the Corporation after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation and payment or provision for payment of any amounts owed to the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having preference over the Common Stock on distributions on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
      C. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock.
      D. Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.
          1. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess. The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated

2


 

Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.
  2.   The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.
 
  (a)   An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.
 
  (b)   “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on December 31, 2008; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:
  (1)   that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or
 
  (2)   that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or
 
  (3)   that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director

3


 

    or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
  (c)   A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.
 
  (d)   The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited, to matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.
          3. The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.

4


 

          4. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.
          5. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.
      E. Majority Vote. Pursuant to Section 2-104(b)(5) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”), notwithstanding any provision of the MGCL requiring stockholder authorization of an action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles.
      F. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.
      ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.
      A. Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.
      B. Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority

5


 

of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.
      ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:
      A. Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Director’s management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.
      B. Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be nine (9), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
     The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:
         
Class I Directors:   Term to Expire in
Robert G. Ferrier
    2010  
Richard E. McDowell
    2010  
Joseph F. Long
    2010  
         
Class II Directors :   Term to Expire in
William J. Wagner
    2011  

6


 

         
Class II Directors :   Term to Expire in
Thomas K. Creal, III
    2011  
A. Paul King
    2011  
         
Class III Directors :   Term to Expire in
Richard L. Carr
    2012  
John M. Bauer
    2012  
Philip M. Tredway
    2012  
     Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
      C. Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
      D. Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.
      E. Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.
      ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.
      ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer,

7


 

merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 does not create any implication concerning factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.
     For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.
      ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.
      A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors

8


 

and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
      B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
      C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.
      D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

9


 

      E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.
      F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
     Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.
      ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.
     Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
      ARTICLE 12. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.
     The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

10


 

     No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
     The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
     Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 12, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7, Article 8, Article 9, Article 10 or Article 11.
      ARTICLE 13. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:
Marc P. Levy, Esq.
5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W. Suite 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

11


 

     I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record this Charter, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 8 th day of September, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Marc P. Levy    
  Marc P. Levy, Incorporator   
     
 

12

Exhibit 3.2
NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
BYLAWS
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1.   Annual Meeting.
     The Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date during the month of May and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.
Section 2.   Special Meetings.
     Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the President or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.
Section 3.   Notice of Meetings; Adjournment.
     Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the

 


 

stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.
     A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.
     As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101( l ) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.
Section 4.   Quorum.
     Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.
     If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.
Section 5.   Organization and Conduct of Business.
     The Chairman of the Board of the Corporation or Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, the President, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman appoints. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order.
Section 6.   Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.
     (a) At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who: (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting; and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder

2


 

pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 80 days nor more than 90 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
     A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.
     Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The officer of the Corporation or other person presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
     At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.
     (b) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 80 days nor more than 90 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 90 days’ notice

3


 

or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
     A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification under Article 2, Section 12, of these Bylaws including an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article 2, Section 12(b) of these Bylaws and such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The officer of the Corporation or other person presiding at the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
     (c) For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.
Section 7.   Proxies and Voting.
     Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a

4


 

share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.
     A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.
Section 8.   Conduct of Voting
     The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairman of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote taken by ballot shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.
Section 9.   Control Share Acquisition Act.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal,

5


 

may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 1.   General Powers, Number and Term of Office.
     The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairman of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairman of the Board or his designee to preside at its meetings.
     The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
Section 2.   Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.
     By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
Section 3.   Regular Meetings.
     Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may

6


 

adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.
Section 4.   Special Meetings.
     Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairman of the Board, or by the President and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.
Section 5.   Quorum.
     At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the authorized number of directors then constituting the Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.
Section 6.   Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.
     Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 7.   Conduct of Business.
     At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

7


 

Section 8.   Powers.
     All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Corporation’s Articles. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:
  (i)   To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;
 
  (ii)   To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;
 
  (iii)   To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;
 
  (iv)   To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;
 
  (v)   To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;
 
  (vi)   To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;
 
  (vii)   To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and
 
  (viii)   To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.
Section 9.   Compensation of Directors.
     Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.
Section 10.   Resignation.
     Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

8


 

Section 11.   Presumption of Assent.
     A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his dissent known at the meeting.
Section 12.   Director Qualifications
     A person is not qualified to serve as director if he or she: (1) is under indictment for, or has ever been convicted of, a criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust and the penalty for such offense could be imprisonment for more than one year, (2) is a person against whom a banking agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist order for conduct involving dishonesty or breach of trust and that order is final and not subject to appeal, or (3) has been found either by a regulatory agency whose decision is final and not subject to appeal or by a court to have (i) breached a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, or (ii) committed a willful violation of any law, rule or regulation governing banking, securities, commodities or insurance, or any final cease and desist order issued by a banking, securities, commodities or insurance regulatory agency. No person may serve on the Board of Directors and at the same time be a director or officer of another co-operative bank, credit union, savings bank, savings and loan association, trust company, bank holding company or banking association (in each case whether chartered by a state, the federal government or any other jurisdiction) that engages in business activities in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.
Section 13.   Attendance at Board Meetings.
     The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a director’s unexcused absence of three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES
Section 1.   Committees of the Board of Directors.
     (a)  General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Governance/Nominating Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The membership of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Governance/Nominating Committee shall consist of independent directors to the extent required

9


 

by the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the NASDAQ Stock Market. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.
     (b)  Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws. The Chairman of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairmanships to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairman and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee.
     (c)  Governance/Nominating Committee. The Governance/Nominating Committee, if appointed, shall consist of not less than three members who meet the applicable independence requirements referenced in Section 1.(a), above and shall have authority: (i) to review any nominations for election to the Board of Directors made by a stockholder of the Corporation pursuant to Article I, Section 6 of these Bylaws in order to determine compliance with such Bylaw provision; and (ii) to recommend to the Board of Directors nominees for election to the Board of Directors to replace those Directors whose terms expire at the annual meeting of stockholders next ensuing. No Director shall participate in the deliberations or vote in the meeting of the Governance/Nominating Committee at which he or she has been or is seeking to be proposed as a nominee.
     (d)  Issuance of Stock. If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.
Section 2.   Conduct of Business.
     Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may

10


 

conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 1.   Generally.
     (a) The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.
     (b) The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the authorized number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors.
     (c) All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.
Section 2.   Chairman of the Board of Directors.
     The Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairman of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.
Section 3.   Chief Executive Officer.
     The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.
Section 4.   President.
     The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

11


 

Section 5.   Vice President.
     The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 6.   Secretary.
     The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 7.   Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer.
     The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.
Section 8.   Other Officers.
     The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.
Section 9.   Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations
     Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice-President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

12


 

ARTICLE V
STOCK
Section 1.   Certificates of Stock.
     The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above on stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.
Section 2.   Transfers of Stock.
     Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.
Section 3.   Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.
     The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3

13


 

of Article I, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.
Section 4.   Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.
     The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.
Section 5.   Stock Ledger.
     The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.
Section 6.   Regulations.
     The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.
ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1.   Facsimile Signatures.
     In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.
Section 2.   Corporate Seal.
     The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its

14


 

corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.
Section 3.   Books and Records.
     The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.
Section 4.   Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.
     Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
Section 5.   Fiscal Year.
     The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January and end on the last day of December in each year.
Section 6.   Time Periods.
     In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.
Section 7.   Checks, Drafts, Etc.
     All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.
Section 8.   Mail.
     Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

15


 

Section 9.   Contracts and Agreements.
     To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
     These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

16

Exhibit 4
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND
         
 
No.
 
  NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.  
 
Shares
 
CUSIP: _________
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE
PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS
CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO
RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE
     
THIS CERTIFIES that   is the owner of
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
of
Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
a Maryland corporation
     The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. THE CAPITAL STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY IS NOT AN ACCOUNT OF AN INSURABLE TYPE AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Northwest Bancshares, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by its duly authorized officers and has caused its seal to be hereunto affixed this ______ day of ____________, 2009.
                 
By:
      [SEAL]   By:    
 
               
 
  GREGORY C. LAROCCA           WILLIAM J. WAGNER
 
  CORPORATE SECRETARY           PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

 


 

     The Board of Directors of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.
     The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.
     The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting stock of the Company, voting together as a single class, to approve certain transactions and to amend certain sections of the Articles of Incorporation.
     The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.
                     
TEN COM
  - as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -     Custodian    
 
                   
 
          (Cust)       (Minor)
 
                   
TEN ENT
  - as tenants by the entireties                
            Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
 
                   
JT TEN
 
- as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as
               
             
 
 
tenants in common
          (State)    
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list
For value received, ___________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 
   
     
 
(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)
 
  Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________________ Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated, _______________
     
In the presence of
  Signature:
 
   
 
   
NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

Exhibit 5
LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK
A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
 
Telephone (202) 274-2000
Facsimile (202) 362-2902
www.luselaw.com
     
WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER   WRITER’S EMAIL
(202) 274-2000    
September 9, 2009
The Board of Directors
Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
100 Liberty Street
Warren, Pennsylvania 16365
  Re:    Northwest Bancshares, Inc.
Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale (the “Offering”) of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) of Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”). We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock.
     We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
     We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick    
  A Professional Corporation    
     
 

Exhibit 8
(202) 274-2000
______________, 2009
Boards of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Northwest Savings Bank
Northwest Bankshares, Inc.
100 Liberty Street
Warren Pennsylvania 16365
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     You have requested this firm’s opinion regarding the material federal income tax consequences that will result from the conversion of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”) into the capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”), as effectuated pursuant to the three integrated transactions described below.
     In connection therewith, we have made such investigations as we have deemed relevant or necessary for the purpose of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies and the genuineness of signatures. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined and have relied upon the accuracy of the factual matters set forth in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northwest Bancorp, MHC (the “Plan”) and the Registration Statement filed by Northwest Bankshares, Inc. (the “Holding Company”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Application for Conversion on Form AC filed by the Mutual Holding Company with the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.
     Our opinion is based upon the existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), and upon current Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) published rulings and existing court decisions, any of which could be changed at any time. Any such changes may be retroactive and could significantly modify the statements and opinions expressed herein. Similarly, any change in the facts and assumptions stated below, upon which this opinion is based, could modify the conclusions. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.

 


 

Boards of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Northwest Savings Bank
Northwest Bankshares, Inc.
____________, 2009
Page 2
     We opine only as to the matters we expressly set forth, and no opinions should be inferred as to any other matters or as to the tax treatment of the transactions that we do not specifically address. We express no opinion as to other federal laws and regulations, or as to laws and regulations of other jurisdictions, or as to factual or legal matters other than as set forth herein.
     For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the representations as to factual matters provided to us by the Mutual Holding Company, Northwest Savings Bank (the “Bank”), Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) and Northwest Bankshares, Inc. (the “Holding Company”), as set forth in the affidavits of the authorized officers of each of the aforementioned entities, incorporated herein by reference.
Description of Proposed Transactions
     Based upon our review of the documents described above, and in reliance upon such documents, we understand that the relevant facts are as follows. In February 1998, Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation became the mid-tier stock holding company for Northwest Savings Bank. Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation (also referred to herein as the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) succeeded to the operations of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, in 2001, and owns 100% of the outstanding shares of Northwest Savings Bank. The majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company are owned by the Mutual Holding Company.
     On August 27, 2009, the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company adopted the Plan providing for the Conversion of the Mutual Holding Company from a federally chartered mutual holding company to the capital stock form of organization. A new Maryland stock holding company, the Holding Company, will be established as part of the Conversion and will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and will issue Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion.
     At the present time, three transactions referred to as the “MHC Merger,” the “Mid-Tier Merger,” and the “Bank Merger” are being undertaken. Pursuant to the Plan, the Conversion will be effected in the following steps, in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion:
  (i)   The Bank will establish the Holding Company as a first-tier Maryland-chartered stock holding company subsidiary.

 


 

Boards of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Northwest Savings Bank
Northwest Bankshares, Inc.
____________, 2009
Page 3
  (ii)   The Holding Company will charter an interim federal savings bank subsidiary (“Interim”) as a wholly owned subsidiary.
 
  (iii)   The Mid-Tier Holding Company will convert to an interim stock savings bank (which shall continue to be referred to as the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) and will merge with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the resulting entity (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), whereby the Mutual Holding Company will receive, and Minority Stockholders will constructively receive shares of Bank common stock in exchange for their Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock.
 
  (iv)   Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Mutual Holding Company will convert to an interim stock savings bank and will merge with and into the Bank, (the “MHC Merger”), whereby the shares of Bank common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will receive an interest in a Liquidation Account of the Bank in exchange for such person’s interest in the Mutual Holding Company.
 
  (v)   Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger and MHC Merger, Interim will merge with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving entity (the “Bank Merger”). Constructive shareholders of the Bank (i.e., Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion) will exchange the shares of Bank common stock that they constructively received in the Mid-Tier Merger for Holding Company Common Stock.
 
  (vi)   Contemporaneously with the Bank Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale its Common Stock in the Offering.
     Following the Conversion, a Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Bank for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Account Holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts with the Bank. Pursuant to Section 19 of the Plan, the Liquidation Account will be equal to the product of (a) the percentage of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company owned by the Mutual Holding Company multiplied by (b) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus utilized in the Conversion.
     All of the then-outstanding shares of Bank common stock owned by the Minority Stockholders will be converted into and become shares of Holding Company Common Stock

 


 

Boards of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Northwest Savings Bank
Northwest Bankshares, Inc.
____________, 2009
Page 4
pursuant to the Exchange Ratio that ensures that after the Conversion, Minority Stockholders will own in the aggregate the same percentage of the Holding Company’s Common Stock as they held Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock immediately prior to the Conversion, exclusive of Minority Stockholders’ purchases of additional shares of Common Stock in the Offering and receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares. The common stock of Interim owned by the Holding Company prior to the Bank Merger will be converted into and become shares of common stock of the Bank on the Effective Date. The Holding Company Common Stock held by the Bank immediately prior to the Effective Date will be canceled on the Effective Date. Immediately following the Bank Merger, additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be sold to depositors and former shareholders of the Bank and to members of the public in the Offering.
     As a result of the Mid-Tier Merger, the MHC Merger and the Bank Merger, the Holding Company will be a publicly held corporation, will register the Holding Company Common Stock under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and will become subject to the rules and regulations thereunder and file periodic reports and proxy statements with the SEC. The Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and will continue to carry on its business and activities as conducted immediately prior to the Conversion.
     The stockholders of the Holding Company will be the former Minority Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the MHC Merger, plus those persons who purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering. Nontransferable rights to subscribe for the Holding Company Common Stock have been granted, in order of priority, to depositors of the Bank who have account balances of $50.00 or more as of the close of business on June 30, 2008 (“Eligible Account Holders”), the Bank’s tax-qualified employee plans (“Employee Plans”), depositors of the Bank who have account balances of $50.00 or more as of the close of business on _______________ (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holders”), and depositors of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date (other than Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders) (“Other Members”). Subscription rights are nontransferable. The Holding Company will also offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering, if any, for sale in a community offering to certain members of the general public.
Opinions
     Based on the foregoing description of the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Merger and the Bank Merger, and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in this letter, we are of the opinion that:

 


 

Boards of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Northwest Savings Bank
Northwest Bankshares, Inc.
____________, 2009
Page 5
     1. The conversion of the Mid-Tier Holding Company to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank (which we shall continue to refer to as “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.
     2. The Mid-Tier Merger qualifies as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code.)
     3. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Bank and the Bank’s assumption of its liabilities in exchange for shares of common stock in the Bank or on the constructive distribution of such stock to Minority Stockholders and the Mutual Holding Company. (Sections 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)
     4. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Bank upon the receipt of the assets of Mid-Tier Holding Company in the Mid-Tier Merger (Section 1032(a) of the Code).
     5. The basis of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company (other than stock in the Bank) to be received by Bank will be the same as the basis of such assets in the hands of Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)
     6. The holding period of the assets of Mid-Tier Holding Company (other than stock in Bank) to be received by Bank will include the holding period of those assets in the hands of Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 1223(2) of the Code.)
     7. Mid-Tier Holding Company shareholders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their constructive exchange of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock for Bank common stock.
     8. The conversion of the Mutual Holding Company to a federally chartered stock savings bank (which we shall continue to refer to as “Mutual Holding Company”) will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.
     9. The MHC Merger qualifies as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code.)
     10. The exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders interests in the Mutual Holding Company for interests in a Liquidation Account

 


 

Boards of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Northwest Savings Bank
Northwest Bankshares, Inc.
____________, 2009
Page 6
established in the Bank in the MHC Merger will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54).
     11. The Mutual Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Bank and the Bank’s assumption of its liabilities, if any, in exchange for an interest in a Liquidation Account in the Bank or on the constructive distribution of such Liquidation Account to the Mutual Holding Company’s members who remain depositors of the Bank. (Section 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)
     12. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Bank upon the receipt of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company in the MHC Merger in exchange for the transfer to the members of the Mutual Holding Company of an interest in the Liquidation Account in the Bank. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)
     13. Persons who have an interest in the Mutual Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss upon the receipt of an interest in the Liquidation Account in the Bank in exchange for their voting and liquidation rights in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 354(a) of the Code).
     14. The basis of the assets of Mutual Holding Company (other than stock in the Bank) to be received by Bank will be the same as the basis of such assets in the hands of the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)
     15. The holding period of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company in the hands of the Bank will include the holding period of those assets in the hands of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1223(2) of the Code.)
     16. The Bank Merger qualifies as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code, pursuant to Section 368(a)(2)(E) of the Code. For these purposes, each of the Bank, the Holding Company and Interim are “a party to the reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code.
     17. Interests in the Liquidation Account established at the Bank, and the shares of Bank common stock held by Mutual Holding Company prior to consummation of the MHC Merger, will be disregarded for the purpose of determining that an amount of stock in the Bank which constitutes “control” of such corporation was acquired by the Holding Company in exchange for shares of common stock of the Holding Company pursuant to the Bank Merger (Code Section 368(c)).

 


 

Boards of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Northwest Savings Bank
Northwest Bankshares, Inc.
____________, 2009
Page 7
     18. The exchange of shares of Bank common stock for the shares of the Holding Company Common Stock in the Bank Merger, following consummation of the Mid-Tier Merger and the MHC Merger, will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Income Tax Regulation Section 1.368-1(b) in the Bank Merger.
     19. Interim will not recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to Bank in exchange for Bank common stock and the assumption by Bank of the liabilities, if any, of Interim. (Section 361(a) and 357(a) of the Code.)
     20. The Bank will not recognize any gain or loss upon the receipt of the assets of Interim in the Bank Merger. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)
     21. The Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss upon its receipt of Bank common stock in exchange for Interim common stock. (Section 354(a) of the Code.)
     22. Bank shareholders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Bank common stock they constructively received in the Mid-Tier Merger solely for shares of Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 354(a) of the Code.)
     23. The payment of cash to the Minority Stockholders in lieu of fractional shares of Holding Company will be treated as though the fractional shares were distributed as part of the Bank Merger and then redeemed by Holding Company. The cash payments will be treated as distributions in full payment for the fractional shares deemed redeemed under Section 302(a) of the Code, with the result that such shareholders will have short-term or long-term capital gain or loss to the extent that the cash they receive differs from the basis allocable to such fractional shares. (Rev. Rul. 66-365, 1966-2 C.B. 116 and Rev. Proc. 77-41, 1977-2 C.B. 574)
     24. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 356(a) of the Code) Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights. (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B.182).
     25. Each shareholder’s aggregate basis in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of the common stock surrendered in exchange therefore. Although Bank stock was constructively exchanged, this

 


 

Boards of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Northwest Savings Bank
Northwest Bankshares, Inc.
____________, 2009
Page 8
opinion also applies as if the Mid-Tier Holding Company stock was exchanged for Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 358(a) of the Code.) It is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased in the Offering by the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code).
     26. Each shareholder’s holding period in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the common stock surrendered was held, provided that the common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the shareholder on the date of the exchange. Although Bank stock was constructively exchanged, this opinion also applies as if the Mid-Tier Holding Company stock was exchanged for Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 1223(1) of the Code.) The holding period of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscriptions rights shall commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised. (Section 1223(5) of the Code.)
     27. No gain or loss will be recognized by Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering. (Section 1032 of the Code.)
     Our opinion under paragraph 24 above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. Our opinions under paragraphs 24, 25 and 26 are based on the position that the subscription rights to purchase shares of Common Stock received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members have a fair market value of zero. We understand that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally nontransferable and short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Common Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering. We also note that the IRS has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Common Stock have no value.
     If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have a fair market value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or stock savings bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.

 


 

Boards of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Northwest Savings Bank
Northwest Bankshares, Inc.
____________, 2009
Page 9
CONSENT
     We hereby consent to the filing of the opinion as an exhibit to the Mutual Holding Company’s Application for Conversion filed with the OTS and to the Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in the Application for Conversion and S-1 under the captions “The Conversion and Offering-Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters.”
Sincerely,
LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK,
A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION

 

Exhibit 10.4
NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
 
As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1997
 


 

NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
          This Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended and restated, executed on the 15th day of November, 2000, by Northwest Savings Bank, a Pennsylvania chartered savings bank (the “Bank”),
W I T N E S S E T H    T H A T
          WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Bank has resolved to amend and restate the Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”).
          NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby adopts the following amended and restated Plan setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to contributions by the Employer and the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries, effective January 1, 1997, unless otherwise noted.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has adopted this amended and restated Plan and caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the above date.
                 
ATTEST:
               
 
               
/s/ Gregory C. LaRocca
 
Gregory C. LaRocca
      By:   /s/ John O. Hanna
 
John O. Hanna
   
Secretary
          Chairman    


 

CONTENTS
                 
            Page  
 
               
Section 1. Plan Identity     -1-  
 
  1.1   Name     -1-  
 
  1.2   Purpose     -1-  
 
  1.3   Effective Date     -1-  
 
  1.4   Fiscal Period     -1-  
 
  1.5   Single Plan for All Employers     -1-  
 
  1.6   Interpretation of Provisions     -1-  
 
               
Section 2. Definitions     -2-  
 
               
Section 3.   Eligibility for Participation     -13-  
 
  3.1   Initial Eligibility     -13-  
 
  3.2   Definition of Eligibility Year     -14-  
 
  3.3   Terminated Employees     -14-  
 
  3.4   Certain Employees Ineligible     -14-  
 
  3.5   Participation and Reparticipation     -14-  
 
               
Section 4.   Employer Contributions and Credits     -15-  
 
  4.1   Discretionary Contributions     -15-  
 
  4.2   Contributions for Stock Obligations     -15-  
 
  4.3   Definitions Related to Contributions     -16-  
 
  4.4   Conditions as to Contributions     -16-  
 
               
Section 5.   Limitations on Contributions and Allocations     -17-  
 
  5.1   Limitation on Annual Additions     -17-  
 
  5.2   Coordinated Limitation With Other Plans     -20-  
 
  5.3   Effect of Limitations     -21-  
 
  5.4   Limitations as to Certain Participants     -21-  
 
               
Section 6.   Trust Fund and Its Investment     -22-  
 
  6.1   Creation of Trust Fund     -22-  
 
  6.2   Stock Fund and Investment Fund     -22-  
 
  6.3   Acquisition of Stock     -23-  
 
  6.4   Participants’ Option to Diversify     -24-  
 
               
Section 7.   Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock     -26-  
 
  7.1   Voting and Tendering of Stock     -26-  
 
  7.2   Dividends on Stock     -27-  


 

                 
Section 8.   Adjustments to Accounts     -28-  
 
  8.1       Adjustments for Transactions     -28-  
 
  8.2       Valuation of Investment Fund     -28-  
 
  8.3       Adjustments for Investment Experience     -29-  
 
               
Section 9.   Vesting of Participants’ Interests     -29-  
 
  9.1       Deferred Vesting in Accounts     -29-  
 
  9.2       Computation of Vesting Years     -29-  
 
  9.3       Full Vesting Upon Certain Events     -30-  
 
  9.4       Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination     -33-  
 
  9.5       Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral     -33-  
 
  9.6       Accounting for Forfeitures     -33-  
 
  9.7       Vesting and Nonforfeitability     -34-  
 
               
Section 10.   Payment of Benefits     -34-  
 
  10.1     Benefits for Participants     -34-  
 
  10.2     Time for Distribution     -35-  
 
  10.3     Marital Status     -37-  
 
  10.4     Delay in Benefit Determination     -38-  
 
  10.5     Accounting for Benefit Payments     -38-  
 
  10.6     Form of Distribution     -38-  
 
  10.7     Restrictions on Disposition of Stock     -40-  
 
  10.8     Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights     -40-  
 
  10.9     Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution     -41-  
 
  10.10   Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution     -42-  
 
               
Section 11.   Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals     -42-  
 
  11.1     Claim for Benefits     -42-  
 
  11.2     Notification by Committee     -42-  
 
  11.3     Claims Review Procedure     -43-  
 
               
Section 12.   The Committee and Its Functions     -43-  
 
  12.1     Authority of Committee     -43-  
 
  12.2     Identity of Committee     -44-  
 
  12.3     Duties of Committee     -44-  
 
  12.4     Valuation of Stock     -45-  
 
  12.5     Compliance with ERISA     -45-  
 
  12.6     Action by Committee     -45-  
 
  12.7     Execution of Documents     -45-  
 
  12.8     Adoption of Rules     -46-  
 
  12.9     Responsibilities to Participants     -46-  
 
  12.10   Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity     -46-  
 
  12.11   Indemnification by Employers     -47-  
 
  12.12   Nonparticipation by Interested Member     -47-  
 
               
Section 13.   Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan     -47-  
 
  13.1     Adoption of Plan by Other Employers     -47-  
 
  13.2     Adoption of Plan by Successor     -47-  
 
  13.3     Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification     -48-  


 

                 
 
  13.4      Right to Amend or Terminate     -48-  
 
               
Section 14.   Miscellaneous Provisions     -49-  
 
  14.1      Plan Creates No Employment Rights     -49-  
 
  14.2      Nonassignability of Benefits     -49-  
 
  14.3      Limit of Employer Liability     -50-  
 
  14.4      Treatment of Expenses     -50-  
 
  14.5      Number and Gender     -50-  
 
  14.6      Nondiversion of Assets     -50-  
 
  14.7      Separability of Provisions     -50-  
 
  14.8      Service of Process     -51-  
 
  14.9      Governing State Law     -51-  
 
  14.10    Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility     -51-  
 
  14.11    Unclaimed Accounts     -51-  
 
  14.12    Qualified Domestic Relations Order     -52-  
 
               
Section 15.   Top-Heavy Provisions     -53-  
 
  15.1      Top-Heavy Plan     -53-  
 
  15.2      Super Top-Heavy Plan     -54-  
 
  15.3      Definitions     -54-  
 
  15.4      Top-Heavy Rules of Application     -56-  
 
  15.5      Top-Heavy Ratio     -57-  
 
  15.6      Minimum Contributions     -58-  
 
  15.7      Minimum Vesting     -59-  
 
  15.8      Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan     -59-  


 

NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Section 1. Plan Identity .
          1.1           Name . The name of this Plan is “Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.”
          1.2           Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.
          1.3           Effective Date . The initial Effective Date of this Plan is January 1, 1994. The Effective Date of the amended and restated Plan is January 1, 1997, unless otherwise noted herein.
          1.4           Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plan’s books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.
          1.5           Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.
          1.6           Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan.


 

          Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.
Section 2. Definitions .
          The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
           “Account” means a Participant’s interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his Employer’s contributions, the Plan’s investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.
           “Active Participant” means any Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 3 and who qualifies as an Active Participant for a particular Plan Year under Section 4.3.
           “Bank” means Northwest Savings Bank, and any entity which succeeds to the business of Northwest Savings Bank and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 14.2.
           “Beneficiary” means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participant’s death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his surviving spouse, if any, or his estate if he is not survived by a spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participant’s executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participant’s spouse.
           “Break in Service” means any Vesting Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service.
          Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence, unless he does not resume his Service at the end of the

-2-


 

Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period beginning on or after January 1, 1985, (i) by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employee’s child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee’s adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service.
           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
           “Committee” means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.
           “Company” means Northwest Bancorp, Inc., the stock holding company of the Bank.
           “Disability” means only a disability which renders the Participant totally unable, as a result of bodily or mental disease or injury, to perform any duties for an Employer for which he is reasonably fitted, which disability is expected to be permanent or of long and indefinite duration. However, this term shall not include any disability directly or indirectly resulting from or related to habitual drunkenness or addiction to narcotics, a criminal act or attempt, service in the armed forces of any country, an act of war, declared or undeclared, any injury or disease occurring while compensation to the Participant is suspended, or any injury which is intentionally self-inflicted. Further, this term shall apply only if (i) the Participant is sufficiently disabled to qualify for the payment of disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act or Veterans Disability Act, or (ii) the Participant’s disability is certified by a physician selected by the Committee. Unless the Participant is sufficiently disabled to qualify for disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act or Veterans Disability Act, the Committee may require the Participant to be appropriately examined from time to time by one or more physicians chosen by the Committee, and no Participant who refuses to be examined shall be treated as having a Disability. In any event, the

-3-


 

Committee’s good faith decision as to whether a Participant’s Service has been terminated by Disability shall be final and conclusive.
           “Early Retirement” means retirement on or after a Participant’s attainment of age 55 and the completion of fifteen years of Service for an Employer or retirement at any time after completion of twenty-five years of Service for an Employer.
           “Effective Date.” The initial Effective Date was January 1, 1994. The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement shall be January 1, 1997, unless otherwise noted herein.
           “Employee” means any individual who is or has been employed or self-employed by an Employer. “Employee” also means an individual employed by a leasing organization who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for more than one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the Employer. However, such a “leased employee” shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he participates in a money purchase pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization which provides for immediate participation, immediate full vesting, and an annual contribution of at least 10 percent of the Employee’s Total Compensation, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s total work force (including leased employees, but excluding Highly Paid Employees and any other employees who have not performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no leased employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as long as such employee is employed by a leasing organization.
           “Employer” means the Bank or any affiliate within the purview of section 414(b), (c) or (m) and 415(h) of the Code, any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship which adopts this Plan with the Bank’s consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer

-4-


 

and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.2. In addition, for purposes of crediting “Service” under the Plan, the Employer shall include those entities set forth on Schedule A attached hereto but only for the limited purposes, or with respect to the persons designated, therein.
“Entry Date” means the Effective Date of the Plan and each January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 of each Plan Year.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).
“Highly Paid Employee” for any Plan Year means an Employee who, during either of that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, for the preceding Plan Year had Total Compensation exceeding $80,000 and was among the most highly compensated one-fifth of all Employees. For this purpose:
          (a)          “Total Compensation” shall include any amount which is excludible from the Employee’s gross income for tax purposes pursuant to Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b) of the Code.
          (b)          The number of Employees in “the most highly compensated one-fifth of all Employees” shall be determined by taking into account all individuals working for all related Employer entities described in the definition of “Service”, but excluding any individual who has not completed six months of Service, who normally works fewer than 17-1/2 hours per week or in fewer than six months per year, who has not reached age 21, whose employment is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, or who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from United States sources.
“Hours of Service” means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:
          (a)          Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an

-5-


 

Employer is an Hour of Service.

-6-


 

          (b)          Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no duties. Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.
          (c)          Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties.
          (d)          Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.
          (e)          If an Employer finds it impractical to count the actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited only for his normal working hours during a paid absence.
          (f)          Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Administrator may apply a uniform policy of crediting

-7-


 

the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.
          (g)          In all respects an Employee’s Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor’s regulations under Title I of ERISA.
          (h)          Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service for vesting purposes has occurred in a computation period, the Hours of Service credited to an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall be credited (1) in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Service in that period, or (2) in all other cases, in the following computation period.
“Investment Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Stock Obligation, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participant’s Stock Fund.
“Normal Retirement” means retirement on or after the later of a Participant’s attainment of age 65.
“Participant” means any Employee who is participating in the Plan, or who has previously participated in the Plan and still has a balance credited to his Account.
“Plan Year” means the plan year commencing January 1, 1994 and ending December 31, 1994, and each period of 12 consecutive months beginning on January 1 of each succeeding year.
“Recognized Absence” means a period for which —
          (a)          an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or
          (b)          an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or

-8-


 

          (c)          an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).
“Service” means an Employee’s period(s) of employment or self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employee’s Service shall include any service which constitutes service with a predecessor employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code or as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto. An Employee’s Service shall also include any service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only either (i) for a period after 1975 in which the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) for a period after 1979 in which the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) all employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the Proposed Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
“Spouse” means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participant’s death, if earlier.
“Stock” means shares of the Company’s voting common stock or preferred stock meeting the requirements of Section 409(e)(3) of the Code issued by an Employer or an affiliated corporation.
“Stock Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock.
“Stock Obligation” means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the

-9-


 

Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:
  (i)   to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations § 54.4975-12; or
 
  (ii)   to repay such Stock Obligation; or
 
  (iii)   to repay a prior exempt loan.
“Total Compensation” (a) shall mean:
          (i)     A Participant’s wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer while a Participant in the Plan, (including, but not limited to, commissions paid to salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, and any deferred compensation contributions made to this or any other Section 401(k) Plan on behalf of the Participants).
          (ii)     Amounts described in sections 104(a)(3), 105(a), and 105(h), but only to the extent that these amounts are includable in the gross income of the employee.
          (iii)     Amounts paid or reimbursed by the employer for moving expenses incurred by an employee, but only to the extent that at the time of payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are not deductible by the employee under section 217.
          (iv)     The value of a non-qualified stock option granted to an employee by the employer, but only to the extent that the value of the option is includable in the gross income of the employee for the taxable year in which granted.

-10-


 

          (v)     The amount includable in the gross income of an employee upon making the election described in section 83(b).
          (vi)     For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1997, any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402 (g)(3) (any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant to the extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to purchase an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125 (Cafeteria Plan) shall also be included in the definition of “Total Compensation.”
           (b)         The term “Total Compensation” does not include items such as:
          (i)     Contributions made by the Employer to a Plan of deferred compensation to the extent that before the application of Section 415 limitations to the Plan, the contributions are not includible in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which contributed, except for deferred compensation contributions made by the Employer to a Section 401(k) Plan on behalf of the Participant. However, for Plan Years beginning prior to 1998, for purposes of computing Code Section 415 annual additions, deferred compensation contributions made by the Employer to a Section 401(k) Plan on behalf of a Participant shall be deducted from Total Compensation. In addition, Employer contributions made on behalf of an Employee to a simplified employee pension plan described in Code Section 408(k) are not considered as compensation for the taxable year in which contributed to the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee under Code Section 219(b)(7). Additionally, any distributions

-11-


 

from a Plan of deferred compensation are not considered as compensation for Code Section 415 purposes, regardless of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee when distributed. However, any amounts received by an Employee pursuant to an unfunded non-qualified Plan may be considered as compensation for Code Section 415 purposes in the year such amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee.
          (ii)     Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.
          (iii)     Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a tax-qualified stock option.
          (iv)     Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includable in the gross income of the Employee), or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are excludable from the gross income of the Employee).
           (c)          For Plan years beginning after December 31, 1993, Total Compensation in excess of $150,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. Such amount shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code, effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the $150,000 limit, Total Compensation shall be prorated over short plan years. In determining the Total Compensation of a Participant for purposes of this limitation, the rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) shall apply, except as set forth in Section 4.3 hereof. If as a result of the application of such rules,

-12-


 

the adjusted $150,000 limitation is exceeded, then the limitation shall be prorated among the affected individuals in proportion to each such individual’s Total Compensation, as determined under this Section prior to the application of this limitation.
“Trust” or “Trust Fund” means the trust fund created under this Plan.
“Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Bank and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, “Trust Agreement” shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Section 2.4 of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.
“Trustee” means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Bank to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.
“Unallocated Stock Fund” means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plan’s holding of stock which have been acquired in exchange for one or more Stock Obligations and which have not yet been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2
“Valuation Date” means the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants’ accounts accordingly.
“Valuation Period” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.
“Vesting Year” means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Account.
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation.
3.1 Initial Eligibility . An Employee shall enter the Plan as of the Entry Date coinciding with

-13-


 

or next following the later of the following dates:
     (a)     the last day of the Employee’s first Eligibility Year, and
     (b)     the Employee’s 21st birthday.
However, if an Employee is not in active Service with an Employer on the date he would otherwise first enter the Plan, his entry shall be deferred until the next day he is in Service.
3.2      Definition of Eligibility Year . An “Eligibility Year” means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose:
     (a)     an Employee’s first “eligibility period” is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service, and
     (b)     his subsequent eligibility periods will be 12-consecutive month periods beginning on each January 1 after that first day of Service.
3.3      Terminated Employees . No Employee shall have any interest or rights under this Plan if he is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.
3.4      Certain Employees Ineligible . No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employee’s participation in the Plan. No Employee shall participate in the Plan while he is actually employed by a leasing organization rather than an Employer.
3.5      Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his Service from the date on which he first becomes eligible until his termination. For this purpose, an Employee returning within five

-14-


 

years of his or her termination who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his return to Service with an Employer.
Section 4.       Employer Contributions and Credits.
    4.1      Discretionary Contributions . The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employer’s contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in proportion to their amounts of Cash Compensation.
    4.2      Contributions for Stock Obligations . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Stock Obligation upon the purchase of Stock, the Employer shall contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Stock Obligation. If there is more than one Stock Obligation, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. The Employer’s obligation to make contributions under this Section 4.2 shall be reduced to the extent of any investment earnings realized on such contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, which earnings and dividends shall be applied to the Stock Obligation related to that Stock.
                    In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on unallocated Stock are used as payments under a Stock Obligation, a certain number of shares of the Stock acquired with that Stock Obligation which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be released for allocation among the Participants. The number of shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Stock Obligation in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Stock Obligation.

-15-


 

                    At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under a Stock Obligation may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Stock Obligation provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Stock Obligation, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Stock.
          4.3      Definitions Related to Contributions . For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the meanings specified:
           “Active Participant” means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 and has completed 1,000 Hours of Service with the Employer during the Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) he is on a Recognized Absence as of that date, or (iii) his Service terminated during the Plan Year by reason of Normal Retirement, Early Retirement, Disability or death.
           “Cash Compensation” A Participant’s Cash Compensation shall equal a Participant’s Total Compensation less any bonuses, overtime, commissions or shift pay paid to the participants. Cash Compensation will include elective contributions made by the employer on the participant’s behalf.
          4.4      Conditions as to Contributions . Employers’ contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.3 for the return of an Employer’s contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but

-16-


 

erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.
Section 5.       Limitations on Contributions and Allocations.
            5.1      Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:
          5.1-1     If allocation of Employer contributions in accordance with Section 4.1 will result in an allocation of more than one-third the total contributions for a Plan Year to the accounts of Highly Paid Employees, then allocation of such amount shall be adjusted so that such excess will not occur.
          5.1-2     After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participant’s Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Section 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of $30,000 (or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) or “25 percent of the Participant’s Total Compensation for such limitation year.” In the event that annual additions exceed the aforesaid limitations, they shall be reduced in the following priority:
          (i)     If the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Plan Year, any excess amount at the end of the Plan Year that cannot be allocated to the Participant’s account shall be used to reduce the Employer contribution for such Participant in the next

-17-


 

     limitation year and any succeeding limitation years, if necessary.
            (ii)     If the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of the Plan Year, the excess amount will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions for all remaining Participants in the next limitation year and each succeeding limitation year, if necessary.
            (iii)     If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a limitation year, it will not participate in any allocation of investment gains and losses. All amounts held in suspense accounts must be allocated to Participant’s accounts before any contributions may be made to the Plan for the limitation year.
            (iv)     If a suspense account exists at the time of plan termination, amounts held in the suspense account that cannot be allocated shall revert to the Employer.
     5.1-3 For purposes of this Section 5.1, the “annual addition” to a Participant’s accounts means the sum of (i) employer contributions, (ii) employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. Annual additions to a defined contribution plan also include amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419A(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, maintained by the Employer. For these purposes, annual additions to a defined contribution plan shall not include the allocation of excess amounts remaining in the Unallocated Stock Fund subsequent to a sale of Stock from such fund in accordance with a transaction described in Section 8.1 of the Plan. The $30,000 limitations referred to shall, for each limitation year ending after 1988, be automatically adjusted to the new dollar limitations

-18-


 

determined by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for the calendar year beginning in that limitation year.
               In the event Stock is released from the suspense account and allocated to a Participant’s account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer shall determine for such year that an annual addition will be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions.
               5.1-4       Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer Contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Paid Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:
              (i)      forfeitures of employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or
              (ii)      Employer Contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant’s account.
               5.1-5       If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Employees covered by this Plan, to other “defined contribution plans” as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named Fiduciary for administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the

-19-


 

terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.
               5.1-6        A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period beginning each January 1.
          5.2       Coordinated Limitation With Other Plans . Aside from the limitation prescribed by Section 5.1 with respect to the annual addition to a Participant’s accounts for any single limitation year, if a Participant has ever participated in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by an Employer or an affiliate, then the annual additions to his accounts shall be limited on a cumulative basis so that the sum of his defined contribution plan fraction and his defined benefit plan fraction does not exceed one. For this purpose:
               5.2-1       A Participant’s defined contribution plan fraction with respect to a Plan Year shall be a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the sum of the annual additions to his accounts through the current year, and (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of the lesser of the following amounts -A- and -B- determined for the current limitation year and each prior limitation year of Service with an Employer: -A- is 1.25 times the dollar limit in effect for the year under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code, or 1.0 times such dollar limitation if the Plan is top-heavy, and -B- is 35 percent of the Participant’s Total Compensation for such year. Further, if the Participant participated in any related defined contribution plan in any years beginning before 1976, any-excess of the sum of the actual annual additions to the Participant’s accounts for those years over the maximum annual additions which could have been made in accordance with Section 5.1 shall be ignored, and voluntary contributions by the Participant during those years shall be taken into account as to each such year only to the extent that his average annual voluntary contribution in those years exceeded 10 percent of his average annual Total Compensation in those years.
               5.2-2       A Participant’s defined benefit plan fraction with respect to a limitation year shall be a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is his projected annual benefit payable at normal retirement under

-20-


 

the Employers’ defined benefit plans, and (ii) the denominator of which is the lesser of (a) 1.25 times $90,000, or 1.0 times such dollar limitation if the Plan is top-heavy, and (b) 1.4 times the Participant’s average Total Compensation during his highest-paid three consecutive limitation years.
             5.2-3      Effective January 1, 2000, Section 5.2 shall be repealed.
          5.3      Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants’ compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be held in a suspense account to be allocated in lieu of any Employer contributions in future years until it is eliminated, and to be returned to the Employer if it cannot be credited consistent with these limitations before the termination of the Plan.
          5.4      Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in order to comply with Section 409(n) of the Code.
          This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) more than 25 percent of any class of stock of a corporation which issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section

-21-


 

409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a “Related Class”). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plan’s purchase of the Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.
          Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.
          This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Stock acquired from the shareholder.
Section 6.       Trust Fund and Its Investment .
          6.1       Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Bank and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall not be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.
          6.2       Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of all assets of the Trust other than Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute,

-22-


 

and otherwise deal with and dispose of Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. The Trustee shall have full responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund, except to the extent such responsibility may be delegated from time to time to one or more investment managers pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Trust Agreement, or to the extent the Committee directs the Trustee to purchase Stock with the assets in the Investment Fund.
          6.3       Acquisition of Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called a “Stock Obligation”. The term “Stock Obligation” shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. A Stock Obligation includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (“ESOP”). For these purposes, the term “guarantee” shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of a Stock Obligation in order to qualify as an “exempt loan” is not a refinancing of the Stock Obligation or the making of another Stock Obligation. The term “exempt loan” refers to a loan that satisfies the provisions of this paragraph. A “non-exempt loan” fails to satisfy this paragraph. Any Stock Obligation shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:
               6.3-1      A Stock Obligation shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest.

-23-


 

               6.3-2    A Stock Obligation may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Stock acquired in exchange for the Stock Obligation, or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Stock Obligation which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Stock Obligation. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for a Stock Obligation, and no creditor under a Stock Obligation shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.
               6.3-3    Any pledge of Stock to secure a Stock Obligation must provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on the Stock obligations in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.
               6.3-4    Repayments of principal and interest on any Stock Obligation shall be made by the Trustee only from Employer cash contributions designated for such payments, from earnings on such contributions, and from cash dividends received on Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2.
               6.3-5    In the event of default of a Stock Obligation, the value of plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Stock Obligation must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, a Stock Obligation must provide for a transfer of plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the plan to meet the payment schedule of said Stock Obligation. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.
          6.4     Participants’ Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to “diversify” a portion of the Employer Stock allocated to his Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversity must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to

-24-


 

diversify an amount which does not exceed 25% of the number of shares allocated to his Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term “qualified election period” shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participant’s election to diversify his Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:
               6.4-1    The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.
               6.4-2    The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of Regulations under Section 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
               6.4-3    The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participant’s Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.

-25-


 

Section 7.     Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock .
            7.1     Voting and Tendering of Stock . The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee. However, if any Employer has registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section 409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Stock and allocated Stock for which it has received no voting instructions in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants; provided, however, that if an exempt loan, as defined in Section 4975(d) of the Code, is outstanding and the Plan is in default on such exempt loan, as default is defined in the loan documents, then to the extent that such loan documents require the lender to exercise voting rights with respect to the unallocated shares, the loan documents will prevail. In the event no shares of Stock have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts at the time Stock is to be voted and any exempt loan which may be outstanding is not in default, each Participant shall be deemed to have one share of Stock allocated to his or her Account for the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.
            Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers, the Committee, and the Trustee shall see that all Participants are provided with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, and are provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants’ with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.

-26-


 

          7.1-1    In the event of a tender offer, Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.
          7.2     Dividends on Stock . Dividends on Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the Participant’s Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends have been paid. Dividends on Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (i) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.3 and (A) invested as part of the Investment Fund or (B) used to purchase additional Stock for the Participant’s Account in the open market, (ii) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance (iii) be distributed to the Participants within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance or (iv) be used to make payments on the Stock Obligation. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participant’s Account are used to repay the Stock Obligation, Stock with a fair market value equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participant’s Account in lieu of the dividends. Dividends on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall be allocated to Participants’ Investment Fund Accounts (pro rata based on the Participant’s Account balance in relation to all Participants’ Account balances) and shall be applied, at the direction of the Employer, under one of the methods (i) — (iv) above. The election by the Employer as to the treatment of dividends may be changed each time dividends are declared and paid. Moreover, each time dividends are paid the Employer may elect a different treatment for dividends allocated to Participant’s Accounts than for dividends allocated to the Unallocated Stock Fund, or may elect to treat such dividends in the same manner.

-27-


 

Section 8.        Adjustments to Accounts .
            8.1     Adjustments for Transactions . An Employer contribution pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be credited to the Participants’ Accounts as of the last day of the Plan Year for which it is contributed, in accordance with Section 4.1. Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund upon the Trust’s repayment of a Stock Obligation pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be credited to the Participants’ Accounts as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the repayment occurred, pro rata based on the cash applied from such Participant’s Account relative to the cash applied from all Participants’ Accounts. Any excess amounts remaining from the use of proceeds of a sale of Stock from the Unallocated Stock Fund to repay a Stock Obligation shall be allocated as earnings of the Plan as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the repayment occurred among the Participants’ Accounts in proportion to the opening balance in each Account. Any benefit which is paid to a Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to Section 10 shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which it is paid. Any forfeiture or restoral shall be charged or credited to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the forfeiture or restoral occurs pursuant to Sections 9.5 and 9.6.
            8.2    Valuation of Investment Fund . As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall prepare a balance sheet of the Investment Fund, recording each asset (including any contribution receivable from an Employer) and liability at its fair market value. Any liability with respect to short positions or options and any item of accrued income or expense and unrealized appreciation or depreciation shall be included; provided, however, that such an item may be estimated or excluded if it is not readily ascertainable unless estimating or excluding it would result in a material distortion. The Committee shall then determine the net gain or loss of the Investment Fund since the preceding Valuation Date, which shall mean the entire income of the Investment Fund, including realized and unrealized capital gains and losses, net of any expenses to be charged to the general Investment Fund and excluding any contributions by the Employer. The determination of gain or loss shall be consistent with the balance sheets of the Investment Fund for the

-28-


 

current and preceding Valuation Dates.
          8.3      Adjustments for Investment Experience . Any net gain or loss of the Investment Fund during a Valuation Period, as determined pursuant to Section 8.2, shall be allocated as of the last day of the Valuation Period among the Participants’ Accounts in proportion to the opening balance in each Account, as adjusted for benefit payments and forfeitures during the Valuation Period, without regard to whatever Stock may be credited to an Account. Any cash dividends received on Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts shall be allocated as of the last day of the Valuation Period among the Participants’ Accounts based on the opening balance in each Participant’s Stock Fund Account.
Section 9.       Vesting of Participants’ Interests .
            9.1      Deferred Vesting in Accounts . A Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be based on his Vesting Years in accordance with the following Table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:
             
Vesting       Percentage of
Years       Interest Vested
             
Fewer than 3  
 
    0 %
3  
 
    20 %
4  
 
    40 %
5  
 
    60 %
6  
 
    80 %
7 or more  
 
    100 %
          9.2      Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a “Vesting Year” generally means a Plan Year in which an Employee has at least 1,000 Hours of Service, beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other employers as provided in the definition of “Service” provided, however, that a Participant shall receive credit for all Vesting Year of Service if the Participant has 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer in any calendar year prior to the adoption of the Plan. However, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:
            (a)    A Participant’s vested interest in his Account accumulated before five (5)

-29-


 

consecutive Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service before his interest in his Account has become vested to some extent, pre-Break years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his post-Break vested percentage.
     (b)     Unless otherwise specifically excluded, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall include any period of active military duty to the extent required by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Section 2021).
     (c)     In the case of a Participant who has 5 or more consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service, the Participant’s pre-Break Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-break accrued benefit only if either:
   (i)   such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of separation from Service, or
 
   (ii)   upon returning to Service the number of consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.
     9.3     Full Vesting Upon Certain Events.
     9.3-1    Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest on the Participant’s Normal Retirement. The Participant’s interest shall also fully vest in the event that his Service is terminated by Early Retirement, Disability or by death.
     9.3-2    The Participant’s interest in his Account shall also fully vest in the event of a “Change in Control” of the Bank or the Company. For these purposes, “Change in Control” shall mean an event of a nature that; (i) would be required to be reported in

-30-


 

response to Item 1a of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as in effect at the time of the Change in Control (collectively, the “BHCA”); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “Person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Company representing 25% or more of the Bank’s or the Company’s outstanding securities except for any securities of the Bank purchased by the Company in connection with the conversion of the Bank to the stock form and any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however , that this sub-section (b) shall not apply if the Incumbent Board is replaced by the appointment by a Federal banking agency of a conservator or receiver for the Bank and, provided further that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization,

-31-


 

merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company; or (d) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or Bank or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to such plan or transaction are exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Bank or the Company shall be distributed and the requisite number of proxies approving such plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or Bank are received and voted in favor of such transactions; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Bank or Company and shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Bank or Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.
               9.3-3    Upon a Change in Control described in 9.3-2, the Plan shall be terminated and the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to sell a sufficient amount of Stock from the Unallocated Stock Fund to repay any outstanding Stock Obligation in full. The proceeds of such sale shall be used to repay such Stock Obligation. After repayment of the Stock Obligation, all remaining shares in the Unallocated Stock Fund (or the proceeds thereof, if applicable) shall be treated as earnings and shall be allocated in accordance with the requirements of Section 8.1.

-32-


 

          9.4      Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated.
          9.5      Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participant’s Service terminates before his interest in his Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited if he either (i) receives a distribution of his entire vested interest pursuant to Section 10.1, or (ii) incurs five consecutive Breaks In Service. If a Participant’s Service terminates prior to having any portion of his Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have a received a distribution of his vested interest as of the Valuation Date next following his termination of Service.
          If a Participant who has received his entire vested interest returns to Service before he has five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service, he may repay to the Trustee an amount equal to the distribution. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The amount shall be credited to his Account at the time it is repaid; an additional amount equal to that portion of his Account which was previously forfeited shall be restored to his Account at the same time from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, from a special contribution by his Employer for that year. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest in the Plan shall have his Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his return.
          9.6      Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participant’s account is forfeited, Stock allocated to said Participant’s account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s account, the Participant must be treated

-33-


 

as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section, a forfeiture shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.
          9.7        Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participant’s interest in his Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.
Section 10.     Payment of Benefits .
          10.1      Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary, by either, or a combination of the following methods:
10.1.1 By payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section 10.2; or
10.1.2 By payment in a series of substantially equal annual installments over a period not to exceed five (5) years, provided the maximum period over which the distribution of a Participant’s Account may be made shall be extended by 1 year, up to five (5) additional years, for each $140,000 ($145,000 in 1998) (or fraction thereof) by which such Participant’s Account balance exceeds $710,000 ($725,000 in 1998) (the aforementioned figures are subject to cost-of-living adjustments prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Section 409(o)(2) of the Code).
          The Participant shall elect the manner in which his vested Account balance will be distributed to him. If a Participant so desires, he may direct how his benefits are to be paid to his Beneficiary. If a deceased Participant did not file a direction with the Committee, the Participant’s benefits shall be distributed to his Beneficiary in a lump sum. Notwithstanding any provision to

-34-


 

the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance at the time of any distribution, does not equal or exceed $3,500 ($5,000 for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997), then such Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the Plan year in which employment terminates. If the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance is, or has ever been, in excess of $3,500 ($5,000 for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997), then his benefits shall not be paid prior to the later of the time he has attained Normal Retirement or age 62 unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee.
     All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), including Section 1.401(a)(9)-2. The provisions reflecting Code Section 401(a)(9) override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).
     10.2    Time for Distribution .
            10.2.1    Distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account generally shall commence as soon as practicable after his termination of Service for Early Retirement, Normal Retirement, death or Disability, but in no event shall occur later than four full calendar quarters have elapsed after such Participant terminated Service. Distribution of the Account Balance of a Participant who terminated employment for any other reason shall not commence prior to four full calendar quarters have elapsed after such Participant’s termination of employment. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence no later than one year after the close of the Plan Year :
            (i)   in which the Participant separates from service by reason of attainment of his Normal Retirement Date under the Plan, Disability, or death; or

-35-


 

            (ii)   which is the fifth Plan Year following the year in which the Participant resigns or is dismissed, unless he is reemployed before such date.
            10.2.2 Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the plan year in which -
            (i)      the Participant attains the age of 65;
            (ii)     occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or
            (iii)    the participant terminates his service with the Employer.
            10.2.3    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70- 1 / 2 , and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participant’s benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70- 1 / 2 , or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. Any Participant (other than a 5-percent owner) attaining age 70 1 / 2 may elect by April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant attained age 70 1 / 2 to defer distributions until the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. If no such election is made, the Participant will begin receiving distributions by the April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant attained age 70 1 / 2 . A Participant’s benefit from that portion of his Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.
            10.2.4    Distribution of a Participant’s Account balance after his death shall comply with

-36-


 

the following requirements:
            (i)    If a Participant dies before his distributions have commenced, distribution of his Account to his Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died, however, if the Participant’s Beneficiary is his surviving spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2. In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after the they commence.
            (ii)    If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1.2 but before his entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1.2 at the date of his death.
            (iii)    If a married Participant dies before his benefit payments begin, then unless he has specifically elected otherwise the Committee shall cause the balance in his Account to be paid to his Spouse. No election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouse’s written consent, which (i) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (ii) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouse’s further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (iii) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public. (This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.)
         10.3     Marital Status . The Committee shall from time to time take whatever steps it deems appropriate to keep informed of each Participant’s marital status. Each Employer shall provide the

-37-


 

Committee with the most reliable information in the Employer’s possession regarding its Participants’ marital status, and the Committee may, in its discretion, require a notarized affidavit from any Participant as to his marital status. The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his Employer as to his marital status.
         10.4     Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.
         10.5     Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.
         10.6    Form of Distribution . A terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his Account in the form of cash or Stock. If the terminated Participant elects distribution in cash, his vested interest in both the Stock Fund and the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash. If the terminated Participant elects distribution in Stock, and provided ownership of virtually all Stock is not restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Stock, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of stock to make the required distribution. In all other cases, the Participant’s vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Stock, and his vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash.
         Any Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received

-38-


 

Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Stock to purchase the Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Stock’s current fair market value. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, may be sold on an established market in accordance with federal and state securities laws and regulations. Similarly, the put right shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participant’s account which the employee elected to have reinvested under Code Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a Bank (as defined in Code Section 581), the put right shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participant are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash.
         If a Participant elects to receive his distribution in the form of a lump sum pursuant to Section 10.1.1 of the Plan, the Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period not longer than five years from the day after the put right is exercised, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.
         If a Participant elects to receive his distribution in the form of an installment payment pursuant to Section 10.1.2 of the Plan, the Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall pay for the Stock

-39-


 

distributed in the installment distribution over a period which shall not exceed 30 days after the exercise of the put right.
          Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any other person. As to all Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Stock Obligation, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put right for Stock acquired through a Stock Obligation shall continue with respect to such Stock after the Stock Obligation is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan.
          10.7      Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . Except in the case of Stock which is traded on an established market, a Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Stock to any other person, first offer the Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair market value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.
          10.8       Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this

-40-


 

Section shall continue to by applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.
          10.9      Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover.
               10.9-1  An “eligible rollover” is any distribution that does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).
               10.9-2  An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 401(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.
               10.9-3  A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
               10.9-4  The term “distributee” shall refer to a deceased Participant’s spouse or a Participant’s former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as

-41-


 

defined in Code Section 414(p).
          10.10       Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:
 
(i)
 
the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular option), and
 
 
(ii)
 
the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
Section 11.       Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals .
          11.1      Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2
          11.2      Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee

-42-


 

denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:
                   (i)       each specific reason for the denial;
                   (ii)      specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
             (iii)      a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and
                   (iv)      an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.
          11.3      Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination. In connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.
Section 12.     The Committee and Its Functions .
            12.1     Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Bank,

-43-


 

the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
          12.2      Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consists of three or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.
          12.3      Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Bank. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the plan Committee under ERISA and other laws.
          Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Stock Obligations. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Bank’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Stock. Subject to the direction of the Board as to the application

-44-


 

of Employer contributions to Stock Obligations, and subject to the provisions of Sections 6.4 and 10.6 as to Participants’ rights under certain circumstances to have their Accounts invested in Stock or in assets other than Stock, the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion the extent to which assets of the Trust shall be used to repay Stock Obligations, to purchase Stock, or to invest in other assets to be selected by the Trustee or an investment manager. No provision of the Plan relating to the allocation or vesting of any interests in the Stock Fund or the Investment Fund shall restrict the Committee from changing any holdings of the Trust, whether the changes involve an increase or a decrease in the Stock or other assets credited to Participants’ Accounts. In determining the proper extent of the Trust’s investment in Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
          12.4      Valuation of Stock . If the valuation of any Stock is not established by reported trading on a generally recognized public market, the valuation of such Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “independent appraiser” means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code.
          12.5      Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.
          12.6       Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies. The members of the Committee may meet informally and may take any action without meeting as a group.
          12.7      Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by

-45-


 

any member or employee of the Committee.
          12.8      Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.
          12.9      Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent consistent with applicable law and the best interests of the individuals concerned.
          12.10      Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, a custodian for him under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or the person having actual custody of him, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, his legal guardian, or the person having actual custody of him, the payments to be used for the individual’s benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 12.10, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.

-46-


 

          12.11      Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.
          12.12       Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits, unless his abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.
Section 13.      Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .
          13.1      Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.
          13.2      Adoption of Plan by Successor . In the event that any Employer shall be reorganized by way of merger, consolidation, transfer of assets or otherwise, so that an entity other than an Employer shall succeed to all or substantially all of the Employer’s business, the successor entity may be substituted for the Employer under the Plan by adopting the Plan and becoming a party to the Trust Agreement. Contributions by the Employer shall be automatically suspended from the effective date of any such reorganization until the date upon which the substitution of the successor entity for the Employer under the Plan becomes effective. If, within 90 days following the effective date of any such reorganization, the successor entity shall not have elected to become a party to the Plan, or if the Employer shall adopt a plan

-47-


 

of complete liquidation other than in connection with a reorganization, the Plan shall be automatically terminated with respect to Employees of the Employer as of the close of business on the 90th day following the effective date of the reorganization, or as of the close of business on the date of adoption of a plan of complete liquidation, as the case may be.
          13.3      Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employer’s contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a).
          13.4       Right to Amend or Terminate . The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession,

-48-


 

merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committee’s instructions.
          If any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.
Section 14.     Miscellaneous Provisions .
          14.1      Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.
          14.2      Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits

-49-


 

from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a State domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.2 hereof.
          14.3      Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.
          14.4       Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee.
          14.5      Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.
          14.6      Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.3 and 13.3, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.
          14.7       Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or

-50-


 

unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.
          14.8       Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.
          14.9       Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Pennsylvania to the extent those laws are applicable under the provisions of ERISA.
          14.10      Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction.
          14.11      Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:
            (a)          If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participant’s beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the beneficiary.
            (b)          If the whereabouts of the Participant and his beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, but the whereabouts of one (1) or more relatives of the Participants by adoption, blood or

-51-


 

marriage is known to the Trustees, the Trustees shall distribute the Participant’s benefits to any one (1) or more of such relatives and in such proportions as the Trustees shall determine.
               (c)          If the Trustees do not know the whereabouts of any of the above persons, they shall then notify the Social Security Administration of the Participant’s (or beneficiary’s) failure to claim the distribution to which he is entitled. The Trustees shall request the Social Security Administration to notify the Participant (or beneficiary) in accordance with the procedures it has established for this purpose.
          Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.
          14.12      Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated by Administrator under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order”, a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes under the Plan.
          In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:
               (a)          The Employer or the Plan Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and
               (b)          Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Plan Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Plan Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.
         During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic

-52-


 

relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Plan Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Plan Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Plan Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Plan Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term “alternate payee” means any spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.
Section 15.            Top-Heavy Provisions .
                             15.1          Top-Heavy Plan . For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, this Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:
                            (a)          If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;
                            (b)          If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or
                            (c)          If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive

-53-


 

aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).
                            15.2         Super Top-Heavy Plan . For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, this Plan will be a super top-heavy Plan if any of the following conditions exist:
                            (a)          If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds ninety percent (90%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group.
                            (b)          If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds ninety percent (90%), or
                            (c)          If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds ninety percent (90%).
                            15.3      Definitions . In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:
                            15.3-1   The “Determination Date”, with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plan’s Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plan’s Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plan’s Determination Date.
                            15.3-2  A “Key Employee,” with respect to a Plan Year, means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and has been (i) an officer of the Employer having Total Compensation greater than 50 percent of the limit then in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code, (ii) one of the 10 Employees owning the largest interests in the Employer having Total Compensation greater than the limit

-54-


 

then in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A), (iii) an owner of more than five percent of the outstanding equity interest or the outstanding voting interest in any Employer, or (iv) an owner of more than one percent of the outstanding equity interest or the outstanding voting interest in an Employer whose Total Compensation exceeds $150,000. In determining which individuals are Key Employees, the rules of Section 415(i) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder shall apply. The Beneficiary of a Key Employee shall also be considered a Key Employee.
                            15.3-3   A “Non-key Employee” means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.
                            15.3-4   A “required aggregation group” includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and any of the four (4) preceding Plan Years, and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.
                            15.3-5   A “permissive aggregation group” includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the

-55-


 

permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.
                            15.4     Top-Heavy Rules of Application . For purposes of determining the value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits, the following provisions shall apply:
                            15.4-1   The value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.
                            15.4-2   For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individual’s accrued benefits and an individual’s account balances is counted only once each year.
                            15.4-3   The account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984, will be disregarded.
                            15.4-4   For years beginning after December 31, 1984, non-deductible Voluntary Employee Contributions will be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account.
                            15.4-5   When aggregating Plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.
                            15 .4-6   The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the account balances of an Employee shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made to such Employee from a Plan of the Employer. No distribution, however, made from the Plan to an individual (other than the beneficiary of a deceased Employee who was an Employee within the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date) who has not been an Employee at any time during the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date shall be taken into account in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy. Also, any

-56-


 

amounts recontributed by an Employee upon becoming a Participant in the Plan shall no longer be counted as a distribution under this paragraph.
                            15.4-7   The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the account balances of an Employee shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made to such Employee from a terminated Plan of the Employer, provided that such Plan (if not terminated) would have been required to be included in the aggregation group.
                            15.4-8   Accrued benefits and account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the five (5) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.
                            15.4-9   The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If a rollover was received by this Plan after December 31, 1983, the rollover or transfer voluntarily initiated by the Employee was received prior to January 1, 1984, then the rollover or transfer shall be considered as part of the accrued benefit by the Plan receiving such rollover or transfer. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee after December 31, 1983, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining account balances or the present value of accrued benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.
                             15.5     Top-Heavy Ratio .   If the Employer maintains one (1) or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified Employee pension plan) and the Employer has never

-57-


 

maintained any defined benefit plans which have covered or could cover a Participant in this Plan, the top-heavy ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date, and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Employees as of the Determination Date. Both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio shall be increased to reflect any contribution which is due but unpaid as of the Determination Date.
                If the Employer maintains one (1) or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified Employee pension plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one (1) or more defined benefit plans which have covered or could cover a Participant in this Plan, the top-heavy ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the defined contribution plans for all Key Employees and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for all Key Employees, and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the defined contribution plans for all Employees and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for all Employees.
                15.6     Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:
                (i)          three percent of his Total Compensation for that year, or
                (ii)         the highest ratio of such allocation to Total Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year. For purposes of the special contribution of this Section 15.2, a Key Employee’s Total Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his Account. For any Plan Year when (1) the Plan is top-heavy and (2) a Non-key Employee is a Participant in both this Plan and a defined benefit plan included in the plan aggregation group which is top heavy, the sum of the Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Account of each such

-58-


 

Non-key Employee shall be equal to at least five percent (5%) of such Non-key Employee’s Total Compensation for that year.
               15.7     Minimum Vesting . If a Participant’s vested interest in his Account is to be determined in a Top-Heavy Year, it shall be based on the following “top-heavy table”:
         
Vesting
  Percentage of
Years
  Interest Vested
 
       
Fewer than 2
    0 %
2
    20 %
3
    40 %
4
    60 %
5
    80 %
6
    100 %
               15.8     Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.

-59-


 

SCHEDULE A
With respect to those persons whose employment commenced with the Bank on October 20, 1998 as a result of the merger of Corry Savings Bank with and into the Bank, the term “Employer” shall include, for purposes of eligibility and vesting under the Plan, Corry Savings Bank.
Effective January 1, 2001, with respect to those persons whose employment commenced with the Bank on November 3, 2000, as a result of the acquisition of eight branch offices of Sovereign Bank, the term “Employer” shall include, for purposes of eligibility and vesting under the Plan, Sovereign Bank.


 

NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
 
Amendment Number One
 
             The Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the ”Plan”) is hereby amended effective January 1, 1997, unless otherwise stated, in accordance with the following:
          1.     Section 3.5 of the Plan shall be amended by replacing its second sentence with the following:
“For this purpose, an Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his return to Service with an Employer.”
          2.     Section 9.2(a) shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:
“If a Participant has five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service before his interest in his Account has become vested to some extent, post-break years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining the Participant’s pre-Break vested percentage.”
          3.     Section 10.2-3 of the Plan shall be amended by revising it in its entirety to read as follows:
          10.2.3 (i) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 10.2 to the contrary, prior to January 1, 1997, distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 years. On or after January 1, 1997, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 , and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participant’s benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 ,

 


 

Northwest Savings Bank
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Amendment Number One
Page 2
or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires, subject to the provisions in sub-section (iii) below. Any Participant (other than a 5-percent owner) attaining age 70 1 / 2 after 1995 may elect by April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant attained age 70 1 / 2 (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a participant attaining age 70 1 / 2 in 1996) to defer distributions until the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. If no such election is made, the Participant will begin receiving distributions by the April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant attained age 70 1 / 2 (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a participant attaining age 70 1 / 2 in 1996). A Participant’s benefit from that portion of his Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.
              (ii) Any Participant attaining age 70 1 / 2 in years prior to 1997 may elect to stop distributions during employment, which distributions shall not recommence until retirement, but no later than the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the participant retires. There is a new annuity starting date upon commencement.
              (iii) The preretirement age 70 1 / 2 distribution option is only eliminated with respect to employees who reach age 70 1 / 2 in or after a calendar year that begins after the later of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of the amendment. The preretirement age 70 1 / 2 distribution option is an optional form of benefit under which benefits payable in a particular distribution form (including any modifications that may be elected after benefit commencement) commence at a time during the period that begins on or after January 1 of the calendar year in which an employee attains age 70 1 / 2 and ends April 1 of the immediately following year.
4.     Section 15.3-4 of the Plan shall be amended by replacing “Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410” with “Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410.”
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment Number One has been executed by the duly authorized officers of Northwest Savings Bank as of the ___ day of                       , 2001.
             
ATTEST:   NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK


   
 
           
 
  By:        
 
Secretary
     
 
President
   

 


 

NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
AS AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
Amendment Number Two
 
          The Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the ”Plan”), is hereby amended in accordance with the following:
    1.  
Section 15.5 of the Plan shall be deleted, effective January 1, 2000. Section 15.5 shall be reserved for future use.
 
Model Amendments for
the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (“CRA”)
and
the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”)
 
    2.   CRA: Model Language for Section  415(c)(3) Compensation Definition
 
     
For limitation years beginning on and after January 1, 2001, for purposes of applying the limitations described in Section 2 of the Plan, definition of “Total Compensation,” compensation paid or made available during such limitation years shall include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reasons of Code Section 132(f)(4).
 
     
This amendment shall also apply to the definition of compensation for purposes of Sections 2 of the Plan, definition of “Highly Paid Employee” and definition of “Service,” and Section 15.3-2 of the Plan, definition of “Key Employee,” for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2001.

 


 

Northwest Savings Bank
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
As Amended and Restated
Amendment Number Two
Page 2
  3.   EGTRRA
    A.   PREAMBLE
 
     
Adoption and effective date of amendment . This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA). This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except as otherwise provided, this amendment shall be effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001.
 
     
Supersession of inconsistent provisions . This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.
 
    B.  
Section 5 of the Plan. LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
        This section shall be effective for limitation years beginning after December 31, 2001.
  1.  
Maximum annual addition . Except to the extent permitted under section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable, the annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s account under the Plan for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of:
  1.  
$40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under section 415(d) of the Code, or
 
  2.  
100 percent of the Participant’s compensation, within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code, for the limitation year.
The compensation limit referred to in 2. shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of section 401(h) or section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition.

 


 

Northwest Savings Bank
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
As Amended and Restated
Amendment Number Two
Page 3
  C.  
Section 2 of the Plan. INCREASE IN COMPENSATION LIMIT
 
     
The annual compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceeds $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. Annual compensation means compensation during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.
 
  D.   Section 15 of the Plan. MODIFICATION OF TOP-HEAVY RULES
  1.  
Effective date . This section shall apply for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a top-heavy plan under section 416(g) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of section 416(c) of the Code for such years. This section amends section 15 of the Plan.
 
  2.   Determination of top-heavy status.
 
  2.1  
Key employee . Key employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Employer having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
 
  2.2  
Determination of present values and amounts . This section 2.2 shall apply for purposes of determining the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of Employees as of the

 


 

Northwest Savings Bank
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
As Amended and Restated
Amendment Number Two
Page 4
    determination date.
  2.2.1  
Distributions during year ending on the determination date . The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting 5-year period for 1-year period.
 
  2.2.2  
Employees not performing services during year ending on the determination date . The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.
 
  3.   Minimum benefits .
 
  3.1  
Matching contributions . Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of section 401(m) of the Code.
 
  3.2  
Contributions under other plans . If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided in one of such other plans (including another plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which

 


 

Northwest Savings Bank
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
As Amended and Restated
Amendment Number Two
Page 5
meets the requirements of section 401(k)(12) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met).
  E.   Section 10.9 of the Plan. DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS
  1.  
Effective date. This section shall apply to distributions made after December 31, 2001.
 
  2.  
Modification of definition of eligible retirement plan . For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in section 10.9 of the Plan, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code.
 
  3.  
Modification of definition of eligible rollover distribution to include after-tax employee contributions . For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in section 10.9 of the Plan, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

 


 

Northwest Savings Bank
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
As Amended and Restated
Amendment Number Two
Page 6
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment Number Two has been executed by the duly authorized officers of Northwest Savings Bank as of the ___ day of                      , 2001.
             
ATTEST:   NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK


   
 
           
 
  By:        
 
Secretary
     
 
President
   

 


 

NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
 
Amendment Number Three
 
              The Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the ”Plan”) is hereby amended effective January 1, 2002, unless otherwise stated, in accordance with the following:
  13.   The definition of “Entry Date” at Section 2 of the Plan shall be amended in its entirety to provide as follows:
“Entry Date” means the Effective Date of the Plan and the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following an Employee’s satisfaction of the eligibility requirements under Section 3 of the Plan.
  14.   Section 9.1 of the Plan is amended in its entirety provide as follows:
  9.1   Deferred Vesting in Accounts . A Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be based on his Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:
       
Vesting   Percentage of
Years   Interest Vested
Fewer than 2     0%     
           2
    20%     
           3
    40%     
           4
    60%     
           5
    80%     
           6
    100%     
               IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment Number Three has been executed by the duly authorized officers of Northwest Savings Bank as of the 3rd day of April , 2002.
                 
ATTEST:       NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK    
 
               
/s/ Gregory C. LaRocca
      By:   /s/ William J. Wagner    
 
Secretary
         
 
President
   


 

NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
 
Amendment Number Four
 
          The Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended in accordance with the following:
  1.   Section 7.2 of the Plan shall be amended by adding the following paragraph at the end thereof:
“Effective April 1, 2004, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the Employer may grant Participants the right either: (A) to receive cash dividends paid on shares of Stock credited to such Participants’ ESOP Stock Accounts in accordance with alternative “(ii)” or “(iii)” above (the decision whether such distribution would be made in accordance with alternative “(ii)” or “(iii)” would be made by the Employer or could be provided to the Participant, in the Employer’s sole discretion), or (B) to leave the cash dividends in the Plan to be credited to the ESOP Stock Account and invested shares of Stock. Dividends on which such election may be made will be fully vested in the Participant. Accordingly, the Employer may elect to offer such fifth election only to Participants who are fully vested in their Account.”
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment Number Four has been executed by the duly authorized officers of Northwest Savings Bank as of the                      day of                      , 2004.
                 
ATTEST:       NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
Secretary
         
 
President
   


 

NOTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
 
Resolutions of the Board of Directors
 
           WHEREAS, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Northwest Savings Bank (the “Bank”) maintains the Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”); and
           WHEREAS, the Board desires to provide participants in the Plan the opportunity to elect, if given the opportunity by the Committee, to have dividends on ESOP shares paid to the participant or retained in the Plan and reinvested in qualifying employer securities; and
           WHEREAS, Section 13.4 of the Plan permits the Bank to amend the Plan from time to time.
           NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Plan shall be, and hereby is, amended in accordance with Amendment Number Four attached hereto and made a part hereof, effective as set forth therein; and be it
           RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the Plan Committee shall be, and the same hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all action necessary for the implementation of the aforesaid amendment.
SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE
          I, Gregory C. LaRocca, Secretary of Northwest Savings Bank, do hereby certify that the above resolutions were adopted by the Board of Directors at a meeting duly held on                                                                    , 2004.
Dated:                                                                  , 2004
 
         
 
 
 
Secretary
   

 


 

NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Election Form
For Distribution of Dividends for the Year 200         
           Please Return this Election Form to                                                                              
      by                                          , 200       .
         I,                                                                                                                                    , elect the following for any dividends allocable to my ESOP account (check one):
  1.      o  
dividends allocable to my account should be retained in the ESOP and reinvested in employer securities;
 
  2.      o  
dividends allocable to my account should be paid to me in cash;
 
  3.      o  
dividends allocable to my account should be paid to me in cash within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid.
        I understand that if I fail to return this Election Form by the deadline indicated above, the dividends allocable to my ESOP account will be automatically reinvested in the ESOP.
        I understand that I will have an opportunity to change my election at least annually.
ESOP PARTICIPANT
 
Received by NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK:
  By:  
 
  Date:  
 

 


 

NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
 
Amendment Number Five
 
          Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended in accordance with the following:
          1.      Section 10.1 of the Plan shall be amended in its entirety, effective as of March 28, 2005, to read as follows:
     
“For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary, by either, or a combination of the following methods:
  10.1.1  
By payment in a lump sum in accordance with Section 10.2; or
 
  10.1.2  
By payment in a series of substantially equal annual installments over a period not to exceed five (5) years, provided the maximum period over which the distribution of a Participant’s Account may be made shall be extended by 1 years, up to five (5) additional years, for each $140,000 ($145,000 in 1998) (or fraction thereof) by which such Participant’s Account balance exceeds $710,000 ($725,000 in 1998) (the aforementioned figures are subject to cost-of-living adjustments prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Section 409(o)(2) of the Code).
     
The Participant shall elect the manner in which his vested Account balance will be distributed to him. If a Participant so desires, he may direct how his benefits are to be paid to his Beneficiary. If a deceased Participant did not file a direction with the Committee, the Participant’s benefits shall be distributed to his Beneficiary in a lump sum. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance at the time of any distribution, does not exceed $1,000, then such Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates. If the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance is, or has ever been, in excess of $1,000, then his benefits shall not be paid prior to the later of the time he has attained Normal Retirement or age 62 unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30

 


 

Northwest Savings Bank
ESOP Amendment Number Five
Page 2
     
days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee. Failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior to the later of Normal Retirement or age 62 shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section.
 
     
All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with final and temporary regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, as promulgated under Code Section 401(a)(9), including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations. These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).”
        2.      Section 14.4 of the Plan shall be amended, effective as of August 1, 2005, by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:
     
“The Committee may determine that, and shall inform the Trustee when, reasonable expenses may be charged directly to the Account or Accounts of a Participant or group of Participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03, to the extent not superceded, or any successor directive issued by the Department of Labor.”
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment Number Five has been executed by the duly authorized officers of Northwest Savings Bank as of the                      day of                      2005.
         
ATTEST :   NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
 
       
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
Secretary   Title:

 


 

NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
 
Resolutions of the Board of Directors
 
         WHEREAS, Northwest Savings Bank (the “Bank”) sponsors the Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”); and
         WHEREAS, the Bank desires to amend the Plan in order to reduce the amount that can be distributed from the Plan without participant consent from a maximum amount of $5,000 to a maximum amount of $1,000; and
         WHEREAS, the Bank also desires to amend the Plan to permit the Committee to charge reasonable expenses to the account or accounts of a participant or group of participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03 issued by the U.S. Department of Labor.
         WHEREAS, Section 13.4 of the Plan permits the Plan to be amended from time to time.
         NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Plan shall be, and hereby is, amended in accordance with Amendment Number Five attached hereto and made a part hereof; and
         RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the Bank or its designee shall be, and the same hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all action necessary for the implementation of the aforesaid amendment.
SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE
        I,                                           , Secretary of Northwest Savings Bank, do hereby certify that the above resolutions were adopted by the Board of Directors at a meeting duly held on the                      day of                         , 2005.
          
        Dated:                         , 2005.
          Secretary                         


 

NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
 
Amendment Number Six
 
         WHEREAS , Northwest Savings Bank (the “Bank”) maintains the Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”); and
         WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) desires to update the Plan to comply with the changes in the law made by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA”); the 2007 Final Treasury Regulations published under Internal Revenue Code Section 415 (“415 Regulations”); the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (“HEART Act”); and the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (“WRERA”); and
         WHEREAS , Section 13.4 of the Plan allows the Bank to amend the Plan from time to time.
         NOW, THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby amended as follows:
         1. The definition of “Total Compensation” in Section 2 is hereby amended to read as follows:
         “Total Compensation” shall mean:
        (a)   Wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) for purposes of income tax withholding at the source, but excluding overtime pay, bonuses commissions, severance pay (except to the extent payable under subsection (c) below), dividends and taxable income on restricted stock awards (RRPs) and other pay such as holiday bonuses and management bonuses. Only wages paid during the portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee was a Participant shall count as Compensation for all Plan purposes (i.e., for a Participant’s initial year of participation in the Plan, Compensation shall be counted from the date the Participant entered the Plan through the end of that Plan Year and for re-hired Participants, Compensation shall be counted as of the date the Participant re-entered the Plan through the end of that Plan Year).
        (b)   Any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) (any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant to the extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to purchase an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125 (including any “deemed” Code Section 125 compensation), Code Section 457 or 132(f)(4) shall also be included in the definition of Total Compensation.

 


 

           (c)     For limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Total Compensation shall also include the following types of compensation paid after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, provided that amounts described in paragraphs (i) or (ii) below shall only be included in Total Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months after severance from employment, or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment.
        (i)    Regular Pay . Total Compensation shall include regular pay after severance from employment if (a) the payment is for regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, and (b) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer.
        (ii)    Leave Cash Outs . Total Compensation shall include leave cash outs if those amounts would have been included in the definition of Total Compensation if they were earned prior to the Participant’s severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if his employment had continued.
        (iii)    Deferred Compensation . Total Compensation shall include deferred compensation if the deferred compensation would have been included in the definition of Total Compensation if it had been paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment, and the compensation is received pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid at the same time if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the Participant’s gross income.
           (d)      Effective on the first day of the Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2008, Total Compensation includes differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)) paid by the Employer to a former Employee who is performing qualified military services (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)) but only to the extent that those differential wage payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.
           (e)      For limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Total Compensation shall not include compensation paid to a Participant who has incurred a Disability.
           (f)      For limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Total Compensation shall exclude amounts earned but not paid during the limitation year solely because of the timing of the pay periods and pay dates if: (1) these amounts are paid during the first few

2


 

weeks of the next limitation year; (2) the amounts are included in the definition of Total Compensation on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated employees; and (3) these amounts are not included in the definition of Total Compensation for more than one limitation year.
          (g)   Total Compensation in excess of $245,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this sub-section, the $245,000 limit shall be referred to as the “applicable limit” for the Plan Year in question. The $245,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B), effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, Total Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years and only compensation for the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant shall be taken into account.
2. The following is hereby added to the end of Section 5.1-2 to read in its entirety as follows:
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, in the event that annual additions exceed the aforesaid limitations as a result of allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s Total Compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)), or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of these rules, the Plan may only correct such excess in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2008-50 or any subsequent guidance.
3. The following is hereby added to the end of Section 5.1-3 to read in its entirety as follows:
          For limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, annual additions to a defined contribution plan shall not include a restorative payment in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(C) that is made to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA or other applicable federal and state law.
          For limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, in the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions.

3


 

4. The following sentence is hereby added to the end of Section 9.3-1 to read as follows:
          Effective on the first day of the Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2008, for purposes of this Section 9.3-1, benefits payable in the event of a Participant’s death or Disability while performing qualified military service shall fully vest in accordance with Code Section 414(u)(9).
5. The following sentence is hereby added to the end of Section 10.9-2 to read as follows:
          Effective January 1, 2008, an “eligible retirement plan” shall include a deemed individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(q) and a Roth individual retirement account in accordance with Code Section 408A(e).
6. The following sentence is hereby added to the end of Section 10.9-4 to read as follows:
          Effective January 1, 2007, a “distributee” shall include a Participant’s non-spouse Beneficiary.
7. Section 10. 10(i) is hereby revised to read as follows:
          (i) the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular option); provided, however, that effective January 1, 2007, the written notice requirements subject to Code Section 402(f) may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable; and

4


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment Number Six has been executed by a duly authorized officer of Northwest Savings Bank on the date set forth below.
         
    NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
 
       
6-17-09
  By:   /s/ Julia W. McTavish
 
       
Date   Title: SVP, Human Resources

5


 

NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
 
Resolutions of the Board of Directors
 
           WHEREAS , Northwest Savings Bank (the “Bank”) maintains the Northwest Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”); and
           WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) desires to adopt Amendment Three in substantially the form attached hereto, in order to update the Plan to comply with the changes in the law made by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA”); the 2007 Final Treasury Regulations published under Internal Revenue Code Section 415 (“415 Regulations”); the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (“HEART Act”); and the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (“WRERA”); and
           WHEREAS , Section 13.3 of the Plan allows the Bank to amend the Plan from time to time.
           NOW, THEREFORE , BE IT RESOLVED , that that the Plan is hereby amended in accordance with Amendment Number Six attached hereto and made a part hereof, effective as set forth therein; and be it
           RESOLVED FURTHER , that the Plan Committee shall be, and the same hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all action necessary for the implementation of the aforesaid amendment.
SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE
          I, Julia W. McTavish , do hereby certify that the above resolutions were adopted by the Board of Directors the Compensation Committee meeting duly held on June 17, 2009 .
     
6-17-09
  /s/ Julia W. McTavish
 
   
Date
  Julia W. McTavish
 
  SVP, Human Resources

6

Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.:
We consent to the use of our report dated March 4, 2009, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial condition of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period then ended, included herein, and to references to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus. Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to a change in the framework for measuring fair value effective January 1, 2008 in accordance with FASB Statement 157, Fair Value Measurements.
(signed) KPMG LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
September 9, 2009

Exhibit 23.3
RP ® financial, lc.
 
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
September 9, 2009
Boards of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Northwest Savings Bank
100 Liberty Street
Warren, Pennsylvania 16365
Members of the Boards:
     We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Form AC Application for Conversion for Northwest Bancorp, MHC, and in the Form S-1 Registration Statement for NW Financial, Inc, in each case as amended and supplemented. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and reference to our Appraisal and our statement concerning subscription rights in such filings including the prospectus of NW Financial, Inc.
Sincerely,
(-S- RP FINANCIAL, LC.)
RP FINANCIAL, LC.
 
Washington Headquarters
     
Rosslyn Center
  Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1700 North Moore Street, Suite 2210
  Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22209
  Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com
  E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 99.1
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
 
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
August 26, 2009
Mr. William J. Wagner
President and Chief Executive Officer
Northwest Savings Bank
100 Liberty Street
Warren, Pennsylvania 16365
Dear Mr. Wagner:
     This letter sets forth the agreement between Northwest Savings Bank (the “Company”), subsidiary of Northwest Bancorp, MHC, Warren, Pennsylvania (the “MHC”), and RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) for independent conversion appraisal services pertaining to the mutual-to-stock conversion of the MHC. The specific appraisal services to be rendered by RP Financial are described below. These appraisal services will be rendered by a team of senior members of our firm and will be directed by the undersigned.
Description of Appraisal Services
     In conjunction with preparing the appraisal report, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors of the Company, all of which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value of the Company in accordance with the applicable federal guidelines. RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Company that will be fully consistent with applicable federal regulatory guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Company’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Company’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will describe the Company’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds. A peer group analysis relative to certain publicly-traded savings and banking institutions will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Company relative to the peer group.
     We will review pertinent sections of the Company’s prospectus and hold discussions with representatives of the Company and MHC to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal report, including the impact of key deal elements on the pro forma market value, such as dividend policy, use of proceeds and reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, characteristics of stock plans, and the structure of any contribution to a charitable foundation immediately following the offering if applicable.
 
Washington Headquarters    
Rosslyn Center
1700 North Moore Street, Suite 2210
Arlington, VA 22209
E-Mail: wpommerening@rpfinancial.com
  Direct: (703) 647-6546
Telephone: (703) 528-1700
Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
August 26, 2009
Page 2
     The appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable federal regulatory requirements. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process as appropriate. There will be at least one updated valuation that would be prepared at the time of the closing of the stock offering. RP Financial agrees to deliver the original appraisal report and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory conversion applications. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such valuation updates pursuant to federal guidelines. Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates. RP Financial expects to formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review and consideration.
Fee Structure and Payment Schedule
     The Company agrees to pay RP Financial fees for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and subsequent appraisal updates as shown in the detail below, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:
    $20,000 upon execution of the letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;
 
    $210,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and
 
    $15,000 upon delivery of each subsequent appraisal update report. There will be at least one appraisal update report, to be filed upon completion of the reorganization and stock offering.
     The Company will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the valuation within 30 days after receipt of a detailed billing statement or invoice therefore. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, reasonable counsel fees, computer and data services, and will not exceed $10,000 in the aggregate.
     In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed transaction prior to delivery of the completed original appraisal report set forth above and payment of the corresponding progress payment fees, the Company agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after applying full credit to the initial retainer fee towards such payment, together with reasonable out of pocket expenses subject to the cap on such expenses as set forth above. RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $400 per hour for managing directors.

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
August 26, 2009
Page 3
     If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, material changes to the structure of the transaction such as inclusion of a simultaneous business combination transaction, material changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to conversion appraisals, material changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the conversion transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.
Covenants, Representations and Warranties
     The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:
     1. The Company agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Company to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information.
     2. The Company represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.
     3. (a) The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Company to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Company to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent. The Company will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
August 26, 2009
Page 4
a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Company at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.
     (b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter. In the event the Company elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Company shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Company does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Company’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.
     (c) Subject to the Company’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Company: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, nonappealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.
     (d) In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.
     This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Virginia. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.
     The Company and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Company.

 


 

Mr. William J. Wagner
August 26, 2009
Page 5
* * * * * * * * * * *
     Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $20,000.
         
  Sincerely,
 
 
  (POMMERENING SIF)    
  William E. Pommerening   
  Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director   
 
Agreed To and Accepted By:   /s/ William J. Wagner
President and Chief Executive Officer
Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors For:   Northwest Savings Bank, subsidiary of
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Warren, Pennsylvania
Date Executed:   August 26, 2009

 

Exhibit 99.2
(FINPRO LOGO)
August 17, 2009
Mr. William Wagner
President and CEO
Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)
Northwest Savings Bank
100 Liberty Street
Warren, PA 16365
Dear Bill:
Based upon our recent discussions, FinPro, Inc. (“FinPro”) is pleased to submit this proposal to assist Northwest Savings Bank (“the Bank”) and Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (MHC) (“the Company”) in compiling a Strategic Business Plan designed to enhance value utilizing June 30, 2009 financials.
FinPro is the number one provider of strategic planning services to Mutual Holding Company second step conversions and therefore has an unparalleled knowledge and expertise regarding these transactions. Additionally, FinPro has substantial competitive and M&A knowledge in the Company’s market area and the institutions operating within that market. As capital deployment will be a major thurst of the Plan, FinPro’s knowledge will serve invaluable in the planning process. Finally, FinPro has intimate knowledge of the Company through its prior engagements and working relationship.
1. Scope of Project
The Plan will be specifically designed to build and measure value for a five-year time horizon. As part of the Plan compilation, the following major tasks will be included:
    assess the regulatory, social, political and economic environment;
 
    analyze the existing Company’s markets from a demographic and competitive standpoint;
 
    document the internal situation assessment;
 
    analyze the current ALM position;
 
    analyze the CRA position;
 
    compile a historical trend analysis;
 
    perform detailed peer performance and comparable analysis;
 
    assess the Bank from a capital markets perspective including comparison to national, regional, and similar size organizations;
 
    identify and document strengths and weaknesses;
 
    document the objectives and goals;
20 Church Street P.O. Box 323 Liberty Corner, NJ 07938-0323 Tel: 908.604.9336 Fax: 908.604.5951
finpro@finpronj.com
www.finpronj.com

 


 

    document strategies;
 
    map the Bank’s general ledger to FinPro’s planning model;
 
    compile five year projections of performance;
 
    perform multiple stress tests on the plan; and
 
    prepare assessment of strategic alternatives to enhance value.
As part of this process, FinPro will conduct modeling and planning sessions with the Company’s management in order to establish the situation assessment of the Company and analyze different plan scenarios. FinPro will also conduct a planning session with the Company’s Board to discuss the recommended plan scenario and its alternatives.
2. Requirements of the Bank
To accomplish the tasks set forth in this proposal, the following information and work effort is requested of the Bank and the Company:
    provide FinPro with all financial and other information, whether or not publicly available, necessary to familiarize FinPro with the business and operations of the Bank.
 
    allow FinPro the opportunity, from time to time, to discuss the operation of the Bank business with bank personnel.
 
    promptly advise FinPro of any material or contemplated material transactions which may have an effect on the day-to-day operations of the Bank.
 
    have system download capability.
 
    promptly review all work products of FinPro and provide necessary sign-offs on each work product so that FinPro can move on to the next phase.
 
    provide FinPro with office space, when FinPro is on-site, to perform its daily tasks. The office space requirements consist of a table with at least two chairs along with access to electrical outlets for FinPro’s computers and a high speed internet connection.
3. Term of the Agreement and Staffing
It is anticipated that it will take approximately three to four weeks of elapsed time to complete the tasks outlined in this proposal. During this time, FinPro will be on-site at the Company’s facilities on a regular basis, during normal business hours. Any future work that would require extra expense to the Company will be proposed on separately from this engagement prior to any work being performed. Don Musso will actively manage this engagement.

2


 

4. Fees and Expenses
Fees:
FinPro has reduced its fee for a planning engagement of this size and scope, from $90,000 to $50,000, due to the relationship FinPro has with the Company and the Bank.
FinPro fees to complete the tasks outlined in this proposal will be as follows:
Strategic Business Plan   $50,000
FinPro’s fee for this engagement is $50,000 (plus all out-of-pocket and pass-through expenses as outlined below). This fee shall be payable as follows:
    $25,000 retainer payable at signing of this agreement;
 
    $15,000 payable at the end of modeling sessions with management; and
 
    Remainder of the strategic business plan and all final expenses payable upon final business plan delivery.
Expenses:
In addition to any fees that may be payable to FinPro hereunder, the Bank hereby agrees to promptly (but not less than quarterly) reimburse FinPro for the following:
  1.   Out-of-Pocket — all of FinPro’s reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with FinPro’s engagement. It is FinPro policy to itemize expenses for each project so that the client can review, by line item, each expense.
  2.   Data Cost — There is a pass through cost for competitor financial/regulatory data which is equal to $1,000.
FinPro has included with this proposal an executed confidentiality agreement with the Bank. The Bank acknowledges that all opinions, valuations and advice (written or oral) given by FinPro to the Bank in connection with FinPro’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Bank (and its directors, management, and attorneys) in connection with the matters contemplated hereby and the Bank agrees that no such opinion, valuation, or advice shall be used for any other purpose, except with respect to the opinion and valuation which may be used for the proper corporate purposes of the client, or reproduced, or disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to FinPro be made by the Bank (or such persons), without the prior written consent of FinPro, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

3


 

This proposal will expire 30 days from this date unless accepted by you in accordance with the terms below. Any changes to this proposal will require FinPro, Inc. approval.
Please sign and return one of the original copies of this agreement along with the retainer to indicate acceptance of the agreement. We hope that we might be selected to work with the Bank on this endeavor and are excited about building a relationship with the Bank.
Pursuant to our prior conversation regarding this engagement, if you should have any questions please contact me on my mobile phone at 908-217-3209.
By,
     
/s/ Donald J. Musso   /s/ William Wagner
     
Donald J. Musso
President
FinPro, Inc.
  William Wagner
President and CEO
Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)
Northwest Savings Bank
     
August 17, 2009   August 17, 2009
     
Date   Date

4

Exhibit 99.3
PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT
NORTHWEST BANCSHARES, INC.
Warren, Pennsylvania
PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:
NORTHWEST SAVINGS BANK
Warren, Pennsylvania
Dated As Of:
August 28, 2009
 
Prepared By:
RP ® Financial, LC.
1700 North Moore Street
Suite 2210
Arlington, Virginia 22209
 

 


 

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
August 28, 2009
Boards of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Northwest Savings Bank
100 Liberty Street
Warren, Pennsylvania 16365
Members of the Boards of Directors:
     At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued by Northwest Bancorp, Inc., Warren, Pennsylvania (“Northwest” or the “Company”) in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion of Northwest Bancorp MHC (the “MHC”). The MHC currently has a majority ownership interest in, and its principal asset consists of, approximately 62.94% of the common stock (the “MHC Shares”) of Northwest Bancorp, Inc., the existing mid-tier holding company for Northwest Savings Bank, Warren, Pennsylvania (the “Bank”). The remaining 37.06% of Northwest’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. The Bank completed its initial public stock offering and reorganization into a mutual holding company structure in November 1994. The Company became the stock holding company of the Bank in a transaction (the “Two-Tier Reorganization”) that was approved by the Bank’s stockholders in December of 1997, and completed in February of 1998. In the Two-Tier Reorganization, each share of the Bank’s common stock was converted into and became a share of common stock of the Company and the Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The MHC, which owned a majority of the Bank’s outstanding shares of common stock immediately prior to completion of the Two-Tier Reorganization, became the owner of the same percentage of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company immediately following the completion of the Two-Tier Reorganization.
     It is our understanding that Northwest will offer its stock, representing the majority ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory requirements governing mutual-to-stock conversions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale in a syndicated offering to the public at large. Upon completing the mutual-to-stock conversion and stock offering (the “Second-Step Conversion”), the Company will be 100% owned by public shareholders, the publicly-held shares of the Bank will be exchanged for shares in the Company at a ratio that retains their ownership interest (before taking into account the shares to be contributed to a foundation immediately following the close of the offering), the MHC assets will be consolidated with the Company and the MHC will cease to exist.
     
Washington Headquarters    
Rosslyn Center   Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1700 North Moore Street, Suite 2210   Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22209   Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com   E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 


 

Boards of Directors
August 28, 2009
Page
2
     In connection with and immediately following the conversion, the Company will contribute shares and cash to the newly-established charitable foundation, The Northwest Charitable Foundation (“Foundation”), in an amount equal to 2% of the shares issued to the public, consisting of $1.0 million of cash and the balance comprised of newly-issued shares of common stock based on the IPO price of $10.00 per share.
     This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations 563b.7 and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). Such Valuation Guidelines are relied upon by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the “Department”) in the absence of separate written valuation guidelines.
Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
     On August 27, 2009, the respective Boards of Directors of the MHC, the Company and the Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan of Conversion”), pursuant to which the mutual holding company will convert to the stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, (i) the MHC will convert to stock form, (ii) the MHC and the Company will merge into the Bank and the Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of a newly chartered stock company to be known as Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (“Northwest Bancshares”), (iii) the shares of common stock of the Company held by persons other than the MHC will be converted into shares of common stock of Northwest Bancshares pursuant to an exchange ratio designed to preserve the percentage ownership interests of such persons, and (iv) the Company will offer and sell shares of its common stock to certain depositors of the Bank, residents of Bank’s local community and shareholders of the Company and others in the manner and subject to the priorities set forth in the Plan of Conversion. As of August 28, 2009, the MHC’s ownership interest in Northwest approximated 62.94%. The Company will also issue shares of its common stock to the public stockholders of Northwest pursuant to an exchange ratio that will result in the public shareholders owning the same aggregate percentage of the newly issued Northwest common stock as owned immediately prior to the second step conversion, before taking into account the shares to be contributed to a foundation immediately following the close of the offering. As of August 28, 2009, the public stockholders’ ownership interest in Northwest approximated 37.06%.
      RP ® Financial, LC.
     RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. We believe that, except for the fee we will receive for our appraisal, we are independent of the Company, the Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by the Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.

 


 

Boards of Directors
August 28, 2009
Page 3
Valuation Methodology
     In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of Northwest, the Bank and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the OTS and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have conducted a financial analysis of Northwest, the Bank and the MHC that has included a review of audited financial information for fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 through 2008, a review of various unaudited information and internal financial reports through June 30, 2009, and due diligence related discussions with Northwest’s management; KPMG, LLP, the Company’s independent auditor; Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Northwest’s conversion counsel; and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Northwest’s marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering. All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.
     We have investigated the competitive environment within which Northwest operates and have assessed Northwest’s relative strengths and weaknesses. We have kept abreast of the changing regulatory and legislative environment for financial institutions and analyzed the potential impact on Northwest and the industry as a whole. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on Northwest’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of Northwest. We have analyzed the assets held by the MHC, which will be consolidated with Northwest’s assets and equity pursuant to the completion of conversion. We have reviewed the economic and demographic characteristics of the Company’s primary market area. We have compared Northwest’s financial performance and condition with selected publicly-traded thrifts in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed the current conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrift stocks in particular, including the market for existing thrift issues, initial public offerings by thrifts and thrift holding companies, and second-step conversion offerings. We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, and/or institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.
     The Appraisal is based on Northwest’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by Northwest and its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by Northwest, or its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of Northwest. The valuation considers Northwest only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of Northwest’s liquidation value.
     Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for Northwest and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local, state and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the value of

 


 

Boards of Directors
August 28, 2009
Page 4
Northwest’s stock alone. It is our understanding that there are no current plans for selling control of Northwest following completion of the second-step stock offering. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.
     The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which Northwest’s common stock, immediately upon completion of the second-step stock offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.
Valuation Conclusion
     It is our opinion that, as of August 28, 2009, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering and contribution to the Foundation — including (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in Northwest, (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of Northwest and (3) the shares of common stock to be contributed to the Foundation — was $1,020,599,730 at the midpoint, equal to 102,059,973 shares at $10.00 per share. The resulting range of value and pro forma shares, all based on $10.00 per share and the contribution to the Foundation equal to 2% of the value of the shares sold to the public (comprised of $1 million of cash with the balance comprised of newly-issued stock) is set forth below.
                                         
                            Exchange Shares    
                            Issued to the    
            Offering   Foundation   Public   Exchange
    Total Shares   Shares   Shares   Shareholders   Ratio
Shares
                                  (x)
Supermaximum
    135,006,564       83,978,750       1,579,575       49,448,239       2.75011  
Maximum
    117,383,969       73,025,000       1,360,500       42,998,469       2.39140  
Midpoint
    102,059,973       63,500,000       1,170,000       37,389,973       2.07948  
Minimum
    86,735,977       53,975,000       979,500       31,781,477       1.76756  
 
                                       
Distribution of Shares
                                       
Supermaximum
    100.00 %     62.20 %     1.17 %     36.63 %        
Maximum
    100.00 %     62.21 %     1.16 %     36.63 %        
Midpoint
    100.00 %     62.22 %     1.15 %     36.64 %        
Minimum
    100.00 %     62.23 %     1.13 %     36.64 %        
 
                                       
Aggregate Market Value(1)
                                       
Supermaximum
  $ 1,350,065,640     $ 839,787,500     $ 15,795,750     $ 494,482,390          
Maximum
  $ 1,173,839,690     $ 730,250,000     $ 13,605,000     $ 429,984,690          
Midpoint
  $ 1,020,599,730     $ 635,000,000     $ 11,700,000     $ 373,899,730          
Minimum
  $ 867,359,770     $ 539,750,000     $ 9,795,000     $ 317,814,770          
 
(1)   Based on offering price of $10.00 per share.

 


 

Boards of Directors
August 28, 2009
Page 5
     Based on the pro forma valuation and the percent ownership interest represented by the MHC Shares, the number of shares of common stock offered for sale will range from a minimum of 53,975,000 shares to a maximum of 73,025,000 shares, with a midpoint offering of 63,500,000 shares. Based on an offering price of $10.00 per share, the amount of the offering will range from a minimum of $539,750,000 to a maximum of $730,250,000 with a midpoint of $635,000,000. If market conditions warrant, the number of shares offered can be increased to an adjusted maximum of 83,978,750 shares (the “supermaximum”) equal to an offering of $839,787,500 at the offering price of $10.00 per share.
Establishment of the Exchange Ratio
     OTS regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority stockholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company. The Board of Directors of Northwest has independently determined the exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company, before taking into account the impact of the share contribution to the Foundation. The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of the Company will be determined at the end of the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the subscription and syndicated offerings and the final appraisal. Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value and the $10.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratio at the midpoint is 2.0795 shares of the Company for every one public share of stock held by public shareholders. Furthermore, based on the offering range of value, the indicated exchange ratio is 1.7676 at the minimum, 2.3914 at the maximum and 2.7501 at the supermaximum. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held by the public stockholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.
Limiting Factors and Considerations
     The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable OTS regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion offering, or prior to that time, will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of Northwest immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the second-step offering.
     RP Financial’s valuation was based on the financial condition, operations and shares outstanding of Northwest as of June 30, 2009, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus. The proposed exchange ratio to be received by the current public stockholders of Northwest and the exchange of the public shares for newly issued shares of Northwest common stock as a full public company was determined independently by the Boards of Directors of the

 


 

Boards of Directors
August 28, 2009
Page 6
MHC, Northwest and the Bank. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange ratio to public stockholders or the exchange of public shares for newly issued shares.
     RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its client institutions.
     This valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of Northwest, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift shares, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update. The valuation will also be updated at the completion of Northwest’s stock offering.
         
    Respectfully submitted,
    RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
 
       
 
  /s/ William E. Pommerening
 
William E. Pommerening
   
    Chief Executive Officer and
Managing Director
 
       
 
  /s James P. Hennessey
 
James P. Hennessey
   
 
  Director    

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.1
I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
Introduction
     Northwest Savings Bank, Warren, Pennsylvania (the “Bank”) is a Pennsylvania-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Warren, Pennsylvania, located in northwestern Pennsylvania. The Bank is a community oriented financial institution offering traditional deposit and loan products and, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, consumer finance services. The Bank’s mutual savings bank predecessor was founded in 1896. The Bank in its current stock form was established on November 2, 1994, as a result of the reorganization of the Bank’s mutual predecessor into a mutual holding company structure. At the time of the reorganization, the Bank issued a majority of its shares of common stock to Northwest Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”) and sold a minority of its shares to stockholders other than the MHC in a stock offering.
     Historically, the Bank served the areas near its headquarters in the northwestern region of Pennsylvania and continues to have the highest concentration of deposits and loans in northwestern Pennsylvania. Since the early 1990s, the Bank has expanded, primarily through acquisition, into the southwestern and central regions of Pennsylvania and adjacent states. As of June 30, 2009, the Bank operated 141 community banking offices and 49 consumer finance offices through wholly-owned subsidiary Northwest Consumer Discount Company (“NCDC”). The Bank’s operations service the Pennsylvania counties of Allegheny, Armstrong, Bedford, Berks, Blair, Butler, Cambria, Cameron, Centre, Chester, Clarion, Clearfield, Clinton, Columbia, Crawford, Cumberland, Dauphin, Elk, Erie, Fayette, Forest, Huntingdon, Indiana, Jefferson, Lancaster, Lawrence, Lebanon, Luzerne, Lycoming, McKean, Mercer, Mifflin, Northumberland, Potter, Schuylkill, Tioga, Venango, Warren, Washington, Westmoreland and York. In addition, the Bank operated five community banking offices located in the Ohio counties of Ashtabula, Geauga and Lake, 14 community banking offices located in the New York counties of Chautauqua, Erie, Monroe and Cattaraugus, five community banking offices in the Maryland counties of Baltimore, Anne Arundel and Howard and three community banking offices in Broward County, Florida. The Bank’s distribution network also includes fully integrated online banking and investment trading, a 24-hour telephone banking service and participation in a worldwide ATM network. A map of the Bank’s current branch office locations is included as Exhibit I-1.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.2
     Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (“Northwest” or the “Company”) is a Federal corporation that was formed on June 29, 2001, as the successor to a Pennsylvania corporation of the same name. Both the Federal corporation and its Pennsylvania predecessor are referred to as the “Company.” The Company became the stock holding company of the Bank in a transaction (the “Two-Tier Reorganization”) that was approved by the Bank’s stockholders in December of 1997, and completed in February of 1998. In the Two-Tier Reorganization, each share of the Bank’s common stock was converted into and became a share of common stock of the Company, and the Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The MHC became the owner of the same percentage of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company immediately following the completion of the Two-Tier Reorganization. On August 25, 2003, the Company completed an incremental stock offering whereby the Company cancelled 7,255,520 shares of the Company’s stock owned by the MHC and the Company sold the same number of shares in a subscription offering. The MHC currently has a majority ownership interest in, and its principal asset consists of, approximately 62.94% of the common stock of Northwest (the “MHC Shares”). The remaining 37.06% of Northwest’s common stock is owned by public stockholders.
     The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system and its deposits are insured up to the maximum allowable amount by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). At June 30, 2009, the Company had total assets of $7.1 billion, deposits of $5.3 billion and equity of $632.5 million, or 8.9% of total assets. Northwest’s audited financial statements for the most recent period are included by reference as Exhibit I-2.
Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
     On August 27, 2009, Northwest announced that the Boards of Directors of the MHC, the Company and the Bank unanimously adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan of Conversion”), pursuant to which Northwest will convert from the two-tier MHC structure to the full stock holding company structure and concurrently conduct a second-step conversion offering (“Second Step Conversion” or “Offering”) that will represent the MHC’s ownership interest in Northwest. As of August 28, 2009, the MHC’s ownership interest in Northwest approximated 62.94%. Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, Northwest which owns 100% of the Bank will be succeeded by a new Maryland chartered stock corporation named Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (“Northwest Bancshares”). As part of the Plan of Conversion, the public stockholders of the Company will exchange their existing shares for shares of the newly formed Northwest Bancshares pursuant to an exchange ratio that will result in the same pro forma

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.3
ownership percentage as owned immediately prior to the conversion, before taking into account the shares to be contributed to a newly-formed charitable foundation (see below). The Company will sell shares of common stock in a subscription offering and, if necessary, a syndicated offering. The existing assets of the MHC will be consolidated with the Bank, including approximately $2.1 million of cash.
     In connection with the second-step conversion, the Company will establish The Northwest Charitable Foundation (the “Foundation”). The Foundation will be funded in an amount equal to 2% of the shares issued to the public, consisting of $1.0 million of cash and the balance comprised of newly-issued shares of common stock based on the IPO price of $10.00 per share. The purpose of the Foundation is to enhance the relationship between Northwest and the communities in which the Company operates. In this regard, the Foundation will make grants and donations to non-profit and community groups and projects in the Company’s market area. Through stock ownership, the Foundation can participate in the long-term growth of the Company through dividends and potential price appreciation.
Strategic Overview
     In recent years, the Company’s strategic focus has been that of a community oriented financial institution with a primary focus on meeting the borrowing, checking, savings and other financial needs of customers throughout the market area served by the Company’s retail branch network. In this regard, the Company historically emphasized a permanent residential lending strategy with a moderate diversification into commercial real estate lending. The Company determined that there was ample opportunity for profitable growth as a community bank in commercial and consumer lending during the early 1990s. Over the last decade, the Company has broadened its products and services and emphasized responsive customer service to local retail and commercial customers.
     The Company has implemented a two-prong lending strategy: (1) lending to consumers including both first mortgage and home equity lending as well as auto and other consumer non-mortgage lending; and (2) commercial lending, including commercial and multi-family mortgage loans as well as commercial and industrial loans (“C&I loans”). The Company has developed the infrastructure to support its commercial and consumer lending strategy, including policies and procedures for credit administration and risk management. Over the years, the Company has expanded the staffing of the commercial loan department such that Northwest now employs more than 50 loan officers, including many with extensive regional commercial lending

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.4
experience. The Company’s competitive strategy for commercial lending has been facilitated by such staffing and infrastructure enhancements. The Company has also recently restructured the loan department in conjunction with the increased commercial lending emphasis by separating the loan origination and credit administration functions with the objective of improving credit risk assessment and mitigation. The impact of the Company’s lending emphasis is evidenced in the loan portfolio composition, which reflects that multi-family and commercial mortgage loans have increased to 22.5% of total loans and C&I loans have increased to 7.5% of total loans. Notwithstanding these increases, permanent 1-4 family residential mortgage loans continue to comprise the single largest element of the loan portfolio equaling 45.4% of total loans as of June 30, 2009.
     A portion of Northwest’s consumer lending is conducted through consumer finance subsidiary NCDC, which operates 49 consumer finance offices throughout Pennsylvania. The NCDC offices are stand alone entities which extend the marketing reach of the Company and enable the Company to broaden the range of loan products offered and customers served. In conjunction with the Company’s efforts to develop broad-based full service business banking relationships, Northwest has also offered a wide variety of business-oriented products and services including various deposit and cash management services. Northwest also offers a broad range of investment and trust services to both consumers and businesses and total assets under management were $924.7 million as of June 30, 2009. In this regard, the Company provides financial services such as trust, retail brokerage and title insurance policies.
     While the Company operates in some large markets, including markets in the Pittsburgh and Baltimore metropolitan areas, most of Northwest’s offices are outside of large metropolitan areas. These non-urban markets, concentrated in central and western Pennsylvania, the southern tier of New York and eastern Ohio, have limited growth potential and their residents frequently are in the moderate to middle income categories. In view of the limited growth characteristics and small size of many of its markets, Northwest has adopted a controlled growth strategy which seeks to combine internally generated growth (organic growth and growth through de novo branching) with growth through acquisition. Northwest’s ability to expand has been enhanced by its success as an acquirer. In this regard, since 1993, Northwest has purchased a total of 49 branches in 12 separate transactions and 11 banks and thrifts in Pennsylvania, Florida and Maryland. The Company expects to continue to seek growth through acquisition in the future consistent with the recent practice and the conversion to a full stock company coupled with the increase in capital may facilitate the Company’s efforts in this regard.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.5
At the same time, the characteristics of such transactions and the ability to consummate and successfully integrate future acquisitions of branches or financial institutions are also uncertain — reflecting not only the uncertainty of the identity of such targets, but the pro forma financial impact of such transactions. Accordingly, the growth capacity and ability to increase earnings through de novo branching and acquisition initiatives remains an unknown at this time.
     The Company currently has one pending acquisition transaction. On January 29, 2009, Northwest agreed to acquire the mutually-owned Keystone State Savings Bank (“Keystone”), based in Sharpsburg, Pennsylvania, in a merger of mutuals. No stock will be sold to the public and the depositors of Keystone State Savings Bank will continue to have ownership in the merged entity following the completion of the merger through the MHC structure. The transaction is expected to be completed in October 2009, prior to the completion of the Second Step Conversion.
     In view of the large retail banking footprint, Northwest manages its operations on a regional level, with each region headed by a regional president. There are a total of eight regions including four in Pennsylvania, and one each in Florida, Maryland, New York and Ohio. Northwest believes that operating in a regional structure provides the managers and staff within each region with an enhanced ability to be responsive to the local market, improving customer satisfaction and retention.
     Following the Second Step Conversion, the Company will continue to focus on continuing to more fully develop five broad initiatives: (1) continue to undertake controlled growth within the current market, both through acquisitions as opportunities are presented and through de novo branching in areas within or contiguous to the Company’s current markets; (2) maintain sufficient capital to support growth; (3) gradually restructure the loan portfolio to include a higher proportion of commercial and home equity loans and funding mix to include a higher proportion of low cost transaction accounts (will also benefit fee income); (4) remain a community/customer-centric financial institution by promoting both community and customer service which will enhance the Company’s profile and branding in the markets it serves; and (5) achieve earnings growth through the strategies cited above by realizing the spread benefit through targeted changes to the loan and deposit mix, enhancing efficiency through leveraging of the current infrastructure, and increasing fee income through the ongoing development of commercial account relationships and expanded penetration of fee based products and services.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.6
     Implementation of the Company’s post-conversion growth strategies will be supported by the significant increase in pro forma capital. As a fully-converted institution with a significant surplus of capital, Northwest will be postured to realize significant balance sheet growth and the expansion of banking franchise through acquisitions. The projected use of stock proceeds is highlighted below.
    The Company. The Company is expected to retain up to 50% of the net conversion proceeds. At present, the funds to be retained at the holding company level, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be deposited in the Bank. The contribution to the Foundation will be funded in an amount equal to 2% of the             shares issued to the public, consisting of $1.0 million of cash and the balance comprised of newly-issued shares of common stock based on the IPO price of $10.00 per share. Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock, and/or the payment of cash dividends.
 
    The Bank. Approximately 50% of the net conversion proceeds will be infused into the Bank. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank will initially be maintained in liquid assets and are expected to be deployed into a mixture of whole loans and investment securities.
     The Company has acknowledged that it expects to have a below market return on equity (“ROE”) due to the high pro forma equity level, until such time as the new capital can be leveraged through implementation of business plan growth strategies.
Balance Sheet Trends
     Table 1.1 shows the Company’s historical balance sheet data for the past five fiscal years and as of June 30, 2009. From June 30, 2004 through June 30, 2009, Northwest’s assets increased at 2.3% compounded annual rate to equal $7.1 billion as of June 30, 2009. Loans have realized a faster growth rate than total assets and thus increased in proportion to total assets from 63.9% at June 30, 2004, to 71.8% at June 30, 2009. Specifically, loans have increased at a 4.7% rate over the period from the end of fiscal 2004 through June 30, 2009, while investment securities diminished over the corresponding timeframe, both in dollar terms and in proportion to total assets. This loan growth, coupled with a gradual restructuring of the loan portfolio to include home equity and commercial loans, supported growth of net interest income during the challenging yield curve environment of the last several years. A summary of Northwest’s key operating ratios for this period is presented in Exhibit I-3.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I-7
Table I.1
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Historical Balance Sheets
(Amount and Percent of Assets)(1)
                                                                                                                                           
                      Annual  
    As of the Year Ended June 30,     As of the Year Ended December 31,     As of June 30,     Growth  
    2004 (2)     2005 (2)     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     Rate  
    Amount     Pct     Amount     Pct     Amount     Pct     Amount     Pct     Amount     Pct     Amount     Pct     Amount     Pct     Pct  
    ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     (%)  
Total Amount of:
                                                                                                                       
Assets
  $ 6,343,248       100.0 %   $ 6,330,482       100.0 %   $ 6,477,307       100.0 %   $ 6,527,815       100.0 %   $ 6,663,516       100.0 %   $ 6,930,241       100.0 %   $ 7,092,291       100.0 %     2.3 %
 
                                                                                                                       
Cash and Investments
                                                                                                                       
Cash and Cash Equivalents
    391,723       6.2 %     135,888       2.1 %     152,092       2.3 %     154,333       2.4 %     230,616       3.5 %     79,922       1.2 %     415,066       5.9 %     1.2 %
Investment Securities — AFS
    444,676       7.0 %     290,702       4.6 %     289,871       4.5 %     388,546       6.0 %     601,620       9.0 %     393,531       5.7 %     334,293       4.7 %     -5.5 %
Investment Securities — HTM
    209,241       3.3 %     467,303       7.4 %     444,407       6.9 %     462,312       7.1 %     0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     -100.0 %
Mortgage-Backed Securities — AFS
    411,003       6.5 %     384,481       6.1 %     323,965       5.0 %     378,968       5.8 %     531,747       8.0 %     745,639       10.8 %     675,089       9.5 %     10.4 %
Mortgage-Backed Securities — HTM
    392,301       6.2 %     235,676       3.7 %     189,851       2.9 %     254,655       3.9 %     0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     -100.0 %
 
                                                                                         
Total Cash and Investments, Net
    1,848,944       29.1 %     1,514,050       23.9 %     1,400,186       21.6 %     1,638,814       25.1 %     1,363,983       20.5 %     1,219,092       17.6 %     1,424,448       20.1 %     -5.1 %
 
                                                                                                                       
Loans Receivable, Net:
                                                                                                                       
Real Estate
    3,583,302       56.5 %     3,888,287       61.4 %     4,100,754       63.3 %     3,926,859       60.2 %     4,172,850       62.6 %     4,508,393       65.1 %     4,460,338       62.9 %     4.5 %
Consumer
    324,897       5.1 %     348,672       5.5 %     366,488       5.7 %     253,490       3.9 %     261,598       3.9 %     261,398       3.8 %     250,544       3.5 %     -5.1 %
Commercial
    145,742       2.3 %     139,925       2.2 %     155,027       2.4 %     232,092       3.6 %     361,174       5.4 %     372,101       5.4 %     380,636       5.4 %     21.2 %
 
                                                                                         
Total Loans Receivable, Net
    4,053,941       63.9 %     4,376,884       69.1 %     4,622,269       71.4 %     4,412,441       67.6 %     4,795,622       72.0 %     5,141,892       74.2 %     5,091,518       71.8 %     4.7 %
 
                                                                                                                       
FHLB Stock
    38,884       0.6 %     33,055       0.5 %     33,130       0.5 %     34,289       0.5 %     31,304       0.5 %     63,143       0.9 %     63,143       0.9 %     10.2 %
Real Estate Owned
    3,951       0.1 %     6,685       0.1 %     4,872       0.1 %     6,653       0.1 %     8,667       0.1 %     16,844       0.2 %     15,890       0.2 %     32.1 %
BOLI
    100,090       1.6 %     104,573       1.7 %     106,737       1.6 %     110,864       1.7 %     118,682       1.8 %     123,479       1.8 %     125,867       1.8 %     4.7 %
Goodwill
    142,078       2.2 %     142,078       2.2 %     150,485       2.3 %     155,770       2.4 %     171,614       2.6 %     171,363       2.5 %     171,363       2.4 %     3.8 %
Mortgage Servicing Rights
    0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     3,357       0.1 %     7,688       0.1 %     8,955       0.1 %     6,280       0.1 %     7,917       0.1 %   NM
Other Intangible Assets
    16,429       0.3 %     11,920       0.2 %     11,477       0.2 %     9,581       0.1 %     11,782       0.2 %     7,395       0.1 %     5,725       0.1 %     -19.0 %
 
                                                                                                                       
Deposits
    5,191,621       81.8 %     5,187,946       82.0 %     5,228,479       80.7 %     5,366,750       82.2 %     5,542,334       83.2 %     5,038,211       72.7 %     5,345,739       75.4 %     0.6 %
FHLB Advances and Other Borrowed Funds
    449,147       7.1 %     410,344       6.5 %     417,356       6.4 %     392,814       6.0 %     339,115       5.1 %     1,067,945       15.4 %     897,063       12.6 %     14.8 %
Trust Preferred Securities
    102,062       1.6 %     102,062       1.6 %     205,156       3.2 %     103,094       1.6 %     108,320       1.6 %     108,254       1.6 %     108,249       1.5 %     1.2 %
Shareholders’ Equity
    550,472       8.7 %     582,190       9.2 %     585,658       9.0 %     604,561       9.3 %     612,878       9.2 %     613,784       8.9 %     632,535       8.9 %     2.8 %
 
                                                                                                                       
Branch Offices
    147               147               153               160               166               167               168                  
 
(1)   Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.
 
(2)   Prior to the change in fiscal year, effective December 31, 2005.
Sources: Northwest’s audited financial statements and prospectus.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.8
     The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflects efforts to diversify the loan portfolio to include both loans which are higher yielding and/or have shorter durations than the long-term fixed rate mortgage loans which historically comprised the majority of loans in the loan portfolio. Accordingly, the loan portfolio composition has changed during the review period. Residential mortgage loans comprised 45.4% of loans outstanding at June 30, 2009, versus 63.1% of total loans outstanding at the fiscal 2004 year end. Commercial mortgage loans, including multi-family loans, have increased from 11.0% of total loans at year end 2002 to 22.5% of total loans at June 30, 2009, while C&I loans increased from 3.6% of total loans in fiscal 2004, to 7.6% of total loans as of June 30, 2009. Similarly, home equity loans and lines of credit also represent a growth element of the loan portfolio increasing from 14.2% of total loans in fiscal 2004, to 19.7% as of June 30, 2009.
     The intent of the Company’s investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity, to generate a favorable return on excess investable funds and to support the established credit and interest rate risk objectives. The ratio of cash and investments including MBS has fluctuated based primarily on loan demand and cash inflows from deposits and borrowings and has declined since the end of fiscal 2004, from 29.2% of assets to 20.1% as of June 30, 2009. The reduction of the investment portfolio is reflective of the Company’s general preference to invest in whole loans, resulting in the redeployment of funds from investments into loans. Moreover, deposit growth has been limited and Northwest has used maturing investments to fund loan growth to an extent.
     The Company’s investment securities and MBS equaled $1.0 billion, or 14.2% of total assets, as of June 30, 2009, while cash and interest bearing deposits and term deposits totaled $415.1 million, or 5.9% of assets. As of June 30, 2009, the cash and investments portfolio consisted of cash, interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions, mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac and private issuers, U.S. government agency obligations and other high quality investments, including securities issued by corporations and municipalities. The municipal securities portfolio includes both rated and unrated securities. Additionally, the Company maintains permissible equity investments such as FHLB stock with a fair value of $7.9 million as of June 30, 2009. All of the Company’s investment securities are classified available for sale (“AFS”) as of June 30, 2009 (see Exhibit I-4 for the investment portfolio composition). No major changes to the composition and practices with respect to the management of the investment portfolio are anticipated over the near term, except that it is expected that the Company will generally classify securities as AFS at the time

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.9
of purchase (including MBS). The level of cash and investments is anticipated to increase initially following the Second Step Conversion, pending gradual redeployment into higher yielding loans.
     The Company also maintains an investment in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies, which cover the lives of some of the Company’s officers. The purpose of the BOLI program is to help defray the rising costs of employee benefits. The life insurance policies earn tax-exempt income through cash value accumulation and death proceeds. As of June 30, 2009, the cash surrender value of the Company’s BOLI equaled $125.9 million.
     Northwest maintained goodwill totaling $171.4 million, equal to 2.4% of assets and other acquisition-related intangibles totaling $5.7 million, or 1.0% of assets (primarily core deposit intangibles), at June 30, 2009. Other acquisition-related intangibles will be fully amortized in 2013, though new amortizing intangible assets may be created with the acquisition of Keystone. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. The Company’s balance of goodwill will also increase in conjunction with the Second Step Conversion as the balance of goodwill maintained by the MHC (not currently reflected in the Company’s goodwill balance) will be consolidated with the existing goodwill.
     Since fiscal year-end 2004, deposits have increased at a 0.6% compounded annual rate. Deposit growth has been limited in recent periods owing to a conscious decision by the Company to limit deposits costs in a challenging earnings and spread environment, particularly as depositors became increasingly reluctant to “lock-in” long term CD funds in the low rate environment. In the absence of significant deposit growth, borrowed funds consisting of FHLB advances and reverse repurchase agreements have become a more significant component of Northwest’s funding base over the last several years.
     The Company maintains a relatively large base of savings and transaction accounts (“core” deposits), with 51.7% of deposits as of June 30, 2009, which reflects an increase from 44.7% of total deposits as of the 2006 fiscal year end. As future prospects for in-market deposit growth at existing branch facilities are expected to remain moderate, in order to gain market share the Company has been intensifying the cross-selling strategy to stimulate deposit growth from existing customers and refining products and services. The Company currently has plans to open four additional branches in the Rochester, New York market over the near term and will continue to evaluate other de novo branching as well as acquisition opportunities which may become available, with the objective of achieving deposit growth, particularly in the area of low-cost transaction accounts.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.10
     Borrowings have been utilized historically and, since fiscal 2004, have primarily consisted of FHLB advances. Advances have been used as the Company sought to avail itself to favorably priced long term funds. The Company expects to continue to utilize borrowings: (1) when such funds are priced attractively relative to deposits; (2) to lengthen the duration of liabilities; (3) to enhance earnings when attractive revenue enhancement opportunities arise; and (4) to generate additional liquid funds, if required. Borrowed funds were at comparatively modest levels ranging between 5% and 7% of total assets from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2007, but increased in fiscal 2008 to $1.1 billion, equal to 15.4% of total assets. The increase in borrowings was used to payoff maturing CDs and for interest rate risk management purposes. The majority of the borrowings growth was derived from term advances with laddered maturities extending from three to eight years. The balance of borrowings has declined during the six months ended June 30, 2009 as borrowings have been replaced with growth in the deposit base. Northwest also maintained trust preferred securities totaling $108.2 million, or 1.5% of assets, at June 30, 2009.
     From fiscal year end 2004 through June 30, 2009, the Company’s equity increased at an annual rate of 2.8%. Northwest’s equity growth rate was largely realized through the retention of earnings. Partially offsetting the Company’s equity growth were dividends paid to the public shareholders. Northwest currently pays an annual dividend of $0.88 per share to the public shareholders. Equity growth approximated asset growth since the fiscal 2004 year end such that the equity/assets ratio fluctuated in a range of 8.7% to 9.2%. The Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio equaled 6.4% at June 30, 2009, reflecting goodwill and intangibles totaling $177.1 million, or 2.5% of assets. The additional capital realized from the Second Step Conversion offering will serve to significantly increase the Company’s equity position for purposes of organic growth and de novo branch expansion, as well as pursuing growth through acquisitions of other financial institutions.
Income and Expense Trends
     Table 1.2 shows the Company’s historical income statements since fiscal 2004. The Company’s profitability over this period ranged from a high of 0.91% of average assets during 2005 to a low of 0.59% of assets for the most recent twelve month period ended June 30, 2009. The Company’s earnings increased from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2006, as growth in the net interest margin facilitated by balance sheet growth and improving spreads offset the impact of

 


 

     
     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.11
Table I.2
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Historical Income Statements
(Amount and Percent of Avg. Assets)(1)
                                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                    For the Twelve Months  
    As of the Year Ended June 30,     As of the Year Ended December 31,     Ended June 30,  
    2004 (2)     2005 (2)     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
    Amount     Pct     Amount     Pct     Amount     Pct     Amount     Pct     Amount     Pct     Amount     Pct     Amount     Pct  
    ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  
Interest Income
  $ 300,230       4.85 %   $ 321,824       5.05 %   $ 334,672       5.37 %   $ 368,573       5.65 %   $ 396,031       5.89 %   $ 388,659       5.65 %   $ 378,732       5.45 %
Interest Expense
    (134,466 )     -2.17 %     (138,047 )     -2.17 %     (150,079 )     -2.41 %     (191,109 )     -2.93 %     (211,015 )     -3.14 %     (169,293 )     -2.46 %     (146,870 )     -2.11 %
 
                                                                                   
Net Interest Income
  $ 165,764       2.68 %   $ 183,777       2.88 %   $ 184,593       2.96 %   $ 177,464       2.72 %   $ 185,016       2.75 %   $ 219,366       3.19 %   $ 231,862       3.33 %
Provision for Loan Losses
    (6,860 )     -0.11 %     (9,566 )     -0.15 %     (10,285 )     -0.16 %     (8,480 )     -0.13 %     (8,743 )     -0.13 %     (22,851 )     -0.33 %     (34,679 )     -0.50 %
 
                                                                                   
Net Interest Income after Provisions
  $ 158,904       2.56 %   $ 174,211       2.73 %   $ 174,308       2.80 %   $ 168,984       2.59 %   $ 176,273       2.62 %   $ 196,515       2.86 %   $ 197,183       2.84 %
 
                                                                                                               
Other Operating Income
  $ 25,498       0.41 %   $ 30,675       0.48 %   $ 34,478       0.55 %   $ 43,420       0.67 %   $ 45,766       0.68 %   $ 52,017       0.76 %   $ 53,596       0.77 %
Operating Expense
    (128,805 )     -2.08 %     (128,659 )     -2.02 %     (131,937 )     -2.12 %     (143,682 )     -2.20 %     (152,742 )     -2.27 %     (170,128 )     -2.47 %     (177,483 )     -2.55 %
 
                                                                                   
Net Operating Income
  $ 55,597       0.90 %   $ 76,227       1.20 %   $ 76,849       1.23 %   $ 68,722       1.05 %   $ 69,297       1.03 %   $ 78,404       1.14 %   $ 73,296       1.05 %
 
                                                                                                               
Non-Operating Income/(Loss)
                                                                                                               
Gain/Loss on Sale of Securities
  $ 4,536       0.07 %   $ 523       0.01 %   $ 381       0.01 %   $ 368       0.01 %   $ 4,958       0.07 %   $ 6,037       0.09 %   $ 5,346       0.08 %
Writedowns on Securities
    (166 )     0.00 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %   $ 0       0.00 %
Net Impairment Losses on Securities
    0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     (8,412 )     -0.13 %     (16,004 )     -0.23 %     (18,822 )     -0.27 %
Gain/Loss on Sale of Loans
    433       0.01 %     (100 )     0.00 %     343       0.01 %     4,832       0.07 %     728       0.01 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt
    0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     (3,124 )     -0.05 %     0       0.00 %     (705 )     -0.01 %     0       0.00 %
Gain/Loss on Real Estate Owned
    1,561       0.03 %     906       0.01 %     1,542       0.02 %     735       0.01 %     (83 )     0.00 %     (428 )     -0.01 %     (3,959 )     -0.06 %
Non-Cash Recov/Impair of Servicing Assets
    0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     (205 )     0.00 %     65       0.00 %     (2,165 )     -0.03 %     (775 )     -0.01 %
 
                                                                                   
Net Non-Operating Income/(Loss)
  $ 6,364       0.10 %   $ 1,329       0.02 %   $ 2,266       0.04 %   $ 2,606       0.04 %   $ (2,744 )     -0.04 %   $ (13,265 )     -0.19 %   $ (18,210 )     -0.26 %
 
                                                                                                               
Net Income Before Tax
  $ 61,961       1.00 %   $ 77,556       1.22 %   $ 79,115       1.27 %   $ 71,328       1.09 %   $ 66,553       0.99 %   $ 65,139       0.95 %   $ 55,086       0.79 %
Income Taxes
    (19,829 )     -0.32 %     (22,741 )     -0.36 %     (22,365 )     -0.36 %     (19,792 )     -0.30 %     (17,456 )     -0.26 %     (16,968 )     -0.25 %     (14,386 )     -0.21 %
 
                                                                                   
Net Income (Loss)
  $ 42,132       0.68 %   $ 54,815       0.86 %   $ 56,750       0.91 %   $ 51,536       0.79 %   $ 49,097       0.73 %   $ 48,171       0.70 %   $ 40,700       0.59 %
 
                                                                                                               
Adjusted Earnings
                                                                                                               
Net Income Before Ext. Items
  $ 42,132       0.68 %   $ 54,815       0.86 %   $ 56,750       0.91 %   $ 51,536       0.79 %   $ 49,097       0.73 %   $ 48,171       0.70 %   $ 40,700       0.59 %
Addback: Non-Operating Losses
    0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     2,744       0.04 %     13,265       0.19 %     18,210       0.26 %
Deduct: Non-Operating Gains
    (6,364 )     -0.10 %     (1,329 )     -0.02 %     (2,266 )     -0.04 %     (2,606 )     -0.04 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %
Tax Effect Non-Op. Items (3)
    2,482       0.04 %     518       0.01 %     884       0.01 %     1,016       0.02 %     (1,070 )     -0.02 %     (5,173 )     -0.08 %     (7,102 )     -0.10 %
 
                                                                                   
Adjusted Net Income
  $ 38,250       0.62 %   $ 54,004       0.85 %   $ 55,368       0.89 %   $ 49,946       0.77 %   $ 50,771       0.75 %   $ 56,263       0.82 %   $ 51,808       0.74 %
 
                                                                                                               
Memo:
                                                                                                               
Expense Coverage Ratio (4)
    77.70 %             70.01 %             71.47 %             80.96 %             82.56 %             77.55 %             76.55 %        
Efficiency Ratio (5)
    67.34 %             59.99 %             60.23 %             65.05 %             66.18 %             62.69 %             62.17 %        
Effective Tax Rate
    32.00 %             29.32 %             28.27 %             27.75 %             26.23 %             26.05 %             26.12 %        
 
(1)   Ratios are as a percent of average assets.
 
(2)   Prior to the change in fiscal year, effective December 31, 2005.
 
(3)   Assumes a 43.99% effective tax rate for federal & state income taxes.
 
(4)   Net interest income divided by operating expenses.
 
(5)   Operating expenses as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income (excluding non-operating items).
 
Sources: Northwest’s audited financial statements and prospectus.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.12
increasing expense levels. Net income was at a peak level of $56.8 million, equal to 0.91% of assets in fiscal 2006, while subsequently declining to $49.1 million and $48.2 million in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, respectively, as earnings were eroded by impairment losses on investment securities and increasing loan loss provisions. Additionally, the Company incurred increasing expenses related to ongoing infrastructure development which also suppressed earnings. The key components of the Company’s core earnings are net interest income and operating expenses. The growth of non-interest operating income is a key objective and growing contributor to core earnings, as non-interest operating income has increased both in dollar terms and as a percent of average assets over the last five fiscal years. Non-recurring income items, consisting of gains and losses on sale and various valuation related accounting adjustments, have had a varied impact on the earnings over the review period. From a valuation perspective, such non-recurring income and expense items will be eliminated in determining the valuation earnings base.
     Over this period, the Company’s net interest income ranged from a low of 2.68% of average assets during fiscal 2004 to a high of 3.33% of average assets reported for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009. The upward trend in the net interest income ratio since 2003 primarily reflects the improvement in the yield-cost spread realized from the balance sheet restructuring, as the loan portfolio increased in proportion to investment securities and as lending efforts were focused on building the portfolio of higher yielding commercial and home equity loans. The effort to build the balance of savings and transaction accounts was also a factor. Overall, the Company’s interest rate spread increased from 2.77% during 2006 to 3.36% for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The Company’s historical interest rate spreads and yields and costs are set forth in Exhibits I-3 and I-5.
     Non-interest operating income has been a significant and growing source of revenue and earnings for the Company over the last few years, reflecting transaction account fees and revenues from diversification of retail banking activities into other financial services. Non-interest operating income increased from a low level of 0.41% of average assets during 2004 to a high of 0.77% of average assets for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009. The growth of non-interest income reflects growth in core deposit balances, non-interest income on BOLI and other miscellaneous fee generating activities including trust and brokerage services. The Company seeks to increase non-interest fee income by continuing to develop fee-generating commercial loan and deposit relationships and by emphasizing the expansion of non-traditional products such as trust and brokerage services.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.13
     The Company’s operating expenses have increased since fiscal 2003, measured both in dollar terms and as a percent of average assets. Specifically, operating expenses have increased from $128.8 million in fiscal 2004, equal to 2.08% of average assets, to $177.5 million, equal to 2.55% of average assets for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009. The Company’s operating expenses have increased in recent years due to asset growth, infrastructure improvements including the construction of Northwest’s new main office facility and data center, emphasis in commercial lending, and de novo branching. In addition, there has been cost increases associated with staffing the expanded commercial lending and trust/investment management areas.
     Overall, the positive trends in the Company’s net interest income since 2004 stimulated an increase in core earnings and profitability despite the increasing operating expense ratio. Northwest’s efficiency ratio, defined herein as operating expenses as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income, of 62.17% during the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 was generally at the low end (good) of the range for the review period. Higher levels of net interest income and non-interest operating income both contributed to the improvement in the Company’s efficiency ratio.
     Importantly, while pre-tax net operating income as reflected in Table 1.2, reflects a growth trend, the Company’s net income has been negatively impacted by other factors. For example, loan loss provisions have been increasing and the Company has recorded significant non-operating expenses over the last several years, both of which have served to limit the benefit of the improvement in core earnings. Loan loss provisions had a limited impact on earnings over the fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2007 period, ranging from 0.11% of average assets to 0.16% of average assets. Loan loss provisions were comparatively modest over this timeframe as Northwest’s non-performing assets (“NPAs”) and classified assets were at comparatively low levels consistent with the historical trend. Loan loss provisions have increased materially since the end of fiscal 2007, to equal $22.9 million, or 0.33% of average assets in fiscal 2008, and $34.7 million, equal to 0.50% of average assets for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in the level of provisions over the last several fiscal years is both the result of an increasing level of NPAs for the Company and a higher level of loan chargeoffs, both of which are the result of the recessionary economic environment including deterioration of the local real estate markets. At June 30, 2009, the Company maintained valuation allowances of $66.8 million, equal to 1.31% of total loans and 54.49% of non-performing loans. Exhibit I-6 sets forth the Company’s loan loss allowance activity during the review period.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.14
     Net non-operating income/loss (comprised of gains and losses) has had a variable impact on the Company’s earnings and profitability over the period, ranging from a net gain of 0.10% of average assets in fiscal 2004 to a net loss of 0.15% of average assets for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009. The positive levels of non-operating income realized in the fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2006 period were primarily the result of gains realized on the sale of assets, including loans, securities and real estate owned (“REO”). Conversely, non-operating losses realized during fiscal 2007 through the first six months of fiscal 2009, primarily reflect the impact of the “financial crisis” as the Company recorded other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) impairment charges on securities and losses on the sale of REO. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2009, net non-operating losses equaled $18.2 million, or 0.26% of average assets.
     Northwest’s effective tax rate equaled 26.1% for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009, relatively consistent with its effective tax rate for the last several fiscal years. The Company’s tax rate is below the statutory rate (in the range of 40% for federal and state taxes) owing to significant tax-exempt income generated through the portfolio of municipal securities and as a result of income on BOLI, which is also tax exempt.
Interest Rate Risk Management
     The limiting of all perceived risk factors, including interest rate risk, is a priority of Northwest’s management. The Company pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to limiting the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Company manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through selling a portion of the 1-4 family fixed rate residential mortgage loans originations and emphasizing the origination of loans with adjustable rates or short-terms. On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk is supported by the Company’s efforts to build a concentration of deposits in lower cost savings and transactions, particularly non-interest bearing demand deposits. Transaction and savings accounts comprised 51.7% of the Company’s deposits at June 30, 2009. Additionally, in various interest rate environments, the Company will seek to lengthen the maturity of liabilities by attracting longer term CDs or term borrowings. The effort to build fee generating transaction accounts, as well as diversification of operations into business segments that produce non-interest revenues, will also facilitate management of the Company’s interest rate risk, given the relative stability of such revenues in various interest rate environments.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.15
     Northwest evaluates the impact of interest rate risk on “Income at Risk” using an earnings simulation model to project earnings under multiple interest rate environments over a one-year time horizon resulting in a quantification of interest rate risk. The net income simulation reflects that earnings would benefit over the next twelve months from an increase in interest rates, as net income would increase by 14.9% pursuant to a 100 basis points increase in interest rates and by 19.8% pursuant to a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, while remaining comparatively unchanged pursuant to similar reductions in interest rates. The Company also evaluates interest rate risk through modeling the change in Market Value Equity (‘MVE”) that results from a shift in interest rates. Based on balance sheet data as June 30, 2009, a 200 basis point upward and downward shift in interest rates would both result in a decrease in MVE, by 8.0% and 11.4%, respectively (see Exhibit I-7). The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to advance the Company’s interest rate risk management objectives, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets, targeted to include a mix of whole loans and investment securities. The increase in the Company’s capital from the proceeds of the Second Step Conversion will also lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities that fund assets.
Lending Activities and Strategy
     The Company’s lending strategy reflects historical strengths in the areas of mortgage and commercial lending and the ability to capitalize on Northwest’s strong reputation in the Company’s markets in northwestern Pennsylvania. Throughout most of its history, the Company’s primary emphasis was the origination of 1-4 family residential mortgages. More recently, The Company has implemented a two-prong lending strategy: (1) lending to consumers including both first mortgage and home equity lending as well as auto and other consumer non-mortgage lending; and (2) commercial lending, including commercial and multi-family mortgage loans as well as C&I loans. This strategy is clearly evidenced in the Company’s loan portfolio composition, as noted earlier. Details regarding the Company’s loan portfolio composition and characteristics are included in Exhibits I-8 and I-9.
     Notwithstanding the recent emphasis on commercial lending, residential mortgage loans including loans secured by both first and second lien interests continued to comprise the majority of the loan portfolio. As of June 30, 2009, permanent mortgage loans secured by 1-4 family properties totaled $2.4 billion, or 45.4% of total loans, while home equity lines of credit and term home equity loans totaled an additional $1.0 billion or 19.7% of total loans. Together,

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.16
residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and line of credit loans totaled $3.4 billion, equal to 65.0% of total loans. Consistent with the Company’s community banking strategy, the Company offers a wide array of products and services and has diversified its loan portfolio with mortgages secured by multi-family and commercial properties totaling $1.2 billion, equal to 22.5% of loans. Commercial business loans total $400.9 million, or 7.6% of total loans, as of June 30, 2009. Consumer loans, excluding home equity loans, were comprised of auto, education and various other forms of secured and unsecured consumer installment debt, including loans originated through NCDC, and totaled $256.8 million, equal to 4.8% of total loans as of June 30, 2009.
     In the future, the Company will seek further diversification consistent with community bank operations, including efforts to originate and service small business lending and deposit relationships. The future lending emphasis will be on building the portfolio of commercial real estate mortgage loans and C&I loans. Residential mortgage lending, including home equity lending, will remain an important component of the Company’s lending emphasis while management expects that consumer lending will remain a limited component of lending overall outside of home equity lending. In this regard, management will remain watchful of competitive and economic conditions and will continue to build its commercial lending orientation. It is management’s belief that the continued growth in the commercial and consumer lending areas will enhance the Company’s profitability and consistency of earnings.
     The Company originates both fixed rate and adjustable rate 1-4 family loans. The Company’s preference is to originate adjustable rate loans or short-term fixed rate loans (15 years or less) but the significant demand is for 20 to 30 year loans in the Company’s market areas. Accordingly, Northwest manages its interest rate risk exposure by selling a portion of its longer term fixed rate volume into the secondary market, generally on a servicing retained basis. The Company originates 1-4 family loans up to an LTV ratio of up to 95.0%, with private mortgage insurance (“PMI”) being required for loans in excess of an 80.0% LTV ratio (or 90.0% pursuant to a special loan program targeted to low income borrowers). The substantial portion of 1-4 family mortgage loans originated by the Company on a retail basis is secured by residences in or near markets where Northwest operates branch offices. The balance of residential mortgage loans has been relatively flat since the end of fiscal 2004 and has diminished in proportion to total loans as the Company has focused on commercial and home equity lending.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.17
     Growth in home equity lending has been an important factor in the overall growth of the loan portfolio, as home equity loans and lines of credit have increased from a balance of $588.2 million (14.2% of total loans) as of the end of fiscal 2004, to $1.0 billion (19.7% of total loans) as of June 30, 2009. Home equity loans are originated with fixed interest rates with terms of up to 20 years while home equity lines of credit have adjustable rates tied to the Prime rate. The consumer loan portfolio, excluding home equity loans, consists primarily of automobile, education and loans on deposits and other secured and unsecured consumer installment debt. A portion of the Company’s consumer loans are originated through NCDC. On average, loans originated through NCDC typically have greater credit risk than similar loans originated directly by the Bank, both in terms of the delinquency rate and rate of chargeoffs. At the same time, NCDC loans are also higher yielding than the average loan originated by the Bank which management believes compensates for the incremental credit risk exposure.
     The Company has made and will continue to make loans for the purchase or financing of various types of commercial real estate, including multi-family properties. The Company’s commercial real estate loan portfolio is primarily comprised of loans originated in-house by Northwest commercial loan officers and are generally secured by properties within Northwest’s retail banking footprint. Multi-family residential real estate loans are secured by multifamily residences, which are generally investor owned rental properties. Commercial real estate loans are secured by nonresidential properties such as hotels, church property, manufacturing facilities and retail establishments. The Company seeks to originate multi-family and commercial mortgage loans on an adjustable rate basis, although some loans are made on a fixed rate fixed term basis. Most of the Company’s commercial real estate loans are written with adjustment periods of five years or less. Margins above an index rate vary based on the borrower, term of the loan, underlying collateral value and other characteristics of the loan. In the underwriting of commercial real estate loans, the Company generally lends up to 75% of the property’s appraised value. In evaluating a proposed commercial real estate loan, the Company emphasizes primarily the ratio of the property’s projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a ratio of 120%), computed after deduction for realistic vacancy factors and property expenses. In addition, a personal guarantee of the loan is generally required from the principal(s) of the borrower.
     C&I loans comprise a growing segment of the loan portfolio and equaled approximately 7.6% of total loans as of June 30, 2009. The Company intensified its efforts to increase the business loan portfolio over the last decade, and management expects that the Company’s

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.18
reputation as a strong independent financial institution will continue, at a time when many competing lenders are being forced to retrench. The Company offers C&I loans to sole proprietorships, professional partnerships and various other small to middle market businesses. Such loans may be either secured or unsecured to customers in the local market area, typically for the purpose of financing equipment, acquisition, expansion, working capital and other general business purposes. C&I loans are frequently either adjustable or if fixed rate, have maturities of less than five years. In general, commercial credit decisions are based upon a comprehensive credit assessment of the borrower, including the applicant’s ability to repay in accordance with the proposed terms, and the applicant’s perceived character and capacity to manage their business. Personal guarantees of the principals are generally required. In addition to an evaluation of the loan applicant’s financial statements, a determination is made of the probable adequacy of the primary and secondary sources of repayment to be relied upon in the transaction. Credit agency reports and other references are checked to assess the applicant’s credit history. The collateral supporting a secured transaction also is analyzed to determine its marketability in the event of foreclosure.
     The majority of permanent residential mortgage loans are originated through an in-house staff of salaried loan officers, or through branch staff in the branches. The Company also generates residential mortgage loans through a network of correspondent brokers, primarily based in the Pittsburgh metropolitan area. Northwest typically seeks to sell longer term fixed rate residential loans (maturities in excess of 15 years) to the secondary market, generally on a servicing retained basis, but the Company will retain a portion of the longer term fixed rate loan originations based on profitability and interest rate risk considerations. Commercial mortgage loans are generated both through an in-house staff of more than 50 loan officers, while consumer loans are originated through both the branches and NCDC.
Asset Quality
     The Company’s asset quality has historically been strong and the level of NPAs has been modest, generally well below a level of 1% of assets. However, Northwest has recently realized an increase in the level of NPAs, primarily related to the recessionary economic environment. The Company’s delinquencies have increased as a result of growing unemployment in its markets. And the slack economy has depressed the collateral value of many of the Company’s security properties. As reflected in Exhibit I-10, the total NPA balance (i.e., loans 90 days or more past due and REO) as of June 30, 2009, was $138.4 million, equal

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.19
to 1.95% of assets, consisting primarily of non-accruing loans and a small balance of REO. The ratio of allowances to total loans equaled 1.31% while reserve coverage in relation to NPAs equaled 48.23% (see Exhibit I-6). To track the Company’s asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, Northwest has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines. Northwest maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is believed to be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: the Company’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by the Company’s independent loan review function; an evaluation of non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions.
Funding Composition and Strategy
     Deposits have consistently accounted for the largest portion of the Company’s interest-bearing liabilities and, at June 30, 2009, deposits equaled 75.4% of assets. Exhibit I-11 sets forth the Company’s deposit composition for the past three and three-quarter years and Exhibit I-12 provides the interest rate and maturity composition of the CD portfolio at June 30, 2009. Transaction and savings deposits account for the largest portion of the Company’s deposit base and equaled $2.8 billion, or 51.7% of total deposits at June 30, 2009. The concentration of transaction and savings account deposits comprising total deposits has increased over the past three and one-half years, reflecting in part, customer’s reluctance to lock in longer term funds in the low rate market prevailing in recent periods. Additionally, the Company has been focused on marketing transaction accounts, particularly to commercial customers, which has also been a factor in the changing deposit composition. The expanding level of deposits maintained in transaction and savings accounts is supported through providing a range of convenient services to individuals and businesses. The Company maintains a presence through its extensive branch network across broad areas of Pennsylvania, as well as in nearby areas of New York, Ohio and Maryland. Time deposits comprise the balance of the Company’s deposit composition, with the current composition of time deposits reflecting a higher concentration of short-term deposits (maturities of one year or less). As of June 30, 2009, time deposits equaled $2.6 billion, or 48.3% of total deposits. Approximately 60.3% of the time deposits were

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.20
scheduled to mature in one year or less. Jumbo CDs (balances of $100,000 or more) equaled $587.4 million, or 22.8% of total CDs.
     Borrowings have been utilized primarily as a supplemental funding source to fund lending activity and liquidity. As of June 30, 2009, the Company’s borrowings totaled $897.1 million, equal to 12.6% of total assets, consisting of FHLB advances ($817.3 million or 11.5% of assets) and other borrowed funds ($79.7 million or 1.1% of assets) comprised of reverse repurchase agreements. Maturities on the Company’s portfolio of borrowed funds extend out for more than seven years. Borrowed funds have been employed both as a liquidity management tool to bolster funds when deposits fall short of the Company’s requirements and as an interest rate risk management tool. Exhibit I-13 provides detail of the Company’s use of borrowed funds as of June 30, 2009. Northwest also issued trust preferred securities with a book value of $108.2 million at June 30, 2009. These borrowings mature in 2034 and 2035 and have floating rates indexed to three month LIBOR (premiums range from 1.38% to 2.38%).
Subsidiaries
     The Bank is the only subsidiary of the Company. The Bank, in turn, has seven wholly owned subsidiaries — Northwest Settlement Agency, LLC, Great Northwest Corporation, Northwest Financial Services, Inc., Northwest Consumer Discount Company, Inc. (discussed earlier), Allegheny Services, Inc., Boetger and Associates, Inc., and Northwest Capital Group, Inc. For financial reporting purposes all of these companies are included in the consolidated financial statements of Northwest Bancorp, Inc. Northwest Settlement Agency, LLC provides title insurance to borrowers of the Bank and other lenders. Great Northwest’s sole activity is holding equity investments in government-assisted low-income housing projects in various locations in our market area. Northwest Financial Services’ principal activity is the operation of retail brokerage activities. It also owns the common stock of several financial institutions. In addition, Northwest Financial Services holds an equity investment in one government assisted low-income housing project. Allegheny Services, Inc. is a Delaware investment company that holds mortgage loans originated through the Company’s wholesale lending operation as well as municipal bonds. In addition, Allegheny Services, Inc. has loans to both the Bank and NCDC. Boetger and Associates, Inc. is an actuarial and employee benefits consulting firm that specializes in the design, implementation and administration of qualified retirement plan programs. Northwest Capital Group’s principal activity is to own, operate and ultimately divest of properties that were acquired in foreclosure.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.21
Legal Proceedings
     Northwest is not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are believed by management to be immaterial to the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.1
II. MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
Introduction
     Northwest generally considers its market area to encompass areas proximate to its branches or near where NCDC may operate a consumer lending office. As noted in Section One of the valuation, Northwest operated 141 community banking offices and 49 consumer finance offices as of June 30, 2009, with the retail banking footprint covering a broad cross-section of western and central Pennsylvania, as well as the western portion of the southern tier of the State of New York, northeastern Ohio, the Baltimore, Maryland area and Broward County, Florida. The markets where the Company operates are reflective of Northwest’s historical roots in northwestern Pennsylvania dating back to 1896 and recent expansion efforts which have included de novo branching and branch and whole bank acquisitions which represented efforts to fill-in existing market coverage and expand into adjacent areas where Northwest maintained little or no market coverage. The Bank’s expansion efforts have included growth into the Pittsburgh metropolitan area as well northeast Ohio (Cleveland area), Maryland (Baltimore area) and southern Florida (Ft. Lauderdale area). Northwest operates in two distinct market types. The largest segment of the Company’s deposits (and loans) is derived from operations in the numerous small to mid-sized markets which characterize western and central Pennsylvania. These markets are rural communities or small cities outside of a major metropolitan area. In this regard, only 21.0% of the Company’s Pennsylvania deposits in 2008 were based in the Pittsburgh metropolitan area with the balance being derived from the small to mid-sized markets discussed above,
     The Company’s operations are focused in Pennsylvania (84% of total deposits) and other adjacent states. Due to the large geographic area covered by the Company’s branch network, Northwest’s operations tend to be influenced by broad statewide and regional economic trends, effectively minimizing the Company’s potential loss exposure to economic declines in any particular city or county jurisdiction. At the same time, Northwest is subject to broad regional economic trends and is exposed to competition from both smaller locally-based community banking institutions as well as regional and superregional financial institutions with greater financial and other resources. The majority of the markets where the Company operates can be generally characterized as having limited population growth trends, or even shrinkage in many cases. From a personal income perspective, income levels are typically in

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.2
the moderate to middle range, reflective of a high proportion of blue collar or hourly workers in the small-to-mid-sized markets where Northwest typically operates. In order to achieve earnings growth and mitigate the impact of its limited growth markets, the Company has adopted an expansion strategy focusing both on organic growth through de novo branching as well as growth through acquisition, including the acquisition of branches and whole institutions as the opportunities arise. Moreover, for these same reasons, the Company has expanded into other markets outside of its local area including Maryland and Florida.
     Future business and growth opportunities will be partially influenced by economic and demographic characteristics of the markets served by the Company, particularly the future growth and stability of the regional economy, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment for financial institutions. These factors have been examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Company and the relative economic health of the Company’s market area. From a marketing perspective, Northwest has segmented its market into eight regional areas, each headed by a regional president responsible for tailoring the marketing initiatives to the particular area. The eight markets include: (1) Northwest Region (Warren area and nearby areas of northwestern Pennsylvania); (2) Erie Region; (3) Southwest Region (Pittsburgh area); (4) Central Region (State College and nearby markets); (5) New York Region; (6) Ohio Region; (7) Maryland Region; and (8) Florida Region.
     For the purposes of this valuation, the analysis considers primarily the Western Pennsylvania market area because of its high concentration of branches and large deposit base. More specifically, the tabular data focuses on the western Pennsylvania markets encompassed by the Pittsburgh, Erie and Warren Metropolitan Statistical Areas (“MSAs”). These regional markets, including their respective economies, demographic characteristics and the underlying deposit and loan markets are similar to the many other small to mid-sized communities in Pennsylvania where Northwest operates. Additional MSA’s within Pennsylvania as well as the out-of-state markets have been reflected when believed to be pertinent to the market analysis as it pertains to the valuation.
National Economic Factors
     The future success of the Company’s operations is partially dependent upon national economic factors and trends. In assessing economic trends over past few quarters, indications

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.3
of a deepening recession were evident at the start of 2009 as December 2008 data showing a sharp drop in retail sales, a drop in durable-goods orders and rising unemployment. Lower retail sales and durable-goods orders reflected a cutback in consumer spending, as consumer spending declined for a fifth consecutive month in December 2008. The unemployment rate for December 2008 jumped to 7.2%, reflecting a loss of 524,000 jobs. New home construction dropped in December 2008 to the slowest pace since monthly records began in 1959 and new home sales fell to a record low as well. The broader economy continued to struggle in January, with the loss of 598,000 jobs pushing the January unemployment rate to 7.6%. The reading for consumer confidence hit a new low in January, as more homeowners struggled to avoid foreclosure. While U.S. manufacturing activity contracted at a slower rate in January and January retail sales were up from December, there was no evidence of a near term economic turnaround. Despite another sharp decline in home prices, existing home sales fell in January. The revised fourth quarter GDP showed the economy shrinking at the fastest pace in 26 years, contracting at an annualized rate of 6.3% compared to an initial estimate of a 3.8% decline.
     Grim economic news continued to prevail in early-March 2009, as manufacturing activity contracted for the 13 th month in a row in February and U.S. car sales fell 41% in February. The unemployment rate jumped to 8.1% in February, which was the highest level of unemployment since 1983 as employers cut 651,000 jobs in February. The Federal Reserve’s “beige book” survey found that the recession grew deeper and wider in January and February, reflecting cutbacks by consumers and companies. Comparatively, February economic data also showed some positive signs, as new home construction unexpectedly rose 22% in February and the 1.4% decline in February industrial production was the smallest drop in four months. Retail sales fell 0.1% in February, providing a potential sign that last year’s sharp declines in spending were easing. Lower prices supported increases in new and existing home sales in February, while the March employment report continued to paint a dismal picture of the national economy. The national unemployment rate for March jumped to 8.5%, as employers eliminated 663,000 jobs. Retail sales fell 1.1% in March, while March existing home sales showed a 3% decline. At the same time there were some encouraging signs for the economy in March, as pending home sales and construction spending rose in March. Overall, the U.S. economy contracted at a 6.1% annual rate in the first quarter (subsequently revised to 5.7%), but inventories and consumer spending rebounded.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.4
     The pace of layoffs slowed in April when U.S. employers cut 539,000 jobs, the fewest in six months, but the unemployment rate climbed to 8.9%. Retail sales fell 0.4% in April from March and housing starts hit a low in April, falling 12.8% from March. However, single-family home construction rose 2.8%. Durable-goods orders rose 1.9% in April, offering some evidence that the manufacturing slump was ending. Some other positive signs that the recovery was gaining strength included a 2.9% increase in existing home sales and consumer confidence shot higher in May to its highest level in eight months. May employment data showed job losses slowed for the fourth straight month, with employers cutting 345,000 jobs. However, the May unemployment rate jumped to 9.4%. Retail sales rose 0.5% in May on higher gas prices. Durable-goods orders rose and new home prices firmed in May, providing the latest evidence the U.S. economy’s free fall was ending.
     Signs that the U.S. economy was pulling out of the recession became more evident in at the start of the third quarter of 2009; however, overall economic conditions remained weak. The decline in manufacturing activity slowed in June, while the June employment data showed more job losses than expected and an increase in the unemployment rate to 9.5%. Service sector activity improved in June and retail sales rose in June, but excluding gasoline and auto, sales fell for the fourth straight month. The index of leading economic indicators was up in June and the housing market showed some signs of recovery, as sales of new and existing homes rose in June. Notably, home prices in major U.S. cities registered the first monthly gain in a nearly a year for the three month period ending in May compared with the three months ending in April. The July employment showed the fewest job losses in a year and the July unemployment rate dipped to 9.4%, its first decline in nine months.
     In terms of interest rate trends over recent quarters, interest rates remained at historically low levels during the first half of January 2009 based on concerns that deflation was creeping into the economy. Long-term Treasury yields edged higher in the second half of January and into early-February, with the yield on the 10-year Treasury note moving above 3.0% for the first time since late-November. News that the government was selling $67 billion of new Treasury securities and the pending stimulus package contributed to the decline in Treasury prices. Treasury prices moved higher in mid-February, as investors sought the safe haven of Treasury bonds amid falling stock prices and more economic worries. Interest rates stabilized in the second half of February, as U.S. consumer confidence fell in February to its lowest level in at least 41 years. U.S. consumer confidence did however, rise slightly in March,

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.5
but remained weak overall due to worries about job losses, a moribund housing sector and ailing banks. After their March meeting, the Federal Reserve decided to leave interest rates unchanged at a record low of between zero and 0.25%. The Fed also announced that it would spend up to $300 billion to buy long-term government bonds and an additional $750 billion would be used to purchase mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The Fed also said its intent with these measures was to boost mortgage lending and the struggling housing market by lowering interest rates on mortgages and other forms of consumer debt.
     Treasury yields remained at historically low levels through most of April 2009, with the yield on the 10-year Treasury note dipping to 2.76% in mid-April as Treasury bonds rallied on more troublesome economic data. The yield on the 10-year Treasury note edged above 3.0% in late-April and trended higher into mid-May on some positive economic data. In late-May, Treasury yields and mortgage rates surged to their highest level since November 2008, reflecting investor worries that deficit spending to fund stimulus programs could lead to inflation. The yield on the 10-year Treasury note jumped to 3.70% in late-May, providing for a steeper yield curve as the gap between two-year and 10-year Treasury notes widened to 2.75%. Interest rates stabilized in late-May and into the first half of June. The late-June meeting of the Federal Reserve concluded with keeping its target rate near zero.
     Interest rates eased lower at the start of the third quarter of 2009, as investors shunned risk ahead of second quarter earnings reports. Some economic data showing an improving economy and growing belief that the recession was nearing an end pushed long term Treasury yields up slightly heading into late July. The upward trend in interest rates continued into the first week of August, as interest rates edged higher following the better-than-expected employment report for July. As of August 7, 2009, the bond equivalent yields for U.S. Treasury bonds with terms of one and ten years equaled 0.48% and 3.79%, respectively, versus comparable year ago yields of 2.17% and 3.92%. Exhibit II-1 provides historical interest rate trends.
Market Area Demographics
     The following section presents demographic details regarding Northwest’s market area. Table 2.1 displays comparative demographic trends for the three Northwest market areas with the most significant deposit concentrations (Warren, Erie and Pittsburgh MSAs) which are

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.6
Table 2.1
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Summary Demographic Data
                                         
    Year     Growth Rate  
    2000     2009     2014     2000-2009     2009-2014  
Population (000)
                                       
United States
    281,422       309,731       324,063       1.1 %     0.9 %
Pennsylvania
    12,281       12,599       12,700       0.3 %     0.2 %
Pittsburgh MSA
    2,431       2,381       2,342       -0.2 %     -0.3 %
Erie MSA
    281       281       280       0.0 %     -0.1 %
Warren MSA
    44       41       39       -0.8 %     -0.9 %
 
                                       
Households (000)
                                       
United States
    105,480       116,523       122,109       1.1 %     0.9 %
Pennsylvania
    4,777       4,959       5,020       0.4 %     0.2 %
Pittsburgh MSA
    996       992       982       0.0 %     -0.2 %
Erie MSA
    107       107       107       0.1 %     -0.1 %
Warren MSA
    18       17       16       -0.5 %     -0.7 %
 
                                       
Median Household Income ($)
                                       
United States
    42,164       54,719       56,938       2.9 %     0.8 %
Pennsylvania
    40,108       53,225       55,819       3.2 %     1.0 %
Pittsburgh MSA
    37,298       49,992       53,149       3.3 %     1.2 %
Erie MSA
    36,574       48,238       51,426       3.1 %     1.3 %
Warren MSA
    35,978       45,111       48,503       2.5 %     1.5 %
 
                                       
Per Capita Income ($)
                                       
United States
    21,587       27,277       28,494       2.6 %     0.9 %
Pennsylvania
    20,880       26,913       28,232       2.9 %     1.0 %
Pittsburgh MSA
    20,779       26,561       27,752       2.8 %     0.9 %
Erie MSA
    17,932       23,013       23,849       2.8 %     0.7 %
Warren MSA
    17,862       22,387       23,183       2.5 %     0.7 %
 
                                       
    Less Than   $25,000 to   $50,000 to                
2009 HH Income Dist. (%)
  $25,000     50,000       100,000     $ 100,000  +         
 
                               
United States
    20.94       24.45       35.34       19.26 %        
Pennsylvania
    21.49       25.30       36.88       16.33 %        
Pittsburgh MSA
    23.7 %     26.3 %     36.7 %     13.3 %        
Erie MSA
    23.1 %     28.8 %     37.5 %     10.7 %        
Warren MSA
    23.8 %     31.6 %     36.9 %     7.7 %        
 
Source:   SNL Financial.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.7
believed to be generally representative of the Company’s markets throughout Pennsylvania, as well as data for the state and national aggregates since 2000. The Pittsburgh MSA market area has a total population of approximately 2.5 million and thus, represents the largest market area where the Company has a significant presence. Comparatively, the Erie and Warren markets represent small to mid-sized markets with total populations of 281,000 and 41,000 people respectively. The table indicates that the majority of counties within the western Pennsylvania market area have experienced limited growth or a declining population base from 2000 to 2009. Specifically, the Pittsburgh and Warren markets shrank over the 2000 to 2009 period at a 0.2% and 0.8% compounded annual rate while the Erie population base was stable over the corresponding period. These trends are projected to continue as population is projected to shrink 0.3%, 0.1% and 0.9% for the 2009 to 2014 period for the Pittsburgh, Erie and Warren MSAs. Household growth trends are relatively similar to the population growth trends, except that the rate of shrinkage for the Company’s markets is moderated by the national trend towards a lower average household size.
     Although the population and number of households in the Company’s primary markets is projected to decline, per capita income and household income levels within the Company’s markets reflect an underlying stability. Specifically, the Warren and Erie markets have per capita income levels which are in a range of 80% to 90% of the state and national averages. But per capita income is projected to experience increases over the next five years consistent with statewide projections. Median household income in the Company’s markets is actually projected to grow faster than Pennsylvania and U.S. figures. Notwithstanding some of these favorable data, the lower panel of Table 2.1 demonstrates that comparatively few residents in these markets are in the upper income bracket of $100,000 or more.
Regional Economy
     The widespread branch network maintained by Northwest exposes the Company’s operations to statewide economic trends. Agriculture still plays an important role in the rural areas of Pennsylvania, mostly concentrated in the fertile southeast. Principal agricultural products include dairy, cattle, hay, and corn. Although Pennsylvania is still one of the nation’s leading manufacturers of steel, heavy industry as a whole has been on a steady decline while light manufacturing of various products remains a mainstay of the local economy, albeit continuing to be subject to competition from other low-cost areas of the U.S. and foreign competition. The limited economic opportunities provided in many of the Company’s markets

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.8
has been a key factor limiting population growth and has been the impetus for many Pennsylvanians, particularly in rural areas, to relocate to markets where there are greater economic opportunities.
     Table 2.2 displays the employment by sector for the State of Pennsylvania, and the principal markets served by Northwest. Although manufacturing has been on the decline, it still comprises the one of the largest or largest employment sector in many of the Company’s markets. In this regard, the Company has observed that the surviving manufacturers typically have broadened the scope of their marketing and rely on a broad-range of buyers or markets, which increasingly have included foreign markets. The shift from manufacturing has been partially offset by growth in the services and wholesale/retail employment sectors throughout many parts of Pennsylvania (and nationally) although jobs in these sectors typically. With the decline in manufacturing employment, the services sector has been increasing constituting the largest employment sector in many markets. Examples of the transition to a service economy are evidenced by the largest employers in the Pittsburgh and Erie MSAs. Pittsburgh’s largest employers include the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center (48,000 employees), Giant Eagle, Inc (10,000 employees), and the University of Pittsburgh (10,700 employees). The major employers within the Erie MSA include General Electric (4,500 employees), Hamet Medical Center (2,500 employees), and Saint Vincent Health Center (2,000 employees).
Unemployment Trends
     Unemployment in the Company’s market area varies according to the size and economic composition of the particular markets. Table 2.3 shows comparative unemployment rates for Pennsylvania, as well as for the U.S. and select key Pennsylvania markets served by Northwest. Overall, the unemployment data shows that the Company’s markets have been impacted by the national recession, as unemployment rates in Northwest’s markets have all increased relative to the levels prevailing one year ago. At the same time, the unemployment rate in Pennsylvania and many of the Company’s largest markets remains at or below the national average. Thus, while Northwest’s markets never expanded rapidly in the boom years from 2003 to 2007, many of its markets have fared comparatively well as the national recession has progressed.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.9
Table 2.2
Northwest Bancorp
Primary Market Area Employment Sectors
(Percent of Labor Force)
                                         
    Location
Employment Sector           Pittsburgh   Erie   Warren   Lebanon
    Pennsylvania   MSA   MSA   MSA   MSA
Services
    40.1 %     42.8 %     39.6 %     31.0 %     26.5 %
Wholesale/Retail Trade
    14.7 %     15.1 %     14.4 %     13.5 %     18.1 %
Manufacturing
    9.4 %     7.3 %     14.8 %     13.9 %     16.0 %
Government
    11.1 %     9.4 %     11.1 %     12.0 %     13.1 %
Construction
    5.8 %     6.1 %     4.8 %     4.4 %     5.4 %
Finance/Insurance/Real Estate
    8.0 %     8.4 %     6.7 %     5.4 %     4.7 %
Arts/Entertainment/Rec.
    2.0 %     2.1 %     2.5 %     1.0 %     1.5 %
Agriculture
    1.1 %     0.6 %     1.2 %     2.6 %     2.5 %
Transportation/Utility
    3.9 %     3.6 %     2.5 %     6.6 %     4.9 %
Other
    3.9 %     4.7 %     2.6 %     9.5 %     7.2 %
 
                                       
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                                         
    Location
Employment Sector   Johnstown   St. Marys   Oil City   Bradford   Dubois
    MSA   MSA   MSA   MSA   MSA
Services
    43.4 %     27.1 %     34.3 %     25.2 %     36.8 %
Wholesale/Retail Trade
    15.6 %     10.0 %     16.5 %     13.7 %     15.4 %
Manufacturing
    6.7 %     34.5 %     16.8 %     18.1 %     8.6 %
Government
    13.9 %     7.9 %     14.1 %     11.5 %     13.2 %
Construction
    5.0 %     4.5 %     4.1 %     5.4 %     5.3 %
Finance/Insurance/Real Estate
    6.7 %     3.4 %     4.8 %     4.1 %     2.2 %
Arts/Entertainment/Rec.
    1.2 %     1.1 %     0.9 %     0.9 %     0.8 %
Agriculture
    1.1 %     1.0 %     1.9 %     1.3 %     1.2 %
Transportation/Utility
    4.0 %     3.0 %     4.3 %     3.4 %     9.1 %
Other
    2.4 %     7.3 %     2.2 %     16.4 %     7.4 %
 
                                       
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.10
Table 2.3
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Market Area Unemployment Trends
                 
    June 2008   June 2009
Region   Unemployment   Unemployment
United States
    5.6 %     9.5 %
Pennsylvania
    5.3       8.4  
Pittsburgh MSA
    5.1       7.7  
Erie MSA
    5.5       9.7  
Warren MSA
    5.1       7.8  
Lebanon MSA
    4.2       7.0  
Johnstown MSA
    6.5       9.1  
St. Mary’s MSA
    5.7       14.7  
Oil City MSA
    5.7       9.0  
Bradford MSA
    6.2       10.7  
Dubois MSA
    6.2       10.6  
 
(1)   Unemployment rates are not seasonally adjusted.
 
Source:   U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Market Area Deposit Characteristics
     Table 2.4 displays deposit trends for thrifts and commercial banks in the state of Pennsylvania as well as the market areas of Pittsburg, Erie and Warren. Within the Pittsburgh MSA, Northwest’s market share is limited at 1.3% of total deposits, and overall deposits have increased in Pittsburgh County by 5.0% over the three-year period through 2008. Commercial banks increased deposits in Pittsburgh at an annual rate of 7.3%, while savings institutions deposits declined at rate of 2.5% over the period of 2005-2008. Commercial banks have approximately 90% of deposit funds in the Pittsburgh MSA. The Erie and Warren markets represent longstanding core markets for the Company, and Northwest has commensurately greater market share relative to its position in the expansive Pittsburgh market. In the Erie market, Northwest recorded a market share of 22.6% of deposits, and overall deposits have increased in Erie by 0.8% over the three-year period through 2008. Commercial banks increased deposits in Erie at an annual rate of 3.3%, while savings institutions in Erie have

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.11
Table 2.4
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Deposit Summary
                                                         
    As of June 30,   Deposit
    2005   2008   Growth
            Market   Number of           Market   Number of   Rate
    Deposits   Share   Branches   Deposits   Share   Branches   2005-2008
    (Dollars In Thousands)   (%)
Deposit Summary
                                                       
State of Pennsylvania
  $ 225,238,000       100.0 %     4,724     $ 271,744,000       100.0 %     4,822       6.5 %
Commercial Banks
    161,521,000       71.7 %     3,432       204,824,000       75.4 %     3,535       8.2 %
Savings Institutions
    63,717,000       28.3 %     1,292       66,920,000       24.6 %     1,287       1.6 %
Northwest
    4,459,566       2.0 %     135     $ 4,611,377       1.7 %     141       1.1 %
 
                                                       
Pittsburg MSA
  $ 56,558,000       100.0 %     868     $ 70,873,000       100.0 %     890       7.8 %
Commercial Banks
    41,012,000       72.5 %     538       56,175,000       79.3 %     565       11.1 %
Savings Institutions
    15,546,000       27.5 %     330       14,698,000       20.7 %     325       -1.9 %
Northwest
    1,018,607       1.8 %     25       952,758       1.3 %     27       -2.2 %
 
                                                       
Erie MSA
  $ 3,146,000       100.0 %     87     $ 3,227,000       100.0 %     88       0.9 %
Commercial Banks
    1,676,000       53.3 %     49       1,850,000       57.3 %     52       3.3 %
Savings Institutions
    1,470,000       46.7 %     38       1,377,000       42.7 %     36       -2.2 %
Northwest
    709,790       22.6 %     21       729,950       22.6 %     21       0.9 %
 
                                                       
Warren MSA
  $ 571,000       100.0 %     13     $ 674,000       100.0 %     15       5.7 %
Commercial Banks
    274,000       48.0 %     8       323,000       47.9 %     10       5.6 %
Savings Institutions
    297,000       52.0 %     5       351,000       52.1 %     5       5.7 %
Northwest
    296,974       52.0 %     5       351,386       52.1 %     5       5.8 %
 
                                                       
Other Northwest Markets
                                                       
 
                                                       
Remaining PA Branches
  $ 2,434,195       1.1 %     84     $ 2,577,283       0.9 %     87       1.9 %
 
                                                       
State of New York
  $ 695,495,000       100.0 %     4942     $ 763,306,000       100.0 %     5,364       3.1 %
Northwest
    385,509       0.1 %     12       430,631       0.1 %     14       3.8 %
 
                                                       
Maryland
  $ 88,936,000       100.0 %     1707     $ 96,614,000       100.0 %     1,829       2.8 %
Northwest
    358,532       0.4 %     2       341,353       0.4 %     5       -1.6 %
 
                                                       
Florida
  $ 342,820,000       100.0 %     5081     $ 380,282,000       100.0 %     5,771       3.5 %
Northwest Savings
    83,417       0.0 %     1       64,795       0.0 %     2       -8.1 %
 
                                                       
Ohio
  $ 208,616,000       100.0 %     4034     $ 227,825,000       100.0 %     4,066       3.0 %
Northwest Savings
    54,671       0.0 %     5       49,774       0.0 %     5       -3.1 %
recorded deposit shrinkage at a 1.6% compounded annual rate for the three year period though 2008. Commercial banks have approximately 57% of the total deposit funds in the Erie market. Deposits have increased in Warren over a three year period at a compounded annual rate of


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.     MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.12
5.7%. Thrifts have approximately 52% of deposit funds in the Warren MSA which is solely attributable to Northwest’s dominant market position.
Deposit Competition
     The Company faces notable competition in both deposit gathering and lending activities, from large regional and superregional financial institutions operating in Pennsylvania, most of which are based outside of Pennsylvania (PNC being an exception). Securities firms, credit unions and mutual funds also represent major sources of competition in raising deposits. In many cases, these competitors are also seeking to provide some or all of the community-oriented services as Northwest. With regard to lending competition, the Company encounters the most significant competition from the same institutions providing deposit services. In addition, the Company competes with mortgage companies, independent mortgage brokers, and finance companies in originating mortgage loans. Table 2.5 ranks the banks and savings institutions that maintain a branch presence in the Company’s primary market areas based on deposit market share. As of 2008, the Company maintained the second largest share of bank and thrift deposits in the Erie MSA and maintained the largest market share of thrift deposits in the Warren and St. Mary’s MSAs. The Company’s market share in the State of Pennsylvania equaled 1.76% as of June 2008, ranking Northwest’s deposits 14th among 144 institutions.
Table 2.5
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Market Area Deposit Competitors
     
Location   Name
Pennsylvania
  PNC Financial Services (20.09%)
 
  Wells Fargo (11.72%)
 
  Royal Bank of Scotland NA (8.96%)
 
  Banco Santander (5.34%)
 
  Bank of NY Mellon (3.41%)
 
  Toronto Dominion Bank (3.32%)
 
  Northwest (1.76%) Rank: 14 of 144

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.     MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.13
Table 2.5 (Continued)
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Market Area Deposit Competitors
     
Location   Name
Pittsburgh MSA
  PNC Bank NA (37.1%)
 
  National City Bank (15.49%)
 
  Mellon Bank NA (11.29%)
 
  Royal Bank of Scotland (8.17%)
 
  Dollar Bank FSB (3.95%)
 
  First Commonwealth Financial (3.03%)
 
  Huntington Bancshares (2.64%)
 
  Northwest (1.34%) Rank: 11 of 59
 
   
Erie MSA
  PNC Bank NA (25.4%)
 
  National City Bank (14.22%)
 
  Marquette Savings Bank (11.6%)
 
  F.N.B. Corp. (11.41%)
 
  Royal Bank of Scotland (8.46%)
 
  Huntington Bancshares (2.88%)
 
  Northwest (22.62%) Rank: 2 of 10
 
   
Warren MSA
  National City Bank (32.1%)
 
  PNC Bank NA (13.7%)
 
  CNB Bank (2.09%)
 
  Woodforest Financial Group (0.05%)
 
  Northwest (52.09%) Rank: 1 of 5
 
   
Saint Mary’s MSA
  PNC Financial Services (26.63%)
 
  First Commonwealth Financial (19.72%)
 
  CNB Financial Corp. (15.10%)
 
  Emclaire Financial Corp (1.74%)
 
  Elk County S&LA (1.09%)
 
  Northwest (35.70%) Rank: 1 of 22
Lending Competition
     Table 2.6 displays the residential mortgage volume in dollars and market share for many of the Company’s core MSA’s. The data shows that Northwest is a leader in mortgage loan origination in many of its small to mid-size community market such as Erie, Warren and Bradford. The Company also holds a modest market share in many areas outside its core market areas. Comparative data on market share in the commercial loan market is not available. However, the Company believes it has been highly successful in gradually

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.     MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.14
penetrating the commercial lending markets in areas where it has employed commercial loan officers. At the same time, growth in the commercial lending arena has necessarily been gradual as commercial lending is dependent upon the ability of Northwest to employ seasoned commercial loan officers and otherwise develop the infrastructure to more actively engage in commercial lending. The Company believes it has effectively penetrated its longstanding markets in northwestern and central Pennsylvania with respect to developing commercial account relationships by emphasizing integrity in its dealings and commitment to customer service as well as competitive pricing. Management is seeking to expand the commercial loan portfolio in the future by these same methods, particularly in areas where it has a more limited market share.
Summary
     The Company’s market area encompasses both rural and metropolitan markets, and the Company has been especially successful in its core markets of central and western Pennsylvania in building and maintaining market share. The demographics of the primary market do not appear to support significant internal growth within the existing branch network, requiring that the Company pursue expansion opportunities through de novo branching and acquisition. The Company’s primary market is sufficiently large and diversified that operations do not appear to be at risk of a large employer leaving the market. Moreover, projected growth in per capita income and median household income suggest stability in the Company’s existing base of current and potential customers. Overall, the Company’s existing and prospective market areas provide a stable base from which to implement a controlled growth strategy. Moreover, the Company’s presence in selected Ohio, Maryland and, most recently, Rochester, New York (through establishment of de novo branches) will provide opportunities for expansion beyond the traditional Pennsylvania markets. Notwithstanding several positive factors, however, the overall growth opportunities in the market are limited and will require the Company to incur execution risk in any acquisition transactions considered. From a valuation perspective, we concluded that the Company’s market area would be viewed unfavorably by investors relative to several of the larger metropolitan areas within which the larger thrifts and savings banks in the Mid-Atlantic and Northeast U.S. operate.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.     MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.15
Table 2.6
Northwest Bancorp
Residential Mortage Market Share
                                             
                2007     Market     2006     Market  
2007   2006         Loans     Share     Loans     Share  
Rank   Rank     Company   ($ 000)     (%)     ($ 000)     (%)  
 
Pennsylvania
1
    1     Wells Fargo Bank NA   $ 4,402,265       7.93 %   $ 4,413,502       7.04 %
2
    2     Countrywide Home Loans     2,452,764       4.42       4,141,555       6.61  
3
    20     Countrywide Bank FSB     2,044,476       3.68       554,153       0.88  
4
    3     National City Bank     1,663,764       3.00       1,857,989       2.97  
5
    6     JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA     1,533,463       2.76       1,339,337       2.14  
6
    4     Sovereign Bank     1,513,655       2.73       1,572,712       2.51  
7
    5     Wachovia Bank NA     1,424,339       2.57       1,572,269       2.51  
8
    7     Bank of America NA     1,294,633       2.33       1,116,784       1.78  
9
    9     Trident Mortgage Co. LP     1,091,828       1.97       941,969       1.50  
10
    15     CitiMortgage Inc.     979,169       1.76       737,333       1.18  
18
    22     Northwest Savings Bank     582,440       1.05       520,754       0.83  
 
          Total For Institutions In Market     55,513,614               62,650,883          
 
                                           
Pittsburgh MSA
1
    3     Wells Fargo Bank NA   $ 516,807       7.33 %   $ 547,155       7.02 %
2
    2     National City Bank     502,118       7.12       548,495       7.04  
3
    1     Countrywide Home Loans     354,604       5.03       618,316       7.94  
4
    22     Countrywide Bank FSB     299,465       4.25       78,556       1.01  
5
    4     Howard Hanna Mortgage Services     260,107       3.69       212,817       2.73  
6
    13     JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA     180,236       2.56       120,730       1.55  
7
    5     Dollar Bank FSB     162,846       2.31       187,416       2.41  
8
    10     Bank of America NA     162,312       2.30       145,982       1.87  
9
    8     PHH Home Loans LLC     158,556       2.25       156,721       2.01  
10
    14     West Penn Financial Service     128,623       1.82       111,001       1.42  
15
    15     Northwest Savings Bank     114,317       1.62       99,806       1.28  
 
          Total For Institutions In Market     7,051,532               7,791,266          
 
                                           
Erie MSA
1
    1     Northwest Savings Bank   $ 99,863       16.06 %   $ 100,301       14.84 %
2
    2     Marquette Savings Bank     56,645       9.11       57,120       8.45  
3
    3     Wells Fargo Bank NA     40,205       6.47       55,597       8.23  
4
    4     National City Bank     35,123       5.65       41,726       6.17  
5
    15     LaSalle Bank NA     28,300       4.55       11,152       1.65  
6
    9     First NB of Pennsylvania     26,633       4.28       20,230       2.99  
7
    5     PNC Bank NA     23,209       3.73       35,720       5.29  
8
    8     PHH Mortgage Corp.     22,056       3.55       21,324       3.16  
9
    11     Howard Hanna Mortgage Services     19,399       3.12       16,546       2.45  
10
    6     Countrywide Home Loans     17,266       2.78       22,055       3.26  
 
          Total For Institutions In Market     621,853               675,725          

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.     MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.16
Table 2.6
Northwest Bancorp
Residential Mortage Market Share
                                             
                2007     Market     2006     Market  
2007   2006         Loans     Share     Loans     Share  
Rank   Rank     Company   ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  
 
Warren MSA
1
    1     Northwest Savings Bank   $ 25,713       43.44 %   $ 23,782       36.26 %
2
    2     National City Bank     7,620       12.87       9,459       14.42  
3
    6     CNB Bank     1,833       3.10       2,166       3.30  
4
    9     PHH Mortgage Corp.     1,673       2.83       1,038       1.58  
5
    12     AmTrust Bank     1,545       2.61       706       1.08  
6
    5     PNC Bank NA     1,408       2.38       2,183       3.33  
7
    4     Beneficial Homeowner Svc Corp     1,344       2.27       2,636       4.02  
8
    3     Wells Fargo Bank NA     1,323       2.24       2,677       4.08  
9
    11     CitiFinancial Services, Inc     1,248       2.11       821       1.25  
10
    62     Home Loan Center Inc.     934       1.58       139       0.21  
 
          Total For Institutions In Market     59,192               65,581          
 
                                           
Lebanon MSA
1
    3     Jonestown Bank and Trust   $ 56,934       9.55 %   $ 26,103       4.56 %
2
    13     Fulton Bank     44,006       7.38       9,642       1.69  
3
    4     Wachovia Bank NA     33,430       5.61       25,882       4.53  
4
    8     National City Bank     27,542       4.62       21,681       3.79  
5
    6     Northwest Savings Bank     25,940       4.35       24,302       4.25  
6
    2     Sovereign Bank     24,855       4.17       31,649       5.53  
7
    7     Wells Fargo Bank NA     24,741       4.15       23,276       4.07  
8
    5     Countrywide Home Loans     16,767       2.81       24,916       4.36  
9
    14     Lebanon Federal Credit Union     16,077       2.70       9,585       1.68  
10
    259     First Tennessee Bank NA     14,794       2.48       0       0.00  
 
          Total For Institutions In Market     596,398               571,925          
 
                                           
Bradford MSA
1
    1     Northwest Savings Bank   $ 20,546.0       48.30 %   $ 22,668.0       48.03 %
2
    2     CNB Bank     5,469       12.86       7,066       14.97  
3
    5     Quicken Loans Inc.     1,396       3.28       835       1.77  
4
    3     National City Bank     1,106       2.60       1,501       3.18  
5
    4     Beneficial Homeowner Svc Corp     1,069       2.51       999       2.12  
6
    38     Countrywide Bank FSB     829       1.95       154       0.33  
7
    6     Countrywide Home Loans     683       1.61       719       1.52  
8
  NA     AmeriServ Financial Bank     660       1.55     NA     NA  
9
    18     Taylor Bean & Whitaker Mrtg     640       1.50       366       0.78  
10
    91     CitiMortgage Inc.     570       1.34       0       0.00  
 
          Total For Institutions In Market     42,538               47,191          
Source: SNL Financial.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.     PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.1
III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
     This chapter presents an analysis of Northwest’s operations versus a group of comparable publicly-traded financial institutions (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded financial institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines and other regulatory guidance. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of Northwest is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to Northwest, key areas examined for differences are: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.
Peer Group Selection
     The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines and other regulatory guidance. The Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded thrifts whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE or AMEX) or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-publicly traded and closely-held institutions. Non-listed institutions are inappropriate since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions and commercial banks is included as Exhibit III-1. Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts that are based in Pennsylvania.
     Ideally, the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines should be comprised of locally or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are approximately 150 publicly-traded institutions nationally, which includes approximately 40 publicly-traded MHCs. As will be more fully addressed below, considerable effort has been expended to

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.2
identify a Peer Group that is regarded highly comparable. To the extent that differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments are applied to account for such differences. Since Northwest will be a full public company upon completion of the offering, we could only consider only full public companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group. As a result, publicly-traded mutual holding companies were ineligible for consideration.
     In the case of identifying the appropriate Peer Group for Northwest, the selection criteria gave consideration to the larger resources available to Northwest than the majority of publicly-traded thrifts, both with respect to key balance sheet aggregates (i.e., assets, loans, deposits, equity, etc.) and pro forma market capitalization. In this regard, the Company’s size is a defining characteristic of Northwest relative to the majority of other publicly traded thrifts. The size of the balance sheet provides with a scale of operations and resources beyond the scope of the majority of other publicly traded thrifts which are smaller. Furthermore, Northwest’s pro forma market capitalization, which may approach or exceed $1 billion following the second step conversion offering, provides a degree of liquidity atypical of the majority of smaller savings institutions with more modest levels of market capitalization. Additionally, since the preponderance of large savings institutions are based in the northeastern U.S., the focus on selecting large institutions provides a high level of regional comparability in the identified peer group of financial institutions selected for valuation purposes.
     Based on the foregoing, from the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected 10 institutions with characteristics similar to those of Northwest, The selection process applied is first described below, and then each member is briefly described.
    Selection Criteria #1. Publicly-traded thrift institutions with total market capitalization exceeding $500 million. There were a total of nine full stock publicly traded thrifts with a total market capitalization in excess of $500 million and seven were included in the Peer Group. Astoria Financial Corp. of New York met the criteria but was excluded from the Peer Group owing to its highly leveraged capital position (4.84% tangible equity/assets ratio) which contrasts with Northwest’s strong pro forma capital ratio. Washington Federal, Inc. of Washington also met the selection criteria but was excluded from the Peer Group owing to its deteriorating asset quality (5.6% NPAs/Assets) which resulted in deterioration of its earnings. Importantly, there was significant regional comparability reflected in this selection parameter as four of the seven companies were based in the mid-Atlantic region with the remaining three institutions operating in the New England Region.
 
    Selection Criteria #2. Publicly-traded thrift institutions with total market capitalization exceeding $100 million based in Pennsylvania. There were a total of three full stock publicly traded thrifts meeting the foregoing criteria: Abington Bancorp of PA, ESB

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.3
      Financial Corp. of PA and ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA. Of these institutions, Abington Bancorp was determined to be less comparable to Northwest owing to its location in suburban Philadelphia and deterioration of earnings reflecting increased loan loss provisions. Abington Bancorp was thus excluded from consideration.
 
    Selection Criteria #3. Publicly-traded thrift institutions in adjacent markets . First Defiance Financial Corp. of Ohio was included in the Peer Group to round out the Peer Group to the regulatory required minimum of 10 institutions. First Defiance is headquartered in western Ohio in markets similar to Northwest’s Pennsylvania and New York markets while also operating with a comparatively large market capitalization ($142 million).
     Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the 10 Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-3 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. Like the anticipated public market profile of Northwest, the Peer Group generally exhibits strong liquidity in their shares, shares the same broad regional market area, and includes many institutions that have successfully leveraged their balance sheets with acquisitions and internal growth. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and Northwest, we believe the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments to account for key differences. The following sections present a comparison of Northwest’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group.
     A summary description of the key characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies is detailed below.
    Brookline Bancorp, Inc. Brookline Bancorp is a savings and loan holding company based in Brookline, Massachusetts. Brookline Bancorp conducts operations from 17 retail banking offices in the Boston metropolitan area, inclusive of locations of Mystic Financial, Inc., which was acquired in 2005. Brookline Bancorp urban market supports its multi-family and commercial mortgage lending operations with such loans dominating the loan portfolio. Brookline Bancorp completed its first step mutual holding company reorganization in 1997 a second-step conversion in July 2002, which continue to provide it with a strong capital ratio. At June 30, 2009, Brookline Bancorp had total assets of $2.6 billion, deposits of $1.5 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 16.7%. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2009, Brookline Bancorp reported earnings of $14.8 million for a return on average assets of 0.57%. Brookline Bancorp had a market capitalization of $626 million at August 28, 2009.
 
    ESB Financial Corp. of Pennsylvania. ESB Financial Corp. is the savings and loan holding company for ESB Bank, headquartered in Ellwood, Pennsylvania.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.4
     
Table 3.1
Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts
August 28, 2009
                                                                 
                Operating   Total             Fiscal     Conv.     Stock     Market  
Ticker   Financial Institution   Exchange   Primary Market   Strategy(1)   Assets(2)     Offices     Year     Date     Price     Value  
   
 
                                              ($)   ($Mil)
HCBK  
Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. of NJ (3)
  NASDAQ   Paramus, NJ   Thrift   $ 57,407       119       12-31       06/05     $ 12.87     $ 6,734  
NYB  
New York Community Bancorp of NY (3)
  NYSE   Westbury, NY   Thrift   $ 32,860       220       12-31       11/93     $ 10.79     $ 3,725  
PBCT  
Peoples United Financial of CT (3)
  NASDAQ   Bridgeport, CT   Div.   $ 20,810       303       12-31       04/07     $ 16.05     $ 5,538  
FNFG  
First Niagara Financial Group of NY (3)
  NASDAQ   Lockport, NY   Thrift   $ 11,577       116       12-31       01/03     $ 13.20     $ 1,977  
NAL  
NewAlliance Bancshares of CT (3)
  NYSE   New Haven, CT   Thrift   $ 8,581       89       12-31       04/04     $ 11.77     $ 1,257  
PFS  
Provident Financial Serv. Inc. of NJ (3)
  NYSE   Jersey City, NJ   Thrift   $ 6,669       86       12-31       01/03     $ 11.17     $ 668  
BRKL  
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA (3)
  NASDAQ   Brookline, MA   Thrift   $ 2,641       17       12-31       07/02     $ 10.60     $ 626  
FDEF  
First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH (3)
  NASDAQ   Defiance, OH   Thrift   $ 2,024       27       12-31       10/95     $ 17.55     $ 142  
ESBF  
ESB Financial Corp. of PA (3)
  NASDAQ   Ellwood City, PA   Thrift   $ 1,963       23       12-31       06/90     $ 13.63     $ 164  
ESSA  
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA (3)
  NASDAQ   Stroudsburg, PA   Thrift   $ 1,053       13       09-30       04/07     $ 13.26     $ 199  
 
NOTES:  
(1) Operating strategies are: Thrift=Traditional Thrift, M.B.=Mortgage Banker, R.E.=Real Estate Developer, Div.=Diversified
 
   
and Ret.=Retail Banking.
 
    (2) Most recent quarter end available (E=Estimated and P=Pro Forma).
 
Source:   SNL Financial, LC.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.5
      Importantly, ESB Financial Corp. operates in western Pennsylvania and is a competitor of Northwest in some markets. ESB Financial’s balance sheet reflects a significant wholesale component with the investment portfolio exceeding the loan portfolio and the funding composition reflecting nearly equal amounts of deposits and borrowed funds. Growth of ESB Financial has been the result of both internal growth and five prior acquisitions dating back to the early 1990s, two of which were completed earlier in this decade. At June 30, 2009, ESB Financial $2.0 billion, deposits of $900 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 5.6%. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2009, ESB Financial reported earnings of $11.4 million for a return on average assets of 0.58%. ESB Financial had a market capitalization of $164 million at August 28, 2009.
 
    ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania. ESSA Bancorp, Inc. is the Pennsylvania-chartered stock holding company of ESSA Bank & Trust, which operates through 13 offices in northeastern Pennsylvania. ESSA Bancorp completed its conversion from mutual-to-stock form in April 2007, which increased its tangible equity-to-assets ratio to a level which remains in excess of the other Peer Group companies individually. While ESSA Bancorp is substantially smaller than Northwest, its operations in Pennsylvania outside of a major metropolitan area enhance their comparability from a valuation perspective. ESSA Bancorp’s asset investment strategy is primarily focused on residential mortgage lending while it also maintains a significant investment portfolio, the majority of which are held as available for sale (“AFS”). The largest segment of funding liabilities is borrowings, followed closely by deposits. At June 30, 2009, ESSA Bancorp had total assets of $1.1 billion, deposits of $401.2 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 17.6%. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2009, ESSA Bancorp reported earnings of $5.9 million for a return on average assets of 0.57%. ESSA Bancorp had a market capitalization of $199 million at August 28, 2009.
 
    First Definance Financial Corp., Inc. First Defiance Financial Corp. is a savings and loan holding company based in Defiance, Ohio. First Defiance Financial Corp. conducts operations from 27 retail banking offices in northwestern Ohio and nearby areas in Michigan and Indiana. First Defiance Financial Corp.’s operating objectives include expansion, diversification within its markets, growth of its fee based income, and growth internally and through acquisitions of financial institutions, branches and financial services businesses. First Defiance Financial Corp. has completed three whole bank acquisitions, several branch acquisitions and acquisitions of other financial services companies over the last decade. At June 30, 2009, First Defiance Financial Corp. had total assets of $2.0 billion, deposits of $1.6 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 8.3%. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2009, First Defiance Financial Corp. reported earnings of $7.5 million for a return on average assets of 0.38%. First Defiance Financial Corp. had a market capitalization of $142 million at August 28, 2009.
 
    First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. of New York . First Niagara is a thrift holding company headquartered in Lockport, New York. First Niagara serves upstate New York through a network of 116 retail banking offices. First Niagara provides its customers with consumer and commercial banking services including residential and commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans and

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.6
      leases, consumer loans, and consumer and commercial deposit products. First Niagara also offers insurance products and wealth management services. First Niagara completed a second-step conversion offering in January 2003. Since 1998, First Niagara has deployed the proceeds realized from an MHC offering completed in 1998 and the second-step conversion offering to implement its “Buy and Build” strategy, which has resulted in the completion of six whole-bank and 15 non-bank acquisitions as well as the opening of de novo branches. Moreover, First Niagara has two currently pending transactions: (1) the acquisition of 57 branch offices of PNC Bank with a total a total of $4.2 billion of deposits, all of which are in Pennsylvania; and (2) the acquisition of Harleysville National Corporation, a bank holding company based in southeastern Pennsylvania with total assets of $5.6 billion. At June 30, 2009, First Niagara had total assets of $11.6 billion, deposits of $6.2 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 9.8%. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2009, First Niagara reported earnings of $86.1 million for a return on average assets of 0.89%. First Niagara had a market capitalization of $2.0 billion at August 28, 2009.
 
    Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. of New Jersey . Hudson City Bancorp is a thrift holding company headquartered in Paramus, New Jersey, and conducts retail banking operations through 119 banking offices located in New Jersey, southern New York and Connecticut, with operations focused within the New York metropolitan area. Hudson City Bancorp employs an operating strategy focused on permanent 1-4 family residential mortgage lending funded by deposits. In this regard, the Bank’s strategy is to offer a streamlined product line from a lending and depository perspective. Both the loan and deposit products are offered at highly competitive rates with the resulting thin spreads offset by Hudson City Bancorp’s streamlined operations which have facilitated operating expense levels that are significantly below industry averages. Hudson City completed its first step mutual holding company reorganization in 1999 a second-step conversion in June 2005 and while the proceeds raised were significant, subsequent growth and capital management strategies employed by Hudson City Bancorp have resulted in leverage of the capital ratio relative to the levels reported immediately following the conversion. Hudson City Bancorp is the largest Peer Group institution as measured by assets and market capitalization. At June 30, 2009, Hudson City Bancorp had total assets of $57.4 billion, deposits of $21.7 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 8.7%. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2009, Hudson City Bancorp reported earnings of $501.8 million for a return on average assets of 0.93%. Hudson City Bancorp had a market capitalization of $6.7 billion at August 28, 2009.
 
    New York Community Bancorp, Inc. New York Community Bancorp is a multi-bank holding company based in Westbury, New York. New York Community Bancorp conducts operations from 220 retail banking offices in New York and New Jersey, primarily within the New York metropolitan area. Reflecting its growth through a series of acquisitions, New York Community Bancorp operates through five local divisions: Queens County Savings Bank in Queens, Roslyn Savings Bank on Long Island, Richmond County Savings Bank on Staten Island, Roosevelt Savings Bank in Brooklyn, and Garden State Community Bank in New Jersey. New York Community Bancorp is a leading producer of multi-family loans in New York City, with an emphasis on apartment buildings that feature below-market rents. At June 30, 2009, New York Community Bancorp had total

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.7
      assets of $32.9 billion, deposits of $14.4 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 5.2%. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2009, New York Community Bancorp reported earnings of $305.4 million for a return on average assets of 0.95%. New York Community Bancorp had a market capitalization of $3.7 billion at August 28, 2009.
 
    NewAlliance Bancshares, Inc. NewAlliance converted from mutual-to-stock form effective April 1, 2004. Simultaneous with the conversion, NewAlliance acquired two savings banks. Subsequent to the conversion, NewAlliance acquired a trust company, an asset management company and two commercial banks. NewAlliance maintains 89 branches in Connecticut and western Massachusetts. NewAlliance’s business philosophy is to operate as a community bank with local-decision making authority, providing a broad array of banking and financial services including investment management, trust and insurance services to retail and commercial business customers. At June 30, 2009, NewAlliance had total assets of $8.5 billion, deposits of $4.9 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 9.8%. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2009, NewAlliance reported earnings of $42.3 million for a return on average assets of 0.50%. NewAlliance had a market capitalization of $1.3 billion at August 28, 2009.
 
    Peoples United Financial, Inc. of Connecticut . Peoples United is a thrift holding company headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut. Peoples United serves a broad cross-section of the five New England states as well as southern New York through a network of 303 retail banking offices. Peoples United provides its customers with a diversified array of financial services including commercial banking, retail consumer and small business banking, and wealth management services. Peoples United completed its first step mutual holding company reorganization in 1988, and a second-step conversion in April 2007. Peoples United completed the acquisition of Chittenden Corporation, a multi-bank holding company with $7.4 billion of total assets as of January 1, 2008, substantially expanding the geographic scope of operations to the northern New England states. At June 30, 2009, Peoples United had total assets of $20.8 billion, deposits of $15.0 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 17.4%. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2009, Peoples United reported earnings of $135.5 million for a return on average assets of 0.66%. Peoples United had a market capitalization of $5.5 billion at August 28, 2009.
 
    Provident Financial Services, Inc. of New Jersey . Provident Financial is headquartered in Jersey City, New Jersey and operates 86 retail banking offices in the State of New Jersey. Provident Financial converted from mutual-to-stock form effective January 15, 2003 and completed the acquisition of First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc. in July 2004, and the acquisition of First Morris Bank & Trust in April 2007. Provident Financial has emphasized lending diversification into commercial real estate and commercial business loans, the acquisition and retention of core deposit accounts and increasing non-interest income. Growth of non-interest income revenues has been supported by emphasizing transaction accounts and by offering investment products, estate management and trust services. At June 30, 2009, Provident Financial had total assets of $6.7 billion, deposits of $4.7 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 7.9%. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2009, Provident Financial reported a loss equal to

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.8
      $117.7 million which was the result of a non-cash goodwill impairment charge; Provident Financial reported net earnings of $34.8 million over the corresponding timeframe excluding the goodwill impairment expense. Provident Financial had a market capitalization of $668 million at August 28, 2009.
     In aggregate, the Peer Group’s tangible equity level was above the average for all publicly-traded thrifts, while the Peer Group’s ratios for return on average assets and return on average equity were above the comparable averages for all publicly-traded thrifts. Given their significantly larger size and stronger financial performance, the Peer Group was priced at a premium to the average price-to-tangible book (“P/TB”) ratio and price/earnings (“P/E”) multiple for all publicly-traded thrifts.
                 
    All    
    Publicly-Traded   Peer Group
Financial Characteristics (Averages)
               
Assets ($Mil)
  $ 2,869     $ 14,559  
Market Capitalization ($Mil)
  $ 292     $ 2,103  
Tangible Equity/Assets (%)
    9.93 %     11.11 %
Core Return on Average Assets (%)
    (0.18 %)     0.43 %
Core Return on Average Equity (%)
    (1.15 %)     3.43 %
 
               
Pricing Ratios (Averages)(1)
               
Price/Core Earnings (x)
    17.53 x     24.53 x
Price/Tangible Book (%)
    80.45 %     146.94 %
Price/Assets (%)
    7.85 %     14.94 %
 
(1)   Based on market prices as of August 28, 2009.
Sources: Tables 3.2 and 4.2.
     The companies selected for the Peer Group were relatively comparable to Northwest on average, and are considered to be the “best fit” Peer Group. While there are many similarities between Northwest’s and the Peer Group on average, there are some differences as well. The following comparative analysis highlights key similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group.
Financial Condition
     Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for Northwest’s and the Peer Group, reflecting balances as of June 30, 2009 for the Company and the Peer Group, respectively. On a reported basis, Northwest’s equity-to-assets ratio of 8.9% was below the

 


 

     
     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.9
Table 3.2
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates
Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the Comparable Group
As of June 30, 2009
                                                                                                                                                                 
    Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets   Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates   Regulatory Capital
    Cash &   MBS &                           Borrowed   Subd.   Net   Goodwill   Tng Net           MBS, Cash &                   Borrows.   Net   Tng Net            
    Equivalents   Invest   BOLI   Loans   Deposits   Funds   Debt   Worth   & Intang   Worth   Assets   Investments   Loans   Deposits   &Subdebt   Worth   Worth   Tangible   Core   Reg.Cap.
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
                                                                                                                                                             
June 30, 2009
  5.9 %     15.1 %     1.8 %     71.8 %     75.4 %     12.6 %     1.5 %     8.9 %     2.5 %     6.4 %     2.54 %     3.11 %     1.87 %     -0.75 %     20.74 %     1.57 %     3.00 %     8.15 %     8.15 %     13.69 %
 
                                                                                                                                                             
All Public Companies
                                                                                                                                                             
Averages
  4.6 %     20.1 %     1.4 %     69.4 %     69.4 %     17.6 %     0.5 %     11.3 %     0.9 %     10.4 %     8.51 %     12.11 %     6.34 %     12.21 %     -2.95 %     1.66 %     2.45 %     9.97 %     9.88 %     15.66 %
Medians
  3.9 %     18.9 %     1.4 %     70.9 %     71.1 %     15.8 %     0.0 %     10.1 %     0.1 %     9.1 %     4.95 %     8.26 %     3.98 %     7.84 %     -4.34 %     -0.87 %     -0.95 %     9.04 %     8.90 %     13.50 %
 
                                                                                                                                                               
State of PA
                                                                                                                                                             
Averages
  4.8 %     31.2 %     1.7 %     59.1 %     64.1 %     23.8 %     0.5 %     10.4 %     0.7 %     9.7 %     6.73 %     11.28 %     6.22 %     10.14 %     0.28 %     0.62 %     1.89 %     9.67 %     9.15 %     16.20 %
Medians
  4.1 %     27.6 %     1.5 %     61.4 %     69.8 %     16.0 %     0.0 %     9.7 %     0.0 %     9.4 %     3.00 %     4.12 %     6.14 %     7.32 %     -3.60 %     0.16 %     0.42 %     8.79 %     8.51 %     14.00 %
 
                                                                                                                                                               
Comparable Group
                                                                                                                                                             
Averages
  3.6 %     25.4 %     1.1 %     63.1 %     55.2 %     28.1 %     0.7 %     14.8 %     4.1 %     10.7 %     8.03 %     12.12 %     4.20 %     10.51 %     -1.36 %     5.33 %     6.70 %     10.19 %     9.99 %     15.33 %
Medians
  1.9 %     23.8 %     1.4 %     66.8 %     55.3 %     26.5 %     0.2 %     14.7 %     4.3 %     9.2 %     5.33 %     5.10 %     1.92 %     8.54 %     -3.57 %     -0.71 %     1.16 %     10.49 %     10.49 %     13.70 %
 
                                                                                                                                                               
Comparable Group
                                                                                                                                                             
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA   4.4 %     12.2 %     0.0 %     80.2 %     56.8 %     23.8 %     0.0 %     18.5 %     1.8 %     16.7 %     5.87 %     -2.83 %     8.14 %     14.65 %     -3.68 %     -3.65 %     -3.69 %     16.20 %     16.20 %   NA
ESBF
ESB Financial Corp. of PA   2.1 %     57.1 %     1.5 %     33.6 %     45.9 %     42.7 %     2.4 %     7.8 %     2.2 %     5.6 %     2.13 %     3.99 %     0.86 %     6.39 %     -3.57 %     21.44 %     33.65 %     7.40 %     7.40 %     14.30 %
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA   1.3 %     25.0 %     1.4 %     70.0 %     38.1 %     43.2 %     0.0 %     17.6 %     0.0 %     17.6 %     6.91 %     4.84 %     7.30 %     8.24 %     15.58 %     -10.96 %     -10.96 %   NA   NA   NA
FDEF
First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH   4.4 %     7.7 %     1.4 %     79.5 %     76.8 %     9.3 %     1.8 %     11.5 %     3.2 %     8.3 %     4.95 %     31.42 %     2.20 %     8.83 %     -22.19 %     20.06 %     31.13 %     10.49 %     10.49 %     12.67 %
FNFG
First Niagara Financial Group of NY   1.5 %     33.1 %     0.0 %     55.0 %     53.9 %     27.5 %     0.1 %     16.6 %     6.7 %     9.8 %     27.58 %   NM     0.00 %     1.33 %   NM     34.04 %   NM     10.54 %     10.54 %   NA
HCBK
Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. of NJ   1.1 %     44.4 %     0.0 %     53.5 %     37.8 %     52.3 %     0.0 %     9.0 %     0.3 %     8.7 %     16.77 %     22.63 %     12.77 %     29.74 %     9.28 %     9.21 %     9.58 %     7.73 %     7.73 %     21.09 %
NYB
New York Community Bancorp of NY   0.5 %     18.5 %     2.1 %     69.0 %     43.7 %     41.1 %     1.5 %     12.8 %     7.6 %     5.2 %     5.72 %     -1.43 %     8.86 %     7.48 %     6.64 %     -1.83 %     -3.16 %   NA     7.74 %     11.57 %
NAL
NewAlliance Bancshares of CT   1.7 %     31.5 %     1.6 %     56.6 %     56.7 %     25.5 %     0.2 %     16.4 %     6.6 %     9.8 %     3.86 %     14.59 %     -1.03 %     12.27 %     -9.86 %     0.01 %     1.16 %   NA     10.88 %     20.58 %
PBCT
Peoples United Financial of CT   16.4 %     2.4 %     1.2 %     69.1 %     72.2 %     0.8 %     0.9 %     24.7 %     7.3 %     17.4 %     2.06 %     5.10 %     1.20 %     3.38 %     5.47 %     -1.43 %     -1.59 %     10.70 %     10.70 %     13.70 %
PFS
Provident Financial Serv. Inc. of NJ   3.1 %     22.6 %     1.9 %     64.6 %     70.6 %     15.4 %     0.0 %     13.1 %     5.4 %     7.7 %     4.45 %     30.78 %     1.64 %     12.81 %     -9.93 %     -13.58 %     4.15 %     8.26 %     8.26 %     13.37 %
Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2009 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.10
Peer Group’s average equity/assets ratio of 14.8%. Tangible equity-to-assets ratios for the Company and the Peer Group equaled 6.4% and 10.7%, respectively. The smaller differential in the tangible equity ratios reflects the higher proportion of goodwill and other intangible assets for the Peer Group on average in comparison to Northwest. On a pro forma basis, Northwest’s equity ratio may approximate the Peer Group average while the tangible equity ratio is expected to modestly exceed the Peer Group’s average ratios based on current market conditions. Both the Company and the Peer Group currently maintain surpluses with respect to their respective regulatory capital requirements.
     The increase in Northwest’s pro forma equity position will be favorable from an interest rate risk perspective and in terms of posturing for future earnings growth as the net proceeds are reinvested and leveraged. The Company’s business plan, which is focused on increasing earnings through business line/balance sheet restructuring and growth through de novo branching and acquisition is a positive factor with respect to the use the intended use of proceeds. At the same time, many of the Peer Group companies have adopted similar strategies and the implementation of strategies by Northwest to increase earnings and ROE is subject to both execution risk and the overall market environment.
     The interest-earning asset (“IEA”) composition for the Company and the Peer Group reflects differences in terms of the proportion of loans, as Northwest’s proportion of 71.8% exceeds the Peer Group average ratio of 63.1%. Conversely, Northwest’s level of cash and investments equal to 21.0% of assets was lower than the comparable Peer Group average of 29.0%. Overall, Northwest’s interest-earning assets amounted to 92.8% of assets, which modestly exceeded the Peer Group’s average ratio of 92.1%. Both the Company’s and the Peer Group’s IEA ratios exclude BOLI as an interest-earning asset. On a pro forma basis immediately following the Second Step Conversion, a portion of the proceeds will initially be invested into Federal funds or shorter term investment securities increasing the relative proportion of cash and investments for the Company in comparison to the Peer Group over the short term.
     Northwest’s funding liabilities currently reflect more of a deposit funding strategy, whereas the Peer Group is using borrowed funds to a greater extent, both to supplement liquidity in lieu of utilizing deposit funds and for wholesale leveraging and interest rate risk management purposes. In this regard, the Company’s deposits equaled 75.4% of assets, which exceeded the comparable Peer Group average of 55.2%. Conversely, borrowings accounted

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.11
for a greater portion of the Peer Group’s interest-bearing liabilities (“IBL”) composition relative to the Company — and as of the most recent period, borrowings-to-assets ratios averaged 28.8% for the Peer Group versus 14.1% for the Company, inclusive of subordinated debt. Balances of subordinated debt equaled 1.5% versus only 0.7% for the Peer Group. Total IBL maintained as a percent of assets equaled 89.5% and 84.0% for Northwest and the Peer Group, respectively, reflecting the Company’s lower equity position. The ratio of IBL will be reduced on a post-offering basis as the Company funds a greater portion of its operations with equity.
     A key measure of balance sheet strength for a financial institution is IEA/IBL ratio, with higher ratios often facilitating stronger profitability levels, depending on the overall asset/liability mix. Presently, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio of 103.7% is below the Peer Group’s average ratio of 109.4%. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds will considerably increase the IEA/IBL ratio, as the net proceeds realized from Northwest’s stock offering are expected to be reinvested into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s equity position will result in a lower level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets.
     The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows growth rates for key balance sheet items for the most recent 12 months. Northwest’s assets increased by 2.54% versus asset growth of 8.03% for the Peer Group on average. The asset growth for the Peer Group was higher partially owing to very high growth rates reported by several companies, including one company which completed a major acquisition. The median asset growth rate for the Peer Group equaled 5.33% and more closely approximated the Company’s growth rate. Loan growth for the Company and the Peer Group was relatively similar, equaling 1.87% and 4.20%, respectively, while the Peer Group’s higher asset growth was primarily the result of their expanding cash and investment portfolios, which increased by an average of 12.12% versus a 3.11% for the Company.
     The Company’s deposit growth rate was below the Peer Group average as Northwest’s deposits declined by 0.75% while in contrast, the Peer Group’s deposits grew at a 10.51% average rate. Borrowed funds increased much more rapidly for the Company, expanding at a 20.74% annual pace versus shrinkage of 1.36% realized by the Peer Group. As discussed in Section One, deposit growth has been limited in recent periods owing to a conscious decision by the Company to shrink the CD portfolio as depositors were unwilling to lock-in longer term CDs in the low rate environment. Accordingly, Northwest funded the CD runoff with term FHLB advances.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.12
     Equity growth for the Company equaled 1.57% on a reported basis and 3.00% on a tangible basis, which was below the respective Peer Group averages (5.33% reported and 6.70% tangible equity growth) but above the respective Peer Group median ratios (0.71% shrinkage on a reported basis and 1.16% growth on a tangible basis).
Income and Expense Components
     Table 3.3 shows comparative income statement measures for Northwest and the Peer Group, reflecting earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 for both. Northwest reported a net income to average assets ratio of 0.59% versus the Peer Group’s ratio of 0.42% based on the average and 0.58% based on the median. A lower level of operating expenses, loan loss provisions and non-operating losses for the Peer Group were offset by the Company’s stronger net interest margin and levels of non-interest operating income. Northwest’s higher net interest income to average assets ratio (before provisions for loan losses) was realized both through a higher ratio of interest income to average assets as well as lower interest expense. The Company’s higher interest income ratio was attributable to its higher yield on interest-earning assets (5.84% versus 5.31% for the Peer Group), as well the Company’s higher loans/assets ratio. Northwest’s lower interest expense ratio was realized through maintaining a lower cost of funds than the Peer Group (2.35% for Northwest versus 2.64% for the Peer Group on average), which was partially attributable to Northwest’s lower level of borrowed funds. Overall, Northwest and the Peer Group reported net interest income to average assets ratios of 3.33% and 2.65%, respectively.
     From the perspective of core earnings, the benefit of the Company’s stronger net interest margin relative to the Peer Group was diminished by its higher operating expense ratio. For the period covered in Table 3.3, the Company and the Peer Group reported operating expense to average assets ratios of 2.55% and 2.18%, respectively (inclusive of the amortization and impairment of intangible assets). In general, the Company’s higher operating expense ratio is indicative of the higher staffing needs related to maintaining a large number of relatively small branches (the Company operates more retail branches than all but two of the Peer Group companies). One other factor that appears to contribute to Northwest’s higher operating expense ratio is the higher concentration of loans to total assets and greater funding with deposits, both of which entail greater expense to acquire and service relative to wholesale

 


 

     
     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.13
Table 3.3
Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads
Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the Comparable Group
For the 12 Months Ended June 30, 2009
                                                                                                                                                         
            Net Interest Income                                        
                                    Loss   NII   Other Income   Total   G&A/Other Exp.   Non-Op. Items   Yields, Costs, and Spreads   MEMO:   MEMO:
    Net                           Provis.   After   Loan   R.E.   Other   Other   G&A   Goodwill   Net   Extrao.   Yield   Cost   Yld-Cost   Assets/   Effective
    Income   Income   Expense   NII   on IEA   Provis.   Fees   Oper.   Income   Income   Expense   Amort.   Gains   Items   On Assets   Of Funds   Spread   FTE Emp.   Tax Rate
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
                                                                                                                                                     
June 30, 2009
  0.59 %     5.45 %     2.11 %     3.33 %     0.50 %     2.84 %     0.00 %     -0.06 %     0.77 %     0.71 %     2.50 %     0.05 %     -0.20 %     0.00 %     5.84 %     2.35 %     3.49 %   $ 3,813       26.12 %
All Public Companies
                                                                                                                                                     
Averages
  -0.23 %     5.20 %     2.36 %     2.84 %     0.70 %     2.14 %     0.02 %     -0.04 %     0.73 %     0.72 %     2.62 %     0.17 %     -0.32 %     0.02 %     5.53 %     2.71 %     2.82 %   $ 6,038       31.91 %
Medians
  0.09 %     5.21 %     2.37 %     2.83 %     0.35 %     2.36 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.58 %     0.56 %     2.65 %     0.00 %     -0.08 %     0.00 %     5.52 %     2.71 %     2.81 %   $ 5,025       32.27 %
State of PA
                                                                                                                                                     
Averages
  0.15 %     5.03 %     2.54 %     2.49 %     0.33 %     2.16 %     0.01 %     -0.01 %     0.47 %     0.48 %     2.01 %     0.01 %     -0.38 %     0.00 %     5.29 %     2.88 %     2.40 %   $ 6,170       23.92 %
Medians
  0.20 %     5.08 %     2.58 %     2.51 %     0.32 %     2.13 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.43 %     0.40 %     2.06 %     0.00 %     -0.09 %     0.00 %     5.30 %     2.89 %     2.33 %   $ 5,714       24.20 %
Comparable Group
                                                                                                                                                     
Averages
  0.42 %     4.88 %     2.23 %     2.65 %     0.27 %     2.38 %     0.02 %     0.00 %     0.61 %     0.62 %     1.88 %     0.30 %     -0.04 %     0.00 %     5.31 %     2.64 %     2.67 %   $ 10,637       30.51 %
Medians
  0.58 %     4.94 %     2.34 %     2.76 %     0.19 %     2.47 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.49 %     0.52 %     1.93 %     0.08 %     -0.04 %     0.00 %     5.30 %     2.86 %     2.73 %   $ 7,422       32.03 %
Comparable Group
                                                                                                                                                     
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
  0.57 %     5.54 %     2.44 %     3.10 %     0.44 %     2.67 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.17 %     0.17 %     1.65 %     0.06 %     -0.12 %     0.00 %     5.73 %     3.05 %     2.68 %   $ 11,384       38.83 %
ESBF
ESB Financial Corp. of PA   0.58 %     4.87 %     3.09 %     1.78 %     0.07 %     1.71 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.33 %     0.33 %     1.20 %     0.03 %     -0.08 %     0.00 %     5.25 %     3.38 %     1.88 %   $ 7,854       13.54 %
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA   0.57 %     5.17 %     2.38 %     2.80 %     0.15 %     2.64 %     0.06 %     0.00 %     0.50 %     0.56 %     2.27 %     0.00 %     -0.07 %     0.00 %     5.37 %     2.98 %     2.39 %   $ 6,122       28.72 %
FDEF
First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH   0.38 %     5.21 %     1.93 %     3.28 %     0.78 %     2.50 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.96 %     0.96 %     2.91 %     0.08 %     0.16 %     0.00 %     5.70 %     2.19 %     3.51 %   $ 3,640       30.60 %
FNFG
First Niagara Financial Group of NY   0.89 %     4.49 %     1.46 %     3.03 %     0.33 %     2.70 %     0.09 %     0.00 %     1.17 %     1.25 %     2.36 %     0.08 %     -0.08 %     0.00 %     5.14 %     1.79 %     3.34 %   $ 6,065       32.31 %
HCBK
Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. of NJ   0.93 %     5.29 %     3.24 %     2.05 %     0.12 %     1.92 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.06 %     0.06 %     0.41 %     0.00 %     0.01 %     0.00 %     5.35 %     3.60 %     1.74 %   $ 39,563       38.34 %
NYB
New York Community Bancorp of NY   0.95 %     5.01 %     2.50 %     2.51 %     0.07 %     2.44 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.38 %     0.38 %     1.03 %     0.07 %     -0.34 %     0.00 %     5.70 %     2.92 %     2.78 %   $ 12,175       28.08 %
NAL
NewAlliance Bancshares of CT   0.50 %     4.61 %     2.30 %     2.31 %     0.20 %     2.11 %     0.01 %     0.00 %     0.62 %     0.62 %     1.85 %     0.11 %     0.05 %     0.00 %     5.15 %     2.80 %     2.35 %   $ 7,866       32.03 %
PBCT
Peoples United Financial of CT   0.66 %     4.03 %     1.10 %     2.92 %     0.18 %     2.74 %     0.00 %     -0.01 %     1.41 %     1.40 %     3.13 %     0.10 %     0.07 %     0.00 %     4.57 %     1.51 %     3.06 %   $ 4,712       32.10 %
PFS
Provident Financial Serv. Inc. of NJ   -1.79 %     4.58 %     1.85 %     2.72 %     0.37 %     2.36 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.47 %     0.47 %     2.01 %     2.43 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     5.16 %     2.19 %     2.97 %   $ 6,990     NM
Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2009 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.14
investments and borrowings which comprise a greater proportion of the Peer Group’s assets and liabilities. Northwest maintained a ratio of assets per full time equivalent employee of $3.8 million versus $10.6 million on average for the Peer Group, providing empirical evidence of the labor intensive nature of the Company’s operations relative to the Peer Group.
     When viewed together, net interest income and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a financial institution’s earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities. In this regard, as measured by their expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses), the Company’s earnings strength was more favorable than the Peer Group’s. Expense coverage ratios for the last 12 months for Northwest and the Peer Group (on average) equaled 1.31x and 1.22x, respectively. An expense coverage ratio of greater than 1.0x indicates that an institution is able to sustain pre-tax profitability without having to rely on non-interest sources of income.
     Sources of non-interest operating income contributed more significantly to the Company’s profitability, with such income amounting to 0.71% and 0.62% of Northwest’s and the Peer Group’s average assets, respectively. Taking non-interest operating income into account in evaluating profitability along with net interest income and operating expenses, Northwest’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 63.1% compared more favorably to the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 66.7%. Importantly, while the elements of Northwest’s core earnings indicate stronger earnings, non-operating expenses have diminished the benefit of the Company’s core earnings strength. Specifically, loan loss provisions and non-operating expenses reported by Northwest have both exceeded the Peer Group average as will be discussed more fully below.
     Loan loss provisions reflect an increasing trend for the Company and equaled 0.50% of average assets for Northwest for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 versus an average of 0.27% for the Peer Group. While the Company is anticipating that its loan loss provisions may be lower in the future, estimating the level of future loan loss provisions is difficult in the current operating environment and may be predicated on the stabilization of Northwest’s credit quality ratios among other factors. Similarly, non-operating expenses totaled 0.20% for Northwest versus an average expense of 0.04% for the Peer Group. Typically, such gains and losses are

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.15
discounted in valuation analyses as they tend to have a relatively high degree of volatility, and thus are not considered part of core operations. In this appraisal, for both Northwest’s and the Peer Group, we have considered earnings and profitability before and after such net gains and losses.
     The Company’s effective tax rate for the last 12 months of 26.1% is lower than the Peer Group average of 30.5%. The Company expects that its effective tax rate will continue to approximate the recent historical level over the near term and thereby remaining at an advantage in comparison to the Peer Group.
Loan Composition
     Table 3.4 presents the most recent data related to the Company’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions, as well as data pertaining to investment in mortgage-backed securities, loans serviced for others, and risk-weighted assets. The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflected a higher concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities than maintained by the Peer Group (57.5% of assets versus 47.5% for the Peer Group). The Peer Group’s ratio of residential loans was supported by their higher concentration of mortgage-backed securities, as the Company’ ratio of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans was substantially greater than the Peer Group average (47.9% for Northwest versus an average of 29.5% of assets for the Peer Group). Whereas the Company maintains a philosophy of selling 1-4 family fixed rates loans on a servicing-retained basis, some of the Peer Group members are actively involved in selling loans on a servicing-released basis. Average loans serviced for others equaled 8.2% of the Peer Group’s average assets, while the Company maintained loans serviced for others equal to 18.2% of the on balance sheet assets. Average servicing intangibles equaled 0.06% of the Peer Group’s total assets, while Northwest maintained a balance of servicing intangibles equal to 0.11% of total assets.
     The Peer Group’s lending activities show greater diversification in various areas of high risk-weight lending including multi-family and commercial mortgage lending. Specifically, multi-family and commercial mortgage loans represented 22.0% of assets, which was greater than the 16.5% ratio for the Company. The Peer Group maintained construction loan (2.5% of assets) and business loan (6.9% of assets) portfolios, while the Company was less engaged in these lending areas, reporting 0.2% of assets in construction loans and 4.5% in commercial

 


 

     
     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.16
Table 3.4
Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information
Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the Comparable Group
As of June 30, 2009
                                                                           
      Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets            
              1-4   Constr.   5+Unit   Commerc.           RWA/   Serviced   Servicing
Institution   MBS   Family   & Land   Comm RE   Business   Consumer   Assets   For Others   Assets
      (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($000)   ($000)
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
    9.52 %     47.94 %     0.16 %     16.50 %     4.51 %     3.54 %     63.81 %   $ 1,294,800     $ 7,917  
 
                                                                         
All Public Companies
                                                                       
Averages
    13.08 %     35.38 %     6.00 %     21.62 %     4.74 %     2.44 %     66.66 %   $ 659,855     $ 6,178  
Medians
    11.52 %     34.71 %     4.31 %     19.55 %     3.46 %     0.66 %     66.71 %   $ 40,390     $ 185  
 
                                                                         
State of PA
                                                                       
Averages
    19.06 %     39.05 %     4.21 %     12.20 %     2.17 %     1.70 %     56.27 %   $ 108,004     $ 667  
Medians
    18.12 %     39.62 %     3.69 %     11.69 %     2.04 %     0.32 %     53.39 %   $ 23,945     $ 40  
 
                                                                         
Comparable Group
                                                                       
Averages
    17.98 %     29.51 %     2.52 %     21.95 %     6.89 %     3.51 %     60.52 %   $ 343,166     $ 2,006  
Medians
    14.19 %     23.09 %     2.08 %     20.61 %     4.23 %     1.51 %     59.26 %   $ 244,395     $ 829  
 
                                                                         
Comparable Group
                                                                       
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    9.36 %     15.05 %     1.20 %     32.17 %     10.45 %     22.40 %     79.50 %   $ 40,230     $ 159  
ESBF
ESB Financial Corp. of PA
    41.44 %     20.49 %     2.08 %     5.39 %     1.48 %     3.78 %     49.13 %   $ 10,170     $ 42  
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    18.65 %     62.74 %     1.04 %     4.91 %     1.62 %     0.18 %     47.00 %   $ 37,720     $ 303  
FDEF
First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH
    3.47 %     20.28 %     4.85 %     34.82 %     18.86 %     1.67 %     88.46 %   $ 1,206,260     $ 8,919  
FNFG
First Niagara Financial Group of NY
  NA   NA   NA   NA   NA   NA     55.34 %   $ 589,360     $ 4,344  
HCBK
Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
    35.05 %     53.50 %     0.03 %     0.10 %     0.03 %     0.01 %     35.13 %   $ 12,160     $ 0  
NYB
New York Community Bancorp of NY
    10.84 %     1.10 %     2.21 %     63.84 %     2.05 %     0.07 %     63.72 %   $ 700,680     $ 2,833  
NAL
NewAlliance Bancshares of CT
    26.75 %     37.92 %     1.76 %     12.39 %     4.46 %     0.21 %     51.99 %   $ 341,740     $ 1,905  
PBCT
Peoples United Financial of CT
    2.09 %     23.09 %     5.36 %     20.61 %     18.88 %     1.51 %     71.75 %   $ 147,050     $ 200  
PFS
Provident Financial Serv. Inc. of NJ
    14.19 %     31.43 %     4.12 %     23.31 %     4.23 %     1.76 %     63.18 %   $ 346,290     $ 1,355  
 
Source:   SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2009 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.17
business loans. Consumer loans, excluding home equity loans which are included in the 1-4 family residential mortgage totals, were equal to 3.5% of assets for both the Company and the Peer Group. Notwithstanding the Peer Group’s greater diversification into higher risk types of lending, the Company maintained a higher risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio than the Peer Group (63.8% versus 60.5% for the Peer Group), which is attributable to the higher proportion of assets invested into loans versus investments.
Credit Risk
     The ratio of NPAs/assets equaled 1.95% for the Company versus an average of 0.87% for the Peer Group as shown in Table 3.5. Importantly, Northwest’s NPA/assets ratio was above the level reported by all but one of the Peer Group companies on an individual basis (the highest ratio for the Peer Group was 2.42% of assets reported by First Defiance Financial). The higher ratio of NPAs reported by the Company was the result of both a higher ratio of non-performing loans and REO. The Company maintained a lower level of loss reserves as a percent of non-performing assets (54.49% versus 111.80% for the Peer Group). Chargeoffs equaled 0.22% of loans for the Company and 0.31% of loans for the Peer Group. The Company maintains allowances for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) to total loans which exceeded the Peer Group average. Specifically, the ratio of reserves to total loans equaled 1.31% for the Company versus an average and median ratio for the Peer Group equal to 1.00% and 1.10%, respectively. The higher level of NPAs and the lower reserve coverage ratio in relation to NPAs suggests that the higher reserves/loans ratio is warranted.
Interest Rate Risk
     Table 3.6 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, Northwest interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be slightly less favorable than the Peer Group’s, as implied by the Company’s lower tangible equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios. The Company’s non-interest earning assets were modestly below the Peer Group average. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds should serve to improve these ratios relative to the Peer Group.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.18
Table 3.5
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information
Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the Comparable Group
As of June 30, 2009 or Most Recent Date Available
                                                                     
                NPAs &                           Rsrves/        
        REO/   90+Del/   NPLs/   Rsrves/   Rsrves/   NPAs &   Net Loan   NLCs/
Institution   Assets   Assets   Loans   Loans   NPLs   90+Del   Chargoffs   Loans
        (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($000)   (%)
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.     0.22 %     1.95 %     2.41 %     1.31 %     54.49 %     48.23 %   $ 11,195       0.22 %
 
                                                                   
All Public Companies                                                                
Averages
        0.39 %     2.56 %     2.80 %     1.33 %     85.44 %     66.31 %   $ 1,390       0.58 %
Medians
        0.14 %     1.57 %     1.94 %     1.15 %     57.74 %     46.18 %   $ 291       0.16 %
 
                                                                   
State of PA                                                                
Averages
        0.31 %     1.63 %     1.77 %     1.06 %     86.89 %     65.77 %   $ 486       0.23 %
Medians
        0.17 %     1.48 %     1.73 %     0.98 %     64.29 %     50.81 %   $ 102       0.08 %
 
                                                                   
Comparable Group                                                                
Averages
        0.10 %     0.87 %     1.15 %     1.00 %     111.80 %     94.90 %   $ 4,656       0.31 %
Medians
        0.06 %     0.71 %     1.14 %     1.10 %     96.63 %     83.85 %   $ 5,052       0.22 %
 
                                                                   
Comparable Group                                                                
BRKL
  Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA     0.07 %     0.47 %     0.49 %     1.37 %     280.81 %     238.71 %   $ 1,446       0.27 %
ESBF
  ESB Financial Corp. of PA     0.04 %     0.24 %     0.60 %     0.93 %     155.30 %     131.81 %   $ 157       0.09 %
ESSA
  ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA     0.26 %     0.64 %     0.55 %     0.74 %     135.75 %     81.34 %   $ 90       0.05 %
FDEF
  First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH     0.42 %     2.42 %     2.47 %     1.58 %     64.00 %     52.80 %   $ 3,819       0.96 %
FNFG
  First Niagara Financial Group of NY     0.05 %     0.50 %     0.81 %     1.28 %     157.83 %     142.18 %   $ 5,971       0.37 %
HCBK
  Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. of NJ     0.02 %     0.77 %     1.37 %     0.29 %     20.85 %     19.89 %   $ 9,569       0.13 %
NYB
  New York Community Bancorp of NY     0.00 %     1.04 %     1.49 %     0.43 %     28.83 %     28.71 %   $ 9,220       0.16 %
NAL
  NewAlliance Bancshares of CT     0.01 %     0.65 %     1.12 %     1.05 %     93.86 %     92.19 %   $ 4,133       0.33 %
PBCT
  Peoples United Financial of CT     0.07 %     0.93 %     1.15 %     1.15 %     99.40 %     86.35 %   $ 6,000       0.16 %
PFS
  Provident Financial Serv. Inc. of NJ     0.08 %     1.04 %     1.47 %     1.19 %     81.39 %     74.99 %   $ 6,156       0.57 %
Source:   SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2009 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.19
Table 3.6
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility
Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and the Comparable Group
As of June 30, 2009 or Most Recent Date Available
                                                                             
        Balance Sheet Measures    
        Tangible           Non-Earn.    
        Equity/   IEA/   Assets/   Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income
Institution   Assets   IBL   Assets   6/30/2009   3/31/2009   12/31/2008   9/30/2008   6/30/2008   3/31/2008
        (%)   (%)   (%)   (change in net interest income is annualized in basis points)
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.     6.4 %     103.6 %     7.2 %     -13       -12       11       22       25       -1  
 
                                                                           
All Public Companies     10.4 %     107.8 %     5.9 %     0       -5       -3       9       8       4  
State of PA     9.7 %     107.8 %     4.9 %     -6       -12       3       13       10       2  
 
                                                                           
Comparable Group                                                                        
Averages
    10.7 %     110.0 %     7.8 %     6       -5       -1       14       1       6  
Medians
    9.3 %     109.4 %     9.1 %     6       -4       -4       13       14       6  
 
Comparable Group                                                                        
BRKL
  Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA     16.7 %     120.1 %     3.2 %     40       -18       5       14       9       -14  
ESBF
  ESB Financial Corp. of PA     5.6 %     102.2 %     7.1 %     10       5       4       11       16       15  
ESSA
  ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA     17.6 %     118.4 %     3.8 %     6       1       -6       1       13       2  
FDEF
  First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH     8.3 %     104.3 %     8.5 %     -2       -6       -10       -1       30       0  
FNFG
  First Niagara Financial Group of NY     9.8 %     109.8 %     10.5 %     -5       -6       2       17       14       7  
HCBK
  Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. of NJ     8.7 %     109.9 %     1.0 %     7       8       -5       8       25       16  
NYB
  New York Community Bancorp of NY     5.2 %     102.0 %     12.0 %     12       6       20       62       -42       8  
NAL
  NewAlliance Bancshares of CT     9.8 %     108.9 %     10.3 %     5       -2       -2       -4       10       4  
PBCT
  Peoples United Financial of CT     17.4 %     119.1 %     12.1 %     -7       -25       -11       14       -82       16  
PFS
  Provident Financial Serv. Inc. of NJ     7.7 %     104.9 %     9.7 %     -7       -8       -6       16       21       5  
 
NA=   Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.
 
Source:   SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2009 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.20
     To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for Northwest and the Peer Group. In general, the relative fluctuations in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios were considered to be slightly greater than the Peer Group average but well within the range of the Peer Group companies individually and, thus, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period analyzed in Table 3.5, Northwest’s and the Peer Group were viewed as maintaining a similar degree of interest rate risk exposure in their respective net interest margins. The stability of the Company’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as the increase in capital will reduce the level interest rate sensitive liabilities funding Northwest’s assets.
Summary
     Based on the above analysis and the criteria employed in the selection of the companies for the Peer Group, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of Northwest. Such general characteristics as asset size, equity position, IEA composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint. Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.1
IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS
Introduction
     This section presents the valuation analysis and methodology used to determine Northwest’s estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Second Step Conversion transaction. The valuation incorporates the appraisal methodology promulgated by the Federal and state banking agencies for standard conversions and mutual holding company offerings, particularly regarding selection of the Peer Group, fundamental analysis on both the Company and the Peer Group, and determination of the Company’s pro forma market value utilizing the market value approach.
Appraisal Guidelines
     The OTS written appraisal guidelines, originally released in October 1983 and updated in late-1994, and adopted in practice by the Department and the FDIC, specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution. The OTS written appraisal guidelines specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution pursuant to a mutual-to-stock conversion. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation
     The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Section III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.2
analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.
     The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock. Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in Northwest’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor Northwest’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift and bank stocks; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings, particularly second step conversion (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally, if any. If material changes should occur during the second step conversion process, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.
     The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including Northwest’s value, or Northwest’s value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.
Valuation Analysis
     A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.3
have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Company coming to market at this time.
1. Financial Condition
     The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s financial strengths are noted as follows:
    Overall Asset/Liability Composition . Although loans funded by retail deposits were the primary components of the Company’s and Peer Group’s balance sheets, the earlier section highlighted some key differences. The Company’s IEA composition exhibited a higher concentration of loans and a portfolio composition which was more narrowly focused on residential mortgage lending including home equity loans. Additionally, Northwest maintained a modestly higher ratio of IEA and higher risk-weighted asset ratio reflecting the greater proportion of loans. The Company’s funding composition reflected a higher level of deposits and a lower level of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group measures. As a percent of assets, the Company maintained a higher level of interest-bearing liabilities compared to the Peer Group attributable in part, to its lower tangible equity ratio on a pre-offering basis. The Company maintained a lower IEA/IBL ratio of 103.7%, versus 109.4% for the Peer Group on average. The anticipated use of proceeds should improve the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio minimizing the disparity with the Peer Group.
 
    Credit Risk Profile. In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company maintained higher levels of NPAs and non-performing loans. Loss reserves maintained as a percent of total loans were higher for the Company with the higher ratio of NPAs suggesting that the higher percentage of reserves-to-loans in comparison to the Peer Group is appropriate. At the same time, the Company’s reserve coverage in relation to NPAs was below the Peer Group average. The combination of greater NPAs and lower reserve coverage indicate a disadvantage for the Company relative to the Peer Group in credit quality.
 
    Balance Sheet Liquidity . For the most recent period, the Company maintained a lower level of cash and investment securities relative to the Peer Group. Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Company’s cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as a portion of the proceeds will be initially retained in cash equivalent instruments such as Federal funds with the remaining balance invested into loans (immediately or shortly following the offering). The Company’s future borrowing capacity was considered to be greater than the Peer Group’s capacity based on its current lower utilization of borrowings and greater pro forma leverage capacity based on the expected tangible capital ratio of Northwest in comparison to the Peer Group.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.4
    Funding Liabilities . The Company’s interest-bearing funding composition reflected a higher concentration of deposits and a lower concentration of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios. In total, the Company maintained a higher level of interest-bearing liabilities than the Peer Group but the lower cost of funds offset the impact and provided Northwest with a favorably low ratio of net interest expense to average assets. Following the stock offering, the increase in the Company’s equity position should serve to reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets to a ratio more closely approximating the Peer Group’s ratio.
 
    Equity . The Company maintains a tangible equity-to-assets ratio which fell below the Peer Group’s average and median on a pre-conversion basis. However, following the stock offering, Northwest’s pro forma capital position will modestly exceed the Peer Group’s average and median tangible equity-to-assets ratios based on current market conditions and the estimated offering range set forth herein. The increase in the Company’s pro forma capital position will result in greater leverage potential and reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities utilized to fund assets.
     On balance, no adjustment was determined to be appropriate for the Company’s financial condition.
2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
     Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.
    Reported Profitability . The Peer Group reported lower earnings than the Company on a return on average assets (“ROAA”) basis (0.42% of average assets versus 0.59% for the Company). A stronger net interest margin and higher non-interest income supported the Company’s higher return, which was partially offset by the Company’s higher levels of operating expense and more significant loan loss provisioning and non-operating expenses. Reinvestment of the net conversion proceeds into interest-earning assets will increase the Company’s profitability, after taking into account the additional expenses related to the new stock benefit plans that will be implemented in connection with or after the second-step offering (4.0% ESOP, 4.0% RRP and 10.0% stock options with the percentages reflecting the amount in relation to the shares sold to the public and issued to the Foundation).
 
    Core Profitability . Both the Company’s and the Peer Group’s profitability were derived largely from recurring sources, including net interest income, operating expenses, and non-interest operating income. As noted in the Peer Group analysis, the Company operates with a superior expense coverage ratio (1.31x versus 1.22x for the Peer Group) and a favorable efficiency ratio (63.1% versus 66.7% for the Peer Group). As noted above, Northwest’s

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.5
      favorable core earnings components were not translated into significantly stronger reported income owing to the Company’s higher loan loss provisions and net non-operating expenses.
 
    Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios indicated the degree of volatility associated with the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest margins were relatively comparable. Other measures of interest rate risk such as the capital and the IEA/IBL ratio were less favorable for the Company, thereby indicating that the Company maintained a higher dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain net interest income. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s capital position and IEA/IBL ratio will be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds and, thus, diminish or eliminate the Peer Group’s relative advantage in this regard.
 
    Credit Risk . Loan loss provisions were a more significant factor in the Company’s earnings in comparison to the Peer Group. In terms of the future exposure to credit-related losses, the Company’s credit risk exposure was comparatively greater than the Peer Group’s based on its higher ratio of NPAs and lower reserve coverage. While the ratio of valuation allowances to total loans is greater for the Company, the coverage ratio in comparison to NPAs is below the Peer Group average. While chargeoffs were comparable for the Company and the Peer Group, the higher level of NPAs and lower reserve coverage in relation to NPAs may require Northwest to continue to establish loan loss provisions at levels in excess of the Peer Group rate into the future.
 
    Earnings Growth Potential . Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential. First, the infusion of stock proceeds will increase the Company’s earnings growth potential with respect to increasing earnings through leverage. Secondly, the Company’s balance sheet restructuring has facilitated expansion of the net interest margin over the last several years during a time period which many financial institutions have been challenged to expand their net interest margins. Other factors considered in the Company’s earnings growth potential include the fact that many infrastructure improvement costs have already been incurred and which management believes will facilitate future profitable growth. At the same time, the ability to grow within existing markets will remain a constraining factor to achieving growth based on the prevailing demographic trends within many of Northwest’s markets. Overall, the Company’s earnings growth potential appears to be slightly less favorable than the Peer Group’s.
 
    Return on Equity . The Company’s pro forma return on equity based on core earnings (excluding net non-operating expenses but including trailing twelve month loan loss provisions) will be within the range exhibited by the Peer Group companies and modestly exceed the Peer Group average and median.
     Overall, the Company’s favorable ROE in relation to the Peer Group average coupled with the earnings benefits of completing the Second Step Conversion are offset by Northwest’s

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.6
comparatively greater credit risk exposure and the earnings growth constraints imposed by the Company’s markets. Accordingly, on balance, we believe no valuation adjustment was warranted for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.
3. Asset Growth
     The Peer Group recorded stronger asset growth than the Company, as Northwest focused on maintaining credit quality in an unsettled operating environment. Moreover, Northwest did not complete any acquisitions during the twelve months ended June 30, 2009; acquisitions have been a significant avenue of growth for the Company historically. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will approximate or exceed the Peer Group’s ratio, indicating equal to greater leverage capacity for the Company. The Company’s post-conversion business plan is to leverage pro forma capital through a combination of organic growth and complementary acquisitions. Given the uncertainty associated with de novo branching and acquisition related growth, the Company’s ability to leverage capital in a timely and effective manner involves a certain degree of execution risk. Accordingly, on balance, we believe no valuation adjustment was warranted for this factor.
4. Primary Market Area
     The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is, in part, dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. The Company maintains a statewide presence in Pennsylvania excluding far eastern portions of the state and a presence in nearby areas of southern New York and northeastern Ohio. While Northwest also maintains a retail presence in Maryland and Florida, the impact of its operations in these markets is limited in relation to the Company’s consolidated deposits and loans.
     Key economic and demographic indicators for Northwest’s most significant markets tend to fall below the averages for the Peer Group’s markets (see Exhibit III-3 for economic and demographic characteristics of the Company’s markets versus the Peer Group). Specifically, the Company’s small to mid-sized markets tend to have little or no population growth or even shrinkage in many cases. While the Peer Group companies are also located in low growth areas of the northeast U.S., they tend to be located in more larger and more vibrant metropolitan areas in the aggregate. Moreover, since many of Northwest’s markets are outside of major metropolitan areas, income levels as measured by per capita income and median

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.
7
household income are below the levels reported by the Peer Group’s markets on average. Additionally, while Northwest frequently benefits from more limited competition in its smaller markets, these markets provide a limited opportunity for growth. Conversely, while the Company maintains limited market share in metropolitan markets such as Pittsburgh and Baltimore providing abundant lending and deposit gathering opportunities, the level of competition from major regional and superregional financial institutions is commensurately greater.
     In summary, while the Peer Group selection criteria focused on selecting Peer Group companies with large market capitalization, most of which are located in the northeast U.S., the resulting valuation Peer Group companies operate in more vibrant growth-oriented markets relative to the markets served by Northwest. Accordingly, we concluded that a moderate downward adjustment was appropriate for the Company’s market area.
5. Dividends
     Northwest has indicated its intention to pay dividends in an amount such that current minority shareholders of the Company will continue to receive the same total cash dividend payment, with the per share dividend amount adjusted for the exchange ratio in the Second Step Conversion. At the current midpoint valuation, the annual dividend payment would equal $0.42 per share, providing a yield of 4.32% based on the $10.00 per share initial offering price. However, future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.
     All 10 of the Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 1.51% to 9.27%. The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions was 3.79% as of August 28, 2009, representing an average payout ratio of 53.98% of earnings. As of August 28, 2009, approximately 70% of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts had adopted cash dividend policies (see Exhibit IV-1), exhibiting an average yield of 2.30%. The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.
     The Company’s indicated dividend policy provides for a slightly higher yield at the midpoint valuation compared to the Peer Group’s average dividend yield, while the Company’s implied payout ratio of 74.5% of pro forma earnings at the midpoint value is above the Peer

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.8
Group’s payout ratio. At the same time, the Company’s tangible equity-assets ratio which will be at levels approximating to materially exceeding the Peer Group’s ratio across the conversion offering range will support Northwest’s dividend paying capacity from a capital perspective. Accordingly, on balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for purposes of the Company’s dividend policy.
6. Liquidity of the Shares
     The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. Three of the Peer Group companies trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and the remaining seven companies trade on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”). Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalizations of the Peer Group companies ranged from $143 million to $6.7 billion as of August 28, 2009, with average and median market values of $2.1 billion and $962.6 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding to the public shareholders of the Peer Group members ranged from 8.1 million to 523.2 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 162.4 million and 83.3 million, respectively. The Company’s pro forma market value and shares outstanding will generally fall within the range exhibited by the Peer Group average and medians. The Company’s stock will continue to be quoted on the NASDAQ. Overall, we anticipate that the Company’s public stock will have a comparable trading market as the Peer Group companies on average and, therefore, concluded no adjustment was necessary for this factor.
7. Marketing of the Issue
     We believe that three separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as Northwest: (A) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (B) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history; (C) the acquisition market for thrift and bank franchises in Pennsylvania; (D) the market for the public stock of Northwest; and (E) the size of the offering/recent market environment. We also took into consideration the relatively large size of this offering with respect to other recent conversion transactions, particularly as it may be impacted by the recent bear market for financial institution

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.9
stocks. All of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued stock.
     A.  The Public Market
          The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays historical stock price indices for thrifts only.
          In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters. Stocks started 2009 on an upswing for the first two trading days in 2009 which was followed by a one day decline of 245 points in the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”). Profit warnings and more evidence of rising unemployment were factors that contributed to the sell-off. Growing concern that the bear market wasn’t over and the start of an expected dismal fourth quarter earnings season accelerated the slide in the broader stock market going into mid-January. The downturn in stocks continued into the second half of January, led by a sell-off in bank stocks amid multi-billion dollar fourth quarter losses posted by some large banks both in the U.S. and Europe. Following a brief rebound in late-January, more weak economic data pushed stocks lower at the close of January providing for the worst January performance in the DJIA on record.
          Stocks traded unevenly in early-February 2009 and then plunged to new bear market lows in mid-February, based on growing fears of a meltdown in the broader global economy. The negative sentiment in stocks generally continued to prevail through the balance of February and into the start of March, as investors around the globe bet on a prolonged recession and a sustained earnings downturn with the DJIA tumbling below 7000 in early-March for the first time in twelve years. With growing concerns of Citigroup becoming nationalized, the DJIA was down by 25% for the year through the first week of March. Stocks rebounded heading in mid-March on rekindled hopes that banks would weather the financial crisis and positive economic data showing a pick up in new home construction in February. The broader stock market advance strengthened in late-March, as stocks soared after the White House unveiled its plan to clean up banks’ balance sheets. Strong demand in an auction of seven year

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.10
Treasury notes helped to push the DJIA into bull market territory in late-March, which was followed by a pullback as the U.S. Government threatened bankruptcy for GM and Chrysler. Overall, the first quarter was the sixth straight losing quarter for the DJIA, although the DJIA was up 7.7% in March.
          A positive report on manufacturing activity in March and an easing of mark-to-market accounting rules on troubled assets fueled gains in the broader stock market at the start of the second quarter of 2009. For most of April, there were no sustained trends in the broader stock market as investors evaluated signs of an economic recovery and a mix of positive and negative first quarter earnings reports. Overall, strong earnings from some bellwether companies supported a 7.4% increase in the DJIA for the month of April. Stocks generally trended higher in early-May on some positive economic signs, which included April employment data that showed the pace of layoffs slowed. Mixed economic data and profit taking provided day-to-day fluctuations in the broader stock market through the balance of May, with the DJIA posting a 2.9 % gain for the month. The broader stock market traded in a relatively narrow range during the first half June, which was followed by a pullback in mid-June as hopes for a quick economic recovery faded. The global economy continued to weigh down stocks heading into late-June, with the DJIA moving back into negative territory for 2009. More attractive valuations and gains in the energy sector helped to end the broader market downturn in late-June.
          The downward trend in the broader market resumed in-early July 2009, with the DJIA falling to its lowest level in more than two months amid anxiety about second quarter earnings and a June employment report which showed more job losses than expected. Stocks rallied in mid-July on strong second quarter earnings reports, which included better-than-expected earnings posted by some bank bellwethers. The DJIA moved past 9000 going into late-July on more favorable earnings reports and a positive report for new home sales in June. Fueled by a growing belief that the recession was over and favorable unemployment data for July, the DJIA moved to a new high for 2009 in the first week of August. The broader stock market fluctuated in a narrow range through mid-August, reflecting uncertainty over the sustainability of the economic recovery. Better-than-expected economic data for housing and consumer confidence sustained a positive trend in the stock market in late-August, the DJIA moving to new highs for the year. On August 28, 2009, the DJIA closed at 9544.20, a decrease of 17.3% from one year ago and an increase of 8.7% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 2028.77, a decrease of 14.3% from one year ago and an increase of 28.6% year-to-date. The

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.11
Standard & Poor’s 500 Index closed at 1028.93 on August 28, 2009, a decrease of 19.8% from one year ago and an increase of 13.9% year-to-date.
          The market for thrift stocks has been mixed as well in recent quarters, but in general has underperformed the broader stock market. Financial stocks continued to weigh heavily on the performance of the broader stock market during the first quarter of 2009, with the deepening recession extending the financial crisis into 2009. A gloomy economic outlook by the Federal Reserve and indications that the December employment report would show mounting job losses pressured financial stocks lower at the start of 2009. Bank of America and Citigroup led a downturn in financial stocks going into mid-January, as both companies reported significant fourth quarter losses. Mounting concerns over the health of the banking system pushed bank and thrift stocks sharply lower going in the second half of January, with some of the nation’s largest banks trading down 30% to 50% in one day amid worse than expected credit quality deterioration reflected in fourth quarter earnings reports. Oversold thrift stocks bounced higher in late-January and then followed the broader stock market lower to close out January. After trading in a narrow range in early-February, financial stocks led the market lower into mid-February. More bad economic data and the lack of detail in the Treasury’s rescue plan for financial institutions contributed to the sell-off in financial stocks. Counter to the broader market, thrift stocks rebounded slightly at the end of February, which was followed by a sell-off in financial stocks in early-March on growing fears of Citigroup becoming nationalized and the implications of further credit quality deterioration amid the prolonged recession. Bank and thrift stocks led a rally in the broader market in mid-March, as investors reacted favorably to a Federal Reserve initiative to provide greater support to the mortgage lending and housing markets through the purchase of $750 billion of agency mortgage-backed securities. The rebound in financial stocks accelerated in late-March, with the release of further details of the U.S. Treasury’s plan to partner with private investors to purchase troubled assets serving as the catalyst to an explosive one day rally. Following a brief pullback, bank and thrift stocks closed out the first quarter with gains on encouraging signs that bank and thrift stocks may have bottomed out.
          Thrift stocks underperformed the broader stock market during the second quarter of 2009, with credit quality concerns continuing to weigh on the sector in the face of declining home prices and rising commercial vacancy rates. Following a neutral start to the second quarter, thrift stocks move higher along with financial stocks in general on Wells Fargo’s mid-April announcement that it would book record first quarter earnings. Thrift stocks retreated

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.12
heading into late-April, as investors reacted negatively to first quarter earnings reports showing credit losses growing at Bank of America and Citigroup. Comments from the Treasury Secretary indicating that the large majority of banks have more capital than they need and a rally in the broader market provided a slight boost to the thrift sector in late-April, which was followed by the thrift sector settling into a narrow trading range during the first half of May. Thrift stocks dipped along with the broader market heading into second half of May, amid concerns about prolonged economic weakness and Standard & Poor’s warning that it may downgrade its rating of the United Kingdom. A healthy gain in the May Consumer Confidence Index and a well received auction of seven-year Treasury notes helped thrift stocks to close out May in a positive trend, which continued into the first part of June. Following a couple weeks of stability in the thrift sector, thrift stocks pulled back along with the broader market on economic and currency concerns. Another successful Treasury auction helped thrift stocks to rebound modestly in late-June.
          Thrift stocks followed the broader market lower at the start of the third quarter of 2009, as a disappointing June employment report and uncertainty over forthcoming second quarter earnings reports weighed on the sector. Better-than-expected second quarter earnings results posted by some of the large banks fueled a mid-July rally in thrift stocks. Thrift socks traded unevenly heading into late-July, as trading for the sector was impacted by a mix of favorable and disappointing second quarter earnings reports. News that sales of new single-family houses were up in June boosted thrift stocks in late-July, with the upward trend being sustained into early-August on a more optimistic outlook for financial stocks as the economy showed more signs of pulling out of the recession. Thrift stocks pulled back in mid-August on profit taking and worries that earnings improvement may subside for financial stocks in general. Signs that the housing market was improving boosted thrifts stocks heading into late-August. This was followed by a slight pull back for the sector on concerns of more credit losses for thrifts and banks due to erosion in the commercial real estate market. On August 28, 2009, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 559.0, a decrease of 35.7% from one year ago and a decrease of 14.5% year-to-date.
     B.  The New Issue Market
          In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Company’s pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis,

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.13
specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value (or approximating book value for a second step conversion) whereas in the current market for existing thrifts with asset totals comparable to Northwest, the P/B ratio may likely reflect a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.
          The marketing for converting thrift issues continued to be affected by the overall weak market for thrift stocks, as only three conversion offerings have been completed since the beginning of 2009. Moreover, there have been no mutual holding company offerings completed and most importantly, there has been only one second step conversion completed since 2008, and that transaction was completed early in the year.
          Two small standard conversion offerings were completed in the first quarter of 2009 and Territorial Bancorp’s standard conversion offering was completed on July 14, 2009. As shown in Table 4.1, Territorial Bancorp’s offering was well received, as the offering was closed at the top of the super range with gross proceeds totaling $122.3 million resulting in a pro forma price/tangible book ratio of 59.4% at closing. Territorial Bancorp’s trading price closed 47.5% above its IPO price after its first week of trading. As of August 28, 2009, Territorial Bancorp closed 60.0% above its IPO price. The success of Territorial Bancorp’s offering, in what is still considered to be a fairly weak market for thrift IPOs, is believed to be related to the specific attributes of Territorial Bancorp’s offering as opposed to a broader market trend. Territorial Bancorp is the largest thrift based in Hawaii and, counter to industry trends in general, has maintained strong earnings and very favorable measures for credit quality during a period when most institutions have reported depressed earnings and increases in loan delinquencies. Based on Territorial Bancorp’s closing stock price as of August 28, 2009, Territorial Bancorp was trading at a P/TB ratio of 95.01%.

 


 

     
     
RP ® Financial, LC.   Valuation Analysis
IV.14
Table 4.1
Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends
Recent Conversions Completed (Last Three Months)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
                                                                            Insider Purchases                               Post-IPO Pricing Trends
                  Pre-Conversion Data                                       Contribution to     % Off Incl. Fdn.                         Pro Forma Data               Closing Price:
                  Financial Info.     Asset Quality             Offering Information             Charitable Found.     Benefit Plans               Initial     Pricing Ratios(3)     Financial Charac.               First             After             After              
Institutional Information             Equity/     NPAs/   Res.     Gross   %   % of   Exp./             % of             Recog.     Stk     Mgmt.&     Dividend             Core             Core           Core     IPO     Trading   %     First   %     First   %     Thru   %
    Conver.             Assets   Assets     Assets   Cov.     Proc.   Offered   Mid.   Proc.     Form   Offering     ESOP   Plans     Option     Dirs.     Yield     P/TB   P/E   P/A     ROA   TE/A   ROE     Price     Day   Change     Week(4)   Change     Month(5)   Change     8/28/09   Change
Institution   Date   Ticker     ($Mil)   (%)     (%)   (%)     ($Mil.)   (%)   (%)   (%)             (%)     (%)   (%)     (%)     (%)(2)     (%)     (%)   (x)   (%)     (%)   (%)   (%)     ($)     ($)   (%)     ($)   (%)     ($)   (%)     ($)   (%)
                                                                                                                                                               
Standard Conversions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
Territorial Bancorp, Inc., HI
  7/14/09   TBNK-NASDAQ     $ 1,224       8.33 %       0.10 %     193 %     $ 122.3       100 %     132 %     2.7 %       N.A.       N.A.         8.0 %     4.0 %       10.0 %       3.1 %       0.00 %       59.4 %     12.8x       9.2 %       0.7 %     15.5 %     4.7 %     $ 10.00       $ 14.99       49.9 %     $ 14.75       47.5 %     $ 14.87       48.7 %     $ 16.00       60.0 %
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
 
    Averages - Standard
Conversions:
    $ 1,224       8.33 %       0.10 %     193 %     $ 122.3       100 %     132 %     2.7 %       N.A.       N.A.         8.0 %     4.0 %       10.0 %       3.1 %       0.00 %       59.4 %     12.8x       9.2 %       0.7 %     15.5 %     4.7 %     $ 10.00       $ 14.99       49.9 %     $ 14.75       47.5 %     $ 14.87       48.7 %     $ 16.00       60.0 %
 
    Medians - Standard
Conversions:
    $ 1,224       8.33 %       0.10 %     193 %     $ 122.3       100 %     132 %     2.7 %       N.A.       N.A.         8.0 %     4.0 %       10.0 %       3.1 %       0.00 %       59.4 %     12.8x       9.2 %       0.7 %     15.5 %     4.7 %     $ 10.00       $ 14.99       49.9 %     $ 14.75       47.5 %     $ 14.87       48.7 %     $ 16.00       60.0 %
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
Second Step Conversions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
 
    Averages - Second Step
Conversions:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
 
    Medians - Second Step
Conversions:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
Mutual Holding Company Conversions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
 
      Averages - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
 
      Medians - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
 
      Averages - All Conversions:     $ 1,224       8.33 %       0.10 %     193 %     $ 122.3       100 %     132 %     2.7 %     NA   NA       8.0 %     4.0 %       10.0 %       3.1 %       0.00 %       59.4 %     12.8x       9.2 %       0.7 %     15.5 %     4.7 %     $ 10.00       $ 14.99       49.9 %     $ 14.75       47.5 %     $ 14.87       48.7 %     $ 16.00       60.0 %
 
      Medians - All Conversions:     $ 1,224       8.33 %       0.10 %     193 %     $ 122.3       100 %     132 %     2.7 %     NA   NA       8.0 %     4.0 %       10.0 %       3.1 %       0.00 %       59.4 %     12.8x       9.2 %       0.7 %     15.5 %     4.7 %     $ 10.00       $ 14.99       49.9 %     $ 14.75       47.5 %     $ 14.87       48.7 %     $ 16.00       60.0 %
 
Note: *   — Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD =RP Financial did the Conversion Business Plan. “NT” — Not Traded; “NA” — Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.
 
(1)   Non-OTS regulated thrift.
 
(2)   As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.
 
(3)   Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.
 
(4)   Latest price if offering is less than one week old.
 
(5)   Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.
 
(6)   Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.
 
(7)   Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.
 
(8)   Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.
 
(9)   Former credit union.
August 28, 2009

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.15
     C.  The Acquisition Market
          Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on Northwest stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other savings institutions and Companys operating in Connecticut. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were 23 Pennsylvania thrift and bank acquisitions completed from the beginning of 2007 through year-to-date 2009, and there are currently three pending acquisitions for Pennsylvania savings institutions and banks. The recent acquisition activity involving Pennsylvania savings institutions and banks may imply a certain degree of acquisition speculation for the Company’s stock. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Company’s offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which have comparable sized regional Company franchises that would tend to be subject to a comparable level of acquisition activity and acquisition speculation as the Company’s stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation involving Northwest stock would tend to be less compared to the more seasoned stocks of the Peer Group companies.
     D.  Trading in Northwest Stock
          Since Northwest’s minority stock currently trades under the symbol “NWSB” on the NASDAQ, RP Financial also considered the recent trading activity in the valuation analysis. Northwest had a total of 48,516,887 shares issued and outstanding August 28, 2009, of which 17,980,430 shares were held by public shareholders and traded as public securities. The Company’s stock has had a 52 week trading range of $13.07 to $34.34 per share. Following the announcement of the Company’s second-step conversion, which was announced on August 27, 2009, the Company’s stock closed at $20.70 per share on August 28, 2009, which reflected a modest $0.09 per share increase in the trading day following the announcement of the forthcoming second step conversion transaction.
          There are significant differences between the Company’s minority stock (currently being traded) and the conversion stock that will be issued by the Company. Such differences include different liquidity characteristics, a different return on equity for the conversion stock, the stock is currently traded based on speculation of a range of exchange ratios and dividend payments will be made on all shares outstanding; thereby, requiring a higher payout ratio to sustain the current level of dividends paid to non-MHC shareholders. Since the pro forma impact has not been publicly disseminated to date, it is appropriate to

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.16
discount the current trading level. As the pro forma impact is made known publicly, the trading level will become more informative.
     E.  Size of Offering/Recent Market Environment
          The valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue also took into consideration the significant size of the Company’s stock offering and the implied marketing risk associated with the large size of the offering. In this regard, there has been only one small second step conversion completed since the beginning of 2008, and the last offering with gross proceeds in excess of $100 million was completed by Home Federal Bancorp, Nampa, Idaho, which was completed in December 2007, or nearly two years ago, while Peoples United Financial, Inc., Bridgeport, Connecticut completed its second step conversion offering raising $3.4 billion of gross proceeds in April 2007. Importantly, both these large offerings were completed in a much more favorable market with a track record of successful second step offering leading up to their respective common stock issuances. In contrast, Northwest’s second step conversion offering is being undertaken in a less favorable market environment with respect to overall pricing levels without the benefit of a recent track record for success in similar offerings. Moreover, the large size of the offering is expected to require a syndicated offering with institutional participation to complete the transaction within the estimated appraisal range. Accordingly, there is considered to be some marketing risk associated with how well the Company’s offering will be received by the institutional investment community, particularly in the current market environment.
* * * * * * * * * * *
     In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for thrift conversions and the local acquisition market for thrift stocks. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that a moderate downward adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.
8. Management
     Northwest management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations. Exhibit IV-5 provides a listing of Northwest Board of Directors and senior management. The Company’s management and Board of Directors have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Company’s present organizational structure as indicated by the financial characteristics of the

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.17
Company. Currently, the Company has no vacancies in executive management positions. Similarly, the returns, capital positions, and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies. Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.
9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform
     In summary, as a fully-converted stock company, with the holding company regulated by OTS and Northwest Savings Bank regulated by the FDIC and the Department, Northwest will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members — all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions. Exhibit IV-6 sets forth the Company’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios. On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.
Summary of Adjustments
     Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:
     
Key Valuation Parameters:   Valuation Adjustment
Financial Condition
  No Adjustment
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
  No Adjustment
Asset Growth
  No Adjustment
Primary Market Area
  Moderate Downward
Dividends
  No Adjustment
Liquidity of the Shares
  No Adjustment
Marketing of the Issue
  Moderate Downward
Management
  No Adjustment
Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform
  No Adjustment

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.18
Valuation Approaches
     In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the OTS and adopted in practice by the FDIC and the Department, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Company’s to-be-issued stock — price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches — all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions and expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8). In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.
     RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:
    P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock and we have given it the most significant weight among the valuation approaches. Given certain similarities between the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings composition and overall financial condition, the P/E approach was carefully considered in this valuation. At the same time, recognizing that (1) the earnings multiples will be evaluated on a pro forma fully-converted basis for the Company as well as for the Peer Group; and (2) the Peer Group on average has had the opportunity to realize the benefit of reinvesting and leveraging the offering proceeds, we also gave weight to the other valuation approaches.
 
    P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.
 
    P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.19
    Trading of NWSB stock . Converting institutions generally do not have stock outstanding. Northwest, however, has public shares outstanding due to the mutual holding company form of ownership. Since Northwest is currently traded on the NASDAQ, it is an indicator of investor interest in the Company’s conversion stock and therefore received some weight in our valuation. Based on the August 28, 2009, stock price of $20.70 per share and the 48,516,887 shares of Northwest stock outstanding, the Company’s implied market value of $1.0 billion was considered in the valuation process. However, since the conversion stock will have different characteristics than the minority shares, and since pro forma information has not been publicly disseminated to date, the current trading price of Northwest stock was somewhat discounted herein but will become more important towards the closing of the offering.
     The Company has adopted Statement of Position (“SOP”) 93-6, which causes earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of SOP 93-6 in the valuation.
     In preparing the pro forma pricing analysis we have taken into account the pro forma impact of the MHC net assets that will be consolidated with the Company and thus will increase equity and earnings. At June 30, 2009, the MHC had unconsolidated net assets of $2.1 million, consisting solely of cash. These entries have been added to the Company’s June 30, 2009 reported financial information to reflect the consolidation of the MHC into the Company’s operations.
     Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above, RP Financial concluded that as of August 28, 2009, the aggregate pro forma market value of Northwest conversion stock, taking into account the dilutive impact of the stock contribution to the Foundation, equaled $1,020,599,730 at the midpoint, equal to 102,059,973 shares at $10.00 per share. The $10.00 per share price was determined by the Northwest Board. The midpoint and resulting valuation range is based on the sale of a 62.94% ownership interest to the public and the Foundation contribution, which provides for a $635,000,000 public offering at the midpoint value.
     1.  Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.20
items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The reinvestment rate of 3.25% was based on the Company’s business plan for reinvestment of the net proceeds, which assumes that the net proceeds will be invested in a mix of 15 and 30 year mortgage loans (60% of total proceeds) and U.S. Treasury securities with a weighted average maturity of one year (40% of total proceeds). The Company’s earnings, incorporating the reinvestment of $2.1 million of MHC cash assets at an after-tax reinvestment rate of 1.98% (reflecting the Federal funds rate of 3.25% at June 30, 2009 and the marginal effective tax rate of 39.0%), equaled $40.7 million for the 12 months ended June 30, 2009 (“reported earnings”). In deriving Northwest estimated core earnings for purposes of the valuation, adjustments made to reported net income included elimination of securities gains, and elimination of impairment losses on securities, losses on sale of REO and impairment losses on servicing assets. As shown below, on a tax-effected basis, assuming an effective marginal tax rate of 39.0%, the Company’s core earnings were calculated at $51.8 million for the 12 months ended June 30, 2009 (Note: see Exhibit IV-9 for the adjustments applied to the Peer Group’s earnings in the calculation of core earnings).
         
    12 Mos. Ended 6/30/09  
    Amount  
    (in millions)  
Reported Net Income
  $ 40.7  
Deduct: Net gains on sale of securities
    (5.3 )
Addback: Net impairment losses on securities
    18.8  
Addback: Net loss on real estate owned
    4.0  
Addback: Net impairment loss on servicing assets
    0.8  
Tax effect on adjustments @ 39% effective rate
    (7.1 )
 
     
Core earnings estimate
  $ 51.8  
     Based on the Company’s reported and estimated core earnings, and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $1.021 billion midpoint value equaled 21.78 times and 17.61 times, respectively, indicating discounts of 0.4% and 28.2% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core earnings multiples of 21.86 times and 24.53 times, respectively (see Table 4.2). In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples of 22.50 times and 28.48 times, respectively, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the midpoint value indicated discounts of 3.2% and 38.2%, respectively. The Company’s pro forma P/E ratios based on reported earnings at the minimum and the super

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.21
maximum are 18.89 times and 27.63 times, respectively, and based on core earnings at the minimum and the super maximum are 15.21 times and 22.51 times, respectively.
     2.  Price-to-Book (“P/B”) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Company’s pro forma book value. The Company’s pre-conversion equity of $632.5 million was adjusted to include $2.1 million of cash assets, which will be consolidated with the Company’s assets and equity as the result of the conversion. In applying the P/B approach, we considered both reported book value and tangible book value. Based on the $1.021 billion midpoint valuation, Northwest’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 85.47% and 100.40%, respectively. In comparison to the respective average P/B and P/TB ratios indicated for the Peer Group of 101.26% and 146.94%, the Company’s ratios reflected discounts of 15.6% and 31.7%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 105.21% and 146.11%, respectively, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 18.4% and 31.7%, respectively. The Company’s pro forma P/B ratios at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 78.19% and 98.04%, respectively. The Company’s pro forma P/TB ratios at the minimum and the super maximum are 93.02% and 112.49%, respectively. RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable in light of the valuation adjustments referenced earlier.
     3.  Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio computed herein. At the midpoint of the valuation range, Northwest’s value equaled 13.32% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 14.94%, which implies a discount of 10.8% has been applied to the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 13.19%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value indicated a premium of 1.0%. The Company’s P/A ratios at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 11.46% and 17.23%, respectively.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.22
Comparison to Recent Offerings
     As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings can not be a primary determinate of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals). As discussed previously, Territorial Bancorp was the most recent standard conversion offering completed. In comparison to Territorial Bancorp’s pro closing forma P/TB ratio of 59.4%, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 100.3% at the midpoint value reflects an implied premium of 68.9%. Territorial Bancorp’s current P/TB ratio, based on closing stock prices as of August 28, 2009, equaled 95.0%. In comparison to Territorial Bancorp’s current P/TB ratio, the Company’s P/TB ratio at the midpoint value reflects a premium of 5.6%. As discussed earlier, there are important differences between the Company’s offering and Territorial’s conversion transaction, including differences in the markets served as well as Territorial’s smaller asset size and market capitalization. While large second step conversion transactions such as Northwest’s forthcoming offering have historically been well received, there have been no similar transactions completed over the last several years and the success of the offering in the syndicated offering phase will be dependent upon the participation of institutional investors.
Valuation Conclusion
     Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of August 28, 2009, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering and contribution to the Foundation – including (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in Company, (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of the Company and (3) the shares of common stock to be contributed to the Foundation – was $1,020,599,730 at the midpoint, equal to 102,059,973 shares at $10.00 per share. Based on the pro forma valuation and the percent ownership interest represented by the MHC Shares, the number of shares of common stock offered for sale will range from a minimum of 53,975,000 shares to a maximum of 73,025,000 shares, with a midpoint offering of 63,500,000 shares. Based on an offering price of $10.00 per share, the amount of the offering will range from a minimum of $539,750,000 to a maximum of $730,250,000 with a midpoint of $635,000,000. If market conditions warrant, the number of shares offered can be increased to an adjusted maximum of 83,978,750 shares (the

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.23
“supermaximum”) equal to an offering of $839,787,500 at the offering price of $10.00 per share. The resulting range of value and pro forma shares, all based on $10.00 per share and the contribution to the Foundation equal to 2% of the value of the shares sold to the public (comprised of $1 million of cash with the balance comprised of newly-issued stock) is set forth below. The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.2 and are detailed in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8.
                                         
                            Exchange Shares        
                            Issued to the        
            Offering     Foundation     Public     Exchange  
    Total Shares     Shares     Shares     Shareholders     Ratio  
Shares
                                    (x)  
Supermaximum
    135,006,564       83,978,750       1,579,575       49,448,239       2.75011  
Maximum
    117,383,969       73,025,000       1,360,500       42,998,469       2.39140  
Midpoint
    102,059,973       63,500,000       1,170,000       37,389,973       2.07948  
Minimum
    86,735,977       53,975,000       979,500       31,781,477       1.76756  
 
                                       
Distribution of Shares
                                       
Supermaximum
    100.00 %     62.20 %     1.17 %     36.63 %        
Maximum
    100.00 %     62.21 %     1.16 %     36.63 %        
Midpoint
    100.00 %     62.22 %     1.15 %     36.64 %        
Minimum
    100.00 %     62.23 %     1.13 %     36.64 %        
 
                                       
Aggregate Market Value(1)
                                       
Supermaximum
  $ 1,350,065,640     $ 839,787,500     $ 15,795,750     $ 494,482,390          
Maximum
  $ 1,173,839,690     $ 730,250,000     $ 13,605,000     $ 429,984,690          
Midpoint
  $ 1,020,599,730     $ 635,000,000     $ 11,700,000     $ 373,899,730          
Minimum
  $ 867,359,770     $ 539,750,000     $ 9,795,000     $ 317,814,770          
 
(1)   Based on offering price of $10.00 per share.
Establishment of the Exchange Ratio
     OTS regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority stockholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company. The Board of Directors of Northwest has independently determined the exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company, before taking into account the impact of the share contribution to the Foundation. The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of the

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.24
Company will be determined at the end of the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the subscription and syndicated offerings and the final appraisal. Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value and the $10.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratio at the midpoint is 2.0795 shares of the Company for every one public share of stock held by public shareholders. Furthermore, based on the offering range of value, the indicated exchange ratio is 1.7676 at the minimum, 2.3914 at the maximum and 2.7501 at the supermaximum. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held by the public stockholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   Valuation Analysis
    IV.25
Table 4.2
Public Market Pricing
Northwest Bancshares, Inc. and the Comparables
As of August 28, 2009
                                                                                                                                                                                     
        Market     Per Share Data                                                                    
        Capitalization     Core     Book                                             Dividends(4)     Financial Characteristics(6)             2nd Step  
        Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(3)     Amount/             Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang Eq/     NPAs/     Reported     Core     Exchange     Offering  
        Share(1)     Value     EPS(2)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share     Yield     Ratio(5)     Assets     Assets     Assets     Assets     ROA     ROE     ROA     ROE     Ratio     Amount  
        ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)             ($Mil)  
Northwest Bancshares, Inc.                                                                                                                                                                                
Superrange   $ 10.00     $ 1,350.07     $ 0.44     $ 10.20       27.63x       98.04 %     17.23 %     112.49 %     22.51x     $ 0.32       3.20 %     72.03 %   $ 7,836       17.56 %     15.66 %     1.77 %     0.62 %     3.55 %     0.77 %     4.36 %     2.7501     $ 839.79  
Maximum   $ 10.00     $ 1,173.84     $ 0.50     $ 10.90       24.56x       91.74 %     15.17 %     106.50 %     19.93x     $ 0.37       3.68 %     73.34 %   $ 7,739       16.53 %     14.57 %     1.79 %     0.62 %     3.74 %     0.76 %     4.61 %     2.3914     $ 730.25  
Midpoint   $ 10.00     $ 1,020.60     $ 0.57     $ 11.70       21.78x       85.47 %     13.33 %     100.40 %     17.61x     $ 0.42       4.23 %     74.52 %   $ 7,654       15.60 %     13.60 %     1.81 %     0.61 %     3.92 %     0.76 %     4.85 %     2.0795     $ 635.00  
Minimum   $ 10.00     $ 867.36     $ 0.66     $ 12.79       18.89x       78.19 %     11.46 %     93.02 %     15.21x     $ 0.50       4.98 %     75.73 %   $ 7,569       14.66 %     12.61 %     1.83 %     0.61 %     4.14 %     0.75 %     5.14 %     1.7676     $ 539.75  
 
                                                                                                                                                                                         
 
                                                                                                                                                                                         
 
                                                                                                                                                                                   
All Non-MHC Public Companies (7)                                                                                                                                                                                
Averages   $ 9.83     $ 292.43       ($0.43 )   $ 13.75       17.00x       70.50 %     7.85 %     80.45 %     17.53x     $ 0.26       2.30 %     39.58 %   $ 2,869       10.79 %     9.93 %     2.81 %     -0.37 %     -1.23 %     -0.18 %     -1.15 %                
Medians   $ 8.83     $ 46.64     $ 0.28     $ 13.15       14.51x       72.52 %     5.97 %     76.51 %     16.26x     $ 0.20       2.17 %     0.00 %   $ 898       8.88 %     8.13 %     1.78 %     -0.04 %     0.11 %     0.22 %     1.99 %                
 
                                                                                                                                                                                   
All Non-MHC State of PA(7)                                                                                                                                                                                      
Averages   $ 11.97     $ 84.81     $ 0.92     $ 15.54       16.26x       80.42 %     7.98 %     87.55 %     12.72x     $ 0.36       2.69 %     49.05 %   $ 1,041       9.79 %     9.30 %     1.60 %     0.20 %     2.14 %     0.44 %     5.56 %                
Medians   $ 13.26     $ 49.80     $ 1.18     $ 13.66       12.38x       77.77 %     6.87 %     77.77 %     10.20x     $ 0.20       2.45 %     19.63 %   $ 825       6.99 %     6.22 %     0.64 %     0.56 %     2.99 %     0.51 %     6.05 %                
 
                                                                                                                                                                                   
Comparable Group Averages                                                                                                                                                                                
Averages   $ 13.09     $ 2,102.98     $ 0.36     $ 13.49       21.86x       101.26 %     14.94 %     146.94 %     24.53x     $ 0.48       3.79 %     53.98 %   $ 14,559       14.79 %     11.11 %     0.87 %     0.41 %     3.23 %     0.43 %     3.43 %                
Medians   $ 13.04     $ 962.64     $ 0.47     $ 12.73       22.50x       105.21 %     13.19 %     146.11 %     28.48x     $ 0.42       3.50 %     51.28 %   $ 7,625       14.74 %     9.60 %     0.71 %     0.57 %     3.02 %     0.62 %     3.29 %                
 
                                                                                                                                                                                   
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                                
BRKL
  Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA   $ 10.60     $ 625.73     $ 0.28     $ 8.23     NM       128.80 %     23.69 %     142.66 %     37.86x     $ 0.34       3.21 %   NM     $ 2,641       18.46 %     16.98 %     0.47 %     0.57 %     2.99 %     0.64 %     3.35 %                
ESBF
  ESB Financial Corp. of PA   $ 13.63     $ 164.12     $ 1.03     $ 12.64       14.5       107.83 %     8.36 %     150.44 %     13.23x     $ 0.40       2.93 %     42.55 %   $ 1,963       7.79 %     5.72 %     0.24 %     0.58 %     8.12 %     0.63 %     8.89 %                
ESSA
  ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA   $ 13.26     $ 198.78     $ 0.42     $ 12.35       34       107.37 %     18.88 %     107.37 %     31.57x     $ 0.20       1.51 %     51.28 %   $ 1,053       17.58 %     17.58 %     0.64 %     0.57 %     2.99 %     0.62 %     3.22 %                
FDEF
  First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH   $ 17.55     $ 142.47     $ 0.53     $ 24.20       22.5       72.52 %     7.04 %     107.67 %     33.11x     $ 0.34       1.94 %     43.59 %   $ 2,024       11.50 %     8.60 %     2.42 %     0.32 %     2.94 %     0.22 %     2.00 %                
FNFG
  First Niagara Financial Group of NY   $ 13.20     $ 1,976.87     $ 0.52     $ 12.81       26.94       103.04 %     17.08 %     173.68 %     25.38x     $ 0.56       4.24 %   NM     $ 11,577       16.57 %     10.54 %     0.50 %     0.76 %     4.44 %     0.80 %     4.71 %                
HCBK
  Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. of NJ   $ 12.87     $ 6,733.75     $ 0.96     $ 9.83       13.41       130.93 %     11.73 %     135.05 %     13.41x     $ 0.60       4.66 %     62.50 %   $ 57,407       8.96 %     8.71 %     0.77 %     0.93 %     10.19 %     0.93 %     10.19 %                
NYB
  New York Community Bancorp of NY   $ 10.79     $ 3,724.79     $ 1.09     $ 12.20       12.26       88.44 %     11.34 %     219.31 %     9.90x     $ 1.00       9.27 %   NM     $ 32,860       12.82 %     5.60 %     1.04 %     0.94 %     7.16 %     1.17 %     8.87 %                
NAL
  NewAlliance Bancshares of CT   $ 11.77     $ 1,256.89     $ 0.37     $ 13.18       29.43       89.30 %     14.65 %     149.56 %     31.81x     $ 0.28       2.38 %     70.00 %   $ 8,581       16.40 %     10.49 %     0.65 %     0.51 %     3.06 %     0.47 %     2.83 %                
PBCT
  Peoples United Financial of CT   $ 16.05     $ 5,538.04     $ 0.36     $ 14.89     NM       107.79 %     26.61 %     153.30 %   NM     $ 0.61       3.80 %   NM     $ 20,810       24.69 %     18.73 %     0.93 %     0.66 %     2.59 %     0.61 %     2.40 %                
PFS
  Provident Financial Serv. Inc. of NJ   $ 11.17     $ 668.38       ($1.95 )   $ 14.58     NM       76.61 %     10.02 %     130.34 %   NM     $ 0.44       3.94 %   NM     $ 6,669       13.08 %     8.13 %     1.04 %     -1.79 %     -12.18 %     -1.79 %     -12.18 %                
 
(1)   Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
 
(2)   EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis, and is shown on a pro forma basis where appropriate.
 
(3)   P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.
 
(4)   Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
 
(5)   Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.
 
(6)   ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
 
(7)   Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
Source: Corporate reports, offering circulars, and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2009 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 

Exhibit 99.4
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
 
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
August 28, 2009
Boards of Directors
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Northwest Savings Bank
100 Liberty Street
Warren, Pennsylvania 16365
Re:   Plan of Conversion and Stock Issuance
Northwest Bancorp, MHC
Northwest Bancorp, Inc.
Members of the Boards of Directors:
     All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Directors of Northwest Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”), Northwest Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) and Northwest Savings Bank (the “Bank”), all based in Warren, Pennsylvania. The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the capital stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will be merged into the Company and the MHC will no longer exist. As part of the Plan, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest in the Company now owned by the MHC.
     We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) the Employee Stock Ownership Plan; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community and syndicated offerings, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:
  (1)   the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,
 
  (2)   the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.
     Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.
         
  Sincerely,
 
 
  /s/ RP FINANCIAL, LC.    
     
     
 
 
Washington Headquarters    
Rosslyn Center
1700 North Moore Street, Suite 2210
Arlington, VA 22209
E-Mail: wpommerening@rpfinancial.com
  Direct: (703) 647-6546
Telephone: (703) 528-1700
Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594